Table of Contents

 

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2026

Registration No. 333-

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM S‑1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

2836
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

84-3364168

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, California 92121

(619) 330-5499

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, California 92121

(619) 330-5499

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Patrick J. Schultheis

Zachary B. Myers

Christina L. Poulsen

Victor T. Nilsson

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

12235 El Camino Real

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 350-2300

Michael Secora, Ph.D.

Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Development Officer

Sunny Chang

General Counsel

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, California 92121

(619) 330-5499

Charles S. Kim

Denny Won

Kristin VanderPas

Carlos Ramirez

Cooley LLP

10265 Science Center Drive

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

☐

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☒

Smaller reporting company

☒

 

 

Emerging growth company

☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated September 21, 2026

Preliminary prospectus

 

shares

 

img190872437_0.jpg

 

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. We are offering shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $ and $ per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “IAM” and this offering is contingent upon obtaining approval of such listing.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a "smaller reporting company" as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

 

Per share

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

 $

 

 $

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

 $

 

 $

Proceeds to Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., before expenses

 

 $

 

 $

 

(1)
See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk factors” beginning on page 13.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about , 2026.

 

J.P. Morgan

Jefferies

BofA Securities

Citigroup

 

, 2026

 


Table of Contents

 

Table of contents

 

 

Page

Prospectus summary

1

Risk factors

13

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

88

Market, industry and other data

91

Use of proceeds

92

Dividend policy

93

Capitalization

94

Dilution

96

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

99

Founders’ letter

119

Business

120

Management

120

Executive compensation

187

Certain relationships and related party transactions

204

Principal stockholders

209

Description of capital stock

212

Shares eligible for future sale

218

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non‑U.S. holders of our common stock

221

Underwriting

225

Legal matters

237

Experts

237

Change in accountants

237

Where you can find additional information

238

Index to consolidated financial statements

F-1

 

 

Through and including , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different than the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, and cannot provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus, as applicable, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus or of any sale of the securities offered hereby. Our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who have come into possession of this prospectus in a jurisdiction outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

i


Table of Contents

 

Prospectus summary

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, all references to “we,” “our,” “us,” “Iambic,” and the “Company” refer to Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company pursuing a fundamental shift in the biopharmaceutical industry. Our mission is to make better technology for better medicines. We do this by integrating leading proprietary, large-scale artificial intelligence (AI) with automated, scalable chemistry and biology experimentation. We call this approach molecular superintelligence.

The Iambic molecular superintelligence platform is designed to disrupt legacy drug discovery paradigms. Instead of treating each stage of drug discovery as a distinct technological challenge, we have developed a unified, intelligent platform designed to address the full journey of drug discovery and development—from hit identification to multiparameter lead optimization to clinical developability. Our proprietary technologies include Enchant, a multimodal AI model for predicting preclinical and clinical properties, NeuralPLexer, a flow-matching generative AI for biomolecular structure prediction, and automated plate-based chemistry and biology workflows that allow synthesis and testing of hundreds of compounds per program on a weekly cadence.

Crucially, the molecular superintelligence platform learns from its own laboratory-generated data: reinforcement learning based on a continuous stream of experiments sharpens predictions and search strategy, tightening the design–make–test (DMT) loop with every cycle (Figure 1). Although our approach is novel and unproven, in that it has not yet led to an approved drug product to date, we designed our molecular superintelligence platform to navigate chemical and biological spaces with the goal of improving the probability of success at every stage. There is no guarantee that our platform will lead to the successful completion of clinical trials or the approval of our product candidates, or the product candidates of partners and collaborators using our platform. However, Iambic aims to systematically expand the boundaries of what is druggable, and to redefine how novel therapeutics are conceived, optimized, and advanced to address unmet patient need.

 

img190872437_1.jpg

 

Figure 1. Iambic's molecular superintelligence platform is designed to discover and advance potential new medicines. It integrates proprietary AI technologies for molecular property prediction and selection (Design), high-throughput chemistry for rapid, automated access to a diverse and ever-expanding chemical space (Make), and high-throughput biology to flexibly measure molecular properties (Test).

1


Table of Contents

 

We believe that the utility of our platform is demonstrated through the advancement of our wholly owned pipeline of preclinical and clinical development candidates (Figure 3). We believe these programs each address indications with potential annual multi-billion dollar market opportunities, based on our estimates derived from reported sales of existing approved therapies for these indications.

Our most advanced program, IAM1363, is an oral, highly selective, pan-mutant, and brain-penetrant small molecule inhibitor of human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2). As of September 2026, it is in an ongoing, open-label, multi-center Phase 1/1b basket clinical trial in patients with advanced HER2-altered solid tumors, and we anticipate initiating a registrational trial as early as 2027, subject to regulatory feedback. We believe IAM1363 is the only known HER2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor (TKI) that binds to the inactive (DFG-out) conformation of the HER2 kinase domain. We believe this distinct Type II binding mode may contribute to the molecule's combination of selectivity for HER2 vs wild-type epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), and broad coverage against HER2 variants with activating mutations. We believe IAM1363 has the potential to be developed across multiple HER2-driven solid tumor indications, including HER2-positive breast cancer, HER2-positive gastroesophageal adenocarcinoma (GEA), HER2-amplified non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), and HER2-mutant NSCLC.

Evidence supporting the utility of our molecular superintelligence platform extends well beyond IAM1363, including a broad internal pipeline, continued innovation in new programs, and a growing roster of partnerships. As summarized in Figure 2, our molecular superintelligence platform drives a diverse set of internal programs, adding new modalities, target classes and therapeutic areas to our pipeline. IAM217 is a brain-penetrant allosteric inhibitor for KIF18A, a mitotic kinesin with potential therapeutic relevance for ovarian cancer, triple-negative breast cancer, and other solid-tumor cancers. IAM-C1 is our selective dual inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinases 2 and 4 (CDK2 and CDK4). We anticipate submitting Investigational New Drug (IND) applications for IAM217 and IAM-C1 in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed in each case by initiation of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, subject to regulatory clearance.

 

Target / Project

How Iambic's Platform Technologies Were Used

HER2 pan-mutant inhibitor

•
Covalent pan-mutant inhibitor, discovery driven by ML coupled with microscale HTE
•
Compound discovered without experimental structures for most mutants

CDK2/4 dual inhibitor

•
Structural hypothesis around selectivity
•
Enchant directly predicted CDK4/6 and CDK4/7 selectivity and in vivo clearance

KIF18A allosteric inhibitor

•
NeuralPLexer was fine-tuned and provided all structural enablement
•
Candidate compound discovered without a high-resolution experimental structure
•
Brain penetrance incorporated through AI-driven optimization

RevMed collaboration

•
NeuralPLexer learned from minimal structural data to make predictions for unseen complexes
•
Work is supporting NeuralPLexer in glue-design projects

 

Figure 2. Illustrative ways in which Iambic’s platform technologies were used in discovery projects. For HER2 pan-mutant inhibitor, see the section titled “Business—Our drug candidates and programs—IAM1363: Selective, pan-mutant, brain-penetrant HER2 inhibitor.” For CDK2/4 dual inhibitor, see the section titled “Business—Our drug candidates and programs—IAM-C1: selective dual CDK2/4 inhibitor.” For KIF18A allosteric inhibitor, see the section titled “Business—Our drug candidates and programs—IAM217: brain-penetrant, allosteric KIF18A inhibitor.” For RevMed collaboration, see the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—License and collaboration agreements—Agreement with Revolution Medicines.”

Beyond our internal programs, the platform has been deployed across multiple strategic partnerships, extending these advantages to programs developed in collaboration with leading pharmaceutical companies. Our relationships with leading partners like AbbVie, Takeda, Lundbeck, NVIDIA, Lambda, Revolution Medicines, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, and Bayer reflect meaningful external interest in our platform, and are expanding the impact of our platform to additional target classes (for example, G protein-coupled receptors), additional therapeutic indications (for example, neurology, gastrointestinal, inflammation and immunology), and additional small-molecule mechanisms of action (for example, molecular glues, and glue degraders).

 

2


Table of Contents

 

Our goal is to prove, program after program, that better technology leads to better medicines—and that a platform built around molecular superintelligence has the potential to systematically improve the historical cost, time, and probability of success that have constrained drug development. Our vision is to deliver highly differentiated medicines to patients with urgent unmet needs, faster and with what we believe is a higher likelihood of success in clinical development than conventional approaches, while compounding a self-reinforcing advantage in data, technology, and pipeline of drug candidates.

Our pipeline

We are advancing a pipeline of wholly owned drug candidates developed using our molecular superintelligence platform. Our most advanced program, IAM1363, is a HER2 inhibitor that, as of September 2026, is in a Phase 1/1b clinical trial in subjects with HER2-altered solid tumors. Our two additional programs, IAM217 (a KIF18A inhibitor) and IAM-C1 (a dual CDK2/4 inhibitor), are in preclinical development and we anticipate filing IND applications in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed in each case by initiation of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, subject to regulatory clearance.

Figure 3 summarizes our wholly owned clinical programs and their current stages of development.

 

img190872437_2.jpg

 

Figure 3. Wholly Owned Pipeline.

Our strategy

The key elements of Iambic's strategy constitute a self-reinforcing engine for new medicines, shown in Figure 4:

•
Platform: Advance our platform, unlock additional capabilities, and expand our data moat.
•
Pipeline: Advance a differentiated, wholly owned preclinical and clinical pipeline.
•
Partnerships: Convert platform leadership into partnership revenue.

3


Table of Contents

 

Our platform drives our internal and partnered drug discovery programs. Through these discovery programs, we generate a vast and rapidly expanding data moat. This proprietary data is used to both design and train more powerful, next-generation AI models, thus strengthening the platform.

 

img190872437_3.jpg

 

Figure 4. Iambic: an engine for new medicines.

In addition to proprietary data, partnerships provide capital to fund a significant amount of the discovery and development expenditure for our internal pipeline. While we anticipate that our expenditure will increase as our internal pipeline both expands and advances, we believe that the capital that we receive from existing and potential new partners will continue to expand, offsetting future expenditure and allowing us to reach additional clinical milestones.

We believe that our value proposition is greater than the sum of our Platform, Pipeline, and Partnership components. These three pillars mutually reinforce each other and synergistically drive our continued value creation. Sustained operation of this engine over the past five years has enabled us to create what we believe is a competitive advantage in infrastructure, proprietary data, and first-hand team experience.

Our team and investors

We are led by a team with deep and complementary experience across AI, drug discovery, and clinical development. Our co-founders, Tom Miller, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, and Fred Manby, Ph.D., our Chief Technology Officer, have collectively authored more than 300 peer-reviewed publications and patents spanning theoretical, quantum, and computational chemistry.

Tom Miller, Ph.D. is a scientist and entrepreneur focused on the intersection of AI, chemistry, and biology, and has served as our Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer since 2020. Prior to co-founding Iambic, Dr. Miller spent over 10 years as a professor at the California Institute of Technology, where he received numerous awards for research and entrepreneurial excellence. His research focused on computation and machine learning, including contributions to methods that couple physics-based simulation with machine learning to improve the prediction of molecular properties.

Fred Manby, Ph.D. is a scientist, entrepreneur, and recognized authority focused on the integration of AI technologies in high-throughput experimentation in small-molecule drug discovery. Dr. Manby has served as our Co-Founder and Chief Technology Officer since 2020 after a prolific 20-year academic career in quantum and computational chemistry. Much of his academic career was spent as a professor of chemistry at the University of Bristol in the United Kingdom, where he earned numerous awards for research excellence.

Peter Olson, Ph.D. is an oncology drug discovery leader with over 25 years of fundamental, preclinical, and translational research experience across academia and industry and serves as our Chief Scientific Officer.

4


Table of Contents

 

Dr. Olson leads our scientific team in advancing small-molecule programs from target identification through clinical proof-of-concept, with expertise in oncogenic driver and synthetic lethal pathways and in building preclinical data packages that inform precision medicine hypotheses. Prior to joining us, Dr. Olson was Vice President, Research at Mirati Therapeutics (acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company in January 2024) and a Senior Group Leader in Pfizer’s Oncology Research Unit.

Michael Secora, Ph.D. is a scientist and finance and corporate development executive who has served as our Chief Corporate Development Officer and Chief Financial Officer since January 2025. Prior to joining us, Dr. Secora was Chief Financial Officer of Recursion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Secora also spent 10 years at Laurion Capital as Managing Director and Head of Capital Markets and Venture, focusing on emerging technologies and life sciences.

Neil Josephson, M.D. is a physician-scientist trained in hematology and oncology and has served as our Chief Medical Officer since 2024. Dr. Josephson has broad experience in oncology therapeutics, including the development of the HER2 bispecific antibody zanidatamab from early to registrational clinical studies. Prior to joining us, Dr. Josephson was Chief Medical Officer at Zymeworks Inc., having previously served as Vice-President in Clinical Development at Seattle Genetics and as Associate Professor of Medicine at the University of Washington.

Since Iambic's inception through September 18, 2026, we have raised approximately $461.8 million in capital from experienced technology- and healthcare-focused investors, including our 5% or greater holders, Catalio, Nexus Ventures, Q Healthcare Holding, NVIDIA Corporation, and Coatue Ventures. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and strategies and have purchased their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the price offered to the public in this offering. In addition, some of these investors may not be subject to reporting requirements under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act), and, thus, prospective investors may not necessarily know the total amount of investment by each of the prior investors and if and when some of the prior investors decide to sell any of their shares.

Summary of risks related to our business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•
We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses and negative cash flows, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses and may never achieve or maintain profitability.
•
We will require substantial additional capital, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.
•
Our business depends on establishing and maintaining strategic partnerships, including with AbbVie, Takeda, Lundbeck, and a small number of partners have accounted for a substantial portion of our revenue.
•
Our partners have significant discretion over whether and how to advance, prioritize and disclose partnered programs.
•
Our approach to drug discovery, which integrates AI with automated experimentation, is novel and unproven and may not lead to successful, commercially viable drug products.
•
Our most advanced program, IAM1363, is in an early-stage Phase 1/1b clinical trial, and our other programs, IAM217 and IAM-C1, are preclinical; drug development is lengthy, expensive, and uncertain, and most candidates never receive regulatory approval.
•
Interim, initial, “top-line”, and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more participant data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.
•
Our drug candidates may cause undesirable side effects, and we may be unable to enroll patients or complete our clinical trials on the timelines we expect, or at all.

5


Table of Contents

 

•
Our platform depends on continued access to high-quality data, third-party and licensed datasets, and specialized computing hardware and capacity obtained from third parties.
•
Our use of AI is subject to rapidly evolving laws and regulations and to technical, ethical and reputational risks.
•
We rely on third parties, including contract research organizations, contract manufacturers and suppliers, and we do not own or operate our own manufacturing facilities.
•
We face significant competition from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and from other companies applying AI and machine learning to drug discovery, many of which have substantially greater resources than we do.
•
The regulatory approval process is lengthy, time-consuming, and inherently unpredictable; we have never obtained approval for any drug candidate and, even if we do, would remain subject to extensive ongoing regulation.
•
Our success depends on obtaining and maintaining intellectual property protection, much of which consists of pending applications that may never issue, and on protecting our trade secrets.
•
We depend on our senior management and other key personnel, and we must manage rapid growth, our transition to a public company, and cybersecurity and other operational risks.
•
There has been no public market for our common stock, its price may be volatile, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution, and our insiders continue to have substantial influence.
•
We are an emerging growth company; we do not anticipate paying cash dividends; anti-takeover and exclusive-forum provisions apply; our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited; and our operations are concentrated in San Diego, California.

The summary of risks described above should be read together with the text of the full risk factors in the section titled “Risk factors” and other information set forth in this prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes. Our risk factors are not guarantees that no such conditions exist as of the date of this prospectus and should not be interpreted as an affirmative statement that such risks or conditions have not materialized, in whole or in part.

Channels for disclosure of information

Investors, the media and others should note that, following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the investor relations page on our website, press releases, public conference calls, and webcasts.

The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. However, information disclosed through these channels does not constitute part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Corporate and other information

We were incorporated in Delaware in October 2019 under the name Entos, Inc. and subsequently changed our name to Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120, San Diego, California 92121. Our telephone number is (619) 330-5499. Our website is www.iambic.ai. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

6


Table of Contents

 

We use Iambic, the Iambic logo and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork, and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

Implications of being an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the JOBS Act). As such, we may take advantage of reduced disclosure and other requirements otherwise generally applicable to public companies, including:

•
presentation in this prospectus of only two years of audited financial statements and related financial disclosure;
•
exemption from the requirement to have our registered independent public accounting firm attest to management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
•
exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the PCAOB) regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements;
•
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
•
exemption from the requirement to hold non‑binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have at least $1.235 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates as of the last day of the most recently completed second quarter; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

As a result of this status, we have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the SEC. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies unless it otherwise irrevocably elects not to avail itself of this exemption. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act. We will continue to be a smaller reporting company in any given year if either (i) the aggregate market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million as of the last day of the most recently completed second quarter or (ii) we have less than $100.0 million in revenue in the most recently completed fiscal year and the aggregate market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million

7


Table of Contents

 

as of the last day of the most recently completed second quarter. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

8


Table of Contents

 

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

 

               shares.

 

 

 

Option to purchase
additional shares

 

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock.

 

 

 

Common stock to be outstanding
immediately after this offering

 

 

               shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

 

 

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, facilitate future access to the public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to advance the clinical development of IAM1363; to advance the clinical development of IAM217 through ; to advance the clinical development of IAM-C1 through ; and the remainder, if any, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. See the section titled “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

 

 

Risk factors

 

See the section titled “Risk factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

 

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market trading symbol

 

 

“IAM”

 

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the Notes Conversion (as defined below), and excludes:

•
17,208,599 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.31 per share;
•
1,506,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted after June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37 per share;

9


Table of Contents

 

•
3,338,160 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units (RSUs) outstanding as of June 30, 2026, for which the performance-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of June 30, 2026, and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the completion of this offering;
•
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options approved subsequent to June 30, 2026, which were granted contingent and effective upon the pricing of this offering with a price per share equal to the initial public offering price (the IPO Options);
•
shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs approved subsequent to June 30, 2026, which were granted contingent and effective upon the pricing of this offering (the IPO RSUs);
•
74,396 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, with an exercise price of $0.57 per share;
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2026 Plan) (which include the shares issuable under the IPO Options and IPO RSUs), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (including shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2020 Plan), which number of shares will be added to the shares of our common stock to be reserved under our 2026 Plan, upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2020 Plan); and
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The 2026 Plan and the ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under the 2020 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive compensation—Employee benefit and stock plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

•
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
•
the automatic conversion, in connection with the completion of this offering, of $66.5 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes (the Convertible Notes), together with accrued interest, into an aggregate of shares of our common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus (the Notes Conversion), as further described in Note 11 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus;
•
a -for-one reverse split of our capital stock, which was effected on , 2026;
•
no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or settlement of outstanding RSUs, as described above;
•
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
•
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock in this offering.

10


Table of Contents

 

Summary consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2026, and the summary condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2026, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and the results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2026, are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. The summary consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace, and are qualified in their entirety by, the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

(in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Consolidated statements of operations data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

9,426

 

 

$

1,194

 

 

$

12,753

 

 

$

3,928

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

77,528

 

 

 

45,696

 

 

 

57,149

 

 

 

32,934

 

General and administrative

 

 

14,248

 

 

 

9,375

 

 

 

9,115

 

 

 

6,669

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

91,776

 

 

 

55,071

 

 

 

66,264

 

 

 

39,603

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(82,350

)

 

 

(53,877

)

 

 

(53,511

)

 

 

(35,675

)

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

5,207

 

 

 

6,042

 

 

 

3,432

 

 

 

2,574

 

Interest expense

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(9

)

Other expense

 

 

(90

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(55

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

5,100

 

 

 

6,034

 

 

 

3,397

 

 

 

2,510

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(77,250

)

 

 

(47,843

)

 

 

(50,114

)

 

 

(33,165

)

Income tax expense

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

-

 

Net loss

 

$

(77,295

)

 

$

(47,877

)

 

$

(50,116

)

 

$

(33,165

)

Net loss per share attributable to common
   stockholders, basic and diluted

 

$

(3.57

)

 

$

(2.23

)

 

$

(2.24

)

 

$

(1.54

)

Weighted-average common stock outstanding to
   compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

21,621,643

 

 

 

21,423,331

 

 

 

22,415,264

 

 

 

21,527,543

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

 

 $

 

 

 $

 

 

 $

 

 

 $

 

Weighted-average common stock outstanding to
   compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss
   per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2025, and for the six months ended June 30, 2026, have been computed to give effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of such date, and (b) the Notes Conversion at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as if the shares resulting from the Notes Conversion were outstanding as of such date. Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effect of the shares expected to be sold in this offering. The pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2025, and six months ended June 30, 2026, were calculated using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding as of such date, including the pro forma effect of (a) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as if such conversion or exercise had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period, and (b) the Notes Conversion at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as if the shares resulting from the Notes Conversion were outstanding at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

 

As of June 30, 2026

 

 

Actual

 

 

Pro forma(1)

 

 

Pro forma
as adjusted
(2)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

207,878

 

 

 $

 

 

 $

 

Working capital(3)

 

 

174,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

237,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

75,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

394,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(245,296

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

$

(232,559

)

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

(1)
The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock as of June 30, 2026, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (b) the Notes Conversion at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, as if the shares resulting from the Notes Conversion were outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and (c) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
(2)
Reflects, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the issuance and sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(3)
Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. See our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

12


Table of Contents

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects could be adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Our risk factors are not guarantees that no such conditions exist as of the date of this prospectus and should not be interpreted as an affirmative statement that such risks or conditions have not materialized, in whole or in part.

Risks related to our limited operating history, our financial position and need for additional capital

We are a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company with a limited operating history and no products approved for commercial sale, which may make it difficult to evaluate our current business prospects and predict our future success or viability.

We are a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company with a limited operating history. While we have generated revenue from our strategic partnerships and collaborations, we have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. Since our inception in October 2019, we have focused substantially all of our efforts and resources on building what we refer to as our molecular superintelligence platform, our proprietary platform that integrates advanced AI models with automated, high-throughput laboratory experimentation and is comprised of (i) Enchant, our multimodal AI model for predicting preclinical and clinical properties, (ii) NeuralPLexer, our flow-matching generative AI for biomolecular structure prediction, and (iii) robotic data generation at scale (collectively, our molecular superintelligence platform) as well as advancing our own platform-developed drug candidates and pipeline. All of our therapeutic assets are in the discovery, Investigational New Drug (IND)-enabling, or clinical stages, including our most advanced clinical program, IAM1363. Before we can commercialize our drug candidates, they require, among other steps, clinical success; development of internal or external manufacturing capacity and marketing expertise; and regulatory approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the FDA) and other applicable authorities in other jurisdictions. We do not expect to generate any revenue from drug product sales in the foreseeable future and we can provide no assurance that we will obtain regulatory approvals to market and sell any drug products in the future. Until we successfully develop and commercialize drug candidates, which may never occur, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and collaborations, or similar arrangements.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other known and unknown factors and risks frequently experienced by clinical-stage life sciences companies developing therapeutics, as well as by technology-enabled companies that perform drug discovery on behalf of partners. Although we have generated revenue from our partnerships, we have not generated any revenue from drug product sales, and, as we advance our wholly owned programs, we will need to transition from a company primarily focused on research and development and the performance of drug discovery on behalf of ourselves and our partners to a company that is also capable of commercializing its own drug products, while continuing to operate and scale our collaboration business. If we do not adequately address these risks and difficulties or successfully make such a transition, our business will suffer.

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our current business prospects and predict our future success or viability. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties, and difficulties frequently encountered by early-stage clinical life sciences companies in rapidly evolving markets. We may not be able to successfully address any or all of these risks.

13


Table of Contents

 

We have incurred significant losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

While we have generated revenue from our strategic partnerships and collaborations, we have no drug products approved for commercial sale, have not generated any revenue from drug product sales, and have incurred significant net losses since our formation. Furthermore, we may not generate revenue from drug product sales for many years, if ever. To date, we have funded our operations from venture capital financings and through partnerships. Our net losses were $77.3 million and $47.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $50.1 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $245.3 million. Additionally, the net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter such that a period-to-period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indicator of our future performance. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Substantially all of our operating losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with research and development efforts primarily related to the discovery and development of our preclinical and clinical therapeutic candidates and the advancement of our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform, and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

Our model takes a dual-track approach, tackling both the development of wholly owned internally developed therapeutic assets and partnerships with pharmaceutical and technology companies, including drug discovery and development for third-party pharmaceutical partners using our molecular superintelligence platform. Neither our internal pipeline nor our partnered programs have yet produced an approved drug product. We expect to continue incurring significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We expect that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

•
advance our own platform-developed drug candidates and pipeline, including the initiation of additional clinical trials and other studies for the development of our therapeutic assets;
•
continue to develop and enhance our molecular superintelligence platform and its capabilities, including training and deploying next-generation versions of Enchant and NeuralPLexer;
•
expand and maintain our access to computational infrastructure, including high-performance graphics processing unit (GPU) capacity and cloud computing resources required to train and deploy our models;
•
perform drug discovery and development activities under our existing and any further partnership agreements;
•
create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a public company and our drug candidate development and planned future commercialization efforts;
•
change or add additional manufacturers or suppliers, some of which may require additional permits or other governmental approvals;
•
establish a sales, marketing, and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any drug candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval;
•
attract, hire and retain qualified clinical, scientific, operations, and management personnel;
•
maintain, protect, and expand our intellectual property portfolio; and
•
experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above.

Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our working capital and our ability to achieve and maintain profitability.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other known and unknown factors and risks frequently experienced by clinical-stage life sciences companies in rapidly evolving fields. See the risk titled “—We are a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company with a limited operating history…” above.

14


Table of Contents

 

Even if this offering is successful, we expect that we will need substantial additional capital to complete the development and any commercialization of our current and any future drug candidates, which may cause dilution to our stockholders. If we are unable to raise this capital when needed, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate at least some of our drug product development programs, platform development plans, business development plans, potential commercialization efforts and to possibly cease operations.

The development of drug candidates is capital-intensive. We have programs throughout the stages of drug development, including discovery, IND-enabling, and clinical stage. We expect to incur additional losses in connection with our ongoing activities as we continue the research and development of, initiate clinical trials of, and potentially seek marketing approval for, our current drug candidates, including IAM1363, and as we build out and diversify our pipeline. In particular, we expect expenses to increase substantially as we advance our programs through discovery and IND-enabling studies, submit IND applications, initiate and progress clinical trials, and continue investing in our molecular superintelligence platform. Drug development, particularly clinical stage development and trials, is expensive and can take many years, so we will need supplemental funding to complete these undertakings. If our drug candidates are eventually approved by regulators, we will require significant additional funding in order to launch and commercialize our products. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect that we will require additional capital beyond the proceeds of this offering, which we may raise through private and public equity offerings, debt financings, technology enablement, and strategic partnerships and collaborations or similar arrangements.

As of June 30, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $207.9 million. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures through . However, this estimate is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect. Because the length of time and activities associated with successful clinical development of our drug candidates is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any marketing and commercialization activities.

We will need substantial additional capital to develop our drug candidates and fund operations for the foreseeable future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

•
the scope, timing, rate of progress, and costs of our clinical trials for our current and any future drug candidates;
•
the cost and pace of continued investment in our molecular superintelligence platform, including the development of next-generation computational models and the expansion of our automated laboratory infrastructure;
•
the cost and availability of high-performance computing resources, including GPU capacity and cloud computing services, which may fluctuate significantly based on market demand and supply constraints;
•
the number, scope, and resource requirements of our collaboration agreements and any future partnerships;
•
the number and scope of clinical programs we decide to pursue;
•
the cost, timing, and outcome of preparing for and undergoing regulatory review of our current and any future drug candidates;
•
the cost and timing of manufacturing our drug candidates;
•
the costs of preparing, filing, and prosecuting patent applications and trademark applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights, and defending intellectual property-related claims;
•
the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining partnerships and collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements and the success, or lack of success, of our partners’ and licensees’ products;

15


Table of Contents

 

•
the timing and amount of any payments, including milestone and royalty payments from our existing or future partners or licensees;
•
our efforts to enhance operational systems and our ability to attract, hire, and retain qualified personnel, including personnel to support the development of our drug candidates;
•
the costs associated with being a public company;
•
the extent, if any, to which we acquire or in-license other technologies;
•
the extent to which we enter into additional licensing or collaboration arrangements for any of our programs or therapeutic assets;
•
the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales, and distribution of our drug candidates, if they receive marketing approval;
•
any product liability or other lawsuits related to our current or future drug candidates;
•
our implementation of various computerized informational systems and efforts to enhance operational systems;
•
our ability to establish a commercially viable pricing structure and obtain approval for coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payors for our drug products;
•
the extent, if any, to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products, and technologies, including the timing and amount of any payments due in connection with our acquisitions and investments;
•
the effect of competing technological and market developments; and
•
the impact of global economic uncertainty and geopolitical tensions, which may also have the effect of exacerbating the magnitude of the factors discussed above.

In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of our common stock. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through partnerships and collaborations, strategic alliances, or marketing, distribution, or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or drug candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

Adequate additional financing may not be available to us when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative effect on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy. In addition, attempting to secure additional financing may divert the time and attention of our management from day-to-day activities and harm our development efforts. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market drug products that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

16


Table of Contents

 

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors and could fall below our expectations or the expectations of investors or securities analysts, which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

The amount of our future losses, and when we might achieve profitability, is uncertain, and our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly for various reasons, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the following:

•
the timing, number, and size of milestone payments, option exercise fees, upfront fees, royalties, and other contingent payments under our collaboration agreements, and the timing of our recognition of revenue therefrom, which may cause significant variability between periods;
•
changes in the fair value of equity securities we hold in, or may in the future hold in, our drug discovery partners, and the timing and amount of any distributions or liquidity events with respect to such holdings;
•
the success, or lack thereof, of our drug discovery partners in advancing, developing, and commercializing the drug candidates underlying any of our milestone, option fee, and royalty entitlements;
•
the timing of our recognition of revenue from entering into any new collaboration, partnership, or out-licensing arrangements;
•
the timing of, and our levels of investment in, research and development activities relating to our drug candidates;
•
the timing of, and status of staffing and enrollment for, clinical trials;
•
the results of clinical trials for our drug candidates, including whether there are any serious adverse events, unexpected events, death, or other safety concerns, with our drug candidates, whether the trials meet the planned endpoints, and whether we receive marketing approval for them;
•
publications by competitors of their clinical trial results and public perception of those results, if positive, could negatively impact our competitive position;
•
commercialization of competing drug candidates or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;
•
the timing and cost of manufacturing our drug candidates;
•
additions and departures of key personnel;
•
the level of demand for our drug candidates should they receive approval, which may vary significantly;
•
coverage and reimbursement policies with respect to our drug candidates, if approved;
•
costs and fees incurred in connection with any litigation or disputes in which we may become involved;
•
changes in the regulatory environment or market or general economic conditions;
•
the increase in salaries and wages and the extension of benefits required to retain, attract and motivate qualified personnel;
•
the increases in costs of components necessary for our business; and
•
inflation and other macroeconomic conditions.

The occurrence of one or more of these or other factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet any

17


Table of Contents

 

forecasts we provide to the market, or the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors, for any period. If one or more of these events occur, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

If we engage in future strategic transactions, this may increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders’ equity, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, and subject us to other risks.

We may in the future pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, or technologies, or enter into additional strategic partnerships, including by licensing or acquiring complementary intellectual property rights, technologies, or businesses. We have not completed any acquisitions to date, and we have limited experience in evaluating or integrating acquired businesses or assets. When we are pursuing additional strategic partnerships and if we pursue any acquisitions, we may not be able to identify suitable transaction candidates, and even if we do, we may be unable to complete a transaction on favorable terms, if at all. The competition for acquisition and partnership candidates may be intense and any such transaction may entail numerous risks whether or not any transaction is ultimately consummated, including increased operating expenses and cash requirements, the assumption of indebtedness or contingent liabilities, the issuance of equity securities that would dilute existing stockholders, the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing programs, advancement of our molecular superintelligence platform, and initiatives, and risks associated with entering into new business areas or geographies in which we have limited or no experience. If we undertake such a transaction, we may assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses, or acquire goodwill and intangible assets, which could result in significant future amortization expenses and adversely impact our results of operations. A significant portion of the purchase price of any business we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. If our acquisitions do not yield the returns we expect, we may be required to take impairment or other charges to our results of operations, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks related to our partnership strategy

We are engaged in strategic partnerships and we intend to seek to establish additional partnerships, including for the clinical development of drug candidates. If we are unable to establish these partnerships on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if current and future partnerships are not successful, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely impacted.

The advancement of our programs, and the potential commercialization of our drug candidates, will require substantial additional capital. To date, our operating revenue has primarily been generated through our partnerships. See the section titled “Business—Collaboration agreements” for a description of our material partnership agreements with AbbVie Group Holdings Limited (AbbVie), Takeda Pharmaceuticals, U.S.A., Inc. (Takeda), and H. Lundbeck A/S (Lundbeck). We also have partnerships with leading pharmaceutical and technology companies, NVIDIA Corporation (NVIDIA), Lambda, Inc. (Lambda), Revolution Medicines, Inc. (RevMed), Jazz Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited (Jazz Pharmaceuticals), and Bayer Healthcare LLC (Bayer). These partnerships cover a substantial number of programs and could represent a significant portion of our potential downstream value. We intend to seek additional partnerships, strategic collaborations, and licensing arrangements with technology, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. In the near term, the value of our Company will depend in part on the number and quality of the partnerships and similar arrangements that we negotiate, and we may not be able to reach definitive agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the significant number of business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies and consolidation in the biotechnology industry has reduced the number of potential future collaborators with whom we can partner.

Partnerships and similar arrangements can be complex and time consuming to negotiate and execute. We may have to relinquish valuable rights to our drug candidates, intellectual property, or future revenue streams, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. We may be restricted under collaboration agreements from entering into future agreements on certain terms with other potential partners or from conducting certain activities on our own. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate partners, including from established companies that may have a competitive advantage over us due to, among other factors, their size and/or financial resources, which may make it more challenging to achieve favorable terms in our partnership agreements, if at all. In addition, management of our relationships with partners requires (i) significant time and effort from our

18


Table of Contents

 

management team; (ii) coordination of our research and development programs with the research and development priorities of our partners; and (iii) effective allocation of our resources across multiple projects.

We may not be able to establish additional strategic partnerships and similar arrangements on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, and to maintain and successfully conclude them. Collaborative relationships with third parties could cause us to expend significant resources and incur substantial business risk with no assurance of financial return. If we are unable to establish or maintain partnerships and similar strategic arrangements on terms favorable to us and realize the intended benefits of those partnering arrangements, our research and development efforts and potential to generate revenue may be limited, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans, and our business and operating results could be materially and adversely impacted.

For programs that are led by a partner, but for which we have downstream economic participation, success is dependent on the eventual approval and commercialization of drugs developed by our partners for which we have no control over the clinical development plan, regulatory strategy, or commercialization efforts.

Our business model is, in part, dependent on the eventual progression of drug candidates discovered or initially developed utilizing our discovery and development capabilities into clinical trials and commercialization. This requires us to find partners and enter into agreements with them that contain obligations for the partners to pay us milestone payments as well as royalties on sales of approved drugs for the drug candidates they develop that are generated utilizing our molecular superintelligence platform. Partners generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these partnerships, and they may not pursue or prioritize the development and commercialization of partnered drug candidates. In addition, given the nature of our relationships with our partners, we generally have limited control over the progression, clinical development, regulatory strategy, or eventual commercialization, if approved, of these drug candidates. As a result, our potential to receive milestones and royalties is dependent on our partners' efforts over which we have no control. Moreover, unless publicly disclosed by our partners, we may have limited information related to our partners' preclinical studies or clinical trial results, including serious adverse events, or ongoing communications with the relevant health authorities regarding our partners’ development strategy, which limits our visibility into how such programs may be progressing. In addition, because our partners have significant discretion in determining when to make announcements about the status of our partnerships, including about preclinical and clinical developments and timelines for advancing the partnered programs, any public announcement of unexpected results or developments in our partnerships, or any withholding of such information by our partners, may adversely impact our business. If our partners determine not to proceed with the development of a drug candidate discovered or initially developed utilizing our molecular superintelligence platform, or if they implement preclinical, clinical or regulatory strategies that ultimately do not result in the further development or approval of the drug candidate, we will not receive the benefits of our partnerships, which may have a material and adverse effect on our operations.

Additionally, we may have conflicts with our future partners, such as conflicts concerning the interpretation of preclinical or clinical data, the achievement of milestones, the interpretation of contractual obligations, payments for services, development obligations or the ownership of intellectual property developed during our collaboration. If any conflicts arise with any of our partners, such partner may act in a manner that is adverse to our best interests. Any such disagreement could result in one or more of the following, each of which could delay or prevent the development or commercialization of our drug candidates, and in turn prevent us from generating revenue: disputes regarding milestone payments or royalties; uncertainty regarding ownership of intellectual property rights arising from our collaborative activities, which could prevent us from entering into additional collaborations; unwillingness by the partner to cooperate in the development or manufacture of a drug candidate, including providing us with data or materials; unwillingness on the part of a partner to keep us informed regarding the progress of its development and commercialization activities or to permit public disclosure of the results of those activities; initiating of litigation or alternative dispute resolution options by either party to resolve the dispute; or attempts by either party to terminate the agreement. Collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable drug candidates. Termination by our partner would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

19


Table of Contents

 

Our partnership model involves actively performing drug discovery on behalf of our partners, which requires substantial resources, and our ability to maintain and enter into new partnerships may suffer if we are unable to consistently deliver the necessary resources. Our failure to meet our commitments to perform under existing and future partnership could subject us to financial penalties and liability, impair our partner relationships, and adversely affect our business.

Our partnership model involves, in most cases, actively performing drug discovery on behalf of our partners using our molecular superintelligence platform, rather than simply licensing access to our technology. This model exposes us to risks distinct from a traditional technology licensing arrangement because our ability to deliver results under these partnerships depends on the continued availability and advancement of our molecular superintelligence platform, our computational infrastructure, and our specialized personnel, any of which may be constrained or competing for capacity with other partnerships as well as our wholly owned internal programs. If we are unable to allocate sufficient resources to our partnerships while also advancing our internal pipeline, or if partners are dissatisfied with the pace or quality of our work, our partnership revenue and our ability to maintain and enter into new partnerships could be materially and adversely affected. If we fail, or are alleged to fail, to meet our performance commitments, we may be subject to remedies that could include reduced or withheld fees, liquidated damages, indemnification obligations, or other damages, and partners may have the right to terminate the collaboration. Any such failure could also harm our reputation, reduce the likelihood that partners renew or expand their engagements with us, make it more difficult to enter into new partnerships, and expose us to disputes or litigation. The occurrence of any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We deploy certain software products to partners under agreements that include service level and related performance commitments, and our failure to meet those commitments could subject us to financial penalties and liability, impair our partner relationships, and adversely affect our business.

In addition to performing drug discovery on behalf of certain partners using our molecular superintelligence platform, we deploy software products, primarily, but not exclusively, NeuralPLexer, to external parties for use in their own environments or workflows. These deployments are governed by agreements that, to varying degrees, specify service level commitments and related obligations, including with respect to availability, uptime, business continuity, disaster recovery, support, and error correction. These arrangements exist both as standalone software agreements and as components embedded within broader discovery-focused collaborations. As a result, our obligations with respect to deployed software may be interdependent with our other commitments to a partner, and a failure with respect to the software component of a partnership could have consequences that extend to the broader relationship.

Our ability to meet these service level and performance commitments depends on the continuous, effective, and reliable operation of our software, the underlying computational infrastructure, and third-party cloud and hardware providers on which that software depends, as well as on our ability to detect and remediate defects, errors, and disruptions in a timely manner. Software deployed into external environments may be subject to conditions, integrations, and usage patterns that we do not control and cannot fully anticipate, which can increase the likelihood of performance issues and complicate our ability to diagnose and resolve them. Defects or vulnerabilities in our software, outages or capacity constraints affecting our compute resources, interruptions in third-party services, security incidents affecting availability, and other events may cause us to fail to satisfy our commitments. Because we support both our internal pipeline and multiple external deployments from shared infrastructure and personnel, contention for these resources may further constrain our ability to meet all of our obligations concurrently.

If we fail, or are alleged to fail, to meet our service level or other performance commitments, we may be subject to remedies that could include service credits, refunds, reduced or withheld fees, liquidated damages, indemnification obligations, or other damages, and partners may have the right to terminate the applicable software agreement or, where the software is a component of a broader partnership, the partnership as a whole. Any such failure could also harm our reputation, reduce the likelihood that partners renew or expand their engagements with us, make it more difficult to enter into new partnerships, and expose us to disputes or litigation. The occurrence of any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

20


Table of Contents

 

We host partner data that we do not own, both in connection with discovery partnerships and technology deployments, and the loss, corruption, unavailability, or unauthorized disclosure of that data could expose us to liability, damage our partner relationships, and adversely affect our business.

In the course of our business, we host and process data belonging to our partners that we do not own and to which our rights are limited to the purposes specified in the applicable agreement. This occurs in two principal contexts. First, in connection with discovery partnerships in which we perform research on behalf of a partner, the partner may supply datasets that it has obtained or generated, which we host and use to carry out the partnership. Second, in connection with our technology enablement and deployment activities, including deployments of software products such as NeuralPLexer, partners upload or otherwise provide data that we host on their behalf. In each case, we host this partner data in cloud environments that we commission and manage, primarily on Amazon Web Services (AWS).

Because we host but do not own this data, we act as a custodian of information that may be highly valuable and sensitive to our partners, including proprietary chemical, biological, and other research data, licensed third-party datasets, personal data, and confidential business information. Our obligations with respect to such data, including obligations relating to its security, confidentiality, integrity, availability, retention, and return or deletion, are typically specified by contract and may be more extensive than, or different from, the obligations imposed by generally applicable law. Where a partner has supplied data that it obtained from a third party under license, our permitted use of that data, and our exposure in the event of its loss or unauthorized disclosure, may also be governed or constrained by the terms of that upstream license, which we may not fully control or be party to.

The loss, corruption, destruction, unavailability, alteration, or unauthorized access to, use, or disclosure of partner data that we host, whether resulting from defects or failures in our software or infrastructure, outages or incidents affecting our cloud environments or the third-party providers on which they depend, human error, security breaches, or other causes, could constitute a breach of our contractual obligations and cause direct harm to our partners. We are subject to multiple separately negotiated security incident notification obligations with different timelines, and a single incident affecting shared infrastructure could trigger some of them concurrently. Our failure to meet any one could constitute a breach of the applicable agreement, exposing us to contractual liability. Data hosted in support of our partnerships and deployments may be difficult or impossible to reconstruct, and its loss could disrupt or delay the affected partnership or deployment, impair a partner’s own programs, and require costly efforts to recover or regenerate the data. Any such event could subject us to claims for breach of contract, indemnification obligations, liability to the partner or to third parties from whom the data was licensed, termination of the applicable collaboration or deployment agreement, and disputes or litigation, and could occur even where our broader systems have not been compromised.

Additionally, because our internal programs and our partner-facing activities rely on the same molecular superintelligence platform, the same computational infrastructure, and, in many cases, the same or overlapping personnel, we must establish and maintain organizational, technical, and contractual measures designed to segregate each partner’s confidential data, methods, and results from our internal programs and from the work we perform for other partners. If we fail, or are alleged or perceived to fail, to maintain barriers designed to separate each partner’s confidential data and direct it solely towards the benefit of each applicable partner, whether as a result of employee error or misconduct, defects in our technical controls, the practical difficulty of segregating shared infrastructure and personnel, or otherwise, our partners may lose confidence in our ability to protect their confidential information, may decline to share data with us or narrow the scope of their engagements, and may assert claims for breach of contract or misuse of their information.

Any of the foregoing could result in significant financial exposure, harm our reputation, reduce the likelihood that partners renew, expand, or enter into engagements with us, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. For related risks concerning our service level and performance commitments, and the security of our systems generally, see the risks titled “—We deploy certain software products to partners under agreements that include service level and related performance commitments...” and “—Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our CROs, manufacturers, other contractors, or consultants or potential future partners, may fail or suffer actual or suspected security or privacy breaches...”

21


Table of Contents

 

The failure of our partners to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business.

For partners who have contractual obligations to us, we bear the risk that they may not perform their contractual obligations to us to our standards, in compliance with applicable legal or contractual requirements, in a timely manner or at all, they may not maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, and disagreements or disputes could arise that could cause delays in, or termination of, the research, development, or commercialization of drugs using our drug candidates, technology or molecular superintelligence platform or result in litigation or arbitration. In addition, we are dependent on our partners’ ability to accurately track and make milestone payments to us pursuant to the terms of our agreements with them. Any failure by them to inform us when milestones are reached and make related payments to us could adversely affect our results of operations. Any of these factors could adversely impact their financial condition and results of operations, which could impair their ability to meet their contractual obligations to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

To the extent we decide to take equity or other interests in our partners as part of our evolving partnership model, we may never realize a return on such investments.

We may decide to take equity or other interests in our drug discovery partners as part of our partnership model. If we do so, we may never realize a return on such investments, and our partners may be dependent on the availability of capital on favorable terms to continue their operations. If partners in which we hold equity interests raise additional capital, our ownership interest in and degree of control over those partners could be diluted, unless we choose to invest further or successfully negotiate contractual anti-dilution protections. The financial success of any such equity investment would likely be dependent on a liquidity event, such as a public offering, acquisition, or other favorable market event reflecting appreciation in value. The capital markets for public offerings and acquisitions are dynamic, and the likelihood of liquidity events for companies in which we may hold equity interests could significantly worsen. In addition, to the extent any partner in which we hold equity is or becomes publicly traded, the fair value of that interest may fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the market price of the partner’s common stock, and those fluctuations would be reflected in our results of operations. Further, valuations of privately held companies are inherently complex due to the lack of readily available market data, and if we determine that any such investments have experienced a decline in value, we may be required to record an impairment, which could negatively impact our financial results. Any equity we hold in our drug discovery partners would be subject to a risk of partial or total loss.

To date, we have depended on a relatively small number of partners for a substantial portion of our revenue. The loss of any one of these partners could adversely impact our expected revenue and results of operations.

We have entered into partnerships with a relatively limited number of pharmaceutical and technology companies. To date, our revenue has primarily resulted from payments from certain of our partners, and we expect that a substantial portion of our revenue for the near future will continue to come from partnerships. The loss of any of our partners, the failure of our partners to perform their obligations under their agreements with us, including paying license or technology fees or reimbursements, milestone payments or royalties, could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. Payments under our existing and future strategic partnerships are also subject to significant fluctuations in both timing and amount, which could adversely impact our results of operations.

Risks related to drug discovery and development and our lead programs

Our approach to drug discovery is novel and unproven and may not lead to successful drug products for various reasons, including, but not limited to, challenges identifying mechanisms of action for our drug candidates.

Our approach to drug discovery is based on novel AI, machine learning, and computational technologies, including our molecular superintelligence platform. The quality and sophistication of our molecular superintelligence platform is critical to our ability to conduct our research and discovery activities. Because AI-designed drug candidates are novel, there is greater uncertainty about our ability to develop, advance and commercialize drug candidates using our molecular superintelligence platform. We cannot be certain that our molecular

22


Table of Contents

 

superintelligence platform will lead to the successful identification of drug candidates, lowering of the cost of drug discovery or the development of commercially viable drug products. We may encounter challenges that prevent us from demonstrating the utility of our molecular superintelligence platform, and the market may be skeptical of the viability of our approach. If we are unable to demonstrate the utility of our molecular superintelligence platform, we may be required to alter or abandon our current business model.

Such uncertainty could make it more difficult to form partnerships with larger pharmaceutical companies, as the expenses involved in late-phase clinical trials increase the level of risk related to potential efficacy and/or safety concerns and may pose challenges to IND and/or new drug application (NDA) approval by the FDA or other regulatory agencies.

Even if our molecular superintelligence platform successfully identifies promising drug candidates, those candidates may not advance successfully through preclinical and clinical development. No assurance can be given that our approach will result in the discovery or development of any approved product. As a result, these challenges could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Our drug candidates are in preclinical or clinical development, which can be lengthy and expensive processes with uncertain outcomes and the potential for substantial delays.

Our most advanced drug candidate, IAM1363 (our HER2 Inhibitor Program), is currently in a Phase 1/1b clinical trial, with monotherapy expansion and combination cohorts actively enrolling. Our KIF18A Inhibitor Program (IAM217) and CDK2/4 Inhibitor Program (IAM-C1) are in preclinical development, and we anticipate submitting IND applications for these programs in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed in each case by initiation of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, subject to regulatory clearance. Before we can bring any of these drug candidates to market, we must, among other things, successfully complete clinical development, have the candidates manufactured to appropriate specifications, conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate safety and efficacy in humans, and obtain marketing approval from the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities, which we have not yet demonstrated our ability to do.

Our pipeline is currently led by three oncology programs—our HER2 Inhibitor Program (IAM1363, an oral, highly selective, pan-mutant, brain-penetrant Type II tyrosine kinase inhibitor (TKI) of wild-type and oncogenic mutant HER2), our KIF18A Inhibitor Program (IAM217, a brain-penetrant, allosteric KIF18A inhibitor), and our CDK2/4 Inhibitor Program (IAM-C1, a selective dual CDK2/4 inhibitor). We anticipate filing IND applications with the FDA or other regulators for clinical studies for our drug candidates. We may not be able to file such IND applications and begin such studies, on the timelines we expect, if at all, and any such delays could impact any additional product development timelines. Each of our programs employs a novel or differentiated mechanism of action whose clinical hypothesis may not bear out. See the section titled “Business—Our drug candidates and programs” for a description of our programs and their mechanisms of action.

Moreover, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA or other regulators allowing clinical trials to begin or that, once begun, issues will not arise that require us to suspend or terminate these trials. Commencing each of these clinical trials is subject to finalizing the trial design based on discussions with the FDA and other regulatory authorities. The requirements imposed by these regulatory authorities, or their governing statutes, could change at any time, which may result in stricter approval conditions than we currently expect and/or necessitate completion of additional or longer clinical trials. Successful completion of our clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting NDAs to the FDA, as well as Marketing Authorization Applications (MAAs) to the European Medicines Agency (EMA) and the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) for each drug candidate and, consequently, to the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of each drug candidate. We do not know whether any of our future clinical trials will begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all.

23


Table of Contents

 

We may experience delays in completing our preclinical development and initiating or completing clinical trials, or numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, any clinical trials, that could require us to incur additional costs or delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or to commercialize our drug candidates, including but not limited to those related to one or more of the following:

•
regulators, Institutional Review Boards (IRBs), or ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or to conduct a clinical trial at prospective trial sites;
•
we may have difficulty reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with prospective trial sites and prospective contract research organizations (CROs), the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;
•
the number of participants required for clinical trials of our drug candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate, or participants may drop out of clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;
•
we or our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements, fail to meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner or at all, deviate from the clinical trial protocol, or drop out of a trial, which may require that we add new clinical trial sites or investigators;
•
the supply or quality of our drug candidates or the other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our drug candidates may be insufficient, delayed, or inadequate;
•
the occurrence of delays in the manufacturing of our drug candidates;
•
reports may arise from preclinical or clinical testing of other therapies that raise safety, efficacy, or other concerns about our drug candidates; and
•
clinical trials may produce inconclusive, mixed, or negative results about our drug candidates, including determinations that candidates have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, in which event, we may decide, or our investigators or regulators, IRBs, or ethics committees may require us, to suspend or terminate the trials.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in testing or regulatory approvals. We do not know whether any of our future clinical trials will begin as planned, or whether any of our current or future clinical trials will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, if at all. If we decide or are required to suspend or terminate a clinical trial, we may elect to abandon product development for that program. Significant preclinical study or clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our drug candidates or could allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our drug candidates. Any delays in or unfavorable outcomes from our preclinical or clinical development programs may significantly harm our business, operating results, and prospects.

Interim, initial, “top-line”, and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more participant data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time as we move through the stages of drug development, we have published, and expect to continue to publish, interim top-line or preliminary data from our clinical trials. Interim data from clinical trials are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as enrollment of participants continues and more data becomes available. Preliminary or top-line data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects.

24


Table of Contents

 

For example, we presented preliminary monotherapy data from our ongoing IAM1363 Phase 1/1b trial at the European Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO) Congress in October 2025, including measures of anti-tumor activity, and we expect to present additional clinical data at future medical conferences as enrollment continues. Any differences between these preliminary results and final or later results, or any differences between results observed at the dose levels previously reported and results at the recommended monotherapy dose, could significantly affect perceptions of our IAM1363 program. Moreover, preliminary or interim data are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as participant enrollment continues and more participant data become available, and the results we have observed to date in earlier stages of our clinical trials may not be predictive of subsequent stages.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular drug candidate or drug product and our Company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure. If the interim, top-line, or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our drug candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects.

Conducting successful clinical trials requires the enrollment of a sufficient number of patients, and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit.

Conducting successful clinical trials requires the enrollment of a sufficient number of patients, and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit. Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in future clinical trials for any drug candidates we develop is critical to our success. Patient enrollment in clinical trials and completion of patient participation and follow-up depends on many factors, including the severity of disease; size of the patient population; the nature of the trial protocol; the attractiveness of, or the discomforts and risks associated with, the treatments received by enrolled subjects; the availability of clinical trial investigators with appropriate competencies and experience; support staff; the number of ongoing clinical trials in the same indication that compete for the same patients; proximity of patients to clinical sites; the number and availability of trial sites; the ability to comply with the eligibility and exclusion criteria for participation in the clinical trial; ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; patient compliance; the ability to monitor patients during and after treatment; and the impact of any health pandemic or epidemic. For example, patients may be discouraged from enrolling in our clinical trials if the trial protocol requires them to undergo extensive post-treatment procedures or follow-up to assess the safety and effectiveness of our drug candidates. Patients may also not participate in our clinical trials if they choose to participate in contemporaneous clinical trials of competitive products with competitors that have more clinical development experience than we do.

Our inability to locate and enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays, could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether and could delay or prevent our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our drug candidates, which would cause the value of our Company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing.

We may not be successful in our efforts to identify, discover or develop drug candidates and may fail to capitalize on programs, collaborations, or drug candidates that may present a greater commercial opportunity or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Research and development programs to identify new drug candidates require substantial technical, financial, and human resources. We are advancing IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1, although our KIF18A Inhibitor Program (IAM217) and CDK2/4 Inhibitor Program (IAM-C1) are both in IND-enabling development, and we may fail to identify additional drug candidates for development. Because we have limited resources, we focus our research programs on targets where we believe our molecular superintelligence platform can demonstrate utility, where we believe it is theoretically possible to discover a molecule with properties that are required for the molecule to become a drug, and where we believe there is a meaningful commercial opportunity, among other factors. We may

25


Table of Contents

 

forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with certain programs, partnerships, or drug candidates or for indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential than our current and planned development programs and drug candidates. However, the development of any drug candidate we pursue may ultimately prove to be unsuccessful or less successful than other potential drug candidates that we might have chosen to pursue on a more aggressive basis with our capital resources. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and other future drug candidates for specific indications may not yield any future drug candidates that are commercially viable. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential for a particular drug candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that drug candidate through partnership, strategic collaboration, licensing, or other arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such drug candidate. Alternatively, we may allocate internal resources to a drug candidate in a therapeutic area in which it would have been more advantageous to enter into a partnership.

We expect to submit IND applications for our KIF18A Inhibitor Program (IAM217) and our CDK2/4 Inhibitor Program (IAM-C1) in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed in each case by initiation of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, subject to regulatory clearance. We may not be able to file such IND applications on the timelines we expect, if at all, and any delays could impact our pipeline diversification strategy and our ability to reduce concentration risk in our clinical portfolio.

Our research programs may show initial promise in identifying potential drug candidates internally or with partners, yet fail to yield drug candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

•
our research methodology or that of any collaborator may be unsuccessful in identifying potential drug candidates that are successful in clinical development;
•
potential drug candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may make the drug candidates unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval;
•
our current or future partners may change their development profiles for potential drug candidates or abandon a therapeutic area; or
•
new competitive developments may render our drug candidates obsolete or noncompetitive.

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may develop drug candidates for use in combination with other therapies, which exposes us to additional risks.

Investigating drug candidates for use in combination with one or more currently approved therapies can expose us to additional risks. If a drug candidate we develop were to receive marketing approval for use in combination with existing therapies, we would continue to bear the risks that the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities could revoke approval of the therapies used in combination with our drug candidate or that safety, efficacy, manufacturing, or supply issues could arise with such existing therapies. This could result in our own products being removed from the market or being less successful commercially. For example, pursuant to our research collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals, we are studying IAM1363 in combination with other therapeutic agents, including agents supplied by our collaboration partner. Further, we are currently investigating IAM1363 for use in combination with other approved cancer therapeutics in four cohorts. If we are not able to negotiate favorable terms with the manufacturers of such approved therapeutics, we may not be able to advance our combination therapy trials as we had planned, if at all, or our clinical development plans for the proposed combination therapies may be materially delayed. Combination therapy trials may require more resources than monotherapy trials.

We may also potentially evaluate current or future drug candidates in combination with one or more other therapies that have not yet been approved for marketing by the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities. We will not be able to market and sell any drug candidate we develop in combination with any such therapies that do

26


Table of Contents

 

not ultimately obtain marketing approval whether alone or in combination with our product. In addition, unapproved therapies face the same risks described with respect to our drug candidates currently in development and clinical trials, including the potential for serious adverse effects, delay in their clinical trials, and lack of FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities’ approval. If safety, efficacy, manufacturing, or supply issues arise with the products we choose to evaluate in combination with our drug candidates, we may be unable to obtain approval of or market such combination.

It is difficult to establish with precision the incidence and prevalence for target patient populations of our drug candidates. If the market opportunities for our drug candidates are smaller than we estimate, or if any approval that we obtain is based on a narrower definition of the patient population, our revenue and ability to achieve profitability will be adversely affected, possibly materially.

Even if approved for commercial sale, the total addressable market for our drug candidates will ultimately depend upon, among other things, (i) the indications and diagnostic criteria included in the final label; (ii) acceptance by the medical community; and (iii) patient access, product pricing, and reimbursement by third-party payors. The number of patients targeted by our drug candidates may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be amenable to treatment with our drug products, or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or access, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Due to our limited resources and access to capital or for other reasons, we must prioritize development of certain drug candidates, which may prove to be less lucrative than alternative drug candidates and may adversely affect our business.

Risks related to our platform, technology and data

We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, in research and development efforts to further enhance our molecular superintelligence platform, which is central to our mission. If the return on these investments is lower or develops more slowly than we expect, our business and operating results may suffer.

Our molecular superintelligence platform is central to our mission to redefine drug discovery and deliver highly differentiated medicines to patients with urgent unmet needs. Our molecular superintelligence platform integrates AI models with automated, high-throughput laboratory experimentation and is comprised of (i) Enchant, our multimodal AI model for predicting preclinical and clinical properties, (ii) NeuralPLexer, our flow-matching generative AI for biomolecular structure prediction, and (iii) robotic data generation at scale. Our molecular superintelligence platform depends upon the continuous, effective, and reliable operation of our software, automated experimentation systems, databases, and related tools and functions, as well as the integrity of our data. Our ability to develop drug candidates and increase revenue depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our molecular superintelligence platform. The success of any enhancement to our molecular superintelligence platform depends on several factors, including (i) innovation in experimental solutions, (ii) increased computational storage and processing capacity, (iii) development of more advanced algorithms, and (iv) generation of additional biological and chemical data, such as that which is necessary to our ability to identify important and emerging use cases and quickly develop new and effective innovations to address those use cases.

We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, in research and development efforts and licensing agreements that further enhance our molecular superintelligence platform. These investments may involve significant time, risks, and uncertainties, including the risks that any new software or equipment enhancement or the integration of software or equipment from an acquired company or third party licensor may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may not keep pace with technological developments, may not be able to secure all of the rights to use the data, algorithms or models disclosed by or generated with a third party in our future collaborations, or may not achieve the functionality necessary to generate significant revenue.

Our proprietary software tools, automated experimentation systems, and datasets are inherently complex. We have from time to time found defects, vulnerabilities, or other errors in our software and automated experimentation systems that produce the datasets we use to discover new drug candidates, and new errors with our software and systems may be detected in the future. The risk of errors is particularly significant when new software or systems are first introduced or when new versions or enhancements of our existing systems are

27


Table of Contents

 

implemented. Errors may also result from the interface of our proprietary software and experimental tools with our data or with third-party systems and data.

If we are unable to successfully enhance our molecular superintelligence platform, or if there are any defects or disruptions in our molecular superintelligence platform that are not timely resolved, our ability to develop new innovations and ultimately gain market acceptance of our products and discoveries could be materially and adversely impacted, and our reputation, business, operating results, and prospects could be materially harmed.

Issues relating to the use of AI and machine learning in our offerings could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We incorporate AI and machine learning solutions into our molecular superintelligence platform, in applications that are important to our operations and our drug discovery processes. Our employees and personnel also use AI to perform their work. There are significant risks involved in utilizing AI. Issues relating to the use of new and evolving technologies such as AI and machine learning may cause us to experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, legal liability, and new or enhanced governmental or regulatory scrutiny, and we may incur additional costs to resolve such issues. Known risks of AI currently include, but are not limited to, inaccuracy, bias, toxicity, intellectual property infringement or misappropriation, privacy, data protection and cybersecurity issues, and data provenance disputes. Perceived or actual technical, legal, compliance, privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, ethical, or other issues relating to the use of AI may cause public confidence in AI to be undermined, which could slow adoption of our products and services that use AI. In addition, litigation or government regulation related to the use of AI may also adversely impact our and others’ abilities to develop and offer products that use AI, as well as increase the cost and complexity of doing so.

Developing, testing and deploying AI systems may also increase the cost profile of our product offerings due to the nature of the computing costs involved in such systems, which could impact our project margin and adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, AI may have or produce errors or inadequacies that are not easily detectable. If the data used to train AI or the content, analyses, or recommendations that AI applications assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, incomplete, overbroad or biased, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected. The legal landscape and subsequent legal protection for the use of AI and the collection and use of data used to train AI models continues to evolve, and development of new law in this area could impact our ability to enforce our proprietary rights or protect against infringing uses. If we do not have sufficient rights to collect or use the data on which our AI relies or to the outputs produced by AI applications, we may incur liability through the alleged violation of certain laws, third-party privacy rights, online terms of service, or other contracts to which we or our data providers are a party. Our use of AI applications may also, in the future, result in security breaches or other incidents that implicate the personal data of customers or patients. Any such security breaches or other incidents related to our use of AI applications could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

We depend on continued access to certain third-party and licensed datasets that we may procure on a rolling or subscription basis, and any loss of, or material change to, that access could impair our ability to develop and operate our molecular superintelligence platform.

The development, training, validation, and ongoing operation of our molecular superintelligence platform depend in part on our continued access to external biological, chemical, and structure-activity datasets that we do not own and that we license or procure from third parties. We may obtain certain of these datasets under time-limited, subscription, or periodically renewed arrangements rather than through outright acquisition, and our access is contingent on maintaining those arrangements on acceptable terms. We cannot assure you that these datasets will remain available to us, that renewal or continued-access terms will not become materially more expensive or more restrictive, or that the applicable licensor will continue to maintain, update, or support the dataset. A licensor may discontinue a dataset, be acquired by or enter into an exclusive arrangement with a competitor, change its permitted-use or field-of-use terms (including terms governing use for model training or commercial purposes), or otherwise limit or terminate our access.

Certain of these datasets are available only from a limited number of sources and are not readily replaceable, and identifying, procuring, curating, and integrating a substitute could be time-consuming and costly and may not

28


Table of Contents

 

yield data of comparable scope or quality. In addition, if the data we license is or is alleged to be inaccurate, incomplete, improperly sourced, or licensed on terms narrower than the uses we make of it, we could experience degraded model performance or become subject to claims of breach or infringement. Any loss of, interruption to, or adverse change in our access to these datasets could delay or impair our development and operation of the molecular superintelligence platform, degrade the performance of our models, require costly retraining or re-engineering, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our current and future use of evolving technologies, such as AI, may present risks and challenges that can impact our business, including as a result of dependencies on specialized graphics processing units (GPUs) and other high-performance computing resources and by posing cybersecurity and other risks to our and our partners’ confidential and/or proprietary information, including personal information, and as a result we may be exposed to operational challenges, reputational harm and potential liability.

We incorporate AI and machine learning throughout our molecular superintelligence platform and our technology development activities depend on sophisticated AI algorithms and computational systems to conduct drug creation activities. These activities require and depend on substantial computational resources, including high-performance computing systems and cloud computing services, including substantial GPU-based high-performance computing capacity, whether owned or procured through cloud arrangements. This dependence is twofold: we require large-scale compute for the long-term research and development of leading-edge AI technologies, including training and deploying next-generation versions of Enchant and NeuralPLexer, and we also require reliable, continuous compute for the day-to-day operation of our discovery pipeline and the performance of our obligations under partner collaborations. Because we actively perform drug discovery on behalf of our partners using our molecular superintelligence platform, a disruption in compute availability could affect both our internal programs and our contractual deliverables at the same time. As a result, limited access to, or the inability to expand, these computational resources could pose significant risks to our business and operations in the following ways:

•
Insufficient computational power could slow down our research and development activities, leading to delays in drug creation partnerships, internally developed programs and technology development activities. This slowdown could adversely affect our ability to meet project milestones and delay program development;
•
Relying on external providers for additional computational resources can significantly increase our operational costs. Unexpected increases in these costs could impact our financial condition, especially if we are unable to pass these costs onto our customers or adequately budget for them;
•
Our ability to remain competitive depends on our capacity to leverage cutting-edge AI technologies and computational methods. Limited access to computational resources could hinder our ability to innovate and maintain our technological advantage;
•
Limited computational resources may lead to operational bottlenecks, affecting our ability to process data and execute tasks efficiently. This inefficiency could impair our productivity and operational effectiveness, impacting our overall business performance; and
•
Expanding our computational infrastructure or resorting to third-party cloud services to meet our computational needs could expose us to increased compliance and security risks. Ensuring data protection and meeting regulatory requirements may become more challenging as we scale our computational resources, potentially leading to financial penalties and reputational damage.

The market for advanced GPUs and associated networking equipment has at times been highly constrained, with demand far exceeding supply, and both cost and availability have been volatile and difficult to predict. We rely on a limited number of cloud computing providers, including Lambda and AWS, and we may face allocation constraints, lead-time delays, price increases, or contention for capacity between our internal pipeline and our collaboration work. Increases in the cost of compute could raise the cost profile of our programs and partnerships and compress our margins, particularly to the extent we are unable to pass such costs through to partners. A sustained inability to obtain compute on acceptable terms, or at all, could slow our research and development, delay program milestones, impair our ability to meet collaboration commitments, weaken our competitive position, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

29


Table of Contents

 

We continually assess our computational needs and strategically invest in our infrastructure, including access to compute through cloud computing arrangements, to mitigate these risks. However, there is no assurance that these measures will be sufficient to prevent the adverse effects associated with limited access to computational resources. Our failure to effectively manage and scale our computational resources could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operational results.

If we enable or use AI solutions that draw controversy due to perceived or actual negative societal impact, we may experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm or legal liability. A growing number of legislators and regulators are adopting laws and regulations and have focused enforcement efforts on the adoption of AI, and use of such technologies in compliance with ethical standards and societal expectations. These developments may increase our compliance burden and costs in connection with use of AI and lead to legal liability if we fail to meet evolving legal standards or if use of such technologies results in harms or other causes of action we did not predict. For further discussion on the regulatory impact of our use of AI, see the risk titled “—Regulatory and legislative developments related to the use of AI could adversely affect our use of such technologies in our products, services, and business.”

The rapid evolution of AI will require the application of significant resources to design, develop, test, and maintain such systems to help ensure that AI is implemented in accordance with applicable law and regulation and in a socially responsible manner and to minimize any real or perceived unintended harmful impacts. The use of certain AI technologies can also give rise to intellectual property risks, including by disclosing or otherwise compromising our confidential or proprietary intellectual property, or by undermining our ability to assert or defend ownership rights in intellectual property created with the assistance of AI tools. Our vendors may in turn incorporate AI tools into their offerings, and the providers of these AI tools may not meet existing or rapidly evolving regulatory or industry standards, including with respect to privacy and security. Further, bad actors around the world use increasingly sophisticated methods, including the use of AI, to engage in illegal activities and cyber-attacks, cyber espionage campaigns, exploitation of expanded attack surfaces, and other activities, including attacks that may result in the theft and misuse of our and our partners’ personal information, confidential information and intellectual property. In addition, the use of generative AI models in our internal or third-party systems may create new attack surfaces or methods for adversaries, which could impact us and our vendors. Any of these effects could damage our reputation, result in the loss of valuable property and information, cause us to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, and adversely impact our business.

Our solutions utilize third-party open-source software (OSS), which presents risks that could adversely affect our business and subject us to possible litigation.

Our solutions include software that is licensed from third parties under open-source licenses, and we expect to continue to incorporate such OSS in our solutions in the future. While we monitor our use of OSS, we cannot ensure that we have effectively monitored our use, validated the quality or source of such software, or are in compliance with the terms of the applicable open-source licenses or our policies and procedures. Use of OSS may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software because open-source licensors generally do not provide support, updates, or warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. OSS may also be more susceptible to security vulnerabilities. Third-party OSS providers could experience service outages, data loss, privacy breaches, cyber-attacks, and other events relating to the applications and services they provide, which could diminish the utility of these services and harm our business.

The terms of many open-source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. From time to time, companies that use third-party open-source software have faced claims challenging the use of such open-source software and requesting compliance with the open-source software license terms. Accordingly, we could be subject to lawsuits by third parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open-source software or claiming non-compliance with the applicable open-source licensing terms. If we were to receive a claim of non-compliance with the terms of any of these open-source licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against those allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from offering or selling our solutions that contained the open-source software, and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, and we may be required to publicly release certain portions of our

30


Table of Contents

 

proprietary source code. If we inappropriately use open-source software, or if the license terms for open-source software that we use change, we may be required to re-engineer our solutions, incur additional costs, discontinue the sale of some or all of our solutions or take other remedial actions. In addition, some open-source software licenses require end users who use, distribute or make available across a network software and services that include open-source software to offer aspects of the technology that incorporates the open-source software for no cost. If we were to combine our proprietary software with open-source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open-source licenses be required to make publicly available source code (which in some circumstances could include valuable proprietary code) for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open-source software and/or to license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open-source license, which could open security risks as well as risks to exposing some of our trade secrets. This would allow our competitors to create similar solutions with less development effort and time.

Although we believe that our molecular superintelligence platform has the potential to identify more promising molecules than traditional methods and to accelerate drug discovery, our focus on using our molecular superintelligence platform to discover and design molecules with therapeutic potential may not result in the discovery and development of commercially viable products for us or our partners.

Our scientific approach focuses on using our molecular superintelligence platform technology and leverages our deep understanding of physics-based modeling and theoretical chemistry to design molecules and predict their key properties without conducting time-consuming and expensive physical experiments. Our molecular superintelligence platform, together with our automated laboratory infrastructure, enables an integrated discovery process pairing computational prediction with high-throughput experimentation. While our internal pipeline suggests that our molecular superintelligence platform is capable of accelerating drug discovery and identifying high quality drug candidates, these results do not assure future success for our partners or for us with our proprietary drug discovery programs.

To date, our internal pipeline and the substantial majority of our molecular superintelligence platform-derived programs have focused on oncology targets. Our partnerships with AbbVie (oncology, immunology and neurologic indications), Takeda (oncology, gastrointestinal, and inflammatory diseases), and Lundbeck (neurological indications) represent our first significant application of our molecular superintelligence platform in therapeutic areas outside of oncology. The applicability of our computational models and discovery methodology to these new therapeutic areas is unproven, and we cannot assure you that our molecular superintelligence platform will perform as effectively in neurological, gastrointestinal, or inflammatory disease biology as it has in our oncology programs. If our molecular superintelligence platform does not translate effectively to these new areas, our ability to expand our partnership model and diversify our pipeline would be adversely affected.

Each of our current drug candidates is developed using our molecular superintelligence platform. As a result, we may be exposed to a number of unforeseen risks related to our molecular superintelligence platform, and these risks could impact each of our drug candidates using or derived from our molecular superintelligence platform. Even if we are successful in improving our molecular superintelligence platform or expanding our portfolio, the potential drug candidates that we identify may not be successful in clinical development. For example, harmful side effects associated with one drug candidate could raise similar concerns for other drug candidates developed using our molecular superintelligence platform. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize drug candidates, we will not be able to generate revenue, which will have a material adverse effect on our financial position and stock price.

We face significant competition, and if our competitors discover, develop and market products more rapidly than we do or that are more effective, safer or less expensive than the drug candidates we develop, our commercial opportunities will be negatively impacted. Our drug candidates may, if approved, also face competition from existing branded, generic and off-label products.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to our technology and our drug candidates from large and specialty pharmaceutical, biotechnology companies, academic research institutions and governmental agencies, and public and private research institutions. Any drug candidate we develop and commercialize will have to compete with existing therapies, as

31


Table of Contents

 

well as therapies currently in development and that may be developed in the future. We believe that the key competitive factors affecting the success of any of our drug candidates will include efficacy, safety, speed to market, ease of use and reliability, acceptance by physicians, reimbursement and costs, level of devoted promotional activity and IP protection.

Many of the companies that we compete against, or which we may compete against in the future, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, and marketing approval of products than we do. They may also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, in establishing clinical trial sites and patient recruitment for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, developing our drug candidates. The current marketplace is primarily divided between companies focused solely on computational software and firms focused exclusively on high-throughput screening. See the section titled “Business—Competition” for a description of the competitive landscape in which we operate, including our representative competitors. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be strong competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

We also face competition from biotechnology companies based in the People's Republic of China (China) that may develop, train, and deploy advanced computational models more rapidly or at lower cost given substantial government investment and access to large biological and clinical datasets. While we believe our models (Enchant and NeuralPLexer) achieve strong performance on public benchmarks relative to competing models, including third-party structure-prediction tools, benchmark comparisons are inherently point-in-time, and competing models, including open source and commercially available alternatives, are rapidly advancing. Our current benchmark positioning may not hold, and our differentiation could erode if competitors achieve comparable or superior performance on the metrics that matter to partners and drug discovery outcomes.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, or are easier to use, more reliable or less expensive than any of our drug candidates that are approved. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their drug candidates more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

Risks related to reliance on third parties and supply chain, regulatory approval and commercialization

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, including independent clinical investigators and CROs, to conduct certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our drug candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third parties, including independent clinical investigators and third-party CROs, to conduct certain aspects of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and to monitor and manage data for our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. Given the nature of these relationships, we only control certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies and trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, scientific standards, and laws and regulations and our reliance on these third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. Material near-term value depends on AbbVie, Takeda, Lundbeck, and our other partners performing under their respective agreements and advancing the underlying programs. We and our third-party contractors and CROs are required to comply with good clinical practice (GCP) requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our drug candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated

32


Table of Contents

 

in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be adversely affected if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Further, these investigators and CROs are not our employees and we will not be able to control, other than by contract, the amount of resources, including time, which they devote to our drug candidates and clinical trials. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If independent investigators or CROs fail to devote sufficient resources to the development of our drug candidates, or if CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our drug candidates. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our drug candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed or precluded entirely.

Our CROs have the right to terminate their agreements with us in the event of an uncured material breach. In addition, some of our CROs have an ability to terminate their respective agreements with us if it can be reasonably demonstrated that the safety of the subjects participating in our clinical trials warrants such termination, if we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors or if we are liquidated.

Although we are not substantially dependent on any individual CRO arrangement, if any of our relationships with these third-party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Additionally, CROs may lack the capacity to absorb higher workloads or take on additional capacity to support our needs. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and prospects.

We contract with third parties for the manufacture of our drug candidates for preclinical studies and our ongoing clinical trials and expect to continue to do so for additional clinical trials and ultimately for commercialization. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our drug candidates for clinical development or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent, or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not own any manufacturing facilities and do not currently have the infrastructure or internal capability to manufacture supplies of our drug candidates for use in development and commercialization. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third party manufacturers for the production of our drug candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials under the guidance of members of our organization. As a clinical-stage company running a multi-center IAM1363-01 trial, we depend on contract manufacturers, CROs, and clinical sites for supply and trial conduct. If we were to experience an unexpected loss of supply of any of our drug candidates or any of our future drug candidates for any reason, whether as a result of manufacturing, supply or storage issues or otherwise, we could experience delays, disruptions, suspensions or terminations of, or be required to restart or repeat, any pending or ongoing clinical trials.

33


Table of Contents

 

We rely on third parties for the manufacture of our drug candidates, including IAM1363 drug substance and drug product, and on third-party CROs for the conduct of our clinical trials, including our ongoing IAM1363-01 Phase 1/1b trial. See the section titled “Business—Manufacturing, operations, and scalable infrastructure” for a description of our manufacturing and supply arrangements.

We expect to continue to rely on third-party manufacturers for the commercial supply of any of our drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that are both capable of manufacturing for us and willing to do so. We currently rely on a single contract manufacturer for the drug substance, and a limited number of contract manufacturers for the drug product, of IAM1363, and we may rely on single-source or sole-source third parties for our other drug candidates and for certain starting materials, reagents, and components. We do not currently have a qualified second-source supplier for our drug substance, and while we maintain more than one qualified drug product manufacturer for certain programs, we do not have redundant suppliers for all of our materials and programs, and establishing additional or redundant supply would require significant time, cost, and technology transfer and may require additional regulatory review, during which our development could be delayed. We may be unable to maintain or establish required agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

•
the failure of the third party to manufacture our drug candidates according to our schedule, or at all, including if our third-party contractors give greater priority to the supply of other products over our drug candidates or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of the agreements between us and them;
•
the reduction or termination of production or deliveries by suppliers, or the raising of prices or renegotiation of terms;
•
the termination or nonrenewal of arrangements or agreements by our third-party contractors at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;
•
the breach by the third-party contractors of our agreements with them;
•
reduced day-to-day control over the manufacturing process for our drug candidates as a result of using third-party manufacturers for all aspects of manufacturing activities;
•
the failure of third-party contractors to comply with applicable regulatory requirements;
•
the failure of the third party to manufacture our drug candidates according to our specifications;
•
the mislabeling of clinical supplies, potentially resulting in the wrong dose amounts being supplied or active drug or placebo not being properly identified;
•
clinical supplies not being delivered to clinical sites on time, leading to clinical trial interruptions, or of drug supplies not being distributed to commercial vendors in a timely manner, resulting in lost sales; and
•
the misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how.

If we were to need to find alternative manufacturing facilities it would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our drug candidates, if approved. The commercial terms of any new arrangement could be less favorable than our existing arrangements and the expenses relating to the transfer of necessary technology and processes could be significant.

A significant portion of our third-party manufacturing is concentrated with contract manufacturers located in, or affiliated with entities based in, China. This geographic concentration exposes us to risks arising from changes in trade, tariff, import/export, sanctions, and national-security laws and policies, including legislative and regulatory proposals in the United States that would restrict or disincentivize biopharmaceutical companies from contracting with certain foreign, including China-based or China-affiliated, manufacturers and service providers. If such measures are enacted or expanded, or if geopolitical developments, trade restrictions, or actions by the U.S. or

34


Table of Contents

 

other governments limit our ability to continue working with these manufacturers, we could be required to identify, qualify, and transfer our processes to alternative suppliers. Any such transition would require significant time, cost, technology transfer, and potential additional regulatory review, and could delay or disrupt our clinical development and supply, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We do not have complete control over all aspects of the manufacturing process of, and are dependent on, our CMOs for compliance with cGMP regulations for manufacturing both active drug substances and finished drug products. Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside of the United States.

Any problems or delays we or our CMOs experience in preparing for commercial scale manufacturing of a drug candidate may result in a delay in the FDA approval of the drug candidate or may impair our ability to manufacture commercial quantities or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could result in the delay, prevention or impairment of clinical development and commercialization of our drug candidates and could adversely affect our business. Furthermore, if any of our drug candidates are approved and we or our CMOs fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of such product on a timely basis and at reasonable costs, we would likely be unable to meet demand for our products and we would lose potential revenue, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our CMOs’ manufacturing facilities may also be unable to comply with our specifications, cGMP, or with other FDA, state, and foreign regulatory requirements. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of adventitious agents or other contaminants, or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of drug candidate that may not be detectable in final product testing. If we or our CMOs are unable to reliably produce drug candidates to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, or in accordance with the strict regulatory requirements, we may not obtain or maintain the approvals we need to commercialize such drug candidates. For example, manufacturing facilities generally must submit to FDA pre-approval inspections that will be conducted after we submit marketing applications, including our planned NDAs, to the FDA, and any inability on the part of our CMOs to successfully complete such pre-approval inspections could delay or prevent commercialization of our drug candidates. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates, there is no assurance that either we or our CMOs will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product, or to meet potential future demand. Deviations from manufacturing requirements may further require remedial measures that may be costly and/or time-consuming for us or a third party to implement and may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical trial or, if approved, commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of a facility. Any such remedial measures imposed upon us or third parties with whom we contract could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Even to the extent we use and continue to use CMOs, we are ultimately responsible for the manufacture of our products and drug candidates. A failure to comply with these requirements may result in regulatory enforcement actions against our manufacturers or us, including fines and civil and criminal penalties, which could result in imprisonment, suspension or restrictions of production, injunctions, delay or denial of product approval or supplements to any approved products, clinical holds or termination of clinical trials, warning or untitled letters, regulatory authority communications warning the public about safety issues, refusal to permit the import or export of such products, product seizure, detention, or recall, operating restrictions, suits under the civil False Claims Act, corporate integrity agreements, consent decrees, or withdrawal of product approval.

Any of these challenges could delay completion of clinical trials, require bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our drug candidate, impair commercialization efforts, increase our cost of goods, and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

35


Table of Contents

 

Regulatory and legislative developments related to the use of AI could adversely affect our use of such technologies in our products, services, and business.

We use AI throughout our business, including in our drug discovery processes and technology. As the regulatory framework for AI (including generative AI) evolves, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected. The regulatory framework for AI and similar technologies is changing rapidly. It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and in non-U.S. jurisdictions, or that existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in ways that would affect the operation of our molecular superintelligence platform and data analytics and the way in which we use AI and similar technologies. We may not be able to adequately anticipate or respond to these evolving laws and regulations, and we may need to expend additional resources to adjust our offerings in certain jurisdictions if applicable legal frameworks are inconsistent across jurisdictions. In addition, because these technologies are themselves highly complex and rapidly developing, it is not possible to predict all of the legal or regulatory risks that may arise relating to our use of such technologies. Further, the cost to comply with such laws or regulations could be significant and would increase our operating expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For example, in the United States, the FDA issued draft guidance titled “Considerations for the Use of Artificial Intelligence To Support Regulatory Decision-Making for Drug and Biological Products” in January 2025, which proposes a risk-based framework for assessing the credibility of AI models used to produce information or data intended to support regulatory decisions regarding the safety, effectiveness, or quality of a drug in the nonclinical, clinical, post-marketing, and manufacturing phases. Although this draft guidance does not address the use of AI in drug discovery, which is our primary use of AI models at this time, to the extent we use AI models in the future to generate data or analyses that we submit in support of any regulatory submissions, including an investigational or marketing application, or in the manufacture of our product candidates, we may be required to establish and document the credibility assessment and evidence of those models for particular context of use. This guidance is not final and may change, and we cannot predict the requirements that will ultimately apply to our operations and uses of AI, the resources that compliance will require, or whether the FDA or other regulators will accept AI-derived data or analyses that we may submit in the future. We will continue to monitor and adjust our processes in response to further developments. Any of these developments could delay or increase the cost of our development programs, or limit our use of AI, which could adversely affect our business.

Additionally, in Europe, the European Union’s Artificial Intelligence Act (AI Act) entered into force on August 1, 2024. The AI Act establishes a risk-based governance framework for regulating high-risk AI systems operating in or being used by the EU market. The AI Act could impact our products, business, and use of AI, even if we do not have a direct presence in the EU. This framework categorizes AI systems based on the risks associated with such AI systems’ intended purposes as creating “unacceptable”, “high” or “limited” risks. While the AI Act has not yet been enforced, there is a risk that our current or future AI-powered software or applications may be categorized as “high” risk or “limited” risk, obligating us to comply with the applicable requirements of the AI Act, which may impose additional costs on us, increase our risk of liability, or adversely affect our business. For example, “high” risk AI systems are required, amongst other things, to implement and maintain certain risk and quality management systems, conduct certain conformity and risk assessments, use appropriate data governance and management practices, including in development and training, and meet certain standards related to testing, technical robustness, transparency, human oversight, and cybersecurity. Even if our AI systems are not categorized as “high” risk we may be subject to additional transparency and other obligations for “low” risk AI system providers. The AI Act sets forth certain penalties, including fines of the greater of EUR 35 million or 7% of worldwide annual turnover (as defined in the AI Act) for the prior year for violations related to offering prohibited AI-systems or data governance, fines of the greater of EUR 15 million or 3% of worldwide annual turnover for the prior year for violations related to the requirements for “high” risk AI systems, and fines of the greater of EUR 7.5 million or 1.5% of worldwide annual turnover for the prior year for violations related to supplying incorrect, incomplete or misleading information to the EU and member state authorities. The AI Act’s regulatory framework is expected to have a material impact on the way AI is regulated in the EU and across the world. Other jurisdictions also have proposed, and in certain cases enacted, laws and regulations addressing the use and development of AI. For example, in the United States, numerous states have proposed or have enacted laws addressing these matters, and in the United Kingdom, the government has published a white paper calling for existing regulators to implement certain specific principles to guide and inform the responsible development and use of AI. The AI Act and other evolving laws and regulations addressing AI, together with developing guidance and/or decisions in this

36


Table of Contents

 

area, may affect our use of AI and our ability to provide and to improve our services, require additional compliance measures and changes to our operations and processes, result in increased compliance costs and potential increases in civil claims against us, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in U.S. trade policy, including tariffs, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in U.S. trade policy, including tariffs, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and various other countries, including China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, tariffs, taxes, and other limitations on cross-border operations, collaboration, and investment. The U.S. government has and continues to make significant additional changes in U.S. trade policy and may continue to take future actions that could negatively impact U.S. trade.

For example, the National Defense Authorization Act of 2026 includes Section 851 regarding “[p]rohibition on contracting with certain biotechnology providers” (the BIOSECURE Act), which restricts federal government contracts, grants, and loans from being issued to companies that use biotechnology equipment or services from any designated “biotechnology company of concern,” as part of such companies’ performance of those agreements with the U.S. government. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) will issue a list of “biotechnology companies of concern” no later than mid-December 2026, which will include (i) certain companies that are named in the Department of Defense’s List of Chinese Military Companies, also known as the 1260H List, (ii) companies that OMB designates as a “biotechnology company of concern” pursuant to certain criteria, and (iii) certain subsidiaries or parent or successor entities of the foregoing. There is a “safe harbor” provision in the BIOSECURE Act providing that the restrictions do not apply to equipment or services that were formerly but are no longer provided by a “biotechnology company of concern,” as well as a “grandfathering” provision providing that the prohibitions shall not apply for a five-year period to biotechnology equipment or services produced or provided under a contract or agreement entered into before the applicable effective date. Once fully implemented through regulations to be published, the BIOSECURE Act may ultimately limit certain U.S. biotechnology companies (such as ours) from using equipment or services produced or provided by certain designated Chinese biotechnology companies to the extent we would contract with, or otherwise receive funding from, the U.S. government. In addition, even if we do not seek any covered U.S. federal government contracts, grants, or loans, commercial partners, government agencies, or other third parties may view our business less favorably if we engage with entities that are or which become designated as biotechnology companies of concern. For example, we currently contract with WuXi AppTec for certain research and development services, which is at high risk of being designated a biotechnology company of concern due to its inclusion on the 1260H List. This association could affect the perception of our business among third parties, and could delay or impede clinical trials and commercialization of our candidates.

As another example, the U.S. Department of Justice’s Data Security Program (DSP) places limitations on U.S. companies’ ability to enter into (and in some cases prohibits) certain contracts involving transfers of sensitive personal data to business partners located in China, or with other specified links to China and other designated countries. The rule further requires U.S. persons to obtain from certain foreign counterparties contractual commitments to refrain from engaging in subsequent transfers of sensitive personal data to entities located in China or with other specified links to China and other designated countries. This new rule may impact our ability to contract not just with Chinese companies but also with foreign entities in general, potentially requiring us to extract promises related to compliance with this new rule.

Additionally, in September 2018, the USTR enacted a tariff on the import of other Chinese products, with a combined import value of approximately $200 billion; since that time USTR has modified these tariff rates and imposed tariffs on additional goods. In addition, since February 4, 2025, the U.S. government has imposed additional tariffs in amounts generally between 10% and 125% on the import of various foreign-origin goods, including Chinese-origin goods, under authorities provided in the Trade Act of 1974 and the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 and asserted under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. Additional tariffs may in the future be implemented by the U.S. government, the implementation, scope, and duration of which remain uncertain. For

37


Table of Contents

 

example, in July 2026, the U.S. government began imposing a tariff of up to 100% on the import of certain branded pharmaceutical drugs. Tariffs on imported starting materials used in our drug candidates as well as on drug candidates themselves, or retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries, which could potentially include restricted access to starting materials used in our drug candidates, could result in us needing to make changes to our suppliers or our drug candidates, or materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the implementation, escalation, or threat of tariffs, trade restrictions, and trade barriers could have a generally disruptive impact on the global economy and, therefore, negatively impact our company, including through impacts on our customers, vendors, suppliers, or other counterparties. We cannot predict what actions may ultimately be taken with respect to trade relations between the United States and China or other countries, what products and services may be subject to such actions or what actions may be taken by the other countries in retaliation.

If we are unable to obtain or use services from existing service providers, are restricted from sharing relevant data with such service providers or with others, or become unable to export or sell our products to any of our customers or service providers, our business, liquidity, financial condition, and/or results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable. If we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our drug candidates, we will be unable to generate product revenue and our business will be substantially harmed.

We are not permitted to commercialize, market, promote, or sell any drug candidate in the United States without obtaining marketing approval from the FDA. Foreign regulatory authorities impose similar requirements. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities is unpredictable, typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the drug candidates involved. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a drug candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions, which may cause delays in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other data. Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of any marketing application for our drug candidates, the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may approve our drug candidates for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any drug candidate, and it is possible that none of our existing drug candidates or any drug candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval. Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the applicable regulatory approval processes and are commercialized.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a drug candidate in the United States or abroad, we must demonstrate with substantial evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such drug candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe available preclinical or clinical data support the safety or efficacy of our drug candidates, such data may not be sufficient to obtain approval from the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, as the case may be, may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials for our drug candidates either prior to or post-approval, or may object to elements of our clinical development program.

Applications for our drug candidates may be delayed or limited or could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

•
the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design, implementation or results of our clinical trials;
•
the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may determine that our drug candidates are not safe and effective for their intended uses, only moderately effective or have undesirable or unintended side

38


Table of Contents

 

effects, toxicities or other characteristics that preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use;
•
the population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure efficacy and safety in the full patient population for which we seek approval;
•
the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept clinical data from trials that are conducted at clinical facilities or in countries where the standard of care is potentially different from that of their own country;
•
the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;
•
the data collected from clinical trials of our drug candidates may not be sufficient to support a submission to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;
•
we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a drug candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable;
•
the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies;
•
the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval; and
•
the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept a submission due to, among other reasons, the content or formatting of the submission.

With respect to foreign markets, approval procedures vary among countries and, in addition to the foregoing risks, may involve additional product testing, administrative review periods and agreements with pricing authorities.

Even if we obtain approval of our drug candidates, regulatory authorities may approve any of our drug candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may impose significant limitations in the form of narrow indications, warnings, or a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS). Regulatory authorities may not approve the price we intend to charge for drug products we may develop, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or may approve a drug candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that drug candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could seriously harm our business.

The FDA, EMA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from trials conducted in locations outside of their jurisdiction.

The acceptance of study data by the FDA, EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authority from clinical trials conducted outside of their respective jurisdictions may be subject to certain conditions. For example, our IAM1363-01 Phase 1/1b trial began at U.S. sites and has expanded into the EU, with planned expansion into the UK and APAC, and we run development operations primarily in the United States and Bristol, United Kingdom. In cases where data from United States clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the foreign countries outside the United States, the standards for clinical trials and approval may be different. There can be no assurance that any United States or foreign regulatory authority would accept data from trials conducted outside of its applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA, EMA or any applicable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our business plan, and which may result in our drug candidates not receiving approval or clearance for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction.

Uncertainty in the regulatory framework could also result in disruption to the supply and distribution as well as the import/export both of active pharmaceutical ingredients and finished product. Such a disruption could create supply difficulties for ongoing clinical trials. The cumulative effects of the disruption to the regulatory framework,

39


Table of Contents

 

uncertainty in future regulation, and changes to existing regulations may increase our development lead time to marketing authorization and commercialization of products in the EU and/or the UK and increase our costs. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and future regulation on our business or the results of our operations.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our drug candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our drug candidates in other jurisdictions.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our drug candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a drug candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion and pricing of the drug candidate in those countries. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, the pricing of a prescription drug candidate is subject to regulatory approval before it can be sold in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our drug products, if approved, is also subject to approval.

We may also submit marketing applications in other countries. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of drug candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and establishing and maintaining compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products, if approved, in certain countries. If we or any future partner fails to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets or fail to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our potential drug candidates will be harmed.

The clinical trials of our drug candidates may not demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities or otherwise produce positive results.

Before obtaining marketing approval from the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities for the sale of our drug candidates, we must complete preclinical development and extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our drug candidates. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and its ultimate outcome is uncertain. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of the process. The outcome of preclinical studies and early stage clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their drug candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their drugs.

We do not know whether our future clinical trials will begin on time or enroll participants on time, or whether our ongoing and/or future clinical trials will be completed on schedule or at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:

•
the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical studies;
•
obtaining regulatory authorizations to commence a trial or reaching a consensus with regulatory authorities on trial design;
•
any failure or delay in reaching an agreement with CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;
•
obtaining approval from one or more IRBs;

40


Table of Contents

 

•
IRBs refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional subjects, or withdrawing their approval of the trial;
•
changes to clinical trial protocol;
•
clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;
•
manufacturing sufficient quantities of drug candidate or obtaining sufficient quantities of combination therapies for use in clinical trials;
•
subjects failing to enroll or remain in our trial at the rate we expect, or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up;
•
subjects choosing an alternative treatment for the indication for which we are developing our drug candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;
•
lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial;
•
subjects experiencing severe or unexpected treatment-related AEs;
•
occurrence of serious adverse events (SAEs) in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other companies;
•
selection of clinical end points that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;
•
a facility manufacturing our drug candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) regulations or other applicable requirements, or infections or cross-contaminations of drug candidates in the manufacturing process;
•
any changes to our manufacturing process that may be necessary or desired;
•
third-party clinical investigators losing the licenses or permits necessary to perform our clinical trials, not performing our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices (GCP) or other regulatory requirements; and
•
third-party contractors not performing data collection or analysis in a timely or accurate manner; or third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or all of the data produced by such contractors in support of our marketing applications.

Clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s and other applicable regulatory authorities’ legal requirements, and remain subject to oversight by these governmental agencies and ethics committees or IRBs at the medical institutions where such clinical trials are conducted. We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial or by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

41


Table of Contents

 

Further, conducting clinical trials in foreign countries, as we may do for our drug candidates, presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, as well as political and economic risks relevant to such foreign countries.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our drug candidates.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our drug candidates, the commercial prospects of our drug candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these drug candidates will be delayed. Moreover, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our drug candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue.

In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a drug candidate. Any delays to our clinical trials that occur as a result could shorten any period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our drug candidates and our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our drug candidates could be significantly reduced. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, and prospects significantly.

If our drug candidates are associated with undesirable side effects or have unexpected characteristics in preclinical studies or clinical trials, we may need to interrupt, delay or abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective.

Participants in our ongoing and planned clinical trials may in the future suffer SAEs or other side effects not observed in our preclinical studies or previous clinical trials. For example, as of the August 31, 2026, data cutoff date, IAM1363 is generally well tolerated. The most common treatment-related AEs to date at the go-forward dose of 960 mg QD are diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, and fatigue. Grade 3 treatment-related AEs were reported in four of 68 subjects dosed with IAM1363 monotherapy at 960 mg QD, which included events of nausea, diarrhea, acute kidney injury with increased blood creatinine, and pneumonitis. No Grade 4 or Grade 5 events have been reported to date. Additional or more severe treatment-related adverse events, including at a rate or severity greater than what we have observed to date, may emerge as we continue to test our drug candidates in more patient populations, as a combination agent combined with other anticancer therapies, and in larger clinical trials or with longer follow-up. If SAEs or other side effects are observed in any of our ongoing or planned clinical trials, we may have difficulty recruiting participants to the clinical trials, participants may drop out of our trials, or we may be required to abandon the trials or our development efforts of that drug candidate altogether. We, the FDA, other comparable regulatory authorities, or an IRB may suspend clinical trials of a drug candidate at any time for various reasons, including a belief that subjects in such trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects. Some potential therapeutics developed in the biotechnology industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early-stage trials have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects do not preclude the drug candidate from obtaining or maintaining regulatory approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance due to tolerability concerns as compared to other available therapies. Any of these developments could materially harm our business, financial condition, and prospects.

42


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, if any of our drug candidates receives regulatory approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result. For example, the FDA could require us to adopt a REMS, to ensure that the benefits of treatment with such drug candidate outweigh the risks for each potential patient, which may include, among other things, a communication plan to health care practitioners, patient education, extensive patient monitoring, or distribution systems and processes that are highly controlled, restrictive and more costly than what is typical for the industry. We may also be required to adopt a REMS or engage in similar actions, such as patient education, certification of health care professionals or specific monitoring, if we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by any product that we develop alone. Other potentially significant negative consequences associated with AEs include:

•
we may be required to suspend marketing of a product, or we may decide to remove such product from the marketplace;
•
regulatory authorities may withdraw or change their approvals of a product;
•
regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label or limit access of a product to selective specialized centers with additional safety reporting and with requirements that patients be geographically close to these centers for all or part of their treatment;
•
we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of a product for patients, or to conduct post-marketing studies;
•
we may be required to change the way a product is administered;
•
we could be subject to fines, injunctions, or the imposition of criminal or civil penalties, or be sued and held liable for harm caused to subjects or patients; and
•
a product may become less competitive, and our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could diminish the usage or otherwise limit the commercial success of our drug candidates and prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our drug candidates, if approved by the FDA or other regulatory authorities.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our drug candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory oversight, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our drug candidates.

Even if we obtain any regulatory approval for one or more of our drug candidates, such drug candidates will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements applicable to manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promoting, sampling, record-keeping, and submission of safety or other post-market information, among other things. Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our drug candidates will require surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the drug candidate, as well as ongoing compliance with cGMPs and GCPs for any clinical trials. The FDA may also require a REMS, limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the drug may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or requirements that we conduct potentially costly post-market testing and surveillance studies, including post-marketing clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the quality, safety and efficacy of the drug. An unsuccessful post-marketing study or failure to complete such a study may require a REMS in order to approve our drug candidates, which could entail requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools.

In addition, drug manufacturers are subject to payment of user fees and continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP requirements and adherence to commitments made in the NDA or foreign marketing application. If we, the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority, discover previously unknown problems with our drug candidates, such as AEs of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the drug is manufactured or if a

43


Table of Contents

 

regulatory authority disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of that drug, a regulatory authority may impose restrictions relative to that drug, the manufacturing facility or us including requesting a recall or requiring withdrawal of the drug from the market or suspension of manufacturing.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any drug candidates, may result in, among other things:

•
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our drug candidates, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;
•
manufacturing delays and supply disruptions where regulatory inspections identify observations of noncompliance requiring remediation;
•
revisions to the labeling, including limitation on approved uses or the addition of additional warnings, contraindications or other safety information, including boxed warnings;
•
imposition of a REMS, which may include distribution or use restrictions;
•
requirements to conduct additional post-market clinical trials to assess the safety of the product;
•
suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals;
•
issuance of fines, untitled letters, warning letters, or holds on clinical trials;
•
refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of approvals;
•
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our drug candidates; and
•
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our drug candidates and generate revenue and could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our drug candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, we may be subject to enforcement action, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability. We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. It is difficult to predict how current and future legislation, executive actions, and litigation, including the executive orders, will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact our business, our clinical development, and the FDA’s and other agencies’ ability to exercise their regulatory authority, including FDA’s pre-approval inspections and timely review of any regulatory filings or applications we submit to the FDA. To the extent any executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

If any of our drug candidates are approved and we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses of those products, we may become subject to significant liability. The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as our drug candidates, if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. While physicians in the United States may choose in their independent medical judgment to prescribe drugs for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and for uses that differ from those tested in clinical trials and approved by the regulatory authorities, our ability to

44


Table of Contents

 

promote any products will be narrowly limited to those indications that are specifically approved by the FDA. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The U.S. federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our drug candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Breakthrough therapy designation and fast track designation by the FDA, even if granted for any of our drug candidates, may not lead to a faster development, regulatory review, or regulatory approval process, and each designation does not increase the likelihood that any of our drug candidates will receive marketing approval in the United States.

To the extent we submit a request for a breakthrough therapy designation for one or more of our drug candidates, the FDA may not grant the designation. Even if the designation is granted by the FDA, our clinical development and regulatory review process may not be faster. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the more efficient pathway for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA may also be eligible for priority review and accelerated approval. Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our drug candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine to not grant such designation. The receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a drug candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to therapies considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our drug candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that such drug candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

If a drug candidate is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug candidate demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for fast track designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular drug candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot provide any assurance that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, regulatory review or regulatory approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Fast track designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures.

Disruptions at the FDA, the SEC, and other government agencies caused by funding shortages, global health concerns, staffing limitations, or otherwise could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, approved, or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, changes in FDA leadership and the ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, reduction in the federal workforce, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the SEC

45


Table of Contents

 

and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. For example, in recent years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities. In addition, the current U.S. Presidential administration has issued certain policies and Executive Orders directed towards reducing the employee headcount and costs associated with U.S. administrative agencies, including the FDA, and it remains unclear the degree to which these efforts may limit or otherwise adversely affect the FDA’s ability to conduct routine activities.

Further, upon completion of this offering and in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns or delays could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

We may face difficulties from changes to current regulations and future legislation.

Existing regulatory policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our drug candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, we may be subject to enforcement action, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system in ways that could affect our future revenue and profitability and the future revenue and profitability of our potential customers. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. For example, one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the ACA), was enacted in 2010. The ACA contained a number of provisions, including those governing enrollments in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive, and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to providers, effective on April 1, 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2032, unless additional Congressional action is taken.

There likely will continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future or their full impact. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations, and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of health care may adversely affect:

•
our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;
•
our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability; and
•
the availability of capital.

46


Table of Contents

 

There has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted legislation designed, among other things, to bring more transparency to product pricing, to review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and to reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. For example, in August 2022, Congress passed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (IRA), which includes prescription drug provisions that have significant implications for the pharmaceutical industry and Medicare beneficiaries, including allowing the federal government to negotiate a maximum fair price for certain high-priced single source Medicare drugs, imposing penalties and excise tax for manufacturers that fail to comply with the drug price negotiation requirements, requiring inflation rebates for all Medicare Part B and Part D drugs, with limited exceptions, if their drug prices increase faster than inflation, and redesigning Medicare Part D to reduce out-of-pocket prescription drug costs for beneficiaries, among other changes. Only high-expenditure single-source drugs that have been approved for at least 7 years (11 years for single-source biologics) can qualify for negotiation, with the negotiated price taking effect two years after the selection year. For 2026, the first year in which negotiated prices become effective, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) selected 10 high-cost Medicare Part D drugs in 2023, negotiations began in 2024, and the negotiated maximum fair price for each drug has been announced. CMS has selected 15 additional Medicare Part D drugs for negotiated maximum fair pricing in 2027. For 2028, up to an additional 15 drugs, which may be covered under either Medicare Part B or Part D, will be selected, and for 2029 and subsequent years, up to 20 additional Part B or Part D drugs will be selected. HHS has and will continue to issue and update guidance as these programs are implemented, although the Medicare drug price negotiation program is currently subject to legal challenges. Various industry stakeholders, including certain pharmaceutical companies and the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, have initiated lawsuits against the federal government asserting that the price negotiation provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act are unconstitutional.

The current administration has issued executive orders focused on decreasing prescription drug prices, including directing the Secretary of Health and Human Services to establish a mechanism through which American patients can buy drugs directly from manufacturers who sell at a most-favored-nation price and directing the U.S. Trade Representative and Secretary of Commerce to take action to ensure foreign countries are not engaged in practices that purposefully and unfairly undercut market prices and drive price hikes in the United States. If HHS begins to set most-favored-nation pricing targets for prescription drugs, including the use of international pricing reference to set drug prices in the United States, or increases generic and biosimilar drug entry sooner than expected, that can have a material adverse effect on our industry, ability to set adequate pricing for new drugs to recover research and development costs, ability to attract potential investors and potential buyers in the future. We cannot predict the full impact of the executive orders focused on reducing prescription drug prices or increasing domestic drug manufacturing capacity, or other measures that may be implemented by the current administration related to drug pricing, drug supply chain and manufacturing in the United States. Such cost containment policies and executive orders could substantially and negatively impact the prices we may charge for any approved drug products, which could harm our valuation, ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability.

In addition, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), which was signed into law in July 2025, includes provisions that will impact the U.S. healthcare system in various ways, including budget cuts to Medicaid and introducing new participant work and eligibility requirements for Medicaid coverage, which are expected to significantly change the administration and applicability of Medicaid coverage. The OBBBA also expanded exemptions for orphan designated drugs for Medicare drug price negotiations, which is expected to incentivize development of orphan designated drugs or increase competition for drug development in orphan diseases or conditions. Although the full impact of the OBBBA on the healthcare system and our business remains uncertain, the resulting changes may increase the cost and complexity of completing clinical development of and launching any drug candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval or increase our competition in the marketplace, any of which could adversely affect our business and prospects. The impact of ongoing and future judicial challenges, as well as future legislative, executive, and administrative actions and healthcare measures and agency rules implemented by the government on us and the pharmaceutical industry as a whole is unclear. To the extent changes lead to disruptions in federal agencies, greater uncertainty in the industry, or impose more constraints on drug pricing, such as the introduction of the most-favored nation pricing or international reference pricing, our business may be materially impacted. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may negatively impact

47


Table of Contents

 

the valuation of our company and/or prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our drug candidates if approved.

In addition, individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures and, in some cases, mechanisms to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. A number of states are considering or have recently enacted state drug price transparency and reporting laws that could substantially increase our compliance burdens and expose us to greater liability under such state laws once we begin commercialization after obtaining regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates. Some states have also enacted legislation creating so-called prescription drug affordability boards, which ultimately may attempt to impose price limits on certain drugs in these states, while some states are also seeking to implement general, across-the-board price caps for pharmaceuticals, or are seeking to regulate drug distribution. Further, in June 2026, the FDA approved Colorado’s Section 804 Importation Program proposal to import certain drugs from Canada for specific state healthcare programs. It is unclear how this and Florida’s similar program, approved by the FDA in 2024, will be implemented and whether they will overcome potential legal, regulatory, or industry challenges in the United States and/or Canada. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products or drug candidates.

Further, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols of ongoing studies to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. In light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, regulatory authorities, members of Congress, the Government Accountability Office, medical professionals, and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the recall and withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products and establishment of risk management programs that may, for instance, restrict distribution of drug products or require safety surveillance or patient education. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA to clinical trials and the drug approval process. Data from clinical trials may receive greater scrutiny with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or other regulatory authorities more likely to terminate or suspend clinical trials before completion or require longer or additional clinical trials that may result in substantial additional expense and a delay or failure in obtaining approval or approval for a more limited indication than originally sought.

Given the serious public health risks of certain AEs that may be associated with certain drug products, the FDA may require, as a condition of approval, costly REMS, which may include safety surveillance, restricted distribution and use, patient education, enhanced labeling, special packaging or labeling, expedited reporting of certain AEs, preapproval of promotional materials and restrictions on direct-to-consumer advertising.

Our relationships with healthcare professionals, clinical investigators, CROs, and third party payors in connection with our current and future business activities may be subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, transparency laws, and government price reporting, which could expose us to, among other things, criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, exclusion from governmental healthcare programs, reputational harm, administrative burdens, and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation of any drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers, third-party payors, customers, and others may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, as well as sell, market, and distribute any drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. The

48


Table of Contents

 

applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

•
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person or entity, including a prescription drug or medical device manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
•
the federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act (the FCA), that can be enforced by private citizens through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, and civil monetary penalties prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government, and/or impose exclusions from federal health care programs and/or penalties for parties who engage in such prohibited conduct. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;
•
the federal Open Payments program under the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made in the previous year to covered recipients, including physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain non-physician healthcare professionals (such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners, among others), and teaching hospitals, and information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians (as defined above) and their immediate family members; and
•
analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, state laws that require biotechnology companies to comply with the biotechnology industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, state and local laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and require the registration of their sales representatives, and state laws that require biotechnology companies to report information on the pricing of certain drug products.

Pricing and rebate programs must also comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and more recent requirements in the ACA. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Manufacturing, sales, promotion, and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws. In addition, the distribution of pharmaceutical, drug delivery and/or medical device products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage, and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical, drug delivery and/or medical device products. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act as well as other applicable consumer safety requirements.

Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve on-going substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement,

49


Table of Contents

 

individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data protection, privacy and security laws, regulations, standards, and other requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we are or may become subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, regulations, standards, and other requirements governing the collection, use, disclosure, retention, processing, and security of personal information, such as information collected or otherwise processed in connection with clinical trials. Implementation standards in connection with novel requirements and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards or other requirements, or perception of their respective obligations may have on our business. This may create uncertainty in our business, affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer, use, share, and otherwise process personal information, necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations, standards, and other requirements is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, our internal policies and procedures, our contracts, applicable standards, or other actual or asserted requirements governing our processing of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, claims by third parties and damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, and financial condition.

As our operations and business grow, we may become subject to or affected by new or additional laws, regulations, standards, and other requirements applicable to the processing of personal information and face increased scrutiny or attention from regulatory authorities. For example, outside the United States, numerous jurisdictions, including the European Union, United Kingdom, and other jurisdictions in which we operate our business, have enacted laws and regulations addressing privacy, data protection, security, and the collection, use, transfer, and other processing of personal information such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation and the United Kingdom General Data Protection Regulation, and UK Data Protection Act (collectively, the GDPR). We may be unable to transfer personal data from Europe and other jurisdictions to the United States or other countries due to data localization requirements or limitations on cross-border data flows. Europe and other jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring data to be localized or limiting the transfer of personal data to other countries. In particular, the European Economic Area (EEA) and the United Kingdom (UK) have significantly restricted the transfer of personal data to the United States and other countries whose privacy laws it generally believes are inadequate.

Other jurisdictions may adopt similarly stringent interpretations of their data localization and cross-border data transfer laws. Although there are currently various mechanisms that may be used to transfer personal data from the EEA and UK to the United States in compliance with law, such as the EU’s standard contractual clauses, the UK’s International Data Transfer Agreement / Addendum, and the EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework and the UK extension thereto (which allows for transfers by U.S.-based organizations who self-certify compliance and participate in the Framework), these mechanisms are subject to ongoing legal challenges and may be modified, suspended, or invalidated, and there is no assurance that we can satisfy or rely on these measures to lawfully transfer personal data to the United States. If there is no lawful manner for us to transfer personal data from the EEA, the UK, or other jurisdictions to the United States, or if the requirements for a legally-compliant transfer are too onerous, we could face significant adverse consequences, including the interruption or degradation of our operations, the need to relocate part of or all of our business or data processing activities to other jurisdictions (such as Europe) at significant expense, increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines and penalties,

50


Table of Contents

 

the inability to transfer data and work with partners, vendors and other third parties, and injunctions against our processing or transferring of personal data necessary to operate our business. Additionally, companies that transfer personal data out of the EEA and UK to other jurisdictions, particularly to the United States, are subject to increased scrutiny from regulators, individual litigants, and activist groups. Some European regulators have ordered certain companies to suspend or permanently cease certain transfers of personal data out of Europe for allegedly violating the GDPR’s cross-border data transfer limitations.

In the United States, HIPAA imposes, among other things, certain standards relating to the privacy, security, transmission, and breach reporting of individually identifiable health information. Certain states have also adopted other privacy and security laws and regulations that govern the privacy, processing and protection of health-related and other personal information. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act (collectively, the CCPA) requires businesses that process the personal information of California residents to, among other things: (i) provide certain notices to California residents regarding the business’s collection, use and disclosure of their personal information; (ii) receive and respond to requests from California residents to access, delete and correct their personal information or to opt out of certain disclosures of their personal information; and (iii) enter into specific contractual provisions with service providers that process California resident personal information on the business’s behalf. Similar laws have been passed in other states and are continuing to be proposed at the state and federal level, and certain U.S. states also have enacted laws and regulations addressing specific categories of data, such as Washington’s My Health, My Data Act, which, among other things, provides for a private right of action. Collectively, these reflect a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States. The enactment of such laws could have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging. Additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required.

As another example, the U.S. Department of Justice’s Data Security Program (DSP) places limitations on U.S. companies’ ability to enter into (and in some cases prohibits) certain contracts involving transfers of sensitive personal data to business partners located in China, or with other specified links to China and other designated countries. The rule further requires U.S. persons to obtain from certain foreign counterparties contractual commitments to refrain from engaging in subsequent transfers of sensitive personal data to entities located in China or with other specified links to China and other designated countries. If we fail to comply with these new regulations, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, harm to our reputation, and other adverse consequences. Additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required to address risks arising from the DSP.

Furthermore, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and many state Attorneys General continue to enforce federal and state consumer protection laws against companies for online collection, use, dissemination, and security practices that appear to be unfair or deceptive. For example, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure can constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities.

Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual obligations, and other legal obligations, these and other actual or potentially asserted requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another or other legal obligations. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants, partners, or other third parties to comply with such requirements or adequately address concerns relating to privacy, security or data protection, even if unfounded, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

51


Table of Contents

 

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment, and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or commercialization efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Even if we are able to commercialize any drug candidates, if approved, those products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which could harm our business. Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our drug candidates, if approved, which could make it difficult for us to sell any drug candidates profitably.

The success of our drug candidates, if approved, depends on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. We cannot be certain that coverage and reimbursement will be available for, or accurately estimate the potential revenue from, our drug candidates or assure that coverage and reimbursement will continue to be available for any product that we may develop that receives coverage and adequate reimbursement from one or more third-party payors. Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Accordingly, coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors is critical to new product acceptance.

Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement, which can impose price controls or measures to limit coverage and reimbursement for particular medications. In the United States, there is no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for drug products among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our drug products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. There is significant uncertainty related to third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drug products. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our drug candidates.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved drug products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our drug candidates. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 included several prescription drug provisions that have significant implications for the pharmaceutical industry and Medicare beneficiaries, including allowing the federal government to negotiate a maximum fair price for certain high-priced single source Medicare drugs, imposing penalties and excise tax for manufacturers that fail to comply with the drug price negotiation requirements,

52


Table of Contents

 

requiring inflation rebates for all Medicare Part B and Part D drugs, with limited exceptions, if their drug prices increase faster than inflation, and redesigning Medicare Part D to reduce out-of-pocket prescription drug costs for beneficiaries, among other changes. Only high-expenditure single-source drugs that have been approved for at least 7 years (11 years for single-source biologics) can qualify for negotiation, with the negotiated price taking effect two years after the selection year. Products subject to the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program are expected to experience a significant reduction in reimbursement from the Medicare program, and potential negative pricing effects in other market channels, on a per unit basis. In June 2026, the CMS issued a proposed rule that would codify policies established in guidance documents for the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program for initial price applicability year 2029 and beyond. CMS plans to release guidance in 2026 to implement policies related to the effectuation of the maximum fair price (MFP) for the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program for 2028. Further, the current administration has issued executive orders focused on decreasing prescription drug prices, including directing the Secretary of HHS to establish a mechanism through which U.S. patients can buy drugs directly from manufacturers who sell at a most-favored-nation price and directing the U.S. Trade Representative and Secretary of Commerce to take action to ensure foreign countries are not engaged in practices that purposefully and unfairly undercut market prices and drive price hikes in the United States. Government agreements with pharmaceutical companies and other measures that use most-favored-nation pricing targets for prescription drugs or that increase generic and biosimilar drug entry sooner than expected can have a material adverse effect on our industry, our ability to set adequate pricing for new drugs to recover research and development costs, ability to attract potential investors and potential buyers in the future, or the pricing of our drug products, if approved, in the United States and in foreign countries. The impact of these and future measures implemented by the government on us and the pharmaceutical industry as a whole is unclear.

Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain drug access, marketing cost disclosure, transparency measures, and other measures designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our drug products, if approved, or put pressure on our pricing, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of all of our drug candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, cost containment initiatives and additional legislative changes. Net prices for therapies may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or third-party payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of therapies from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved drug products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to sell and market any drug candidates we may develop, we may not be successful in commercializing those drug candidates, if and when they are approved.

We do not have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have little experience in the sale, marketing, or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any approved drug product for which we retain sales and marketing responsibilities, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization, develop sales and marketing software solutions, or outsource these functions to third parties. In the future, we may choose to build a focused sales, marketing, and commercial support infrastructure to market and sell our drug candidates, if and when they are approved. We may also elect to enter into collaborations or strategic partnerships with third parties to engage in commercialization activities with respect to selected drug candidates,

53


Table of Contents

 

indications, or geographic territories, including territories outside the United States, although there is no guarantee we will be able to enter into these arrangements.

There are risks involved with both establishing our own commercial capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force or reimbursement specialists is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a drug candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing and other commercialization capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition commercialization personnel. Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize any approved product on our own include but are not limited to the following:

•
the inability to recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales, marketing, reimbursement, customer service, medical affairs, and other support personnel;
•
the inability of sales personnel or software tools to obtain access to physicians or educate adequate numbers of physicians on the benefits of prescribing any future approved drug products;
•
the inability of reimbursement professionals to negotiate arrangements for formulary access, reimbursement, and other acceptance by payors;
•
the inability to price products at a sufficient price point to enable an adequate and attractive level of profitability;
•
restricted or closed distribution channels that make it difficult to distribute our drug products to segments of the patient population;
•
the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and
•
unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent commercialization organization.

If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing, commercial support, and distribution services, they may also experience many of the above challenges. In addition, our product revenue or the profitability of product revenue may be lower than if we were to market and sell any products we may develop internally. We may not be successful in entering into such arrangements, or we may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us or them. We also may have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our drug products effectively, or they may expose us to legal and regulatory risk by not adhering to regulatory requirements and restrictions governing the sale and promotion of prescription drug products, including those restricting off-label promotion. If we do not establish commercialization capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing any future approved drug candidates.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our drug candidates, if approved.

Our business exposes us to significant product liability risks inherent in the development, testing, manufacturing, and marketing of therapeutic treatments. Product liability claims could delay or prevent completion of our development programs. If any of our drug candidates are approved for marketing, such claims could still result in an FDA or other regulatory authority investigation of the safety and effectiveness of such products, our manufacturing processes and facilities or our marketing programs. These investigations could potentially lead to a recall of our products or more serious enforcement action, limitations on the approved indications for which they may be used or suspension or withdrawal of approvals. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may also result in injury to our reputation, withdrawal of clinical trial participants, costs to defend the related litigation, a diversion of management’s time and our resources, initiation of investigations by regulators, substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants, the inability to commercialize our drug candidates and decreased demand for our drug candidates, if approved for commercial sale.

54


Table of Contents

 

We currently have product liability insurance that we believe is appropriate for our stage of development and may need to obtain higher levels prior to marketing any of our drug candidates, if approved. Any insurance we have or may obtain may not provide sufficient coverage against potential liabilities and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could adversely affect our results of operations and business and cause our stock price to decline. Furthermore, clinical trial and product liability insurance is becoming increasingly expensive. As a result, we may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses, including those caused by product liability claims.

A variety of risks associated with operating and marketing our drug candidates internationally could materially adversely affect our business.

We conduct a portion of our operations outside the United States through subsidiaries and offices located in the United Kingdom and Ireland and employees spanning several additional countries. Operating in more than one jurisdiction subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects, including the cost and complexity of complying with, and the potential for inconsistent application of, the employment, tax, anti-corruption, and other laws of multiple jurisdictions; exposure to additional anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws; exposure to non-U.S. tax laws and to taxation in more than one jurisdiction; and the added difficulty of managing geographically dispersed operations.

We may also seek to develop regulatory strategies for our drug candidates outside the United States and, if we do so, we expect that we or our partners would seek regulatory approval of our drug candidates outside of the United States. If we do seek to market our drug candidates outside the United States, we will be subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries if we or our partners obtain the necessary approvals, including:

•
differing regulatory requirements and pricing regimes in foreign countries;
•
unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers, price and exchange controls, and other regulatory requirements;
•
economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;
•
compliance with tax, employment, immigration, and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;
•
foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;
•
foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;
•
difficulties staffing and managing foreign operations;
•
workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;
•
potential liability under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) or comparable foreign regulations;
•
challenges enforcing our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States;
•
production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and
•
business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism.

These and other risks associated with our international operations or those of any applicable international partners may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or maintain profitable operations.

Our business could be affected by litigation, government investigations, and enforcement actions.

We currently operate in a number of jurisdictions in a highly regulated industry, and we could be subject to litigation, government investigation and enforcement actions on a variety of matters in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, including, without limitation, intellectual property, regulatory, product liability, environmental, whistleblower, false claims, data privacy and security, anti-kickback, anti-bribery, securities,

55


Table of Contents

 

commercial, employment, and other claims and legal proceedings that may arise from conducting our business. Any determination that our operations or activities are not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines, civil and criminal penalties, equitable remedies, including disgorgement, injunctive relief and/or other sanctions against us, and remediation of any such findings could have an adverse effect on our business operations.

Legal proceedings, government investigations and enforcement actions can be expensive and time-consuming. An adverse outcome resulting from any such proceedings, investigations or enforcement actions could result in significant damages awards, fines, penalties, exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, healthcare debarment, injunctive relief, product recalls, reputational damage, and modifications of our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Even if such a proceeding, investigation, or enforcement action is ultimately decided in our favor, the investigation and defense thereof could require substantial financial and management resources.

Risks related to intellectual property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, and any future drug candidates, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our drug candidates may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, and any future drug candidates. We currently rely upon or intend to rely upon, a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secret protections, and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, and any future drug candidates. If we are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, or any future drug candidates, and their uses, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed.

As of September 18, 2026, we own one issued U.S. patent covering drug candidate IAM1363. As of September 18, 2026, we do not own any issued patents with respect to drug candidates IAM217 or IAM-C1. These drug candidates are covered by pending U.S. patent applications and PCT patent applications. We cannot provide assurances that we will file one or more non-provisional patent applications claiming priority to the PCT applications. We cannot predict whether our patent applications will issue as granted patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any granted patent will provide sufficient proprietary protection from competitors. Even if we obtain issued patents, those patents, as well as any patents we license from third parties in the future, may be challenged, circumvented, rendered unenforceable, or invalidated by third parties. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted and even challenged after issuance. As a result, we cannot guarantee that our drug candidates will be protected or remain protectable by enforceable patents.

Furthermore, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first nonprovisional U.S. filing. The natural expiration of a patent outside of the United States varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but is generally 20 years from the earliest local filing date. Various extensions may be available; however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new drug candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized.

Other parties have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our own and such parties may have filed or may file patent applications, or may have received or may receive patents, claiming inventions that may overlap or conflict with those claimed in our own patent applications or issued patents. Publication of discoveries in the scientific literature lags behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and in other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether the inventors of our patents and applications were the first to make the inventions claimed in those patents or pending patent applications, or that they were the first to file for

56


Table of Contents

 

patent protection of such inventions. Further, we cannot assure that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found.

Third parties, including former employees, consultants, collaborators and competitors, may challenge the inventorship, scope, validity, or enforceability thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. If issued, our patents may be challenged in patent offices in the United States and abroad, or in court. For example, we may be subject to Post Grant Review or Inter Partes Review proceedings to the U.S. Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB) challenging the validity of one or more claims of our patents, once issued. Such submissions may also be made prior to a patent's issuance, precluding the granting of a patent based on one of our patent applications. We may become involved in opposition, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, derivation, or similar proceedings in the United States or abroad challenging the claims of our patents, once issued. Furthermore, patents may be challenged in court, once issued. Competitors may have filed patent applications before the inventors of our patents did. A competitor may also claim that we are infringing its patents and that we therefore cannot practice our technology as claimed under our patent applications and patents, if issued. As a result, one or more claims of our patents may be narrowed or invalidated. In litigation, a competitor could claim that our patents, if issued, are not valid for a number of reasons. If a court agrees, we would lose our rights to those challenged patents.

The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in protecting our drug candidates by obtaining patents.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, obtain, enforce, or license all necessary or desirable patents or patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. For example, we may not be able to obtain patents or maintain patent applications and patents due to the subject matter claimed being in disclosures in the public domain.

Our drug candidates IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1 are covered in part by pending patent applications. The patent prosecution process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including a patent examiner finding that the pursued claims satisfy the patentability requirements of the respective jurisdiction, and we cannot guarantee that future non-provisional patent applications will satisfy these requirements. Certain patentability requirements, such as novelty and non-obviousness, are a function of the state of art at the time of filing. Such art includes our own art, and the art of third parties. We may not be aware of all third-party art potentially relating to our research programs and drug candidates, or their intended uses, and as a result, the potential impact of such third-party art upon the patentability of our future patents or patent applications is highly uncertain.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural processes, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for noncompliance.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and various other government fees will be due to the United States and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of any patents or patent applications we may obtain or file. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights. Noncompliance events include failure to respond to official actions, non-payment of fees, and failure to properly submit formal documents.

It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of current or future patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, including with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship listings, ownership, claim scope, timely filed responses, or timely requests for patent term adjustments. If there are material defects, an issued patent may be invalid and/or unenforceable.

57


Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world, which could impair our business.

Filing, prosecuting, and defending patents throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we do not pursue or obtain patent protection to develop their own products and may export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is weak. Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. Many countries also limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or contractors. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in certain countries.

The laws and regulations governing patents vary widely across jurisdictions. Patent claims that may be valid in the United States may not be eligible in another foreign jurisdiction. For example, our ability to obtain claims to medical methods is more limited in certain jurisdictions. Additionally, enforcement and recoverable damages based on medical method claims have limitations that may affect our ability to enforce our patents in certain jurisdictions.

The legal systems of certain developing countries do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property, which could make it difficult for us to stop infringement. We may need to share proprietary know-how with partners located in countries at heightened risk of theft, including through direct intrusion by private parties or foreign actors affiliated with or controlled by state actors.

Our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in countries where we do not have patent rights, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets.

Government actions in certain jurisdictions may allow exploitation of intellectual property without the patent owner’s consent. For example, government decrees may allow third parties to exploit patented inventions without authorization, effectively eliminating patent protection in those territories. These actions could result in abandonment or lapse of future patents in the affected jurisdictions. Geopolitical actions in the United States and in foreign countries could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution or maintenance of future patent applications and the maintenance, enforcement, or defense of any future issued patents. For example, the United States and foreign government actions related to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine may limit or prevent filing, prosecution, and maintenance of patent applications in Russia. Specifically, the Russian government issued Decree 299 stating that Russian companies and individuals can use patented inventions without the owner’s permission or compensation, if the patent is held by owners from “unfriendly countries,” which includes the United States. As a result, we would not be able to enforce our otherwise valid patent rights against an infringer in Russia. Government actions may also prevent maintenance of issued patents in Russia. These actions could result in abandonment or lapse of our patents or patent applications, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights, if pursued, in Russia. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in Russia or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into Russia. Countries in addition to Russia have means by which they may allow exploitation of intellectual property, which include China and Brazil. As a result, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected in those countries.

The complex nature of our strategic partnerships may impact our ability to pursue and maintain valuable rights to our intellectual property.

Our ongoing and potential future partnerships involve complexities that may pose a number of risks to our intellectual property. For example, disagreements with collaborators over intellectual property or proprietary rights might cause delays or terminations of the research, development or commercialization of drug candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to drug candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive. Additionally, our collaborators may not properly obtain, maintain, enforce, defend or protect our intellectual property or proprietary rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to potentially lead to disputes or legal proceedings that could jeopardize

58


Table of Contents

 

or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation. Disputes may arise with respect to the ownership of intellectual property developed pursuant to our collaborations. Our collaborators may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability.

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection that is sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our drug candidates may be adversely affected.

Our pending and future patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless, and until, patents issue from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover the technology. The coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. We cannot offer assurances that any current non-provisional patent applications or future non-provisional patent applications claiming priority to the pending U.S. provisional patent applications covering our drug candidates IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1 will issue as patents, and that the breadth of any issued patents will be sufficient to stop a competitor from developing, manufacturing, and commercializing products in a non-infringing manner that would be competitive with our products. If our competitors or other third parties are able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner, this could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, any issued patent may be the subject of an adverse decision in proceedings before various patent offices or in courts that could result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being modified, revoked, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar technologies and products. Therefore, the degree of future patent protection for our drug candidates is uncertain. The scope and coverage of future patents may be narrow enough that a third party could design around them and therefore not infringe. Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights. Therefore, only limited protection may be available and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. The failure to obtain meaningful protection from the intellectual property rights relating to our drug candidates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, including dissuading companies from collaborating with us to develop and commercialize our drug candidates.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, or other drug candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patent rights are of limited duration. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after the non-provisional filing date, absent any terminal disclaimers, patent term adjustment, or patent term extension, and assuming timely payment is made of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees. Given the amount of time required for development, testing and regulatory review, patents we obtain protecting drug candidates might expire before or shortly after commercialization. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing similar products.

Patent term extension, supplementary protection certificates, and similar provisions are not guaranteed, and any award of patent term extension may be less than requested.

Depending upon the timing, duration, and specifics of FDA marketing approval of IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1, or other drug candidates, one or more U.S. patents that we may obtain may be eligible for limited patent term extension (PTE) under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984. This act permits PTE for a term of up to five years, but cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval. Patent Term Extension under 35 U.S.C. §156(f) is narrowly limited to the specific FDA-approved active ingredient and may therefore be limited in scope as compared to the entirety of the U.S. patent. The applicable authorities, including the FDA and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to patents we may obtain, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. We may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review

59


Table of Contents

 

process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements.

PTE is only relevant after a patent has been issued. If the USPTO delays issuance of a patent, this can affect the number of days awarded that extend patent term. There could be delays at the USPTO caused by staffing cuts, budgetary constraints, or other government actions that could increase the timeline of patent prosecution or affect issuance of patents, which may shorten the number of patent term extension days eligible for award. Administrative changes may also lead to delays in review of regulatory submissions or requests for patent term extension. The PTE is awarded based upon the FDA’s regulatory review period, but the PTE evaluation stage involves cooperation between the USPTO and the FDA. Administrative changes (e.g., at the FDA or USPTO) may also lead to delays in review and analysis of regulatory submissions or requests for PTE.

If we are unable to obtain PTE, or the term of such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclude others from marketing our product in the U.S. will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following expiration of a patent we may obtain, and may take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our preclinical and clinical data to launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially.

Depending upon the timing, duration, and specifics of regulatory and marketing approval of IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, or other drug candidates, one or more European patents that we may obtain may be eligible for Supplementary protection certificates (SPCs) under the Council Regulation (EC) No 469/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009. An SPC can extend a patent right for a maximum of five years with an additional six-month extension available in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1901/2006 if the SPC relates to a medicinal product for children for which data has been submitted according to a Paediatric Investigation Plan (PIP). Other countries in addition to the U.S. and Europe may have equivalent patent term extension mechanisms which may be available for one or more patents that we may obtain for IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, or other drug candidates.

The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which, for example, enables the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to negotiate prices for certain high-cost Medicare covered drugs, or other future U.S. legislation may impact our ability to receive revenue from any potential sale(s) of IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, or other drug candidates, for instance, if patents we may obtain prevent entry of a generic to the market. Certain exceptions of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 may or may not be available to IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, or other drug candidates.

The scope of patent exclusivity may be reduced when future composition of matter patents expires.

Upon the expiration of or the end of any period of exclusivity of any patents we may obtain, competitors may seek to develop and market generic versions of our products. Competitors may file abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) or 505(b)(2) applications referencing any of our future approved products. These manufacturers might only be required to conduct a relatively inexpensive study to show that their product is a generic, and thus could be significantly less costly than ours to bring to market and companies that produce such generics may be able to offer their products at lower prices. We may not be able to prevent such competition, which could significantly reduce our revenue. Accordingly, competition from generics of our drug candidate could materially adversely impact our ability to successfully commercialize our drug candidate.

Composition of matter patents are generally considered the strongest form of intellectual property protection because they provide protection without regard to any particular method of use or formulation. The composition of matter for our drug candidates IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1 are covered in part by an issued U.S. patent for IAM1363, non-provisional applications for IAM217, and pending U.S. provisional patent applications for IAM-C1. The estimated expiration for these patent and patent applications if issued and absent any terminal disclaimers, patent term adjustments, or patent term extensions, and assuming timely payment is made of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees, is from 2043 to 2046. New patent families may be filed covering new methods of use, formulations, dosage forms and dosing schedules, patient population(s), and methods of manufacture, that, if issued as granted patents, would be expected to expire after 2046 absent any

60


Table of Contents

 

terminal disclaimers, patent term adjustments, or patent term extensions, and assuming timely payment is made of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees.

Method of use patents protect only the use of a product for the specified method and do not prevent a competitor from making and marketing an identical product for an indication outside the scope of the patented method. Moreover, even if competitors do not actively promote their product for our targeted indications, physicians may prescribe these products “off-label,” and although off-label prescriptions may infringe method of use patents, the practice is common and such infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute. If the aforementioned non-provisional patent application(s) claiming IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1 compositions of matter are filed and issue as granted patents, after expiration of such granted patents, competitors may use the same compositions for different methods, in different formulations, or via production from different manufacturing methods, without infringing one or more granted patents. Therefore, if IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1 are approved and eventually become commercially available in generic products, remaining unexpired patents may only provide limited protection.

Future patents we may obtain may be challenged or the laws may change in a manner that could limit our ability to enforce against competitors.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and patents we may obtain may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant review (PGR) and inter partes review (IPR), or other similar proceedings challenging our patent rights. There may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the validity or enforceability of our patent claims. Even prior art we believe does not affect validity may ultimately be found to do so. There is no assurance that all potentially relevant prior art has been identified. An adverse decision may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar technologies and products and compete directly with us, without payment to us. The legal threshold for initiating such proceedings may be low, so that even proceedings with a low probability of success might be initiated. Even if they are unchallenged, our patent applications, if issued, may not provide us with any meaningful protection or prevent competitors from designing around our patent claims to circumvent our patent portfolio by developing similar or alternative drug candidates in a non-infringing manner.

The patent position of pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and is the subject of much litigation, resulting in court decisions, including U.S. Supreme Court decisions. Therefore, court decisions may be made that could alter our ability to enforce patent rights in the future. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or vice versa. There may also be pressure on the U.S. government and foreign governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection as a matter of public policy in response to health or access concerns.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.

We may conclude that even if a third party is infringing patents we may obtain in the future, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or stockholders. Our competitors may sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively because of their greater financial resources. In such cases, we may decide to simply monitor the situation or seek a non-litigious resolution.

Litigation involves substantial uncertainty that could affect our business.

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights depends on the ability to detect infringement. It is difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components that are used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s product, particularly in litigation in countries that do not provide extensive discovery procedures.

61


Table of Contents

 

Because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. The initiation of a claim against a third party may cause the third party to bring counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable. Grounds for such challenges could include lack of novelty, obviousness, non-enablement, insufficient written description, failure to claim patent-eligible subject matter, or inequitable conduct during prosecution.

If we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our products or our technology, the defendant could counterclaim that our patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, for example, lack of novelty, lack of adequate written description, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that an individual connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity or unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our products or certain aspects of our platform technology. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving our patents could limit our ability to assert our patents against those parties or other competitors and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the inventorship of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if a non-exclusive license is offered and our competitors gain access to the same technology.

Even if we establish infringement, a court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, even if resolved in our favor, the monetary cost of litigation and the diversion of management attention could outweigh any benefit we receive. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

During the course of intellectual property litigation, there could be public announcements of commencement, results of hearings, rulings on motions, and other developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results as negative, the perceived value of our products, drug candidates, or intellectual property could be diminished, and the market price of our common stock may decline. Such announcements could also harm our reputation or the market for our products.

The uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise funds necessary to continue clinical trials, internal research programs or enter into development partnerships.

Changes in U.S. patent law or the patent law of other countries or jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our current and any future drug candidates.

Depending on actions by the U.S. Congress, federal courts, the USPTO, and authorities in foreign jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that may have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain new patents and to defend and enforce existing patents. We cannot be sure our patent portfolio will not be negatively impacted by new court rulings, changes in guidance, or procedures issued by governments or patent offices around the world.

62


Table of Contents

 

The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act of 2011 (the Leahy-Smith Act) made significant changes to U.S. patent law. These changes include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including PGR, IPR and derivation proceedings. Further, because of a lower evidentiary standard in these USPTO post-grant proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a patent claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the patent claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate patent claims we may obtain that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Thus, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our patents we may obtain, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system in which, assuming that the other statutory requirements are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013, but before we file an application covering the same invention, could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention to which we have rights even if we made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we are the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our drug candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patent applications. Even if we obtain a valid and enforceable patent, we may not be able to exclude others from practicing the claimed invention where the other party can show that they used the invention in commerce before our filing date or the other party benefits from a compulsory license.

These and future changes in patent law could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of any patents, if issued, all of which could have a negative effect on our business.

In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. For example, in Amgen Inc. v. Sanofi, 598 US 594 (2023), the Supreme Court held that claims with functional language may pose high hurdles in fulfilling the enablement requirement. In 2023, the Federal Circuit issued a decision in In re Cellect, LLC, 81 F.4th 1216 (Fed. Cir. 2023) involving the interaction of patent term adjustment, or PTA, terminal disclaimers, and obviousness-type double patenting which may affect the patent term of any issued patents that rely on any PTA and have a terminal disclaimer. Depending on actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain patents, to obtain patents having commercially relevant scope or patent term, or to enforce patents that we may obtain.

Similarly, changes in patent law and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions or changes in the governmental bodies that enforce them or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or regulations may weaken our ability to obtain patents or to enforce patents that we may obtain in the future. For example, the complexity and uncertainty of European patent laws have also increased in recent years. In Europe, a new unitary patent system took effect June 1, 2023, which has significantly impacted European patents, including those granted before June 1, 2023. Under the unitary patent system, European applications have the option, upon grant of a patent, of becoming a Unitary Patent which is subject to the jurisdiction of the Unified Patent Court (UPC). Additionally, certain non-Unitary Patents that are European patents may also be subject to the jurisdiction of the UPC. As the UPC is a new court system, there is only a limited established body of substantive and procedural precedents, which increases the uncertainty of any litigation. Proprietors of certain European patents

63


Table of Contents

 

granted before the implementation of the UPC have the option of opting such patents out of the jurisdiction of the UPC and designating such patents as being subject to the jurisdiction of national courts. Patents that remain under the jurisdiction of the UPC will be potentially vulnerable to a single UPC-based revocation challenge that, if successful, could invalidate the patent in all countries who are signatories to the UPC. We cannot predict with certainty the long-term effects of any potential changes.

We may become involved in third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, which may delay or prevent the development and commercialization of IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, and any future drug candidates.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1, and any future drug candidates while avoiding infringement of third-party patents and proprietary rights. There is a substantial amount of litigation and other adverse proceedings, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, international trade commission (ITC)-related lawsuits that affect import of products that infringe third party patents (e.g., Section 337 of the U.S. Tariff Act of 1930), interferences, administrative law proceedings, ex parte re-examinations, PGR, IPR, before the USPTO, as well as oppositions and similar processes in foreign jurisdictions.

We may be exposed to future litigation by third parties alleging that our drug candidates infringe their intellectual property rights. If any third-party patents were held to cover the manufacturing process, methods of treatment, or any of our products themselves, the holders may be able to block our ability to commercialize such products unless we obtain a license or until such patents expire.

It is also possible that we have failed to identify relevant third-party patents or applications. Patent applications covering our products could have been filed by others without our knowledge. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our products or the use of our products. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our current or future therapeutic candidates may infringe. Third-party intellectual property right holders may also actively bring infringement claims against us. There may be issued patents of which we are not aware, held by third parties that, if found to be valid and enforceable, could be alleged to be infringed by our drug candidates or any future drug candidates. There also may be pending patent applications of which we are not aware that may result in issued patents, which could be alleged to be infringed by our drug candidates or any future drug candidates. There may be issued patents, held by third parties, which we do not believe we infringe, that, if found to be valid and enforceable, could be found to be infringed by our drug candidates or any future drug candidates.

Individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities may purchase patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. We may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our drug candidates and business operations infringe the intellectual property rights of such entities. Non-practicing entities have no relevant product revenue and our own patent portfolio may have no deterrent effect against them.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our drug candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business.

In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain licenses from third parties, pay royalties, or redesign our affected drug candidates, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. If a court decides that we willfully infringed a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the patent owner’s attorneys’ fees. Such damages could be substantial and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Furthermore, even if resolved in our favor, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business.

64


Table of Contents

 

Our defense against an allegation of infringement, including willful infringement, may rely on opinion of patent counsel that the allegedly infringed patents are invalid or unenforceable. This opinion may be supported in part by the case law current as of the date of the opinion. Such case law may become overturned in a subsequent court proceeding or by legislation. For example, in the United States, we may rely on invalidity of a genus claim in a patent based on lack of enablement or written description, in view of Amgen Inc. v. Sanofi, 598 US 594 (2023); Regents of the Univ. of Minn. v. Gilead Scis., Inc., 61 F.4th 1350, 1356 (Fed. Cir. 2023); and Duke Univ. v. Sandoz, Inc., 2025 160 F.4th 1305, 1312 (Fed. Cir. 2025). The reliance on these cases for invalidity of genus claims defining a composition or method of treatment with the composition by the composition’s functional attributes is customary in the pharmaceutical industry. However, should one of these cases, or other decisions that may be relied upon, be overturned or overruled by legislation, the basis for our invalidity position, and thus defense to infringement, including willful infringement, may be obsolete, which could harm our ability to defend against a claim of patent infringement. The aforementioned cases relied upon for invalidity of an issued patent are specific to U.S. patent law, and are not applicable to other jurisdictions, and thus we may not be able to rely on the same invalidity positions outside of the U.S. For example, jurisdictions such as Europe may allow claims to compositions or methods of treatment with a composition defined by its function, such as inhibition or antagonism of a target, rather than its structure. If such patents are deemed valid, we may infringe such patents in jurisdictions outside the U.S., which could result in an injunction or monetary damages.

Our defense against an allegation of infringement may also rely on the “Safe Harbor” provision (35 U.S.C. § 271(e)(1)), established by the Hatch-Waxman Act, for allegedly infringing activities performed solely for uses reasonably related to FDA regulatory approval. Our evaluation of whether our activities are solely for uses reasonably related to FDA regulatory approval is based on statutory interpretation and current case law, and we cannot guarantee that our evaluation is correct. Our defense against an allegation of infringement may also rely on corresponding safe harbor provisions in jurisdictions outside the United States where we may perform clinical trials, including the Bolar exemptions in European countries. We cannot make assurances that all of our activities in a country, including those related to clinical trials, fall within that country’s safe harbor provisions. For instance, the provisions in certain European countries may not be provided for by statute, and thus the scope of defense against potentially infringing activities during clinical trials is specific to the patent and jurisdiction, and is thus uncertain. For instance, whether a patent has been validated in a European country versus via the Unitary Patent could affect the scope of any exemption. Our analysis of the safe harbor provisions may be drawn from legal texts and input from European patent counsel, which may require validation with litigators in each country to obtain a current status of exemptions. In addition, case law or legislation may overrule or amend the safe harbor provisions in the U.S. or other jurisdictions, in a manner that could prevent us from performing clinical trials in a given jurisdiction, or result in a finding of infringement due to clinical trial activities performed in that jurisdiction, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Litigation may result in publicity and disclosures that could be harmful to our business.

During the course of any intellectual property litigation, there could be public announcements of the litigation such as commencement of a litigation, results of hearings, rulings on motions, and other interim proceedings in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the perceived value of our existing products, drug candidates, programs, or intellectual property could be diminished. Accordingly, the market price of shares of our common stock may decline. Such announcements could also harm our reputation or the market for our future products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation.

Numerous U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing drug candidates.

As the oncology market expands and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk increases that our IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1, or our other drug candidates or other business activities may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent and other proprietary rights of third parties in the U.S., Europe or other foreign countries. Third parties may assert that we are infringing their patents or employing their proprietary technology without authorization, regardless of the merit of such claims.

65


Table of Contents

 

Even if we believe such claims are without merit, for example, due to invalidity of a third-party patent, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that the third-party patent is valid, enforceable and infringed, which could have a negative impact on our ability to commercialize our current and any future drug candidates. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this is a high burden and requires us to present clear and convincing evidence as to invalidity, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. Other jurisdictions have similar presumptions, and thus we similarly can make no assurances that the claims of patents outside the U.S. in which we may be alleged to infringe will be held invalid.

We cannot guarantee that our patent searches or analyses are complete or thorough. Our interpretation of the relevance, scope, or validity of a third-party patent may be incorrect. We may incorrectly determine that our drug products are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any relevant patent may also be incorrect.

Further, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our research programs and drug candidates, or their intended uses, and as a result the potential impact of such third-party intellectual property rights upon our freedom to operate is highly uncertain. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our drug candidates may infringe. Patent applications are not published until 18 months after their earliest claimed priority date and, in some instances, applications may not publish until after issuance as a patent. Thus, there may be pending patent applications relevant to drug candidates that we are unaware of due to this lag in publication. In addition, identification of third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our technology is difficult because patent searching is imperfect due to differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases, and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. There may be patents or patent applications of which we are aware, but which we do not believe is relevant to our business, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to limit our ability to make, use, sell, offer for sale, or import our drug products that may be approved in the future, or impair our competitive position. There may be patents or patent applications of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are valid or patentable, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to be valid or patentable and thus limit our ability to make, use, sell, offer for sale, or import our drug products that may be approved in the future, or impair our competitive position. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future on uses of our technology that we may infringe. If we are found to infringe patent rights, the patent holders may be able to block our ability to commercialize such drug candidate unless we obtain a license or until such patents expire.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of their former or current employers.

We may employ individuals who were previously employed or are currently employed at other biotechnology companies or research institutions, including our competitors. Although we take steps to ensure compliance with ongoing obligations to former and current employers, we may be subject to claims that these individuals violated their contractual obligations, improperly retained proprietary information, or used or disclosed trade secrets. If we fail in defending any such claims, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel.

We may be subject to claims that current or former employees, contractors, or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or patent applications as an inventor or co-inventor. The failure to name proper inventors can result in patents being unenforceable. Inventorship disputes may arise from conflicting views regarding contributions, effects of foreign laws, or co-ownership of joint inventions.

Inventorship disputes may arise from conflicting views regarding the contributions of different individuals named as inventors, the effects of foreign laws where foreign nationals are involved in the development of the subject matter of the patent, conflicting obligations of third parties involved in developing our drug candidates or as a result of questions regarding co-ownership of potential joint inventions. Litigation may be necessary to resolve these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. Alternatively, or additionally, we may enter into agreements to clarify the scope of our rights in such intellectual property. If we fail to defend any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive

66


Table of Contents

 

ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could adversely affect our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The laws may limit the enforceability of non-compete provisions in employment agreements. If non-compete provisions are found unenforceable, former employees may be free to join competitors or form competing businesses, potentially using know-how gained during their employment.

We may depend on intellectual property rights granted under license agreement(s) with licensor(s). If we were to lose our current or future license(s), we may not be able to continue developing our drug candidates.

We license certain intellectual property that is important to our business and, in the future, we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property or technology. Our current license agreements impose, and we expect our future license agreements will impose, various development, diligence, commercialization, and other obligations on us in order to maintain the licenses.

If we were to fail to comply with our obligations, and fail to cure our breach within a specified period, the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination could result in us being unable to develop, manufacture, or sell drug candidates covered by the licensed technology, or could enable competitors to gain access to the licensed technology. If in-licenses are terminated or the underlying patents fail to provide intended exclusivity, competitors may have the freedom to market products identical to ours.

The current agreement or future agreements under which we license IP from third parties may be complex, and certain provisions may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any interpretation disagreement could narrow the scope of our rights or increase our financial obligations. Disputes may arise regarding: scope of rights granted; financial obligations; whether our technology infringes on licensor IP not covered by the license; sublicensing rights; diligence obligations; right to transfer or assign the license; inventorship and ownership of jointly created inventions; and priority of invention.

We may enter into agreements under which we are a sublicensee. If our sublicensor fails to comply with its upstream license obligations, the licensor may terminate the upstream license, which may terminate our sublicense.

It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our platform or drug candidates, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from such third parties. The in-licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies may also be pursuing strategies to in-license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary to our business. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. Furthermore, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to sell, assign or license intellectual property rights to us. Moreover, we may be unable to negotiate a license within the specified time frame or under terms that are acceptable to us. In addition, we expect that competition for the in-licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights for drug candidates that are attractive to us may increase in the future, which may mean fewer suitable opportunities for us as well as higher acquisition or licensing costs. If we are unable to license such technology, or if we are forced to in-license such technology on unfavorable terms, such as substantial licensing fees or royalty payments, our business could be materially and adversely affected. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license, the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek an injunction prohibiting our manufacturing, use, and/or sales or we may be unable to

67


Table of Contents

 

otherwise develop or commercialize the affected drug candidates, which could materially harm our business. If we are unable to obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign any future drug candidates, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement intellectual property, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected drug candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects significantly. Even if we are able to obtain a license from a third party, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. A non-exclusive license would not provide us with a competitive advantage with respect to the licensed technology.

We may rely on our research and development partners for know-how on design, manufacturing methods and formulation of our products. Our research and development partners may fail to properly protect their intellectual property, fail to comply with regulatory provisions, or fail to yield anticipated economic benefits. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable partners on acceptable terms, we may have to curtail product development, reduce or delay development programs, or increase our expenditures to undertake development at our own expense.

Our research and development partners’ ability to protect their proprietary rights directly affects our ability to commercialize products developed through such partnerships. Any failure by our partners to maintain adequate IP protection could expose our jointly developed products to competition. Although we may enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, corporate partners, outside scientific partners, CROs, CMOs, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, and other third parties, any of these parties may breach these agreements and disclose such results before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek adequate patent protection.

Rights to improvements to our drug candidates may be held by third parties.

In the course of testing and developing our current or future drug candidates, we may enter into agreements with third parties to conduct clinical testing, which may provide that improvements to our drug candidates may be owned solely by a third party or jointly between the parties. Third parties may independently develop improvements to our product, such as crystalline polymorphs or salts with beneficial properties, or alternative manufacturing techniques. If we determine that rights to such improvements are necessary to commercialize our drug candidates or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain a license from such third party. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain such a license, it could be granted on non-exclusive terms, potentially giving our competitors access to the same technologies. Failure to obtain a license could prevent us from commercializing our current or future drug candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we seek to rely on trade secret protection for proprietary know-how that is not patentable, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce, and other elements of our product discovery and development processes. Although we require employees, consultants, advisors, and third parties to enter into confidentiality agreements, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets will not be disclosed or that competitors will not independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our intellectual property to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

68


Table of Contents

 

Because we may rely on third parties in development and manufacture, we may be required to share trade secrets with them, increasing the possibility of misappropriation or disclosure. Any disclosure—intentional or unintentional, including through cybersecurity breach—could enable competitors to duplicate or surpass our technological achievements. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and enforcing trade secret claims is expensive, time-consuming, and unpredictable in outcome.

Moreover, third parties may still obtain this information or may come upon this or similar information independently, and we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. For example, competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate or improve some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, reverse engineer our proprietary technologies, and design their products around our protected technologies or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights.

If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets, the value of this information may be greatly reduced, and our competitive position could be harmed. If we do not apply for patent protection prior to such publication or if we cannot otherwise maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary technology and other confidential information, then our ability to obtain patent protection or to protect our trade secret information may be jeopardized.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build brand recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, or declared generic. During registration proceedings, we may receive rejections by the USPTO or in foreign jurisdictions. Third parties may oppose pending applications or seek to cancel registered trademarks. Any proprietary name we propose to use with our drug candidates must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it as a trademark. If the FDA objects, we may need to expend significant resources to identify a suitable alternative. We may license our trademarks to third parties, and misuse by licensees may jeopardize our rights or diminish goodwill.

At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Compounding pharmacies may produce formulations that are similar to or identical to our drug candidates using the same active ingredient. These formulations may create brand confusion among healthcare providers and patients, and may not be subject to the same regulatory standards as our approved drug products. Such competition may be difficult to prevent through trademark protection alone.

The use of new and evolving technologies, such as AI, in our operations may require us to expend material resources and may present risks and challenges that can impact our business, including by posing security and other risks to our confidential information, proprietary information and personal information, any of which may result in reputational harm and liability, or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We integrate AI, including generative artificial intelligence (Gen AI), machine learning, and automated decision-making technologies into our operations. The use of AI technology, including Gen AI, can give rise to intellectual property risks, including uncertainty regarding ownership of AI-generated inventions, compromises to proprietary IP, inaccuracy, bias, data privacy and cybersecurity issues, data provenance disputes, and infringement or misappropriation claims. The legal landscape for AI-generated inventions remains uncertain, and development of the law in the U.S. and abroad could impact our ability to enforce proprietary rights or protect against infringing uses. Depending on actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to

69


Table of Contents

 

enforce patents. For example, on February 13, 2024, the USPTO issued AI Inventorship guidance entitled “Inventorship Guidance for AI-assisted Inventions” which indicated that the three-part test articulated in Pannu v. Iolab Corp. 155 F.3d 1344 (Fed. Cir. 1998) was relevant to the inventorship analysis of AI-assisted inventions. However, the USPTO rescinded the February 13, 2024, guidance and issued a new guidance document entitled “Revised Inventorship Guidance for AI-Assisted Inventions” on November 28, 2025, wherein it is stated that the Pannu factors only apply when determining whether multiple natural persons qualify as joint inventors. The determination of inventorship with respect to AI-assisted inventions is thus highly uncertain and subject to change based on USPTO guidance and law.

AI, including Gen AI, may have errors or inadequacies that are not easily detectable. If the data used to train AI or the content AI applications assist in producing are deficient, inaccurate, or biased, our business may be adversely affected. We expect increasing government regulation of AI use (including the EU’s AI Act which entered into force on August 1, 2024), which may significantly increase compliance costs. This legislation imposes significant obligations on providers and deployers of AI systems. The legal landscape for AI-related intellectual property remains uncertain, and development of the law could impact our ability to enforce proprietary rights.

The rapid evolution of AI (including Gen AI) may, to the extent we decide to integrate such technologies with our products and services, require the application of significant resources to design, develop, test and maintain such products and services to help ensure that any such AI is implemented in accordance with applicable law and regulation and in a socially responsible manner and to minimize any real or perceived unintended harmful impacts. We also may need to expend further resources to adjust our business practices, as these laws and regulations evolve, especially where requirements across jurisdictions are inconsistent. Such an increase in operating expenses, as well as any actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws and regulations, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our vendors may in turn incorporate AI tools (including Gen AI) into their own offerings, and the providers of these AI tools may not meet existing or rapidly evolving regulatory or industry standards, including with respect to privacy and data security. Further, bad actors around the world use increasingly sophisticated methods, including the use of Gen AI, to engage in illegal activities involving the theft and misuse of personal information, financial and other confidential information and intellectual property. Any of these effects could damage our reputation, result in the loss of valuable property and information, cause us to breach applicable laws and regulations, and adversely impact our business.

Any future proprietary technology platform may not yield protectable intellectual property. The components of such a platform, including proprietary hardware, software, and computational methods, may be difficult to protect through traditional patent means. Data rights and computational IP present unique challenges including potential for independent development by competitors using similar datasets or methodologies.

Intellectual property discovered through government funded programs may be subject to federal regulations such as “march-in” rights, reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based manufacturing.

We may conceive or reduce to practice an invention made using government funding. Pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act, the U.S. government retains certain rights in inventions developed with government funding, including a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable worldwide license for governmental purposes. The government may also require a patentee to grant licenses to third parties if: (i) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention; (ii) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs; or (iii) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use (march-in rights).

The government requires that products embodying these inventions be manufactured substantially in the United States. This preference may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers for products covered by such IP.

70


Table of Contents

 

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

•
others may be able to make or use drug candidates that are similar to ours, but that are not covered by the claims of our patents or pending patent applications;
•
we or future partners might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the pending patent application that we own or have exclusively licensed;
•
we or future partners might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;
•
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights;
•
it is possible that noncompliance with the USPTO and foreign governmental patent agencies’ requirements for a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other provisions during the patent process can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, and partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction;
•
it is possible that our pending patent applications or those that we may own or license in the future will not lead to issued patents;
•
issued patents, if any arise in the future, that we either own or have exclusively licensed may be revoked, modified, or held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors or other third parties;
•
others may have access to the same intellectual property rights licensed to us in the future on a non-exclusive basis;
•
our competitors or other third parties might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;
•
we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;
•
we cannot predict the scope of protection of any patent issuing based on our patent applications, including whether the patent applications that we own, or, in the future, in-license will result in issued patents with claims that directed to our drug candidate or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries;
•
there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns;
•
countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop, and market competing drug candidates;
•
the claims of any patent issuing based on our patent applications may not provide protection against competitors or any competitive advantages, or may be challenged by third parties;
•
if enforced, a court may not hold that our patents, if they issue in the future, are valid, enforceable, and infringed;
•
we may need to initiate litigation or administrative proceedings to enforce and/or defend our patent rights which will be costly whether we win or lose;

71


Table of Contents

 

•
we may choose not to file a patent application in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent application covering such intellectual property;
•
our trade secrets or proprietary know-how may be unlawfully disclosed, thereby losing their trade secret or proprietary status;
•
we may fail to adequately protect and police our trademarks and trade secrets; and
•
the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business, including if others obtain patents claiming subject matter similar to or improving that covered by our patent applications.

Should any of these or similar events occur, they could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our CROs, manufacturers, other contractors, or consultants or potential future partners, may fail or suffer actual or suspected security or privacy breaches or incidents or other unauthorized or improper access to, use of, or destruction of our proprietary or confidential data, employee data, or personal data, which could result in additional costs, loss of revenue, significant liabilities, harm to our brand and material disruption of our operations, and potentially significant delays in our delivery to market.

Despite the implementation of security measures in an effort to protect systems that store our information, given their size and complexity and the increasing amounts of information maintained on our internal information technology systems and external processing and storage systems (e.g., cloud), and those of our third-party CROs, other contractors (including sites performing our current or future clinical trials) and consultants and other third-party service providers, these systems are from time to time vulnerable to breakdown or other damage, disruption or interruption from service interruptions, system malfunction, power outages, natural disasters, global pandemics, terrorism, vandalism, war (such as the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East and between Ukraine and Russia) and telecommunication and electrical failures, as well as security breaches and incidents arising from or caused by inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, contractors, consultants, business partners, and/or other third parties, or from cyber-attacks by malicious third parties (including the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, phishing attacks, and other forms of social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information), which may compromise our system infrastructure or lead to unauthorized access to or disruption of our or third-party systems used in our business and unauthorized access to, misuse, disclosure, loss, destruction, alteration, dissemination or other processing of, or damage to, our data, including trade secrets or other confidential information, intellectual property, proprietary business information, and personal information. Several companies have also experienced an increase in phishing and social engineering attacks from third parties in recent years. Our employees primarily work from the corporate offices but also have the ability to work in a hybrid model in our offices and from home, and we may need to adjust our working model from time to time. As a result, we have increased security risks, due to increased use of home wi-fi networks and virtual private networks, as well as increased disbursement of physical machines. While we implement controls designed to reduce the risk of a resulting security breach or other security incident, we may experience security breaches and incidents, and there is no guarantee that the measures we have implemented will be adequate to safeguard all systems and data, especially with an increased number of employees working from home or in a hybrid model where it is more difficult for us to monitor our employees.

Any cyber-attack, disruption or other security breach or incident, including any such event resulting in any unauthorized, unlawful, or accidental access to, or acquisition, use, corruption, loss, destruction, unavailability, alteration or dissemination of, or damage to, our data (including confidential or personal information) or other data we or any of our CROs, other contractors, or consultants or potential future partners or other third-party service providers maintain or otherwise process, or our applications, or for it to be believed or reported that any of these occurred, could result in us incurring liability and reputational damage and delays in the development and commercialization of our drug candidates. For example, if a security incident were to result in interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our programs and the development of our drug candidates could be delayed. In addition, the loss or unavailability of clinical trial data for our drug candidates could result in

72


Table of Contents

 

delays in our marketing approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Furthermore, disruptions of our internal information technology systems or those of third parties used in our business, or security breaches or incidents impacting us or any of our CROs, other contractors, or consultants or potential future partners or other third-party service providers, could result in the loss, misappropriation, and/or unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of, or the inability to access, data (including trade secrets or other confidential information, intellectual property, proprietary business information, and personal information), which could result in financial, legal, business, and reputational harm to us. Unauthorized access to, or use, disclosure or other processing of personal information, including personal information regarding our clinical trial subjects or employees, could harm our reputation directly, compel us to notify individuals or regulators under data breach notification laws, cause us to incur costs related to investigation of the incident (including legal expenses, forensic examination costs, and remediation costs), subject us to mandatory corrective action, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect the privacy and security of personal information, which could result in significant legal and financial exposure and reputational damages that could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

We expect to incur significant costs in our efforts to detect, prevent, and respond to security incidents. We also rely on third parties to manufacture our drug candidates, and similar events relating to their systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. There have been and may continue to be significant supply chain attacks and operational technology attacks globally, and we cannot guarantee that our systems or those of third-party service providers or other third parties that support us or our operations have not been subject to security breaches or incidents or that they do not contain exploitable defects or bugs that could result in a security breach of, security incident impacting or other disruption to, our systems and the systems of third parties that support us and our operations. Any cyber-attack, disruption or other security breach or incident, including any such event resulting in any loss, unavailability, destruction or alteration of, or damage to, our data, or inappropriate acquisition, disclosure or other processing of confidential or proprietary information, could expose us to litigation and governmental investigations and other actions and proceedings, delay further development and commercialization of our drug candidates, and result in our being subject to significant fines, penalties or other liabilities. Litigation and governmental investigations or other actions or proceedings could require us to spend money in defense or settlement, divert management’s time and attention, increase our costs of doing business, and/or adversely affect our reputation. We could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices in response to such litigation or investigations or other actions or proceedings, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any actual or perceived inability by ourselves or any of our CROs, other contractors, or consultants or potential future partners or other third-party service providers to adequately protect data could have a material adverse effect upon our reputation, business, operations, or financial condition.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to compensate us for the potential losses arising from any such disruption in or, failure or security breach of, or incident impacting, our systems or third-party systems where information important to our business operations or commercial development is maintained or processed. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and could have high deductibles in any event, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management attention.

Risks related to employee matters and managing growth

Our success is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled executive officers and employees.

To succeed, we must recruit, retain, manage and motivate qualified executives as we build out the management team, and we face significant competition for experienced personnel. We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management and need to add executives with operational and commercialization experience as we plan for commercialization of our drug candidates and build out a leadership team that can manage our operations as a public company. If we do not succeed in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, particularly at the management level, it could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results. In particular, the loss of one or more of our executive officers could be detrimental to us. We are highly

73


Table of Contents

 

dependent on our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Thomas (Tom) Miller, Ph.D., and our co-founder and Chief Technology Officer, Fred Manby, Ph.D., and if we cannot recruit suitable replacements in a timely manner, our ability to implement our business strategy could be seriously harmed. Although we have formal employment agreements with our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time and, for certain of our executive officers, entitle them to receive severance payments in connection with their voluntary resignation of employment for good reason, as defined in the employment agreements. Additional details regarding these arrangements can be found in the section titled “Executive compensation—Named executive officer agreements.” If we lose one or more of our executive officers, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, replacing executive officers may be difficult and may take an extended period of time. The competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology field is intense and as a result, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the future success of our business. We could in the future have difficulty attracting experienced personnel to our company and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts.

Our business requires an interdisciplinary workforce that bridges advanced machine learning, computational physics, and data science with medicinal chemistry, biology, and clinical drug development. Individuals who combine expertise across these domains are exceptionally scarce, and the loss of key personnel with this cross-functional capability could be particularly difficult to replace. Competition for such talent is intense, including from large technology companies, other AI-focused drug discovery companies, and traditional pharmaceutical companies that are increasingly building internal computational capabilities. If we are unable to attract and retain personnel with the specialized, interdisciplinary expertise our model requires, our ability to advance our molecular superintelligence platform, execute on our collaborations, and progress our internal pipeline could be materially impaired.

Many of the other biotechnology companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better prospects for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success at which we can discover, develop and commercialize our drug candidates will be limited and the potential for successfully growing our business will be harmed.

We expect to significantly expand our organization, including creating additional infrastructure to support our operations as a public company, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of September 18, 2026, we had 171 full-time employees. We will need to expand our organization, and we may have difficulty identifying, hiring and integrating new personnel. Future growth would impose significant additional responsibilities on our management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate, and integrate additional employees, consultants and contractors. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees, and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of drug candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenue could be reduced, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our drug candidates and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth. In addition, a portion of our workforce is located outside the United States, and our employees in the United Kingdom, Ireland, and other jurisdictions are subject to local labor and employment laws that differ from labor laws in the United States and that may make it more costly or time-consuming for us to adjust the size or composition of our non-U.S. workforce than would be the case in the United States. We may also incur costs to comply with differing labor and employment regimes and may be subject to claims by current or former non-U.S. employees.

74


Table of Contents

 

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading laws, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, and vendors. Misconduct by these partners could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, comply with manufacturing standards, comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, report financial information or data accurately, or disclose unauthorized activities to us. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. This could include violations of U.S. federal and state law, and requirements of non-U.S. jurisdictions, including the European Union Data Protection Directive. We are also exposed to risks in connection with any insider trading violations by employees or others affiliated with us. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards, regulations, guidance, or codes of conduct. Furthermore, our employees may, from time to time, bring lawsuits against us for employment issues, including injury, discrimination, wage and hour disputes, sexual harassment, hostile work environment, or other employment issues. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

There has been no public market for our common stock. An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, or we may in the future fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of The Nasdaq Global Select Market, and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market (Nasdaq) under the symbol “IAM,” an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or, if developed, may not be sustained following this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters intend to determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.

If, after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, such as the corporate governance requirements, the minimum closing bid price requirement or the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq.

75


Table of Contents

 

The trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. The stock market in general and the market for stock of clinical-stage life sciences companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include those discussed in this “Risk factors” section and many others, including the following:

•
results of our clinical trials and preclinical studies, and the results of trials of our competitors or those of other companies in our market sector;
•
our ability to enroll participants in our future clinical trials;
•
our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of any of our current or future drug candidates or additional indications thereof, or limitations to specific label indications or patient populations for its use, or changes or delays in the regulatory review process;
•
changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;
•
the success or failure of our efforts to develop, acquire or license any of our current or future drug candidates;
•
innovations, clinical trial results, product approvals, and other developments regarding our competitors;
•
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;
•
manufacturing, supply or distribution delays or shortages;
•
any changes to our relationship with any manufacturers, suppliers, partners, or other strategic collaborators;
•
achievement of expected product sales and profitability;
•
variations in our financial results or development timelines or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us, including variations from expectations of securities analysts or investors;
•
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
•
sales of shares of our common stock by us, our insiders or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases or expiration of market standoff or lock-up agreements;
•
the recruitment or departure of senior management, directors or key personnel;
•
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;
•
rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;
•
fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;
•
market conditions in the biopharmaceutical sector and failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us;
•
litigation involving us, our industry or both;
•
governmental or regulatory actions or audits;
•
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

76


Table of Contents

 

•
general economic, industry, geopolitical and market conditions, such as military conflict or war, inflation and financial institution instability, or pandemic or epidemic disease outbreaks, many of which are beyond our control;
•
intellectual property, product liability or other litigation against us or our inability to enforce our intellectual property;
•
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities and the incurrence of debt; and
•
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against clinical-stage life sciences companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. This litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and damage our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively, or in ways that you and other stockholders would approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increases the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these proceeds effectively could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit, or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. In addition, in connection with the completion of this offering, our outstanding Convertible Notes will automatically convert into an aggregate of shares of our common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Because the Convertible Notes convert at a discount to the initial public offering price, they will convert into a greater number of shares than if they converted at the initial public offering price, further diluting investors purchasing shares in this offering, and a lower initial public offering price would increase the number of shares issued and the resulting dilution to you. Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $ per share, based on the initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In the past, we granted options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price and we granted restricted stock units to be issued common stock. To the extent common stock is ultimately issued under these outstanding options and/or restricted stock units, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

77


Table of Contents

 

Insiders will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to affect the outcome of key transactions, including a change in control.

After this offering, our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our common stock and their respective affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately % of the shares of our outstanding common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2026 (assuming the Notes Conversion, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock and no exercise of outstanding options, no vesting of outstanding performance-vesting restricted stock units and without giving effect to any potential purchases by such persons in this offering). As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and approval of significant corporate transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree, and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur. Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, we will have a total of shares of our common stock outstanding (assuming the Notes Conversion and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). We, our directors, our officers, and substantially all of the holders of our common stock or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us and have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements under which we have agreed or will agree, subject to specific exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” not to offer, sell, or transfer such securities for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), the shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

•
beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and
•
beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the terms of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, the remainder of the shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144.

Upon completion of this offering, stockholders owning an aggregate of up to shares of our common stock will be entitled, under our investors’ rights agreement, to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and resale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement to register shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable vesting restrictions and the expiration or waiver of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options and settlement of restricted stock units will be available for immediate resale in the public market.

78


Table of Contents

 

Sales of our common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the trading price of our common stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue, we expect that we will need additional capital in the future to continue our planned operations, which include conducting clinical trials, pursuing commercialization efforts, expanding research and development activities, and operating as a public company. To raise capital, we may sell common stock, convertible securities, or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities, or other equity securities, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences, and privileges senior to the holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we raise additional funds through up-front payments or milestone payments pursuant to strategic collaborations with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our drug candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Pursuant to the 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2026 Plan), which has been adopted and will become effective upon the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors or its duly authorized committee is authorized to grant equity awards to our employees, directors, and consultants.

Initially, a total of shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2026 Plan, which number is inclusive of shares that remained available for grant under our Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2020 Plan) as of the effectiveness of the 2026 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan will also include shares of our common stock subject to or issued pursuant to awards granted under our 2020 Plan that, after the date of stockholder approval of the 2026 Plan, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2026 Plan pursuant to the foregoing is shares). The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2026 Plan shall be increased on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2027 fiscal year and ending on the 10 year anniversary of the date our board of directors approves the 2026 Plan equal to the least of shares, 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by the administrator of the 2026 Plan. Unless the administrator of the 2026 Plan elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.

Further, we expect to adopt a 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which will become effective upon the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and pursuant to which our employees may receive the right to purchase shares of our common stock.

Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock available for sale under our ESPP will be shares. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale under our ESPP shall be increased on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2027 fiscal year and ending on the 10 year anniversary of the date our board of directors approves the ESPP equal to the least of shares, 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by the administrator of the ESPP. Unless the administrator of the ESPP elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.

79


Table of Contents

 

In addition, as of June 30, 2026, we had options outstanding that, if fully exercised, would result in the issuance of 17,208,599 shares of our common stock, and warrants outstanding that, if fully exercised, would result in the issuance of 74,396 shares of our common stock, as well as 3,338,160 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs for which the performance-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of June 30, 2026 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the completion of this offering. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and RSUs as of the date following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and shares that will be issuable pursuant to future awards granted under our equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to applicable vesting requirements, compliance by affiliates with Rule 144, and other restrictions provided under the terms of the applicable plan and/or the award agreements entered into with participants.

Our board of directors will be authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce its value.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act). As a result of this status, we have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires, among other things, that the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (if we are also a non-accelerated filer at that time) and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards

80


Table of Contents

 

that are applicable to public companies, which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult. As a result, changes in rules of GAAP or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance, or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends for the foreseeable future, and therefore investors should not buy our stock if they wish to receive cash dividends. Investors in this offering may never obtain a return on their investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends or distributions on our common stock. We currently intend to retain our future earnings to support operations and to finance expansion and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, any future credit facility may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws might delay, discourage or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock.

Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL) may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with certain interested stockholders, as defined in Section 203, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders, unless particular requirements are satisfied. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult or delay or prevent changes in control of our management. Among other things, these provisions will:

•
authorize our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval;
•
permit only the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;
•
establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II, and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms;
•
for so long as our board of directors is classified, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, provide that our directors may only be removed by stockholders for cause;
•
permit stockholders to only take actions at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;
•
require that stockholders give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings;
•
not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors;
•
prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders; and
•
require a super-majority vote of stockholders to amend some of the provisions described above.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay, discourage, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions they desire, any of which, under certain circumstances, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

81


Table of Contents

 

Our amended and restated bylaws will designate a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, and also provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, each of which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, stockholders, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware), except for any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination). This provision would not apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act) and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Section 22 of the Securities Act establishes concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over Securities Act claims. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to hear such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding or owning (or continuing to hold or own) any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing bylaw provisions. Although we believe these exclusive forum provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our current or former directors, officers, stockholders or other employees, or could result in increased costs for a stockholder to bring a claim, particularly if the stockholder does not reside in or near Delaware, both of which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our current and former directors, officers, stockholders and other employees. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions.

Further, the enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents have been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court of law could rule that these types of provisions are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. If a court were to find either exclusive forum provision contained in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, all of which could harm our results of operations.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors, and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

•
We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

82


Table of Contents

 

•
We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
•
We are not obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.
•
The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees, and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.
•
We may not retroactively amend our bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

To the extent that a claim for indemnification is brought by any of our directors or officers, it would reduce the amount of funds available for use in our business.

Participation in this offering by our existing stockholders and/or their affiliated entities may reduce the public float for our common stock.

To the extent certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities participate in this offering, such purchases would reduce the non-affiliate public float of our shares of common stock, meaning the number of shares of our common stock that are not held by officers, directors, and controlling stockholders. A reduction in the public float could reduce the number of shares that are available to be traded at any given time, thereby adversely impacting the liquidity of our common stock and depressing the price at which you may be able to sell shares of common stock purchased in this offering.

General risk factors

Our operations are predominantly concentrated in one location, and we or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by a wildfire and earthquake or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our current operations are predominantly located in California. Any unplanned event, such as a flood, wildfire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, epidemic or pandemic, power outage, telecommunications failure or other natural or manmade accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to fully utilize our facilities may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Any similar impacts of natural or manmade disasters on our third-party CMOs and CROs could cause delays in our clinical trials and may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using our clinical sites, impacted clinical supply or the conduct of our clinical trials, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party CMOs, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we and our CMOs and CROs have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. In the event of an accident or incident at these facilities, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance we currently carry will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our CMOs or CROs, are unable to operate because of an accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time,

83


Table of Contents

 

any or all of our development programs may be harmed. Any business interruption could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. We could face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which could harm our business.

We are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export controls, trade sanctions, and import laws and regulations. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other partners and collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties for clinical trials outside of the United States, to sell our products abroad if they are approved and we enter a commercialization phase, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals. We or our agents, CROs, contractors and other partners and collaborators have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other partners and collaborators, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. These laws also require that we keep accurate books and records and maintain internal controls and compliance procedures designed to prevent any such actions. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that none of our employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other partners and collaborators will take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible.

Governmental regulation of the import or export of our products, or our failure to obtain any required import or export authorization for our products, when applicable, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenue. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our products may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets or, in some cases, prevent the export of our products to some countries altogether. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. U.S. sanctions that have been or may be imposed may impact our ability to continue activities at future clinical trial sites within regions covered by such sanctions. Moreover, any new export or import restrictions, new legislation or shifting approaches in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or in the countries, persons, or products targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business. If we fail to comply with export and import regulations and such economic sanctions, penalties could be imposed, including fines and/or denial of certain export privileges. These export and import controls and economic sanctions could also adversely affect our supply chain.

Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the provision of certain products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. U.S. sanctions that have been or may be imposed may impact our ability to continue activities at future clinical trial sites within regions covered by such sanctions. If we fail to comply with export and import regulations and such economic sanctions, penalties could be imposed, including fines and/or denial of certain export privileges. These export and import controls and economic sanctions could also adversely affect our supply chain.

Any allegations or violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, anti-money laundering laws, and trade controls could result in whistleblower complaints, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, enforcement actions, fines, damages, adverse media coverage, investigations, severe criminal or civil sanctions, or suspension or debarment from government contracts, all of which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and prospects. Responding to any investigation or action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

84


Table of Contents

 

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As a public company, we will incur substantial legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses may increase even more after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements and we expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, or as our executive officers. In addition, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources in order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In addition, as a public company, we may be subject to stockholder activism, which can lead to substantial costs, distract management and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and results of operations. These increased costs and demands upon management could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

Pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, our management will be required to report upon the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the second annual report following the completion of this offering. When we lose our status as an “emerging growth company” and do not otherwise qualify as a non-accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. In connection with this offering, we intend to begin the process of documenting, reviewing, and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls entails substantial costs to modify our existing processes and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and harm our business. We may discover significant deficiencies in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

For example, a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting was identified in 2023 and was remediated as of December 31, 2024. There can be no assurance, however, that the remediation will prevent

85


Table of Contents

 

similar determinations in the future or that we will not identify other material weaknesses in the future. If we are unable to successfully remediate a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we identify any other material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, our investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may harm our stock price and make it more difficult for us to effectively market and sell our service to new and existing customers.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and estimates and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. If our assumptions underlying our estimates and judgments relating to our critical accounting policies change or if actual circumstances differ from our assumptions, estimates or judgments, our operating results may be adversely affected and could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

If we are unable to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, our business, financial position, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or other internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the facts that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business or our market, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock, the trading price or trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If one or more securities analysts initiate research with an unfavorable rating or downgrade our common stock, provide a more favorable recommendation about our competitors or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets and demand for our securities could decrease, which in turn could cause the price and trading volume of our common stock to decline.

86


Table of Contents

 

Our insurance policies may be inadequate, may not cover all of our potential liabilities and may potentially expose us to unrecoverable risks.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include property, general liability, employee benefits liability, business automobile, workers’ compensation, clinical trials/products liability, cybersecurity liability, directors’ and officers’, and employment practices insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. No assurance can be given that an insurance carrier will not seek to cancel or deny coverage after a claim has occurred. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. For example, although we maintain product liability insurance coverage that also covers our clinical trials, this insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur, and we may be required to increase our product liability insurance coverage. We anticipate that we will need to increase our insurance coverage each time we commence a clinical trial and if we successfully commercialize any drug candidate. Insurance availability, coverage terms and pricing continue to vary with market conditions. We endeavor to obtain appropriate insurance coverage for insurable risks that we identify. However, we may fail to correctly anticipate or quantify insurable risks, we may not be able to obtain appropriate insurance coverage and insurers may not respond as we intend to cover insurable events that may occur. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth.

In addition, although we are dependent on certain key personnel, we do not have key person life insurance policies on any such individuals. Therefore, if any of our key personnel die or become disabled, the loss of such person could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2025, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $157.0 million and $149.9 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future taxable income for U.S. income tax purposes. The U.S. federal NOL carryforwards of $157.0 million may be carried forward indefinitely. State NOL carryforwards totaling $148.4 million begin to expire in 2039 unless previously utilized. In addition, we had federal and state general business credit carryforwards totaling $6.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The federal general business credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2041 unless previously utilized. State general business credit carryforwards totaling $3.0 million may be carried forward indefinitely, while $0.3 million begin to expire in 2036 unless previously utilized.

U.S. federal NOLs generated in taxable periods beginning after December 31, 2017, will not expire and may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such NOL carryforwards in a taxable year is limited to 80% of current year taxable income (with certain adjustments). Many state jurisdictions conform to federal law for this purpose or have other provisions that limit the deductibility of state NOL carryforwards in a taxable period. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), U.S. federal NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in ownership. An “ownership change” pursuant to Section 382 of the Code generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership of equity by more than 50 percentage points (by value) within a rolling three-year period. To the extent we have experienced or will experience an ownership change(s), including potentially as a result of this offering, our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited. If we earn taxable income, such limitations could result in increased future income tax liability to us, and our future cash flows could be adversely affected.

We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes that could negatively impact our financial condition.

We are or may become subject to income and non-income taxes in the jurisdictions in which we may operate. The rules governing U.S. federal, state, and local and non-U.S. income and non-income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by various tax authorities. Changes to tax laws (which changes may have retroactive application) or in their implementation or interpretation could adversely affect us or our stockholders. We continually assess the impact of various tax reform proposals in all jurisdictions where we

87


Table of Contents

 

have operations to determine the potential effect on our business and any assumptions we will make about our future taxable income. We cannot predict whether any specific proposals will be enacted, the terms of any such proposals or what effect, if any, such proposals would have on our business if they were to be enacted. Any such changes, among others, may adversely affect our effective tax rate, results of operation, and general business condition.

The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions depends on the application of the tax laws of various jurisdictions, and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for pricing intercompany transactions pursuant to our intercompany arrangements or disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a challenge or disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows, and lower overall profitability of our operations.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business, operating results, or financial condition.

 

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “seek,” “objective,” “forecast,” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include statements about:

•
the initiation, timing, progress, scope and results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including our ongoing clinical trials for IAM1363 (IAM1363-01) and our planned clinical trials of IAM217 and IAM-C1;
•
our plans and anticipated timing for filing IND applications (and comparable applications outside the United States) for IAM217, IAM-C1 and any future drug candidates, and the timing of anticipated data readouts and other development milestones;
•
the preliminary, interim or top-line nature and the limitations of the preclinical and clinical data we have reported or may report, including data from IAM1363-01, and the possibility that such data may change as additional patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures;
•
our expectations regarding the potential attributes and therapeutic benefits of IAM1363, IAM217, IAM-C1 and any future drug candidates, including their potential safety, tolerability, efficacy, selectivity, brain penetrance and differentiation, in specific indications, patient populations, lines of therapy and combination regimens;
•
our expectations regarding the size and growth of the patient populations and market opportunities for our drug candidates;

88


Table of Contents

 

•
our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our drug candidates, and the timing and likelihood of, and our plans relating to, any such approvals, including any accelerated approval or other expedited development or review pathway and any related designation (such as orphan drug, fast track or breakthrough therapy designation);
•
the design of, and our plans and expectations for, our current and planned clinical trials and our biomarker and patient-selection strategies;
•
the capabilities, scalability, performance and anticipated benefits of our molecular superintelligence platform, including our Enchant and NeuralPLexer models and our automated, high-throughput laboratory infrastructure, and our expectations regarding future model releases and other platform advancements;
•
our beliefs regarding the potential of our platform to shorten discovery timelines, improve the probability of technical, regulatory and clinical success, reduce cost per program and generate differentiated drug candidates;
•
our ability to generate, expand, secure and derive value from our proprietary experimental data, and to use that data to train and improve our AI models;
•
the evolving legal and regulatory landscape governing AI and machine learning, and the effect of these developments on our business, our costs and our ability to develop and use our AI models;
•
our existing and future collaborations, licenses and other strategic arrangements, our ability to enter into new arrangements and to maintain our existing arrangements, and the potential benefits of, and the timing and amount of any upfront payments, research funding, milestone payments, royalties and other consideration we may receive under, those arrangements;
•
our ability to establish and maintain relationships with third parties, including contract development and manufacturing organizations, contract research organizations, suppliers, clinical trial sites and investigators, and our reliance on those third parties;
•
our reliance on third-party infrastructure and technologies used in or with our platform, including cloud and high-performance computing resources (such as graphics processing units), third-party and open-source software, and public, licensed and other third-party data sources, and the availability, cost and continued operation of these resources;
•
the security, reliability and integrity of our information technology systems, our platform and our data, and the potential impact of any cybersecurity incident, breach, system failure or data loss or corruption;
•
our commercialization strategy and our ability, alone or with collaborators, to successfully commercialize any drug candidates that receive regulatory approval, including any plans to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;
•
the scope, validity, enforceability, duration and adequacy of our intellectual property protection for our drug candidates, our platform technologies and our trademarks, including the patent term available for our drug candidates and the potential for generic competition, and our ability to develop and commercialize our drug candidates without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties;
•
our estimates regarding our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements, anticipated cash runway and financial performance, including our ability to achieve or maintain profitability, and our need for and ability to obtain additional financing, including the extent to which our partnerships may fund our operations and extend our cash runway;
•
our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering;

89


Table of Contents

 

•
our competitive position and the effects of competition, including the development of competing therapies, technologies and platforms and advances in general-purpose or “frontier” AI applied to drug discovery and development;
•
the impact of legal and regulatory developments, including healthcare reform and drug pricing and reimbursement measures (such as the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 and most-favored-nation pricing initiatives), on our business;
•
our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, including members of our senior management and our scientific, engineering and clinical teams, and to manage our anticipated growth;
•
the effect of macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions, including inflation, changes in interest rates, instability in the banking and financial systems, armed conflict and public health emergencies, on our business and operations;
•
our expectations regarding the period during which we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and a "smaller reporting company" under the JOBS Act; and
•
our anticipated costs, and the anticipated impact on our business, of operating as a public company.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

90


Table of Contents

 

Market, industry and other data

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and information concerning our industry, business and the markets in which we operate, including our expectations about our drug candidates, market size, position and opportunity, and the incidence of certain medical conditions, that is based on or derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies, our internal research, and our industry experience. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which the data is derived. Any industry forecasts are based on data (including third-party data), models, and experience of various professionals and are based on assumptions, all of which are subject to change without further notice. In addition, information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research, or similar methodologies is inherently subject to a high degree of uncertainty and other risks, including those described in the section titled “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these sources, publications and reports and actual events and circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information.

91


Table of Contents

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our use of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, facilitate future access to the public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

•
approximately $ million to advance the clinical development of our most advanced drug candidate, IAM1363 through ;
•
approximately $ million to advance the clinical development of IAM217 through ;
•
approximately $ million to advance the clinical development of IAM-C1 through ; and
•
the remainder, if any, for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures through . However, this estimate is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect.

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans, business condition and financial condition. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly and will depend on numerous factors, including the progress, costs, timing and results of our clinical trials and other research and development activities; the status of and results from preclinical studies; any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties; and any unforeseen delays, cash needs or opportunities. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds.

Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

92


Table of Contents

 

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors subject to applicable laws and will depend upon, among other factors, our operating results, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and capital requirements. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by any future debt instruments or preferred securities.

93


Table of Contents

 

Capitalization

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of June 30, 2026:

•
on an actual basis;
•
on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2026 into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) shares issuable in connection with the Notes Conversion at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, as if the Notes Conversion occurred as of June 30, 2026, and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be in effect upon completion of this offering; and
•
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the issuance and sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

 

As of June 30, 2026

(in thousands, except share data)

 

Actual

 

 

Pro forma

 

Pro forma
as adjusted
(1)

 

(unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

207,878

 

 

 $

 

 $

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share,
   155,289,649 shares authorized, 150,004,272 shares
   issued and outstanding, actual; no shares
   authorized, issued or outstanding,
   pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

$

394,035

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, no
   shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;
   shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding,
   pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 212,070,000
   shares authorized, 23,605,655 shares issued and
   outstanding, actual; shares authorized,
   shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
   shares authorized, shares issued and
   outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

12,679

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(245,296

)

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(232,559

)

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

$

161,476

 

 

 $

 

 $

 

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total

94


Table of Contents

 

stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of common stock in the table above is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the Notes Conversion, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, and excludes:

•
17,208,599 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.31 per share;
•
1,506,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted after June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37 per share;
•
3,338,160 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units outstanding as of June 30, 2026, for which the performance-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of June 30, 2026, and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the completion of this offering;
•
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the IPO Options;
•
shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of the IPO RSUs;
•
74,396 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, with an exercise price of $0.57 per share;
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan (which include the shares issuable under the IPO Options and IPO RSUs), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (including shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which number of shares will be added to the shares of our common stock to be reserved under our 2026 Plan, upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2020 Plan); and
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The 2026 Plan and the ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under the 2020 Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive compensation—Employee benefit and stock plans.”

95


Table of Contents

 

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets (which excludes deferred offering costs) less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2026 was $ million, or $ per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 was $ million, or $ per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock. The pro forma as adjusted information above also gives effect to the Notes Conversion, in which our outstanding Convertible Notes will convert into an aggregate of shares of our common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Because the Convertible Notes convert at a discount to the initial public offering price, a lower initial public offering price would increase the number of shares issued in the Notes Conversion and the resulting dilution to investors participating in this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

$

 

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share
   as of June 30, 2026

 

 $

 

 

 

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share
   as of June 30, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
   June 30, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
   attributable to investors participating in this
   offering

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
   immediately after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
   per share to new investors participating in this
   offering

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by approximately $ , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our common

96


Table of Contents

 

stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $ per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $ per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $ per share and the pro forma as adjusted dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $ per share.

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to this offering, as of June 30, 2026, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

 

Shares purchased

 

Total consideration

 

Weighted-
average
price per

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

share

Existing stockholders before this offering

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

%

 

 $

New investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 $

Total

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders, by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the total number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the total number of shares of common stock held by investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering would be increased to % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations (other than historical net tangible book value) are based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the Notes Conversion, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, as if it had occurred as of June 30, 2026, and excludes:

•
17,208,599 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.31 per share;

97


Table of Contents

 

•
1,506,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted after June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37 per share;
•
3,338,160 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units outstanding as of June 30, 2026, for which the performance-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of June 30, 2026 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the completion of this offering;
•
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the IPO Options;
•
shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of the IPO RSUs;
•
74,396 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, with an exercise price of $0.57 per share;
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan (which include the shares issuable under the IPO Options and IPO RSUs), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (including shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which number of shares will be added to the shares of our common stock to be reserved under our 2026 Plan, upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2020 Plan); and
•
shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The 2026 Plan and the ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under the 2020 Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive compensation—Employee benefit and stock plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, or additional shares of our common stock are issued, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

98


Table of Contents

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the sections titled “Risk factors” and “Special note regarding forward-looking statements” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company pursuing a fundamental shift in the biopharmaceutical industry. Our mission is to make better technology for better medicines. We do this by integrating leading proprietary, large-scale AI with automated, scalable chemistry and biology experimentation. We call this approach molecular superintelligence.

The Iambic molecular superintelligence platform is designed to disrupt legacy drug discovery paradigms. Instead of treating each stage of drug discovery as a distinct technological challenge, we have developed a unified, intelligent platform designed to address the full journey of drug discovery and development—from hit identification to multiparameter lead optimization to clinical developability.

Crucially, the molecular superintelligence platform learns from its own laboratory-generated data: reinforcement learning based on a continuous stream of experiments sharpens predictions and search strategy, tightening the design-make-test (DMT) loop with every cycle. Although our approach is novel and unproven, in that it has not yet led to an approved drug product to date, we designed our molecular superintelligence platform to navigate chemical and biological spaces with the goal of improving the probability of success at every stage. There is no guarantee that our platform will lead to the successful completion of clinical trials or the approval of our product candidates, or the product candidates of partners and collaborators using our platform. However, Iambic aims to systematically expand the boundaries of what is druggable, and to redefine how novel therapeutics are conceived, optimized, and advanced to address unmet patient need.

Our molecular superintelligence platform integrates three tightly coupled elements that work together in drug discovery, each described in more detail below: (i) Enchant, our multimodal AI model for predicting how potential drug molecules will behave in preclinical testing and in the clinic; (ii) NeuralPLexer, our flow-matching generative AI model for predicting three-dimensional structure of biological molecules; and (iii) robotic data generation at scale, generating new chemical and biological data in tightly orchestrated weekly cycles.

These three elements can work independently, but complement one another rather than act as substitutes: each performs a distinct function, and we use them together in our discovery programs. All three elements operate together as a closed-loop DMT framework, in which our team uses AI predictions and AI agents to guide wet-lab experiments, with resulting data continuously fed back to retrain our models. Within each cycle, the output of one element can inform the others, and one element may use data generated by another. As an example, a therapeutic molecule generally must attach to a specific biological target, often a disease-associated protein, to have a therapeutic effect. NeuralPLexer is used to predict structures and protein-ligand affinities, meaning how a molecule would fit and bind that target, and to enable generation of hypotheses. Its predicted structures and binding characteristics may inform which molecules Enchant evaluates for preclinical and clinical properties. Enchant's predictions may in turn guide which molecules our robotic workflows synthesize and test; and the resulting laboratory data are then used to fine-tune both Enchant and NeuralPLexer for the next cycle. We use the platform both to advance our pipeline of wholly owned drug candidates and to power collaborations with technology, biotechnology, and pharmaceutical development partners.

99


Table of Contents

 

Our most advanced drug candidate, IAM1363, is an oral, highly selective, pan-mutant, and brain-penetrant small molecule inhibitor of human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2) that is being evaluated in an ongoing Phase 1/1b clinical trial, and we anticipate initiating a registrational trial as early as 2027, subject to regulatory feedback. Our development candidates IAM217, a brain-penetrant allosteric inhibitor for KIF18A, and IAM-C1, a selective dual inhibitor of CDK2/4, are in preclinical development and we anticipate submitting IND applications for these programs in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed in each case by initiation of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, subject to regulatory clearance. We are also advancing additional wholly owned and partnered programs across multiple targets and disease areas.

The physical foundation of our drug discovery platform relies on our proprietary, highly automated internal laboratory infrastructure, which is custom-engineered to operate as an integrated, closed-loop data engine with its computational core. As our proprietary therapeutic assets transition from early-stage discovery into formal, regulatory-enabling development, we deploy a capital-efficient, scalable manufacturing strategy that integrates our automated internal discovery operations with a global network of premier Contract Development and Manufacturing Organizations (CDMOs). While internal automated laboratories maintain complete ownership of early-stage, milligram-scale synthesis to drive the computational DMT framework, we intentionally leverage audited, world-class third-party CDMOs to execute large-scale, clinical-grade Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) synthesis. This operational segregation allows us to avoid the massive capital expenditure and long-term asset depreciation associated with building and maintaining commercial-scale physical manufacturing plants.

We actively manage this diversified CDMO network to establish secure, redundant, and highly compliant supply chains across our entire pipeline portfolio. This external infrastructure supports the ongoing active clinical supply requirements for the IAM1363 Phase 1/1b trial, ensuring robust substance and product availability for both the monotherapy expansion cohorts and active combination studies. Furthermore, our CDMO partners have successfully initiated scale-up chemistry, formulation development, and analytical validation campaigns to support upcoming regulatory filings. This includes securing the critical GMP batches required to maintain the IND readiness timelines for both the dual CDK2/4 inhibitor program, IAM-C1, and the allosteric KIF18A inhibitor program, IAM217. This tech-transfer and supply-chain framework ensures that we can scale our asset portfolio seamlessly from digital inception to advanced clinical testing while adhering strictly to international regulatory and quality control standards.

We have generated revenue from collaboration agreements under which we apply our platform for our partners or together with them. These arrangements generally provide for some combination of upfront payments, research funding and cost reimbursement, preclinical, clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestone payments, and, in certain cases, royalties on future product sales. We use cash received under these arrangements both to fund our operations, including a portion of the costs of our wholly owned programs, and to deepen the proprietary data and technology that underpin our platform and pipeline. We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales.

From inception through September 18, 2026, we have primarily raised capital through the sale of convertible preferred stock and payments from our collaboration partners. As of September 18, 2026, we have received aggregate gross cash proceeds of $536.5 million, including $461.8 million from sales of our convertible preferred stock, convertible promissory notes and simple agreements for future equity (SAFE), and $74.7 million in payments from our collaboration partners.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future as we advance our drug candidates through clinical development, continue to invest in our platform and data-generation infrastructure, expand our pipeline, and incur the additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Our net losses were $50.1 million and $33.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Our net losses were $77.3 million and $47.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $245.3 million.

100


Table of Contents

 

We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we or our collaboration partners successfully complete the clinical development or future clinical development of, and obtain regulatory approval for, one or more of our current or future drug candidates, including any jointly-developed drug candidates, which will not be for several years, if ever. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates and do not enter into a commercialization partnership, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our commercialization capability to support product sales, manufacturing, marketing, market access, and distribution.

Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from period to period, depending on the timing of our current and potential future clinical trials and expenditures related to our research and developmental activities, platform, and automated laboratory infrastructure. Furthermore, following the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant audit, legal, and regulatory expenses, as well as director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs that we did not incur as a private company. As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such a time when we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and collaborations, or similar arrangements. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such agreements or arrangements, as and when needed, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition, including potentially requiring us to delay, limit, reduce, or eliminate product development or future commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market current or future development drug candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

As there are numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate product sales, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

As a result, we will need substantial additional capital to support our continuing operations and pursue our strategy. As of June 30, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $207.9 million. After that date, in one or more closings through September 11, 2026 and therefore not reflected in that amount, we issued subordinated convertible promissory notes for aggregate gross proceeds to us of $66.5 million. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures through . However, this estimate is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect. See the subsection titled “Liquidity and capital resources” below and Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

License and collaboration agreements

Below is a summary of the key terms for certain of our license and collaboration agreements. See the section titled “Business—Collaboration agreements” for a more detailed description of certain agreements.

Agreement with AbbVie

In September 2026, we entered into a Collaboration and Option to License Agreement with AbbVie (AbbVie Agreement), pursuant to which we apply our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform, together with our integrated high-throughput experimental capabilities and certain AbbVie-specific instances of our superintelligence platform, to identify, generate and optimize compounds directed to two initial targets selected by AbbVie.

101


Table of Contents

 

Under the AbbVie Agreement, we will receive an upfront payment from AbbVie in consideration for the rights and licenses to be granted to AbbVie under the AbbVie Agreement and our performance of research activities thereunder. AbbVie has an exclusive option, exercisable during a defined option period, to obtain an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license under certain of our patents and know-how to develop, manufacture, commercialize and otherwise exploit certain compounds and products directed to that collaboration target. We are eligible to receive (i) additional payments upon the extension of option periods, delivery of final option exercise data packages, and exercise of license options for each collaboration target and (ii) success-based development and sales-based milestone payments upon the achievement of specified regulatory, development and commercial events with respect to each collaboration target, and, for a term specified in the agreement, tiered royalties on net sales of licensed products with rates from within the mid-single digits to the low-teens range, subject to customary offsets and reductions in specified circumstances.

Agreement with Takeda

In February 2026, we entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Takeda (Takeda Agreement), pursuant to which we will utilize our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform to identify, generate, and optimize small molecule drug candidates directed to three initial collaboration targets. Contemporaneously, we and Takeda entered into a separate master services agreement pursuant to which we licensed to Takeda access to certain proprietary AI platform technology (Technology Enablement Agreement).

Under the Takeda Agreement, we received an upfront payment and Takeda agreed to reimburse our research costs incurred in performing activities under the research program. Reimbursable costs incurred under the research program are subject to an initial research budget, which may be further amended by the parties. Takeda will have the right to develop, manufacture, and commercialize resulting qualifying compounds and products worldwide. In addition, under the Technology Enablement Agreement, we granted Takeda access to our NeuralPLexer model in exchange for specified annual fees. We are eligible to receive success-based research and development milestone payments upon the achievement of specified events with respect to each collaboration target, as well as commercial milestone payments and escalating royalties on net sales of qualifying products with rates from within the mid-single digits to the low-teens range, subject to customary offsets and reductions in specified circumstances. Takeda also has the right to designate up to three additional collaboration targets upon payment of a specified fee per target.

For the six months ended June 30, 2026, we recognized $6.2 million in revenue related to the Takeda Agreement. As of June 30, 2026, the remaining transaction price of $28.0 million is expected to be recognized by us as revenue through 2028.

Agreement with Revolution Medicines

In May 2025, we entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement with RevMed (RevMed Agreement), pursuant to which we develop optimized machine learning models through fine tuning and training using RevMed’s training data (Optimized Models) to conduct certain related research and development activities, and license to RevMed the Optimized Models.

Under the RevMed Agreement, we received an upfront payment and RevMed agreed to reimburse our research costs incurred in performing activities under the research plan. Reimbursable costs incurred under the research plan are subject to an initial research budget, which may be further amended by the parties. We are also eligible to receive success-based milestone and annual update payments. During the six months ended June 30, 2026, one success-based research milestone had been achieved.

For the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, we recognized $2.4 million and zero, respectively, in revenue related to the RevMed Agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recognized $2.7 million in revenue related to the RevMed Agreement. As of June 30, 2026, the remaining transaction price of $17.6 million is expected to be recognized by us as revenue through 2030.

102


Table of Contents

 

Agreement with Lundbeck

In September 2024, we entered into a Collaboration and Option Agreement with Lundbeck (Lundbeck Agreement). The Lundbeck Agreement establishes a 36-month research collaboration pursuant to which we apply our molecular superintelligence platform, together with our integrated high-throughput experimental capabilities, to identify, design, characterize, and optimize compounds directed to a target selected by Lundbeck.

Under the Lundbeck Agreement, we received an upfront payment and Lundbeck agreed to reimburse our research costs incurred in performing activities under the research plan. Reimbursable costs incurred under the research plan are subject to an initial research budget, which may be further amended by the parties. Upon completion of the research program, Lundbeck will have the right, exercisable during a specified option period, to obtain an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, and commercialize certain resulting compounds and products worldwide. We are also eligible to receive success-based milestone payments upon the achievement of specified research milestones, regardless of whether Lundbeck exercises the option. If Lundbeck exercises the option, Lundbeck is required to pay us an option exercise fee as well as success-based development and commercial milestone payments upon the achievement of specified events with respect to licensed products and escalating royalties on net sales of licensed products with rates from within the mid-single digits to the low-teens range, subject to customary offsets and reductions in specified circumstances.

For the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, we recognized $4.2 million and $3.9 million respectively, in revenue related to the Lundbeck Agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we recognized $6.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in revenue related to the Lundbeck Agreement. As of June 30, 2026, the remaining transaction price of $3.8 million is expected to be recognized by us as revenue through 2027.

Components of results of operations

Collaboration revenue

We have not generated any revenue from the sale of products to date and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products for the next several years, if at all. If our development efforts for our current or future drug candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, we may generate revenue in the future from product sales. For the foreseeable future, we expect substantially all of our revenue to be generated from our current collaboration arrangements. For more information on our collaboration agreements, see the subsection titled “License and collaboration agreements” above and Note 5 and Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our collaboration arrangements provide for one or more of the following: upfront fees; reimbursement of research and development costs; development, regulatory, commercial and success-based milestone payments; and royalties on net sales of licensed products, if any. The amount and timing of these payments are uncertain and may cause our revenue to fluctuate significantly from period to period.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses.

Research and development

Research and development expenses represent the largest component of our operating expenses and primarily consist of costs incurred in connection with the discovery and development of our preclinical and clinical drug candidates and the advancement of our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform. These expenses include:

•
costs associated with clinical trials and preclinical studies, including costs incurred under agreements with third parties, such as contract research organizations (CRO), CDMOs, consultants and our clinical and scientific advisors;
•
costs associated with the expansion and maintenance of our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform;

103


Table of Contents

 

•
discovery activities performed under our collaboration agreements with partners;
•
personnel-related costs, including salaries, employee benefits, travel and business expenses, and stock-based compensation for our employees engaged in research and development functions;
•
facilities-related and overhead costs, including depreciation, amortization and allocated costs related to laboratory facilities, including rent, maintenance, and utilities, and overhead costs for software and information technology infrastructure; and
•
other research and development costs, including costs incurred for the procurement of materials, laboratory supplies, and non-capital equipment used in the research and development process.

We utilize our personnel and infrastructure resources for our research and development efforts, including the advancement of our internal drug candidates, platform technology, and external research and development activities with collaboration partners. A significant portion of our research and development costs have been, and will continue to be, external costs. External expenses that are specific to a program are tracked upon filing an IND application and on a program-by-program basis for collaboration partners. Due to the fact that we use internal resources across multiple programs, we do not allocate personnel-related costs, other internal research and development costs, and facilities-related and overhead costs by program.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments that we make for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are recorded as prepaid expenses. The prepaid amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed, or when it is no longer expected that the goods will be delivered or the services rendered.

We record accruals for estimated ongoing research costs and receive updated estimates of costs and amounts from our third-party service providers. When evaluating the adequacy of the prepaid expenses and accrued liabilities, we analyze progress of the studies, including the phase or completion of events, invoices received, and contracted cost estimates from our third-party service providers. Estimates are made in determining the balances at the end of any reporting period.

We expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to expand and advance our clinical HER2 program, IAM1363, and other early discovery programs into and through preclinical studies and clinical development, invest in the continued development of our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform, and support our existing and potential future collaboration activities with partners. The timing and amount of these expenses will depend on, among other things, the progress of our ongoing and planned clinical trials, the results of our preclinical studies, regulatory feedback, and the extent to which we enter into additional collaboration agreements.

Due to the inherent uncertainties of clinical development, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing, and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of our therapeutic candidates. We also cannot predict the outcome of clinical trials or when, if ever, material net cash inflows may commence from any of our drug candidates.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs, including salaries, employee benefits, travel and business expenses, and stock-based compensation for our employees engaged in general and administrative functions; professional fees, including legal fees relating to corporate and intellectual property matters, consulting and insurance fees, and accounting, audit, and tax services; software and information technology costs; allocated costs related to office facilities, including rent, maintenance, and utilities, and overhead costs for software and information technology; and other general operating expenses not otherwise classified as research and development expenses.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research and development activities and the growth of our business. We anticipate incurring additional legal fees related to corporate and intellectual property matters as we

104


Table of Contents

 

explore additional collaboration opportunities with potential partners and file patent applications to protect innovations arising from our research and development activities. Additionally, we expect to incur increased expenses associated with being a public company, including increased costs related to accounting, audit, and tax-related services, maintaining compliance with exchange listing and the SEC’s requirements, director and officer insurance costs, and investor and public relations costs.

Other income (expense), net

Interest income

Interest income consists of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents. We expect interest income to vary each reporting period depending on our average money market fund balances during the period and market interest rates.

Interest expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest associated with our finance lease of property and equipment.

Other expense

Other expense primarily consists of realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and loss on disposal of property and equipment.

Income taxes

Income tax expense consists of U.S. state and foreign taxes in jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Since our inception, we have not recorded any income tax benefits for the net losses we have incurred or for our earned research and development tax credits, as we believe, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all of our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits will not be realized. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.

Results of operations

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

12,753

 

 

$

3,928

 

 

$

8,825

 

 

 

225

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

57,149

 

 

 

32,934

 

 

 

24,215

 

 

 

74

%

General and administrative

 

 

9,115

 

 

 

6,669

 

 

 

2,446

 

 

 

37

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

66,264

 

 

 

39,603

 

 

 

26,661

 

 

 

67

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(53,511

)

 

 

(35,675

)

 

 

(17,836

)

 

 

50

%

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

3,432

 

 

 

2,574

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

33

%

Interest expense

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

(44

)%

Other expense

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

25

 

 

 

(45

)%

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

3,397

 

 

 

2,510

 

 

 

887

 

 

 

35

%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(50,114

)

 

 

(33,165

)

 

 

(16,949

)

 

 

51

%

Income tax expense

 

 

(2

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

100

%

Net loss

 

$

(50,116

)

 

$

(33,165

)

 

$

(16,951

)

 

 

51

%

 

105


Table of Contents

 

Collaboration revenue

Collaboration revenue consists entirely of revenue from the Lundbeck, RevMed, and Takeda Agreements. Collaboration revenue was $12.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This $8.8 million increase in collaboration revenue was primarily due to the progress in research program activities with RevMed and Takeda, which commenced in the third quarter of 2025 and the first quarter of 2026, respectively. In addition, during the six months ended June 30, 2026, one success-based research milestone was achieved.

Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Research and development costs by program:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IAM1363

 

$

17,403

 

 

$

8,236

 

 

$

9,167

 

 

 

111

%

Discovery and platform

 

 

19,080

 

 

 

10,965

 

 

 

8,115

 

 

 

74

%

Unallocated research and development expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel-related costs

 

 

17,630

 

 

 

11,124

 

 

 

6,506

 

 

 

58

%

Facilities-related and overhead costs

 

 

2,705

 

 

 

2,199

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

23

%

Other research and development costs

 

 

331

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

(79

)

 

 

(19

)%

Total research and development expenses

 

$

57,149

 

 

$

32,934

 

 

$

24,215

 

 

 

74

%

 

Research and development expenses were $57.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $32.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This $24.2 million increase was primarily due to an increase of $9.2 million in spending related to our IAM1363 program, an increase in discovery and platform related costs of $8.1 million, and an increase in personnel-related costs of $6.5 million.

Research and development costs related to our IAM1363 program were $17.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $8.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This $9.2 million increase was primarily due to an increase in clinical research organization expenses and chemistry, manufacturing, and control activities of our IAM1363 Phase 1/1b trial as we expanded patient enrollment globally.

Research and development costs related to discovery and platform programs were $19.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $11.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This $8.1 million increase was primarily due to external costs related to the advancement of our preclinical pipeline, namely our IAM217 and IAM-C1 programs, and programs with our collaboration partners, Lundbeck, RevMed, and Takeda. In addition, cloud compute and storage spend increased by $2.6 million as we invested in our platform to support internal and partnership discovery efforts by training new versions of our AI models and further developing our agentic laboratory automation capabilities.

Personnel-related costs were $17.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $11.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This $6.5 million increase was primarily due to an increase in average headcount to support our preclinical and clinical pipeline, discovery programs with our collaboration partners, and expansion of our technology platform.

106


Table of Contents

 

General and administrative expenses

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the periods presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Personnel-related costs

 

$

5,667

 

 

$

3,720

 

 

$

1,947

 

 

 

52

%

Professional and consulting fees

 

 

2,937

 

 

 

2,530

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

16

%

Facilities-related and overhead costs

 

 

237

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

930

%

Other general and administrative costs

 

 

274

 

 

 

396

 

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(31

)%

Total general and administrative expenses

 

$

9,115

 

 

$

6,669

 

 

$

2,446

 

 

 

37

%

 

General and administrative expenses were $9.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $6.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This $2.4 million increase was primarily due to a $1.9 million increase in personnel-related costs resulting from an increase in administrative headcount, in addition to a $0.4 million increase in professional fees and consulting fees to support the growth of our business.

Interest income

Interest income was $3.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This change was primarily due to an increase in our average money market fund balances during the period.

Interest expense

Interest expense was approximately $5,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to approximately $9,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This change was due to the principal balance of the financing lease for laboratory equipment decreasing over time as we continued to make payments.

Other expense

Other expense was approximately $30,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to approximately $55,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2025. This change was primarily due to an increase in net realized and unrealized gains on currency exchange.

107


Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

9,426

 

 

$

1,194

 

 

$

8,232

 

 

 

689

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

77,528

 

 

 

45,696

 

 

 

31,832

 

 

 

70

%

General and administrative

 

 

14,248

 

 

 

9,375

 

 

 

4,873

 

 

 

52

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

91,776

 

 

 

55,071

 

 

 

36,705

 

 

 

67

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(82,350

)

 

 

(53,877

)

 

 

(28,473

)

 

 

53

%

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

5,207

 

 

 

6,042

 

 

 

(835

)

 

 

(14

)%

Interest expense

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

113

%

Other expense

 

 

(90

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(90

)

 

 

100

%

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

5,100

 

 

 

6,034

 

 

 

(934

)

 

 

(15

)%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(77,250

)

 

 

(47,843

)

 

 

(29,407

)

 

 

61

%

Income tax expense

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

32

%

Net loss

 

$

(77,295

)

 

$

(47,877

)

 

$

(29,418

)

 

 

61

%

 

Collaboration revenue

Collaboration revenue consists entirely of revenue from the Lundbeck and RevMed Agreements. Revenue under these agreements is recognized: (i) as we conduct research activities related to the research program within the respective agreements based on costs incurred to conduct those activities relative to the total estimated costs, and (ii) as the customer receives access to the licensed platform technology, as applicable. Collaboration revenue was $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This $8.2 million increase in collaboration revenue was primarily due to the progress in research and development research program activities with Lundbeck and initiation of the research program with RevMed, which commenced in the third quarter of 2025.

Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the years presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Research and development costs by program:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IAM1363

 

$

22,131

 

 

$

11,909

 

 

$

10,222

 

 

 

86

%

Discovery and platform

 

 

25,152

 

 

 

13,832

 

 

 

11,320

 

 

 

82

%

Unallocated research and development expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel-related costs

 

 

25,291

 

 

 

16,205

 

 

 

9,086

 

 

 

56

%

Facilities-related and overhead costs

 

 

4,153

 

 

 

3,212

 

 

 

941

 

 

 

29

%

Other research and development costs

 

 

801

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

49

%

Total research and development expenses

 

$

77,528

 

 

$

45,696

 

 

$

31,832

 

 

 

70

%

 

Research and development expenses were $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This $31.8 million increase was primarily due to an increase of $10.2 million in spending related to IAM1363, an increase in discovery and platform related costs of $11.3 million, and an increase in personnel-related costs of $9.1 million.

108


Table of Contents

 

Research and development costs related to our IAM1363 program were $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This $10.2 million increase was primarily due to an increase in clinical research organization expenses and chemistry, manufacturing, and control activities of our IAM1363 Phase 1/1b trial as we expanded patient enrollment globally.

Research and development costs related to discovery and platform programs were $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This $11.3 million increase was primarily due to external costs related to the advancement of our preclinical pipeline, namely our IAM217 and IAM-C1 programs, and programs with our collaboration partners, Lundbeck and RevMed. In addition, cloud compute and storage spend increased by $3.8 million as we invested in our platform to support internal and partnership discovery efforts by training new versions of our AI models and further developing our agentic laboratory automation capabilities.

Personnel-related costs were $25.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This $9.1 million increase was primarily due to an increase in average headcount to support our preclinical and clinical pipeline, discovery programs with our collaboration partners, and expansion of our technology platform.

General and administrative expenses

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the years presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Personnel-related costs

 

$

7,880

 

 

$

4,659

 

 

$

3,221

 

 

 

69

%

Professional and consulting fees

 

 

5,364

 

 

 

3,903

 

 

 

1,461

 

 

 

37

%

Facilities-related and overhead costs

 

 

347

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

113

%

Other general and administrative costs

 

 

657

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

%

Total general and administrative expenses

 

$

14,248

 

 

$

9,375

 

 

$

4,873

 

 

 

52

%

 

General and administrative expenses were $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This $4.9 million increase was primarily due to a $3.2 million increase in personnel-related costs resulting from an increase in administrative headcount, in addition to a $1.5 million increase in professional fees and consulting fees to support the growth of our business.

Interest income

Interest income was $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This change was primarily due to lower average cash and cash equivalent balances during the period and a decline in interest rate yields.

Interest expense

Interest expense was approximately $17,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to approximately $8,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024. This change was due to timing of obtaining our finance lease for laboratory equipment in the fourth quarter of 2024.

Other expense

Other expense was approximately $90,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025, primarily due to loss on disposal of property and equipment and net realized and unrealized losses on currency exchange.

109


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources of liquidity

Since our inception, we have primarily funded our operations through the sale of shares of our convertible preferred stock and the proceeds from license and collaboration agreements. We have not generated any revenue from product sales and have incurred significant annual operating losses and negative cash flows from our operations. We expect to incur significant expenses and operating losses in the foreseeable future as we advance the development of our drug candidates. As of June 30, 2026 we had $207.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and an accumulated deficit of $245.3 million. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures through . However, this estimate is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect.

From inception through September 18, 2026, we have received aggregate gross cash proceeds of $536.5 million, including $461.8 million from sales of our convertible preferred stock, convertible promissory notes and simple agreements for future equity (SAFE), and $74.7 million in payments from our collaboration partners. We anticipate our partnership proceeds will extend our expected cash runway and help support the advancement of our proprietary pipeline. In August and September 2026, we issued subordinated convertible promissory notes (the Convertible Notes) from new investors, including KKR, Insight Partners, Perceptive Advisors, Millennium Management, and Laurion Capital, as well as existing investors, for aggregate gross proceeds of $66.5 million. The Convertible Notes bear interest at 8.0% per annum, are subordinated to our senior indebtedness, and will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the Convertible Notes would convert into an aggregate of shares of our common stock. See Note 11 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the Convertible Notes. See the section titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions” for a description of our convertible preferred stock offerings and resulting proceeds.

Future funding requirements

We anticipate that we will continue to incur significant and increasing expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue to advance our drug candidates, invest in our platform, expand our corporate infrastructure, incur costs associated with being a public company, further our research and development initiatives for our drug candidates, incur costs associated with our efforts to discover new targets and engage in future collaborations and the potential commercialization of our drug candidates, if approved. We are subject to all of the risks typically related to the development of new drug candidates, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. We anticipate that we will need substantial additional financing to fund our continuing operations, which consist primarily of research and development expenditures related to our discovery programs and general and administrative expenditures. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and prepaid expenses. Our future capital requirements will depend in large part on the pace of our clinical development activities and the scale of our continued investment in our platform. See the section titled “Risk factors—Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors and could fall below our expectations or the expectations of investors or securities analysts, which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.”

Additionally, our operating plans may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development expenses. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through public or private equity or debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties or other strategic transactions. See the section titled “Risk factors—Even if this offering is successful, we expect that we will need substantial additional capital to complete the development and

110


Table of Contents

 

any commercialization of our current and any future drug candidates, which may cause dilution to our stockholders. If we are unable to raise this capital when needed, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate at least some of our product development programs, business development plans, potential commercialization efforts and to possibly cease operations.”

Cash flows

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025

The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(24,852

)

 

$

(17,949

)

 

$

(6,903

)

 

 

(38

)%

Investing activities

 

 

(1,937

)

 

 

(775

)

 

 

(1,162

)

 

 

150

%

Financing activities

 

 

54,677

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

54,696

 

 

(a)

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

 

11

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(63

)%

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

27,899

 

 

$

(18,713

)

 

$

46,612

 

 

 

(249

)%

 

(a)
Percentage not meaningful.

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2026 was $24.9 million, which primarily consisted of our net loss of $50.1 million, adjusted for addbacks for non-cash expenses of $3.8 million and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $21.5 million. Cash inflows from net changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase of $33.2 million in deferred revenue as a result of upfront payments from collaborations, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable and unbilled receivables of $10.3 million from our collaboration agreements, and an increase of $1.7 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $17.9 million, which primarily consisted of our net loss of $33.2 million, adjusted for addbacks for non-cash expenses of $2.3 million and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $12.9 million. Cash inflows from net changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase of $13.4 million in deferred revenue as a result of payments from collaborations.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2026 was $1.9 million from the purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $0.8 million from the purchases of property and equipment.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2026 was $54.7 million, which primarily consisted of $52.7 million in net proceeds received from the sale of shares of our Series B-3 and Series B-4 convertible preferred stock, and $2.0 million in proceeds received from the exercise of common stock options.

Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was approximately $19,000.

111


Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(58,823

)

 

$

(33,560

)

 

$

(25,263

)

 

 

75

%

Investing activities

 

 

(1,280

)

 

 

(707

)

 

 

(573

)

 

 

81

%

Financing activities

 

 

99,063

 

 

 

64,993

 

 

 

34,070

 

 

 

52

%

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

38,960

 

 

$

30,726

 

 

$

8,234

 

 

 

27

%

 

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $58.8 million, which primarily consisted of our net loss of $77.3 million, adjusted for addbacks for non-cash expenses of $4.9 million and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $13.6 million. Cash inflows from net changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase of $11.0 million in deferred revenue as a result of upfront payments from a license and collaboration partner, in addition to a $4.3 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, partially offset by a decrease in operating lease liabilities of $1.2 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $33.6 million, which primarily consisted of our net loss of $47.9 million, adjusted for addbacks for non-cash expenses of $4.0 million and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $10.4 million. Cash inflows from net changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase of $9.3 million in deferred revenue as a result of upfront payments from a license and collaboration partner, in addition to a $3.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, partially offset by a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.3 million.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $1.3 million from the purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $0.7 million from the purchases of property and equipment.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $99.1 million, which primarily consisted of $98.7 million in net proceeds received from the sale of shares of our Series B-3 convertible preferred stock and $0.5 million in net proceeds received from the exercise of common stock options.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $65.0 million, which primarily consisted of $65.0 million in net proceeds received from the sale of shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock.

Contractual obligations and commitments

Leases

We lease office and laboratory space in San Diego, California under a non-cancelable operating lease that expires in June 2031 and office space in Bristol, United Kingdom and Dublin, Ireland, on a month-to-month basis. We are also party to a finance lease for laboratory equipment. Future minimum commitments under these leases are $5.2 million as of June 30, 2026. These commitments are recognized as operating lease liabilities and a portion of accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities, respectively, on our consolidated

112


Table of Contents

 

balance sheets. See Note 9 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information on our lease obligations.

In January 2026, subsequent to year end, we entered into a new lease for office and laboratory space in San Diego, California to serve as our new corporate headquarters, which we amended in March 2026 and July 2026. Total aggregate future lease commitments under the lease, as amended, are approximately $40.9 million, and we are not required to pay base rent for a specified initial period following the commencement date. We expect to occupy the space in phases beginning in late 2026. See Note 9 and Note 11 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Purchase and other obligations

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs for clinical trials, with CMOs for clinical manufacturing supplies and with other vendors for preclinical studies, supplies and other products and services for operating purposes. As part of the normal course of business, we also have a contract with a cloud infrastructure and compute cluster provider that powers our molecular superintelligence platform. These agreements generally provide for termination at the request of either party with 14 to 120 days’ prior written notice. Payments due upon cancellation generally consist of payments for services provided or expenses incurred up to the date of cancellation, including non-cancelable obligations of our service providers and, in some cases, wind-down costs. Therefore, we believe that our non-cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material. We do not currently expect any of these agreements to be terminated and did not have any non-cancelable obligations under these agreements as of June 30, 2026.

Critical accounting policies, estimates and significant judgments

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements require the most significant judgments and estimates.

Collaboration revenue

Our collaboration revenue to date is comprised of amounts recognized from our collaboration agreements with Takeda, Revolution Medicines, and Lundbeck. We recognize revenue related to our collaboration agreements in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606).

To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that we determine are within the scope of ASC 606, we perform the following five steps: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, we satisfy our performance obligations. We apply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to the customer.

113


Table of Contents

 

At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised within the contract and whether each promised good or service constitutes a distinct performance obligation. Promised goods or services are considered distinct when: (i) the customer can benefit from the good or service on its own or together with other readily available resources; or (ii) the promised good or service is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. In assessing whether promised goods or services are distinct, we consider factors such as the stage of development of the underlying technology, the capabilities of the customer to develop the technology on their own, or whether the required expertise is readily available. Arrangements that include rights to additional goods or services that are exercisable at a customer’s discretion are generally considered options. We assess whether these options provide a material right to the customer and, if so, they are considered performance obligations.

We estimate the transaction price based on the amount of consideration we expect to receive for transferring the promised goods or services in the contract. The consideration may include both fixed consideration and variable consideration. At the inception of each arrangement that contains variable consideration, we evaluate the amount of potential payments and likelihood that such payments will be received. The amount included in the transaction price is constrained to the amount for which it is probable that a significant reversal of recognized revenue will not occur. At the end of each subsequent reporting period, we re-evaluate the estimated variable consideration included in the transaction price and any related constraint and, as required, adjust our estimate of the total transaction price. Any such adjustments are recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period of adjustment.

For collaboration agreements with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis. The standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. If a standalone selling price is not directly observable, we estimate a standalone selling price which may require that we make significant estimates and assumptions that require judgment. The estimation of the standalone selling price may include estimates regarding forecasted revenue or costs, development timelines, discount rates, probabilities of technical and regulatory success, as well as active market participation. Certain variable consideration is allocated to one or more performance obligations in a contract when the terms of the variable consideration relate specifically to the satisfaction of the performance obligation and the resulting amounts allocated to each performance obligation are consistent with the amounts that we would expect to receive for each performance obligation when considering all the performance obligations and payment terms in the contract.

We then recognize as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to each respective performance obligation when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. For performance obligations that are satisfied over time, we measure our progress towards completion using various methods. For research and development related performance obligations, including any associated material rights, revenue is recognized using an input method based on the ratio of expended effort or costs incurred to date to the total estimated effort or costs at completion of the performance obligation. For platform access performance obligations, revenue is recognized using a time-elapsed output method. This approach requires estimates and the use of significant judgment. If the estimates or judgments change over the course of the collaboration arrangement, they may affect the timing and amount of revenue recognized in the current and future periods.

Nonrefundable, upfront fees to use our intellectual property are recognized as revenue when the related license is transferred to the customer and the customer is able to use and benefit from the license. For licenses that are bundled with other promised goods or services, we utilize judgment to assess the nature of the combined performance obligation to determine whether the combined performance obligation is satisfied over time or at a point in time.

For collaboration agreements that include sales-based royalties, including milestone payments based on the level of sales, and for which the license is deemed to be the predominant item to which the royalties relate, we recognize revenue at the later of: (i) when the related sales occur; or (ii) when the performance obligation to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied).

114


Table of Contents

 

Research and development expenses and related accruals and prepaid expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be utilized in future research and development activities are recognized as expense when the related activity is performed or the goods are received.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate accrued third-party research and development expenses as of each balance sheet date. This process includes reviewing open contracts and purchase orders and communicating with internal personnel and external vendors to identify services performed on our behalf, as well as estimating the level and cost of services rendered for which we have not yet received an invoice or other notification of actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or upon the achievement of contractual milestones. We base our accrued expense estimates on facts and circumstances known to us at each balance sheet date, periodically confirm those estimates with our service providers, and adjust as necessary. The most significant estimates within our accrued research and development expenses relate to costs for vendor services associated with research and development activities for which invoices have not yet been received.

Our research and development expenses estimates are based on the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with third-party vendors that conduct research and development activities on our behalf. The financial terms of these arrangements vary from contract to contract, are subject to negotiation, and may result in uneven payment patterns. In certain instances, payments to vendors may exceed the level of services provided, resulting in a prepaid research and development asset. When accruing service fees, we estimate both the period over which services will be performed and the level of effort expected in each period. To the extent actual timing or effort varies from our estimates, we adjust the related accrual or prepaid balance accordingly.

Although we do not anticipate our estimates to differ materially from actual amounts incurred, differences between our estimates of the status and timing of services performed and the actual status and timing could result in reporting amounts that are higher or lower than the actual expense in a given period. To date, we have not experienced any material differences between our estimates and actual amounts incurred.

Stock-based compensation

We have issued and continue to issue stock-based awards to our employees, non-employees, and directors in the form of incentive and non-qualified stock options. In addition, we historically issued a limited number of restricted stock awards. We account for stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718).

We measure stock-based awards granted to employees and non-employees based on their fair value on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize compensation expense for those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. For stock-based awards with service-based vesting conditions, we recognize compensation expense using the straight-line method. For stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions, we recognize compensation expense using the graded-vesting method over the requisite service period, commencing when achievement of the performance condition becomes probable. Forfeitures are recorded as they occur.

We classify stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the same manner in which the award recipient’s payroll costs or service payments are classified. In future periods, we expect stock-based compensation expense to increase due to our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation expense and additional stock-based awards we expect to grant to continue to attract new hires and retain our existing employees.

See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options. Certain of such assumptions involve inherent uncertainties and the application of significant

115


Table of Contents

 

judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation could be materially different.

Determination of the fair value of common stock

As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the historical estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock, as well as additional factors which may have changed since the date of the most recent valuation through the date of grant.

In accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (Practice Aid), a third-party valuation firm prepared valuations of our common stock using a market approach to estimate our enterprise value, using either the option-pricing method (OPM), the hybrid method, or the probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM), each of which used a market approach to estimate our enterprise value. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we determined the hybrid method was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of our common stock based on our stage of development and other relevant factors. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. A discount for lack of marketability of the common stock is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. The hybrid method is a weighted blend of an OPM and a PWERM, where the equity value in one or more scenarios is calculated using an OPM. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of our future values, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability-weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

Given the absence of a public market for our common stock to date, our board of directors, with input from management, considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date. The factors included, but were not limited to:

•
our operating results and financial performance;
•
the progress of our research and development efforts, including the status of our programs, preclinical studies, and clinical trials;
•
the lack of marketability of our equity as a private company;
•
the prices of our preferred stock sold to or exchanged between new and existing investors, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock as compared to those of our common stock;
•
our stage of development and business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;
•
the achievement of enterprise milestones, including entering into strategic alliance and license agreements;
•
the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences, biotechnology and biopharmaceutical sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;
•
any external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry, and trends within the biotechnology industry;
•
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

116


Table of Contents

 

•
the analysis of initial public offerings and the market performance of similar companies in the biotechnology industry; and
•
the third-party valuations described above.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, and the stage of development of our drug candidates. If our board of directors had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss attributable to common stockholders, and net loss per share attributable to common stockholders could have been significantly different.

Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the consummation of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors, or a committee thereof, to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and other awards, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

The following table summarizes by grant date the options for shares of common stock granted by us between September 18, 2024, and September 18, 2026, as well as the estimated fair value per share of our common stock as of the grant date:

 

Grant date

 

Number of shares

subject to option

grants

 

 

Per share

exercise price

of options(1)

 

 

Fair value of

common stock

per share on date

of option grant(2)

 

1/8/2025

 

 

3,660,840

 

 

$

1.39

 

 

$

1.39

 

3/25/2025

 

 

592,082

 

 

$

1.40

 

 

$

1.40

 

5/13/2025

 

 

224,000

 

 

$

1.40

 

 

$

1.40

 

9/17/2025

 

 

1,021,000

 

 

$

1.47

 

 

$

1.47

 

12/2/2025

 

 

539,000

 

 

$

1.66

 

 

$

1.66

 

2/2/2026

 

 

189,075

 

 

$

1.66

 

 

$

1.66

 

3/3/2026

 

 

2,261,640

 

 

$

1.66

 

 

$

1.66

 

4/17/2026

 

 

2,424,055

 

 

$

1.70

 

 

$

1.70

 

4/29/2026

 

 

111,000

 

 

$

1.70

 

 

$

1.70

 

6/17/2026

 

 

396,353

 

 

$

1.70

 

 

$

1.70

 

8/31/2026

 

 

1,506,000

 

 

$

2.37

 

 

$

2.37

 

 

(1)
We granted options with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the common stock based on the most recent independent third-party valuation, upon approval by our board of directors. We performed valuations as of October 31, 2024, March 10, 2025, September 5, 2025, November 6, 2025, March 31, 2026, and August 7, 2026.
(2)
The fair value of common stock in the table above represents the fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors based on our most recently available contemporaneous and independent third-party valuations, taking into consideration various objective and subjective factors. We performed retrospective valuations as of October 31, 2024, March 10, 2025, September 5, 2025, November 6, 2025, March 31, 2026, and August 7, 2026.

Recent accounting pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

 

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.

117


Table of Contents

 

Emerging growth company and smaller reporting company status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, as amended (the JOBS Act). The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” because the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million as of June 30, 2026 and our annual revenue was less than $100.0 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering in any given year if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million as of June 30 in the most recently completed fiscal year or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million as of June 30 in the most recently completed fiscal year. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

118


Table of Contents

 

Founders’ letter

Dear Investor,

Every patient deserves access to better medicines, developed faster than has historically been possible. Iambic was founded to help address this challenge, built on a simple belief: better technology leads to better medicines.

We are fortunate to live in an extraordinary era, when advances in artificial intelligence (AI) and automation are progressing at a once unimaginable pace. The historical scientific model—in which a single scientist performs a single experiment to test a single hypothesis—is beginning to give way to one in which individual scientists can evaluate dozens of hypotheses through thousands of concurrent, automated experiments. This new scientific model is central to our shared vision for Iambic. We are committed to building technologies with the potential to address fundamental challenges in discovering and developing medicines for patients with urgent unmet needs.

Before founding Iambic, we spent years collaborating as tenured professors at Caltech and the University of Bristol, respectively, using computation to address important chemical and biological problems. Separately and together, we created algorithms and quantum mechanical models to better understand and predict the properties of batteries, polymers, enzymes, protein biosynthesis, photosynthesis, and many other systems and processes. To fully realize our shared vision, we chose to leave our academic positions and found a company dedicated to creating technologies with real-world translational impact, most importantly the creation of medicines. That decision marked the beginning of Iambic in 2019—and the start of a journey that continues today.

Upon establishing our AI and software foundation, we made the deliberate decision at Iambic to bet on ourselves by applying those technologies to discover wholly owned drug candidates. We built a proprietary automated experimentation capability to generate the data needed to continually test and improve our AI models. These were the first steps towards the Iambic molecular superintelligence platform. With this approach, we advanced our first drug candidate into the clinic in approximately two years. Since then, our most advanced program, IAM1363, has generated encouraging preliminary clinical data, and we have continued to demonstrate the repeatability of the platform through the continued advancement of additional platform-developed drug candidates across multiple targets and disease areas in preclinical development.

At the same time, we established partnerships with leading companies across technology, biotechnology, and pharmaceutical development—including AbbVie, Takeda, Lundbeck, NVIDIA, Lambda, Revolution Medicines, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, and Bayer. We view these collaborations as a natural complement to our internal drug discovery efforts. They broaden the impact of our platform, strengthen our scientific capabilities, expand our proprietary data sets, and create multiple pathways for long-term value creation.

From the outset, we recognized that achieving our mission would require an exceptional and highly collaborative team. Building and utilizing a molecular superintelligence platform is beyond the expertise of any individual discipline or person. We have been fortunate to assemble a strong team with experience across AI, software engineering, chemistry, biology, laboratory automation, and clinical development, many of whom have worked together for more than a decade. This team brings experience that spans the full drug discovery and development journey—from target identification to FDA approval—and has created technologies which we believe are at the leading edge of the field. The Iambic team is our greatest asset, and collaboration remains central to our culture and values.

As we look ahead, our North Star remains unchanged: better technology for better medicines. This means innovating with the urgency of a technology company while executing clinical development with the rigor and discipline of a pharmaceutical company. It means continuing to advance the technologies that strengthen our platform while repeatedly discovering and developing new medicines, both independently and through partnerships. Most importantly, it means keeping patients at the center of everything we do.

We view this IPO not as the culmination of our journey, but as its next chapter. Our ambition is to build a company that continually transforms advances in computation, AI, and automation into better medicines for patients around the world. We are grateful for the opportunity to pursue that mission, and excited for the journey ahead.

Tom Miller and Fred Manby

119


Table of Contents

 

Business

Company overview and mission

We are a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company pursuing a fundamental shift in the biopharmaceutical industry. Our mission is to make better technology for better medicines. We do this by integrating leading proprietary, large-scale AI with automated, scalable chemistry and biology experimentation. We call this approach molecular superintelligence.

The Iambic molecular superintelligence platform is designed to disrupt legacy drug discovery paradigms. Instead of treating each stage of drug discovery as a distinct technological challenge, we have developed a unified, intelligent platform designed to address the full journey of drug discovery and development—from hit identification to multiparameter lead optimization to clinical developability. Our proprietary technologies include Enchant, a multimodal AI model for predicting preclinical and clinical properties, NeuralPLexer, a flow-matching generative AI for biomolecular structure prediction, and automated plate-based chemistry and biology workflows that allow synthesis and testing of hundreds of compounds per program on a weekly cadence.

Crucially, the molecular superintelligence platform learns from its own laboratory-generated data: reinforcement learning based on a continuous stream of experiments sharpens predictions and search strategy, tightening the design-make-test (DMT) loop with every cycle (Figure 1). Although our approach is novel and unproven, in that it has not yet led to an approved drug product to date, we designed our molecular superintelligence platform to navigate chemical and biological spaces with the goal of improving the probability of success at every stage. There is no guarantee that our platform will lead to the successful completion of clinical trials or the approval of our product candidates, or the product candidates of partners and collaborators using our platform. However, Iambic aims to systematically expand the boundaries of what is druggable, and to redefine how novel therapeutics are conceived, optimized, and advanced to address unmet patient need.

 

img190872437_4.jpg

 

Figure 1. Iambic's molecular superintelligence platform is designed to discover and advance potential new medicines. It integrates proprietary AI technologies for molecular property prediction and selection (Design), high-throughput chemistry for rapid, automated access to a diverse and ever-expanding chemical space (Make), and high-throughput biology to flexibly measure molecular properties (Test).

We believe that the utility of our platform is demonstrated through the advancement of our wholly owned pipeline of preclinical and clinical development candidates (Figure 2).

Our most advanced program, IAM1363, progressed from project initiation to clinical development in approximately two years. IAM1363 is an oral, highly selective, pan-mutant, and brain-penetrant small molecule inhibitor of HER2. As of September 2026, it is in an ongoing, open-label, multi-center Phase 1/1b basket clinical trial in patients with advanced HER2-altered solid tumors, and we anticipate initiating a registrational trial as early as 2027, subject to regulatory feedback. We believe IAM1363 is the only known HER2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor (TKI) that binds to the

120


Table of Contents

 

inactive (DFG-out) conformation of the HER2 kinase domain. We believe this distinct Type II binding mode may contribute to the molecule's combination of selectivity for HER2 vs wild-type epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), and broad coverage against HER2 variants with activating mutations. We believe IAM1363 has the potential to be developed across multiple HER2-driven solid tumor indications, including HER2-positive breast cancer, HER2-positive gastroesophageal adenocarcinoma (GEA), HER2-amplified non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), and HER2-mutant NSCLC.

 

img190872437_5.jpg

 

Figure 2. Wholly Owned Pipeline.

Evidence supporting the utility of our molecular superintelligence platform extends well beyond IAM1363, including a broad internal pipeline, continued innovation in new programs, and a growing roster of partnerships. As summarized in Figure 3, our molecular superintelligence platform drives a diverse set of internal programs, adding new modalities, target classes and therapeutic areas to our pipeline. IAM217 (also disclosed under the name IAM-K2) is a brain-penetrant allosteric inhibitor for KIF18A, a mitotic kinesin with potential therapeutic relevance for ovarian cancer, triple-negative breast cancer, and other solid-tumor cancers. IAM-C1 is our selective dual inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinases 2 and 4 (CDK2 and CDK4). We anticipate submitting IND applications for IAM217 and IAM-C1 in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed in each case by initiation of a Phase 1/2 trial, subject to regulatory clearance.

We believe these programs each address indications with potential annual multi-billion dollar market opportunities, based on our estimates derived from reported sales of existing approved therapies for these indications, including more than $10 billion in the case of our IAM1363 and IAM-C1 programs and more than $5 billion in the case of our IAM217 program. Additionally, we are engaged in a number of discovery stage programs in indications, including oncology, metabolic disease and endocrinology, which we estimate represent an over $70 billion in aggregate global commercial opportunity. We currently have eight wholly owned and partnered discovery stage programs, and, based on our current expectations, anticipate scaling to as many as 25 supported programs in 2027.

 

Target / Project

How Iambic's Platform Technologies Were Used

HER 2 pan-mutant inhibitor

•
Covalent pan-mutant inhibitor, discovery driven by ML coupled with microscale HTE
•
Compound discovered without experimental structures for most mutants

CDK2/4 dual inhibitor

•
Structural hypothesis around selectivity
•
Enchant directly predicted CDK4/6 and CDK4/7 selectivity and in vivo clearance

KIF18A allosteric inhibitor

•
NeuralPLexer was fine-tuned and provided all structural enablement
•
Candidate compound discovered without a high-resolution experimental structure
•
Brain penetrance incorporated through AI-driven optimization

RevMed collaboration

•
NeuralPLexer learned from minimal structural data to make predictions for unseen complexes
•
Work is supporting NeuralPLexer in glue-design projects

 

Figure 3. Illustrative ways in which Iambic’s platform technologies were used in discovery projects. For HER2 pan-mutant inhibitor, see the section titled “Business—Our drug candidates and programs—IAM1363: Selective, pan-mutant, brain-penetrant HER2 inhibitor.” For CDK2/4

121


Table of Contents

 

dual inhibitor, see the section titled “Business—Our drug candidates and programs—IAM-C1: selective dual CDK2/4 inhibitor.” For KIF18A allosteric inhibitor, see the section titled “Business—Our drug candidates and programs—IAM217: brain-penetrant, allosteric KIF18A inhibitor.” For RevMed collaboration, see the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—License and collaboration agreements—Agreement with Revolution Medicines.”

Beyond our internal programs, the platform has been deployed across multiple strategic partnerships, extending these advantages to programs developed in collaboration with leading pharmaceutical companies. Our relationships with leading partners like AbbVie, Takeda, Lundbeck, NVIDIA, Lambda, Revolution Medicines, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, and Bayer demonstrate meaningful external interest in our platform, and are expanding the impact of our platform to additional target classes (for example, G protein-coupled receptors), additional therapeutic indications (for example, neurology, gastrointestinal, inflammation and immunology), and additional small-molecule mechanisms of action (for example, molecular glues, and glue degraders). We believe the progression of our platform-designed candidates into preclinical and clinical development, together with our collaboration partners’ adoption of the platform, supports the utility of our approach.

Our goal is to prove, program after program, that better technology leads to better medicines—and that a platform built around molecular superintelligence has the potential to systematically improve the historical cost, time, and probability of success that have constrained drug development. Our vision is to deliver highly differentiated medicines to patients with urgent unmet needs, faster and with what we believe is a higher likelihood of success in clinical development than conventional approaches, while compounding a self-reinforcing advantage in data, technology, and pipeline.

Our strategy

The key elements of Iambic's strategy constitute a self-reinforcing engine for new medicines, shown in Figure 4:

•
Platform: Advance our platform, unlock additional capabilities, and expand our data moat.
•
Pipeline: Advance a differentiated, wholly owned preclinical and clinical pipeline.
•
Partnerships: Convert platform leadership into partnership revenue.

Our platform drives our internal and partnered drug discovery programs. Through these discovery programs, we generate a vast and rapidly expanding data moat. This proprietary data is used to both design and train more powerful, next-generation AI models, thus strengthening the platform.

 

img190872437_6.jpg

 

Figure 4. Iambic: an engine for new medicines.

In addition to proprietary data, partnerships provide capital to fund a significant amount of the discovery and development expenditure for our internal pipeline. While we anticipate that our expenditure will increase as our

122


Table of Contents

 

internal pipeline both expands and advances, we believe that the capital that we receive from existing and potential new partners will continue to expand, offsetting future expenditure and allowing us to reach additional clinical milestones.

We believe that our value proposition is greater than the sum of our Platform, Pipeline, and Partnership components. These three pillars mutually reinforce each other and synergistically drive our continued value creation. Sustained operation of this engine over the past five years has enabled us to create what we believe is a competitive advantage in infrastructure, proprietary data, and first-hand team experience.

Our team and investors

We are led by a team with deep and complementary experience across AI, drug discovery, and clinical development. Our co-founders, Tom Miller, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, and Fred Manby, Ph.D., our Chief Technology Officer, have collectively authored more than 300 peer-reviewed publications and patents spanning theoretical, quantum, and computational chemistry.

Tom Miller, Ph.D. is a scientist and entrepreneur focused on the intersection of AI, chemistry, and biology, and has served as our Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer since 2020. Prior to co-founding Iambic, Dr. Miller spent over 10 years as a professor at the California Institute of Technology, where he received numerous awards for research and entrepreneurial excellence. His research focused on computation and machine learning, including contributions to methods that couple physics-based simulation with machine learning to improve the prediction of molecular properties.

Fred Manby, Ph.D. is a scientist, entrepreneur, and recognized authority focused on the integration of AI technologies in high-throughput experimentation in small-molecule drug discovery. Dr. Manby has served as our Co-Founder and Chief Technology Officer since 2020 after a prolific 20-year academic career in quantum and computational chemistry. Much of his academic career was spent as a professor of chemistry at the University of Bristol in the United Kingdom, where he earned numerous awards for research excellence.

Peter Olson, Ph.D. is an oncology drug discovery leader with over 25 years of fundamental, preclinical, and translational research experience across academia and industry and serves as our Chief Scientific Officer. Dr. Olson leads our scientific team in advancing small-molecule programs from target identification through clinical proof-of-concept, with expertise in oncogenic driver and synthetic lethal pathways and in building preclinical data packages that inform precision medicine hypotheses. Prior to joining us, Dr. Olson was Vice President, Research at Mirati Therapeutics (acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company in January 2024) and a Senior Group Leader in Pfizer’s Oncology Research Unit.

Michael Secora, Ph.D. is a scientist and finance and corporate development executive who has served as our Chief Corporate Development Officer and Chief Financial Officer since January 2025. Prior to joining us, Dr. Secora was Chief Financial Officer of Recursion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Secora also spent 10 years at Laurion Capital as Managing Director and Head of Capital Markets and Venture, focusing on emerging technologies and life sciences.

Neil Josephson, M.D. is a physician-scientist trained in hematology and oncology and has served as our Chief Medical Officer since 2024. Dr. Josephson has broad experience in oncology therapeutics, including the development of the HER2 bispecific antibody zanidatamab from early to registrational clinical studies. Prior to joining us, Dr. Josephson was Chief Medical Officer at Zymeworks Inc., having previously served as Vice-President in Clinical Development at Seattle Genetics and as Associate Professor of Medicine at the University of Washington.

Since Iambic's inception through September 18, 2026, we have raised approximately $461.8 million in capital from experienced technology- and healthcare-focused investors, including our 5% or greater holders, Catalio, Nexus Ventures, Q Healthcare Holding, NVIDIA Corporation, and Coatue Ventures. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and strategies and have purchased their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the price offered to the public in this offering. In addition, some of these investors may not be subject to reporting requirements under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act), and, thus, prospective investors may not necessarily

123


Table of Contents

 

know the total amount of investment by each of the prior investors and if and when some of the prior investors decide to sell any of their shares.

Addressing the industry challenge

The contemporary pharmaceutical industry remains constrained by long development timelines, high costs, and low probabilities of success. Developing a novel medicine typically requires more than a decade and billions of dollars of investment. Although time and cost vary significantly by program, based on published industry data and our own internal analysis, we estimate that the discovery and preclinical phase of developing a drug candidate alone has historically taken an average of approximately five and a half years from program initiation to the filing of an investigational new drug application. Yet despite these substantial investments in time and capital, approximately 90% of therapeutic candidates entering clinical development ultimately fail to achieve regulatory approval. These failures reflect the difficulty of predicting activity, safety, and clinical performance early in the discovery process. The resulting attrition imposes significant costs across the healthcare ecosystem and limits the pace at which innovative medicines reach patients.

Traditional drug discovery relies heavily on human medicinal chemistry intuition, sequential experimentation, and iterative optimization. This approach is poorly suited to navigating the enormous scale of chemical space, which is estimated to contain up to 1060 potentially drug-like molecules. At the same time, conventional computational approaches often depend on simplified, static representations of protein structures that may not fully capture the dynamic conformational changes and molecular interactions that govern biological function. As a result, discovery teams frequently identify molecules that perform well in isolated experimental systems but fail to translate into effective therapies.

A successful drug candidate must simultaneously satisfy numerous competing requirements, including potency, selectivity, pharmacokinetics, safety, oral bioavailability, manufacturability, and ultimately clinical efficacy. Historically, these characteristics have been optimized sequentially, with improvements in one property often degrading another and requiring repeated cycles of redesign and experimentation. This fragmented workflow lengthens development timelines, increases costs, and contributes to the high rate of late-stage failures observed across the industry.

The ultimate objective of drug discovery is not simply to reach the clinic, but to succeed through clinical development. Achieving this requires predicting, as early as possible, which molecular design decisions are most likely to produce medicines with favorable clinical profiles. Rather than optimizing isolated experimental endpoints, next-generation discovery platforms must integrate target biology, molecular design, pharmacology, toxicology, pharmacokinetics, and patient selection into a unified framework capable of reasoning across multiple biological scales.

While recent advances in AI have improved individual stages of drug discovery, many contemporary AI platforms remain focused on discrete tasks such as target identification, structure prediction, or molecular generation. Because drug development is constrained by a sequence of interconnected failure points, improving only one stage of the process leaves many of the principal drivers of clinical attrition unchanged. We believe meaningful improvements in drug development require an integrated approach that combines AI-driven prediction with rapid experimental validation across the entire discovery process.

Our molecular superintelligence platform is designed to address the principal determinants we believe influence clinical success across the drug discovery continuum (Figure 5). By integrating structural biology, molecular design, automated chemistry and biology, multi-parameter optimization, translational pharmacology, pharmacokinetic and toxicity prediction, and biomarker discovery within a unified AI framework, the platform is designed to optimize the molecular characteristics that ultimately may determine clinical outcomes. Rather than accelerating individual stages of discovery, our objective is to increase the probability of success throughout

124


Table of Contents

 

development by jointly optimizing potency, selectivity, exposure, safety, and patient selection from the earliest stages of molecular design.

 

img190872437_7.jpg

 

Figure 5. A platform designed to bend the probability-of-success curve. The historical cumulative probability of success declines sharply from hit-to-lead (75%) through Phase 3 (5%). Although our approach is novel and unproven, in that it has not yet led to an approved drug product to date, our molecular superintelligence platform is designed to increase the probability of success at successive stages of development. There is no guarantee that our platform will lead to the successful completion of clinical trials or the approval of our product candidates, or the product candidates of partners and collaborators using our platform.

We believe this integrated approach differentiates our platform from conventional AI point solutions and has contributed to our collaborations with leading pharmaceutical companies. We further believe that this enables the discovery of differentiated drug candidates that can advance efficiently into clinical development while possessing characteristics intended to improve the likelihood of clinical success.

We believe our execution demonstrates the practical application of this strategy. Our lead program, IAM1363, advanced from project initiation to clinical development in approximately two years (Figure 6), and the program has generated encouraging preliminary clinical data presented at the European Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO) Congress in 2025. We have subsequently advanced additional internally developed programs using the same platform while deploying these capabilities across multiple strategic collaborations with leading pharmaceutical and biotech companies (Figure 2 and Figure 3). While we believe the preclinical timeline and results for IAM1363 have been encouraging to date, drug development is inherently uncertain and complex and there can be no guarantee that we will continue to achieve similar timelines or results in the clinical development of IAM1363 or our additional platform-developed candidates in the future.

Collectively, we believe these capabilities position us to address the two defining challenges of modern drug discovery: the excessive time required to advance new therapeutics into clinical testing and the persistently low probability of success throughout clinical development. By integrating multimodal AI with automated experimentation across the discovery process, we aim to deliver differentiated clinical candidates more efficiently while creating a self-reinforcing platform that continually improves through the generation of proprietary experimental data. We believe this approach represents a new paradigm for AI-enabled drug discovery—one

125


Table of Contents

 

focused not only on improving the efficiency of discovery, but on repeatedly creating differentiated medicines with an improved probability of delivering meaningful benefit to patients.

 

img190872437_8.jpg

 

Figure 6. Platform designed for efficient advancement of new therapeutics into clinical testing. Time from program initiation to Phase 1 trial for IAM1363 where IAM1363 reached the clinic in approximately two years and has since generated encouraging preliminary clinical data. Comparative timelines are adapted from an independent third-party industry analysis and publicly available information. While we believe the preclinical timeline and the results for IAM1363 have been encouraging to date, drug development is inherently uncertain and complex and there can be no guarantee that we will continue to achieve similar timelines or results in the clinical development of IAM1363 or our additional platform-developed candidates in the future.

Our molecular superintelligence platform

Our molecular superintelligence platform integrates three tightly coupled elements that work together in drug discovery, each described in more detail below: (i) Enchant, our multimodal AI model for predicting how potential drug molecules will behave in preclinical testing and in the clinic; (ii) NeuralPLexer, our flow-matching generative AI model for predicting three-dimensional structure of biological molecules; and (iii) robotic data generation at scale, generating new chemical and biological data in tightly orchestrated weekly cycles.

These three elements can work independently, but complement one another rather than act as substitutes: each performs a distinct function, and we use them together in our discovery programs. All three elements operate together as a closed-loop DMT framework, in which our team uses AI predictions and AI agents to guide wet-lab experiments, with resulting data continuously fed back to retrain our models. Within each cycle, the output of one element can inform the others, and one element may use data generated by another. As an example, a therapeutic molecule generally must attach to a specific biological target, often a disease-associated protein, to have a therapeutic effect. NeuralPLexer is used to predict structures and protein-ligand affinities, meaning how a molecule would fit and bind that target, and to enable generation of hypotheses. Its predicted structures and binding characteristics may inform which molecules Enchant evaluates for preclinical and clinical properties. Enchant's predictions may in turn guide which molecules our robotic workflows synthesize and test; and the resulting laboratory data are then used to fine-tune both Enchant and NeuralPLexer for the next cycle. We believe this integrated platform is our core competitive differentiation: rather than applying machine learning as an adjunct to traditional discovery, we have architected our molecular superintelligence platform so that AI guides experimentation and experimental data improves AI in every cycle. Together these capabilities generate insights spanning the full discovery-to-development spectrum, from hit identification through activity, selectivity, ADME (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion), pharmacokinetics (PK), chemistry, manufacturing, and controls, toxicology, and clinical endpoints.

Enchant: multimodal AI for preclinical and clinical properties.

Enchant is our multimodal transformer model designed to simultaneously evaluate and optimize the numerous preclinical and clinical properties that are typically needed for successful drug candidates. We describe Enchant as “multimodal” because it takes in many different types of data—referred to as “modalities”—and uses them together. These inputs include molecular and biomolecular structures, sequence and omics data, physics data, tabular assay data, and biomedical text. From these inputs, Enchant produces predictions across a wide array of

126


Table of Contents

 

preclinical and clinical endpoints (Figure 7). As new laboratory data are produced, Enchant continuously learns from them, enabling the platform to iteratively optimize toward differentiated drug candidates.

 

img190872437_9.jpg

 

Figure 7. Enchant: a multimodal transformer for drug discovery. Enchant is a large multimodal transformer foundation AI model that learns jointly across sequences and omics data, physics data, molecular and biomolecular structure, tabular assay data, and biomedical text. Its ability to learn from many data types together enables large model scale and gives rise to what we believe to be an emergent characteristic: the ability to predict a given property improves as the model is trained on additional data for different properties.

Enchant has been designed as a multimodal model for two reasons. First, drug discovery inherently involves many different types of data, so multimodality is a prerequisite for flexibly handling the multiple data modalities intrinsic to the field. Second, this approach allows us to access model scales that would not otherwise be possible: chemical and biological training data for any single type of data is limited, but multimodality allows Enchant to reach large model scale by learning jointly across a wide range of data types and endpoints. As we increase model scale, Enchant exhibits an emergent property that we believe is central to its value: the ability to predict a given endpoint improves as the model is trained on data for other, related endpoints and on other molecules (Figure 8). This enables Enchant to predict expensive endpoints from cheaper ones, in vivo properties from in vitro data, and clinical properties from preclinical studies, in each case generalizing across molecules. In this way, Enchant breaks through the “data wall” that has historically separated preclinical discovery from clinical development.

 

img190872437_10.jpg

 

Figure 8. Emergence at scale. Unlike traditional machine-learning models, which map fixed-shape inputs to fixed-shape outputs, Enchant accepts and produces a wide range of modalities. As model scale increases, training performance improves smoothly while the model gains predictive abilities for which it was not explicitly trained—an emergence effect analogous to that observed in large language models.

127


Table of Contents

 

As an example of breaking the wall between preclinical and clinical prediction, we have demonstrated that Enchant’s capacity to predict human PK—a clinical property—can be systematically improved by incorporating more preclinical data, as shown in Figure 9. Using as little as 5% of a clinical PK dataset for training, Enchant performed favorably relative to the previously reported benchmark for predicting that clinical endpoint, in a way that improves by supplying the model more preclinical data (on different molecules). We believe Enchant's performance reflects an architecture purpose-built for drug discovery rather than a general-purpose large language model adapted for the domain. Across a range of Iambic-generated experimental endpoints, we believe Enchant compares favorably to other approaches we have evaluated, including leading large language models fine-tuned on drug discovery tasks (Figure 10).

Each Enchant prediction also includes cutting edge uncertainty quantification, which converts model outputs into actionable probabilities, which are then used to directly inform which experiments we choose to run.

 

img190872437_11.gif

 

Figure 9. Addressing data sparsity: clinical endpoints from preclinical data. Using only 5% of clinical training data together with increasing preclinical training data, Enchant surpassed the benchmark for predicting human clinical PK half life, and continues to improve as additional preclinical data are incorporated. This capability directly addresses the data scarcity that constrains clinical-property prediction.

 

img190872437_12.jpg

 

Figure 10. Enchant is purpose-built, not a fine-tuned language model. At the time we launched Enchant v2 in 2025, Enchant outperformed a leading large language model (LLM) adapted for drug discovery across several Iambic-generated experimental endpoints—including MDR1 permeability, CDK4 biochemical inhibition, MCF-7 cellular pharmacodynamics (PD), and kinetic solubility, in each case as illustrated by the wide

128


Table of Contents

 

margin between Enchant and the leading LLM. These data highlight the challenges of approaching drug discovery-related property prediction using a general-purpose language model as a starting point.

Enchant is designed to improve predictably with scale. We completed training of Enchant v1 (1 billion parameters) in 2024 and Enchant v2 (an approximately 10-fold increase in model scale and with 7 billion parameters) in 2025. Enchant v3, launched in 2026, is scaled further to 41 billion parameters, leverages increased data scale, is trained on a still broader range of data modalities, and uses a mixture-of-experts architecture to achieve greater accuracy than earlier dense models at a fixed compute budget (Figure 11). Throughout the progression of Enchant models, we have found that increased model scale correlates with improved prediction accuracy across a diverse range of preclinical and clinical endpoints. Based on observed continued scaling in initial benchmarking of Enchant v3, we believe that Enchant may become an increasingly valuable component of our platform.

 

img190872437_13.jpg

 

Figure 11. Enchant Roadmap. The figure above illustrates the history and current development plans of Enchant. Future development plans may be subject to change.

NeuralPLexer: flow-matching generative AI for biomolecular structure.

Structure-based drug design depends on an accurate, three-dimensional understanding of how a candidate molecule engages its protein target, and how the structure of the protein responds to that binding event. NeuralPLexer is our proprietary deep-learning engine for biomolecular structure prediction, purpose-built to deliver predictions with speed and accuracy intended to support screening and iterative drug design. Given only a protein sequence and a ligand, NeuralPLexer generates a high-resolution predicted structure of the two bound together in seconds. This highly scalable process is completed in seconds on a single datacenter GPU, combining a protein language model and a graph-based molecular encoder that feed a transformer-based encoder and a flow-matching structure-generation module (Figure 12). We believe this capability may change what it means to be

129


Table of Contents

 

“structurally enabled” in drug discovery, potentially enabling structure-based design to targets and molecular combinations for which experimental structures are unavailable, difficult, or slow to obtain.

 

img190872437_14.jpg

 

Figure 12. NeuralPLexer architecture. NeuralPLexer takes a protein sequence and a ligand molecule as input. A protein language model and a graph-based molecular encoder feed a transformer-based encoder module and a flow-matching structure-generation module, producing a predicted three-dimensional protein-ligand co-structure in seconds on an NVIDIA datacenter GPU.

NeuralPLexer has demonstrated competitive performance for accurate biomolecular structure prediction. Through the early work on NeuralPLexer, we were a pioneer of a technique known as generative diffusion to predict structures of protein-ligand complexes, an approach subsequently adopted by other leading models. We have since moved beyond generative diffusion to a new architecture known as flow-matching that is both significantly faster, and more physically reliable. For example, this improved physical correctness manifests in an approximately fourfold reduction in the incidence of inverted stereocenters relative to other leading models.

Beyond structure prediction, NeuralPLexer incorporates a latent-space affinity model that predicts binding potency and selectivity—that is, how tightly a candidate molecule binds its intended target and how well it avoids binding others—by combining empirical data with learned structural representations. NeuralPLexer affinity models have become our most predictive approach for challenging selectivity problems. For example, in our CDK2/4 program, NeuralPLexer affinity prediction enabled what we believe is an exceptional degree of control over polypharmacology, supporting the design of a candidate that has the potential to potently and simultaneously inhibit CDK2 and CDK4 while sparing the closely related CDK1, CDK6, CDK7, and CDK9.

NeuralPLexer also learns efficiently from limited new structural data. With modest fine tuning on a small set of program specific structures, predictive accuracy improves rapidly on held out targets, mutants, and compounds, producing high resolution predictions. For example, fine-tuned model predictions of publicly disclosed Revolution Medicines ternary complexes achieve protein and ligand root mean square deviations below one angstrom, meaning the predicted structures closely matched the experimentally determined structures. NeuralPLexer is increasingly integrated in our discovery activities, providing structural insights where no experimental structures exist, amplifying the impact of limited experimental structural data, and extending beyond structure to make powerful predictions of quantitative characteristics of the protein-ligand interaction.

130


Table of Contents

 

Data generation at scale

Our molecular superintelligence platform consists of the integration of AI technologies with high-throughput experimentation in a closed-loop. We run continuous DMT cycles—a framework in which AI predictions drive selection of compounds and properties for rapid wet-lab determination, and newly generated experimental data are fed back to refine our models through fine tuning.

Our high-throughput chemistry capability provides rapid, automated access to a diverse and ever-expanding chemical space. Our microscale and nanoscale chemistry platforms perform automated synthesis in 96-, 384-, and 1536-well plates, routinely executed on a weekly basis. All reactions are conducted in an inert atmosphere, enabling us to access approximately 90% of common medicinal-chemistry transformations, as well as multi-step reactions.

The high-throughput biology platform subjects compounds to a battery of automated assays, generating biochemical, cellular, metabolic, and physicochemical data that drives weekly active-learning loops. The entire DMT cycle is orchestrated through Insight, our integrated web-based application. Insight unifies our machine-learning models, chemical inventory, auto-generated experimental protocols, data capture, automated curve fitting, and structure-activity analysis, and access to our models that are automatically re-trained on a weekly basis.

The result is a discovery platform in which prediction and experimentation compound. In each cycle, Enchant and NeuralPLexer balance prioritization of molecules believed most likely to satisfy a target chemical profile, and molecules expected to provide significant model improvement; our automated laboratory synthesizes and tests them; and the resulting data—generated precisely on the endpoints and chemical series where our models are least certain—improves our model performance and prediction confidence. We are, in effect, building an engine that we believe will repeatedly generate differentiated drug candidates: a platform that goes from new molecular designs to new biological data every week, and that has already delivered a clinical-stage program and a diverse preclinical pipeline of potential differentiated drug candidates for urgent unmet needs.

Commercial strategy

We employ a commercial model that we believe broadens our sources of potential value and reduces reliance on any single program. Our proprietary pipeline of wholly owned internally developed therapeutic assets is complemented by revenue-generating partnerships with pharmaceutical and biotech companies. For wholly owned programs, we retain full commercial rights and downstream economic upside, positioning us to capture the value of successful programs. Concurrently, our partnership strategy aims to capitalize on our molecular superintelligence platform to secure upfront payments, near-term research funding, and substantial milestones and royalties. We have entered eight collaborations since 2024. We anticipate our partnership proceeds will extend our expected cash runway and help support the advancement of our proprietary pipeline.

The versatility and power of our molecular superintelligence platform widens the aperture of addressable drug targets and opportunities that we can feasibly and efficiently pursue, relative to more rigid traditional approaches. The platform is designed to scale without needing proportional increases in headcount, lab space, or custom assay development. Unlike traditional drug discovery, which often requires major new investment to move into new targets or diseases, our platform can be flexibly applied across diverse targets, modalities and therapeutic areas. The flexibility of our molecular superintelligence platform originates from the fact that our flagship AI models, Enchant and NeuralPLexer, are agnostic to target class and mechanism of action; and that our robotic lab automation can onboard new biological assays quickly.

By engaging in partnerships, we derive benefits that include non-dilutive capital; infrastructure scale; expanded access to data; broadened experience across therapeutic areas, target classes, and modalities; and external engagement and visibility (Figure 13). In our Discovery Collaboration partnership model, such as our partnerships with AbbVie, Takeda, and Lundbeck, we use our molecular superintelligence platform for the development of drug candidates on specified disease-driving targets. In our AI-Discovery (AID) partnership model, such as with Revolution Medicines and Bayer, we deploy Enchant and NeuralPLexer in the context of a target-specific drug

131


Table of Contents

 

discovery collaboration with a partner. This dual-track collaboration strategy provides continuous, external engagement from some of the most sophisticated scientific and technological organizations in the world.

Further, our technology collaborations include our partnership with NVIDIA, under which the parties worked on enablement and optimization of our AI and machine learning models to run on NVIDIA hardware and software, and our partnership with Lambda, under which the parties used Lambda’s GPU cloud infrastructure to support the training of Enchant. Lastly, our clinical research collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals provides for the study of IAM1363 in combination with zanidatamab, a HER2-targeted bispecific antibody, supplied by Jazz Pharmaceuticals to expand therapeutic strategies in patients with heavily pretreated HER2-positive breast cancer.

 

Partner

Scope

Technology Collaborations

NVIDIA Corporation

Strategic technology collaboration

Lambda

Strategic technology & cloud infrastructure collaboration

AI-Driven Discovery

Revolution Medicines

Iambic NeuralPLexer technology applied within collaboration

Bayer AG

Technology applied within collaboration on specified targets

AbbVie

Technology applied within collaboration on specified targets

Discovery Collaborations

H. Lundbeck A/S

Iambic's molecular superintelligence platform applied within collaboration on specified targets for neurological disease

Takeda Pharmaceuticals

Iambic's molecular superintelligence platform applied within collaboration on specified targets in oncology, gastrointestinal, and inflammatory diseases

AbbVie

Iambic's molecular superintelligence platform applied within collaboration on specified targets for oncology, neuroscience, and immunology

Clinical Research Collaboration & Drug Supply Agreement

Jazz Pharmaceuticals

Expand therapeutic strategies in HER2-positive breast cancer in heavily pretreated patients

 

Figure 13. Iambic partnerships and their scope.

Our drug candidates and programs

We are advancing a pipeline of wholly owned drug candidates (Figure 14) developed using our molecular superintelligence platform. Our most advanced program, IAM1363, is a HER2 inhibitor that, as of September 2026, is in a Phase 1/1b clinical trial in subjects with HER2-altered solid tumors. Our two additional programs, IAM217 (a KIF18A inhibitor) and IAM-C1 (a dual CDK2/4 inhibitor), are in preclinical development and we anticipate filing IND

132


Table of Contents

 

applications in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed in each case by initiation of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, subject to regulatory clearance. Additionally, we have multiple on-going discovery projects in collaboration with partners.

 

img190872437_15.jpg

 

Figure 14. Wholly Owned Pipeline.

IAM1363: Selective, pan-mutant, brain-penetrant HER2 inhibitor

Overview

Our most advanced program, IAM1363, is an oral, highly selective, pan-mutant, and brain-penetrant small-molecule inhibitor of HER2. This comprehensive set of desirable properties was made possible by the multiparameter optimization capabilities of our molecular superintelligence platform. It is currently in IAM1363-01, an ongoing, open-label, multi-center Phase 1/1b basket clinical trial evaluating IAM1363 in advanced HER2-altered solid tumors, and we anticipate initiating a registrational trial as early as 2027, subject to regulatory feedback. We believe that IAM1363 is the only known HER2 TKI that binds to the inactive (DFG-out) conformation of the HER2 kinase domain, and that this distinct Type II binding mode may contribute to the molecule's combination of selectivity for HER2 vs wild-type EGFR, and broad coverage against HER2 variants with activating mutations. Given its profile, IAM1363 may have potential applicability across multiple HER2-driven solid tumor indications, including HER2-positive breast cancer, HER2-positive GEA, HER2-amplified NSCLC, and HER2-mutant NSCLC, both as a monotherapy and in combination with HER2-directed antibodies, antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs), chemotherapy, and immunotherapy.

As of September 2026, over 100 subjects have been dosed in IAM1363-01. Part 1 (monotherapy dose escalation) and Part 2 (monotherapy dose optimization) are completely enrolled, and we are actively enrolling into Part 3 (monotherapy expansion in four basket cohorts) and Part 4 (combination therapy cohorts spanning 2L+ HER2-positive breast cancer, 2L HER2-positive GEA, and 1L HER2-amplified NSCLC) of the study. Based on an interim analysis of Part 2 PK, safety, and tumor response data, the recommended monotherapy dose for further development is 960 mg once daily (QD). Interim monotherapy anti-tumor activity data from the August 31, 2026 data extract showed that 36% of subjects (19 out of 53) with targetable HER2 alterations and measurable systemic disease dosed at ≥960 mg QD achieved a best overall response (BoR) of partial response (PR, confirmed and unconfirmed) per RECIST v1.1; of subjects with targetable HER2 alterations and measurable brain metastases per RANO-BM, 41% (9 out of 22) dosed at ≥960 mg QD achieved a BoR of PR (confirmed and unconfirmed). Notably, 8 of the RANO-BM PRs were in participants who had previously received T-DXd and tucatinib. Based on the preliminary data available to date, we believe the go-forward dose of 960 mg QD is active across a range of HER2 altered tumors, including against disease that has metastasized to the brain. Furthermore, at 960 mg QD, IAM1363 is well tolerated, supporting our plans to develop IAM1363 as both a monotherapy and in combination with other active anticancer agents.

We believe the clinical data generated thus far in the IAM1363-01 trial provides supportive evidence that Iambic's molecular superintelligence platform is capable of generating differentiated drug candidates designed to address the unmet needs of patients with cancer.

133


Table of Contents

 

The HER2 pathway and therapeutic landscape

HER2 is a validated oncogenic driver across multiple solid tumor indications

HER2 (also known as ERBB2) is a receptor tyrosine kinase belonging to the ErbB receptor family. HER2 alterations—including overexpression, gene amplification, and activating mutations—drive proliferation, survival, and metastatic spread across multiple solid tumors. HER2 alterations are observed in approximately 15% to 20% of breast cancers, 20% of gastroesophageal adenocarcinomas, 5% to 10% of biliary tract cancers, 2% to 4% of non-small cell lung cancers, and at lower frequencies across colorectal, urothelial, endometrial, and other tumor types. We estimate that the addressable patient population for a novel HER2-targeted therapeutic, across all HER2-driven indications and lines of therapy in major markets, represents a multi-billion dollar global commercial opportunity.

HER2-driven tumors carry a particularly high risk of CNS metastases. Approximately 40% to 50% of patients with HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer develop brain metastases during the course of their disease, and the incidence is comparably elevated in patients with HER2-altered NSCLC. CNS progression is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality in these populations, and the lack of brain-penetrant HER2-targeted therapies has left a substantial unmet medical need. Patients who have exhausted available HER2-directed antibodies, ADCs, and TKI options, particularly those with progressive intracranial disease, have limited remaining therapeutic options and a poor prognosis.

Limitations of currently available HER2 therapies

Existing HER2-directed therapies, while transformative for many patients, exhibit important limitations that constrain their long-term clinical utility. Approved HER2-targeted antibodies and ADCs—including trastuzumab, pertuzumab, ado-trastuzumab emtansine (T-DM1), trastuzumab deruxtecan (T-DXd), and margetuximab—do not efficiently cross the intact blood-brain barrier, limiting their ability to prevent and/or treat intracranial disease. T‑DXd has shown evidence of meaningful intracranial activity in certain patient subsets but is associated with a well-characterized risk of interstitial lung disease (ILD) and is administered by intravenous infusion.

Among approved small molecule HER2 TKIs, lapatinib and neratinib are limited by overlapping EGFR activity that causes dose-limiting rash and diarrhea. Tucatinib is a more selective TKI but is associated with hepatotoxicity and lacks activity against HER2 mutant isoforms (including the clinically important exon 20 insertion variants). Though approved for treating patients with HER2-positive breast cancer and brain metastases, tucatinib exhibits limited blood-brain barrier penetration, highlighting the need for developing more active TKIs with improved efficacy against CNS disease. Zongertinib and sevabertinib, HER2 TKIs with activity against exon 20 insertions, were recently granted FDA approval for tyrosine kinase domain–mutant NSCLC. However, neither agent meaningfully crosses the blood-brain barrier based on publicly disclosed brain partition coefficients (Kp). Moreover, the selectivity for HER2 over EGFR for these agents is insufficient to fully avoid EGFR-mediated toxicities.

Across the competitive landscape, we believe a differentiated next-generation oral HER2 TKI must simultaneously satisfy four target product profile criteria:

(i)
Potent, broad activity against wild-type HER2 and the full spectrum of clinically relevant HER2 oncogenic mutants, including exon 20 insertion variants and tyrosine kinase domain (TKD) point mutations;
(ii)
Substantial in vivo selectivity (i.e., greater than 1,000-fold) over wild-type EGFR to expand the therapeutic window and minimize EGFR-related toxicities;
(iii)
Meaningful blood-brain barrier penetration to address CNS metastases; and
(iv)
A tolerability profile compatible with chronic, multi-year oral dosing including in combination with standard-of-care HER2-directed antibodies, ADCs, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy.

We designed IAM1363 to simultaneously satisfy all four of these criteria.

134


Table of Contents

 

Our solution—IAM1363

IAM1363 is a novel scaffold with differentiated HER2 structural engagement

Using our molecular superintelligence platform, we engineered a next-generation covalent HER2 inhibitor, IAM1363, with high selectivity, brain penetrance, and broad mutant activity. By optimizing this previously challenging profile on our platform, we identified a novel chemical scaffold, exemplified by IAM1363. Unlike most clinically used HER2 TKIs (which are ATP-site Type I agents), IAM1363 binds HER2 in an inactive DFG-out conformation, making it, to our knowledge, the first reported Type II HER2 TKI. A co-crystal structure of IAM1363 bound to HER2 revealed a unique conformation of Phe864 in the “out” position, consistent with a Type II binding mode. Overlay of the crystal structures of HER2 in complex with IAM1363 and a zongertinib preclinical analog (PDB: 7PCD), respectively, demonstrates that IAM1363 adopts a distinct binding geometry that accommodates the inactive protein conformation (Figure 15). Across oncology targets such as ABL and RAF, Type II binding has often been associated with improved kinome selectivity and slower dissociation kinetics, as exemplified by agents such as imatinib and sorafenib. We believe this Type II binding mode contributes to IAM1363's combination of broad pan-mutant activity, high selectivity for HER2 over EGFR, and may contribute to the favorable observed PK profile and tissue distribution properties.

 

img190872437_16.jpg

 

Figure 15. Co-crystal structure (3.4 Å resolution) of IAM1363 (teal) bound to HER2 WT in the inactive (DFG-out) conformation, overlaid with the protein structure of HER2 WT bound to the zongertinib preclinical analog (yellow). We believe IAM1363 is the only known HER2 TKI that binds to the inactive conformation of HER2 WT.

A potentially differentiated preclinical target product profile

We have engineered IAM1363 to deliver a target product profile that we believe is differentiated relative to all approved and clinical-stage HER2 TKIs of which we are aware. Specifically, in preclinical studies, IAM1363 was observed to:

(i)
Inhibit wild-type HER2 and more than 20 oncogenic HER2 mutants, including all major HER2 exon 20 insertion variants (such as A775-G776-ins-YVMA and related insertions), HER2 TKD point mutations (including L755S, V777L, L786V, T798M, and L869R), HER2 extracellular domain mutations (such as S310F and S310Y), and the truncated p95HER2 isoform;
(ii)
Achieve greater than 1,000-fold in vivo selectivity against wild-type EGFR, combining approximately 500-fold biochemical selectivity with approximately 10-fold preferential tumor distribution;
(iii)
Cross the blood-brain barrier and achieve intracranial drug exposure above the protein binding-corrected IC90 threshold in preclinical models;

135


Table of Contents

 

(iv)
Exhibit a kinome selectivity profile, with no measurable inhibition of off-target kinases at therapeutically relevant concentrations across a 468-kinase panel; and
(v)
Maintain a stable glutathione (GSH) adduct profile (t½ greater than 1,500 minutes) with no off-target protein adducts identified in chemoproteomic analyses.

Preclinical data for IAM1363

Selectivity and pan-mutant activity

In engineered Ba/F3 cellular growth inhibition (CGI) assays, IAM1363 inhibited wild-type HER2 and more than 20 distinct oncogenic HER2 mutant isoforms with IC50 values mostly in the single- to double-digit nanomolar range (for example, wild-type HER2 IC50 of 7.4 nM and HER2 exon 20 YVMA IC50 of 20 nM). In a head-to-head cellular growth-inhibition assay, tucatinib exhibited substantially lower activity against multiple exon 20 insertion variants and TKD mutants tested in the same assay system, with IAM1363 showing on average approximately 10-fold greater potency (Figure 16, left panel). IAM1363 was approximately 1,100-fold more potent against cells expressing wild-type HER2, and approximately 410-fold more potent against exon 20 YVMA mutant HER2, compared to cells expressing wild-type EGFR, consistent with biochemical selectivity assessments. In a separate 468-kinase binding scan (KINOMEscan), IAM1363 bound HER2 most potently and showed a clean off-target profile, with HER2 as the only kinase substantially inhibited at therapeutically relevant concentrations (Figure 16, right panel).

 

img190872437_17.jpg

 

Figure 16. Left: Head-to-head cellular potency (cell growth inhibition (CGI) IC50) of IAM1363 compared to tucatinib in WT EGFR, WT HER2 and HER2 mutants engineered in the BaF3 system. Right: TREEspot visualization of IAM1363 selectivity across conventional non-mutant human protein kinase families among the 468 kinases profiled by the Eurofins DiscoverX KINOMEscan platform. Percent control values are displayed on the kinome dendrogram with color coding as indicated.

Preferential tumor distribution and sustained target engagement

A defining feature of IAM1363 is its preferential distribution and retention into HER2-driven tumors relative to plasma (Figure 17). In HER2-driven mouse xenograft and patient-derived xenograft (PDX) models, IAM1363 has shown tumor partition coefficients (tumor-to-plasma ratios) ranging from approximately 3-fold at 4 hours post-dose to greater than 60-fold at 12 hours post-dose in BaF3-HER2-YVMA xenografts, and up to approximately 200-fold at 12 hours post-dose in HER2-YVMA PDX models. By contrast, in a low-HER2-expressing A431 tumor model, enrichment within the tumor is markedly less pronounced (less than 3-fold at 12 hours), consistent with HER2-dependent tumor retention. Comparator HER2 TKIs poziotinib and zongertinib, evaluated under matched experimental conditions, do not exhibit preferential tumor distribution.

Following a single dose at 100 mg/kg in a BaF3-HER2-YVMA xenograft model the unbound plasma Cmax is roughly the fraction unbound IC90 and only remains at that level transiently. By 6 hours, unbound plasma levels are below

136


Table of Contents

 

the fraction unbound IC50 and the drug reaches negligible levels by 12 hours. In contrast, unbound concentrations within the tumor exceed the fraction unbound IC90 for >24 hours.

 

img190872437_18.jpg

 

Figure 17. IAM1363 exhibits both tumor enrichment and prolonged half-life in tumor vs. plasma. High tumor/plasma ratio maximizes target engagement in tumor while reducing systemic side effects. Left: Summary of tumor Kp values across BaF3 xenograft, orthotopic (HER2-Amp), and PDX (HER2-YVMA) models compared to an A431 low-HER2 control model at 100 mg/kg oral dose. Right: Comparative full tumor and plasma PK time-concentration curves in mice bearing BaF3-HER2-YVMA engrafts demonstrating elevated tumor-to-plasma Kp ratios. Lines represent fraction unbound IC50 and IC90 values.

The preferential tumor distribution was associated with sustained intratumoral pharmacodynamic effect (Figure 18). In mice bearing HER2-amplified NSCLC NCI H2170 xenograft tumors, the intratumoral concentration of IAM1363 exceeded the fraction unbound IC90 for over 48 hours following a single 250 mg/kg dose. This correlated with near complete suppression of phospho-HER2 (pHER2) over that same time period.

 

img190872437_19.jpg

 

Figure 18. Tumor PK and pharmacodynamic (pHER2 inhibition) time-course data post a single oral dose of IAM1363 at 250 mg/kg in mice bearing the HER2-amplified NSCLC NCI-H2170 tumor xenograft model. Solid horizontal line indicates fraction unbound-corrected IC90.

137


Table of Contents

 

Consistent with sustained target engagement, IAM1363 dosed at 200 mg/kg was associated with tumor regression in the MDA-MB-453 HER2-positive breast cancer xenograft model on a QD to Q3D dosing schedule (162% tumor growth inhibition (TGI)), comparable to that observed on a QD schedule (185% TGI) (Figure 19). We believe this finding is consistent with a clinical PK profile that supports once-daily oral dosing.

 

img190872437_20.jpg

 

Figure 19. Robust tumor growth inhibition associated with dosing schedule. Tumor volume over time in female nude mice bearing MDA-MB-453 HER2-amplified breast cancer subcutaneous xenografts treated with IAM1363 at 200 mg/kg QD (TGI 185%), 200 mg/kg Q2D (TGI 180%), or 200 mg/kg Q3D (TGI 162%).

Importantly, the preclinical finding of preferential tumor distribution is supported by clinical data. During dose escalation of the IAM1363-01 trial, we obtained on-treatment tumor biopsies in 2 participants. One participant treated at 120 mg QD showed >20-fold enrichment (calculated as IAM1363 tumor concentration/average plasma Cmax over multiple days, data not shown). In the other participant treated at 1560 mg QD, paired Ctrough tumor and plasma samples show close to a 30-fold enrichment (calculated as IAM1363 tumor concentration/companion plasma concentration), with the Ctrough in tumor exceeding the plasma Cmax (Figure 20).

 

img190872437_21.jpg

 

Figure 20. Plasma concentration time-course and tumor IAM1363 concentration at C1D19 Ctrough (subject dosed with IAM1363 at 1560 mg QD). Blue line is plasma PK over 24-hour time course.

138


Table of Contents

 

In vivo anti-tumor activity observed across HER2-driven pre-clinical tumor models

We observed robust IAM1363 anti-tumor activity across multiple HER2-driven preclinical models, including HER2-amplified breast cancer (MDA-MB-453, HCC1954), HER2-amplified NSCLC (H1693), HER2 exon 20 VC insertion mutant NSCLC (H1781), and HER2-positive PIK3CA-mutated breast cancer (MDA-MB-453). In a head-to-head comparison in the H1781 NSCLC xenograft, IAM1363 administered at 100 mg/kg QD produced 165% TGI and at 250 mg/kg QD produced 190% TGI, compared with 31% and 48% TGI for zongertinib at 25 and 50 mg/kg QD, respectively (Figure 21).

 

img190872437_22.jpg

 

Figure 21. Head-to-head comparison of tumor growth inhibition following treatment with IAM1363 or zongertinib in mice bearing HER2 exon 20 VC insertion mutant NSCLC (H1781) xenografts.

In the HER2-amplified H1693 NSCLC model, IAM1363 was associated with greater tumor regression than that observed with T-DXd and, when sequenced after T-DXd treatment, retained substantial activity, suggesting potential utility in the post-T-DXd setting (Figure 22).

 

img190872437_23.jpg

 

Figure 22. Two-part study in H1693 HER2-amplified NSCLC xenograft model. Part 1: Head-to-head comparison of IAM1363 vs. T-DXd. Part 2: IAM1363 activity in mice after T-DXd treatment, showing tumor growth inhibition in the post-T-DXd setting.

139


Table of Contents

 

In the HER2-positive PIK3CA-mutated MDA-MB-453 breast cancer model, tumor regression was observed following administration of IAM1363 both head-to-head versus after tucatinib was administered at its maximum tolerated dose (MTD) and in animals that had previously progressed on tucatinib, supporting potential activity in the post-tucatinib setting (Figure 23).

 

img190872437_24.jpg

 

Figure 23. Two-part study in MDA-MB-453, a tucatinib-resistant HER2-positive breast cancer cell line, xenograft model. Part 1: Head-to-head comparison of IAM1363 vs. tucatinib. Part 2: IAM1363 activity in mice after treatment with tucatinib, showing tumor growth inhibition in the post-tucatinib setting.

Intracranial anti-tumor activity in CNS metastasis models

To evaluate the potential of IAM1363 to address CNS metastases, we conducted intracranial implantation studies using HER2-amplified NCI-N87-luciferase tumor cells in nude mice (Figure 24). In this model, IAM1363 administered orally at 100 mg/kg QD or 250 mg/kg QD was associated with reduced intracranial tumor growth measured by bioluminescence imaging (BLI), with greater than 95% tumor regression observed at the 250 mg/kg dose in large established tumors. In a head-to-head comparison, tucatinib administered at its MTD of 100 mg/kg QD did not demonstrate measurable intracranial tumor control in this model, whereas T-DXd produced intermediate activity, eventually followed by regrowth. We believe these data support potential differentiation for IAM1363 in addressing CNS metastases.

 

img190872437_25.jpg

 

Figure 24. BLI quantification of intracranial tumor burden (total flux photons/s) over time in mice bearing NCI-N87-luc HER2-amplified intracranial xenografts.

140


Table of Contents

 

Combination with trastuzumab deruxtecan (a HER2 antibody-drug conjugate)

We evaluated IAM1363 in combination with T-DXd in HER2 Exon 20 VC mutant NSCLC (H1781) cell line and xenograft models (Figure 25). In vitro synergy analysis showed a Most Synergistic Area (MSA) score of 15.3 and a mean Highest Single Agent (HSA) score of 5.2 across a broad concentration matrix, consistent with potential combinatorial synergy at clinically relevant exposures. In vivo, the combination of subtherapeutic doses of both IAM1363 (70 mg/kg QD) and T-DXd at (1.5 mg/kg Q3W) was associated with greater tumor regression than either single agent administered alone. These data, together with the single-agent tolerability profile of IAM1363, support further clinical evaluation of IAM1363 in combination with HER2-directed ADCs.

 

img190872437_26.jpg

 

Figure 25. Left (In vitro): Synergy matrix heatmap from combination dose-response analysis of IAM1363 + T-DXd in H1781 HER2 exon-20 VC-mutation NSCLC cell line. Mean HSA Score = 5.2; Most Synergistic Area Score = 15.3. Right (In vivo): Tumor volume curves in the HER2 exon 20 VC mutant H1781 NSCLC xenograft model showing greater tumor growth inhibition than either agent alone.

Ongoing Phase 1/1b clinical trial: IAM1363-01

IAM1363-01 is an ongoing, open-label, multi-center Phase 1/1b basket trial evaluating IAM1363 in subjects with advanced or metastatic solid tumors harboring HER2 alterations (Figure 26).

 

img190872437_27.jpg

 

Figure 26. IAM1363-01 Phase 1/1b Trial Schema.

141


Table of Contents

 

The trial is structured into four sequential parts:

Part 1 (Monotherapy Dose Escalation) was completed on May 7, 2025, and evaluated IAM1363 monotherapy administered orally on a 21-day continuous dosing schedule across levels ranging from 120 mg QD to 1560 mg QD in subjects with HER2-altered cancers and no available standard treatment options. Part 1 provided favorable data on the tolerability, and a preliminary PK profile of IAM1363 across the predicted therapeutic dose range. Based on clinical and PK findings, including elevated exposure levels in participants dosed at 1560 mg QD, the Safety Review Committee decided to evaluate 960 mg QD and 1200 mg QD in Part 2 (Monotherapy Dose Optimization).

Part 2 (Monotherapy Dose Optimization) was completed on April 6, 2026, and randomized subjects with tumors that were HER2-positive (per ASCO/CAP criteria), HER2-amplified (per next generation sequencing (NGS) or in situ hybridization (ISH)), or HER2 TKD-mutant (per NGS) and no available standard treatment options in a 1:1 ratio between 960 mg QD and 1200 mg QD. Based on integrated review of tolerability data, PK data, and preliminary tumor activity across Parts 1 and 2, the recommended Part 3 dose (RP3D) monotherapy dose of IAM1363 has been established at 960 mg administered orally once daily.

Part 3 (Monotherapy Expansion Cohorts) is actively enrolling subjects with HER2 altered solid tumors into four parallel basket cohorts, all dosed at 960 mg QD. Cohort A enrolls subjects with HER2 TKD-mutant cancers with no prior HER2 TKI exposure (planned N=25); Cohort B enrolls subjects with HER2-positive or HER2-amplified cancers with no prior HER2 TKI exposure (planned N=25); Cohort C enrolls subjects with HER2 TKD-mutant or HER2-positive/HER2-amplified cancers and requires prior HER2 TKI exposure (planned N=27); and Cohort D enrolls subjects with HER2 non-TKD-mutant cancers with no prior HER2 TKI exposure (planned N=27). Subjects with active brain metastases not requiring immediate local treatment are permitted in all cohorts across all parts of the trial.

Part 4 (Combination Therapy Cohorts) is actively enrolling four combination cohorts, all with IAM1363 dosed at 960 mg QD. Cohort A (planned N=39) and Cohort B (planned N=25) evaluate subjects with HER2-positive breast cancer who were previously treated with T-DXd but have not received a HER2 TKI in the metastatic setting. In Cohort A, IAM1363 is being dosed in combination with trastuzumab and capecitabine. In Cohort B, IAM1363 is being dosed in combination with zanidatamab and capecitabine, supported by a clinical collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals. Cohort C (planned N=25) evaluates IAM1363 in combination with T-DXd in subjects with second-line HER2-positive GEA, and Cohort D (planned N=24) evaluates IAM1363 in combination with platinum-based chemotherapy and pembrolizumab (or pembrolizumab alone for tumors that have a PD-L1 CPS ≥50%) in subjects with first-line HER2-amplified NSCLC.

The primary endpoints are the incidence and severity of dose-limiting toxicities (Part 1 only), the incidence and severity of adverse events, pharmacokinetic parameters, confirmed objective response rate (cORR) and confirmed central nervous system objective response rate (CNS-cORR), the frequency of dose modifications (including treatment discontinuations), the incidence and severity of clinical laboratory abnormalities, and the incidence of ECG abnormalities. Secondary endpoints include best overall response rate, duration of response, disease control rate, clinical benefit rate, progression-free survival and overall survival.

The study is a dose-finding and exploratory study and is not designed or powered to demonstrate statistical significance for any comparison between cohorts or dose levels, or against an external control.

IAM1363-01 clinical data summary

All clinical data summarized in this subsection are based on the August 31, 2026 data extract from the ongoing IAM1363-01 trial. The data for efficacy and safety are preliminary and, subject to subsequent confirmation, central pathology review, and continued follow-up. The interim data presented may not be predictive of the final results of the IAM1363-01 trial or of any subsequent clinical trials.

Systemic anti-tumor activity (RECIST v1.1)

Systemic anti-tumor activity was evaluated in subjects with targetable HER2 alterations (as defined by the inclusion criteria for Parts 2 – 4) and measurable systemic disease who received IAM1363 at 960 mg QD or above (Figure 27). Enrollment was based on local pathology review. An attempt was made to obtain archived or fresh tumor tissue for central review, on all subjects. Those with tumors shown to not have a targetable HER2 alteration

142


Table of Contents

 

by central review were not included in the efficacy analysis but were part of the safety population. Interim data from the August 31, 2026 data extract showed that 36% of efficacy evaluable subjects (19 out of 53) achieved a BoR of PR per RECIST v1.1. The confirmed objective response rate (cORR) was 23% (12 of 53), with four PRs pending confirmation and two additional subjects on treatment showing stable disease (SD) and decreases in measurements of target lesions that approach the level of PR. Responses were observed across multiple tumor types, including breast cancer, NSCLC, GEA, biliary tract cancer, renal cell carcinoma, ovarian cancer, and cancer of unknown primary, and across the full spectrum of HER2 alterations (HER2 positivity per ASCO/CAP criteria; HER2-amplified and HER2 TKD-mutant per NGS). The majority of responding subjects had received multiple prior lines of HER2-directed therapy, including trastuzumab, pertuzumab, T-DM1, T-DXd, margetuximab, and tucatinib, demonstrating clinical activity in a heavily pre-treated population.

 

img190872437_28.jpg

 

Figure 27. Systemic anti-tumor activity (RECIST v1.1). Based on the August 31, 2026 data extract from the ongoing IAM1363-01 trial; data may be incomplete and subject to change. Annotations for subjects are as follows. Cancer Type: BC = breast cancer, BI = urothelial, BTC = biliary tract cancer, CRC = colorectal cancer, CUP = cancer of unknown primary, En = endometrial cancer, GEA = gastroesophageal adenocarcinoma, Gyn = gynecological cancer, H/N = head/neck cancer, Mel = mucosal melanoma, NSCLC = non-small cell lung cancer, Ov = ovarian cancer, RCC = renal cell carcinoma; Local HER2: + = HER2+ per ASCO/CAP, Amp = HER2-amplified, Mut = HER2 mutation; Prior HER2 Therapies: A = afatinib, Inv = investigational drug, L = lapatinib, M = T-DM1, Mg = margetuximab, N = neratinib, P = pertuzumab, T = trastuzumab, X = T-DXd, U = tucatinib, Zo = zongertinib.

Intracranial anti-tumor activity (RANO-BM)

Among response evaluable subjects with measurable CNS disease 41% (9 of 22) achieved a BoR of PR by RANO-BM (Figure 28). The confirmed intracranial ORR was 18% (4 of 22 subjects), with one PR pending confirmation and 3 additional subjects on treatment showing stable disease (SD) and decreases in measurements of target lesions that approach the level of PR. All subjects with measurable brain metastases were heavily pre-treated, with 21 of 22 having received prior T-DXd, 20 of 22 having received prior trastuzumab and pertuzumab, and 19 of 22 having

143


Table of Contents

 

received prior tucatinib. Moreover, 19 of the 22 subjects with measurable brain metastases had HER2-positive breast cancer.

 

img190872437_29.jpg

 

Figure 28. Intracranial anti-tumor activity (RANO-BM). Based on the August 31, 2026 data extract from the ongoing IAM1363-01 trial; data may be incomplete and subject to change. Subject annotations are as defined in Figure 27.

Durability and treatment exposure

As of the August 31, 2026 data cut, there were 3 subjects on study treatment for over 1 year and 12 additional subjects that had received at least 6 months of therapy, including 3 subjects with a confirmed intracranial PR per RANO-BM (Figures 29 and 30).

 

img190872437_30.jpg

 

144


Table of Contents

 

Figure 29. Treatment duration (1560 mg QD, 600 mg BID, 1200 mg QD). Participants with Targetable HER2 alterations. Centrally confirmed HER2-negative excluded. Subject annotations are as defined in Figure 27. Each bar represents one subject in the study. The length of the bar represents time of documented dosing.

 

img190872437_31.jpg

 

Figure 30. Treatment duration (960 mg QD). Participants with Targetable HER2 alterations. Centrally confirmed HER2-negative excluded. Subject annotations are as defined in Figure 27. Each bar represents one subject in the study. The length of the bar represents time of documented dosing.

Clinical PK and translational data

Plasma PK data from subjects enrolled in IAM1363-01 demonstrate dose-proportional exposure at doses >480 mg QD, with steady-state plasma Cmax concentrations at the 960 mg QD dose consistently exceeding the protein-binding-corrected levels associated with maximal tumor regression in preclinical models.

Preliminary tolerability

Based on the August 31, 2026 data extract, safety data for subjects dosed with monotherapy IAM1363 at 960 mg QD (N=68), demonstrate a tolerability profile that we believe compares favorably to other HER2-directed TKIs given at therapeutic doses (Figure 31). Notably, grade 3 treatment-related adverse events (TRAEs) were reported in 4 (6%) of these subjects and there were no grade 4 or grade 5 events. TRAEs of all grades occurred in 82% of these subjects, with the most common events including diarrhea (46% Grade 1, 6% Grade 2, and 2% Grade 3), nausea (41% Grade 1, 6% Grade 2, and 2% Grade 3), vomiting (25% Grade 1 and 12% Grade 2), and fatigue (15% Grade 1 and 3% Grade 2). Subjects with Grade 3 TRAEs experienced events of nausea, diarrhea, acute kidney injury

145


Table of Contents

 

with increased blood creatinine, and pneumonitis; the pneumonitis episode resolved with treatment discontinuation.

 

Event

All

Grade 1

Grade 2

Grade 3

Grade 4

Grade 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any drug-related adverse event

56 (82)

 

 

 

 

 

Diarrhea

36 (53)

31 (46)

4 (6)

1 (2)

0

0

Nausea

33 (49)

28 (41)

4 (6)

1 (2)

0

0

Vomiting

25 (37)

17 (25)

8 (12)

0

0

0

Fatigue

12 (18)

10 (15)

2 (3)

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Figure 31. Treatment related adverse events for IAM1363 at 960 mg QD (go-forward monotherapy dose), n = 68. Figure includes treatment related adverse events in ≥ 10% of patients; based on the August 31, 2026 data extract from the ongoing IAM1363-01 trial; subject to change. Figure shows number of subjects with adverse events by preferred term and highest grade reported. Other Grade 3 treatment-related adverse event – pneumonitis: 1 subject (2%), acute kidney injury and increased blood creatinine: 1 subject (2%).

Development plan and path to regulatory approval

Based on the clinical data generated to date and supported by ongoing engagement with the FDA, we are pursuing a development strategy designed to support multiple registrational opportunities for IAM1363 across HER2-alteration driven solid tumor indications. Our near-term clinical development priorities, which inform the design of Parts 3 and 4 of IAM1363-01 and our planned Phase 2 and Phase 3 studies, include the following:

HER2-positive breast cancer

In HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer, we are pursuing both monotherapy and combination therapy development paths in parallel. Our primary path is evaluation of IAM1363 in combination with a HER2-targeted monoclonal antibody (trastuzumab or zanidatamab) and capecitabine in TKI-naïve second- and third-line HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer (Part 4 Cohorts A and B), with the objective of supporting a potential registrational trial that includes comparison against tucatinib plus trastuzumab plus capecitabine. We believe our fastest potential path to first approval is IAM1363 monotherapy in subjects with HER2-positive breast cancer and active brain metastases following progression on T-DXd and tucatinib, a setting in which there is no currently approved treatment and where we believe there are no near-term competitors in development. With the clinical data we have observed to date, we believe that monotherapy IAM1363 may provide meaningful differentiation versus currently available therapies for this patient population.

HER2-positive gastroesophageal adenocarcinoma

In HER2-positive GEA, we are pursuing combination development of IAM1363 with T-DXd in the second-line setting (Part 4 Cohort C) with a potential registrational comparison against T-DXd monotherapy. An alternate development strategy is monotherapy IAM1363 in third-line with a potential registration study versus paclitaxel plus ramucirumab.

HER2-amplified and HER2-mutant non-small cell lung cancer

In first-line HER2-amplified NSCLC, we are evaluating IAM1363 in combination with platinum-based chemotherapy and pembrolizumab (Part 4 Cohort D), with the objective of supporting a potential registrational comparison against the current standard of care of chemotherapy plus pembrolizumab. For disease that is HER2-amplified and PD-L1 CPS ≥50%, a combination with pembrolizumab alone (i.e. no chemotherapy) is also being evaluated. In second-line or later HER2-amplified NSCLC, we are evaluating the potential for accelerated approval of IAM1363 as monotherapy. In first-line HER2-mutant NSCLC, a combination of IAM1363 with a HER2-directed ADC may provide benefit over either given as monotherapy, based on our preclinical data showing synergy of IAM1363 and T-DXd. Furthermore, for all lines of therapy in HER2-mutant NSCLC we believe IAM1363's combination of brain penetration and selectivity vs EGFR differentiate it from other HER2-amplified drug products in development.

146


Table of Contents

 

IAM217: brain-penetrant, allosteric KIF18A inhibitor

Overview

IAM217 (also referred to as IAM-K2) is a brain-penetrant, allosteric small-molecule inhibitor of KIF18A designed to exploit a synthetic-lethal vulnerability in cancers exhibiting chromosomal instability (CIN). KIF18A inhibition disrupts chromosome alignment and the metaphase-to-anaphase transition, driving catastrophic mitotic defects and selective cancer cell death. We designed IAM217 using our molecular superintelligence platform, leveraging NeuralPLexer to provide structural insights despite the absence of a high-resolution inhibitor-bound co-crystal structure throughout the program. We believe this allosteric mechanism provides selectivity versus other kinesins and avoids the broader cytotoxic liabilities typical of tubulin-targeting antimitotics, supporting a differentiated anti-tumor activity–tolerability profile. We anticipate submitting an IND application for IAM217 in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed by initiation of a Phase 1/2 trial, subject to regulatory clearance.

CIN, a persistently elevated rate of whole-chromosome and structural mis-segregation during cell division, is a hallmark of many of the most aggressive and treatment-refractory human cancers. CIN contributes to intratumoral genetic heterogeneity and tumor evolution, and substantial evidence links CIN to metastatic progression, immune evasion, therapeutic resistance, and generally adverse clinical outcomes across multiple cancers. KIF18A, a mitotic motor protein (kinesin) that governs chromosome alignment at the metaphase plate, is selectively required by CIN-high cancer cells to complete mitosis, while near-diploid normal cells tolerate its inhibition through redundant pathways. This differential dependence creates a therapeutic window distinct from that of conventional, broadly cytotoxic antimitotic agents.

The clinical target populations for IAM217 are advanced solid tumors enriched for CIN, where standard therapy is exhausted and outcomes remain poor. These include platinum-resistant high-grade serous ovarian cancer (HGSOC), metastatic triple-negative breast cancer (TNBC), and other CIN-associated malignancies such as uterine serous carcinoma, high-grade urothelial carcinoma, and HPV-negative head and neck squamous cell carcinoma. Five-year relative survival for distant metastatic disease remains approximately 32% for ovarian cancer and 15% for TNBC, underscoring a persistent and substantial unmet need that current therapies, including PARP inhibitors, immunotherapy, and ADCs, have not addressed.

Clinical development of KIF18A inhibition remains early, with no agents currently approved. However, emerging clinical data from two KIF18A inhibitors—sovilnesib (AMG 650) and VLS-1488—have demonstrated proof of concept in HGSOC. In initial readouts from the ongoing Phase 1 sovilnesib trial and the Phase 1/2 VLS-1488 trial, objective responses were reported in heavily pretreated, predominantly platinum-resistant HGSOC, with a favorable safety profile, providing clinical proof of concept for KIF18A inhibition as a tractable therapeutic strategy.

Our solution – IAM217

IAM217 was engineered to improve on the emerging KIF18A inhibition class across the properties that we believe will most directly determine clinical benefit. IAM217 is a potent, allosteric KIF18A inhibitor whose differentiation rests on three features:

•
Brain penetrance. IAM217 was associated with approximately 90% regression of established intracranial tumors in a model in which a clinical-stage comparator, VLS-1488, produced no intracranial regression—to our knowledge the only such head-to-head demonstration of intracranial activity in the class. Based on the patent literature, we believe the comparator we tested is VLS-1488; we have not independently confirmed its identity and cannot be certain that the compound tested is in fact VLS-1488. Because CIN-driven cancers frequently metastasize to the brain, this property is intended to extend benefit to a population underserved by existing agents.
•
Clean drug-drug interaction (DDI) profile and convenient dosing. IAM217 was optimized to minimize cytochrome P450–mediated DDI liabilities and exhibits PK that supports convenient once-daily oral dosing.
•
Efficient target engagement. In a preclinical tumor xenograft model, IAM217 was associated with comparable TGI at substantially lower total and unbound plasma exposures compared to a clinical stage comparator, sovilnesib, which we believe may translate into an improved tolerability and therapeutic margin in the clinic.

147


Table of Contents

 

We designed IAM217 without access to a high-resolution co-crystal structure of KIF18A bound to an inhibitor. Instead NeuralPLexer was leveraged to supply structural insights. The allosteric binding mode confers mechanistic selectivity over other kinesin family members and avoids the cytotoxic liabilities associated with tubulin-targeting mitotic agents. Enchant and earlier Iambic property-prediction AI tools were then deployed for large-scale multi-parameter optimization: from an initial set of 100 nM-class hits identified in 24 HTE (high-throughput experimentation) plates, AI-guided design drove potency improvement to multiple 10 nM-class compounds while simultaneously optimizing oral bioavailability, reducing CYP-mediated DDI liabilities, and engineering CNS penetrance. At the stage of lead identification, brain penetrance was achieved within approximately six months, leveraging our molecular superintelligence platform.

Preclinical data for IAM217

In vitro pharmacology and selectivity

IAM217 is designed as a potent allosteric inhibitor of KIF18A, inhibiting OVCAR-3 cell growth with a CGI IC50 of 24 nM. In a cancer cell line panel spanning multiple tumor types, IAM217 demonstrates anti-proliferative activity that is selectively enriched in cancer cell lines with high CIN features, with TP53 mutation status frequently correlating with response. This CIN-selective mechanism enables a patient selection biomarker strategy and provides a clear differentiation from broadly cytotoxic chemotherapy agents.

To confirm on-target activity, IAM217 was evaluated for induction of mitotic arrest as a direct pharmacodynamic readout of KIF18A inhibition (Figure 32). IAM217 showed dose-dependent mitotic arrest in OVCAR-3 (high-CIN) cells at an IC50 of approximately 24 nM—consistent with the CGI IC50—confirming that the anti-proliferative activity is mechanistically linked to KIF18A inhibition and the resulting failure of chromosome alignment and metaphase-to-anaphase transition. In contrast, MCF-7 (low-CIN, WT TP53) cells showed minimal sensitivity to IAM217 (CGI IC50 >10,000 nM), confirming the CIN-dependent selectivity of the mechanism. Importantly, IAM217 showed very low activity in colony-forming unit erythroid (CFU-E) and colony-forming unit granulocyte-macrophage (CFU-GM) progenitor assays (IC50 > 10,000 nM and 7,700 nM, respectively), suggesting a low potential for hematologic toxicity—a key liability for mitotic agents.

 

img190872437_32.jpg

 

Figure 32. Left: IC50 curves of IAM217 in low and high CIN cancer cell lines. Middle: Flow cytometry analysis of OVCAR-3 cells showing dose-dependent mitotic arrest induction by IAM217 with an IC50 of approximately 30 nM, corroborating on-target KIF18A inhibition. Right: Table of IAM217 CGI IC50 values across cell lines stratified by CIN status (MCF-7: low CIN; OVCAR-3: high CIN) and normal hematopoietic progenitor cell assays (CFU-E; CFU-GM).

Selected in vitro ADME and PK properties of IAM217 were benchmarked against clinical-stage KIF18A inhibitors AMG650 (sovilnesib, Volastra) and VLS-1488 (Volastra). Figure 33 presents the head-to-head ADME and in vitro pharmacology data. IAM217 exhibited a reduced drug interaction profile based on reversible CYP inhibition, time-dependent CYP inhibition, and CYP induction assay data. IAM217 also showed CNS exposure at therapeutic levels

148


Table of Contents

 

and anti-tumor activity in an intracranial brain metastasis anti-tumor activity study whereas minimal exposure and activity were observed with VLS-1488.

 

img190872437_33.jpg

 

Figure 33. Selected pharmacology profile of IAM217 vs. clinical stage KIF18A inhibitors in head-to-head assays. 1CYP2C8 and CYP2C9 IC50 > 5 uM. 2IAM217 5 uM limit of solubility in assay conditions. 3VLS-1488 structure inferred from patent applications.

In vivo anti-tumor activity

We observed dose-dependent anti-tumor activity for IAM217 across a panel of HER2-positive, TNBC, and ovarian cancer xenograft models.

In the OVCAR-3 HGSOC cell-line-derived xenograft (CDX) model—the primary pharmacological proof-of-concept model for the KIF18A program—IAM217 produced dose-proportional TGI without meaningful body weight loss across the dose range studied. Plasma exposure increased proportionally with dose, confirming linear PK and dose-proportional target engagement (Figure 34).

 

img190872437_34.jpg

 

Figure 34. Left: PK curves for plasma and tumor concentration at escalating daily oral doses. Middle: Tumor volume (mm³) vs. time curves for IAM217 at escalating daily oral doses in mice bearing OVCAR-3 HGSOC subcutaneous xenografts. Right: Body weight (g) vs. time showing tolerability across all dose levels.

Intracranial anti-tumor activity and brain penetrance validation

IAM217 was evaluated in an intracranial (IC) mouse xenograft model using JIMT-1-luc HER2-positive breast cancer cells implanted directly into the brain—the primary model for demonstrating CNS activity (Figure 35). IAM217 produced approximately 90% regression of established intracranial tumors as quantified by bioluminescence imaging (BLI). In the same experiment, VLS-1488 (a clinical-stage KIF18A inhibitor in development) did not

149


Table of Contents

 

produce intracranial tumor regression, suggesting that IAM217's brain penetrance is a differentiated feature of our drug candidate. We believe that brain penetrance is an important attribute for treatments of cancers with a high incidence of brain metastases, including triple-negative breast cancer.

 

img190872437_35.jpg

 

Figure 35. Quantification of BLI signal (total flux, photons/s) over time in mice bearing JIMT-1-luc HER2-positive intracranial tumors. IAM217: Approximately 90% regression. VLS-1488: No regression.

Broad anti-tumor activity panel

To characterize the breadth of anti-tumor activity and to develop a patient selection biomarker strategy, IAM217 was evaluated across a comprehensive panel of breast and ovarian cancer CDX and PDX models. Tumor regression (TGI > 100%) was observed in 7 of 23 breast cancer PDX models and 2 of 6 breast cancer CDX models. Regression was also achieved in 2 of 4 ovarian cancer CDX models (Figure 36).

 

img190872437_36.jpg

 

Figure 36. Waterfall plot showing maximum % TGI per model across 23 breast cancer PDX models, 6 breast cancer CDX models, and 4 ovarian cancer CDX models.

Preclinical toxicology studies

GLP-compliant toxicology studies for IAM217 have been conducted in rat and dog as the rodent and non-rodent species, respectively. In-life phases for all GLP toxicology studies have been completed, and IAM217 showed an acceptable safety margin in animal models with good systemic exposure multiples at the MTD or at the limit dose in both rodent and non-rodent species. The in life and recovery portions of the GLP toxicology study are complete and we are reviewing preliminary data and early draft reports.

150


Table of Contents

 

Clinical development for IAM217

Overview of the IAM217-01 Phase 1/2 trial

IAM217-01 is anticipated to be a Phase 1/2, open-label, multicenter trial designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability, PK, PD, and preliminary anti-tumor activity of IAM217 administered as oral monotherapy in subjects with advanced solid tumors enriched for CIN. IAM217 will be administered once daily in continuous 21-day cycles until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or withdrawal. The trial will be conducted in three sequential parts. Consistent with the FDA’s Project Optimus initiative, the design separates the determination of an MTD from the selection of an optimized dose for expansion, ensuring that the recommended dose is grounded in integrated safety, PK, and efficacy data rather than tolerability alone. Tumor response will be assessed by RECIST v1.1 and, for subjects with brain metastases, by RANO-BM—an assessment framework that directly leverages the differentiated CNS activity of IAM217. Ongoing safety oversight will be provided by a Safety Review Committee (SRC).

Part 1, Monotherapy Dose Escalation, intends to enroll up to approximately 50 subjects with relapsed or refractory solid tumors for whom standard therapies are exhausted. Dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) will be evaluated during the first 21-day cycle, and escalation will continue under SRC oversight until a MTD or maximum administered dose (MAD) is established.

Part 2, Monotherapy Dose Optimization, will evaluate two dose levels at or below the MTD/MAD in subjects with advanced/metastatic platinum-resistant HGSOC and TNBC. Subjects will be randomized 1:1, with a total enrollment of approximately 46, to yield at least 40 response-evaluable subjects (at least 20 per arm). Integration of emerging safety, PK, and efficacy data across the two arms will be evaluated to determine the recommended dose for Part 3, in keeping with the Project Optimus framework for dose optimization in oncology.

Part 3, Monotherapy Dose Expansion, is anticipated to evaluate IAM217 at the optimized monotherapy dose across multiple expansion cohorts, including in HGSOC, TNBC, and a tumor-agnostic biomarker selected population.

Biomarker strategy for patient selection and evaluation

A central objective of the IAM217 clinical program is to refine patient-selection with biomarkers that identify tumors most likely to respond to KIF18A inhibition. Because CIN is necessary but may not be sufficient for KIF18A dependence, we are pursuing a multi-pronged, prospectively evaluated biomarker strategy enabled on the basis of our molecular superintelligence, rather than relying on any single pre-defined descriptor.

Clinical differentiation and path forward

IAM217 is designed to be a potential leading agent in the KIF18A class. Its CNS penetrance addresses a potential therapeutic limitation of other KIF18A inhibitors. Furthermore, its efficient target engagement at low exposures and favorable DDI profile support favorable tolerability and combinability; and its development is guided from the outset by a rational, multi-modal patient-selection strategy that is informed by the most current understanding of CIN biology. The IAM217-01 trial is designed to deliver an optimized dose and identify early anti-tumor activity signals across multiple CIN-associated malignancies. The advancement of IAM217, a brain-penetrant, allosteric inhibitor of a target without an enabling co-crystal structure, provides evidence supporting the ability of the Iambic molecular superintelligence platform to deliver clinically differentiated medicines against targets that have resisted conventional drug development approaches. We anticipate submitting an IND application for IAM217 in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed by initiation of the Phase 1/2 trial subject to regulatory clearance.

IAM-C1: selective dual CDK2/4 inhibitor

Overview

IAM-C1 is a selective dual inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinases 2 and 4 (CDK2 and CDK4). We designed IAM-C1 to both overcome resistance to approved CDK4/6 inhibitors and mitigate the DLTs that constrain the class. IAM-C1 was engineered on our molecular superintelligence platform to achieve a precise polypharmacological profile, potently inhibiting CDK2 and CDK4 while sparing CDK1, CDK6, CDK7, and CDK9, that has been difficult to attain by conventional medicinal chemistry given the structural homology of the CDK ATP-binding sites. IAM‑C1 has demonstrated a clean kinome-wide selectivity profile and inhibited cell-cycle progression across CDK4-dependent,

151


Table of Contents

 

CDK2-dependent, and CDK2/4 co-dependent contexts. In head-to-head preclinical xenograft studies in vivo, IAM‑C1 showed comparable anti-tumor activity relative to the combination of Pfizer’s CDK4 inhibitor, atirmociclib / PF-07220060, and CDK2 inhibitor, tegtociclib / PF-07104091, across representative xenograft models. We believe IAM-C1 has the potential to deliver efficacy in CDK4/6-inhibitor–resistant disease with a differentiated tolerability profile, including a reduced risk of neutropenia. We anticipate submitting an IND application for IAM-C1 in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed by initiation of the Phase 1/2 trial subject to regulatory clearance.

Cyclin-dependent kinases 2 and 4 (CDK2 and CDK4) are central regulators of G1/S cell cycle progression. Hyperactivation of CDK4–cyclin D is a hallmark of hormone receptor-positive (HR-positive) HER2-negative breast cancer. A CDK4/6 inhibitor (palbociclib, ribociclib, or abemaciclib) in combination with endocrine therapy is the first-line standard of care for metastatic HR-positive HER2-negative breast cancer, the most common subtype of the most commonly diagnosed cancer in women. Despite their impact, resistance to CDK4/6 inhibitors is common, developing after a median of approximately 24-28 months. Cyclin E (CCNE1) overexpression, which activates CDK2 thereby bypassing CDK4/6 blockade, is a major mechanism of intrinsic and acquired resistance to CDK4/6 inhibitors. Selective CDK2 inhibition—paired with continued CDK4 inhibition to maintain control of the CDK4–cyclin D node—has therefore emerged as a compelling strategy to restore cell-cycle control in the setting of CDK4/6-inhibitor resistance. Another common mechanism of resistance to CDK4/6 inhibitors is loss of function of RB1 which also can be partially mitigated by CDK2 inhibition.

Beyond breast cancer, CCNE1 amplification is a recurrent oncogenic driver in other malignancies with high unmet need, most notably platinum-resistant HGSOC and a range of CCNE1-amplified solid tumors including uterine serous carcinoma, gastroesophageal adenocarcinoma, triple-negative breast cancer and urothelial cancer, where CDK2 dependence offers a tumor-agnostic therapeutic rationale. Together, the CDK4/6-inhibitor–resistant HR-positive/HER2-negative breast cancer population and the CCNE1-amplified tumor segment define a large and growing commercial opportunity that current therapies do not adequately serve.

There is no approved selective CDK2 or dual CDK2/4 inhibitor. Clinical-stage agents include CDK2-selective inhibitors (e.g., tegtociclib) and CDK4-selective inhibitors (e.g., atirmociclib) from Pfizer, which together, we believe, establish proof of concept for selective CDK targeting and for combination with endocrine therapy, as well as less-selective CDK2/4/6 inhibitors (e.g., RGT-419B) and other CDK2 inhibitors (e.g., INX-315), the last of which has reported single-agent activity in CCNE1-amplified disease.

Our solution – IAM-C1

We believe that the optimal pharmacological profile for overcoming CDK4/6 inhibitor resistance requires a molecule that potently and selectively inhibits both CDK2 and CDK4 while sparing other members of the CDK family. We have engineered IAM-C1 to deliver a target product profile that we believe is differentiated from other agents given the features below:

•
Dual CDK2/4 inhibition with high selectivity. IAM-C1 is designed to potently inhibit both CDK2 and CDK4 while sparing CDK1, CDK6, CDK7, and CDK9, with a clean kinome-wide profile. Co-targeting CDK2 and CDK4 is intended to address CDK2/CCNE1-driven resistance while preserving control of CDK4-dependent tumors that CDK2 inhibition alone would not address.
•
CDK6-sparing for a differentiated safety profile. By sparing CDK6, we designed IAM-C1 to mitigate the neutropenia that limits approved CDK4/6 inhibitors. In preclinical studies with IAM-C1, we observed essentially no change in neutrophil counts.
•
Activity across CDK-dependency contexts. In preclinical models, IAM-C1 showed comparable activity to the benchmark set by a combination of tegtociclib and atirmociclib dosed at their MTDs. Such activity was observed across CDK4-dependent, CDK2-dependent, and CDK2/4 co-dependent tumors, supporting activity in both endocrine-therapy combination and CCNE1-driven monotherapy settings.

152


Table of Contents

 

Figure 37 positions IAM-C1 within the clinical-stage CDK2-directed landscape.

 

img190872437_37.jpg

 

Figure 37. Certain clinical-stage assets within the CDK4 and CDK2-directed landscape. Competitor mechanisms, stages, and clinical data are drawn from third-party publications, conference presentations, and company disclosures.

Preclinical data for IAM-C1

In vitro pharmacology: unprecedented polypharmacology control

IAM-C1 achieves the targeted CDK2/4 selective inhibition profile through a novel structural engagement mechanism identified using our molecular superintelligence platform. The selectivity of IAM-C1 was characterized by the Eurofins DiscoverX KINOMEscan profiling 468 kinase targets (Figure 38). Despite targeting two CDKs simultaneously, IAM-C1 was associated with only four off-target kinase hits at 30 nM—a clean kinome profile that compares favorably to Pfizer’s CDK2-selective inhibitor tegtociclib, which exhibited eight off-target hits at 100 nM (a higher concentration of tegtociclib was used based on the observation that IAM-C1 is 2.4-fold more potent in a CDK2 biochemical assay). This kinome selectivity, achieved while inhibiting two structurally related kinases, is a direct product of our platform's multiparameter optimization capabilities.

 

img190872437_38.jpg

 

153


Table of Contents

 

Figure 38. TREEspot visualization of the KINOMEscan profile of IAM-C1 profiled at 30 nM.

The IAM-C1 mechanism of action at different stages of cell cycle was analyzed using flow cytometry across a panel of cell lines with differential CDK dependency. In CDK4-dependent MCF-7 cells, CDK2-dependent OVCAR-3 cells, and CDK2/4 co-dependent MFE-296 and HMC-1-8 cells, IAM-C1 potently eliminated the S-phase cell fraction at approximately 100 nM, consistent with the CGI IC50, confirming that IAM-C1 halts cell cycle progression through on-target CDK2 and CDK4 dual inhibition across all three dependency contexts (Figure 39).

 

img190872437_39.jpg

 

Figure 39. Flow cytometry analysis showing fraction of cells in G1, S, and G2/M cell cycle phases for IAM-C1. The study included MCF-7 (CDK4-dependent), OVCAR-3 (CDK2-dependent), MFE-296 (CDK2/4 co-dependent), and HMC-1-8 (CDK2/4 co-dependent) cell lines at escalating IAM-C1 concentrations. S-phase fraction eliminated at approximately 100 nM across all cell lines, consistent with CGI IC50.

Preclinical PK and ADME

IAM-C1 exhibits a favorable in vitro and in vivo PK profile across preclinical species appropriate for supporting toxicology studies and enabling projection of human PK parameters. Low in vitro intrinsic clearance in human hepatocytes was demonstrated, consistent with a metabolically stable compound with the potential for once-daily or twice-daily oral dosing in the clinic. Cross-species PK studies were conducted to characterize the IAM-C1 PK profile in mouse, rat, dog, and cynomolgus monkey following oral dosing.

In vivo anti-tumor activity

The anti-tumor activity of IAM-C1 was evaluated across a panel of xenograft tumor models representing the three key CDK dependency contexts: CDK4-dependent (MCF-7), CDK2-dependent (OVCAR-3), and CDK2/4 co-dependent (MFE-296) for mechanistic characterization (Figure 40). Benchmark comparators included Pfizer’s CDK2 inhibitor tegtociclib, Pfizer’s CDK4 inhibitor atirmociclib, the tegtociclib/atirmociclib combination (representing the clinical benchmark for CDK2+CDK4 dual inhibition), palbociclib, and RGT-419B (a competing CDK2/4/6 inhibitor in clinical development).

Across all three CDK dependency models, IAM-C1 showed comparable anti-tumor activity in tumor models relative to the benchmark Pfizer CDK2+CDK4 inhibitor combination at the MTD. The increased activity of IAM-C1 compared to CDK4-selective atirmociclib is particularly notable in the CDK4-dependent MCF-7 model—where CDK2 inhibition alone would be expected to have limited benefit—confirming that IAM-C1's CDK2 inhibitory activity contributes to anti-tumor activity in CDK4-driven tumors. In the CDK2/4 co-dependent MFE-296 model, IAM-C1 at 100 mg/kg BID

154


Table of Contents

 

achieved maximal TGI comparable to tegtociclib/atirmociclib at the MTD (125/60 mg/kg BID), while all CDK4/6 inhibitors (including palbociclib), atirmociclib monotherapy, and RGT-419B exhibited substantially lower activity.

 

img190872437_40.jpg

 

img190872437_41.jpg

 

Figure 40. In vivo anti-tumor activity of IAM-C1 and other CDK-targeted agents in head-to-head preclinical studies.

Preclinical toxicology and hematological safety profile

IAM-C1's preclinical profile relative to clinical benchmark CDK inhibitors in animal models suggests a potentially favorable hematological safety profile. In dose-range finding (DRF) studies in rat and dog, IAM-C1 showed no major histopathological findings and a favorable hematological profile, particularly with respect to neutrophil counts—the primary hematological concern for CDK inhibitors due to off-target CDK6 inhibition.

155


Table of Contents

 

DRF studies are complete in both rat and dog. IAM-C1 is currently in GLP toxicology studies, and based on the current development timeline we expect to submit an IND application in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed by initiation of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial, subject to regulatory clearance. The in life and recovery periods of the GLP tox study are complete.

Clinical development for IAM-C1

Overview of the planned IAM-C1-01 clinical trial

IAM-C1-01 is a planned Phase 1/2, open-label, multicenter trial to evaluate the safety, tolerability, PK, PD, and preliminary anti-tumor activity of IAM-C1 administered orally. Consistent with the FDA’s Project Optimus initiative, the program is structured to characterize the dose-response relationship and select an optimized dose grounded in integrated safety, PK, and efficacy data rather than tolerability alone. The trial is designed in three parts spanning both the endocrine-therapy combination setting in breast cancer and the biomarker-defined monotherapy setting in CCNE1-amplified tumors.

Part 1 monotherapy dose escalation is anticipated to evaluate single-agent IAM-C1 in participants with advanced solid tumors to characterize safety and tolerability, define DLTs, establish a MTD and/or recommended dose, and characterize PK and PD. Escalation proceeds under the oversight of a Safety Review Committee.

Part 2 dose optimization intends to evaluate IAM-C1 in combination with fulvestrant in participants with HR-positive/HER2-negative metastatic breast cancer who have progressed on prior CDK4/6-inhibitor–based therapy, the population in which CDK2/CCNE1-mediated resistance is most relevant. Two or more dose levels will be evaluated to optimize the combination dose.

Part 3 monotherapy dose expansion in CCNE1 amplified cancers is anticipated to evaluate single-agent IAM-C1 at the optimized dose in biomarker-defined cohorts enriched for CDK2 dependence, including platinum-resistant, CCNE1-amplified HGSOC.

Biomarker strategy for patient selection and evaluation

IAM-C1’s development is biomarker-guided from the outset, reflecting the well-defined molecular drivers of CDK2 and CDK4 dependence, including CCNE1 amplification, acquired resistance to prior CDK4/6 inhibitors, ESR1 mutation status, and other alterations.

Clinical differentiation and path forward

We believe IAM-C1 is designed to be a differentiated CDK inhibitor for the potential treatment of HR-positive/HER2-negative breast cancer and CCNE1-amplified solid tumors. Its dual CDK2/4 mechanism is designed to induce G1 cell-cycle arrest in CDK4/6-inhibitor–resistant disease while its CDK6-sparing selectivity is designed to deliver a potentially differentiated tolerability profile. Furthermore, its development is anchored from the outset by a validated patient-selection biomarker that expands treatment opportunities beyond HR-positive/HER2-negative breast cancer. The planned IAM-C1-01 trial is designed to establish an optimized dose and detect early activity signals across these settings, providing a foundation for further clinical development and potential pathways for obtaining regulatory approval. As with IAM1363 and IAM217, the advancement of IAM-C1, which required solving an exceptional selectivity challenge across highly homologous kinases, further supports the ability of our platform to deliver clinically differentiated medicines against difficult targets. We anticipate submitting an IND application for IAM-C1 in the fourth quarter of 2026, followed by initiation of a Phase 1/2 trial, subject to regulatory clearance.

Competition

The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapid scientific advances, intense competition, and a strong focus on intellectual property. We face competition from many different sources, including pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies, and public and private research institutions. Drug candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

156


Table of Contents

 

The biopharmaceutical industry is experiencing a rapid influx of technology-driven discovery companies, frequently categorized as TechBio or AI-native enterprises. The current marketplace is comprised of companies focused on computational software and companies focused on high-throughput experimentation. Representative companies include AbCellera, Absci, Chai Discovery, Enveda Biosciences, Generate Biomedicines, Insilico Medicine, Isomorphic Labs, LILA Sciences, Recursion, Relay Therapeutics, Xaira Therapeutics, and XtalPi. Companies focused primarily on computation often draw on publicly available datasets and rely on third parties for experimental validation, while companies focused primarily on high-throughput experimentation generate large proprietary datasets that are not always coupled with predictive computational modeling. Our platform is designed to combine generative AI with internal, closed-loop laboratory automation, generating proprietary experimental data that is used to train and refine our models.

The rapid advancement of frontier AI models, including by general-purpose AI developers such as Anthropic and OpenAI, may accelerate innovation across drug development and increase competitive intensity. However, we believe successful therapeutic development requires more than access to general-purpose AI models. Drug discovery depends on the integration of proprietary experimental data, specialized biological and chemical expertise, automated laboratory infrastructure, translational science, and clinical development capabilities. We believe our competitive position is supported by the combination of purpose-built drug discovery models, a continuously expanding proprietary dataset generated through automated experimentation, and a closed-loop platform that integrates computation, laboratory validation, and therapeutic development. Our platform is designed to continuously learn from internally generated experimental and clinical data, creating a differentiated approach that combines software, automation, drug discovery and development expertise within a single integrated system.

Our drug candidates are designed to compete with both legacy standard-of-care therapies and competing clinical-stage molecules.

•
IAM1363 (HER2 Inhibitor Program): If approved, we expect IAM1363 to compete with approved and investigational small molecule HER2 therapies that are currently in development or may be developed in the future for HER2-driven solid tumor indications. Specifically, traditional HER2 TKIs have been associated with off-target EGFR inhibition and poor CNS penetration, resulting in DLTs and suboptimal activity against brain metastases. IAM1363 is designed as a highly selective, pan-mutant, brain-penetrant HER2 TKI. In preliminary clinical studies conducted to date, IAM1363 showed signals of anti-tumor activity in a broad range of cancers harboring HER2-alterations that include HER2 protein overexpression, HER2 gene amplification, or activating mutations within the tyrosine kinase domain. In addition to potential anti-tumor activity in systemic and CNS disease, the ongoing IAM1363 Phase 1/1b trial provided data supportive of a favorable tolerability profile. Approved and investigational small molecule HER2 TKIs include lapatinib (Tykerb/Tyverb, marketed by Novartis), neratinib (Nerlynx, marketed by Puma Biotechnology), tucatinib (Tukysa, marketed by Pfizer), NVL-330 (in development by Nuvalent), RG-6596 (in development by Roche/Zion), sevabertinib (Hyrnuo, marketed by Bayer), and zongertinib (Hernexeos, marketed by Boehringer Ingelheim), among others.
•
IAM217 (KIF18A Inhibitor Program): KIF18A is an emerging target, with no products currently approved. We are aware of multiple KIF18A drug candidates in clinical development, including ATX295 (Accent Therapeutics; Phase 1/2 in solid tumors), GH2616 (GenHouse Bio; Phase 1a/1b in solid tumors), MEN2501 (Menarini Group; Phase 1 in solid tumors), sovilnesib (Volastra Therapeutics; Phase 1b in ovarian cancer), and VLS-1488 (Volastra Therapeutics; Phase 1/2 in advanced solid tumors). To address potential therapeutic needs not met by other KIF18A inhibitors, IAM217 was designed to achieve robust brain penetration and a differentiated drug-drug interaction profile. These features may enable development of IAM217 for the treatment of brain metastases and as a combination therapy given with other active anti-cancer agents.
•
IAM-C1 (CDK2/4 Dual Inhibitor Program): IAM-C1, our selective dual CDK2/4 inhibitor, is designed to overcome resistance to the class of approved CDK4/6 inhibitors (palbociclib, ribociclib, and abemaciclib) which are the first-line standard of care in HR-positive/HER2-negative breast cancer. By inhibiting CDK2, IAM-C1 has the potential to mitigate intrinsic and acquired resistance that result from cyclin overexpression. Moreover, by avoiding CDK6 inhibition IAM-C1 may cause less neutropenia than what has been seen with CDK4/6 inhibitors. IAM-C1 may compete with both approved CDK4/6 inhibitors and other emerging CDK-directed agents. Other

157


Table of Contents

 

clinical-stage selective CDK2 or CDK4 inhibitors include atirmociclib (Pfizer), tegtociclib (Pfizer), RGT-419B (Genentech), and INX-315 (Incyclix Bio). Additional CDK-directed therapies may be developed in the future, potentially increasing the level of competition in this area. To our knowledge, no dual-selective CDK2/4 inhibitor is approved or in development.

We also face competition from companies pursuing similar indications through different mechanisms of action, including targeted therapies, immunotherapies, ADCs, and gene- or biomarker-driven treatments. Competitors may leverage alliances with large pharma, academic, or technology partners to access greater capital, proprietary data, clinical resources, and commercial infrastructure. We anticipate that advancing our programs into the clinic will require demonstrated clinical benefit, a differentiated profile, and robust intellectual property. Our competitors may obtain patents or other intellectual property rights that limit our ability to develop, manufacture, or commercialize our candidates, or may challenge our IP. Nonetheless, any drug candidate we develop may face competition from existing or new approaches that offer superior efficacy, safety, convenience, pricing, or reimbursement, and there is no guarantee we will achieve or maintain a competitive advantage in any indication pursued.

Manufacturing, operations, and scalable infrastructure

Laboratory automation and closed-loop wet labs

Our molecular superintelligence platform relies on proprietary automated internal laboratory infrastructure, which is designed to operate as an integrated, closed-loop data engine to complement our AI technologies. While conventional biotechnology companies rely on manual, human-driven pipetting, synthesis, and screening, we utilize advanced laboratory automation to reduce experimental variance and shorten operational timelines. This automated environment features a fully integrated array of robotic liquid handling platforms, modular synthesis workstations, purification systems, and analytical screening instrumentation. Experimental libraries, designed via AI tools (Enchant and NeuralPLexer) are translated into machine-executable instructions. The robotic wet labs then increasingly autonomously execute multi-step chemical synthesis, analytical quality control, and automated biological or ADME profiling. By reducing human bias, improving experimental reproducibility, and generating high-fidelity biological data at scale, this architecture acts as a continuous source of proprietary data that constantly retrains and optimizes our underlying predictive algorithms.

Scalable supply chain and CDMO integration architecture

As our proprietary therapeutic assets transition from early-stage discovery into formal, regulatory-enabling development, we deploy a capital-efficient, scalable manufacturing strategy that integrates our automated internal discovery operations with a global network of premier Contract Development and Manufacturing Organizations (CDMOs). While internal automated laboratories maintain complete ownership of early-stage, milligram-scale synthesis to drive the computational DMT framework, we intentionally leverage audited, world-class third-party CDMOs to execute large-scale, clinical-grade Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) synthesis.

We actively manage this diversified CDMO network to establish secure, redundant, and highly compliant supply chains across our entire pipeline portfolio. This external infrastructure supports the ongoing active clinical supply requirements for the IAM1363 Phase 1/1b trial, ensuring robust substance and product availability for both the monotherapy expansion cohorts and active combination studies. Furthermore, our CDMO partners have successfully initiated scale-up chemistry, formulation development, and analytical validation campaigns to support upcoming regulatory filings. This includes securing the critical GMP batches required to maintain the IND readiness timelines for both the dual CDK2/4 inhibitor program, IAM-C1, and the allosteric KIF18A inhibitor program, IAM217. This tech-transfer and supply-chain framework is designed to enable us to scale our asset portfolio seamlessly from digital inception to advanced clinical testing while adhering strictly to international regulatory and quality control standards.

158


Table of Contents

 

Collaboration agreements

AbbVie collaboration and option to license agreement

In September 2026, we entered into a Collaboration and Option to License Agreement (the AbbVie Agreement) with AbbVie Group Holdings Limited (AbbVie). The AbbVie Agreement establishes a research collaboration pursuant to which we apply our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform, together with our integrated high-throughput experimental capabilities and certain AbbVie-specific instances of our superintelligence platform, to identify, generate and optimize compounds directed to targets selected by AbbVie. For each collaboration target, AbbVie would have an exclusive option, exercisable during a specified option period, to obtain an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, commercialize and otherwise exploit compounds and products directed to such collaboration target worldwide.

Research collaboration. Under the AbbVie Agreement, we are conducting staged research activities with respect to two collaboration targets, in each case pursuant to a mutually agreed research plan and overseen by a joint steering committee comprised of representatives of both parties. With respect to each collaboration target, AbbVie has a one-time right, exercisable prior to a certain specified period during the research program for the applicable collaboration target, to substitute the collaboration target with another target that is not otherwise encumbered, subject to payment of a substitution fee in certain specified circumstances. AbbVie also has certain step-in rights with respect to the research activities in the event of our uncured material breach of specified research obligations.

Option and license grant. Under the AbbVie Agreement, AbbVie has an exclusive option, exercisable during a defined option period (subject to extension upon payment of specified option continuation fees), to obtain an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license under certain of our patents and know-how to develop, manufacture, commercialize and otherwise exploit certain compounds and products directed to that collaboration target. The exercise of each license option may be conditioned upon the receipt of applicable regulatory clearances, including under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act and other applicable antitrust and foreign investment laws.

Financial terms. In consideration for the rights and licenses to be granted to AbbVie under the AbbVie Agreement and our performance of research activities thereunder, AbbVie is required to make an upfront payment of $40.0 million. We are also eligible to receive (i) additional payments upon the extension of option periods, delivery of final option exercise data packages, and exercise of license options for each collaboration target and (ii) success-based development and sales-based milestone payments upon the achievement of specified regulatory, development and commercial events with respect to each collaboration target, which in the aggregate across both collaboration targets could total up to $670 million, and, for a term specified in the agreement, tiered royalties on net sales of licensed products with rates from within the mid-single digits to the low-teens range, which royalties are subject to customary offsets and reductions in specified circumstances.

Exclusivity. We agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to conduct or permit certain activities with respect to the collaboration targets, including discovering, developing or commercializing compounds or products directed to those targets, other than pursuant to the AbbVie Agreement. The AbbVie Agreement also contains customary provisions addressing competing programs following transactions involving the change of control of us.

Term and termination. With respect to each collaboration target, the AbbVie Agreement will remain in effect, following timely exercise of the applicable license option, until the expiration of the last royalty term for the last licensed product for such collaboration target, unless earlier terminated; however, if the option is not timely exercised for a given collaboration target, the agreement would terminate with respect to that collaboration target upon expiration of the option period. AbbVie may terminate the agreement in its entirety, or on a collaboration-target-by-collaboration-target basis, for convenience and in other specified circumstances. The AbbVie Agreement includes other customary termination provisions (including for uncured material breach and insolvency) and specifies certain effects of termination, including potential grant-back license to us with respect to certain terminated products, subject to mutual agreement by the parties and certain specified reverse royalty payment obligations.

159


Table of Contents

 

Other terms. The AbbVie Agreement includes certain other customary provisions regarding intellectual property ownership, prosecution and enforcement, confidentiality, publications, representations and warranties, indemnification and dispute resolution. We retain the rights to use certain data generated by us under the collaboration to train and improve our models. We will own all arising intellectual property that constitutes an improvement to our proprietary platform technology as specified in the AbbVie Agreement.

Takeda collaboration and license agreement

In February 2026, we entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement (the Takeda Agreement) with Takeda Pharmaceuticals, U.S.A., Inc. (Takeda). The Takeda Agreement establishes a research collaboration pursuant to which we apply our proprietary molecular superintelligence platform, together with our integrated high-throughput experimental capabilities, to identify, design, characterize and optimize compounds directed to targets selected by Takeda. Upon completion of the applicable research activities for a target, Takeda will have the exclusive right to develop, manufacture and commercialize certain resulting compounds and products worldwide.

Research collaboration. Under the Takeda Agreement, we are conducting research activities with respect to three initial collaboration targets. Takeda has the right for a certain period following the effective date of the Takeda Agreement, to designate up to three additional targets for inclusion as collaboration targets under the agreement, subject to target availability and the payment of an additional target fee for each available target. For each collaboration target, we will conduct research activities in accordance with a research plan and budget developed and approved by a joint steering committee comprised of representatives of both parties. Takeda has the right, at any time, to assume responsibility for research activities under any research plan upon advance notice to us, in which case we are obligated to assist with the transition of such activities to Takeda. Following the completion of the agreed research activities for a collaboration target, Takeda has the sole right and responsibility, at its cost, to develop, manufacture and commercialize qualifying compounds and products arising from such research activities.

License grant. Under the Takeda Agreement, we grant to Takeda an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license under certain of our patents and know-how and certain other rights to develop, manufacture, commercialize, and otherwise exploit certain qualifying compounds and products arising from the collaboration.

Financial terms. In consideration for the rights and licenses granted to Takeda under the Takeda Agreement and our performance of research activities thereunder, Takeda paid an upfront payment of $27.0 million and agreed to reimburse our budgeted internal and external research costs incurred in performing activities under the established research plans. Takeda has also agreed to pay us a one-time fee for each additional collaboration target designated by Takeda. We are also eligible to receive success-based milestone payments upon the achievement of specified research, development, and commercial events with respect to each collaboration target and qualifying product, which in the aggregate across all collaboration targets could exceed $1.7 billion and, for a term specified in the agreement, escalating royalties on net sales of qualifying products with rates from within the mid-single digits to the low-teens range, which royalties are subject to customary offsets and reductions in specified circumstances.

Exclusivity. We agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to conduct or permit certain activities with respect to the collaboration targets, including discovering, developing or commercializing compounds directed to those targets, other than pursuant to the Takeda Agreement. The agreement also contains customary provisions addressing competing programs following transactions involving the change of control of a party.

Term and termination. The Takeda Agreement will remain in effect until the expiration of the last royalty term for the last qualifying product, unless earlier terminated. Takeda may terminate the Takeda Agreement in its entirety, or on a target-by-target, product-by-product or country-by-country basis, for convenience and other specified circumstances. The agreement includes other customary termination provisions and specifies the effects in the event of termination, including termination by Iambic for Takeda’s uncured material breach, challenge of certain patents licensed to Takeda and insolvency.

160


Table of Contents

 

Other terms. The Takeda Agreement includes certain other customary provisions regarding intellectual property ownership, technology transfer and data sharing, confidentiality, publications, representations and warranties, dispute resolution and other matters. Other than the compounds selected to be exclusively licensed by Takeda, we would own the compounds generated and would have rights to use certain data generated by us under the collaboration for training models, to the extent such data is not related to the exclusively licensed compounds. We would not be permitted to train our models with pre-clinical or clinical data generated from such exclusively licensed compounds.

Lundbeck collaboration and option agreement

In September 2024, we entered into a Collaboration and Option Agreement (the Lundbeck Agreement), with H. Lundbeck A/S (Lundbeck). The Lundbeck Agreement establishes a 36-month research collaboration pursuant to which we apply our molecular superintelligence platform, together with our integrated high-throughput experimental capabilities, to identify, design, characterize and optimize compounds directed to a target selected by Lundbeck. Upon completion of the research program, Lundbeck will have the right, exercisable during a specified option period, to obtain an exclusive license to develop, manufacture and commercialize certain resulting compounds and products worldwide.

Research collaboration. Under the Lundbeck Agreement, we are conducting a staged research program directed to an initial collaboration target, pursuant to an agreed research plan designed to identify, design, characterize and optimize a compound candidate. The activities and results from the activities are subject to oversight and review by a joint steering committee comprised of representatives of both parties, including determining whether certain specified success criteria were accomplished.

Option and license grant. Following the completion of the research program and nomination of development candidates, Lundbeck has an option for a defined period (the Option) to obtain an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license under certain of our patents and know-how covering the nominated compounds and products containing such compounds, to develop, manufacture, commercialize, and otherwise exploit such compounds and products.

Financial terms. In consideration for the rights and licenses granted to Lundbeck under the Lundbeck Agreement and our performance of research activities thereunder, Lundbeck paid an upfront payment of $10 million and agreed to reimburse our budgeted internal and external research costs incurred in performing activities under the established research plan. We are also eligible to receive success-based milestone payments upon the achievement of specified research milestones, regardless of whether Lundbeck exercises the Option. If Lundbeck exercises the Option, Lundbeck is required to pay us an option exercise fee.

Following Option exercise, Lundbeck is also required to pay us success-based development, and commercial milestone payments upon the achievement of specified events with respect to licensed products up to an aggregate total of $212.5 million (plus potential additional milestone payments for approval in the United States for more than one indication) and, for a term specified in the agreement, escalating royalties on net sales of licensed products with rates from within the mid-single digits to the low-teens range, which royalties are subject to customary offsets and reductions in specified circumstances.

Exclusivity. The parties agree not to develop or commercialize any small molecule compound or product directed to the collaboration target, other than pursuant to the Lundbeck Agreement. The agreement also contains customary provisions addressing competing programs following transactions involving the change of control of a party.

Term and termination. If Lundbeck timely exercises the Option, the Lundbeck Agreement will remain in effect until the expiration of the last royalty term for the last qualifying product, unless earlier terminated; otherwise the agreement will expire if the Option is unexercised.

Lundbeck may terminate the Lundbeck Agreement in its entirety for convenience and other specified circumstances. We may terminate the Lundbeck Agreement if Lundbeck or any of its affiliates or sublicensees directly or indirectly challenges the validity, enforceability or patentability of certain licensed patents or ceases all material exploitation activities for a continuous period specified in the agreement. The agreement includes other customary termination provisions (including for uncured material breach and bankruptcy) and specifies the effects in the event of termination.

161


Table of Contents

 

Other terms. The Lundbeck Agreement includes certain other customary provisions regarding intellectual property ownership, technology transfer, confidentiality, publications, representations and warranties, dispute resolution and other matters. Other than the compounds selected to be exclusively licensed by Lundbeck, we would own the compounds generated and would have rights to use certain data generated by us under the collaboration for training models.

Intellectual property

Overview

Intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets, know-how and trademarks is important to our business. We are currently seeking, or intend to seek, protection of our intellectual property by filing, obtaining, maintaining, enforcing, and defending patent and other intellectual property rights. We may also license from third parties additional patent rights or know-how that we believe to be necessary or useful to our business. In addition to seeking or possibly licensing patent protection, we rely upon trade secrets and confidential know-how. Our proprietary information is protected, in part, via confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors, and collaborators. We also have agreements with our employees requiring their assignment of inventions, as well as similar agreements with selected consultants, advisors, and collaborators.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for our drug candidates and other inventions, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, preserve our trade secrets, operate without infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties, and if necessary, to acquire licenses related to enabling technologies or drug candidates.

If our drug candidates are approved by the U.S. FDA or foreign regulatory bodies, we may also rely on regulatory and legislative non-patent exclusivity protections that are typically triggered by marketing approval of a drug product. In the United States, these include orphan drug exclusivity, pediatric exclusivity, and reference product exclusivity for new chemical entities. The EU and many other key markets outside the United States, have comparable forms of such exclusivity. However, there is no guarantee that we will obtain any of these forms of exclusivity protection for our drug candidates IAM1363, IAM217, or IAM-C1, or any future drug candidate.

Patent property protection

Our drug candidates IAM1363, IAM217, and IAM-C1 are covered in part by issued patents and/or patent applications. The patent positions for biopharmaceutical companies are generally uncertain and can involve complex legal, scientific, and factual issues. We cannot predict whether our patent applications will issue as granted patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any granted patent will provide sufficient proprietary protection from competitors. Even if we obtain additional issued patents, those patents, as well as any patents we license from third parties in the future, may be challenged, circumvented, rendered unenforceable, or invalidated by third parties. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted and even challenged after issuance. As a result, we cannot guarantee that our drug candidates will be protected or remain protectable by enforceable patents.

Our patent portfolio includes U.S. provisional patent applications. U.S. provisional patent applications are not eligible to become issued patents unless and until, among other things, we file one or more non-provisional U.S., foreign, and/or PCT Applications within 12 months of the first-filed provisional application to which these non-provisional applications claim priority. With regard to such U.S. provisional patent applications, if we do not timely file any non-provisional patent applications, we will lose our priority date with respect to subject matter and inventions disclosed in these provisional patent applications. Provided no statutory bars to patentability have occurred during the 12-month pendency of the provisional patent application, the option to refile and obtain a later filing date remains open. While we intend to timely file non-provisional patent applications related to our provisional patent applications, we cannot predict whether any such patent applications will result in the issuance of patents that provide us with any competitive advantage. Further, any such resulting PCT Applications are not eligible to become patents until, among other things, we timely file national stage patent applications in jurisdictions that are party to the Patent Cooperation Treaty, and in which we seek patent protection. If we do not

162


Table of Contents

 

timely file any national stage patent applications, we may lose our priority date with respect to such PCT Applications and any patent protection on inventions disclosed in such PCT Applications.

The term of individual patents in our portfolio depends upon the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, including the United States, the basic patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing an original non-provisional patent application. In the United States, the term of a patent may be eligible for patent term adjustment, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for delays incurred at the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, during the patent prosecution process. A United States patent term may also be shortened, if a patent is terminally disclaimed by its owner, over another patent. In addition, for patents that cover an FDA-approved drug, the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent assuming certain conditions are met. While the length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is being studied in one or more clinical trials and also under regulatory review, patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval. There are other restrictions that may apply; for example, only one patent per approved drug may be extended under the Hatch-Waxman Act, and only certain types of patent claims are eligible for term extension. Similar extensions are available in certain European and other foreign jurisdictions for extending the term of a patent that covers an approved drug in such jurisdiction. In the future, if and when our drug candidates receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions where they are available on patents covering those products. We plan to seek any available patent term extension of any patents we may be granted in any jurisdiction where such extensions are available. However, there is no guarantee that the relevant authorities, including the FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and if granted, the length of such extensions.

Trade secret protection

We may also rely on trade secrets and know-how relating to our discovery programs, drug candidates, data, computational engines, models, and drug development efforts, and seek to protect and maintain the confidentiality of proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees, advisors, and consultants, these agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques, or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, or disclose our technology. Such events may also lead to the loss of our trade secrets without any recourse. As a result, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us, and for employees and consultants to enter into invention assignment agreements with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. Where applicable, the agreements provide that all inventions to which the individual contributed as an inventor are assigned or licensed to us, and as such, are our exclusive property and/or that, at a minimum, we have freedom to use such inventions in our business. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary technology by third parties. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements, measures, and policies will provide meaningful protection or adequate remedies, including for our trade secrets in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of the underlying information. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to intellectual property.”

Therapeutic protections

Iambic maintains a proactive and comprehensive intellectual property strategy designed to maximize market exclusivity and establish rigorous legal barriers around its proprietary pipeline of internally developed therapeutic assets. We actively file, prosecute, and maintain an extensive global portfolio of patent applications across major commercial jurisdictions, including the United States, the European Union, Japan, China, and other key

163


Table of Contents

 

international markets. This therapeutic intellectual property architecture is anchored by composition-of-matter patent applications, which provide the highest level of statutory protection for novel chemical entities. To establish multiple layers of defense, we supplement these primary filings with secondary patent applications covering specific crystalline structures, polymorphs, pharmaceutical formulations, synthetic manufacturing routes, and targeted methods of use for distinct clinical indications.

HER2 program: IAM1363

For our most advanced program, IAM1363, we have secured and pursued extensive patent protections covering our novel chemical scaffold as a highly selective, pan-mutant, and brain-penetrant HER2 inhibitor. These filings specifically protect the unique structural configurations that enable IAM1363 to operate as a Type II TKI that binds selectively to the inactive DFG-out conformation of the HER2 kinase, a feature that distinguishes it from legacy Type I clinical inhibitors.

As of September 18, 2026, our owned HER2 patent portfolio includes one issued U.S. patent, six U.S. provisional patent applications, five pending PCT applications, five pending non-provisional U.S. patent applications, at least 32 pending foreign patent applications, and one issued foreign patent. This portfolio includes composition of matter and method of treatment coverage for IAM1363. The portfolio also provides coverage for formulations and solid state forms of IAM1363, as well as combination therapies. IAM1363 is covered specifically and generically by the issued U.S. patent, which has an estimated expiration of 2043 absent any patent term extensions and assuming timely payment is made of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees.

KIF18A program: IAM217

We have filed robust patent applications to protect IAM217, our allosteric inhibitor of the mitotic kinesin protein KIF18A. These filings defend the unique chemical space and structural attributes that grant IAM217 full brain penetrance and the ability to maintain unbound target coverage across the IC90 threshold in both plasma and cerebrospinal fluid to treat chromosomally unstable malignancies.

As of September 18, 2026, our owned KIF18A patent portfolio includes two U.S. provisional patent applications, three pending PCT applications, three pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications, and 14 pending foreign patent applications. This portfolio includes composition of matter, method of treatment coverage, and patient selection criteria for IAM217. IAM217 is covered specifically and generically by three U.S. non-provisional applications with an estimated expiration of 2044 or 2045 absent any patent term adjustment or patent term extensions and assuming timely payment is made of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees. In 2026, we expect to file one or more non-provisional patent applications (e.g., a regular U.S. application, a PCT application, and/or foreign national application(s)) claiming the benefit of the filing date of the pending U.S. provisional patent applications before their expiration.

CDK program: IAM-C1

For the IAM-C1 program, our patent applications safeguard the novel small molecule structures optimized as selective dual CDK2/4 inhibitors. These claims cover the specific chemical modalities engineered to potently inhibit CDK2 and CDK4 while explicitly sparing CDK1, CDK6, CDK7, and CDK9, providing a proprietary position over compounds designed to circumvent cyclin E-driven resistance while avoiding CDK6-related hematological toxicities.

As of September 18, 2026, our owned CDK patent portfolio includes two U.S. provisional patent applications, one pending PCT application, and one pending foreign patent application. This portfolio includes composition of matter and method of treatment coverage for IAM-C1. IAM-C1 is covered specifically and generically by the PCT application with an estimated expiration of 2046 absent any patent term adjustment or patent term extensions and assuming timely payment is made of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees.

This systematic therapeutic filing strategy ensures that as emerging drug candidates are generated by the platform, they are immediately insulated with composition-of-matter protections prior to advancing into preclinical development. As these assets advance through development, we intend to pursue additional patent protection, including methods of use, formulations, dosage forms and dosing schedules, patient population(s), and methods of manufacture.

164


Table of Contents

 

Platform protections

Beyond individual small molecule candidates, Iambic protects its sustainable competitive advantages through a multi-layered intellectual property framework that safeguards its underlying computational engines and automated physical infrastructure. We utilize a strategic combination of utility patents, source code copyrights, and strictly enforced trade secrets to maintain exclusive control over our molecular superintelligence technology stack. The underlying machine learning algorithms, deep learning neural network architectures, and specific algorithmic training protocols that power NeuralPLexer—our flow-matching generative AI for biomolecular structure prediction—are protected as proprietary assets. This includes the specific computational mechanisms that allow NeuralPLexer to model dynamic protein-ligand complexes. Similarly, the algorithmic configurations and data-ingestion models behind Enchant, Iambic’s multimodal AI model for predicting preclinical and clinical properties, are vigorously protected to preserve our parallel optimization capabilities.

The physical components and operational logic of Iambic’s laboratory automation are similarly protected. The custom hardware interfaces, automated fluidics layouts, robotic scheduling software, and intelligent agent protocols that orchestrate the closed-loop DMT framework are maintained under tight proprietary controls. Crucially, Iambic deliberately preserves its core neural network model weights and its expanding, multi-million-point repository of proprietary experimental data as highly secure trade secrets. Because this vast dataset is generated internally via automated robotic loops, it cannot be replicated by external competitors relying solely on public domain databases. This dual approach to intellectual property protection ensures that while therapeutic patents offer fixed-term commercial exclusivity for specific clinical molecules, the underlying closed-loop discovery engine remains proprietary, establishing a durable, compounding barrier to entry against both traditional pharmaceutical entities and purely computational competitors.

Platform patent protection: NeuralPLexer and Enchant

As of September 18, 2026, our NeuralPLexer patent portfolio includes two pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications, and seven pending foreign patent applications. The NeuralPLexer portfolio includes two patent families, one of which is co-owned with Caltech and NVIDIA with an estimated expiration date of 2044. The remaining family is solely owned by us, with an estimated expiration date of 2045. The Enchant patent portfolio contains one patent family that is solely owned by us. This patent family includes one pending PCT application and any patents issuing from this patent family will have an estimated expiration date in 2045. We also co-own two pending foreign patent applications and one US non-provisional application with Caltech. Any patents issuing from these applications have an estimated expiration date in 2041. All projected expiration dates do not take into consideration any potential patent term extensions and assuming timely payment is made of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees. The estimated expiration dates do not include any possible patent term extension or adjustment, and assume timely payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees.

Trademarks

We have and will continue to pursue trademark protection for our name and brand, as well as slogans, taglines, and logos. As of September 18, 2026, we own four U.S. trademark registrations, 28 foreign trademark registrations, and five pending foreign trademark applications that comprise or incorporate ADEX, ENCHANT, IAMBIC, IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, and NEURALPLEXER.

Government regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state, and local level, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, preclinical and clinical testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing, and export and import of products such as those we are developing. Generally, before a new drug can be marketed, considerable data must be generated, which demonstrate the drug’s quality, safety, and efficacy. Such data must then be organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved by the regulatory authority.

165


Table of Contents

 

U.S. drug development process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, the approval process or after approval may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

•
completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies, and formulation studies in accordance with FDA’s good laboratory practice requirements and other applicable regulations;
•
submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;
•
approval by an independent IRB ethics committee, either centralized or with respect to each clinical site, before each clinical trial may be initiated;
•
performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with GCP requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;
•
submission to the FDA of an NDA after completion of all pivotal trials;
•
determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to accept the filing for substantive review;
•
satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;
•
satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements to ensure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality, and purity, and of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with GCPs; and
•
FDA review and approval of the NDA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a drug candidate in the United States, we must submit an IND to the FDA. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an IND product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for clinical studies. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. In such a case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the

166


Table of Contents

 

effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments. Furthermore, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at that site and must monitor the study until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the clinical trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board, which may review data and endpoints at designated check points, make recommendations and/or halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical study results to public registries.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

•
Phase 1: The drug candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients.
•
Phase 2: The drug candidate is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages, and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.
•
Phase 3: The drug candidate is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.

Post-approval clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 studies, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These clinical trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

The FDA or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. In addition, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a clinical trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the clinical trial.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice, and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach agreement on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the meetings at the end of the Phase 2 clinical trial to discuss Phase 2 clinical results and present plans for the pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials that they believe will support approval of the new drug.

Phase 1, Phase 2, and Phase 3 clinical testing may not be completed successfully within a specified period, if at all, and there can be no assurance that the data collected will support FDA approval of a drug candidate. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional

167


Table of Contents

 

information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, and purity of the final drug. In addition, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

While the IND is active and before approval, progress reports summarizing the results of the clinical trials and preclinical studies performed since the last progress report must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans, and any clinically important increased incidence of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

NDA review and approval process

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development preclinical and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of substantial user fees; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on NDAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality, and purity. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of 10 months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes 12 months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision after the application is submitted. The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates, and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCPs. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process, or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

After the FDA evaluates an NDA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete, and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA and may require additional clinical data, such as an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial or

168


Table of Contents

 

other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical studies, or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the sponsor must resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval will be granted for particular indications and may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which such product may be marketed. For example, the FDA may approve the NDA with a REMS to ensure the benefits of the product outweigh its risks. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a medicine and to enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use. It could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may offer conditional approval subject to, among other things, changes to proposed labeling or the development of adequate controls and specifications. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace. The FDA may also require one or more Phase 4 post-market studies and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization, and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies. In addition, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could impact the timeline for regulatory approval or otherwise impact ongoing development programs.

Expedited development and review programs

The FDA has a fast track designation program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drug products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. With regard to a fast track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

Any product submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with a fast track designation, may also be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide safe and effective therapy where no satisfactory alternative therapy exists or a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis, or prevention of a disease compared to marketed products. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. The FDA endeavors to review applications with priority review designations within six months of the filing date as compared to 10 months for review of new molecular entity NDAs under its current PDUFA review goals.

In addition, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. Drug products intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may be eligible for accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires pre-approval of promotional materials as a condition for accelerated approval, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act established a category of drugs referred to as “breakthrough therapies” that may be eligible to receive breakthrough therapy designation. A sponsor may seek FDA designation of a drug candidate as a “breakthrough therapy” if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and

169


Table of Contents

 

preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance. The breakthrough therapy designation is a distinct status from both accelerated approval and priority review, which can also be granted to the same drug if relevant criteria are met. If a product is designated as breakthrough therapy, the FDA will work to expedite the development and review of such drug.

Fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval, and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. We may explore some of these opportunities for our drug candidates as appropriate.

Post-approval requirements

Any drug products manufactured or distributed by us pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There are continuing, annual program fees for any marketed drug products. Drug manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

•
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;
•
fines, warning letters, or untitled letters;
•
clinical holds on post-approval or Phase 4 clinical studies, if applicable;
•
refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;
•
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;
•
consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment, or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;
•
mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;

170


Table of Contents

 

•
the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases, and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; or
•
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of drug products. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising, and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe, in their independent professional medical judgment, legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA and other regulatory agencies have also required that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. However, companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is otherwise consistent with a product’s FDA-approved labeling.

U.S. patent-term restoration and marketing exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of any future drug candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits restoration of the patent term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review process. Patent-term restoration, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent-term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND or the issue date of the patent, whichever is later, and the submission date of an NDA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA or the issue date of the patent, whichever is later, and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA.

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for a generic version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages, or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness or generate such data themselves.

171


Table of Contents

 

Other U.S. regulatory matters

Pharmaceutical manufacturers are subject to additional healthcare laws, regulation, and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business. Such laws include, without limitation:

•
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person or entity, including a prescription drug or medical device manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer, or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order, or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
•
the federal false claims, including the civil False Claims Act (the FCA), that can be enforced by private citizens through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, and civil monetary penalties prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government, and/or impose exclusions from federal health care programs and/or penalties for parties who engage in such prohibited conduct. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;
•
the federal Open Payments program under the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made in the previous year to covered recipients, including physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain non-physician healthcare professionals (such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners, among others), and teaching hospitals, and information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians (as defined above) and their immediate family members; and
•
analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, state laws that require biotechnology companies to comply with the biotechnology industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, state and local laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and require the registration of their sales representatives, and state laws that require biotechnology companies to report information on the pricing of certain drug products.

Similar state and local laws and regulations may also restrict business practices in the pharmaceutical industry, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales, and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by nongovernmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or by patients themselves; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information; state and local laws which require the tracking of gifts and other remuneration and any transfer of value provided to physicians, other healthcare providers and entities; and state and local laws that require certain regulatory licenses to manufacture or distribute our products commercially and/or the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and local laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

172


Table of Contents

 

The risk of our being found in violation of these or other laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts and their provisions are open to various interpretations. These laws and regulations are subject to change, which can increase the resources needed for compliance and delay drug approval or commercialization. Any action brought against us for violations of these laws or regulations, even successfully defended, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Also, we may be subject to private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers on behalf of the federal or state governments. Actual or alleged violation of any such laws or regulations may lead to investigations and other claims and proceedings by regulatory authorities and in certain cases, private actors, and violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in penalties, including, without limitation, significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, additional reporting obligations, and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and imprisonment.

Coverage and reimbursement

Sales of any pharmaceutical product depend, in part, on the extent to which such product will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state, and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance, and managed healthcare organizations, and the level of reimbursement for such product by third-party payors. Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any newly approved product. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. One third-party payor’s decision to cover a particular product does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product. As a result, the coverage determination process can require manufacturers to provide scientific details, information on cost-effectiveness, and clinical support for the use of a product to each payor separately. This can be a time-consuming process, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. In addition, third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for pharmaceutical products and related services. The U.S. government and state legislatures have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of pharmaceutical products, in addition to questioning their safety and efficacy. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit sales of any product. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician usage and patient demand for the product.

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. Pharmaceutical products may face competition from lower-priced products in foreign countries that have placed price controls on pharmaceutical products and may also compete with imported foreign products. Furthermore, there is no assurance that a product will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication, that it will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that an adequate level of reimbursement will be established even if coverage is available, or that the third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect the ability for manufacturers to sell products profitably.

173


Table of Contents

 

U.S. healthcare reform

In the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the ACA, was signed into law, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers in the United States.

In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been subject to various federal and state measures focused on reducing the costs of healthcare, including cost of prescription drugs. For example, in August 2022, Congress passed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which includes prescription drug provisions that have significant implications for the pharmaceutical industry and Medicare beneficiaries, including allowing the federal government to negotiate a maximum fair price for certain high-priced single-source Medicare drugs, imposing penalties and excise tax for manufacturers that fail to comply with the drug price negotiation requirements, requiring inflation rebates for all Medicare Part B and Part D drugs, with limited exceptions, if their drug prices increase faster than inflation, and redesigning Medicare Part D to reduce out-of-pocket prescription drug costs for beneficiaries, among other changes. Only high-expenditure single-source drugs that have been approved for at least seven years (11 years for single-source biologics) can qualify for negotiation, with the negotiated price taking effect two years after the selection year. Various industry stakeholders have initiated lawsuits against the federal government asserting that the price negotiation provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act are unconstitutional. In June 2026, the CMS issued a proposed rule that would codify policies established in guidance documents for the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program for initial price applicability year 2029 and beyond. CMS plans to release guidance in 2026 to implement policies related to the effectuation of the maximum fair price (MFP) for the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program for 2028, consistent with the Inflation Reduction Act.

Further, the current administration has issued executive orders focused on decreasing prescription drug prices, including directing the Secretary of HHS to establish a mechanism through which U.S. patients can buy drugs directly from manufacturers who sell at a most-favored-nation price and directing the U.S. Trade Representative and Secretary of Commerce to take action to ensure foreign countries are not engaged in practices that purposefully and unfairly undercut market prices and drive price hikes in the United States. In November 2025, the CMS announced a voluntary initiative called the GENEROUS Model to introduce the option of most-favored-nation pricing to the Medicaid program, whereby a drug manufacturer may voluntarily offer supplemental rebates to participating state Medicaid programs for a manufacturer’s covered outpatient drugs. Government agreements with pharmaceutical companies and other measures that use most-favored-nation pricing targets for prescription drugs or that increase generic and biosimilar drug entry sooner than expected can have a material adverse effect on our industry, ability to set adequate pricing for new drugs to recover research and development costs, ability to attract potential investors and potential buyers in the future, or the pricing of our approved product in the United States and in foreign countries. The impact of these and future legislative, executive, and administrative actions implemented by the government on us and the pharmaceutical industry as a whole is unclear.

We expect that these, as well as reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved drug product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government-funded programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our drugs, once regulatory approval is obtained.

Foreign regulation

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical studies, marketing approval of new medicines, and any commercial sales and distribution of our drug candidates. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a drug candidate, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical studies or marketing of any approved product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical study application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical studies. For example, in the European Union, the Clinical Trials Regulation (CTR) repealed the Clinical Trials Directive (EC) No. 2001/20/EC in the EU Member States. The CTR harmonizes the

174


Table of Contents

 

processes for assessment and supervision of clinical trials throughout the EU. Clinical trial sponsors must apply to start a new clinical trial via the Clinical Trials Information System (CTIS), and any trials approved under the Clinical Trials Directive that continue running need to comply with the CTR, and their sponsors must have recorded information on them in CTIS. National regulators in the EU Member States and EU/EEA countries use the CTIS. The requirements and the process governing the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, coverage, pricing, and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, clinical studies are conducted in accordance with cGCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

Employees and human capital resources

As of September 18, 2026, we had 171 full-time employees, of whom 140 were engaged in research and development and 31 in general and administrative functions, and 119 held advanced degrees. Our employees are located primarily at our San Diego, California headquarters and in Bristol, United Kingdom. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages due to employee disputes, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our workforce reflects the interdisciplinary nature of our platform, spanning machine learning, software engineering, chemistry, biology, laboratory automation, and clinical development. Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain, and motivate qualified personnel, for whom competition is intense, and we use a combination of competitive compensation, equity awards, and benefits to align our employees’ interests with those of our stockholders.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and laboratories are located in San Diego, California, where we currently lease approximately 12,545 square feet of office and laboratory space under a lease that expires in June 2031.

In January 2026, we entered into a new lease, as amended in March 2026 and in July 2026, for approximately 95,985 square feet of office and laboratory space in San Diego, which we expect to occupy in phases beginning in late 2026 and to serve as our new corporate headquarters.

We also lease office space in Massachusetts and Virginia, as well as in Bristol, United Kingdom through our subsidiary, Iambic Therapeutics UK, and in Dublin, Ireland, through our subsidiary, Iambic Therapeutics IRE.

We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We believe our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, and we expect to add or modify space as our operations require.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to or aware of any proceedings that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

175


Table of Contents

 

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of September 21, 2026:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Executive officers and employee directors

 

 

 

 

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

 

48

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Frederick Manby, Ph.D.

 

54

 

Chief Technology Officer and Director

Neil Josephson, M.D.

 

65

 

Chief Medical Officer

Peter Olson, Ph.D.

 

52

 

Chief Scientific Officer

Michael Secora, Ph.D.

 

44

 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Corporate Development Officer

Non-employee directors

 

 

 

 

Samit Hirawat, M.D.(2)(3)

 

58

 

Director

Evan Rachlin, M.D.(2)

 

43

 

Director

William Rastetter, Ph.D.(1)(3)

 

78

 

Director

Shalini Sharp(1)

 

51

 

Director

Mary Tagliaferri, M.D.(2)

 

60

 

Director

R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D.(3)

 

48

 

Director

Kurt von Emster(1)

 

59

 

Director

 

(1)
Member of the audit committee
(2)
Member of the compensation committee
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive officers and employee directors

Thomas Miller, Ph.D. Dr. Miller has served as a member of our board of directors since he co-founded the Company in October 2019 and as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2020. Previously, Dr. Miller was a Professor of chemistry from February 2013 to March 2022 and Assistant Professor of Chemistry from June 2008 to February 2013 at the California Institute of Technology. He currently serves as a director of Veracyte, Inc., a genomic diagnostics company. Dr. Miller holds a B.S. in Chemistry and Mathematics from Texas A&M University, an M.Phil. in Theoretical Chemistry from University College London and a Ph.D. in Theoretical Chemistry from the University of Oxford.

We believe Dr. Miller is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his role as co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, his extensive knowledge of the Company’s technology, strategy, and operations, and his scientific and technical expertise.

Frederick Manby, Ph.D. Dr. Manby has served as a member of our board of directors since he co-founded the Company in October 2019 and as our Chief Technology Officer since April 2020. Previously, Dr. Manby was a Professor of Theoretical Chemistry from August 2010 to March 2022 at the University of Bristol. He holds a B.Sc. and Ph.D. in Chemistry from the University of York.

We believe Dr. Manby is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his deep scientific expertise, his role as a co-founder and Chief Technology Officer in developing the Company’s platform, and his knowledge of the Company’s technology.

Neil Josephson, M.D. Dr. Josephson has served as our Chief Medical Officer since January 2024. From April 2019 to January 2023, he served in various clinical-development leadership roles at Zymeworks, Inc., a biotechnology company, including as Chief Medical Officer from November 2021 to January 2023, as Interim Chief Medical Officer from May 2021 to November 2021, and as Senior Vice President, Clinical Research from August 2020 to November

176


Table of Contents

 

2021. Prior to Zymeworks, Dr. Josephson served in positions of increasing responsibility in clinical development at Seattle Genetics, Inc., a biotechnology company, from October 2013 to April 2019, most recently as Vice President, Clinical Development. Dr. Josephson completed fellowship training in Hematology and Oncology at the University of Washington and holds a B.A. in Biology from Dartmouth College and an M.D. from Columbia University.

Peter Olson, Ph.D. Dr. Olson has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since December 2024. From January 2024 to December 2024, he served as Vice President, Research at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS), a biopharmaceutical company. From October 2015 to January 2024, Dr. Olson served in various executive roles at Mirati Therapeutics, Inc., an oncology company acquired by BMS in January 2024, most recently as Vice President, Research in January 2024, Executive Director of Research from January 2022 to January 2024 and Senior Director of Research from May 2019 to January 2022. He holds a B.S. in Biochemistry from the University of California, Davis and a Ph.D. in Biology from the University of California, San Diego.

Michael Secora, Ph.D. Dr. Secora has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Corporate Development Officer since January 2025. Prior to joining us, he served as Chief Financial Officer at Recursion Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a clinical-stage TechBio company, from March 2020 through November 2024 and as Advisor from November 2024 through December 2024. From July 2010 through February 2020, Dr. Secora served as Managing Director and Head of Capital Markets and Venture at Laurion Capital Management LP, an investment firm. He holds B.S. degrees in Mathematics and Physics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in Applied and Computational Mathematics from Princeton University.

Non-employee directors

Samit Hirawat, M.D. Dr. Hirawat has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2026. He served as the Chief Medical Officer and Head of Global Drug Development at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company from June 2019 to November 2025 and has since served as a consultant in the pharmaceutical industry. Dr. Hirawat has served on the board of directors of Pacira Biosciences, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, since January 2026 and currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately-held companies. He holds an M.B.B.S. from the Sawai Man Singh Medical College and completed his internal medicine residency and medical oncology training at North Shore University Hospital.

We believe Dr. Hirawat is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in drug development, leadership experience and scientific expertise.

Evan Rachlin, M.D. Dr. Rachlin has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2023. He has served as a Managing Partner at Ascenta Capital, a venture capital firm he co-founded, since January 2023. From April 2019 to April 2022, Dr. Rachlin served as a Managing Director at Blackstone Life Sciences, a private investment platform. From June 2015 to March 2019, he served as Head of Strategy at Moderna, Inc., a pharmaceutical and biotechnology company. He was a Principal at Bain Capital Ventures from September 2012 to May 2015, and began his career at McKinsey & Company. He holds an A.B. in Biochemistry and Japanese from Harvard College and an M.D. and M.B.A. from Harvard Medical School and Harvard Business School.

We believe Dr. Rachlin is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his deep knowledge of the biopharmaceutical industry and his medical and business experience.

William Rastetter, Ph.D. Dr. Rastetter has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2023. He has served as a director of Daré Bioscience, Inc. since January 2014, Fate Therapeutics, Inc. since December 2011, and Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. since February 2010. He has served as chair of those boards since July 2019, December 2011, and May 2011, respectively. Dr. Rastetter previously served as the Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Grail, Inc., and as a member of the board of directors of Regulus Therapeutics, Inc. from April 2013 until its acquisition by Novartis AG in June 2025. Dr. Rastetter was a partner in the venture capital firm, Venrock, from 2006 through early 2013. He was Chief Executive Officer of IDEC Pharmaceuticals from December 1986 through November 2003, and was Executive Chairman of Biogen Idec, Inc. from November 2003 through 2005. Dr. Rastetter holds an S.B. in Chemistry from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.A. and Ph.D. in Chemistry from Harvard University.

177


Table of Contents

 

We believe Dr. Rastetter is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the biotechnology industry, his broad leadership experience with multiple public and private biotechnology companies, and his experience as a venture capital investor.

Shalini Sharp. Ms. Sharp has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2025. Since January 2026, she has served as a professional faculty member in business and policy at the University of California, Berkeley. She served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ultragenyx Pharmaceutical, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from May 2012 until October 2020. Ms. Sharp currently serves on the boards of directors of BeOne Medicines Ltd., formerly BeiGene, Ltd., since September 2024, Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. since February 2020, Organon & Co. since May 2021 and Septerna, Inc. since January 2024. She previously served on the boards of directors of Mirati Therapeutics, Inc., prior to its acquisition by BMS from March 2021 to January 2024, Sutro Biopharma, Inc. from November 2018 to April 2023, and Precision BioSciences, Inc. from December 2018 to June 2022. She holds an A.B. in English and American Literature from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

We believe Ms. Sharp is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience as a senior financial executive at various biopharmaceutical companies and her service on the boards of directors of numerous companies.

Mary Tagliaferri, M.D. Dr. Tagliaferri has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2024. She joined Nektar Therapeutics, Inc. in January 2015 and has served in various executive roles including as Senior Vice President, Chief Medical Officer since September 2025, as Senior Vice President, Chief Medical/Development Officer from May 2022 to February 2025, as Senior Vice President, Executive Clinical Fellow from April 2020 to April 2022 and as Senior Vice President, Chief Medical Officer from November 2017 to May 2020. Dr. Tagliaferri previously served on the boards of directors of Enzo Biochem, Inc. from November 2020 to August 2024, RayzeBio, Inc. from September 2021 to February 2024, and Y-mAbs Therapeutics, Inc. from March 2024 to July 2025. She holds a B.S. in Agricultural Economics and Business Management from Cornell University, a Post-Baccalaureate Degree in Science from Bryn Mawr College, an M.S. in Oriental Medicine from American College of Traditional Chinese Medicines, and an M.D. from the University of California, San Francisco.

We believe Dr. Tagliaferri is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her medical training and clinical-development expertise, her extensive leadership experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, and her experience serving on the boards of directors of multiple public companies.

R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D. Dr. Vogelstein has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2021. He has served as a Managing Partner of Catalio Capital Management, LP, an investment firm he co-founded, specializing in the biomedical technology and life sciences sectors, since June 2020. From January 2016 to December 2020, he served as a General Partner at Camden Partners Holdings, LLC, a private equity firm that spun-out of T. Rowe Price. Dr. Vogelstein currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately-held companies. He holds a B.S. in Bio-Electrical Engineering from Brown University and a Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering from the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine.

We believe Dr. Vogelstein is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in life sciences investing and his scientific expertise.

Kurt von Emster. Mr. von Emster has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2023. He joined Abingworth LLP, a venture capital firm, as a Partner in January 2015 and has served as a Managing Partner since July 2015. Abingworth LLP was acquired by The Carlyle Group in 2022 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Carlyle Group. From May 2009 until January 2015, he served as a Partner at venBio LLC, a venture capital firm he co-founded. He currently serves on the boards of directors of Jasper Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company, and several privately held companies. He previously served on the boards of directors of CymaBay Therapeutics, Inc. until April 2024, CRISPR Therapeutics AG until June 2019, Vaxcyte, Inc. until June 2022, and Vera Therapeutics, Inc. until May 2022. Mr. von Emster holds a B.S. in Business and Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara and is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA).

178


Table of Contents

 

We believe Mr. von Emster is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his financial and investment expertise and his experience serving on the boards of directors of numerous life sciences and biopharmaceutical companies.

Family relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. Except as described under the section titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions,” there are no arrangements or understandings between any of our directors or executive officers and any other person pursuant to which he or she was selected to serve as a director or executive officer.

Code of business conduct and ethics

Our board of directors adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or controller or persons performing similar functions, as well as our contractors, consultants and agents. Following this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website at www.iambic.ai. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our website identified above, or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of nine directors. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

•
the Class I directors will be Thomas Miller, Ph.D., Mary Tagliaferri, M.D., and Shalini Sharp, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2027;
•
the Class II directors will be Frederick Manby, Ph.D., R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D., and Evan Rachlin, M.D., and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2028; and
•
the Class III directors will be Kurt von Emster, Samit Hirawat, M.D., and William Rastetter, Ph.D., and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, the successor to each such director in the class will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successor is duly elected and qualified, in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

179


Table of Contents

 

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Anti-takeover effects of certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws.”

Director independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Samit Hirawat, M.D., Evan Rachlin, M.D., William Rastetter, Ph.D., Shalini Sharp, Mary Tagliaferri, M.D., R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D., and Kurt von Emster, representing seven of our nine directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is an “independent director” as defined under the listing standards of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions.” Thomas Miller, Ph.D. is not considered an independent director because of his position as our Chief Executive Officer. Frederick Manby, Ph.D. is not considered an independent director because of his position as our Chief Technology Officer.

Lead independent director

Our board of directors has adopted, effective upon the completion of this offering, corporate governance guidelines that provide that our board of directors may designate one of our independent directors to serve as lead independent director at any time and for any period that our board of directors determines is appropriate when the chairperson of our board of directors is not an independent director. William Rastetter, Ph.D., our chairperson, is an independent director, and our board of directors has not designated a lead independent director.

Role of board in risk oversight process

Our board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. Our board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. The compensation committee established by the board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. The audit committee established by the board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting, as well as compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and risks and exposures associated with security and privacy matters. The nominating and corporate governance committee to be established by the board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. Although each committee will be responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is and will continue to be regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not negatively affected the board of directors’ leadership structure.

Board committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until the earlier of their resignation or removal by our board of directors in its discretion.

180


Table of Contents

 

Audit committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our audit committee will be Shalini Sharp, William Rastetter, Ph.D., and Kurt von Emster, with Ms. Sharp serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq applicable to audit committee members. Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy requirements of the listing standards of Nasdaq. In addition, our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Sharp, Mr. von Emster, and Dr. Rastetter is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things:

•
select, retain, compensate, evaluate, oversee and, where appropriate, terminate our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
review and approve the scope and plans for the audits and the audit fees and approve all non-audit and tax services to be performed by the independent auditor;
•
evaluate the independence and qualifications of our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
review our financial statements, and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the quarterly reviews;
•
review and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the quality and adequacy of our internal controls and our disclosure controls and procedures;
•
discuss with management our procedures regarding the presentation of our financial information, and review earnings press releases and guidance;
•
oversee the design, implementation and performance of our internal audit function, if any;
•
set hiring policies with regard to the hiring of employees and former employees of our independent auditor and oversee compliance with such policies;
•
review, approve and monitor related party transactions;
•
adopt and oversee procedures to address complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters, including confidential, anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;
•
review and discuss with management and our independent auditor the adequacy and effectiveness of our legal, regulatory and ethical compliance programs; and
•
review and discuss with management and our independent auditor our guidelines and policies to identify, monitor and address enterprise risks.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our compensation committee will be Mary Tagliaferri, M.D., Samit Hirawat, M.D., and Evan Rachlin, M.D., with Dr. Tagliaferri serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq applicable to compensation committee members. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3

181


Table of Contents

 

promulgated under the Exchange Act. Following completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things:

•
review, approve or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation for our executive officers, including our chief executive officer;
•
review, approve and administer our employee benefit and equity incentive plans;
•
establish and review the compensation plans and programs of our employees, and ensure that they are consistent with our general compensation strategy;
•
make recommendations to our board of directors regarding non-employee director compensation; and
•
approve or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the creation or revision of any clawback policy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be William Rastetter, Ph.D., Samit Hirawat, M.D., and R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D., with Dr. Rastetter serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of Nasdaq. Following completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

•
review and assess and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding desired qualifications, expertise and characteristics sought of board members;
•
identify, evaluate, select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors;
•
develop policies and procedures for considering stockholder nominees for election to our board of directors;
•
review our succession planning process for our chief executive officer and any other members of our executive management team;
•
review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition, organization and governance our board of directors and its committees;
•
review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding our corporate governance guidelines and corporate governance framework;
•
oversee director orientation for new directors and continuing education for our directors;
•
oversee the evaluation of the performance of our board of directors and its committees;
•
review and monitor compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, and review conflicts of interest of our board members and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by our audit committee; and
•
administer policies and procedures for communications with the non-management members of our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

182


Table of Contents

 

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

The members of our compensation committee are Mary Tagliaferri, M.D., Evan Rachlin, M.D. and Samit Hirawat, M.D. None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director compensation

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non‑employee directors. During 2025, none of our non-employee directors received compensation for services to us except Ms. Sharp, who received an option to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock in December 2025 with a per share exercise price of $1.66 in connection with her joining our board of directors. Ms. Sharp’s option vests as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the one-year anniversary of the September 25, 2025, vesting commencement date and as to 1/36th of the remaining shares subject to the option monthly thereafter, subject to Ms. Sharp continuing to provide services to the Company through each such date.

In August 2026, in connection with his appointment to our board of directors, Dr. Hirawat received an option to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock with a per share exercise price of $2.37. Dr. Hirawat’s option vests as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the one-year anniversary of the August 10, 2026, vesting commencement date and as to 1/36th of the remaining shares subject to the option monthly thereafter, subject to Dr. Hirawat continuing to provide services to the Company through each such date. Because Dr. Hirawat was not appointed to our board of directors until August 2026, he did not serve as a member of our board of directors during, and received no compensation from us for, the year ended December 31, 2025.

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by Drs. Miller and Manby as employees is set forth in the section titled “Executive compensation.” The following table sets forth information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2025. Dr. Hirawat joined the board of directors in August 2026 and is excluded from the table below.

 

Name

 

Option
awards
($)
(1)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Jishnu Bhattacharjee(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Evan Rachlin

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

William Rastetter

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Shalini Sharp

 

 

446,308

 

 

 

446,308

 

Mary Tagliaferri

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

R. Jacob Vogelstein

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Kurt von Emster

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

(1)
In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2025 and calculated in accordance with FASB, ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used to calculate the value of our option awards are the same as those provided in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus with respect to the value of the options.
(2)
Mr. Bhattacharjee resigned from our board of directors effective prior to the initial public filing of this registration statement.

183


Table of Contents

 

The following table lists all outstanding stock option awards held by non-employee directors as of December 31, 2025. Dr. Hirawat joined the board of directors in August 2026 and is excluded from the table below.

 

Name

 

Number of
shares
underlying
outstanding
options

 

Jishnu Bhattacharjee(1)

 

 

—

 

Evan Rachlin

 

 

—

 

William Rastetter

 

 

350,000

 

Shalini Sharp

 

 

350,000

 

Mary Tagliaferri

 

 

350,000

 

R. Jacob Vogelstein

 

 

—

 

Kurt von Emster

 

 

—

 

 

(1)
Mr. Bhattacharjee resigned from our board of directors effective prior to the initial public filing of this registration statement.

 

Outside Director Compensation Policy

We have adopted a formal compensation policy for our non-employee directors that will provide for cash and equity compensation effective in connection with the pricing of this offering. We expect our stockholders to approve the initial terms of our outside director compensation policy prior to this offering. The compensation provided under this proposed policy is summarized below.

Cash compensation

Under the outside director compensation policy, the following cash compensation will be paid to our non-employee directors on and following the pricing of this offering:

•
$45,000 per year for service as a non-employee director;
•
$35,000 per year for service as non-executive chair of the board of directors;
•
$20,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee;
•
$10,000 per year for service as a member of the audit committee;
•
$15,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee;
•
$7,500 per year for service as a member of the compensation committee;
•
$10,000 per year for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee; and
•
$5,000 per year for service as a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Each non-employee director who serves as a committee chair of our board of directors will receive the cash retainer fee as the chair of the committee but not the cash retainer fee as a member of that committee, provided that the non-employee director who serves as the chair of the board of directors will receive the annual retainer fees for such role as well as the annual retainer fee for service as a non-employee director. In addition, the above-listed fees for service as chair or member of any committee are payable in addition to the non-employee director retainer. These cash fees to our non-employee directors will be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears and on a prorated basis. Under the outside director compensation policy, we also will reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel expenses to attend meetings of the board of directors and its committees.

184


Table of Contents

 

Equity compensation

Initial award. Pursuant to the outside director compensation policy, each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the effective date of the outside director compensation policy will receive, on the first trading day on or after the date such individual first becomes a non-employee director, an initial award of options (the Initial Award) covering shares of our common stock. Each Initial Award will be scheduled to vest in equal monthly installments over a three-year period following the Initial Award’s grant date, in each case subject to continued services through the applicable vesting date. If the individual was an employee, then becoming a non-employee director due to termination of employment will not entitle the person to an Initial Award.

 

Annual award. Pursuant to the outside director compensation policy, each non-employee director who has served on our board of directors for at least six months prior to a particular annual meeting of our stockholders (an Annual Meeting) will receive, on the first trading day immediately following each such Annual Meeting that occurs after the effective date of the outside director compensation policy, an annual award of options (the Annual Award) covering shares of our common stock. Each Annual Award will be scheduled to vest in full on the earlier of the 1-year anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, the date immediately before the date of the next Annual Meeting after the grant date, subject to continued services through the applicable vesting date.

 

IPO award. The non-executive chair of our board of directors and each non-employee director who is a member of the board of directors on the pricing date of this offering and who has not received an option or other equity incentive grant from the Company in the six-month period before the pricing date will receive an award of options (the IPO Award) on such date. Each IPO Award will cover the same number of shares as an Annual Award and vest upon the 1-year anniversary of the grant date or, in the case of the non-executive chair of our board of directors, the IPO Award will cover the same number of shares as the Initial Award and vest in equal monthly installments over a three-year period following the grant date, in either case, subject to continued services through the applicable vest date. Each IPO Award will have an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price.

Other award terms. Each Initial Award, Annual Award and IPO Award will be granted under the 2026 Plan (or its successor plan, as applicable) and form of award agreement under such plan. Each Initial Award, Annual Award and IPO Award will have a post-termination exercise period for vested options upon the non-employee’s termination as a service provider (as defined in the 2026 Plan) of no shorter than 12 months from the date of termination (subject to earlier termination as provided in the 2026 Plan or as a result of the maximum term of the option).

Change in control. In the event we experience a change in control (as defined in the 2026 Plan), each non-employee director’s outstanding equity awards covering shares of our common stock received while a non-employee director will accelerate vesting in full as of immediately prior to such change in control, provided that a non-employee director remains such through the date of such change in control.

Outside director compensation limits. Pursuant to the outside director compensation policy and the 2026 Plan, beginning with the first fiscal year that commences following the completion of this offering, no non-employee director may be granted equity awards (the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined according to GAAP) and be provided any cash retainer fees for such individual’s services as an outside director on the Board, in amounts that in the aggregate exceed $750,000 (provided that in the fiscal year of the individual’s initial service as a non-employee director, such amount is increased to $1,000,000). Any cash compensation paid, or equity awards granted, for services as an employee or consultant (other than as a member of the Board) and any incremental fair value resulting from modification of equity awards will not count for purposes of the foregoing limitation.

Limitation of liability and indemnification of officers and directors

We adopted an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors and certain of our officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, if the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

185


Table of Contents

 

In addition, we adopted amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees, agents and any other persons, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Our bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements require us to, among other things, indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

186


Table of Contents

 

Executive compensation

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and a smaller reporting company, we have elected to comply with the scaled executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to such companies. As a result, this section does not include a compensation discussion and analysis, includes fewer named executive officers, and covers fewer years than would be required of a larger reporting company.

Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, are listed below. We have elected to voluntarily name Dr. Manby, our co-founder and Chief Technology Officer, as a named executive officer in this prospectus even though he would not be considered a named executive officer for 2025 under the applicable SEC compensation disclosure rules because his 2025 total compensation was lower than Drs. Olson and Secora, who received new hire equity awards in 2025. Our voluntary inclusion of Dr. Manby for 2025 does not obligate us to include him in future periods. Our named executive officers for 2025 were:

•
Thomas Miller, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer;
•
Frederick Manby, Ph.D., our Chief Technology Officer;
•
Peter Olson, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer; and
•
Michael Secora, Ph.D., our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Corporate Development Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary compensation table for fiscal 2025

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025:

 

Name and principal position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

 

Bonus
($)

 

 

 

Option
awards
($)
(1)

 

 

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
(2)

 

 

All other
compensation
($)

 

 

 

Total
($)

 

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer

 

2025

 

 

572,458

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

311,990

 

 

 

21,755

 

(3)

 

 

906,203

 

Frederick Manby, Ph.D.(4)
Chief Technology Officer

 

2025

 

 

455,451

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

224,286

 

 

 

27,327

 

(5)

 

 

707,064

 

Peter Olson, Ph.D.
Chief Scientific Officer

 

2025

 

 

410,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

1,182,808

 

 

 

178,760

 

 

 

21,420

 

(3)

 

 

1,792,988

 

Michael Secora, Ph.D.
Chief Financial Officer and
   Chief Corporate Development Officer

 

2025

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

(6)

 

 

2,074,617

 

 

 

196,200

 

 

 

61,461

 

(7)

 

 

3,007,278

 

 

(1)
In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2025 and calculated in accordance with FASB, ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid or realized by the named executive officer. The assumptions used to calculate the value of our option awards are the same as those provided in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus with respect to the value of the options.
(2)
The amount reported represents the performance bonus payment earned by each of our named executive officers for 2025, as described in the “Annual performance bonus opportunity” subsection below.
(3)
Consists of (i) $21,000 in matching contributions to our 401(k) plan and (ii) life and disability premiums ($755 and $420 for Drs. Miller and Olson, respectively).
(4)
Dr. Manby’s compensation was paid in British pounds (£) and has been converted to U.S. dollars (USD) in the table above. The actual base salary earned by Dr. Manby in 2025 was £345,688, which was converted to USD using the average foreign exchange rate for 2025 of 1£ = 1.3175 USD. The actual cash performance bonus earned by Dr. Manby for 2025 was £169,560, which was converted to USD using the foreign exchange rate on the March 31, 2026 payment date of 1£ = 1.3228 USD.
(5)
Consists of £20,741 in retirement plan contributions, which have been converted to USD using the average foreign exchange rate for 2025 of 1£ = 1.3175 USD.
(6)
Represents a one-time cash signing bonus paid to Dr. Secora in connection with his commencement of employment.
(7)
Consists of (i) a $40,000 relocation bonus, (ii) $21,000 in matching contributions to our 401(k) plan and (iii) $461 in life and disability premiums.

187


Table of Contents

 

Fixed cash compensation

The following table sets forth the annual base salary rate in effect for each of our named executive officers for fiscal year 2025. The base salary rate reflects each executive's annualized salary and may differ from the base salary actually earned and paid during fiscal year 2025, which is reported in the Summary Compensation Table above.

 

Name

 

2025 base salary

 

 

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

 

$

588,500

 

(1)

Frederick Manby, Ph.D.

 

$

487,154

 

(2)

Peter Olson, Ph.D.

 

$

410,000

 

 

Michael Secora, Ph.D.

 

$

450,000

 

 

 

(1)
Reflects Dr. Miller’s 2025 annual base salary effective June 1, 2025; from January 1, 2025, through May 31, 2025, Dr. Miller’s annual base salary was $550,000.
(2)
Dr. Manby’s 2025 annual base salary was paid in British pounds and converted to USD for purposes of the table above using the average foreign exchange rate for 2025 of 1£ = 1.3175 USD. Dr. Manby’s 2025 annual base salary effective June 1, 2025, was £369,750 ($487,154); from January 1, 2025, through May 31, 2025, Dr. Manby’s annual base salary was £312,000 ($411,067).

Annual performance bonus opportunity

Each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses under our annual performance bonus program. The performance-based bonus each named executive officer is eligible to earn is generally based on the extent to which we achieve certain Company performance goals, as determined by our board of directors. For 2025, Dr. Miller’s annual target bonus was 50% of annual base salary, Dr. Manby’s annual target bonus was 45% of annual base salary and each of Drs. Olson’s and Secora’s annual target bonus was 40% of annual base salary.

In January 2026, our board of directors approved the annual performance-based bonuses earned by each of our named executive officers for 2025 performance, as set forth in the Summary compensation table for fiscal 2025 above.

Equity based incentive awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to more closely align our interests and those of our stockholders with the interests of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers.

Prior to this offering, we have granted equity awards in the form of stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units under the terms of our Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (2020 Plan). Following this offering, we will grant equity awards under the terms of our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (2026 Plan). The terms of the 2020 Plan and the 2026 Plan are described in the subsection titled “Employee benefit and stock plans.”

Drs. Miller and Manby did not receive any stock option or other equity award grants during 2025. Drs. Secora and Olson each received new hire stock option grants in January 2025 in connection with their commencement of employment with us. Dr. Secora received an option to purchase 2,000,000 shares of common stock and Dr. Olson received an option to purchase 1,135,840 shares of common stock, each for a per share exercise price of $1.39. The options granted to Dr. Secora vest as to 1/48th of the shares monthly following the January 2025 vesting commencement date, subject to Dr. Secora continuing to provide services to the Company through each such date, and subject to double-trigger acceleration as described below under “Named executive officer agreements.” The options granted to Dr. Olson vest 25% of the shares on the 12-month anniversary of the December 2024 vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares monthly thereafter, subject to Dr. Olson continuing to provide services to the Company through each such date, and subject to double-trigger acceleration as described in the subsection titled “Named executive officer agreements.”

In March 2026, our board of directors granted each of Drs. Miller and Manby a performance-vesting restricted stock unit to be issued 1,669,080 shares of common stock and options to purchase 715,320 shares of common stock for a per share exercise price of $1.66. The restricted stock unit award will vest upon the achievement of

188


Table of Contents

 

both a liquidity event requirement and a business milestone requirement as determined by the 2020 Plan administrator. The liquidity event requirement will be met in connection with this offering; the business milestone has not been met as of the date of this prospectus. The option vests as to 1/48th of the shares monthly following the February 2026 vesting commencement date, subject to Drs. Miller and Manby, respectively, continuing to provide services to the Company through each such date, and subject to double-trigger acceleration as described in the subsection titled “Named executive officer agreements.” In addition, in March 2026, our board of directors granted Dr. Secora an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock and Dr. Olson an option to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock, each for a per share exercise price of $1.66. The options vest as to 1/48th of the shares monthly following the February 2026 vesting commencement date, subject to Drs. Secora and Olson, respectively, continuing to provide services to the Company through each such date, and subject to double-trigger acceleration as described in the subsection titled “Named executive officer agreements.”

In connection with this offering, our board of directors approved option grants (the IPO Options) and restricted stock unit awards (the IPO RSUs) to be granted to our named executive officers under the 2026 Plan, contingent and effective upon the pricing of this offering. Drs. Miller and Manby will each receive a restricted stock unit award to be issued shares of common stock and an option to purchase shares of common stock. Dr. Olson will receive a restricted stock unit award to be issued shares of common stock and an option to purchase shares of common stock, and Dr. Secora will receive a restricted stock unit award to be issued shares of common stock and an option to purchase shares of common stock. Each of the IPO Options will have a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share and will vest over a four-year period, with 25% of the awards vesting after one year and the remaining portion vesting monthly thereafter over the remaining vesting period. The IPO RSUs will vest over four years with 25% vesting after one year and the remaining portion vesting quarterly thereafter over the remaining vesting period.

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal 2025 year end

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2025. None of our named executive officers held stock awards that were unvested as of December 31, 2025.

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards(1)(2)

Name

 

Grant date

 

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable
(#)

 

 

 

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable
(#)

 

 

 

Equity incentive
plan awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options
(#)

 

 

 

Option
exercise
price
($)

 

 

Option
expiration
date

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

 

4/17/2023

 

 

105,529

 

(3)

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

$

0.57

 

 

4/17/2033

 

 

8/7/2024

 

 

289,966

 

 

 

 

271,541

 

(4)

 

—

 

 

 

$

1.23

 

 

8/7/2034

 

 

8/7/2024

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

724,108

 

(5)

 

$

1.23

 

 

8/7/2034

Frederick Manby, Ph.D.

 

4/17/2023

 

 

205,529

 

(3)

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

$

0.57

 

 

4/17/2033

 

 

8/7/2024

 

 

452,566

 

 

 

 

271,541

 

(4)

 

—

 

 

 

$

1.23

 

 

8/7/2034

 

 

8/7/2024

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

724,108

 

(5)

 

$

1.23

 

 

8/7/2034

Peter Olson, Ph.D.

 

1/8/2025

 

 

283,960

 

 

 

 

851,880

 

(6)

 

—

 

 

 

$

1.39

 

 

1/8/2035

Michael Secora, Ph.D.

 

1/8/2025

 

 

458,333

 

 

 

 

1,541,667

 

(7)

 

—

 

 

 

$

1.39

 

 

1/8/2035

 

(1)
All of the outstanding stock option awards were granted under and subject to the terms of the 2020 Plan.
(2)
The stock option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on third party valuations of our common stock.
(3)
The option was immediately exercisable as of the date of grant, with unvested shares acquired on exercise subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us at the original exercise price and which lapses in accordance with the following vesting schedule: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option vested on March 1, 2024, and 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month, subject to the executive continuing to be a service provider to the Company through each such date. As of December 31, 2025, 64,228 shares subject to the option were unvested.
(4)
One forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject to the option vested on July 1, 2023, and 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month, subject to the executive continuing to be a service provider to the Company through each such date.
(5)
Fifty percent (50%) of the shares subject to the option vest upon the Company’s submission to the FDA of an IND application relating to cyclin-dependent kinase and fifty percent (50%) of the shares subject to the option vest upon the Company signing an agreement for a partnership with a

189


Table of Contents

 

leading pharmaceutical company, as determined by the 2020 Plan administrator in accordance with the terms of the award. In early 2026, the Board determined that the first goal had been met and, accordingly, 50% of the option became vested.
(6)
Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option vested on December 9, 2025, and 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month, subject to the executive continuing to be a service provider to the Company through each such date.
(7)
The option was immediately exercisable as of the date of grant, with unvested shares acquired on exercise subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us at the original exercise price and which lapses in accordance with the following vesting schedule: one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject to the option vested on February 1, 2025, and 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month, subject to the executive continuing to be a service provider to the Company through each such date. As of December 31, 2025, 1,541,667 shares subject to the option were unvested.

Named executive officer agreements

With the exception of Dr. Manby (who is otherwise described below), the employment of each of our named executive officers is “at will” and may be terminated at any time. Dr. Manby is entitled to a period of notice or a payment in lieu of notice as required by applicable U.K. law, as described below.

We entered into offer letters (or an employment agreement, in the case of Dr. Manby) with each of our named executive officers in connection with their commencement of employment with us that provided for the initial terms of employment, including base salary and benefits and certain severance benefits, with Dr. Miller’s severance benefits set forth in a separate severance agreement. Each of these agreements and the benefits thereunder, including severance benefits, are superseded by the confirmatory employment letter agreements and the Change in Control and Severance Plan that we entered into in connection with this offering, which are summarized below.

In addition, each of our named executive officers’ outstanding stock options contain “double trigger” vesting acceleration provisions under which vesting accelerates in full upon the officers’ involuntary termination (generally a termination without “cause” or resignation with “good reason”) that occurs within 12 months following a change in control of the Company and in some cases, within three months prior to the change in control.

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

Our confirmatory employment letter with Dr. Miller provides for his continued employment with us on an at-will basis, effective in connection with the completion of this offering. Under his confirmatory employment letter, Dr. Miller’s annual base salary will be $715,100, and his annual target bonus opportunity will be 60% of his annual base salary ($429,060). Dr. Miller will also be eligible for certain severance and change in control benefits as set forth in our Severance Plan, described below under “Change in Control and Severance Plan,” which will supersede the terms of his Severance Agreement, as described below.

Frederick Manby, Ph.D.

Our employment agreement with Dr. Manby provides for his continued employment with us, effective in connection with the completion of this offering. Under his employment agreement, Dr. Manby’s annual base salary will be GBP£402,901 , and his annual target bonus opportunity will be 50% of his annual base salary (GBP£201,451). In the event of a termination of employment by us, Dr. Manby will be entitled to a period of notice or a payment in lieu of notice, as required by applicable U.K. law, which notice period is currently expected to be 5 weeks and will increase with Dr. Manby’s tenure with us up to a maximum of 12 weeks. Dr. Manby will also be eligible for certain severance and change in control benefits, as set forth in our Severance Plan, described below under “Change in Control and Severance Plan.”

Michael Secora, Ph.D.

Our confirmatory employment letter with Dr. Secora provides for his continued employment with us on an at-will basis, effective in connection with the completion of this offering. Under his confirmatory employment letter, Dr. Secora’s annual base salary will be $533,500, and his annual target bonus opportunity will be 45% of his annual base salary ($240,075). Dr. Secora will also be eligible for certain severance and change in control benefits as set

190


Table of Contents

 

forth in our Severance Plan, described below under “Change in Control and Severance Plan,” which will supersede the terms of his Severance Agreement, as described below.

Peter Olson, Ph.D.

Our confirmatory employment letter with Dr. Olson provides for his continued employment with us on an at-will basis, effective in connection with the completion of this offering. Under his confirmatory employment letter, Dr. Olson’s annual base salary will be $535,500, and his annual target bonus opportunity will be 45% of his annual base salary ($240,975). Dr. Olson will also be eligible for certain severance and change in control benefits as set forth in our Severance Plan, described below under “Change in Control and Severance Plan,” which will supersede the terms of his Severance Agreement, as described below.

Each of our named executive officers has executed our standard form of confidential information, invention assignment and arbitration agreement.

Change in Control and Severance Plan

We have adopted a Change in Control and Severance Plan (the Severance Plan) that will become effective in connection with this offering and supersedes and replaces any other severance payments and benefits to which a participant was entitled, including pursuant to previous offer letters or severance agreements. Each of our named executive officers is a participant under our Severance Plan eligible for the payments and benefits described below.

In the event of a termination of employment by us without “cause” (and other than due to the participant’s death or "disability") or by the executive for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in our Severance Plan), that occurs outside of the “change in control period” (as described below), our named executive officers will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits:

•
a lump-sum payment equal to 24 months (for Dr. Miller), 18 months (for Dr. Manby), or 12 months (for Drs. Olson and Secora) of the participant’s annual base salary;
•
payment of premiums for continued health coverage under COBRA for a period of 12 months; and
•
for Drs. Miller and Manby, accelerated vesting of all outstanding unvested equity awards that would have vested during the 12-month period following the respective termination of employment had Drs. Miller or Manby remained employed during such period. However, if an outstanding equity award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria that have not been achieved as of the termination, then such equity awards will be treated as set forth in the terms of the award agreements governing such awards, provided that, to the extent such performance-vesting equity awards are stock options, then such options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon achievement of such performance criteria for up to 12 months following the termination.

 

In the event of a termination of the employment by us without “cause” (and other than due to the participant’s death or “disability”) or by the participant for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in our Severance Plan), in either case, occurring within a period beginning 3 months prior to and ending 12 months following the closing of a “change in control” (as defined in our Severance Plan, and such period the “change in control period”), our named executive officers will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits:

•
a lump-sum payment equal to 24 months (for Dr. Miller), 18 months (for Dr. Manby), or 12 months (for Drs. Olson and Secora) of the participant’s annual base salary;
•
for Drs. Olson and Secora, payment of their respective target annual bonus in effect for the fiscal year in which the qualifying termination of employment occurs;
•
payment of premiums for continued health coverage under COBRA for a period of 18 months (for Dr. Miller) or 12 months (for Drs. Olson and Secora); and

191


Table of Contents

 

•
100% accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, and, with respect to equity awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels for the relevant performance period(s), unless otherwise determined by the applicable agreement governing such equity award.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Severance Plan, because Dr. Manby is a U.K.-based employee entitled to a notice period under U.K. law, the lump sum amounts payable to Dr. Manby under the Severance Plan shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount payable under the notice period specified in his contract of employment, and he shall not be entitled to continued health coverage under COBRA.

 

The receipt of the payments and benefits provided for under the Severance Plan described above is conditioned on the participant (i) resigning from all officer, director or other service positions with us (unless the administrator provides otherwise), (ii) signing and not revoking a separation and release of claims agreement and such release becoming effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following the participant’s termination of employment, (iii) continued compliance with any confidentiality, proprietary information, and inventions agreement applicable to the participant, (iv) complying with non-disparagement obligations, and (v) returning all documents and other company property.

 

In addition, if any of the payments or benefits provided for under our Severance Plan or otherwise payable to the executive officer would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, the executive officer will receive either full payment of such payments and benefits or such lesser amount that would result in no portion of the payments and benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to them. Our Severance Plan does not require us to provide any tax gross-up payments to the participants.

Employee benefit and stock plans

Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2020 Plan was adopted by our board of directors as the 2020 Stock Plan on March 24, 2020, and approved by stockholders on March 24, 2020. The 2020 Plan was most recently amended in February 2026. Our 2020 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units (collectively, Awards) to eligible employees and consultants and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and members of our board of directors.

Our 2020 Plan will be terminated in connection with the effectiveness of our 2026 Plan (described below) and we will not grant any additional Awards under our 2020 Plan following its termination. However, our 2020 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding Awards previously granted under our 2020 Plan.

As of June 30, 2026, stock options covering 17,208,599 shares of our common stock, restricted stock covering 66,992 shares of our common stock, and restricted stock units covering 3,338,160 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2020 Plan, and there were no stock appreciation rights outstanding under our 2020 Plan.

Authorized shares. Subject to the adjustment provisions in our 2020 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be granted under our 2020 Plan is 26,469,972 shares of common stock. The shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired common stock. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full or is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, or withheld for the payment of an exercise price or tax withholdings, the unpurchased, forfeited, or repurchased shares shall, unless the 2020 Plan has been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under our 2020 Plan.

Plan administration. Our 2020 Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, or a combination thereof, as determined by our board of directors.

192


Table of Contents

 

Subject to the provisions of our 2020 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer our 2020 Plan, including but not limited to: the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock in accordance with the provisions of the 2020 Plan; select the employees, directors and consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted; determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted; determine the number of shares of common stock covered by each Award; approve forms of award agreements for use under our 2020 Plan; determine the terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of our 2020 Plan, of any Award granted, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any stock option, optioned stock, stock right, or restricted stock, based in each case on such factors as the administrator determines; implement a program approved by the administrator of the 2020 Plan where outstanding Awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have a higher or lower exercise price and different terms), awards of a different type and/or cash, by which participants would have the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is reduced or increased; construe and interpret the terms of our 2020 Plan and awards granted under it; without amending our 2020 Plan, modify grants of stock options or stock rights to any holder of stock options or stock rights who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies, or customs. The administrator’s constructions, interpretations, and decisions will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock options. Our 2020 Plan permits the grant of stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees, including employees who are also directors. Each stock option shall be designated in an option agreement as either an incentive stock option or a nonstatutory stock option. The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which incentive stock options may be granted under our 2020 Plan is 26,469,972.

The term of each stock option shall be the term stated in the applicable option agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant, or such shorter term as may be provided in the option agreement. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a person who at the time of such grant owns more than 10 percent of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of the stock option shall be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the applicable option agreement.

The per share exercise price of options granted under our 2020 Plan is determined by the administrator. In the case of incentive stock options granted to an employee who at the time of grant, owns more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the exercise price must equal at least one-hundred ten percent of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. In the case of nonstatutory stock options (i) if the options are granted on any date on which our common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (a Listed Security), the per share exercise price is the price determined by the Administrator; or (ii) if the nonstatutory stock options are granted on any date on which the common stock is a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per share exercise price shall be a price determined by the administrator based on the closing price of our common stock for the applicable date. No nonstatutory stock option may be granted with a per share exercise price less than one-hundred percent of the fair market value on the date of grant unless the administrator explicitly designates such a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

The administrator determines the consideration to be paid for shares issued upon exercise of a stock option, including the methods of payment (in the case of incentive stock options this will be determined at the time of grant), which may include cash, check, delivery of a promissory note, other shares that have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares to which the stock option is exercised provided that the administrator determines that accepting such shares will not result in an adverse accounting consequence to the Company; by net exercise or by a cashless exercise method, including a broker-assisted cashless exercise; any combination thereof; or any other consideration or method of payment acceptable to the administrator, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

193


Table of Contents

 

The administrator establishes in the applicable option agreement the terms and conditions in which a stock option will remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of a participant. Unless the administrator provides in the applicable option agreement, if an option holder does not exercise their stock option to the extent they are entitled to do so within the time specified in their option agreement, the stock option will terminate and the optioned stock underlying the unexercised portion of the stock option will revert to our 2020 Plan (unless our 2020 Plan has been terminated). If an employee, director or consultant is terminated other than for death, disability or for cause, the option holder may generally exercise their option for thirty days following their termination to the extent they are vested in the optioned stock (they may exercise their stock option for six months in the event of termination due to disability or death). If terminated for cause, a participant’s stock options will immediately terminate in their entirety.

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator may impose whatever vesting conditions it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us), except the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2020 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned restricted stock units in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Non-Transferability of Awards. Our 2020 Plan generally does not allow Awards to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will, or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant. If the administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments. Subject to any action required under applicable law, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting our shares, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2020 Plan, the administrator will make a proportionate adjustment in the number of shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the 2020 Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the 2020 Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price or exercise price per share covered by each such outstanding Award. The adjustment will be made by the administrator, whose determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such event.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2020 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2020 Plan, our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors may provide for: (i) the assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding Award by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, (ii) upon written notice, termination of the Awards upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or change in control, (iii) the acceleration in part or whole of the right to exercise a stock option or the vesting of any Award, and, to the extent the administrator determines, the termination of the Award upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or change in control; (iv) termination of Awards in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the participant’s rights as

194


Table of Contents

 

of the date of the occurrence of such merger or change in control, (v) the replacement of an Award with other rights or property selected by the administrator in its sole discretion, or (vi) any combination of the foregoing.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Awards (and with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award that vests, is earned, or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any such performance goals without the participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-change in control corporate structure won’t be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Amendment and Termination. The board of directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate our 2020 Plan, provided we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with applicable laws. However, generally no amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of our 2020 Plan or an Award under it will impair the rights of any participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the participant and the administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the participant and the Company. Our 2020 Plan will continue in effect for a term of 10 years from the later of (i) the effective date of the 2020 Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent approval by the board of directors or stockholders of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan.

2026 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and we expect that our stockholders will approve prior to this offering, the 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”) to become effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2026 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, or other stock awards to our employees, directors, and consultants and our subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized shares. A total of shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2026 Plan, which number is inclusive of shares that remained available for grant under our 2020 Plan as of the effectiveness of the 2026 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan will also include shares of our common stock subject to or issued pursuant to awards granted under our 2020 Plan that, after the date of stockholder approval of the 2026 Plan, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2026 Plan pursuant to the foregoing is shares). The number of shares available for issuance under our 2026 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of ten years, beginning with our 2027 fiscal year, equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of fully diluted common stock (as defined in the 2026 Plan) outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (ii) such other amount as the administrator of the 2026 Plan may determine.

Shares issuable under our 2026 Plan will be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired shares of our common stock. If an award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such award having been issued, including pursuant to an exchange program or (ii) is settled in cash, such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares that may be available for issuance under the 2026 Plan and the unissued shares subject to such award will be available for future issuance under the 2026 Plan. If any shares issued pursuant to an award are reacquired or repurchased by us because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest, or are otherwise forfeited to us, then the shares that are repurchased, reacquired or forfeited will revert to and again become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan. Any shares reacquired or withheld by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on an award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of an award will again become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan.

195


Table of Contents

 

Plan administration. Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2026 Plan. We expect that the compensation committee of our board of directors will initially administer our 2026 Plan. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2026 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer our 2026 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2026 Plan, including but not limited to, the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock, select the service providers to whom awards may be granted, determine the number of shares covered by each award, approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2026 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times at which awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto), construe and interpret the terms of our 2026 Plan and awards granted under it, prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2026 Plan, including creating sub-plans, modify or amend each award, including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards (except no option or stock appreciation right will be extended past its original maximum term), and allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award. The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type, which may have a higher or lower exercise price and/or different terms, awards of a different type, and/or cash or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions are final and binding on all participants and given the maximum deference permitted by applicable law.

Stock options. Both incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options may be granted under our 2026 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2026 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our (or any parent or subsidiary of ours) outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months following the termination of service. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, after the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant for cause, his or her options will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon termination. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. An option, however, may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator will determine the other terms of options.

Stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for six months following the termination of service. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator will determine the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for

196


Table of Contents

 

the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted stock. Restricted stock may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director, or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever vesting conditions it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us), except the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will not be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares while such shares are unvested, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted stock units. Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned restricted stock units in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. In addition, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance awards. Performance awards may be granted under the 2026 Plan. Performance awards are awards that may be earned in whole or in part upon the attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria that the administrator may determine, and that may be denominated in cash or stock. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2026 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of performance awards, including any vesting criteria and form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance awards in the form of cash, shares, or a combination of both. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Other stock awards. Other stock awards may be granted under the 2026 Plan. Other stock awards are awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares, including the appreciation in value thereof. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2026 Plan, the administrator will have the authority to determine the terms and conditions of such other stock awards in its sole discretion.

Outside directors. All outside (non-employee) directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2026 Plan. To provide a maximum limit on the cash compensation and equity awards that can be made to our outside directors, our 2026 Plan provides that beginning with the first fiscal year that commences following the registration date (as defined in the 2026 Plan) an outside director will not be granted cash compensation and equity awards with an aggregate value greater than $750,000, increased to $1,000,000 for the first fiscal year in which such outside director is first appointed or elected to the board, in each case with the value of each equity award based on its grant date fair value as determined according to GAAP for purposes of this limit. Any cash compensation paid or awards granted to an individual for his or her services as an employee or consultant (other than as an outside director), and any incremental fair value resulting from the modification of an option or other equity award held by an outside director, will not count toward this limit. This maximum limit provision does not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our outside directors under our 2026 Plan in the future.

197


Table of Contents

 

Non-transferability of awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2026 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

Certain adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, such as a dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase or exchange of our shares or other change in our corporate structure affecting our shares (other than ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2026 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2026 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and any numerical share limits set forth in our 2026 Plan.

Dissolution or liquidation. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and, to the extent not exercised, all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or change in control. Our 2026 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2026 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, without a participant’s consent. The administrator is not required to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type similarly.

If a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not continue an outstanding award, then vesting of such award (and, with respect to outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, the time when such award may be exercised) will be accelerated in full and all restrictions on such outstanding award will lapse, and for awards with performance-based vesting, unless specifically provided for otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other agreement or policy applicable to the participant, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. If an option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or change in control, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that such option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For awards granted to an outside director, in the event of a change in control, the vesting of such awards (and, with respect to outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, the time when such award may be exercised) will be accelerated in full, and all restrictions on such outstanding awards will lapse and, for awards with performance-based vesting, unless specifically provided for otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other agreement or policy applicable to the participant, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Clawback. Awards will be subject to any clawback policy that we are required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our stock is listed or as otherwise required by applicable laws, and the administrator also may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Our board of directors may require a participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse us all or a portion of the award and/or shares issued under the award, any amounts paid under the award, and any payments or proceeds paid or provided upon disposition of the shares issued under the award in order to comply with such clawback policy or applicable laws.

Amendment; termination. The administrator has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our 2026 Plan, provided such action does not materially impair the rights of any participant. No incentive stock options may be granted after 10 years from the date our board of directors adopted the 2026 Plan.

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve prior to this offering, the 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). Our ESPP will be effective upon the business day immediately prior to

198


Table of Contents

 

the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. However, no offering period or purchase period under the ESPP will begin unless and until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Authorized shares. A total of shares of our common stock will be available for sale under our ESPP. The number of shares of our common stock that will be available for sale under our ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of ten years beginning with our fiscal year 2027, equal to the least of:

•
shares;
•
one percent (1%) of the total number of shares of fully diluted common stock (as defined in the ESPP) as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and
•
such other amounts as the administrator of the ESPP may determine.

ESPP administration. The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our ESPP and will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret, and apply the terms of the ESPP and purchase rights, establish, amend, and revoke rules and regulations for the ESPP’s administration, correct any defect, omission, or inconsistency in the ESPP or an offering, delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees, designate separate offerings under the ESPP, designate our subsidiaries and affiliates as participating in the ESPP, determine eligibility, adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP, amend, suspend, or terminate the ESPP, and establish procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the ESPP, including, but not limited to, adopting such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States. If administration of the ESPP is delegated to a committee of our board of directors, the committee will have the powers of the administrator that are delegated to it, and it or our board of directors may from time to time delegate some or all of its authority under the ESPP to one or more officers of the Company or others as it deems necessary, appropriate, or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation. The administrator’s findings, decisions and determinations are final and binding on all participants to the full extent permitted by law.

Eligibility. Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily employed by us, or any participating subsidiary or affiliate, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. The administrator, in its discretion, may, prior to an enrollment date, for all options to be granted on such enrollment date in an offering, determine that an employee who (i) has not completed at least two years of service (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator) since his or her last hire date; (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator); (iii) customarily works not more than five months per calendar year (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator); (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code; or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to disclosure requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is or is not eligible to participate in such offering period.

However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our ESPP if such employee:

▪
immediately after the grant would own capital stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of capital stock of ours or of any parent or subsidiary of ours; or
▪
holds rights to purchase shares of our common stock under all employee stock purchase plans of ours or any parent or subsidiary of ours that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

In addition, our board of directors may provide that each person who, during the course of an offering, first becomes eligible to participate in the ESPP will, on or after a date or dates specified in the offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes eligible, receive a purchase right under that offering, which purchase

199


Table of Contents

 

right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that offering. Such purchase right will have the same characteristics as any purchase rights originally granted under that offering, as described herein, except that:

(i)
the date on which such purchase right is granted will be the “offering date” of such purchase right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such purchase right;
(ii)
the period of the offering with respect to such purchase right will begin on its offering date and end coincident with the end of the original offering; and
(iii)
our board of directors may provide that if such person first becomes eligible to participate in the ESPP within a specified period of time before the end of the offering, the individual will not receive any purchase right under that offering.

Offering periods and purchase periods. Our ESPP includes a component (the 423 Component), that is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423, and a component that does not comply with Code Section 423 (the Non-423 Component). For purposes of this summary, a reference to our ESPP generally will mean the terms and operations of the 423 Component. Our ESPP will provide for certain periods during which shares of common stock may be purchased under the ESPP as determined by the administrator in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. The provisions of separate offering periods need not be identical, but each offer will include the period during which the offer will be effective, which period will not exceed twenty-seven (27) months and will otherwise comply with the terms of the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, a purchase period will have the same duration as the offering period. If the fair market value of a share of our common stock on a purchase date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants in that offering period will be withdrawn from that offering period following their purchase of shares on that purchase date and automatically will be enrolled in a new offering period.

Contributions. Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise to the extent permitted by the administrator) of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum number of shares of our common stock during a purchase period as determined by the administrator.

Exercise of purchase right. If our board of directors authorizes an offering and purchase period under the ESPP, amounts contributed and accumulated by the participant during any offering period will be used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-transferability. A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP).

Merger or change in control. Our ESPP provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set that will be before the date of the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; termination. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP. Our ESPP automatically will terminate in 2046, unless we terminate it sooner.

IPO ESPP offerings

In connection with this offering, our board of directors, upon recommendation of the compensation committee, approved the terms of two initial offerings under our ESPP: an offering under the 423 Component and a

200


Table of Contents

 

concurrent offering under the Non-423 Component (together, the IPO Offerings), each commencing upon the effectiveness of the underwriting agreement for this offering (the IPO Date).

The IPO Offerings will consist of a single offering period beginning on the IPO Date and ending on approximately November 20, 2028, divided into four purchase periods, with purchases occurring on approximately May 20 and November 20 of each year during the offering period.

Shares will be purchased at a price equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering period (which shall be the initial public offering price per share for employees who participate on the IPO Date) and (ii) the fair market value of our common stock on the applicable purchase date.

Incentive Compensation Plan

We adopted an employee incentive compensation plan (the Incentive Compensation Plan). Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer the Incentive Compensation Plan, provided that unless and until the board of directors determines otherwise, the compensation committee will administer the Incentive Compensation Plan. The Incentive Compensation Plan allows the administrator to provide awards to employees selected for participation, which may include certain of our named executive officers, and which awards may be based upon performance goals established by the administrator. The administrator may establish a target award for each participant under the Incentive Compensation Plan, which may be expressed as a percentage of the participant’s average annual base salary for the applicable performance period, a fixed dollar amount, or such other amount or based on such other formula or factors as the administrator determines to be appropriate.

Under the Incentive Compensation Plan, the administrator determines the performance goals, if any, applicable to any target award (or portion thereof) for a performance period, which may include, without limitation, goals related to: attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; capital raising; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; corporate transactions; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division; earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net taxes); earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index; internal rate of return; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income; net profit; net sales; new product or business or product development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; patents; procurement; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; retained earnings; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue growth; sales results; sales growth; savings; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; unadjusted or adjusted actual contract value; unadjusted or adjusted total contract value; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the administrator, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the administrator for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of awards under the Incentive Compensation Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be based on any factors the administrator determines relevant, including without limitation on an individual, divisional, portfolio, project, business unit, segment or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

The administrator may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the administrator’s discretion. The administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

201


Table of Contents

 

Actual awards under the Incentive Compensation Plan generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum only after they are earned and approved by the administrator, provided that the administrator reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award with such terms and conditions, including vesting requirements, as determined by the administrator in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, to earn an actual award, a participant must be employed by us (or one of our affiliates) through the date the bonus is paid. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the applicable performance period, but in no case after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the fiscal year immediately following the fiscal year in which the bonuses vest and (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the bonuses vest.

The administrator has the authority to amend or terminate the Incentive Compensation Plan. However, such action may not materially alter or materially impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus without the participant’s consent. The Incentive Compensation Plan will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Compensation Plan.

Other elements of compensation and compensation policies

Health and welfare benefits; perquisites

We provide benefits to each of our named executive officers on the same basis as provided to all of our employees, including health, dental and vision insurance, life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, short- and long-term disability insurance and a tax-qualified Section 401(k) plan for our U.S. employees. We do not currently offer defined benefit pension or other retirement benefits in the United States. For employees located outside of the United States, including Dr. Manby, we offer retirement benefits consistent with local regulations and on the same basis as other U.K. employees in such jurisdictions.

We generally do not provide material perquisites or personal benefits to our executive officers. We do, however, pay the premiums for term life insurance for all of our U.S. employees, including our eligible named executive officers. None of our executive officers participate in or have account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Retirement plans

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan through TriNet's multiple employer plan (401(k) plan), which is intended to be a tax qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Code for the benefit of our employees, including each of our U.S. named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation, within the limits prescribed by the Code, on a pre-tax (traditional) or post-tax (Roth) basis, through contributions to the 401(k) plan. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those pre-tax contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and earnings on Roth contributions are not taxable when distributed from the 401(k) plan. For the 2025 calendar year, we made safe harbor matching contributions, consisting of a match of 100% of up to the first 6% of eligible compensation contributed by each employee toward his or her 401(k) plan. Matching contributions are immediately fully vested.

Dr. Manby receives retirement benefits through a tax-qualified defined contribution plan, which is a retirement plan available to eligible employees in the U.K. who are not otherwise members of a qualifying pension scheme. Our U.K. plan provides eligible employees with an opportunity to contribute a portion of their pensionable salary to their individual account, with the Company contributing 6% of base pay.

Clawback policy

We have adopted a compensation recovery policy that will become effective in connection with this offering and complies with the SEC rules under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Clawback Policy). Subject to the terms of the Clawback Policy, the Clawback Policy will require us to recover certain cash or equity-based incentive compensation payments or awards made or granted to an executive officer in the event we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to our material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.

202


Table of Contents

 

Policies and practices related to the grant of certain equity awards

From time to time, we grant stock options and other equity awards to our named executive officers, our employees and our other service providers. Historically, we have generally granted new-hire option awards on or soon after a new-hire’s employment start date and refresh, promotion or retention option grants when and as determined by our board of directors or compensation committee thereof. In response to Item 402(x)(1) of Regulation S-K, we have no specific policy or practice on the timing of options or other equity awards in relation to the public disclosure of material nonpublic information by us, and we have no 2025 stock option or other awards to disclose under Item 402(x)(2).

203


Table of Contents

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Other than compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2023 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

•
we have been or are to be a participant;
•
the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) 1% of the average of our total assets as of the end of the last two completed fiscal years; and
•
any of our directors, executive officers, or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Convertible preferred stock issuances

From September 2023 through December 2023, we issued and sold an aggregate of 42,904,185 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.476 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $106.2 million.

From April 2024 through October 2024, we issued and sold an aggregate of 21,994,473 shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.9712 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $65.3 million.

From November 2025 through January 2026, we issued and sold an aggregate of 38,473,957 shares of our Series B-3 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.10 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $119.3 million.

From April 2026 through May 2026, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,052,045 shares of our Series B-4 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $32.8 million.

Purchasers of our convertible preferred stock include investors that beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, entities affiliated with certain members of our board of directors, and certain of our directors and executive officers. The following tables present the number of shares and the total purchase price paid by these stockholders since January 1, 2023.

Convertible preferred stock issued in Series B convertible preferred stock financings

 

Related party(1)

 

Shares of
Series B
convertible
preferred
stock

 

 

Aggregate
purchase
price
(in thousands)

 

NVIDIA Corporation(2)

 

 

8,077,544

 

 

$

20,000

 

Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P.(3)

 

 

6,058,158

 

 

$

15,000

 

Ascenta Capital Project Turing SPV, L.P.(3)

 

 

303,715

 

 

$

752

 

Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP (4)

 

 

5,048,465

 

 

$

12,500

 

Nexus Ventures V Ltd.(5)

 

 

4,038,772

 

 

$

10,000

 

Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP(6)

 

 

3,845,097

 

 

$

9,520

 

Coatue Ventures II LP(7)

 

 

403,877

 

 

$

1,000

 

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010(8)

 

 

403,877

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

(1)
Additional details regarding certain of these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”

204


Table of Contents

 

(2)
See NVIDIA Corporation under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(3)
See Ascenta Capital under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(4)
Kurt von Emster, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP.
(5)
See Nexus Venture Partners under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(6)
See Catalio Capital Management under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(7)
See Coatue Management under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(8)
See William Rastetter, Ph.D. under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”

Convertible preferred stock issued in Series B-2 convertible preferred stock financings

 

Related party(1)

 

Shares of
Series B-2
convertible
preferred
stock

 

 

Aggregate
purchase
price
(in thousands)

 

Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP(2)

 

 

1,682,821

 

 

$

5,000

 

Q Healthcare Holding LLC(3)

 

 

3,365,643

 

 

$

10,000

 

Nexus Ventures V Ltd.(4)

 

 

1,346,257

 

 

$

4,000

 

Coatue Ventures II LP(5)

 

 

1,003,989

 

 

$

2,983

 

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010(6)

 

 

336,564

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

(1)
Additional details regarding certain of these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(2)
Kurt von Emster, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP.
(3)
See Qatar Investment Authority under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(4)
See Nexus Venture Partners under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(5)
See Coatue Management under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(6)
See William Rastetter, Ph.D. under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”

Convertible preferred stock issued in Series B-3 convertible preferred stock financings

 

Related party(1)

 

Shares of
Series B-3
convertible
preferred
stock

 

 

Aggregate
purchase
price
(in thousands)

 

Q Healthcare Holding LLC(2)

 

 

6,451,612

 

 

$

20,000

 

Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P.(3)

 

 

1,612,903

 

 

$

5,000

 

Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP (4)

 

 

1,612,903

 

 

$

5,000

 

Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP(5)

 

 

645,161

 

 

$

2,000

 

Michael Secora, Ph.D.(6)

 

 

322,580

 

 

$

1,000

 

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010(7)

 

 

193,548

 

 

$

600

 

 

(1)
Additional details regarding certain of these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(2)
See Qatar Investment Authority under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(3)
See Ascenta Capital under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(4)
Kurt von Emster, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP.
(5)
See Catalio Capital Management under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(6)
See Michael Secora under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(7)
See William Rastetter, Ph.D. under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”

205


Table of Contents

 

Convertible preferred stock issued in Series B-4 convertible preferred stock financings

 

Related party(1)

 

Shares of
Series B-4
convertible
preferred
stock

 

 

Aggregate
purchase
price
(in thousands)

 

Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC(2)

 

 

7,668,711

 

 

$

25,000

 

NVIDIA Corporation(3)

 

 

1,533,742

 

 

$

5,000

 

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010(4)

 

 

78,734

 

 

$

257

 

 

(1)
Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(2)
See Catalio Capital Management under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(3)
See NVIDIA Corporation under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(4)
See William Rastetter, Ph.D. under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”

2026 convertible promissory notes financing

From August 14, 2026 through September 11, 2026, we issued an aggregate of $66.5 million in principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes (Convertible Notes) to new investors, including KKR, Insight Partners, Perceptive Advisors, Millennium Management, and Laurion Capital, as well as existing investors, including related parties, with original maturity dates of August 14, 2028. The aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Convertible Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest will be automatically converted in connection with the completion of this offering into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to the lower of (i) 85% of the initial public offering price per share (reflecting a 15% discount) and (ii) the price per share implied by a $900.0 million valuation cap.

The following investors that beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and entities affiliated with certain members of our board of directors participated in our Convertible Notes offering.

 

Related party(1)

 

 

Aggregate
purchase
price
(in thousands)

 

Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P.(2)

 

 

$

5,527

 

Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP (3)

 

 

$

2,100

 

Catalio BH SPV, LLC (4)

 

 

$

10,000

 

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010(5)

 

 

$

112

 

 

(1)
Additional details regarding certain of these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(2)
See Ascenta Capital under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(3)
Kurt von Emster, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of Abingworth Bioventures 8, LP.
(4)
See Entities affiliated with Catalio under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”
(5)
See William Rastetter, Ph.D. under the section titled “Principal stockholders.”

Investors’ rights agreement

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement, as amended, with certain holders of our capital stock, including Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP, Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P., Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC, Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP, Coatue Ventures II LP, Nexus Ventures V Ltd., NVIDIA Corporation, Q Healthcare Holding LLC, the Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010, Frederick Manby, Ph.D., Thomas Miller, Ph.D., Charlotte Miller Trust dated January 27, 2025, MWM Family Irrevocable NV Trust dated January 27, 2025, and Thomas Francis Miller, IV Trust dated January 27, 2025. Under our investors’ rights agreement, certain holders of our capital stock have the right to

206


Table of Contents

 

demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Voting agreement

We are party to a voting agreement, as amended, with certain holders of our capital stock, including Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP, Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P., Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC, Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP, Coatue Ventures II LP, Nexus Ventures V Ltd., NVIDIA Corporation, Q Healthcare Holding LLC, the Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010, Frederick Manby, Ph.D., Thomas Miller, Ph.D., Charlotte Miller Trust dated January 27, 2025, MWM Family Irrevocable NV Trust dated January 27, 2025, and Thomas Francis Miller, IV Trust dated January 27, 2025. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote the shares of our capital stock held by them so as to elect the following individuals as directors: (i) one individual designated by Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P., currently Evan Rachlin, (ii) one individual designated by Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP, currently Kurt von Emster, (iii) one individual designated by Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP, currently R. Jacob Vogelstein, (iv) one individual designated by Nexus Ventures V Ltd., currently vacant, (v) our chief executive officer, currently Thomas Miller, Ph.D., (vi) one individual designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock held by the Key Holders (as defined in the voting agreement) who are then providing services to us as officers, employees or consultants, currently Frederick Manby, Ph.D., and (vii) four independent directors who are not affiliated with us or any of our investors and who are mutually acceptable to the other members of our board of directors, currently William Rastetter, Shalini Sharp, Mary Tagliaferri, and Samit Hirawat. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares so as to elect these nominees, as well as the other rights and obligations under this agreement, will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of our board of directors. Our existing certificate of incorporation contains provisions regarding election of members of the board of directors that correspond to the voting agreement; however, such provisions will be removed in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective at the closing of this offering.

Management rights letters

In connection with the issuance and sale of our convertible preferred stock, we entered into management rights letters with certain purchasers of our convertible preferred stock, including holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors or officers are affiliated, pursuant to which such entities were granted certain management rights, including preemptive rights, observer rights, and the rights to receive board materials, consult with and advise our management on significant business issues, review our operating plans, examine our books and records, and inspect our facilities. These management rights letters or the rights provided therein, other than certain confidentiality obligations, will terminate in connection with the closing of this offering.

Indemnification agreements

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering require us to indemnify our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See the section titled “Management—Limitation of liability and indemnification of officers and directors” for additional information.

Other transactions

We have entered into offer letter agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain compensatory and change in control benefits, as well as severance benefits. For a description of these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive compensation—Named executive officer agreements.”

207


Table of Contents

 

We have also granted stock options and restricted stock units to our executive officers, and stock options to certain of our directors. For a description of these equity awards, see the sections titled “Executive compensation” and “Management—Director compensation.”

Policies and procedures for related person transactions

We adopted a formal, written policy regarding related person transactions, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. This written policy regarding related person transactions will provide that a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we are a participant and in which a related person has, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest and in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds $120,000. Our policy will also provide that a related person means any of our executive officers and directors (including director nominees), in each case at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year, or holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, any of the foregoing persons. Our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related person transactions. In addition to our policy, our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related person transactions.

All related person transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of the formal, written policy described above, and therefore these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

208


Table of Contents

 

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2026 by:

•
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
•
each of our named executive officers;
•
each of our directors; and
•
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in the table have sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Section 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 150,004,272 shares of common stock and the automatic conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of shares of our common stock (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), in each case as if such conversion had occurred as of June 30, 2026. The percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering shown in the table is based on shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming the foregoing automatic conversions and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Shares of common stock subject to stock options and restricted stock units that vest, in whole or in part, based on the achievement of performance conditions or the occurrence of a liquidity event—including our performance-based stock options and performance-based restricted stock units—are not treated as outstanding, or as beneficially owned by any person, in the table below to the extent the applicable performance or liquidity conditions had not been satisfied as of June 30, 2026, because no holder had the right to acquire the shares of common stock underlying those awards within 60 days of June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, an aggregate of 3,338,160 shares of common stock were issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding performance-based restricted stock units, and 724,108 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding performance-based stock options, in each case that are excluded from the table below. See the section titled “Executive compensation” for additional information regarding these awards.

209


Table of Contents

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., 5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120, San Diego, California 92121.

 

 

Shares beneficially owned
prior to the offering

 

Shares beneficially owned
after the offering

Name of beneficial owner

 

Number of
shares

 

 

Percentage (%)

 

Number of
shares

 

Percentage (%)

Greater than 5% stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Catalio(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nexus Ventures V Ltd.(2)

 

 

17,023,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q Healthcare Holding LLC(3)

 

 

9,817,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NVIDIA Corporation(4)

 

 

9,611,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coatue Ventures II LP (5)

 

 

9,445,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Named executive officers and directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.(6)

 

 

7,330,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Frederick Manby, Ph.D.(7)

 

 

10,330,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Olson, Ph.D.(8)

 

 

510,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Secora, Ph.D.(9)

 

 

2,328,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Samit Hirawat, M.D.

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evan Rachlin, M.D.(10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Rastetter(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shalini Sharp

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mary Tagliaferri, M.D.(12)

 

 

175,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D.(13)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kurt von Emster

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1)
Consists of (i) 10,495,061 shares held of record by Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP, or Catalio Nexus, (ii) 7,668,711 shares held of record by Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC, or Catalio Access, and (iii) shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note purchased by Catalio BH SPV, LLC, or Catalio SPV. Catalio Capital Management, LP (Catalio Capital Mgmt), a registered investment advisor, is the investment manager for Catalio Nexus and Catalio Access and the separately managed account, Catalio SPV. As the managing partners of Catalio, George Petrocheilos and R. Jacob Vogelstein, one of our directors, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Catalio Nexus, Catalio Access, and Catalio SPV. The address for the entities affiliated with Catalio is 512 W. 22nd Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10011.
(2)
Consists of 17,023,474 shares held of record by Nexus Ventures V Ltd. (NV V), which is controlled by Nexus Ventures Management V Ltd. (NVM V) as its sole Class A shareholder. NVM V is owned by Nexus Ventures Management Holdings LLC. Jishnu Bhattacharjee, Kamalam Pillay Rungapadiachy and Thirumagen Vaitilingon are the directors of NV V and collectively make investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by NV V. The address for NV V is c/o IQ EQ Fund Services (Mauritius) Limited, 33, Edith Cavell Street, Port Louis, Mauritius.
(3)
Consists of 9,817,255 shares held of record by Q Healthcare Holding LLC (Q Healthcare). Qatar Investment Authority may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power over the shares held or beneficially owned by Q Healthcare. The principal business address of Q Healthcare is c/o Qatar Investment Authority, Ooredoo Tower (Building 14), Al Dafna Street (Street 801), Al Dafna (Zone 61), Doha, Qatar.
(4)
Consists of 9,611,286 shares held of record by NVIDIA Corporation, a publicly traded company listed on Nasdaq. The address of NVIDIA Corporation is 2788 San Tomas Expressway, Santa Clara, California 95051.
(5)
Consists of 9,445,874 shares held of record by Coatue Ventures II LP (Coatue Ventures). Coatue Management, L.L.C. (Coatue Mgmt) serves as the investment manager of Coatue Ventures II LP. As the control person of Coatue Mgmt, Philippe Laffont holds voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held of record by Coatue Ventures. The address for Coatue Ventures II LP is 9 West 57th Street, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(6)
Consists of (i) 6,723,557 shares held of record by Dr. Miller, of which 38,537 may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price and (ii) 606,692 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, all of which are fully vested.
(7)
Consists of (i) 9,100,000 shares held of record by Dr. Manby and (ii) 1,230,248 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, of which 1,200,275 are fully vested.
(8)
Consists of 510,766 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, all of which are fully vested.
(9)
Consists of (i) 1,322,580 shares held of record by Dr. Secora and (ii) 1,006,250 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, of which 6,250 are fully vested.
(10)
Consists of (i) 7,671,061 shares held of record by Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P., or Ascenta Capital Fund I, (ii) shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes purchased by Ascenta Capital Fund I, and (iii) 303,715 shares held of record by Ascenta Capital Project Turing SPV, L.P., or Ascenta Capital Project Turing. As a Managing Member of Ascenta Capital Fund I, G.P., L.L.C., the General Partner of Ascenta Capital Fund I and Ascenta Capital Project Turing, Dr. Rachlin shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held of record by Ascenta Capital Fund I and Ascenta Capital Project Turing.
(11)
Consists of (i) 1,012,723 shares held of record by The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010 for which Dr. Rastetter serves as a trustee (the Rastetter Family Trust), (ii) shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes purchased by The Rastetter Family Trust, and (iii) 298,958 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, all of which are fully vested.
(12)
Consists of 175,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, all of which are fully vested.

210


Table of Contents

 

(13)
Consists of the shares disclosed in footnote (1) above that are held of record by entities affiliated with Catalio.
(14)
Consists of (i) 44,297,408 shares beneficially owned by our executive officers and directors, 38,537 of which may be repurchased by us, (ii) shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, and (iii) 4,575,314 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026, of which 3,545,341 are fully vested.

211


Table of Contents

 

Description of capital stock

General

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of capital stock,” you should refer to our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and investors’ rights agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,100,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.001 par value per share, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2026, there would have been shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by stockholders, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the Notes Conversion in connection with the completion of this offering into shares of common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Dividend rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend policy” for more information.

No preemptive or similar rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Voting rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held as of the applicable record date on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Our stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, our governing documents or the rules of the stock exchange on which our securities are listed. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote as of the applicable record date, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

212


Table of Contents

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three‑year terms. Only the directors in one class will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three‑year terms.

Liquidation rights

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Fully paid and nonassessable

In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred stock

Our board of directors will have the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue shares of authorized but unissued preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. These powers, rights, and preferences could include dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price(s) and liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control or other corporate action. As of the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

Options

As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 17,208,599 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.31 per share, under our 2020 Plan.

RSUs

As of June 30, 2026, we had 3,338,160 shares of our common stock subject to RSUs outstanding under our 2020 Plan, for which the performance-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of June 30, 2026 and for which the liquidity-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the completion of this offering.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding warrants to purchase up to 74,396 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $0.57 per share.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, under our investors’ rights agreement, the holders of up to shares of our common stock or their transferees, will have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

213


Table of Contents

 

Demand registration rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least a majority of the shares having registration rights then outstanding can request that we file a registration statement on Form S‑1 to register the offer and sale of their shares. We are only obligated to effect two such registrations. The request for registration must cover at least 40% of the shares having registration rights then outstanding. These demand registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, then we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12‑month period, for a period of not more than 190 days.

Form S‑3 registration rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S‑3 registration rights. At any time when we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S‑3, the holders of at least 30% of the shares having these registration rights then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock on a registration statement on Form S‑3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, net of certain selling expenses, is at least $3 million. These Form S‑3 registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, then we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12‑month period, for a period of not more than 190 days.

Piggyback registration rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register the offer and sale of our common stock under the Securities Act solely for cash, all holders of these shares then outstanding can request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a registration relating to any stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive, or similar plan, (ii) a registration relating to a transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities or (iv) a registration in which the only stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Expenses of registration

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares to be offered and sold pursuant to the registrations described above, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of the shares included in such registrations not to exceed $30,000.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (i) a deemed liquidation event (as defined in our investors’ rights agreement), (ii) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities without limitation in a three‑month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and (iii) the date that is three years after the closing of this offering.

214


Table of Contents

 

Anti-takeover effects of certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware law

We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

•
the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;
•
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
•
on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

•
mergers or consolidations involving the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, and the interested stockholder or any other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder;
•
any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation;
•
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, of any stock of the corporation or such subsidiary to the interested stockholder;
•
any transaction involving the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation or such subsidiary beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and
•
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.

215


Table of Contents

 

Certificate of incorporation and bylaws provisions

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

•
permit our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, with any powers, rights, and preferences as they may designate;
•
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
•
provide that all vacancies and newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, our governing documents or resolution of our board of directors, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
•
divide our board of directors into three classes, each of which stands for election once every three years;
•
for so long as our board of directors is classified, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;
•
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
•
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
•
not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
•
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, our chief executive officer or president; and
•
provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws only upon receiving at least two‑thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class.

Exclusive forum

Our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, stockholders, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware), except for, as to each of (1) through (4) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within ten days following such determination). This provision would not apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Our bylaws will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding or owning (or continuing to hold or own) any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing bylaw provisions. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions.

216


Table of Contents

 

Transfer agent and registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “IAM,” and this offering is contingent upon obtaining approval of such listing.

217


Table of Contents

 

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the Notes Conversion, and the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices of our common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, based on our shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and assuming (i) the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the Notes Conversion, (iii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock and (iv) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, we will have a total of shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be, and shares subject to stock options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. As a result of the lock‑up agreements and market standoff provisions described below and subject to the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

•
beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and
•
beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the terms of the lock‑up agreements and market standoff provisions described below, all remaining shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-up agreements and market standoff arrangements

We, our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our securities have agreed or will agree, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters of this offering. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may, in their sole discretion, and subject to FINRA Rule 5131, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time. These agreements are described below under the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting.”

In addition, our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities have entered into market standoff arrangements with us under which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, they will not, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to

218


Table of Contents

 

sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge, any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described above, within any three‑month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and
•
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the effective date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration rights

Pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement, upon the completion of this offering, the holders of up to shares of our common stock, or certain permitted transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are described under the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” Following the expiration of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described above, and upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

219


Table of Contents

 

Registration statement on Form S‑8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S‑8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S‑8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff provisions and lock‑up agreements. See the section titled “Executive compensation—Employee benefit and stock plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

220


Table of Contents

 

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of our common stock

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “non-U.S. holder” (as defined below) but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax considerations different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax rules, or the effect, if any, of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, any alternative minimum tax or the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

•
banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, or other financial institutions;
•
tax-exempt organizations;
•
pension plans and tax-qualified retirement plans;
•
controlled foreign corporations, foreign controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
•
entities or arrangements classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass through entities (or owners of such entities or arrangements);
•
brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;
•
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting for their securities holdings;
•
persons who own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
•
certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
•
persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction transaction;
•
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any option or otherwise as compensation;
•
persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment); or
•
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entity holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or owner in the partnership or pass-through entity generally will depend on the status of the partner or owner and upon the activities of the partnership or pass-through entity. A partner or owner in a partnership or pass-through entity

221


Table of Contents

 

that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or pass-through entity.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal gift or estate tax rules or under the laws of any U.S. state or local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non‑U.S. holder defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is neither a partnership nor:

•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
•
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
•
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
•
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more United States persons (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on disposition of common stock.”

Subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, withholding, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us or the applicable paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, we may withhold up to 30% of the gross amount of the entire distribution even if the amount constituting a dividend, as described above, is less than the gross amount. You may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are treated as effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W‑8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W‑8

222


Table of Contents

 

properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, generally are taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non‑U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the application of any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on disposition of common stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

•
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty requires, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);
•
you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
•
our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our U.S. and worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC and that will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is “regularly traded”, as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, your common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually (directly or indirectly) or constructively hold more than five percent of our regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you generally will be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions and credits) under U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non‑U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year, provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup withholding and information reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS any distributions on our common stock paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

223


Table of Contents

 

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock made to you may be subject to backup withholding at the applicable statutory rate unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non‑U.S. status on a properly completed IRS Form W‑8BEN or W‑8BEN‑E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W‑8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Additional withholding requirements under the foreign account tax compliance act

FATCA, including Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other official IRS guidance issued thereunder, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The withholding obligations under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock and to the payment of gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock. However, the U.S. Treasury Department has issued proposed regulations that, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate FATCA withholding on gross proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our common stock (but not on payments of dividends). The preamble of such proposed regulations states that they may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued or until such proposed regulations are rescinded. The withholding tax will apply regardless of whether the payment otherwise would be exempt from withholding tax, including under the exemptions described above. Under certain circumstances, you might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and your country of residence may modify the requirements described in this section. You should consult with your own tax advisors regarding the application of FATCA withholding to your investment in, and ownership and disposition of, our common stock.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice to investors in their particular circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non‑U.S. tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

224


Table of Contents

 

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

 

Number of shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

Jefferies LLC

 

 

BofA Securities, Inc.

 

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

Total

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $ per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

 

Without option to
purchase additional
shares exercise

 

 

With full option to
purchase additional
shares exercise

 

Per share

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Total

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. in an amount up to $ .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

225


Table of Contents

 

We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, hedge, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or (ii) enter into any swap, hedging, or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.

The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing date of this offering and described in this prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; (iii) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock, or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or which are otherwise exchangeable for, common stock, immediately following the closing date of this offering, in acquisitions or other similar strategic transactions, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; or (iv) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.

Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our securityholders (such persons, the lock-up parties) are subject to market standoff arrangements or have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the restricted period), may not and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including without limitation, our common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the lock-up party in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively with the common stock, the lock-up securities), (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the lock-up securities, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap, or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (whether by the lock-up party or any other person) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise. Such persons or entities further confirm that they have furnished the representatives with the details of any transaction such persons or entities, or any of their

226


Table of Contents

 

respective affiliates, is a party to as of the date hereof, which transaction would have been restricted by the lock-up agreements if it had been entered into by such persons or entities during the restricted period.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, including, without limitation, to a charitable organization or educational institution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy, (iii) to any member of a lock-up party's immediate family, or any trust or other legal entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, or if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above, (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, member, partner, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to its directors, officers, employees, managers, managing members, members, partners, limited partners, stockholders, beneficiaries (or the estates thereof) or other equity holders, (vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree, separation agreement, other court order or regulatory agency order, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment of such employee, or pursuant to other arrangements described in this prospectus under which we have the option or obligation to repurchase, reclassify, redeem, convert or exchange such lock-up securities or a right of first refusal with respect to such lock-up securities, (ix) if the lock-up party is not our officer under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or director, in connection with a sale, transfer, or disposal of, or entry into other transactions (including, without limitation, any swap, hedge, or similar agreement or arrangement) relating to lock-up securities acquired from the underwriters in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such shares of our common stock received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up, and provided further that any such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights are held by the lock-up party pursuant to an agreement or equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, each such agreement or plan which is described in this prospectus, or (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all stockholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; and (d) the establishment or modification by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period and any public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act made by any person regarding the establishment of such plan during the restricted period shall include a statement that the lock-up party is not permitted to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of securities under such plan during the restricted period.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time, provided that any such release with respect to a non-employee holder or an employee holder of greater than 1% of our outstanding common stock must be on a pro rata basis, based on the

227


Table of Contents

 

number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering on an as-converted basis that are subject to the lock-up provisions described above, subject to certain exceptions.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “IAM,” and this offering is contingent upon obtaining such approval.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

•
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
•
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
•
an assessment of our management;
•
our prospects for future earnings;
•
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
•
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
•
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

228


Table of Contents

 

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking, and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Relevant State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:

(i)
to any qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;
(ii)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or
(iii)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation, supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation or publish an Annex IX document pursuant to Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

229


Table of Contents

 

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

(i)
where (i) the offer is conditional on the admission of the shares to trading on the London Stock Exchange plc’s main market (in reliance on the exception in paragraph 6(a) of Schedule 1 of the POATR) or (ii) the shares being offered are at the time of the offer already admitted to trading on London Stock Exchange plc’s main market (in reliance on the exception in paragraph 6(b) of Schedule 1 of the POATR);
(ii)
to any qualified investor as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR;
(iii)
to fewer than 150 persons (other than qualified investors as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or
(iv)
in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the POATR.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication to any person which presents sufficient information on: (a) the shares to be offered; and (b) the terms on which they are to be offered, to enable an investor to decide to buy or subscribe for the shares and the expression “POATR” means the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to the public or a solicitation to purchase or invest in any shares. No shares have been offered or will be offered to the public in Switzerland, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in Switzerland at any time under the following exemptions under the Swiss Financial Services Act (FinSA):

(i)
to any person which is a professional client as defined under the FinSA;
(ii)
to fewer than 500 persons (other than professional clients as defined under the FinSA), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or
(iii)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 36 FinSA in connection with Article 44 of the Swiss Financial Services Ordinance,

230


Table of Contents

 

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any investment bank to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 35 FinSA.

The shares have not been and will not be listed or admitted to trading on a trading venue in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the FinSA and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Law, DIFC Law No. 1 of 2012, as amended. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Law, DIFC Law No. 1 of 2012, as amended. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA) has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted, or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority, Financial Services Regulatory Authority (FSRA) or the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA).

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

•
does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Corporations Act);
•
has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and
•
may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (Exempt Investors).

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable

231


Table of Contents

 

Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares of our common stock under this prospectus will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares of our common stock you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign, or otherwise alienate those shares of our common stock to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the SFO) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the CO) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

(i)
to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the SFA)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;
(ii)
to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

232


Table of Contents

 

(iii)
otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(i)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(ii)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(i)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(c)(ii) of the SFA;
(ii)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(iii)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
(iv)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(v)
as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares of our common stock, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares of common stock are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Rules on the Offer of Securities and Continuing Obligations Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (CMA) pursuant to resolution number 3-123-2017 dated 27 December 2017, as amended (the CMA Regulations). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

233


Table of Contents

 

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of us. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), (BVI Companies), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in China and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of China (for such purposes, not including the Hong Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions or Taiwan), except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of China. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in China, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the FSCMA), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the FETL). Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (Commission) for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase,

234


Table of Contents

 

invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding, or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the South African Companies Act) is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

 

Section 96 (1) (a)

the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation, or delivery is to:

 

(i) persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

(ii) the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

(iii) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

(iv) authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

(v) financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

 

(vi) a wholly owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (iii), (iv) or (v), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

(vii) any combination of the person in (i) to (vi), or

Section 96 (1) (b)

the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

 

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

235


Table of Contents

 

Notice to prospective investors in Israel

This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Israeli Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), or, collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

236


Table of Contents

 

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, San Diego, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. Investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, hold shares of our preferred stock that will convert into our common stock in connection with this offering representing shares of our common stock, which represents less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Cooley LLP, San Diego, California, is acting as counsel for the underwriters.

Experts

The financial statements of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and for the years then ended, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Change in accountants

On September 4, 2025, as approved by our audit committee, and, upon the audit committee’s recommendation, our board of directors dismissed Ernst & Young LLP (EY), as our independent auditor.

On September 4, 2025, as approved by our audit committee, and, upon the audit committee’s recommendation, our board of directors appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP, or Deloitte, as our new independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

EY’s report on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

During the year ended December 31, 2024 and the subsequent period through September 4, 2025: (1) there were no disagreements (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) with EY on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to EY’s satisfaction, would have caused EY to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report on the consolidated financial statements and (2) there were no “reportable events” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K), except with respect to the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting that existed and was advised to the registrant during 2024 and was remediated as of December 31, 2024.

In accordance with Item 304(a)(3) of Regulation S-K, we provided EY with a copy of the disclosures set forth above and requested that EY furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with such disclosures. EY’s letter is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

During the year ended December 31, 2024 and the subsequent period through September 4, 2025, neither we nor anyone acting on our behalf consulted with Deloitte regarding (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements, where either a written report or oral advice was provided that Deloitte concluded was an important factor we considered in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto; or (iii) any reportable event as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

237


Table of Contents

 

Where you can find additional information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S‑1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus constitutes only a part of the registration statement. Some items are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.iambic.ai. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of or incorporated by reference into this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

238


Table of Contents

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

July 24, 2026

San Diego, California

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2025.

F-2


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated balance sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

180,539

 

 

$

141,579

 

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables

 

 

1,317

 

 

 

444

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,734

 

 

 

1,844

 

Total current assets

 

 

183,590

 

 

 

143,867

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

4,834

 

 

 

4,812

 

Right-of-use asset

 

 

5,015

 

 

 

5,710

 

Other assets

 

 

1,579

 

 

 

1,360

 

Total assets

 

$

195,018

 

 

$

155,749

 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,322

 

 

$

2,881

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

10,990

 

 

 

6,716

 

Operating lease liability, current

 

 

672

 

 

 

653

 

Deferred revenue, current

 

 

11,305

 

 

 

6,638

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

26,289

 

 

 

16,888

 

Operating lease liability, non-current

 

 

4,788

 

 

 

5,556

 

Deferred revenue, non-current

 

 

9,081

 

 

 

2,701

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

91

 

 

 

193

 

Total liabilities

 

 

40,249

 

 

 

25,338

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 141,800,841 and
   102,370,167 shares authorized as of December 31, 2025 and 2024,
   respectively; 133,500,615 and 101,478,270 shares issued and
   outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively;
   liquidation preference of $342,517 and $243,248 as of
   December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

 

 

341,332

 

 

 

242,658

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 185,438,918 and 138,794,805
   shares authorized as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively;
   22,131,640 and 21,489,791 shares issued and outstanding as of
   December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

 

 

22

 

 

 

21

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

8,571

 

 

 

5,610

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

24

 

 

 

7

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(195,180

)

 

 

(117,885

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(186,563

)

 

 

(112,247

)

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

195,018

 

 

$

155,749

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

9,426

 

 

$

1,194

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

77,528

 

 

 

45,696

 

General and administrative

 

 

14,248

 

 

 

9,375

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

91,776

 

 

 

55,071

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(82,350

)

 

 

(53,877

)

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

5,207

 

 

 

6,042

 

Interest expense

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(8

)

Other expense

 

 

(90

)

 

 

—

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

5,100

 

 

 

6,034

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(77,250

)

 

 

(47,843

)

Income tax expense

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(34

)

Net loss

 

$

(77,295

)

 

$

(47,877

)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and
   diluted

 

$

(3.57

)

 

$

(2.23

)

Weighted-average common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

21,621,643

 

 

 

21,423,331

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

17

 

 

 

(5

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(77,278

)

 

$

(47,882

)

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

Convertible
preferred stock

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

Additional
paid-in

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total
stockholders’

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

capital

 

 

income (loss)

 

 

deficit

 

 

deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

 

79,483,797

 

 

$

177,687

 

 

 

 

21,350,242

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

3,920

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

(70,008

)

 

$

(66,055

)

Issuance of Series B-2 convertible
   preferred stock, net of issuance
   costs of $379

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

64,971

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Issuance of common stock upon
   the exercise of options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

99,528

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

37

 

Stock-based compensation
   expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,653

 

Vesting of restricted stock
   awards

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

40,021

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(47,877

)

 

 

(47,877

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(5

)

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

 

101,478,270

 

 

$

242,658

 

 

 

 

21,489,791

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

5,610

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

(117,885

)

 

$

(112,247

)

Issuance of Series B-3 convertible
   preferred stock, net of issuance
   costs of $595

 

 

32,022,345

 

 

 

98,674

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Issuance of common stock upon
   the exercise of options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

636,505

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

483

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

484

 

Stock-based compensation
   expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,478

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,478

 

Vesting of restricted stock
   awards

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

5,344

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(77,295

)

 

 

(77,295

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

17

 

Balance as of December 31, 2025

 

 

133,500,615

 

 

$

341,332

 

 

 

 

22,131,640

 

 

$

22

 

 

$

8,571

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

(195,180

)

 

$

(186,563

)

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(77,295

)

 

$

(47,877

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
   activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,225

 

 

 

1,059

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

2,478

 

 

 

1,653

 

Non-cash lease expense

 

 

1,150

 

 

 

1,255

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

33

 

 

 

—

 

Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)

 

 

17

 

 

 

(5

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables

 

 

(873

)

 

 

(444

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

110

 

 

 

(1,333

)

Other assets

 

 

(219

)

 

 

(755

)

Accounts payable

 

 

441

 

 

 

280

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

4,267

 

 

 

3,856

 

Operating right-of-use asset and lease liabilities, net

 

 

(1,204

)

 

 

(580

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

11,047

 

 

 

9,339

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

—

 

 

 

(8

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(58,823

)

 

 

(33,560

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(1,280

)

 

 

(707

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,280

)

 

 

(707

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of Series B-2 convertible preferred stock,
   net of issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

64,971

 

Proceeds from the issuance of Series B-3 convertible preferred stock,
   net of issuance costs

 

 

98,674

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of
   options

 

 

484

 

 

 

37

 

Principal payments on finance leases

 

 

(95

)

 

 

(15

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

99,063

 

 

 

64,993

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

38,960

 

 

 

30,726

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

141,579

 

 

 

110,853

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

180,539

 

 

$

141,579

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

17

 

 

$

5

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

45

 

 

$

34

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

 

$

—

 

 

$

58

 

Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for operating lease liability

 

$

—

 

 

$

6,295

 

Property and equipment obtained in exchange for finance lease liability

 

$

—

 

 

$

310

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Description of business and basis of presentation

Description of business

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), together with its consolidated subsidiary, is a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company developing novel medicines using its proprietary molecular superintelligence platform. The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in October 2019 as Entos, Inc., and changed its name to Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., in May 2023. The Company is headquartered in San Diego, California.

Liquidity

From inception to December 31, 2025, the Company has experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities and has an accumulated deficit of $195.2 million as of December 31, 2025. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future and believes it will need to raise substantial additional capital to accomplish its business plan over the next several years. The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, or other sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements. There can be no assurance as to the availability or terms upon which such financing and capital might be available in the future. If the Company is unable to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $180.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. The Company believes it has sufficient cash to fund its projected operating requirements for at least twelve months from the date these consolidated financial statements are issued.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Iambic Therapeutics UK Ltd (“Iambic Therapeutics UK”), which operates primarily in the United Kingdom. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Foreign currency translation

The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Iambic Therapeutics UK, uses the British Pound as its functional currency. All assets and liabilities of Iambic Therapeutics UK are translated using period-end exchange rates, and revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period. Translation adjustments resulting from exchange rate fluctuations are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Exchange gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included as a component of other expense.

Use of estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates in the Company’s consolidated financial statements relate to the fair value of the Company’s common and convertible preferred stock, clinical accruals and prepaid expenses, stock-based compensation expense, revenue recognition, and

F-7


Table of Contents

 

deferred revenue. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may materially differ from these estimates.

Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and mitigates credit risk by maintaining a diversified portfolio and limiting the amount of investment exposure as to institution, maturity, and investment type.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts.

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

•
Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
•
Level 2: Inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly;
•
Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments, consisting of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and unbilled receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, are considered to approximate their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments.

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables

The Company records accounts receivable for amounts invoiced to a customer for which the Company has an unconditional right to consideration. Accounts receivable is recorded net of expected credit losses, if any. Unbilled receivables represent unconditional rights to consideration where services have been provided to the customer but have not yet been invoiced. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $0.3 million in accounts receivable and $1.0 million in unbilled receivables with two customers. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $0.2 million in accounts receivable and $0.3 million in unbilled receivables with one customer.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are reported net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment are depreciated and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. The Company estimates useful lives for laboratory equipment as seven years and office furniture and equipment as three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term. Ordinary maintenance and repairs are charged to expense, while expenditures that extend the physical or economic life of the assets are capitalized.

F-8


Table of Contents

 

Valuation of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets to be held and used, including property and equipment and right-of-use assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Leases

At contract inception, the Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”). The Company determines a contract contains a lease when all of the following criteria based on the specific circumstances of the arrangement are met: (i) there is an identified asset for which there are no substantive substitution rights; (ii) the Company has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the identified asset; and (iii) the Company has the right to direct the use of the identified asset.

The Company classifies each of its leases at inception as operating or financing considering factors such as the length of the lease term, the present value of the lease payments, the nature of the leased asset, and the potential for ownership of the asset to transfer during the lease term. Leases with terms greater than one year are measured at the present value of the fixed payments due over the expected lease term, with the asset value reduced by the present value of any incentives, rebates, or abatements the Company expects to receive from the lessor. The present value of lease payments is determined by using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate is readily determinable; otherwise, the Company uses its estimated secured incremental borrowing rate for a period equal to the expected lease term. Options to extend a lease by the Company are included in the expected lease term if exercise of the option is deemed reasonably certain. Options to extend the lease held by the lessor are included in the calculation of the lease term. Variable lease payments are amounts the Company owes to a lessor that are not fixed, such as reimbursement for insurance, property taxes, common area maintenance, and other operating expenses for facility leases. Variable lease payments are not included in the measurement of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities but rather are expensed when incurred. The Company recognizes expense for fixed lease payments on its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term as an operating expense. For its finance leases, amortization expense and interest expense are recognized separately in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, with amortization expense recognized on a straight-line basis and interest expense recognized using the effective interest method. The Company has elected the practical expedient not to separate lease and non-lease components for leases.

The Company’s operating lease asset and liabilities are reflected in its consolidated balance sheets with the captions right-of-use asset; operating lease liability, current; and operating lease liability, non-current. The Company’s finance lease asset and liabilities are reflected in its consolidated balance sheets as property and equipment, net; accrued expenses and other current liabilities; and other non-current liabilities. The Company does not record short-term leases, defined as leases that have a term of 12 months or less at the commencement date, on its consolidated balance sheets. The related expenses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Convertible preferred stock

The Company records all shares of convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of any amounts allocated to issuance costs. Convertible preferred stock is classified as temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets upon the occurrence of certain events that are outside the Company’s control, such as a merger, acquisition, or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The convertible preferred stock may become redeemable at the option of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares. The carrying values of the convertible preferred stock will be adjusted to their liquidation preferences if and when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

F-9


Table of Contents

 

Revenue recognition

The Company generates revenue from its collaboration agreements under which the Company licenses certain rights to its technology and/or performs research and development services. The terms of these arrangements include receipt of one or more of the following: nonrefundable, upfront fees; reimbursement of research and development costs; development, regulatory, and commercial milestone payments; and royalties on net sales of licensed products, if any.

At contract inception, the Company first analyzes its license and collaboration agreements to assess whether such arrangements are within the scope of ASC Topic 808, Collaborative Arrangements (“ASC 808”), to determine whether the arrangement involves joint operating activities performed by parties that are both active participants in the activities and exposed to significant risks and rewards that are dependent on the commercial success of such activities. If an arrangement is not within the scope of ASC 808, the Company then assesses whether the arrangement in its entirety represents a contract with a customer in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). If only a portion of the arrangement is potentially with a customer, the Company applies the distinct good or service unit-of-account guidance in ASC 606 to determine whether there is a unit of account that should be accounted for under ASC 606.

To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that the Company determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies its performance obligations. The Company applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer.

At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within the contract and whether each promised good or service constitutes a distinct performance obligation. Promised goods or services are considered distinct when: (i) the customer can benefit from the good or service on its own or together with other readily available resources; or (ii) the promised good or service is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. In assessing whether promised goods or services are distinct, the Company considers factors such as the stage of development of the underlying technology, the capabilities of the customer to develop the technology on their own, or whether the required expertise is readily available. Arrangements that include rights to additional goods or services that are exercisable at a customer’s discretion are generally considered options. The Company assesses whether these options provide a material right to the customer and, if so, they are considered performance obligations.

The Company estimates the transaction price based on the amount of consideration it expects to receive for transferring the promised goods or services in the contract. The consideration may include both fixed consideration and variable consideration. At the inception of each arrangement that contains variable consideration, the Company evaluates the amount of potential payments and likelihood that such payments will be received. The amount included in the transaction price is constrained to the amount for which it is probable that a significant reversal of recognized revenue will not occur. At the end of each subsequent reporting period, the Company re-evaluates the estimated variable consideration included in the transaction price and any related constraint and, as required, adjusts its estimate of the total transaction price. Any such adjustments are recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period of adjustment.

In a contract with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis. The standalone selling price is the price the Company would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. If a standalone selling price is not directly observable, the Company estimates a standalone selling price which may require the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions that require judgment. The estimation of the standalone selling price may include estimates regarding forecasted revenue or costs, development timelines, discount rates, probabilities of technical and regulatory success, as well as active market participation. Certain variable consideration is allocated to one or more performance obligations in a contract when the terms of the variable consideration relate specifically to the satisfaction of the performance obligation and the resulting amounts allocated to each

F-10


Table of Contents

 

performance obligation are consistent with the amounts the Company would expect to receive for each performance obligation when considering all the performance obligations and payment terms in the contract.

The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to each respective performance obligation when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. For performance obligations that are satisfied over time, the Company measures its progress towards completion using various methods. For research and development related performance obligations, including any associated material rights, revenue is recognized using an input method based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. For platform access performance obligations, revenue is recognized using a time-elapsed output method.

Nonrefundable, upfront fees to use the Company’s intellectual property are recognized as revenue when the related license is transferred to the customer and the customer is able to use and benefit from the license. For licenses that are bundled with other promised goods or services, the Company utilizes judgment to assess the nature of the combined performance obligation to determine whether the combined performance obligation is satisfied over time or at a point in time.

For arrangements that include sales-based royalties, including milestone payments based on the level of sales, and for which the license is deemed to be the predominant item to which the royalties relate, the Company recognizes revenue at the later of: (i) when the related sales occur; and (ii) when the performance obligation to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied).

Research and development costs and accruals

Research and development costs include personnel costs and related benefits, stock-based compensation, laboratory supplies, allocated facility costs, activities performed under the collaboration agreements with pharmaceutical partners, external research and development expenses incurred under arrangements with third parties, internally developed software costs, and costs associated with preclinical and clinical activities. Costs incurred in connection with research and development activities are expensed as incurred.

The Company engages with various clinical research organizations, contract development and manufacturing organizations, and other companies to support the research and development of its therapeutic candidates. Payments for these activities are based on individual agreements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and payments made in advance of performance are reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as a component of prepaid and other current assets or accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Expenses related to research and development activities are accrued based on management’s estimate of services performed, progress of studies, including the phase or completion of events, invoices received, and contracted costs. Significant judgments and estimates may be made in determining the prepaid or accrued balances at the end of any reporting period. Actual results could differ from the Company’s estimates.

Patent costs

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are classified as general and administrative expenses and expensed as incurred as recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

Stock-based compensation

The Company’s stock-based awards consist of stock options awards, including service-based and performance-based awards, and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) issued to employees and non-employees. The Company measures the estimated fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant and recognizes compensation expense for those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards. The Company records expense for awards with service-based vesting using the straight-line method over the service period for graded and cliff-vested awards. Forfeitures are recognized as a reduction of stock-based compensation expense as they occur. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options award grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

F-11


Table of Contents

 

For awards that contain performance conditions, the Company determines the appropriate amount to expense at each reporting date based on the anticipated achievement of performance targets, which requires judgment, including forecasting the achievement of future specified targets. At the date performance conditions are determined to be probable of achievement, the Company records a cumulative expense catch-up, with remaining expense amortized over the remaining service period. Throughout the performance period, the Company reassesses the estimated performance and updates the number of performance-based awards that it believes will ultimately vest.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. In addition, ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense, and any accrued interest and penalties would be included within the related tax liability. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company accrued no material interest and penalties.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity during a period from transactions or other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The component of other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive gains (losses) have been reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for all periods presented and as a separate component in the accompanying consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities. For all periods presented, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same because the inclusion of all potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive due to the net loss incurred in each period.

The Company has issued convertible preferred stock which is considered a participating security as the holders are entitled to participate in dividends with common stockholders. However, the holders of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. Accordingly, the two-class method does not apply in periods of net loss, and net loss is attributed entirely to common stockholders. Since inception, no dividends have been declared or paid.

The following table sets forth the outstanding shares of common stock equivalents that were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share allocable to common stockholders as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

133,500,615

 

 

 

101,478,270

 

Common stock warrant

 

 

74,396

 

 

 

74,396

 

Stock options outstanding

 

 

14,015,052

 

 

 

9,828,320

 

Unvested restricted stock awards

 

 

—

 

 

 

5,344

 

Total

 

 

147,590,063

 

 

 

111,386,330

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

 

 

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”), which enhances income tax disclosures, primarily through standardization and disaggregation of the income tax rate reconciliation and disaggregation of income taxes paid. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. ASU 2023-09 can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 on a retrospective basis as of January 1, 2024. See Note 8, Income Taxes, for further information.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280) - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (“ASU 2023-07”), which improves the disclosure and presentation requirements of reportable segments. The amendments in the update require the disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) and included within each reported measure of segment profit and loss. The amendments also require disclosure of all other segment items by reportable segment and a description of its composition. In addition, the amendments require disclosure of the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. ASU 2023-07 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on a retrospective basis as of January 1, 2024. See Note 10, Segment Reporting, for further information.

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software (“ASU 2025-06”), which eliminates the project stage model and introduces a probable-to-complete recognition threshold for the capitalization of software development costs. The amendment in the update requires an assessment of uncertainty associated with software development activities, additional disclosures for capitalized internal-use software costs, and consideration of website development. ASU 2025-06 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period. The Company early adopted ASU 2025-06 on a retrospective basis as of January 1, 2024, which did not result in a material impact on its consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“ASU 2024-03”), which is intended to provide more detailed information about specified categories of expenses (purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, and amortization) included in certain expense captions presented on the statement of operations. ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. ASU 2024-03 can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively and early adopted is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on the presentation of its consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

3. Fair value measurements

The Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis include cash equivalents, which consist of deposits in short-term money market funds that are quoted in an active market and classified as Level 1 financial instruments. There were no transfers of financial instruments between classification levels for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

F-13


Table of Contents

 

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level of the fair value hierarchy used to determine such fair values (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Total fair value of assets

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

137,243

 

 

$

137,243

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Total fair value of assets

 

$

137,243

 

 

$

137,243

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

4. Balance sheet components

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Laboratory equipment

 

$

8,490

 

 

$

7,298

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

204

 

 

 

132

 

Construction in process

 

 

—

 

 

 

58

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

25

 

 

 

73

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

8,719

 

 

 

7,561

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(3,885

)

 

 

(2,749

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

4,834

 

 

$

4,812

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization of finance leases, was $1.2 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Included in lab equipment is $0.3 million of equipment acquired under a finance lease during the year ended December 31, 2024, with accumulated amortization of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2025.

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Compensation and related benefits

 

$

5,029

 

 

$

2,433

 

Clinical research costs

 

 

4,006

 

 

 

2,806

 

Preclinical research and manufacturing costs

 

 

907

 

 

 

799

 

Professional services

 

 

141

 

 

 

276

 

Other

 

 

805

 

 

 

307

 

Finance leases

 

 

102

 

 

 

95

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

10,990

 

 

$

6,716

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

 

5. License and collaboration agreements

Lundbeck Agreement

In September 2024, the Company and H. Lundbeck A/S (“Lundbeck”) entered into a Collaboration and Option Agreement (“Lundbeck Agreement”) to collaborate on the discovery of novel drug candidates using the Company’s proprietary molecular superintelligence platform to conduct research activities to prosecute an undisclosed neurological target (“Research Program”). The Company granted to Lundbeck a non-exclusive, sublicensable license to certain intellectual property to conduct research activities under the collaboration. The Research Program is for a single target and is divided into three successive work packages over the research term. The initial target may be substituted for an alternative target by the joint steering committee (“JSC”), subject to certain limitations.

The term of the Research Program is for the earlier of: (i) the completion or cessation of all activities under the Research Program or (ii) 36 months following the effective date of the Lundbeck Agreement (“Research Term”). Lundbeck may also terminate the Lundbeck Agreement in its entirety for convenience upon certain notice to the Company. Within 90 days of the expiration of the Research Term or upon nomination of a development candidate, Lundbeck has the right to exercise a one-time option to obtain an exclusive commercial license to further develop and commercialize a single target discovered during the Research Program in exchange for an option exercise fee.

The Company analyzed the Lundbeck Agreement and concluded that all aspects of the arrangement represent a transaction with a customer; accordingly, the Company recognized revenue for the Lundbeck Agreement in accordance with ASC 606. At inception, the Company determined that: (i) the research activities performed by the Company for the Research Program; (ii) the research license; and (iii) participation on the JSC and subcommittees represent a single performance obligation. The Company assessed the Lundbeck Agreement at inception to determine whether a significant financing component exists and concluded that a significant financing component does not exist.

Consideration in the Lundbeck Agreement consists of: (i) a nonrefundable and non-creditable upfront fee; (ii) reimbursement of research activity costs incurred by the Company related to the Research Program, payable on a monthly basis; (iii) an option exercise fee; (iv) certain development, commercial and regulatory milestones; and (v) royalty payments. Variable consideration related to reimbursement of research activity costs is estimated at inception. At each reporting period, the Company re-evaluates the estimated variable consideration included in the transaction price and any related constraint and, as necessary, adjusts the transaction price on a cumulative catch-up basis. Development, commercial, and regulatory milestone payments represent variable consideration that are constrained at inception as the achievement of the milestones is not certain at contract inception.

The Company recognizes revenue attributable to the Lundbeck Agreement using the cost-to-cost method, which it believes best depicts the transfer of control to the customer over time. Under the cost-to-cost method, the extent of progress towards completion of the Research Program is measured based on the ratio of actual costs incurred to the total estimated costs expected upon satisfying the combined performance obligation. Sales-based royalties will be recognized if and upon the related sales occurring. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, no royalty payments under the Lundbeck Agreement have been achieved.

The Company recognized $6.7 million and $1.2 million in revenue related to the Lundbeck Agreement during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining transaction price of $7.5 million was expected to be recognized by the Company as revenue through 2027. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, no development, commercial, or regulatory milestones had been achieved.

Revolution Medicines Agreement

In May 2025, the Company and Revolution Medicines, Inc. (“RevMed”) entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement (“RevMed Agreement”) for which the Company will license to RevMed certain proprietary AI technologies of the Company, develop optimized machine learning models through fine tuning and training using RevMed’s training data (“Optimized Models”), and conduct certain research and development activities across four distinct work packages using the Optimized Models (“Research Plan”). The agreement consists of an Active

F-15


Table of Contents

 

Collaboration Period, during which the Research Plan will be conducted, and an Enablement Period, during which the Optimized Models will be deployed. The Active Collaboration Period began on the effective date of the RevMed Agreement and shall end upon the earlier of the completion of the Research Plan, two years following the effective date of the agreement, or as agreed upon by the parties. The term of the RevMed Agreement is 36 months following the effective date of the Enablement Period, unless further extended by the parties. RevMed may also terminate the agreement in its entirety for convenience upon certain notice to the Company.

Consideration in the RevMed Agreement consists of: (i) a nonrefundable and non-creditable upfront fee; (ii) reimbursement of research activity costs incurred by the Company related to the Research Plan, payable on a quarterly basis; and (iii) certain success-based research milestones. In addition, during each year of the Enablement Period, RevMed may elect to pay an update fee to receive the most recent version of Optimized Models. Variable consideration related to reimbursement of research activity costs is estimated at inception. At each reporting period, the Company re-evaluates the estimated variable consideration included in the transaction price and any related constraint and, as necessary, adjusts the transaction price on a cumulative catch-up basis.

The Company analyzed the RevMed Agreement and concluded that all aspects of the arrangement represent a transaction with a customer; accordingly, the Company recognized revenue for the RevMed Agreement in accordance with ASC 606. At inception, the Company determined the following performance obligations: (i) access to NeuralPLexer base model; (ii) access and Research Plan activities related to NeuralPLexer Optimized Model; (iii) access and Research Plan activities related to PropANE Optimized Model; and (iv) material rights related to renewal options during the Active Collaboration Period and Enablement Period. The Company assessed the RevMed Agreement at inception to determine whether a significant financing component exists and concluded that a significant financing component does not exist.

The Company recognizes revenue attributable to the RevMed Agreement using the time-elapsed method and cost-to-cost method, which it believes best depicts the transfer of control to the customer over time for each performance obligation. Under the time-elapsed method, the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation is measured on a straight-line basis each period based on the total expected contract term. Under the cost-to-cost method, the extent of progress towards completion of the Research Plan is measured based on the ratio of direct labor costs incurred to the total estimated direct labor expected upon satisfying the related performance obligations.

The Company recognized $2.7 million in revenue related to the RevMed Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining transaction price of $12.9 million was expected to be recognized by the Company as revenue through 2030. As of December 31, 2025, no success-based research milestones had been achieved.

Summary of contract assets and liabilities

The following table presents changes in the balances of the Company’s contract liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):

 

Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2023

 

$

—

 

Additions

 

 

10,533

 

Revenue recognized

 

 

(1,194

)

Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2024

 

$

9,339

 

Additions

 

 

20,473

 

Revenue recognized

 

 

(9,426

)

Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2025

 

$

20,386

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

 

6. Convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

Convertible preferred stock

As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) authorized the Company to issue 141,800,841 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Company’s convertible preferred stock consists of Series Seed, Series A, Series A-1 (collectively, the “Junior Preferred Stock”), Series B, Series B-2 and Series B-3 (collectively, the “Senior Preferred Stock”, and, together with the Junior Preferred Stock, the “Convertible Preferred Stock”). The Convertible Preferred Stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the accompanying consolidated financial statements because the shares contain redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Company. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, redemption of the Convertible Preferred Stock was not deemed probable of occurring.

The authorized, issued, and outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2025, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Price per
share

 

 

Shares
authorized

 

 

Shares
issued and
outstanding

 

 

Carrying
value
(in thousands)

 

 

Aggregate
liquidation
preference
(in thousands)

 

Series Seed

 

$

0.34849

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

$

2,520

 

 

$

2,520

 

Series A

 

$

2.3731

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

66,951

 

 

 

67,147

 

Series A-1

 

$

1.8985

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

2,351

 

 

 

2,000

 

Series B

 

$

2.4760

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

105,865

 

 

 

106,231

 

Series B-2

 

$

2.9712

 

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

64,971

 

 

 

65,350

 

Series B-3

 

$

3.10

 

 

 

40,322,571

 

 

 

32,022,345

 

 

 

98,674

 

 

 

99,269

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

141,800,841

 

 

 

133,500,615

 

 

$

341,332

 

 

$

342,517

 

 

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2024 consisted of the following:

 

 

Price per
share

 

 

Shares
authorized

 

 

Shares
issued and
outstanding

 

 

Carrying
value
(in thousands)

 

 

Aggregate
liquidation
preference
(in thousands)

 

Series Seed

 

$

0.34849

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

$

2,520

 

 

$

2,520

 

Series A

 

$

2.3731

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

66,951

 

 

 

67,147

 

Series A-1

 

$

1.8985

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

2,351

 

 

 

2,000

 

Series B

 

$

2.4760

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

105,865

 

 

 

106,231

 

Series B-2

 

$

2.9712

 

 

 

22,886,370

 

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

64,971

 

 

 

65,350

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

102,370,167

 

 

 

101,478,270

 

 

$

242,658

 

 

$

243,248

 

 

Series B-2 preferred stock

In April 2024, the Company and certain investors entered into a Series B-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to sell up to 22,886,370 shares of its Series B-2 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series B-2 Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $2.9712 per share. From April 2024 through November 2024, the Company issued 21,994,473 shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock at a price of $2.9712 per share for aggregate consideration of $65.3 million, less issuance costs of $0.4 million. In November 2025, the number of shares authorized under the Series B-2 Preferred Stock was reduced from 22,886,370 to 21,994,473 upon completion of the financing round.

F-17


Table of Contents

 

Series B-3 preferred stock

In November 2025, the Company and certain investors entered into a Series B-3 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to sell up to 40,322,571 shares of its Series B-3 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series B-3 Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $3.10 per share. In November 2025, the Company issued 32,022,345 shares of Series B-3 Preferred Stock at a price of $3.10 per share for aggregate consideration of $99.3 million, less issuance costs of $0.6 million.

The significant rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s Convertible Preferred Stock are as follows:

Dividends

The holders of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock, in order of preference, are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. The Company may not declare, pay, or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company unless the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock, then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock, equal to: (i) in the case of a dividend on common stock or any class or series of stock that is convertible into common stock, the product of: (a) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into common stock and (b) the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock; or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into common stock, at a rate per share of Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock, determined by (a) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the Original Issue Price of such class or series of capital stock, and (b) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of each series of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock. Stockholders are not entitled to any accruing dividends. Since inception, no dividends have been declared or paid.

Voting rights

The holder of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock are convertible and shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis, except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect directors of the Company as follows: (i) holders of shares of Series Seed shall be entitled to elect one director; (ii) holders of shares of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall each be entitled to elect one director; and (iii) holders of shares of Series B, Series B-2 and Series B-3 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two directors. The holders of common stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors.

Conversion rights

The holder of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock has the option to convert each share, for no additional consideration, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock by the applicable conversion price for such series in effect on the date of conversion.

The conversion price of the Convertible Preferred Stock was initially set at an amount equal to the Original Issue Price and is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, and recapitalization. No adjustment to the conversion price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be made as a result of the issuance or deemed issuance of additional shares of common stock if agreed upon by a majority of the respective holders of each series.

F-18


Table of Contents

 

The Convertible Preferred Stock is subject to mandatory conversion upon either: (i) immediately prior to the filing and effectiveness of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company in connection with the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least $7.4280 per share, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50 million of gross proceeds to the Company and in connection with such offering the Company is listed for trading on a nationally recognized exchange; or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and with respect to the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and with respect to the Series B, Series B-2, and Series B-3 Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B, Series B-2, and Series B-3 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

Liquidation preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined below, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders before any payment is made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock or common stock. The holders of Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to an amount per share equal to the greater of: (i) the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon; or (ii) the amount that would have been payable had all shares of each series of Senior Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or Deemed Liquidation Event. If the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to holders of Senior Preferred Stock is insufficient to pay such holders the full amount to which they are entitled to, the asset or funds will be distributed in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable if such shares were paid in full.

Following payment to holders of Senior Preferred Stock, the holders of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders before any payment is made to the holders of common stock. The holders of Junior Preferred Stock are entitled to an amount per share equal to the greater of: (i) the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon; or (ii) the amount that would have been payable had all shares of each series of Junior Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or Deemed Liquidation Event. If the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to holders of Junior Preferred Stock is insufficient to pay such holders the full amount to which they are entitled to, the asset or funds will be distributed in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable if such shares were paid in full. After distribution to holders of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock, any remaining assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to holders of common stock on pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder.

Unless at least the holders of a majority of the Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis to common stock, elect otherwise, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall include a merger, consolidation, or share exchange, except one in which stockholders of the Company own a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation, or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Redemption

The Convertible Preferred Stock does not have redemption rights, except for the contingent redemption upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event.

Protective provisions

At any time when shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall first obtain the approval by a majority of holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, with respect to the following actions: (i) consummation of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or effect any

F-19


Table of Contents

 

merger, acquisition or consolidation, or any other deemed liquidation event; (ii) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws in a manner that may adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Senior Preferred Stock; or (iii) create, authorize, issue, or obligate the Company to issue shares, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares, of any capital stock unless such capital stock ranks junior to the Senior Preferred Stock with respect to its rights, preferences and privileges.

Common stock

As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorized the Company to issue 185,438,918 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. All outstanding shares of common stock have been duly authorized and are fully paid and nonassessable. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote; there is no cumulative voting. The holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the Company’s board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock.

Common stock warrants

In connection with a prior loan agreement with a lender bank, the Company issued a warrant to purchase up to 74,396 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.57 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable upon issuance and may be exercised on a cashless basis. Other than in connection with certain mergers or acquisitions, the warrants will expire on the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the warrants remained unexercised and outstanding.

The Company’s common stock warrants are equity-classified and carried at the instruments’ fair value upon classification into equity.

Common stock reserved for future issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance was as follows:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock to common stock

 

 

133,500,615

 

 

 

101,478,270

 

Common stock options issued and outstanding

 

 

14,015,052

 

 

 

9,828,320

 

Common stock warrants issued and outstanding

 

 

74,396

 

 

 

74,396

 

Shares available for future issuance under the 2020 Plan

 

 

5,453,550

 

 

 

4,776,787

 

Total

 

 

153,043,613

 

 

 

116,157,773

 

 

7. Stock-based compensation

Stock incentive plan

In September 2020, the Company adopted the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), which was subsequently amended. The 2020 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options to employees of the Company and non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock purchase rights, and other stock awards to directors, employees, and consultants of the Company.

In April 2024, the Company amended the 2020 Plan to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan to be in aggregate 15,969,972 shares of common stock. The Company further amended the 2020 Plan during 2025 to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan to be in aggregate 21,469,972 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2025.

Stock options

Options granted under the 2020 Plan will expire no more than 10 years from date of grant. The exercise price of each option is determined by the Company’s board of directors, although generally options have an exercise price equal to the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the option grant. In the

F-20


Table of Contents

 

case of incentive stock options, the exercise price is required to be no less than 100% of the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the time the option is granted. For holders of more than 10% of the Company’s total combined voting power of all classes of stock, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant and for a term not to exceed five years. Stock option awards generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting commencement date, with the remaining balance vesting ratably on a monthly basis over three years.

Performance-based stock options

In August 2024, the Company granted 1,448,212 stock options under the 2020 Plan to certain executives that are subject to vesting upon meeting certain performance milestones. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the vesting criteria of the performance-based stock options were not met. Accordingly, the performance-based stock options were not deemed probable of achievement, and no stock-based compensation expense related to performance-based stock options has been recognized.

Summary of stock option activity

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

 

 

Options
outstanding

 

 

Weighted-
average
exercise
prices

 

 

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)

 

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

 

 

5,489,106

 

 

$

0.57

 

 

 

8.50

 

 

$

2,049

 

Granted

 

 

5,078,770

 

 

 

1.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(99,528

)

 

 

0.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled/forfeited

 

 

(640,028

)

 

 

0.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2024

 

 

9,828,320

 

 

$

0.87

 

 

 

8.45

 

 

$

5,150

 

Granted

 

 

6,036,922

 

 

 

1.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(636,505

)

 

 

0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled/forfeited

 

 

(1,213,685

)

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2025

 

 

14,015,052

 

 

$

1.13

 

 

 

8.30

 

 

$

7,455

 

Vested and expected to vest as of
   December 31, 2025

 

 

14,015,052

 

 

$

1.13

 

 

 

8.30

 

 

$

7,455

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2025

 

 

7,064,052

 

 

$

0.96

 

 

 

7.69

 

 

$

4,914

 

 

The intrinsic values are calculated as the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock and the exercise price of the stock options. When options are exercised, the Company’s policy is to issue previously unissued shares of common stock to satisfy share option exercises. The fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $2.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2025 the intrinsic value and cash received from stock option exercises were each $0.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2024 the intrinsic value and cash received from stock option exercises were each less than $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, unrecognized estimated compensation expense related to stock options was $8.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively, which were expected to be recognized over approximately 2.3 and 1.9 years, respectively.

F-21


Table of Contents

 

Valuation of stock options

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of option grants for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $1.08 and $0.85 per share, respectively. The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the employee stock option grants were as follows:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Expected volatility

 

 

88.1

%

 

 

87.5

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

3.9

%

Expected term (in years)

 

 

6.02

 

 

 

5.57

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

•
Expected volatility. The expected volatility assumption is based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available.
•
Risk-free interest rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate assumption on the U.S. Treasury’s rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.
•
Expected term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Because the Company does not have historical exercise behavior, it determines the expected term assumption using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its vesting period.
•
Expected dividend yield. The Company bases the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that it has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends.

Stock-based compensation costs

The stock-based compensation cost that has been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for all stock-based compensation arrangements is detailed as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Research and development

 

$

1,434

 

 

$

1,025

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

628

 

Total

 

$

2,478

 

 

$

1,653

 

 

8. Income taxes

Loss before income tax expense by jurisdiction was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

United States

 

$

(77,434

)

 

$

(47,975

)

Foreign

 

 

184

 

 

 

132

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(77,250

)

 

$

(47,843

)

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

Components of income tax expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

State

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Foreign

 

 

43

 

 

 

32

 

Total current

 

 

45

 

 

 

34

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

State

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Foreign

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Total deferred

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Income tax expense

 

$

45

 

 

$

34

 

 

A summary of income taxes paid, net of refunds received was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Federal

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

State

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Foreign:

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

31

 

 

 

43

 

Total taxes paid, net of refunds received

 

$

33

 

 

$

45

 

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Rate

 

U.S. federal taxes at statutory rate

 

$

(16,223

)

 

 

21.0

%

 

$

(10,047

)

 

 

21.0

%

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit (1)

 

 

1,578

 

 

 

(2.0

)%

 

 

970

 

 

 

(2.0

)%

Nontaxable and nondeductible expenses’

 

 

304

 

 

 

(0.4

)%

 

 

221

 

 

 

(0.5

)%

Research and development tax credits

 

 

(1,725

)

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

(190

)

 

 

0.4

%

Foreign tax effects

 

 

4

 

 

 

—

%

 

 

4

 

 

 

—

%

Changes in valuation allowance

 

 

16,107

 

 

 

(20.9

%)

 

 

9,076

 

 

 

(19.0

%)

Effective income tax rate

 

$

45

 

 

 

(0.1

%)

 

$

34

 

 

 

(0.1

%)

 

(1)
50% or more of our state tax provision relates to the California state jurisdiction.

F-23


Table of Contents

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses

 

$

43,385

 

 

$

17,895

 

Capitalized research and development

 

 

4,782

 

 

 

10,692

 

Research and development credits

 

 

6,303

 

 

 

2,185

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

583

 

 

 

365

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

1,535

 

 

 

1,749

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,587

 

 

 

—

 

Other temporary differences

 

 

1,310

 

 

 

1,643

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

59,485

 

 

 

34,529

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(57,331

)

 

 

(31,894

)

Total deferred tax assets, net

 

$

2,154

 

 

$

2,635

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment basis differences

 

 

(744

)

 

 

(1,026

)

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(1,410

)

 

 

(1,609

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(2,154

)

 

$

(2,635

)

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $157.0 million and $149.9 million, respectively. The state loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2039 unless previously utilized. The federal net operating losses do not expire and will carry forward indefinitely. The Company also has federal and state research tax credit carryforwards of $6.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2041 unless previously utilized. Research credits attributable to California will carry forward indefinitely, and research credits attributable to Massachusetts can be carried forward for 15 years.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Management determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established, and no deferred tax assets and related tax benefits have been recognized. The valuation allowance increased by $25.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Utilization of net operating losses and credits may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses before utilization. Under IRC Section 382, an “ownership change” results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50% of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public group. Since the Company’s formation, the Company has raised capital through the issuance of capital stock which, combined with the purchasing stockholders’ subsequent disposition of those shares, may have resulted in such an ownership change, or could result in an ownership change in the future upon subsequent disposition. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of NOL carryforwards before utilization.

The Company has not completed a study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since the Company’s formation due to the complexity and cost associated with such a study and that there may be additional such ownership changes in the future. If the Company has experienced an ownership change at any time since formation, utilization of the NOL carryforward to offset taxable income and taxes, respectively, would be subject to an annual limitation under the IRC limitation may result in expiration of all or a portion of the NOL carryforwards before utilization.

F-24


Table of Contents

 

The Company recognizes the tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits and recognizable deferred tax benefits after the completion of an ownership change analysis are not expected to impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year

 

$

1,343

 

 

$

996

 

Increases related to prior year positions

 

 

470

 

 

 

—

 

Increases related to current year positions

 

 

809

 

 

 

347

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

 

$

2,622

 

 

$

1,343

 

 

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. All of the Company’s tax years are subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities due to the carryforward of unutilized net operating losses and research and development credits. The Company is not currently under examination by any federal, state, or foreign tax authorities.

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was signed into law. The OBBBA includes significant changes to U.S. tax and related laws. Some of the provisions of the OBBBA affecting corporations include the permanent extension of certain expiring provisions of the TCJA, modifications to GILTI and Foreign-Derived Intangible Income international tax provisions, an increase in the limit of the deduction of interest expense to 30% of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, and reinstatement of 100% bonus depreciation deduction from the TCJA for eligible property acquired after January 19, 2025. The legislation has multiple effective dates, with certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. The OBBBA’s financial reporting implications have been recognized in the Company’s income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2025. The incorporation of these effects resulted in no material impact on the Company’s effective income tax rate.

9. Commitments and contingencies

Leases

In July 2023, the Company entered into a lease agreement for a facility lease for its headquarters in San Diego, California. The facility lease, consisting of approximately 13,000 square feet of office and laboratory space, commenced in January 2024 upon substantial completion of tenant improvements and other conditions. The facility lease is due to expire in June 2031, with an option to extend the lease term by five years. The facility lease consists of fixed rent costs, including base rent and additional rent for improvements, management, and amenity fees, of $0.1 million per month, with annual escalations of 3%. In connection with the facility lease, the Company paid a security deposit of approximately $0.1 million.

Upon commencement of the facility lease, the Company recognized an operating right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability of $6.3 million. In consideration for entering into the facility lease, the Company received five months of base and additional base rent abatement. The facility lease is subject to additional variable lease costs for insurance, property taxes, common area maintenance, and other operating expenses. Operating and variable lease costs are allocated between research and development and general and administrative expense based on a proportional cost allocation method.

F-25


Table of Contents

 

In October 2024, the Company entered into a 36-month finance lease for laboratory equipment. The leased equipment was included under laboratory equipment and classified as property and equipment, net, on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The Company’s subsidiary, Iambic Therapeutics UK, maintains a month-to-month lease for office space in Bristol, United Kingdom. The office lease is classified as a short-term lease and costs are expensed as incurred.

The components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Finance lease cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of finance right-of-use asset

 

$

87

 

 

$

25

 

Interest on finance lease

 

 

17

 

 

 

5

 

Operating lease costs

 

 

1,150

 

 

 

1,255

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

182

 

 

 

78

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

311

 

 

 

221

 

Total lease costs

 

$

1,747

 

 

$

1,584

 

 

The following tables present supplemental information related to leases (in thousands, except years and percentages):

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance lease assets

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

199

 

 

$

285

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Operating lease liability, current

 

 

672

 

 

 

653

 

Financing

 

Accrued expenses and other
   current liabilities

 

 

102

 

 

 

95

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Operating lease liability, non-current

 

 

4,788

 

 

 

5,556

 

Financing

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

91

 

 

 

193

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

 

$

5,653

 

 

$

6,497

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Operating cash flows for operating lease

 

$

1,204

 

 

 

580

 

Operating cash flows for finance lease

 

$

17

 

 

 

23

 

Financing cash flows from finance lease

 

$

95

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease

 

5.4 years

 

 

6.5 years

 

Finance leases

 

1.8 years

 

 

2.9 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease

 

 

7.81

%

 

 

7.81

%

Finance leases

 

 

7.33

%

 

 

7.33

%

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the maturity of the Company’s operating and finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2025 (in thousands):

 

 

Operating
Lease

 

 

Finance
Leases

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2026

 

$

1,072

 

 

$

112

 

2027

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

93

 

2028

 

 

1,238

 

 

 

—

 

2029

 

 

1,275

 

 

 

—

 

2030

 

 

1,313

 

 

 

—

 

Thereafter

 

 

646

 

 

 

—

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

6,746

 

 

 

205

 

Less: Amounts representing interest

 

 

(1,286

)

 

 

(12

)

Total lease liabilities

 

$

5,460

 

 

$

193

 

 

Legal matters

In the normal course of business, the Company is at times subject to pending and threatened legal actions. In management’s opinion, any potential losses resulting from the resolution of these matters are not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.

In accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the indemnification agreements entered into with each officer and non-employee director, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and non-employee directors for certain events or occurrences while they are serving at the Company’s request in such capacities. There have been no indemnification claims to date.

Employee benefit plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan available to eligible employees. Employee contributions are voluntary and are determined on an individual basis, limited to the maximum amount allowable under federal tax regulations. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company provided matching contributions to eligible employees of $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

10. Segment reporting

The Company operates and manages its business as a single operating and reportable segment headquartered in the United States. The Company’s chief executive officer serves as the CODM. The CODM evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on consolidated net loss, which is reported on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. This measure is used to monitor spending and compare budgeted versus actual results. Factors considered in determining the single reportable segment include the nature of the Company’s operating activities, its organizational and reporting structure, and the type of financial information reviewed by the CODM. The operating segment’s revenue is derived from multiple collaboration agreements from which the segment primarily licenses access to certain technology and performs research and development services, as applicable. All long-lived assets of the Company are held in the United States.

The CODM reviews cash and cash equivalents as a measure of segment assets. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were $180.5 million and $141.6 million, respectively.

F-27


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents selected financial information about the Company’s single operating segment (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

9,426

 

 

$

1,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development personnel-related

 

 

25,291

 

 

 

16,205

 

Research and development expense - IAM1363

 

 

22,131

 

 

 

11,909

 

Research and development expense - discovery-related costs and other

 

 

19,138

 

 

 

11,651

 

Research and development expense - compute costs

 

 

6,014

 

 

 

2,181

 

General and administrative:

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative personnel-related

 

 

7,881

 

 

 

4,659

 

General and corporate expenses (1)

 

 

11,321

 

 

 

8,466

 

Other segment items (2)

 

 

(5,055

)

 

 

(6,000

)

Segment net loss

 

$

77,295

 

 

$

47,877

 

 

(1)
General and corporate expenses include certain costs related to facilities, finance, legal, administration, human resources, information technology, and other overhead.
(2)
Other segment items include interest income, interest expense, other expense, and income tax expense. Interest income consists of interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists of interest expense on our finance lease. Other expense primarily consists of realized and unrealized gains on foreign currency transactions and loss on disposal of property and equipment.

11. Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring between the end of the most recent fiscal year and through July 24, 2026, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

Cray Court Lease

On January 16, 2026, the Company entered into a lease agreement for a new facility lease (“Cray Court Lease”) for its headquarters in San Diego, California. The Cray Court Lease consists of approximately 45,000 square feet of office and laboratory space and is estimated to commence in November 2026, subject to completion of certain tenant improvements. The lease expires 90 months from the first full month following the commencement date, with an option to extend the lease term by five years. The lease consists of fixed base rent and tenant improvement allowance, if elected by the Company, and variable lease costs for operating expenses. Initial base rent is subject to annual escalations of 3%. Total aggregate future lease commitments under the lease are $15.7 million. The Company is not required to pay base rent for the first 32 months following the lease commencement date. The Cray Court Lease contains a right of first refusal to lease approximately 9,500 square feet (“Suite A Space”) and 13,400 square feet (“Suite B Space”) of additional office and laboratory space. In connection with the lease, the Company issued the landlord a security deposit in the form of a letter of credit for $0.2 million.

On March 31, 2026, the Company and landlord amended the Cray Court Lease to expand the leased premises to include the Suite B Space (“First Amendment”). The First Amendment expanded the total leased premises to approximately 58,400 square feet. The Suite B Space was expected to commence in February 2027, subject to completion of certain tenant improvements and was coterminous with the Cray Court Lease.

On July 17, 2026, the Company and landlord further amended the Cray Court Lease (“Second Amendment”), which supersedes the First Amendment, to replace the Suite B Space with a new expansion space. The Second Amendment expands the total leased premises under the Cray Court Lease to approximately 96,000 square feet. The expansion space is expected to commence in April 2027, subject to completion of certain tenant improvements. The lease term for the expansion space is coterminous with the original lease term. Total

F-28


Table of Contents

 

aggregate future lease commitments under the Second Amendment are approximately $25.0 million. The Company is not required to pay base rent for the first 10 months following the commencement date of the expansion space. In addition, the Company's proportionate share of operating expenses increases upon the commencement date. In connection with the amendment, the Company further amended its letter of credit with the landlord to approximately $0.5 million.

Takeda Agreements

On February 3, 2026, the Company entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement (“Collaboration Agreement”) with Takeda Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc. (“Takeda”), pursuant to which the Company will utilize its proprietary molecular superintelligence platform to identify, generate, and optimize small molecule drug candidates directed to three initial collaboration targets. Contemporaneously, the Company and Takeda entered into a separate master services agreement pursuant to which the Company licensed to Takeda access to certain proprietary AI platform technology (“Technology Enablement Agreement”).

Consideration under the Collaboration Agreement and Technology Enablement Agreement consists of: (i) nonrefundable and non-creditable upfront fee payments; (ii) reimbursement of research costs incurred by the Company in performing research activities under the Collaboration Agreement, payable on a quarterly basis, as well as reimbursement of costs incurred in support of the Technology Enablement Agreement; (iii) certain success-based research, clinical development, commercial, and sales-based milestone payments per target; and (iv) royalty payments. Under the terms of the Takeda Collaboration Agreement, the Company is eligible to receive up to $1.7 billion in upfront fees, and success-based milestone payments.

Series B-4 financing

On April 1, 2026, the Company and certain investors entered into a Series B-4 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to sell up to 15,337,422 shares of its Series B-4 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series B-4 Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $3.26 per share. In April and May 2026, the Company issued 8,518,303 and 1,533,742 shares, respectively of Series B-4 Preferred Stock at a price of $3.26 per share for aggregate consideration of $32.8 million. The significant rights, preferences, privileges, and terms of the Series B-4 Preferred Stock are consistent with those of the Series B-3 Preferred Stock.

F-29


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed consolidated balance sheets (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

207,878

 

 

$

180,539

 

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables

 

 

11,609

 

 

 

1,317

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,914

 

 

 

1,734

 

Total current assets

 

 

223,401

 

 

 

183,590

 

Restricted cash

 

 

560

 

 

 

—

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

6,479

 

 

 

4,834

 

Right-of-use asset

 

 

4,648

 

 

 

5,015

 

Other assets

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

1,579

 

Total assets

 

$

237,196

 

 

$

195,018

 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

4,679

 

 

$

3,322

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

12,358

 

 

 

10,990

 

Operating lease liability, current

 

 

719

 

 

 

672

 

Deferred revenue, current

 

 

30,880

 

 

 

11,305

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

48,636

 

 

 

26,289

 

Operating lease liability, non-current

 

 

4,365

 

 

 

4,788

 

Deferred revenue, non-current

 

 

22,682

 

 

 

9,081

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

37

 

 

 

91

 

Total liabilities

 

 

75,720

 

 

 

40,249

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 155,289,649 and
  141,800,841 shares authorized as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025,
   respectively; 150,004,272 and 133,500,615 shares issued and
   outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively;
   liquidation preference of $395,287 and $342,517 as of
   June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively

 

 

394,035

 

 

 

341,332

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 212,070,000 and 185,438,918
   shares authorized as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively;
   23,605,655 and 22,131,640 shares issued and outstanding as of
   June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively

 

 

23

 

 

 

22

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

12,679

 

 

 

8,571

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

35

 

 

 

24

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(245,296

)

 

 

(195,180

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(232,559

)

 

 

(186,563

)

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

237,196

 

 

$

195,018

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-30


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

12,753

 

 

$

3,928

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

57,149

 

 

 

32,934

 

General and administrative

 

 

9,115

 

 

 

6,669

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

66,264

 

 

 

39,603

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(53,511

)

 

 

(35,675

)

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

3,432

 

 

 

2,574

 

Interest expense

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(9

)

Other expense

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(55

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

3,397

 

 

 

2,510

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(50,114

)

 

 

(33,165

)

Income tax expense

 

 

(2

)

 

$

—

 

Net loss

 

$

(50,116

)

 

$

(33,165

)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and
   diluted

 

$

(2.24

)

 

$

(1.54

)

Weighted-average common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

22,415,264

 

 

 

21,527,543

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

11

 

 

 

29

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(50,105

)

 

$

(33,135

)

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-31


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

Convertible
preferred stock

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

Additional
paid-in

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total
stockholders’

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

capital

 

 

income (loss)

 

 

deficit

 

 

deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

 

101,478,270

 

 

$

242,658

 

 

 

 

21,489,791

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

5,610

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

(117,885

)

 

$

(112,247

)

Issuance of common stock upon
   the exercise of options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

46,234

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

30

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,207

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,207

 

Vesting of restricted stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

5,344

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(33,164

)

 

 

(33,164

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

29

 

Balance as of June 30, 2025

 

 

101,478,270

 

 

 

242,658

 

 

 

 

21,541,369

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

6,847

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

(151,049

)

 

 

(144,145

)

 

Convertible
preferred stock

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

Additional
paid-in

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total
stockholders’

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

capital

 

 

income (loss)

 

 

deficit

 

 

deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2025

 

 

133,500,615

 

 

$

341,332

 

 

 

 

22,131,640

 

 

$

22

 

 

$

8,571

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

(195,180

)

 

$

(186,563

)

Issuance of Series B-3 convertible
   preferred stock, net of issuance
   costs of $55

 

 

6,451,612

 

 

 

19,945

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Issuance of Series B-4 convertible
   preferred stock, net of issuance
   costs of $11

 

 

10,052,045

 

 

 

32,758

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Issuance of common stock upon
   the exercise of options and
   vesting of early exercised options

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

1,474,015

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,597

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,512

 

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(50,116

)

 

 

(50,116

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

11

 

Balance as of June 30, 2026

 

 

150,004,272

 

 

$

394,035

 

 

 

 

23,605,655

 

 

$

23

 

 

$

12,679

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

(245,296

)

 

$

(232,559

)

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-32


Table of Contents

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(50,116

)

 

$

(33,165

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
   activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

698

 

 

 

543

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

1,209

 

Non-cash lease expense

 

 

575

 

 

 

575

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables

 

 

(10,292

)

 

 

(429

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(1,666

)

 

 

(451

)

Other assets

 

 

(529

)

 

 

—

 

Accounts payable

 

 

826

 

 

 

376

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

548

 

 

 

614

 

Operating right-of-use asset and lease liabilities, net

 

 

(584

)

 

 

(635

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

33,176

 

 

 

13,414

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(24,852

)

 

 

(17,949

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(1,937

)

 

 

(775

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,937

)

 

 

(775

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of Series B-3 convertible preferred stock,
   net of issuance costs

 

 

19,945

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from the issuance of Series B-4 convertible preferred stock,
   net of issuance costs

 

 

32,758

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of
   options

 

 

2,024

 

 

 

28

 

Principal payments on finance leases

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(47

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

54,677

 

 

 

(19

)

Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

 

11

 

 

 

30

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

 

27,899

 

 

 

(18,713

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

180,539

 

 

 

141,579

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, at end of period

 

$

208,438

 

 

$

122,866

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

6

 

 

$

9

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

2

 

 

$

—

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

 

$

406

 

 

$

—

 

Deferred offering costs related to initial public offering included in accounts payable and
   accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

514

 

 

$

—

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents

 

1. Description of business and liquidity

Description of business

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is a technology and clinical-stage life sciences company developing novel medicines using its proprietary molecular superintelligence platform. The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in October 2019 as Entos, Inc., and changed its name to Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., in May 2023. The Company is headquartered in San Diego, California.

Liquidity

From inception to June 30, 2026, the Company has experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities and has an accumulated deficit of $245.3 million as of June 30, 2026. The Company expects to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future and believes it will need to raise substantial additional capital to accomplish its business plan over the next several years. The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, or other sources, including potential collaborations, licenses, and other similar arrangements. There can be no assurance as to the availability or terms upon which such financing and capital might be available in the future. If the Company is unable to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

As of June 30, 2026, the Company had $207.9 million in cash and cash equivalents. The Company believes it has sufficient cash to fund its projected operating requirements for at least twelve months from the date these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2026, and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, are unaudited. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 was derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s condensed consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2026, and the results of its condensed consolidated operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2026 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2026, or for any other future period.

The Company’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Since the date of those audited consolidated financial statements, there have been no changes to its significant accounting policies, except where noted below.

Principles of consolidation

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Iambic Therapeutics UK Ltd (“Iambic Therapeutics UK”), which operates primarily in the United Kingdom, and Iambic Therapeutics IRE Ltd (“Iambic Therapeutics IRE”), which operates primarily in the Republic of Ireland and uses the Euro as its functional currency. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-34


Table of Contents

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company's cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts.

As of June 30, 2026, the Company had restricted cash of $0.6 million to secure a letter of credit in connection with a lease agreement for a new facility lease. See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, and Note 11, Subsequent Events, for further information.

A reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported in the Company's condensed consolidated balance sheets to the amount reported within its condensed consolidated statements of cash flows was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

207,878

 

 

$

180,539

 

Restricted cash

 

 

560

 

 

 

—

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

208,438

 

 

$

180,539

 

 

Deferred offering costs

The Company’s deferred offering costs consist of legal, accounting, and other third party costs directly attributable to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”). These costs are capitalized and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the completion of the offering. In the event the planned IPO is terminated, all deferred offering costs will be reclassified to general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As of June 30, 2026, deferred offering costs of $0.5 million were recorded as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025, there were no deferred offering costs.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities. For all periods presented, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same because the inclusion of all potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive due to the net loss incurred in each period.

The Company has issued convertible preferred stock which is considered a participating security as the holders are entitled to participate in dividends with common stockholders. However, the holders of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. Accordingly, the two-class method does not apply in periods of net loss, and net loss is attributed entirely to common stockholders. Since inception, no dividends have been declared or paid.

The following table sets forth the outstanding shares of common stock equivalents that were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share allocable to common stockholders as of June 30, 2026 and 2025 because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

June 30,
2025

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

150,004,272

 

 

 

101,478,270

 

Common stock warrant

 

 

74,396

 

 

 

74,396

 

Stock options outstanding

 

 

20,546,759

 

 

 

13,941,284

 

Unvested shares subject to repurchase

 

 

334,486

 

 

 

—

 

Total

 

 

170,959,913

 

 

 

115,493,950

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

 

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of an offering or such earlier time that the Company is no longer an “emerging growth company.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, its financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. However, the Company may elect to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for companies. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions up until the time that it is no longer an emerging growth company.

3. Fair value measurements

The Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis include cash equivalents and restricted cash, which consist of deposits in short-term money market funds that are quoted in an active market and classified as Level 1 financial instruments. There were no transfers of financial instruments between classification levels for any of the periods presented.

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level of the fair value hierarchy used to determine such fair values (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

170,854

 

 

$

170,854

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Restricted cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

560

 

 

$

560

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Total fair value of assets

 

$

171,414

 

 

$

171,414

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Total fair value of assets

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

176,007

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

4. Balance sheet components

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Laboratory equipment

 

$

10,212

 

 

$

8,490

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

217

 

 

 

204

 

Construction in process

 

 

608

 

 

 

—

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

11,062

 

 

 

8,719

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(4,583

)

 

 

(3,885

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

6,479

 

 

$

4,834

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $0.7 million and $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Property and equipment, net includes assets under financing leases and the related amortization of assets under financing leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Compensation and related benefits

 

$

3,225

 

 

$

5,029

 

Clinical research costs

 

 

6,675

 

 

 

4,006

 

Preclinical research and manufacturing costs

 

 

672

 

 

 

907

 

Professional services

 

 

131

 

 

 

141

 

Finance leases

 

 

105

 

 

 

102

 

Early exercise stock option repurchase liabilities

 

 

428

 

 

 

—

 

Other

 

 

1,122

 

 

 

805

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

12,358

 

 

$

10,990

 

 

5. License and collaboration agreements

Lundbeck Agreement

In September 2024, the Company and H. Lundbeck A/S (“Lundbeck”) entered into a Collaboration and Option Agreement (“Lundbeck Agreement”) to collaborate on the discovery of novel drug candidates using the Company’s proprietary molecular superintelligence platform to conduct research activities to prosecute an undisclosed neurological target. At inception, the Company determined that: (i) the research activities performed by the Company for the Research Program; (ii) the research license; and (iii) participation on the JSC and subcommittees represent a single performance obligation.

The Company recognized $4.2 million and $3.9 million in revenue related to the Lundbeck Agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, the remaining transaction price of $3.8 million was expected to be recognized by the Company as revenue through 2027. As of June 30, 2026, no development, commercial, or regulatory milestones had been achieved.

Revolution Medicines Agreement

In May 2025, the Company and Revolution Medicines, Inc. (“RevMed”) entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement (“RevMed Agreement”) for which the Company licenses to RevMed certain proprietary AI technologies

F-37


Table of Contents

 

of the Company, develops optimized machine learning models through fine tuning and training using RevMed’s training data (“Optimized Models”), and conducts certain research and development activities across four distinct work packages using the Optimized Models. At inception, the Company determined the following performance obligations: (i) access to NeuralPLexer base model; (ii) access and Research Plan activities related to NeuralPLexer Optimized Model; (iii) access and Research Plan activities related to PropANE Optimized Model; and (iv) material rights related to renewal options during the Active Collaboration Period and Enablement Period.

The Company recognized $2.4 million and zero in revenue related to the RevMed Agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, the remaining transaction price of $17.6 million was expected to be recognized by the Company as revenue through 2030. During the six months ended June 30, 2026, one success-based research milestone had been achieved.

Takeda Agreement

In February 2026, the Company and Takeda Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc. (“Takeda”) entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement (“Takeda Collaboration Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company utilizes its proprietary molecular superintelligence platform to identify, generate, and optimize small molecule drug candidates directed to three initial collaboration targets. Contemporaneously, the Company and Takeda entered into a master services agreement pursuant to which the Company licenses to Takeda access to certain proprietary AI platform technology (“Takeda Technology Agreement”, together with the Takeda Collaboration Agreement, the “Takeda Agreements”).

The term of the Takeda Collaboration Agreement commences on the effective date and, unless terminated earlier, continues until the expiration of the last royalty term for the last qualifying product for all collaboration targets. Takeda may terminate the Takeda Agreement in its entirety or on a collaboration target-by-target basis for convenience upon certain notice to the Company. Under the Takeda Technology Agreement, Takeda may terminate for convenience upon certain notice after the first year of the initial order term.

Consideration in the Takeda Agreements consist of: (i) nonrefundable and non-creditable upfront fee payments; (ii) reimbursement of research costs incurred by the Company in performing research activities under the Takeda Collaboration Agreement, in addition to reimbursement of costs incurred in support of the Takeda Technology Agreement, payable on a quarterly basis; (iii) certain success-based research, clinical development, commercial, and sales-based milestone payments per target; and (iv) royalty payments. Reimbursable costs incurred under the research program are subject to an initial research budget, which may be further amended by the parties. Variable consideration related to reimbursement of research costs is estimated at inception. At each reporting period, the Company re-evaluates the estimated variable consideration included in the transaction price and any related constraint and, as necessary, adjusts the transaction price on a cumulative catch-up basis. Research and development milestone payments represent variable consideration that are fully constrained at inception as the achievement of such milestones is not probable at contract inception.

The Company analyzed the Takeda Agreements and concluded that all aspects of the arrangement represent a transaction with a customer; accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue for the Takeda Agreements in accordance with ASC 606. At inception, the Company identified four performance obligations: (i) research program activities and license for each of the three initial collaboration targets; and (ii) the right to access and use certain proprietary AI platform technology. The Company assessed the Takeda Agreements at inception to determine whether a significant financing component exists and concluded that a significant financing component does not exist.

The Company recognizes revenue attributable to research program license performance obligations using the cost-to-cost method, which it believes best depicts the transfer of control to Takeda over time. Under the cost-to-cost method, the extent of progress towards completion of each performance obligation is measured based on the ratio of actual costs incurred to the total estimated costs expected upon satisfying the performance obligation. Revenue attributable to the performance obligation for the right to access and use certain proprietary AI platform technology is recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial order term. Sales-based royalties will be recognized if and upon the related sales occurring. As of June 30, 2026, no royalty payments under the Takeda Agreements have been achieved.

F-38


Table of Contents

 

The Company recognized $6.2 million in revenue related to the Takeda Agreements during the six months ended June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, the remaining transaction price of $28.0 million was expected to be recognized by the Company as revenue through 2028. As of June 30, 2026, no success-based research, clinical development, commercial, or sales-based milestones had been achieved.

Bayer Agreement

In June 2026, the Company and Bayer Healthcare LLC (“Bayer”) entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement (“Bayer Agreement”) to collaborate on the discovery of novel small molecule drug candidates using the Company's AI-driven drug discovery platform to conduct research activities directed to an initial target (“Initial Collaboration Target”) and, subject to certain conditions, a second additional collaboration target (“Additional Collaboration Target”). The research program under the Bayer Agreement is divided into four successive work packages over a collaboration period of approximately 30 months for each collaboration target. Bayer has the right, exercisable within 12 months of the effective date of the Bayer Agreement, to designate the Additional Collaboration Target upon payment of an additional fee. Bayer may also replace the Initial Collaboration Target one time at no incremental fee, subject to certain conditions.

The term of the Bayer Agreement commences on the effective date and, unless terminated earlier, continues until the expiration of the last royalty term for the last qualifying product. Bayer may terminate the Bayer Agreement in its entirety or on a target-by-target basis for convenience upon certain notice to the Company.

The Company analyzed the Bayer Agreement and concluded that all aspects of the arrangement represent a transaction with a customer; accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue for the Bayer Agreement in accordance with ASC 606. At inception, the Company determined that: (i) the research activities performed by the Company; (ii) the intellectual property rights granted by the Company to Bayer; (iii) the rights granted by the Company to Bayer to develop, manufacture, and commercialize qualifying compounds and qualifying products; and (iv) the Company's participation on the JSC represent a single combined performance obligation, as these promises are not individually distinct within the context of the contract. The Company assessed the Bayer Agreement at inception to determine whether a significant financing component exists and concluded that a significant financing component does not exist.

Consideration in the Bayer Agreement consists of: (i) a nonrefundable and non-creditable upfront fee; (ii) reimbursement of research activity costs incurred by the Company, payable on a quarterly basis; (iii) certain research and development milestone payments; and (iv) royalty payments. Reimbursable costs incurred under the research program are subject to an initial research budget, which may be further amended by the parties. Variable consideration related to reimbursement of research activity costs is estimated at inception. At each reporting period, the Company re-evaluates the estimated variable consideration included in the transaction price and any related constraint and, as necessary, adjusts the transaction price on a cumulative catch-up basis. Research and development milestone payments represent variable consideration that are constrained at inception as the achievement of the milestones is not certain at contract inception.

The Company recognizes revenue attributable to the Bayer Agreement using the cost-to-cost method, which it believes best depicts the transfer of control to Bayer over time. Under the cost-to-cost method, the extent of progress towards completion of the combined performance obligation is measured based on the ratio of actual direct labor hours incurred to the total estimated direct labor hours expected upon satisfying the combined performance obligation. Sales-based royalties will be recognized if and upon the occurrence of sales on qualifying products. As of June 30, 2026, no royalty payments under the Bayer Agreement had been achieved.

The Company recognized no revenue related to the Bayer Agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, the remaining transaction price of $4.0 million was expected to be recognized by the Company as revenue through 2028. As of June 30, 2026, no research and development milestones under the Bayer Agreement had been achieved.

F-39


Table of Contents

 

Summary of contract assets and liabilities

The following table presents changes in the balances of the Company’s contract liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands):

 

Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2024

 

$

9,339

 

Additions

 

 

17,342

 

Revenue recognized

 

 

(3,928

)

Deferred revenue as of June 30, 2025

 

$

22,753

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2025

 

$

20,386

 

Additions

 

 

45,929

 

Revenue recognized

 

 

(12,753

)

Deferred revenue as of June 30, 2026

 

$

53,562

 

 

6. Convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

Convertible preferred stock

As of June 30, 2026, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) authorized the Company to issue 155,289,649 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Company’s convertible preferred stock consists of Series Seed, Series A, Series A-1 (collectively, the “Junior Preferred Stock”), Series B, Series B-2, Series B-3, and Series B-4 (collectively, the “Senior Preferred Stock”, and, together with the Junior Preferred Stock, the “Convertible Preferred Stock”). The Convertible Preferred Stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements because the shares contain redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Company. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, redemption of the Convertible Preferred Stock was not deemed probable of occurring.

The authorized, issued, and outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock as of June 30, 2026, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Price per
share

 

 

Shares
authorized

 

 

Shares
issued and
outstanding

 

 

Carrying
value
(in thousands)

 

 

Aggregate
liquidation
preference
(in thousands)

 

Series Seed

 

$

0.34849

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

$

2,520

 

 

$

2,520

 

Series A

 

$

2.3731

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

66,951

 

 

 

67,147

 

Series A-1

 

$

1.8985

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

2,351

 

 

 

2,000

 

Series B

 

$

2.4760

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

105,865

 

 

 

106,231

 

Series B-2

 

$

2.9712

 

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

64,971

 

 

 

65,350

 

Series B-3

 

$

3.10

 

 

 

38,473,957

 

 

 

38,473,957

 

 

 

118,619

 

 

 

119,269

 

Series B-4

 

$

3.26

 

 

 

15,337,422

 

 

 

10,052,045

 

 

 

32,758

 

 

 

32,770

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

155,289,649

 

 

 

150,004,272

 

 

$

394,035

 

 

$

395,287

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2025 consisted of the following:

 

 

Price per
share

 

 

Shares
authorized

 

 

Shares
issued and
outstanding

 

 

Carrying
value
(in thousands)

 

 

Aggregate
liquidation
preference
(in thousands)

 

Series Seed

 

$

0.34849

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

 

7,231,110

 

 

$

2,520

 

 

$

2,520

 

Series A

 

$

2.3731

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

28,295,040

 

 

 

66,951

 

 

 

67,147

 

Series A-1

 

$

1.8985

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

1,053,462

 

 

 

2,351

 

 

 

2,000

 

Series B

 

$

2.4760

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

42,904,185

 

 

 

105,865

 

 

 

106,231

 

Series B-2

 

$

2.9712

 

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

21,994,473

 

 

 

64,971

 

 

 

65,350

 

Series B-3

 

$

3.10

 

 

 

40,322,571

 

 

 

32,022,345

 

 

 

98,674

 

 

 

99,269

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

141,800,841

 

 

 

133,500,615

 

 

$

341,332

 

 

$

342,517

 

 

Series B-3 preferred stock

In November 2025, the Company and certain investors entered into a Series B-3 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to sell up to 40,322,571 shares of its Series B-3 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series B-3 Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $3.10 per share. From November 2025 to January 2026, the Company issued 38,473,957 shares of Series B-3 Preferred Stock at a price of $3.10 per share for aggregate consideration of $119.3 million, less issuance costs of $0.6 million. In January 2026, the number of shares authorized under the Series B-3 Preferred Stock was reduced from 40,322,571 to 38,473,957 upon completion of the financing round.

Series B-4 preferred stock

In April 2026, the Company and certain investors entered into a Series B-4 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to sell up to 15,337,422 shares of its Series B-4 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series B-4 Preferred Stock”) at a purchase price of $3.26 per share. In April and May 2026, the Company issued 8,518,303 and 1,533,742 shares, respectively, of Series B-4 Preferred Stock at a price of $3.26 per share for aggregate consideration of $32.8 million.

In April 2026, entities affiliated with certain members of the board of directors purchased 7,747,445 shares of Series B-4 Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $25.3 million in an arm's length transaction. The entities affiliated with the board members participated in the offering on the same terms as other investors.

The significant rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s Convertible Preferred Stock are as follows:

Dividends

The holders of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock, in order of preference, are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. The Company may not declare, pay, or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company unless the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock, then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock, equal to: (i) in the case of a dividend on common stock or any class or series of stock that is convertible into common stock, the product of: (a) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into common stock and (b) the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock; or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into common stock, at a rate per share of Senior Preferred Stock, and then Junior Preferred Stock, determined by (a) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the Original Issue Price of such class or series of capital stock, and (b) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of each series of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock. Stockholders are not entitled to any accruing dividends. Since inception, no dividends have been declared or paid.

F-41


Table of Contents

 

Voting rights

The holder of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock are convertible and shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis, except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect directors of the Company as follows: (i) holders of shares of Series Seed shall be entitled to elect one director; (ii) holders of shares of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall each be entitled to elect one director; and (iii) holders of shares of Series B, Series B-2, Series B-3, and Series B-4 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two directors. The holders of common stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors.

Conversion rights

The holder of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock has the option to convert each share, for no additional consideration, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Convertible Preferred Stock by the applicable conversion price for such series in effect on the date of conversion.

The conversion price of the Convertible Preferred Stock was initially set at an amount equal to the Original Issue Price and is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, and recapitalization. No adjustment to the conversion price of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be made as a result of the issuance or deemed issuance of additional shares of common stock if agreed upon by a majority of the respective holders of each series.

The Convertible Preferred Stock is subject to mandatory conversion upon either: (i) immediately prior to the filing and effectiveness of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company in connection with the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least $7.4280 per share, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company and in connection with such offering the Company is listed for trading on a nationally recognized exchange; or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and with respect to the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and with respect to the Series B, Series B-2, Series B-3, and Series B-4 Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B, Series B-2, Series B-3, and Series B-4 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

Liquidation preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined below, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders before any payment is made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock or common stock. The holders of Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to an amount per share equal to the greater of: (i) the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon; or (ii) the amount that would have been payable had all shares of each series of Senior Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or Deemed Liquidation Event. If the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to holders of Senior Preferred Stock is insufficient to pay such holders the full amount to which they are entitled to, the asset or funds will be distributed in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable if such shares were paid in full.

F-42


Table of Contents

 

Following payment to holders of Senior Preferred Stock, the holders of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders before any payment is made to the holders of common stock. The holders of Junior Preferred Stock are entitled to an amount per share equal to the greater of: (i) the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon; or (ii) the amount that would have been payable had all shares of each series of Junior Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or Deemed Liquidation Event. If the assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to holders of Junior Preferred Stock is insufficient to pay such holders the full amount to which they are entitled to, the asset or funds will be distributed in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable if such shares were paid in full. After distribution to holders of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock, any remaining assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to holders of common stock on pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder.

Unless at least the holders of a majority of the Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis to common stock, elect otherwise, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall include a merger, consolidation, or share exchange, except one in which stockholders of the Company own a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation, or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Redemption

The Convertible Preferred Stock does not have redemption rights, except for the contingent redemption upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event.

Protective provisions

At any time when shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall first obtain the approval by a majority of holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, with respect to the following actions: (i) consummation of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or effect any merger, acquisition or consolidation, or any other deemed liquidation event; (ii) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws in a manner that may adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Senior Preferred Stock; or (iii) create, authorize, issue, or obligate the Company to issue shares, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares, of any capital stock unless such capital stock ranks junior to the Senior Preferred Stock with respect to its rights, preferences and privileges.

Common stock

As of June 30, 2026, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorized the Company to issue 212,070,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. All outstanding shares of common stock have been duly authorized and are fully paid and nonassessable. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote; there is no cumulative voting. The holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the Company’s board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock.

Common stock warrants

In connection with a prior loan agreement with a lender bank, the Company issued a warrant to purchase up to 74,396 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.57 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable upon issuance and may be exercised on a cashless basis. Other than in connection with certain mergers or acquisitions, the warrants will expire on the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the warrants remained unexercised and outstanding.

The Company’s common stock warrants are equity-classified and carried at the instruments’ fair value upon classification into equity.

F-43


Table of Contents

 

Common stock reserved for future issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance was as follows:

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock to common stock

 

 

155,289,649

 

 

 

133,500,615

 

Common stock options issued and outstanding

 

 

20,546,759

 

 

 

14,015,052

 

Common stock warrants issued and outstanding

 

 

74,396

 

 

 

74,396

 

Shares available for future issuance under the 2020 Equity
   Incentive Plan

 

 

2,117,624

 

 

 

5,453,550

 

Total

 

 

178,028,428

 

 

 

153,043,613

 

 

7. Stock-based compensation

Stock incentive plan

In September 2020, the Company adopted the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), which was subsequently amended. The 2020 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options to employees of the Company and non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock purchase rights, and other stock awards to directors, employees, and consultants of the Company.

In July 2025, the Company amended the 2020 Plan to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan to be in aggregate 21,469,972 shares of common stock. The Company further amended the 2020 Plan during 2026 to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2020 Plan to be in aggregate 26,469,972 shares of common stock as of June 30, 2026.

Stock options

Options granted under the 2020 Plan will expire no more than 10 years from date of grant. The exercise price of each option is determined by the Company’s board of directors, although generally options have an exercise price equal to the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the option grant. In the case of incentive stock options, the exercise price is required to be no less than 100% of the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the time the option is granted. For holders of more than 10% of the Company’s total combined voting power of all classes of stock, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant and for a term not to exceed five years. Stock option awards generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting commencement date, with the remaining balance vesting ratably on a monthly basis over three years.

Early Exercise Stock Options

Certain executives of the Company have received stock option awards under the 2020 Plan that allow for exercise of the stock option prior to vesting. Shares of common stock issued upon an early exercise that have not yet vested are subject to repurchase by the Company in the event of termination of the holder’s continuous status as an employee at the price paid by the holder.

Proceeds from the early exercise of stock options are recorded as repurchase liabilities, and as shares vest, are recognized as a component of additional paid-in capital and stock-based compensation expense. Shares purchased pursuant to the early exercise are not deemed for accounting purposes to be issued until those shares vest according to their respective vesting schedules.

As of June 30, 2026, the Company had 330,204 shares of common stock subject to an early exercise option repurchase provision. As of December 31, 2025, no shares of common stock were subject to an early exercise option repurchase provision. As of June 30, 2026, $0.4 million of early exercise stock option repurchase liabilities were recorded as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

F-44


Table of Contents

 

Performance-based awards

In August 2024, the Company granted 1,448,212 stock options under the 2020 Plan to certain executives that are subject to vesting upon meeting certain performance milestones. As of June 30, 2026, the vesting criteria of 724,108 of the performance-based stock options were met. Accordingly, stock-based compensation expense related to performance-based stock options of $0.6 million was recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2025, the vesting criteria of the performance-based stock options were not met, and no stock-based compensation expense related to the performance-based stock options had been recognized.

In March 2026, the Company granted 3,338,160 performance-vesting restricted stock units (“PSUs”) under the 2020 Plan to certain executives that are subject to vesting upon meeting certain performance-based milestones. As of June 30, 2026, the vesting criteria of the PSUs were not met. Accordingly, the PSUs were not deemed probable of achievement, and no stock-based compensation expense related to PSUs has been recognized.

Summary of stock option activity

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the 2020 Plan is as follows:

 

 

Options
outstanding

 

 

Weighted-
average
exercise
prices

 

 

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)

 

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2025

 

 

14,015,052

 

 

$

1.13

 

 

 

8.30

 

 

$

7,455

 

Granted

 

 

5,382,123

 

 

 

1.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,804,219

)

 

 

1.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled/forfeited

 

 

(384,357

)

 

 

0.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of June 30, 2026

 

 

17,208,599

 

 

$

1.31

 

 

 

8.46

 

 

$

6,727

 

Vested and expected to vest as of
   June 30, 2026

 

 

17,538,803

 

 

$

1.31

 

 

 

8.46

 

 

$

6,861

 

Exercisable as of June 30, 2026

 

 

7,087,393

 

 

$

1.03

 

 

 

7.50

 

 

$

4,730

 

 

The intrinsic values are calculated as the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock and the exercise price of the stock options. When options are exercised, the Company’s policy is to issue previously unissued shares of common stock to satisfy share option exercises. The fair value of shares vested during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were $2.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2026, the intrinsic value and cash received from stock option exercises were $1.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2025 the intrinsic value and cash received from stock option exercises were not material. As of June 30, 2026, unrecognized estimated compensation expense related to stock options was $12.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over approximately 2.8 years.

Valuation of stock options

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of option grants for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were $1.27 and $1.04 per share, respectively. The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the employee stock option grants were as follows:

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Expected volatility

 

 

88.7

%

 

 

86.3

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

4.4

%

Expected term (in years)

 

 

5.99

 

 

 

6.03

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

 

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

•
Expected volatility. The expected volatility assumption is based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available.
•
Risk-free interest rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate assumption on the U.S. Treasury’s rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.
•
Expected term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Because the Company does not have historical exercise behavior, it determines the expected term assumption using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its vesting period.
•
Expected dividend yield. The Company bases the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that it has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends.

Stock-based compensation costs

The stock-based compensation cost that has been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for all stock-based compensation arrangements is detailed as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Research and development

 

$

1,436

 

 

$

690

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,076

 

 

 

517

 

Total

 

$

2,512

 

 

$

1,207

 

 

8. Income taxes

The Company’s tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of its annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any, that arise during the period. Each period, the Company updates its estimate of the annual effective tax rate and, if the estimated annual effective tax rate changes, the Company makes a cumulative adjustment in such period. No such adjustment was made as of June 30, 2026 and 2025. The Company’s effective federal and state tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 was 0%, and the Company did not record any material income tax expense or benefit during the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, primarily as a result of estimated net operating losses for the fiscal year to date, offset by the increase in the valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset.

9. Commitments and contingencies

Cray Court Lease

On January 16, 2026, the Company entered into a lease agreement for a new facility lease (“Cray Court Lease”) for its headquarters in San Diego, California. The Cray Court Lease consists of approximately 45,000 square feet of office and laboratory space and is estimated to commence in November 2026, subject to completion of certain tenant improvements. The Cray Court Lease contains a right of first refusal to lease approximately 9,500 square feet (“Suite A Space”) and 13,400 square feet (“Suite B Space”) of additional office and laboratory space. In connection with the lease, the Company issued the landlord a security deposit in the form of a letter of credit for $0.2 million and prepaid $0.2 million for the first month's base rent.

On March 31, 2026, the Company and landlord amended the Cray Court Lease to expand the leased premises to include the Suite B Space (“First Amendment”). The First Amendment expanded the total leased premises to approximately 58,400 square feet. The Suite B Space was expected to commence in February 2027, subject to

F-46


Table of Contents

 

completion of certain tenant improvements and was coterminous with the Cray Court Lease. In connection with the amendment, the Company further amended its letter of credit with the landlord to approximately $0.3 million.

Legal matters

In the normal course of business, the Company is at times subject to pending and threatened legal actions. In management’s opinion, any potential losses resulting from the resolution of these matters are not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.

In accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the indemnification agreements entered into with each officer and non-employee director, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and non-employee directors for certain events or occurrences while they are serving at the Company’s request in such capacities. There have been no indemnification claims to date.

10. Segment reporting

The Company operates and manages its business as a single operating and reportable segment headquartered in the United States. The Company’s chief executive officer serves as the CODM. The CODM evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on consolidated net loss, which is reported on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. This measure is used to monitor spending and compare budgeted versus actual results. Factors considered in determining the single reportable segment include the nature of the Company’s operating activities, its organizational and reporting structure, and the type of financial information reviewed by the CODM. The operating segment’s revenue is derived from multiple collaboration agreements from which the segment primarily licenses access to certain technology and performs research and development services, as applicable. All long-lived assets of the Company are held in the United States.

The CODM reviews cash and cash equivalents as a measure of segment assets. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were $207.9 million and $180.5 million, respectively.

The following table presents selected financial information about the Company’s single operating segment (in thousands):

 

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

12,753

 

 

$

3,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel-related

 

 

17,630

 

 

 

11,124

 

IAM1363

 

 

17,403

 

 

 

8,236

 

Discovery-related costs and other

 

 

14,725

 

 

 

9,251

 

Compute costs

 

 

4,356

 

 

 

1,714

 

General and administrative expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel-related

 

 

5,667

 

 

 

3,720

 

General and corporate expenses (1)

 

 

6,483

 

 

 

5,557

 

Other segment items (2)

 

 

(3,395

)

 

 

(2,510

)

Segment net loss

 

$

50,116

 

 

$

33,164

 

 

(1)
General and corporate expenses include certain research and development and general and administrative costs related to facilities, finance, legal, administration, human resources, information technology, and other overhead.
(2)
Other segment items include interest income, interest expense, other expense, and income tax expense. Interest income consists of interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists of interest expense on our finance lease. Other expense primarily consists of realized and unrealized gains on foreign currency transactions and loss on disposal of property and equipment.

F-47


Table of Contents

 

11. Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring from June 30, 2026 through August 28, 2026, the date the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Cray Court Lease

On July 17, 2026, the Company and landlord further amended the Cray Court Lease (“Second Amendment”), which supersedes the First Amendment, to replace the Suite B Space with a new expansion space. The Second Amendment expands the total leased premises under the Cray Court Lease to approximately 96,000 square feet. The expansion space is expected to commence in April 2027, subject to completion of certain tenant improvements. The lease term for the expansion space is coterminous with the original lease term. Total aggregate future lease commitments under the Second Amendment are approximately $25.0 million. The Company is not required to pay base rent for the first 10 months following the commencement date of the expansion space. In addition, the Company's proportionate share of operating expenses increases upon the commencement date. In connection with the amendment, the Company further amended its letter of credit with the landlord to approximately $0.5 million.

Convertible promissory notes

From August 14, 2026 through August 26, 2026, the Company issued subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “Convertible Notes”) to certain investors in an aggregate principal amount of $46.8 million. The Company may issue additional convertible promissory notes, up to an aggregate principal amount of $66.5 million in one or more subsequent closings. In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, as amended, the Company increased its total number of authorized shares of common stock to 238,098,833. The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum and mature on August 14, 2028. The Convertible Notes are subordinated to all of the Company's senior indebtedness. Upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering, the outstanding principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into shares of the Company's common stock at a conversion price equal to the lower of (i) 85% of the initial public offering price per share (reflecting a 15% discount) and (ii) the price per share implied by a $900.0 million valuation cap.

F-48


Table of Contents

 

 

 

shares

 

img190872437_42.jpg

 

Common stock

Preliminary prospectus

 

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan

Jefferies

BofA Securities

Citigroup

 

 

 

Through and including , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

, 2026

 


Table of Contents

 

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us in connection with this registration statement and the listing of our common stock, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and The Nasdaq Global Select Market (Nasdaq) exchange listing fee.

 

Amount paid or
to be paid

SEC registration fee

$

13,810

FINRA filing fee

 

15,500

Nasdaq listing fee

 

*

Printing and engraving expenses

 

*

Accounting fees and expenses

 

*

Legal fees and expenses

 

*

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

 

*

Miscellaneous expenses

 

*

Total

$

*

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors and certain of our officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

•
any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;
•
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
•
any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Similarly, our officers who at the time of an act or omission as to which liability is asserted consented to or are deemed to have consented to certain service of process rules under Delaware law will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as officers, except for liability in connection with:

•
any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
•
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•
any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit; or

II-1


Table of Contents

 

•
any action by or in the right of the corporation.

Any amendment, repeal or elimination of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment, repeal or elimination. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees, agents and any other persons, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non‑employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

II-2


Table of Contents

 

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Since June 30, 2023, we have issued the following unregistered securities:

•
From September 2023 through December 2023, we issued and sold an aggregate of 42,904,185 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.4760 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $106.2 million.
•
From April 2024 through October 2024, we issued and sold an aggregate of 21,994,473 shares of our Series B-2 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.9712 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $65.3 million.
•
From November 2025 through January 2026, we issued and sold an aggregate of 38,473,957 shares of our Series B-3 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.10 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $119.3 million.
•
From April 2026 through May 2026, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,052,045 shares of our Series B-4 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $32.8 million.
•
From July 2023 through September 18, 2026, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 18,925,175 shares of common stock under our 2020 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.94 to $2.37.
•
From July 2023 through September 18, 2026, we issued and sold to certain service providers of ours an aggregate of 2,863,935 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2020 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.04 to $2.37, for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $2.9 million.
•
In March 2026, we granted restricted stock units covering an aggregate of 3,338,160 shares of common stock under our 2020 Plan.
•
From August 14, 2026 through September 11, 2026, we issued an aggregate of $66.5 million principal amount of Convertible Notes to investors, including related parties, with a maturity date of August 14, 2028. The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum. Upon the completion of the listing of our common stock, the outstanding principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into shares of our common stock.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

II-3


Table of Contents

 

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a)
Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S‑1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)
Financial statement schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the accompanying notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post‑effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number

 

Description

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended, as currently in effect

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering

3.3

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect

3.4

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering

4.1

 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated as of April 1, 2026

4.2

 

Warrant to Purchase Stock by and between the Registrant and Western Alliance Bank, dated December 27, 2022

5.1*

 

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

10.1+

 

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

10.2+

 

Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements

10.3+*

 

2026 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements

10.4+*

 

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements

10.5+*

 

Outside Director Compensation Policy

10.6+

 

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Thomas Miller

10.7+

 

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Frederick Manby

10.8+

 

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Michael Secora

10.9+

 

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Neil Josephson

10.10+

 

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Peter Olson

10.11#

 

Lease by and between the Registrant and BRE-BMR Oberlin LP, dated July 24, 2023

10.12†

 

Research Collaboration and License Agreement by and between the Registrant and Takeda Pharmaceuticals, U.S.A., Inc., dated February 3, 2026

10.13†

 

Collaboration and Option Agreement by and between the Registrant and H. Lundbeck A/S, dated September 23, 2024

10.14+

 

Employee Incentive Compensation Plan

10.15+

 

Change in Control and Severance Plan and related form participation agreement

10.16#

 

Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and ARE-SD Region No. 38, LLC, dated January 16, 2026, as amended

10.17†

 

Collaboration and Option to License Agreement by and between the Registrant and AbbVie Group Holdings Limited, dated September 18, 2026

16.1

 

Letter from Ernst & Young LLP

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

23.2*

 

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 to this registration statement)

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement)

107

 

Filing Fee Table

 

* To be filed by amendment.

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

† Portions of this exhibit (indicated by [* * *]) have been omitted because the Registrant has determined that the information is both (i) not material and (ii) the type that the Registrant treats as private and confidential.

# Certain schedules or exhibits to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request.

II-5


Table of Contents

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of San Diego, State of California, on September 21, 2026.

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

 

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Miller, Ph.D. and Michael Secora, Ph.D., and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

September 21, 2026

Thomas Miller, Ph.D.

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Secora, Ph.D.

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

September 21, 2026

Michael Secora, Ph.D.

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Samit Hirawat, M.D.

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

Samit Hirawat, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frederick Manby, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

Frederick Manby, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Evan Rachlin, M.D.

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

Evan Rachlin, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Rastetter, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

William Rastetter, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Shalini Sharp

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

Shalini Sharp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary Tagliaferri, M.D.

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

Mary Tagliaferri, M.D.

 

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

R. Jacob Vogelstein, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kurt von Emster

 

Director

 

September 21, 2026

Kurt von Emster

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-7


Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1.
That the name of this corporation is Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on October 14, 2019 under the name entos, Inc.
2.
That the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 367,359,649. The Corporation has two classes of stock, referred to as Common Stock and Preferred Stock. There are (i) 212,070,000 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 155,289,649 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 


 

A.
COMMON STOCK
3.
General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.
4.
Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held as of the applicable record date for each meeting of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one (1) or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.
B.
PREFERRED STOCK

7,231,110 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 28,295,040 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 1,053,462 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 42,904,185 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 21,994,473 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 38,473,957 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-3 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 15,337,422 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-4 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. References to “Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, the Series B-3 Preferred Stock, and the Series B-4 Preferred Stock. References to “Senior Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, the Series B-3 Preferred Stock, and the Series B-4 Preferred Stock. References to “Junior Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

5.
Dividends.
5.1
Senior Preferred Stock. The holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any

 


 

funds and assets legally available therefor, a dividend on each outstanding share of Senior Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Senior Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Senior Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Senior Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the Applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series), and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, Series B-2 Original Issue Price, Series B-3 Original Issue Price, or Series B-4 Original Issue Price, as applicable, prior and in preference to any payment of any dividend on the Junior Preferred Stock and Common Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Senior Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid.
5.2
Junior Preferred Stock. After the payment of the dividends described in Subsection 1.1, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds and assets legally available therefor, a dividend on each outstanding share of Junior Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Junior Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Junior Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Junior Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the Applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Applicable Original Issue Price, prior and in preference to any payment of any dividend on the Common Stock; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1.2 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend. The right to receive dividends on shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Junior Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. As of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Filing Date”), the “Series Seed Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.34849 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series Seed Preferred Stock. As of the Filing Date, the “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $2.3731 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. As of the Filing Date, the “Series A-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.8985 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $2.4760 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B-2 Original Issue Price” shall mean

 


 

$2.9712 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B-2 Preferred Stock. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B-3 Original Issue Price” shall mean $3.10 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B-3 Preferred Stock. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B-4 Original Issue Price” shall mean $3.26 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B-4 Preferred Stock. “Applicable Original Issue Price” shall mean the Series Seed Original Issue Price, Series A Original Issue Price, Series A-1 Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price, Series B-2 Original Issue Price, Series B-3 Original Issue Price, or Series B-4 Original Issue Price, as applicable.
6.
Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.
6.1
Preferential Payments to Holders of Senior Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds (as defined below), as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Senior Preferred Stock (and all shares of all other series of Preferred Stock that would receive a larger distribution per share if such series of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock) been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Senior Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.
6.2
Preferential Payments to Holders of Junior Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of the Senior Liquidation Amount pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds (as defined below), as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Junior Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Junior Preferred Liquidation Amount” and together with the “Senior Liquidation Amount,” the “Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares

 


 

of Junior Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.2, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.
6.3
Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment in full of all Liquidation Amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 and 2.2 or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.
6.4
Deemed Liquidation Events.
6.4.1
Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis (the “Requisite Holders”), elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:
(a)
a merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Corporation, domestication, or continuance in which
(i)
the Corporation is a constituent party or
(ii)
a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Corporation, domestication, or continuance,

except any such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Corporation, domestication, or continuance involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Corporation, domestication, or continuance continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Corporation, domestication, or continuance, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Corporation, domestication, or continuance, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

 


 

(b)
(1) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (2) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer of the Corporation, domestication, or continuance or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.
6.4.2
Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.
(a)
The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan with respect to such transaction, or terms of such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”), provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be paid to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.
(b)
In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(ii) or 2.4.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (iii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “DLE Redemption Date”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (i) first redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Senior Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds and (ii) second, if, and only after, the Senior Preferred Stock have been fully redeemed, redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Junior Preferred stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, in each case of (i) and (ii), based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem any remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The provisions of Section 7 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.4.2(b). Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.4.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.
6.4.3
Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer of the Corporation, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value

 


 

of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors.
6.4.4
Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.4.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.
6.4.5
Events Not Constituting A Deemed Liquidation Event. In the event that the Corporation determines to distribute the proceeds (cash or otherwise) resulting from any sale or other transfer of a significant portion of its assets (which would not be a Deemed Liquidation Event) or the proceeds from an option to acquire securities or assets of the Corporation, the proceeds resulting therefrom (including in respect of any ongoing payments, such as a royalty or milestone payment) will be distributed in accordance with Subsection 2.1 (and not as a dividend under Section 1) and shall be deemed to be a payment (or partial payment, as applicable) with respect to the Liquidation Amount.
7.
Voting.
7.1
General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.
7.2
Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “Series B Directors”), the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series A Director”), the holders of record of the shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series Seed Director” and together with the Series B Directors and the Series A Director, the “Preferred Directors”) and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed with or without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as

 


 

the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2.
7.3
Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly, through one or more other subsidiaries, by amendment, waiver, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer of the Corporation, continuance, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, statutory conversion or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class.
7.3.1
liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;
7.3.2
amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;
7.3.3
create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, or reclassify, any capital stock, other than pursuant to an existing equity incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors or as approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;
7.3.4
increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, or increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;
7.3.5
purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value, or (iv) as approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;

 


 

7.3.6
increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors;
7.3.7
make any loan or advance to any person, including, any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;
7.3.8
reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege;
7.3.9
increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under any existing equity incentive plan or create any new equity incentive plan (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or the like);
7.3.10
cause or permit any of its subsidiaries to sell, issue, sponsor, create or distribute any digital tokens, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets (collectively, “Tokens”), including through a pre-sale, initial coin offering, token distribution event or crowdfunding, or through the issuance of any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for Tokens; or
7.3.11
amend this Section 3.3.
7.4
Senior Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Senior Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly, through one or more other subsidiaries, by amendment, waiver, merger, consolidation, recapitalization and reclassification or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock (the “Series B Majority”) given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class.
7.4.1
liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;
7.4.2
amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Senior Preferred Stock; provided that the powers, preferences or rights of the Senior Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be adversely affected because of the proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences, dividend rates and conversion prices that arise out of differences in the original issue prices of any other series of Preferred Stock now existing or hereafter created;
7.4.3
(i) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, or reclassify, any capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Senior Preferred Stock with respect to its rights, preferences and privileges, or (ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock or any additional class or series of capital stock of the Corporation unless the same ranks junior to the Senior Preferred Stock with respect to its rights, preferences and privileges; or
7.4.4
amend this Section 3.4.

 


 

8.
Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

8.1
Right to Convert.
8.1.1
Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Applicable Original Issue Price by the Applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. As of the Filing Date, the “Series Seed Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.34849. As of the Filing Date, the “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $2.3731. As of the Filing Date, the “Series A-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $1.8985. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $2.4760. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B-2 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $2.9712. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B-3 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $3.10. As of the Filing Date, the “Series B-4 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $3.26. The “Applicable Conversion Price” shall mean the Series Seed Conversion Price, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B-2 Conversion Price, the Series B-3 Conversion Price, or the Series B-4 Conversion Price, as applicable. Such initial Applicable Conversion Price and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.
8.1.2
Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock; provided that the foregoing termination of Conversion Rights shall not affect the amount(s) otherwise paid or payable in accordance with Subsection 2.1 or 2.2 to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event.
8.2
Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.
8.3
Mechanics of Conversion.
8.3.1
Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable

 


 

to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.
8.3.2
Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Applicable Conversion Price.
8.3.3
Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof accordingly.
8.3.4
No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on any series of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 


 

8.3.5
Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
8.4
Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.
8.4.1
Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:
(a)
“Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
(b)
“Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B-4 Preferred Stock was issued.
(c)
“Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.
(d)
“Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):
(i)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued upon conversion of, or as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;
(ii)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;
(iii)
shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;
(iv)
shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date hereof, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;
(v)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;

 


 

(vi)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;
(vii)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as acquisition consideration pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;
(viii)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors;
(ix)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable in connection with a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
(x)
shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors.
8.4.2
No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Series Seed Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B-2 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B-3 Conversion Price or Series B-4 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B-3 Preferred Stock and Series B-4 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, as set forth in

 


 

Section 4.4.4 below, no adjustment Series B-4 Conversion Price shall be made as a result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share is less than the Series B-3 Conversion Price.
8.4.3
Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.
(a)
If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.
(b)
If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.
(c)
If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the

 


 

manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.
(d)
Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.
(e)
If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.
8.4.4
Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Applicable Conversion Price (or, in the case of the Series B-4 Preferred Stock, less than the Series B-3 Conversion Price) in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then the Applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)
“CP2” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
(b)
“CP1” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
(c)
“A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance or upon conversion or exchange of

 


 

Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);
(d)
“B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued or deemed issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and
(e)
“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.
8.4.5
Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:
(a)
Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:
(i)
insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;
(ii)
insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors; and
(iii)
in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors.
(b)
Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:
(i)
The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by
(ii)
the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 


 

8.4.6
Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).
8.5
Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
8.6
Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:
(1)
the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and
(2)
the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 


 

8.7
Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.
8.8
Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.
8.9
Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of such series Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.
8.10
Notice of Record Date. In the event:
(a)
the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 


 

(b)
of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, any Deemed Liquidation Event, or any payment to be made to the holders of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.4.5 hereof; or
(c)
of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

9.
Mandatory Conversion.
9.1
Trigger Events. Upon either (a) immediately prior to the filing and effectiveness of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation filed in connection with the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $7.428 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved by the Board of Directors, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders, and with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and with respect to the Senior Preferred, the Series B Majority (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.
9.2
Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation will indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted

 


 

pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.
10.
Redemption. The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of holder.
11.
Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.
12.
Waiver. Except as otherwise set forth herein, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of Requisite Holders, and with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock, the Series B Majority.
13.
Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each director shall be entitled to one vote on each matter presented to the Board of Directors; provided, however, that, so long as the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to elect any Preferred Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors shall be required for the authorization by the Board of Directors of any of the matters set forth in Section 5.4 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated on or about the Filing Date, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

 


 

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification or (b) increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock, or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Preferred Stock, or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation while such Covered Person is performing services in such capacity. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders (as defined herein) will be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article Eleventh.

 


 

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Twelfth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Twelfth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Twelfth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

THIRTEENTH: For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (in addition to any other consent required under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

14.
That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.
15.
That this Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

* * *

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 31st day of March, 2026.

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Miller

 

Name: Thomas Miller

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify that:

1.
The name of the Corporation is Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was first filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 14, 2019 under the name entos, Inc.
2.
Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).
3.
Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions setting forth the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, declaring the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment to be advisable, and directing that the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment be submitted to and considered by the stockholders of the Corporation for approval.
4.
The terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.
5.
The first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 406,500,753. The Corporation has two classes of stock, referred to as Common Stock and Preferred Stock. There are (i) 231,640,552 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 174,860,201 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).”

6.
The first paragraph of Section B of Article Fourth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“7,231,110 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 28,295,040 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 1,053,462 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 42,904,185 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 21,994,473 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” with the

 


 

following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 38,473,957 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-3 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 34,907,974 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-4 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. References to “Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, the Series B-3 Preferred Stock, and the Series B-4 Preferred Stock. References to “Senior Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, the Series B-3 Preferred Stock, and the Series B-4 Preferred Stock. References to “Junior Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.”

7.
Article Fourth, Part B, Subsection 4.4.1(d) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to add a new subsection (xi) after subsection (x) as follows:

“(xi) shares of Preferred Stock, Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable in connection with the Corporation’s sale of convertible notes on or about the date of filing of this Certificate of Amendment and on or prior to September 18, 2026 (subject to adjustment by the Board of Directors) (including in connection with the future conversion of securities issued in connection with such convertible note financing).”

(Rest of Page Intentionally Left Blank)

-2-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer, as of the 14th day of August, 2026.

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Miller

 

Name: Thomas Miller

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

-3-


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify that:

1.
The name of the Corporation is Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was first filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 14, 2019 under the name entos, Inc.
2.
Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).
3.
Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions setting forth the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, declaring the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment to be advisable, and directing that the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment be submitted to and considered by the stockholders of the Corporation for approval.
4.
The terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.
5.
The first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 419,417,315. The Corporation has two classes of stock, referred to as Common Stock and Preferred Stock. There are (i) 238,098,833 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 181,318,482 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).”

6.
The first paragraph of Section B of Article Fourth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“7,231,110 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 28,295,040 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 1,053,462 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 42,904,185 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 21,994,473 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” with the following rights,

 


 

preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 38,473,957 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-3 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 41,366,255 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-4 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. References to “Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, the Series B-3 Preferred Stock, and the Series B-4 Preferred Stock. References to “Senior Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, the Series B-3 Preferred Stock, and the Series B-4 Preferred Stock. References to “Junior Preferred Stock” mean, collectively, the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.”

(Rest of Page Intentionally Left Blank)

-2-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer, as of the 25th day of August, 2026.

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Miller

Name:

Thomas Miller

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

-3-


Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), does hereby certify as follows:

A.
The Company was originally incorporated under the name of entos, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 14, 2019.
B.
This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
C.
The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Company is Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

Section 1. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 1,100,000,000 shares, of which 1,000,000,000 shares are Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 100,000,000 shares are Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Section 2. Each share of Common Stock outstanding as of the applicable record date shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

Section 3. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers,

 


preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. Except as may be otherwise specified by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, if the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock is so decreased, then the Company shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

Section 4. Except as otherwise required by law or provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

Section 5. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote of any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE V

Section 1. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Company shall be fixed only by resolution of the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Company shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such meeting shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 2. From and after the closing date of the initial sale of shares of Common Stock in the Company’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Time”), the directors of the Company (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors already in office shall be assigned to each class at the time such classification becomes effective in accordance with

- 2 -


a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned hereafter among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VI

Section 1. From and after the Effective Time, only for so long as the Board of Directors is classified and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 2. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances or except as otherwise provided by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VII

Section 1. The Company is to have perpetual existence.

Section 2. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company.

Section 3. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Whole Board shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Company’s Bylaws. The Company’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company may not be amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Company except in accordance with

- 3 -


the provisions of the Bylaws relating to amendments to the Bylaws. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Company that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

Section 4. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.

Section 5. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 1. From and after the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Section 2. Subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

Section 3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE IX

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director or officer of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 2. Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the Company related to indemnification of directors of the Company, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 4 -


Section 3. The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any officer, employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Section 4. Neither any amendment, elimination nor repeal of any Section of this ARTICLE IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company inconsistent with this ARTICLE IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any Proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, elimination, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Company may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places or in such manner or manners as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE XI

The Company reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote, but in addition to the vote of any holders of any class or series of the stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board and the affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Section 3 of ARTICLE IV, Section 2 of ARTICLE V, Section 1 of ARTICLE VI, Section 2 of ARTICLE VI, Section 5 of ARTICLE VII, Section 1 of ARTICLE VIII, Section 2 of ARTICLE VIII, Section 3 of ARTICLE VIII or this ARTICLE XI of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

- 5 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company on this ____ day of _________ 2026.

 

By:

 

 

Thomas Miller

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

- 6 -


Exhibit 3.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND

RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

Entos, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

Page

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE.

1

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES.

1

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

1

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING.

1

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING.

1

2.4

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

2

2.5

 

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

2

2.6

 

QUORUM.

2

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

2

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

3

2.9

 

VOTING.

3

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

3

2.11

 

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING

CONSENTS.

3

2.12

 

PROXIES.

4

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

4

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

4

3.1

 

POWERS.

4

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

5

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

5

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

5

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

6

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS.

6

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

6

3.8

 

QUORUM.

7

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

7

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

7

3.11

 

APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS.

7

3.12

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

7

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

8

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

8

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES.

8

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

8

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

9

5.1

 

OFFICERS.

9

 


 

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

9

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

9

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

9

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

9

5.6

 

CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD.

9

5.7

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.

10

5.8

 

PRESIDENT.

10

5.9

 

VICE PRESIDENTS.

10

5.10

 

SECRETARY.

10

5.11

 

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.

11

5.12

 

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

11

5.13

 

ASSISTANT TREASURER.

11

5.14

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

12

5.15

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

12

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

12

6.1

 

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

12

6.2

 

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

12

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

13

7.1

 

CHECKS

13

7.2

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

13

7.3

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

13

7.4

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

13

7.5

 

LOST CERTIFICATES

14

7.6

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

14

7.7

 

DIVIDENDS

14

7.8

 

FISCAL YEAR

14

7.9

 

SEAL

14

7.10

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

14

7.11

 

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

15

7.12

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

17

7.13

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

18

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

18

8.1

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

18

8.2

 

DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

19

8.3

 

INAPPLICABILITY

19

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

19

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF ENTOS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of Entos, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

The corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i)
be in writing;
(ii)
specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and
(iii)
be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or the secretary of the corporation.

1


 

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.5 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

(i)
if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the corporation’s records; or
(ii)
if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6 QUORUM.

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the continuation of the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2


 

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.9 VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

(i)
The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

3


 

(ii)
The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.
(iii)
The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12 PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

4


 

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

All elections of directors shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation; if authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must be either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i)
Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
(ii)
Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

5


 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i)
delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;
(ii)
sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;
(iii)
sent by facsimile; or
(iv)
sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

6


 

3.8 QUORUM.

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS.

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.

3.12 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

7


 

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation,

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i)
Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);
(ii)
Section 3.6 (regular meetings);
(iii)
Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);
(iv)
Section 3.8 (quorum);
(v)
Section 7.13 (waiver of notice); and
(vi)
Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i)
the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;
(ii)
special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and
(iii)
notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

8


 

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS.

The officers of the corporation shall be a president, secretary and chief financial officer or treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.5 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

5.6 CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD.

The chairperson of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no chief executive officer or president, then the chairperson of the Board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

9


 

5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as the Board may give to the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, if any, shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall report directly to the Board. All other officers, officials, employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the chief executive officer. The chief executive officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The chief executive officer shall serve as chairperson of and preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of a chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

5.8 PRESIDENT.

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform all the duties of the chief executive officer. When acting as the chief executive officer, the president shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the chief executive officer. The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him by the Board, these bylaws, the chief executive officer or the chairperson of the Board.

5.9 VICE PRESIDENTS.

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the president. When acting as the president, the appropriate vice president shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board, these bylaws, the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president.

5.10 SECRETARY.

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show

(i)
the time and place of each meeting;
(ii)
whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given);
(iii)
the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings;
(iv)
the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings;
(v)
and the proceedings thereof.

10


 

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board, a share register, or a duplicate share register showing;

(i)
the names of all stockholders and their addresses;
(ii)
the number and classes of shares held by each;
(iii)
the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares; and
(iv)
the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board required to be given by law or by these bylaws. The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or by these bylaws.

5.11 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as the Board may designate. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.

The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation.

5.12 ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of the secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.

5.13 ASSISTANT TREASURER.

The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or in the event of the chief financial officer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board or these bylaws.

11


 

5.14 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.15 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI — RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record or owner of beneficial interest in any outstanding shares of the corporation, including any holder of any community property interest therein, shall upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof and delivered to the corporation at least seven business days prior to the requested date of inspection, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office. The foregoing inspection rights shall not be exercisable more than once in any 12-month period.

6.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

12


 

ARTICLE VII — GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 CHECKS.

From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

7.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series

13


 

of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.5 LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.7 DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.8 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.9 SEAL.

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

(i)
Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

14


 

(ii)
No holder of any Restricted Shares (as such term is defined below) of the Company may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Restricted Shares of the Company or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the Company, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors. “Restricted Shares” are shares of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), excluding shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of any preferred stock of the Company. The Company may withhold consent for any legitimate corporate purpose, as determined by the Board of Directors.
(iii)
If a stockholder desires to Transfer any Restricted Shares, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Company. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer. Any shares proposed to be transferred to which Transfer the Company has consented pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 7.10 will first be subject to the Company’s right of first refusal located in Section 7.11 of these bylaws.
(iv)
At the option of the Company, the stockholder shall be obligated to pay to the Company a reasonable transfer fee related to the costs and time of the Company and its legal and other advisors related to any proposed Transfer.
(v)
Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of shares not made in strict compliance with this section shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.
(vi)
The foregoing restriction on Transfer shall terminate upon the date securities of the Company are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

The certificates representing Restricted Shares of the Company shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing Transfer restrictions are in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A TRANSFER RESTRICTION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.”

7.11 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

No stockholder shall Transfer any Restricted Shares, except by a Transfer that meets the requirements set forth in this Section 7.11, in addition to any other restrictions or requirements set forth under applicable law or these bylaws:

(i)
If the stockholder desires to Transfer any of his or her Restricted Shares, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Company. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.
(ii)
For 30 days following receipt of such notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase up to all the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the Company shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other Transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full

15


 

price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this section, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Restricted Shares at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the Company elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (iv) of this Section 7.11.
(iii)
The Company may assign its rights hereunder.
(iv)
In the event the Company and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the Company shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within 30 days after the Secretary of the Company receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.
(v)
In the event the Company and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, subject to the Company’s approval and all other restrictions on Transfer located in Section 7.10 of these bylaws, within the 60-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the Company and/or its assignees(s) herein, Transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice that were not acquired by the Company and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of these bylaws in the same manner as before said Transfer.
(vi)
Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be considered “Permitted Transfers” and shall be exempt from the right of first refusal in paragraph (i) of this Section 7.11:
(a)
A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such Transfer;
(b)
A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent Transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw;
(c)
A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the Company or to any other stockholder of the Company;
(d)
A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder;

16


 

(e)
A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders;
(f)
A Transfer by a stockholder that is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests; or
(g)
A Transfer by a stockholder with respect to any specified Person (as defined below) to any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing partners of, or shares the same management or advisory company with, such Person; provided, however, that the Board has not reasonably determined that such Person is a competitor of the Company. For purposes of this section “Person” shall mean individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such Restricted Shares subject to the provisions of this Section 7.11 and any other restrictions set forth in these Bylaws, and there shall be no further Transfer of such Restricted Shares except in accord with this section and the other provisions of these Bylaws.

(6)
The provisions of these bylaws may be waived with respect to any Transfer either by the Company, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Company (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This Bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Company.
(7)
Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of securities of the Company shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of these bylaws are strictly observed and followed.
(8)
The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date securities of the Company are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(9)
The certificates representing Restricted Shares of the Company that are subject to the right of first refusal in paragraph (i) of this Section 7.11 shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:
“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.”
(10)
To the extent this Section 7.11 conflicts with any written agreements between the Company and the stockholder attempting to Transfer shares, such agreement shall control.

7.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The corporation:

(i)
shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

17


 

(ii)
shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and
(iii)
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.13 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i)
the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and
(ii)
such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i)
if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
(ii)
if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
(iii)
if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

18


 

(iv)
if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

8.3 INAPPLICABILITY.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

19


Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(as amended on September 17, 2026; effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the

company’s initial public offering)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1

1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

1

1.2

OTHER OFFICES

1

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

1

2.2

ANNUAL MEETING

1

2.3

SPECIAL MEETING

1

2.4

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

2

2.5

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

9

2.6

QUORUM

9

2.7

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

10

2.8

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

10

2.9

VOTING

10

2.10

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

11

2.11

RECORD DATES

11

2.12

PROXIES

12

2.13

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

12

2.14

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

12

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

13

3.1

POWERS

13

3.2

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

13

3.3

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

13

3.4

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

13

3.5

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

14

3.6

REGULAR MEETINGS

14

3.7

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

14

3.8

QUORUM; VOTING

15

3.9

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

15

3.10

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

15

3.11

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

16

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

16

4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

16

4.2

COMMITTEE MINUTES

16

4.3

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

16

4.4

SUBCOMMITTEES

17

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

17

5.1

OFFICERS

17

5.2

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

17

5.3

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

17

5.4

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

18

5.5

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

18

- i -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

 

5.6

REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES

18

5.7

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

18

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

18

6.1

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

18

6.2

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

19

6.3

LOST CERTIFICATES

19

6.4

DIVIDENDS

20

6.5

TRANSFER OF STOCK

20

6.6

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

20

6.7

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

20

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

20

7.1

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

20

7.2

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

20

7.3

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

21

7.4

WAIVER OF NOTICE

21

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

21

8.1

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

21

8.2

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the COMPANY

22

8.3

Successful Defense

22

8.4

Indemnification of Others

22

8.5

Advanced Payment of Expenses

22

8.6

Limitation on Indemnification

23

8.7

Determination; Claim

24

8.8

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

24

8.9

Insurance

24

8.10

Survival

24

8.11

Effect of Repeal or Modification

24

8.12

Certain Definitions

25

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

25

9.1

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

25

9.2

FISCAL YEAR

25

9.3

SEAL

25

9.4

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

26

9.5

FORUM SELECTION

26

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

26

- ii -


 

BYLAWS OF IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be fixed in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “certificate of incorporation”).

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The Company may at any time establish other offices.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at a place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor legislation (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board of Directors shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For the purposes of these bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(a) Subject to the terms of any series of preferred stock of the Company, a special meeting of the stockholders, other than as required by statute, may be called at any time by (i) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, (ii) the chairperson of the Board of Directors, (iii) the chief executive officer or (iv) the president, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. The Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a

- 1 -


 

majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

(b) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto); (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof that has been formally delegated authority to nominate such persons or propose such business pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; (3) as may be provided in the certificate of designations for any class or series of preferred stock; or (4) by any stockholder of the Company who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by Section 2.4(a)(ii); (B) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting; (C) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting; (D) is a stockholder of record at the time of the annual meeting; and (E) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(a).

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i), the stockholder must have given timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”) and any such nomination or proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., Pacific time, on the 120th day and no later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the 90th day prior to the day of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders as first specified in the Company’s notice of such annual meeting (without regard to any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay of such annual meeting occurring after such notice was first sent). However, if no annual meeting of stockholders was held in the preceding year, or if the date of the annual meeting for the current year has been changed by more than 25 days from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then to be timely such notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., Pacific time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the annual meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the later of the 90th day prior to the day of the annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was first made by the Company. In no event will the adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay of any annual meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. In no event may a stockholder provide notice with respect to a greater number of director candidates than there are director seats subject to election by stockholders at the annual meeting. If the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public

- 2 -


 

announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 10 days before the last day that a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(a)(ii) will also be considered timely, but only with respect to any nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made. “Public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Section 13, Section 14 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended and inclusive of rules and regulations thereunder, the “1934 Act”) or by such other means as is reasonably designed to inform the public or stockholders of the Company in general of such information, including, without limitation, posting on the Company’s investor relations website.

(iii) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director:

(A) such person’s name, age, business address, residence address and principal occupation or employment;

(B) the class or series and number of shares of the Company that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such person and any (i) Derivative Instruments (as defined below) held or beneficially owned by such person, including the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any Derivative Instrument; and (ii) other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such person with respect to the Company’s securities;

(C) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for the contested election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act;

(D) such person’s written consent (x) to being named as a nominee of such stockholder, (y) to being named in the Company’s form of proxy pursuant to Rule 14a‑19 under the 1934 Act (“Rule 14a-19”) and (z) to serving as a director of the Company if elected;

(E) any direct or indirect compensatory, payment, indemnification or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding that such person has, or has had within the past three years, with any person or entity other than the Company (including, without limitation, the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder), in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Company (such agreement, arrangement or understanding, a “Third-Party Compensation Arrangement”); and

(F) a description of any other material relationships between such person and such person’s respective affiliates and associates, or others with whom such person is acting in concert, on the one hand, and such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in

- 3 -


 

concert with them, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such stockholder, beneficial owner, affiliate or associate were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and such person were a director or executive officer of such registrant;

(2) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting;

(B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if applicable, the text of any proposed amendment to these bylaws);

(C) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

(D) any material interest in such business of such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them; and

(E) all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and

(3) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:

(A) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Company’s books), of such beneficial owner, and of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(B) for each class or series, the number of shares of stock of the Company that are, directly or indirectly, held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(C) any agreement, arrangement or understanding between such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

(D) any (i) agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, without limitation and regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them with respect to the Company’s securities (any of the foregoing, a

- 4 -


 

“Derivative Instrument”) including the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any Derivative Instrument; and (ii) other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them with respect to the Company’s securities;

(E) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Company;

(F) any rights to dividends on the Company’s securities owned beneficially by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them that are separated or separable from the underlying security;

(G) any proportionate interest in the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership;

(H) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of the immediate family of such persons sharing the same household;

(I) any significant equity interests or any significant Derivative Instruments in any principal competitor (as defined below) of the Company that are held by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(J) any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them in any contract with the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any principal competitor of the Company (in each case, including, without limitation, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);

(K) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them is a party or material participant involving the Company or any of its officers, directors or affiliates;

(L) any material relationship between such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its officers, directors or affiliates, on the other hand;

- 5 -


 

(M) a representation and undertaking that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Company as of the date of submission of the stockholder’s notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the annual meeting;

(N) a representation and undertaking as to whether such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them intends, or is part of a group that intends, to (x) deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee (which representation and undertaking must include a statement as to whether such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them intends to solicit the requisite percentage of the voting power of the Company’s stock under Rule 14a‑19); or (y) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination;

(O) any other information relating to such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, or director nominee or proposed business, that, in each case, would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee (in a contested election of directors) or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act; and

(P) such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Company may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.

For purposes of this Section 2.4, “principal competitor” shall mean any entity that develops or provides products or services that compete with or are alternatives to the principal products developed or produced or services provided by the Company or its affiliates.

(iv) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice (and any additional information submitted to the Company in connection therewith) must further be updated and supplemented (1) if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct as of the record date(s) for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the annual meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof; and (2) to provide any additional information that the Company may reasonably request. Any such update and supplement or additional information (including, if requested pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iii)(3)(P)) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company (A) in the case of a request for additional information, promptly following a request therefor, which response must be received by the Secretary not later than such reasonable time as is specified in any such request from the Company; or (B) in the case of any other update or supplement of any information, not later than five business days after the record date(s) for the annual meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date(s)), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof). No later than five business days prior to the annual meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay thereof, a stockholder nominating individuals for election as a director will provide the Company with reasonable evidence that such stockholder has met the requirements of Rule 14a‑19. The failure to timely provide such update, supplement, evidence or additional information shall result in the nomination or proposal no longer being eligible for consideration at the annual meeting. If the stockholder fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a‑19 (including because

- 6 -


 

the stockholder fails to provide the Company with all information or notices required by Rule 14a‑19), then the director nominees proposed by such stockholder shall be ineligible for election at the annual meeting and any votes or proxies in respect of such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that such proxies may have been received by the Company and counted for the purposes of determining quorum. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement, or provide additional information or evidence, as set forth in these bylaws shall not limit the Company’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines pursuant to these bylaws or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice pursuant to these bylaws to amend or update any nomination or to submit any new nomination. No disclosure pursuant to these bylaws will be required with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is the stockholder submitting a notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 solely because such broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee has been directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Except to the extent required by the DGCL, and subject to Section 2.3(a), special meetings of stockholders may be called only in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws. Only such business will be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the special meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Company’s notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at such special meeting may be made by any stockholder who (i) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by this Section 2.4(b); (ii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the special meeting; (iii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting; (iv) is a stockholder of record at the time of the special meeting; and (v) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(b). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting pursuant to this Section 2.4(b), the stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., Pacific time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the special meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. In no event will any adjournment, rescheduling, postponement or other delay of a special meeting or any announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must comply with the applicable notice requirements of Section 2.4(a)(iii), with references therein to “annual meeting” deemed to mean “special meeting” for the purposes of this final sentence of this Section 2.4(b).

(c) Other Requirements and Procedures.

(i) To be eligible to be a nominee of any stockholder for election as a director of the Company, the proposed nominee must provide to the Secretary, in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.4(a)(ii) or Section 2.4(b):

(1) a signed and completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary at the written request of the nominating stockholder, which form will be provided by the Secretary within 5 business days of receiving such request) containing information regarding such nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the

- 7 -


 

Company to determine the eligibility of such nominee to serve as a director of the Company or to serve as an independent director of the Company;

(2) a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any voting agreement, arrangement, commitment, assurance or understanding with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue;

(3) a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement;

(4) a written representation and undertaking that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance, and will continue to comply, with the Company’s corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading guidelines, and other policies and guidelines applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary will provide to such proposed nominee all such policies and guidelines then in effect); and

(5) a written representation and undertaking that such nominee, if elected, intends to serve a full term on the Board of Directors.

(ii) At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director must furnish to the Secretary the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination pertaining to such nominee.

(iii) No person will be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder for election as a director of the Company, or to be seated as a director of the Company, unless nominated and elected in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4. No business proposed by a stockholder will be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4.

(iv) The chairperson of the applicable meeting of stockholders will, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws or that other proposed business was not properly brought before the meeting. If the chairperson of the meeting should so determine, then the chairperson of the meeting will so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination will be disregarded or such business will not be transacted, as the case may be.

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear in person at the meeting to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination will be disregarded or such business will not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination or business may have been received by the Company and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.4, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting, and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

- 8 -


 

(vi) Without limiting this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, it being understood that (1) any references in these bylaws to the 1934 Act are not intended to, and will not, limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.4; and (2) compliance with clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i) and with Section 2.4(b) are the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Section 2.4(c)(vii)).

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, the notice requirements set forth in these bylaws with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.4 will be deemed to be satisfied by a stockholder if (1) such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a‑8 under the 1934 Act; and (2) such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders. Subject to Rule 14a‑8 and other applicable rules and regulations under the 1934 Act, nothing in these bylaws will be construed to permit any stockholder, or give any stockholder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Company’s proxy statement any nomination of a director or any other business proposal.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL, and such notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed.

- 9 -


 

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting, or (b) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

Unless these bylaws otherwise require, when a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are (i) announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, (ii) displayed, during the time scheduled for the meeting, on the same electronic network used to enable stockholders and proxy holders to participate in the meeting by means of remote communication or (iii) set forth in the notice of meeting given in accordance with Section 222(a) of the DGCL. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business and discussion as seem to the chairperson in order. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the Board of Directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Company, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, whether or not a quorum is present.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder as of the applicable record date that has voting power upon the matter in question.

- 10 -


 

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock of the Company, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the

- 11 -


 

resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by a document or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The authorization of a person to act as a proxy may be documented, signed and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of the DGCL; provided that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with information enabling the Company to determine, the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The Company shall prepare, no later than the tenth day before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of ten days ending on the day before the meeting date: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Company shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The Company may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.

Such inspectors shall:

(a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

(b) determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

(c) count all votes and ballots;

- 12 -


 

(d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

(e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are multiple inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Company shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

- 13 -


 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws or permitted in the specific case by resolution of the Board of Directors, and subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock of the Company, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so chosen to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until such person’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, or the Secretary or by a majority of the Whole Board; provided that the person(s) authorized to call a special meeting of the Board of Directors may authorize another person or persons to send notice of such meeting.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(c) sent by facsimile;

(d) sent by electronic mail; or

(e) otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 232 of the DGCL),

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

- 14 -


 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise given to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice of the time and place of the meeting may be communicated to the director in lieu of written notice if such notice is communicated at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting, unless required by statute.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein or therein and denoted with the phrase “notwithstanding the final paragraph of Section 3.8 of the bylaws” or language to similar effect, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, (i) any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and (ii) a consent may be documented, signed and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the DGCL. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

- 15 -


 

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office by stockholders of the Company in the manner specified in the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee and subcommittee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Unless otherwise specified by the Board of Directors, meetings and actions of committees and subcommittees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(b) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(c) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(d) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(e) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(f) Section 7.4 (waiver of notice)

- 16 -


 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee or subcommittee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members. However, (i) the time and place of regular meetings of committees or subcommittees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee or subcommittee; (ii) special meetings of committees or subcommittees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors or the committee or the subcommittee; and (iii) notice of special meetings of committees and subcommittees shall also be given to all alternate members who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee or subcommittee. The Board of Directors or a committee or subcommittee may also adopt other rules for the government of any committee or subcommittee.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the Company shall be a president and a secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairperson of the Board of Directors, a vice chairperson of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The Board of Directors, or any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof, may appoint, or empower any officer to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of determination.

- 17 -


 

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of removal.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES

The chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of the Company or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares or other securities of, or interests in, or issued by, any other entity or entities, and all rights incident to any management authority conferred on the Company in accordance with the governing documents of any entity or entities, standing in the name of the Company, including the right to act by written consent. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

Each officer of the Company shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of designation and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to such office, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by,

- 18 -


 

or in the name of, the Company by any two officers of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the registered owner thereof shall be given a notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a), 218(a) or 364 of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

- 19 -


 

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. The Board of Directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, subject to Section 6.3 of these bylaws, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The Company:

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and notices and to vote as such owner; and

(b) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner set forth in the DGCL.

7.2 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having

- 20 -


 

been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice. This Section 7.2 shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not

- 21 -


 

opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the COMPANY

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 Successful Defense

To the extent that a present or former director or officer (for purposes of this Section 8.3 only, as such term is defined in Section 145(c)(1) of the DGCL) of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The Company may indemnify any other person who is not a present or former director or officer of the Company against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

8.4 Indemnification of Others

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents, or any other persons, to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate to any person or persons identified in subsections (1) through (4) of Section 145(d) of the DGCL the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it

- 22 -


 

shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 8.6(b) or 8.6(c) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by a vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by the vote of the majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

8.6 Limitation on Indemnification

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, in either case as required under any clawback or compensation recovery policy adopted by the Company, applicable securities exchange and association listing requirements, including, without limitation, those adopted in accordance with Rule 10D-1 under the 1934 Act and/or the 1934 Act (including, without limitation, any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other

- 23 -


 

indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8.7 Determination; Claim

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of such person’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Company shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 Insurance

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 Survival

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal or elimination of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the

- 24 -


 

subject of the Proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

8.12 Certain Definitions

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as such person would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, or employee or employees, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, agent or employee, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Company by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

9.3 SEAL

The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board of Directors. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

- 25 -


 

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and a natural person. Any reference in these bylaws to a section of the DGCL shall be deemed to refer to such section as amended from time to time and any successor provisions thereto.

9.5 FORUM SELECTION

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, stockholder, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (c) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (a) through (d) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination).

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against any person in connection with any offering of the Company’s securities, including, without limitation and for the avoidance of doubt, any auditor, underwriter, expert, control person or other defendant.

Any person or entity purchasing, holding or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.5. This provision shall be enforceable by any party to a complaint covered by the provisions of this Section 9.5.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.4, Section 3.11, Article VIII, Section 9.5 or this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other bylaw). The Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however, that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

- 26 -


Exhibit 4.1

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of April 1, 2026, by and among Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Key Holders (as defined below), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor,” and any Additional Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of Series B-3 Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of November 6, 2025 by and among the Company and such Existing Investors (as amended, the “Prior Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Existing Investors are the Holders (as defined in the Prior Agreement) of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) outstanding, voting together as a single class, and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series B-4 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and such Investors (as amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties to this Agreement further agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Abingworth” means Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP.

1.2 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Person, or any venture capital fund or registered investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment adviser of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person.

1.3 “Ascenta” means Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P.

1.4 “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

1.5 “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

1


 

1.6 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.7 “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in using artificial intelligence for (i) molecular and/or material design and/or (ii) drug discovery, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than ten percent (10)% of the outstanding equity of any Competitor and does not, nor do any of its Affiliates, have a right to designate any members of the board of directors of any Competitor; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no instance shall Nexus Ventures V Ltd., OrbiMed Private Investments VIII, LP, Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XVII, L.P., Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP, Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC, Coatue Ventures II LP, Shanda Grab Ventures Limited, Illumina Innovation Fund II, L.P. (“Illumina”), NVIDIA, Ascenta, Abingworth, Mubadala Capital, Exor or Regeneron Ventures, L.P. (“Regeneron”) be deemed Competitors of the Company; provided further, that in no instance shall Freeflow One, L.P. or Freeflow Entos, LLC be considered a Competitor and shall not be prohibited from, or liable for, any of its investment activities in enterprises that may be considered competitive.

1.8 “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.9 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.10 “Direct Listing” means the initial listing of the Common Stock (or other equity securities of the Company) on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved by the Board of Directors by means of an effective registration statement filed by the Company with the SEC, without a related underwritten offering of such Common Stock (or other equity securities).

1.11 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.12 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.13 “Exor” means Exor Ventures, LP.

2


 

1.14 “FOIA Party” means a Person that, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, may be subject to, and thereby required to disclose non-public information furnished by or relating to the Company under, the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access law, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or regulatory requirement, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no instance shall Ascenta, Abingworth, Nexus Ventures V Ltd., Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP, Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC or Coatue Ventures II LP be considered FOIA Parties.

1.15 “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.16 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.17 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

1.18 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.19 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, life partner or similar statutorily-recognized domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.20 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.21 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.22 “Key Holder” means each of Frederick Manby, Thomas Miller, Charlotte Miller Trust dated January 27, 2025, MWM Family Irrevocable NV Trust dated January 27, 2025, Thomas Francis Miller, IV Trust dated January 27, 2025, and California Institute of Technology (“Caltech”).

1.23 “Key Holder Registrable Securities” means (i) the shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares.

1.24 “Major Investor” means (i) any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds 842,779 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof) (a “Major Outside Investor”), and (ii) Key Holders, provided they continue to provide services, or their respective grantors then providing services, as applicable, to the Company as officers, employees or consultants (including service as a director) (for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Caltech be deemed to be providing services to the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding how many shares of Registrable Securities Eisai Co., Ltd. and its Affiliates (together, “Eisai”) hold at any time or from time to time, in no event shall Eisai be deemed to be a Major Investor or be entitled to any of the rights of a Major Investor as set forth herein. Additionally, notwithstanding anything contained herein, in no event shall Caltech be deemed a Major Investor hereunder.

3


 

1.25 “Mubadala Capital” means MC Longevity Fund LP and its Affiliates.

1.26 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.27 “NVIDIA” means NVIDIA Corporation.

1.28 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.29 “Preferred Directors” means, collectively, any then serving Series Seed Director, any then serving Series A Director, and the then serving Series B Directors.

1.30 “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series B-3 Preferred Stock and Series B-4 Preferred Stock.

1.31 “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause (i) above; and (iii) the Key Holder Registrable Securities, provided, however, that such Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Key Holders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Sections 2.1 (and any other applicable Section or Subsection with respect to registrations under Section 2.1), 2.10, and 6.6; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.32 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.33 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.34 “Sanctioned Party” means any Person: (i) organized under the laws of, ordinarily resident in, or located in a country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions (which as of the date of this Agreement comprise Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and the Crimea, Donetsk, and Luhansk regions of Ukraine (“Restricted Countries”)); (ii) 50% or more owned or controlled by the government of a Restricted Country; or (iii) (A) designated on a sanctioned parties list administered by the United States, European Union, United Kingdom or United Nations, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, the Consolidated List of Persons, Groups, and Entities Subject to EU Financial Sanctions, and the UK’s Consolidated Sanctions List (collectively, “Designated Parties”); or (B) 50% or more owned or, where relevant under applicable Sanctions, controlled, individually or in the aggregate, by one or more Designated Party, in each case only to the extent that dealings with such Person is are prohibited pursuant to applicable Sanctions.

4


 

1.35 “Sanctions” means applicable laws, regulations and orders pertaining to trade, financial and economic sanctions administered by the United States, European Union, United Kingdom or United Nations.

1.36 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.37 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.38 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.39 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.40 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.41 “Series A Director” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, voting together as a single class, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.42 “Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.43 “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.44 “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” means any shares of the Company’s Series B-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.45 “Series B-3 Preferred Stock” means any shares of the Company’s Series B-3 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.46 “Series B-4 Preferred Stock” means any shares of the Company’s Series B-4 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.47 “Series B Director” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock, Series B-3 Preferred Stock, and Series B-4 Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, voting together as a single class, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.48 “Series B Preferred Stock” means any shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.49 “Series Seed Director” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series Seed Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

5


 

1.50 “Series Seed Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.51 “SPAC Transaction” means the Company’s completion of a transaction or series of related transactions (by merger or consolidation, share exchange, or otherwise) (the “Transaction”) with a publicly traded “special purpose acquisition company” or its subsidiary (collectively, a “SPAC”) in which the common stock or share capital of the SPAC or its successor entity (collectively the “Listed Entity”) is listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving, immediately following the consummation of such Transaction and in connection with which, the Listed Entity or selling stockholders, upon the closing of the Transaction, receive unrestricted cash of an aggregate of at least $50,000,000 through any single or combination of: (i) the release of cash funds from the trust account established at the time of initial public offering of the SPAC, (ii) the sale of non-redeemable equity securities of the Listed Entity concurrently with the consummation of the Transaction, or (iii) such other similar investment in the Company that is consummated concurrently with the consummation of the Transaction (including, without limitation, the conversion of any debt or similar securities issued concurrently with or subsequent to the entry into of definitive agreements with the SPAC by the Company).

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO or Direct Listing, as applicable,, the Company receives a request from Holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least forty percent (40%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $3 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

6


 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred ninety (190) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 190-day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) during the period that is 180 days following the effectiveness of the immediately preceding registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d); provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Subsection 2.1(c), then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

7


 

2.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further (including entirely) if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

8


 

(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

9


 

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursement, not to exceed $30,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

10


 

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 or in connection with a Direct Listing, as applicable:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages in connection with any offering covered by such registration, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8, to

11


 

the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S 3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO or Direct Listing, as applicable;

12


 

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO or Direct Listing, as applicable), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S 3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S 3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding, voting together as a single class, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would provide to such holder or prospective holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than either a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Securities or on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include; provided that this limitation shall not apply to Registrable Securities acquired by any additional Investor that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

2.11 “Market Stand off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter (in connection with an IPO) or the board of directors of the SPAC (in connection with a SPAC Transaction), during the period (x) commencing on the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement for the IPO or the closing of the SPAC Transaction and (y) ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (for an IPO) or the Company and the board of directors of the SPAC (for a SPAC Transaction) (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effectiveness of the registration statement for the IPO or the closing of the SPAC Transaction or (ii) enter into any swap, hedging or other transaction or arrangement that transfers or is designed to transfer, to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership, directly or indirectly, of such securities, whether or not any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 (A) shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1, provided that such plan does not permit transfers during the restricted period, (B) shall not apply to the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (C) shall not apply to shares of Common Stock acquired in the IPO or SPAC Transaction or in open market transactions in connection with or following the IPO or SPAC Transaction, and (D) shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and Key Holders are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a

13


 

similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock). The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, waive or terminate these restrictions with respect to an aggregate of one percent (1%) of the shares of Common Stock held by stockholders that are employees of the Company individually owning less than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock).

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and all other applicable U.S. laws and regulations. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

14


 

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction or following the IPO or Direct Listing, as applicable, the transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13 Termination and Suspension of Registration Rights.

(a) The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(i) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation;

(ii) such time after consummation of the IPO, Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, whichever is earlier, as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(iii) the third anniversary of the IPO, Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable.

(b) The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall be suspended during any time as such Holder is a Sanctioned Party.

15


 

3. Information and Observer Rights.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year (such financial statements to be audited, if the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving, so determines, by independent public accountants of among the “Big 4” accounting firms, or another nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving);

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) to the extent so requested in writing by any Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct; and

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, or such other time as the Board of Directors may determine, not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months, that is approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

16


 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor ), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights.

(a) As long as Coatue owns not less than 1,983,165 shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series), the Company shall invite a representative of Coatue to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if the Company determines in good faith that (i) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; (ii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could result in disclosure of trade secrets to Coatue or its representative; or (iii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could result in a conflict of interest between Coatue or its representative and the Company or its counsel. Such representative may also be excluded from executive session(s) where other board observers are similarly asked to be excluded.

(b) As long as Mubadala Capital owns not less than 841,411 shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series), the Company shall invite a representative of Mubadala Capital to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and committees thereof in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if the Company determines in good faith that (i) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; (ii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could result in disclosure of trade secrets to Mubadala Capital or its representative; or (iii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could result in a conflict of interest between Mubadala Capital or its representative and the Company or its counsel. Such representative may also be excluded from executive session(s) where other board observers are similarly asked to be excluded.

17


 

(c) As long as Exor owns not less than 841,411 shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series), the Company shall invite a representative of Exor to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and committees thereof in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if the Company determines in good faith that (i) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; (ii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could result in disclosure of trade secrets to Exor or its representative; or (iii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could result in a conflict of interest between Exor or its representative and the Company or its counsel. Such representative may also be excluded from executive session(s) where other board observers are similarly asked to be excluded.

3.4 Termination of Information, Inspection, and Observer Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1, Subsection 3.2, and Subsection 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable, (ii) with respect to any Investor that is or becomes a Sanctioned Party, for so long as such Investor is a Sanctioned Party; (iii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iv) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, in which the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company consists entirely of cash and/or freely tradable securities that are listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or any other substantially similar stock exchange (a “Qualified Exchange”), whichever event occurs first.

3.5 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor and Regeneron shall not disclose information regarding the Company’s research and development, technology, intellectual property, products, business plan and strategic direction which is not (i) in the public domain without breach of this Agreement by NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor and/or Regeneron, (ii) already lawfully in the possession of NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor and/or Regeneron, or (iii) subsequently obtained by NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor

18


 

and/or Regeneron through a party that, to the knowledge of NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor and Regeneron as the case may be, is not bound by confidentiality or obtained by invention or development by NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor and/or Regeneron without use of the confidential information (collectively, the “Confidential Information”) or permit the disclosure of Confidential Information to its employees (other than its employees having a need to know the contents of such information for the purposes of monitoring NVIDIA’s, Illumina’s, Mubadala’s, Exor’s or Regeneron’s respective investment in the Company or as requested by the Company, which may include finance, tax, research and development, clinical, marketing, legal and business development personnel, as well as the members of NVIDIA’s, Illumina’s, Mubadala’s, Exor’s and/or Regeneron’s respective senior executives or investment committee, but excluding any employee directly engaged in any internal program or actively engaged in joint development or other technology collaborations with other companies, in each case competitive with the Company). For purposes of this Section 3.5, a competitive company or program is a company or program that uses artificial intelligence for (i) molecular and/or material design and/or (ii) drug discovery.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of such Major Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor or FOIA Party, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement and each of the Voting Agreement and Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of even date herewith among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein, as an “Investor” under each such agreement (provided that any Competitor or FOIA Party shall not be entitled to any rights as a Major Investor under Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof), and (z) agrees to purchase at least such number of New Securities as are allocable hereunder to the Major Investor holding the fewest number of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities (provided that the Company shall not be obligated to offer or sell any New Securities to any person or entity that is a Sanctioned Party).

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding); provided that Ascenta may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals two (2) times the proportion that the Common Stock then held by Ascenta (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by Ascenta) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). The closing of any

19


 

sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c).

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1.

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; (iii) the issuance of shares of Series B-4 Preferred Stock to Additional Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; and (iv) notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, shares issued with the approval of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding.

(e) The right of first offer set forth in this Subsection 4.1 shall terminate with respect to any Major Investor who fails to purchase, in any transaction subject to this Subsection 4.1, all of such Major Investor’s pro rata amount of the New Securities allocated (or, if less than such Major Investor’s pro rata amount is offered by the Company, such lesser amount so offered) to such Major Investor pursuant to this Subsection 4.1. Following any such termination, such Investor shall no longer be deemed a “Major Investor” for any purpose of this Subsection 4.1 only.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of this Subsection 4.1, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date notice is given to elect to purchase up to the number of New Securities that would, if purchased by such Major Investor, maintain such Major Investor’s percentage-ownership position, calculated as set forth in Subsection 4.1(b) before giving effect to the issuance of such New Securities.

4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, as to each Major Investor, the covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate earlier in accordance with Subsection 4.1(e).

5. Additional Covenants.

5.1 Insurance. The Company shall maintain, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers liability insurance, in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving, determines that such insurance should be discontinued. Such policy shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior approval by the Board of Directors including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving.

20


 

5.2 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each Person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement.

5.3 Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving, all future employees of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. Without the prior approval by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any stock purchase, stock restriction or option agreement with any existing employee or service provider if such amendment would cause it to be inconsistent with this Subsection 5.3. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then serving, the Company shall retain (and not waive) a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO.

5.4 Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval. So long as a Preferred Director continues to serve on the Board of Directors, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of a majority of the then serving Preferred Directors then serving:

(a) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company (or in connection with the issuance of director’s qualifying shares as may be required under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction of such subsidiary);

(b) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $500,000 that is not already included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(e)), other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(d) enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person, including without limitation any “management bonus” or similar plan providing payments to employees in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, except for (i) transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, or the other Transaction Agreements, (ii) transactions resulting in payments to or by the Company in an aggregate amount less than $25,000 per year, (iii) indemnification agreements in a form previously approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, (iv) standard and ordinary course employee benefits made generally available to all employees, (v) routine compensatory and non-compensatory employment matters, (vi) arm’s length transactions on reasonable terms made in the ordinary course of business, (vii) transactions (such as option exercises) arising pursuant to agreements already in effect; or

21


 

(e) hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving any option grants or stock awards to executive officers.

5.5 Board Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. Each Preferred Director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to serve on any committee of the Board of Directors.

5.6 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.7 Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each an “Investor Director”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Investor Director are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Investor Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Investor Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Investor Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Investor Director), without regard to any rights such Investor Director may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of any such Investor Director with respect to any claim for which such Investor Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Investor Director against the Company. The Investor Directors and the Investor Indemnitors are intended third party beneficiaries of this Subsection 5.7 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Subsection 5.7 as though they were a party to this Agreement.

5.8 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Subsections 5.6, and 5.7, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, Direct Listing or SPAC Transaction, as applicable, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, or (iv) with respect to any obligation to an Investor that is or becomes a Sanctioned Party, for so long as such Investor is a Sanctioned Party, whichever event occurs first.

22


 

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, (A) holds at least one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations) or (B) in the event such transferor holds less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities, holds all of the shares of Registrable Securities held by such transferee; provided, however, that (w) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; (x) such transferee is not a Competitor; (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11, and (z) such assignee is not a Sanctioned Party.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall, as a condition to the applicable transfer, establish a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.

(c) The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

(d) The rights hereunder of each Key Holder are not assignable to any other Person and any purchase by such Key Holder of all or any portion of the New Securities shall be made on such Key Holder’s behalf and from such Key Holder’s own account.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

23


 

6.5 Notices.

(a) All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing (including electronic mail as permitted in this Agreement) and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, PC, 12235 El Camino Real, San Diego, California 92103, Attention: Zachary Myers; and if notice is given to Stockholders, a copy shall also be given to Fenwick & West LLP, Attention: Dawn Belt, 801 California Street, Mountain View, CA 94041, Goodwin Procter LLP, Attention: Lawrence Chu, 601 Marshall Street, Redwood City, CA 94063, and Goodwin Procter LLP, Attention: Joseph Flynn, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210.

(b) Consent to Electronic Notice. Each Investor consents to the delivery of any stockholder notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (or any successor thereto) at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number set forth below such Investor’s name on the Schedules hereto, as updated from time to time by notice to the Company, or as on the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given by means of electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted electronic notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not to have been given. Each Investor agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in such stockholder’s electronic mail address, and that failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company, and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Investors then outstanding, voting together as a single class; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. For the avoidance of doubt, Registrable Securities do not include any shares held by a person or entity that is a Sanctioned Party.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(i) (i) this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect

24


 

to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Major Outside Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase New Securities in such transaction (each, a “Waiving Participant”)); provided that the Major Investors shall be provided an opportunity to participate in such transaction proportionately with such Waiving Participant(s) in an amount equal to the lesser of

(A) (i) such Major Investor’s pro-rata amount (calculated pursuant to Section 4.1(b)) and

(B) (ii) an amount equal to (x) the total number of New Securities being sold in the transaction multiplied by (y) the product obtained by multiplying such Major Investor’s pro rata amount (calculated pursuant to Section 4.1(b)) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate share amount invested by all Waiving Participants in such transaction and the denominator of which is the aggregate pro rata amounts (calculated pursuant to Section 4.1(b)) of all the Waiving Participants, in each case, assuming a transaction size determined based upon the amount purchased by the Waiving Participant that invested the largest percentage in such transaction, and it being agreed further that such opportunity may be provided subsequent to the initial closing in which such Waiving Participant(s) purchase securities but that any such purchase must be made within thirty (30) days from the date of the initial closing; and provided further that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with any provision of this Agreement if observance of the terms would cause the Company or any Investor to be in violation of applicable Sanctions;

(ii) Sections 3.1 and 3.2, and any other section of this Agreement applicable to the Major Investors, other than Section 4 (including this clause (ii) of this Section 6.6(b)) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Outside Investors;

(iii) the sentence in Section 3.5 of this Agreement that starts with “Notwithstanding anything to the contrary,” may not be amended or modified in a manner adverse to NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor and/or Regeneron without the written consent of NVIDIA, Illumina, Mubadala, Exor and/or Regeneron, as the case may be;

(iv) Section 4 of this Agreement (including this clause (iv) of this Section 6.6(b)) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of (A) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Outside Investors, and (B) the Series B Majority (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement;

(v) the provisions of Section 4 of this Agreement solely applicable to Ascenta may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived in a manner adverse to Ascenta without the written consent of Ascenta;

(vi) Section 3.3(a) (including this clause (vi) of this Subsection 6.6(b)) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Coatue;

(vii) Section 3.3(b) (including this clause (vii) of this Subsection 6.6(b)) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Mubadala;

(viii) Section 3.3(c) (including this clause (viii) of this Subsection 6.6(b)) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Exor; and

25


 

(ix) Section 1.20 (including this clause (ix) of this Subsection 6.6(b)) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of all outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company held by the Key Holders then providing services, or their respective grantors then providing services, as applicable, to the Company as officers, employees or consultants (including service as a director) (for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Caltech be deemed to be providing services to the Company).

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Schedule A hereto may be amended by the Company from time to time to add transferees of any Registrable Securities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties; and Schedule A hereto may also be amended by the Company after the date of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties to add information regarding any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

(d) The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment, modification or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, modification, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.11 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for

26


 

the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

6.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.13 Freedom to Operate. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each of Ascenta, Abingworth, Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XVII, L.P., Nexus Ventures V Ltd., OrbiMed Private Investments VIII, LP, Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP, Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC, Coatue Ventures II LP, Illumina Innovation Fund II, L.P., Shanda Grab Ventures Limited, Freeflow Entos III, LLC, NVIDIA, Mubadala Capital, Exor or any of their respective Affiliates (each a “Specified Investor,” and collectively, the “Specified Investors”) is a professional investment organization or otherwise regularly invests in private companies, and as such reviews the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, some of which may compete directly or indirectly with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, each of the Specified Investors shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by such Specified Investor or any of its Affiliates in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer, employee or other representative of such Specified Investor or any of its Affiliates to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any of the Specified Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information. Nothing in this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements will preclude or in any way restrict a Specified Investor or any of its affiliates from investing in any particular enterprise (and participating fully as a member of the board of directors or otherwise in such enterprise) whether or not such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of Company. This Section 6.13 may not be amended or waived in a manner adverse to each Specified Investor without such Specified Investor’s written consent.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

27


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Miller

Name:

Thomas Miller

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC

By: Catalio Access Manager I, LLC

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Jacob Vogelstein

Name:

R. Jacob Vogelstein

Title:

Manager & Member

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP

By: Catalio Nexus GP III, LLC

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Jacob Vogelstein

Name:

R. Jacob Vogelstein

Title:

Manager & Member

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

Everbright Biofund

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ CHEN, Wei-jao

Name:

CHEN, Wei-jao

Title:

Chairman

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

YEH KOU I

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ YEH, Kou-I

Name:

YEH, Kou-I

Title:

Group Chairman

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bill Rastetter

Name:

Bill Rastetter

Title:

Trustee

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Brameld Colocci Living Trust, UAD 4/20/2010

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth Brameld

Name:

Kenneth Brameld

Title:

Trustee

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Laura Hamill

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura Hamill

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Tao Invest VIII LLC

By: Tao Capital Management LP, Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lori D. Mills

Name:

Lori D. Mills

Title:

President

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Tao Invest VII LLC

By: Tao Capital Management LP, Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lori D. Mills

Name:

Lori D. Mills

Title:

President

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Tao Invest VI LLC

By: Tao Capital Management LP, Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lori D. Mills

Name:

Lori D. Mills

Title:

President

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP

 

Acting by its Manager, Abingworth LLP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emma O’Reilly

Name:

Emma O’Reilly

Title:

General Counsel

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P.

By: Ascenta Capital Fund I, GP, L.L.C.

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Evan Rachlin

Name:

Evan Rachlin

Title:

Managing Member

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Ascenta Capital Project Turing SPV, L.P.

By: Ascenta Capital Fund I GP, L.L.C.

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Evan Rachlin

Name:

Evan Rachlin

Title:

Managing Member

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Coatue Ventures II LP

By: Coatue Ventures II GP LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brent Duddie

Name:

Brent Duddie

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Illumina Innovation Fund II, L.P.

By: Illumina Innovation Fund II GP, L.L.C.

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ron Mazumder

Name:

Ron Mazumder

Title:

Partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

MC Longevity Fund LP

acting by its general partner

MC LONGEVITY GP, LP,

in turn acting by its general partner, MC

LONGEVITY GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rodney Cannon

Name:

Rodney Cannon

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

Nexus Ventures V Ltd.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kamalam Pillay Rungapadiachy

Name:

Mrs. Kamalan Pillay Rungapadiachy

Title:

Director

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

NVIDIA Corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mohamed Siddeek

Name:

Mohamed Siddeek

Title:

Vice President, NVIDIA; President and

Managing Director, NVentures

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

OrbiMed Private Investments VIII, LP

By: OrbiMed Capital GP VIII LLC, its General

Partner

 

By: OrbiMed Advisors LLC, its Managing

Member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Thompson

Name:

Peter Thompson

Title:

Member

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDER:

 

 

Thomas Miller

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Thomas Miller

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

KEY HOLDER:

 

 

Frederick Manby

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Fred Manby

 

 


 

SCHEDULE A

Investors

Series B-4 Preferred Stock

Catalio Access Fund VIII, LLC

Brameld Colocci Living Trust, UAD 4/20/2010

Everbrigt Biofund

Laura Hamill

Tao Invest VIII LLC

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010

YEH KOU I

NVIDIA Corporation

Series B-3 Preferred Stock

Regeneron Ventures, L.P.

ARK Venture Private Holdings LLC

Everbright Biofund

EverRise Biomedical Co. Ltd.

YEH KOU I

Broadway Marketing Communications Enterprise, Co.

Abundant Delight Limited

ALEXANDRIA VENTURE INVESTMENTS, LLC

Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP

Alumni Ventures - Entos Trust

Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P.

Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP

Freeflow Iambic Two, LLC

Illumina Innovation Fund II, L.P.

MC Longevity Fund LP

 


 

Michael Secora

Q Healthcare Holding LLC

SC U.S. VENTURE XVII MANAGEMENT, L.P., as nominee

Tao Invest VIII LLC

WS Investment Company, LLC (25A)

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010

Pegasus Tech Ventures Company VII, L.P.

National Treasury Management Agency (as controller and manager of the Ireland Strategic Investment Fund)

Series B-2 Preferred Stock

MC Longevity Fund LP

Exor Ventures, LP

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010

Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP

WS Investment Company, LLC (24A)

ABeeC 2.0, LLC

WhiskeyBear LLC

Coatue Ventures II LP

Illumina Innovation Fund II, L.P.

Nexus Ventures V Ltd.

Alumni Ventures-Entos Trust

Q Healthcare Holding LLC

TAO Invest VII LLC

Liquid 2 Ventures Fund IV, L.P.

Two Sigma Ventures Opportunity Fund II, LP

Freeflow Iambic, LLC

Freeflow Opportunity Fund, LP

 


 

Series B Preferred Stock

Ascenta Capital Fund I, L.P.

Ascenta Capital Project Turing SPV, L.P.

Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP

Coatue Ventures II LP

Freeflow Entos III, LLC

OrbiMed Private Investments VIII, LP

Tao Invest VII LLC

Illumina Innovation Fund II, L.P.

Nexus Ventures V Ltd.

Alumni Ventures - Entos Trust

The Rastetter Family Trust dated September 2, 2010

SC U.S. VENTURE XVII MANAGEMENT, L.P.

Abingworth Bioventures 8 LP

WS Investment Company, LLC (23A)

Brameld Colocci Living Trust, UAD 4/20/2010

NVIDIA Corporation

Shanda Grab Ventures Limited

Gradiant Corporation

Eisai Co., Ltd.

Series A Preferred Stock

Coatue Ventures II LP

Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XVII, L.P.

WS Investment Company, LLC (21A)

OrbiMed Private Investments VIII, LP

 


 

Nexus Ventures V Ltd.

Freeflow One, L.P.

Freeflow Entos, LLC

Brameld Colocci Living Trust, UAD 4/20/2010

Animashree Anandkumar

Rajeev Ronanki

Helmy A. Eltoukhy Revocable Trust

CDA Holdings LLC

Jeffrey Kindler

Joshua Kindler

Heritage Medical Research Institute

Tao Invest VI LLC

Freeflow Opportunity Fund, L.P.

Catalio Nexus Fund III, LP

Freeflow Entos II, LLC

Alumni Ventures – Entos Trust

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

Heritage Medical Research Institute

Tao Invest VI LLC

 


Exhibit 4.2

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Issuer: Entos, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”)

Number of Shares: 148,792, multiplied by the result of (x) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans advanced to Borrower (as defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement between the parties, issued on the same date hereof, the “Loan Agreement”), divided by (y) $7,000,000.

Class of Stock: Common Stock.

Exercise Price per Share: means $0.57

Issue Date: December 27, 2022

Expiration Date: December 27, 2032

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK, or its assignees (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s capital stock set forth above (the “Shares”) at the Exercise Price per Share set forth above, as the same may be from time to time adjusted pursuant to Article 2 hereof and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise, in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1, to the principal office of Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to Company an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for Shares being purchased, by check or wire.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Exercise Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

1


 

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Shares are traded in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed ten (10) days) following its receipt of notice of the Board of Directors’ fair market value determination that Holder disagrees with such determination, then Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is greater than that determined by the Board of Directors, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by Holder.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly (and in no event more than 3 business days after exercise) after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing Shares not yet acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, Company at its expense shall execute and deliver a replacement Warrant.

1.6 Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon

2


 

the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a trading market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7 Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date or other termination of this Warrant, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

3


 

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock or other securities or property, subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned Shares on the record date the dividend or subdivision occurred since the Issue Date.

2.2 Reclassification, Recapitalization, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, recapitalization, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, recapitalization, exchange, substitution, or other event. Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Exercise Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, recapitalizations, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares as to which this warrant is exercisable shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Reserved.

2.5 Reserved.

2.6 No Impairment. Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. If Company takes any action affecting Shares or its common stock as described above that adversely affects Holder’s rights under this Warrant, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted downward and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted upward in such a manner that such action is offset and the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant is unchanged.

2.7 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the

4


 

Warrant, Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.8 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company setting forth the Exercise Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Exercise Price, and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Exercise Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock as dated in the 409A valuation prepared for Company by Carta Valuations LLC dated as of December 8, 2022.

(b) As of the Issue Date, the Company has sufficient authorized shares reserved for the issuance of all capital stock which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached to this Warrant as Appendix 2 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Valid Issuance. Company shall take all steps reasonably necessary to insure that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.3 Notice of Certain Events. If Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, Company shall give Holder (1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above at least 15 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 15 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event);

5


 

and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

3.4 (a) Information. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, Company shall deliver to Holder (a) promptly, copies of all notices or other written communications to which Holder would be entitled if it held Shares as to which this Warrant was then exercisable and (b) such other financial statements required under and in accordance with any loan documents between Holder and Company, or if there are no such requirements or if the subject loan(s) are no longer are outstanding, then within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements and within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year, Company’s annual, audited financial statements; provided however, if Company’s board of directors does not require audited annual financial statements, Company shall instead deliver company prepared consolidated financial statements to the Holder in the form required by such board of directors.

(b) Exempt Transaction. The issuance of the Shares will each constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof and/or Regulation D thereunder, and (ii) the qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws.

(c) Compliance with Rule 144. If the Holder proposes to sell the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC, then, upon Holder’s written request to the Company, the Company shall furnish to the Holder, within ten days after receipt of such request, a written statement confirming the Company’s compliance with the filing requirements of the SEC as set forth in such rule (as may be amended from time to time).

3.5 Registration Rights. The common stock issuable upon conversion of Shares, shall have the same “piggyback” registration rights as are set forth in the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2022, between Company and its investors, as from time to time in effect (the “Investor Rights Agreement”). The Company has provided Holder with a true and correct copy of the Investor Rights Agreement, which is in full force and effect on the date hereof. Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Investor Rights Agreement, which would have a disproportionately adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers

6


 

necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement or similar agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time.

4.7 No Voting Rights. Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder agrees that as a Holder of this Warrant it will not have any rights (including, but not limited to, voting rights) as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder unless and until the exercise of this Warrant and then only with respect to the Shares issued on such exercise.

7


 

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.2 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to Company, as reasonably requested by Company). Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Holder’s parent company, Western Alliance Bancorporation, or any other affiliate of Holder, or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.3 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Holder of the executed Warrant, with prior written notice to the Company, Holder may transfer all of this Warrant to Holder’s parent company, Western Alliance Bancorporation, or an affiliate thereof or successor thereto (the “Subsequent Holder”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 3. Subject to the provisions of Article 4.2 and upon providing Company with prior written notice, the Subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).

8


 

5.4 Notices. All notices and other communications from Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier, at such address as may have been furnished to Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by Company or such Holder from time to time.

5.5 Attorneys Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.6 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.7 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.8 Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable solely in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Warrant as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

ENTOS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK, an Arizona corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

 

By:

/s/ Brian Kirkpatrick

Name:

Tom Miller

 

Name:

Brian Kirkpatrick

Title:

CEO

 

Title:

Vice President, Team Lead

 

10


 

APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock of Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to ____________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK, an Arizona corporation

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

1


 

APPENDIX 2

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

1


 

APPENDIX 3

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK, hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

 

Name:

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION

Address:

[***]

 

Tax:

 

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Entos, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on , 2022 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, Western Alliance Bancorporation agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

1


Exhibit 10.1

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [insert date], and is between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [insert name of indemnitee] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

F. [Indemnitee is a representative of or affiliated with [______] (the “VC Fund”), and, in such capacity, has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by the VC Fund, which Indemnitee and the VC Fund intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1.
Definitions.
(a)
A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i)
Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
(ii)
Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction

 


 

described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;
(iii)
Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;
(iv)
Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
(v)
Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1)
“Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
(2)
“Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.
(b)
“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.
(c)
“DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(d)
“Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(e)
“Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

-2-


 

(f)
“Expenses” include all reasonable and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
(g)
“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
(h)
“Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.
(i)
Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
2.
Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any

-3-


 

claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
3.
Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
4.
Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
5.
Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.
6.
Additional Indemnification.
(a)
Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.
(b)
For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:
(i)
the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

-4-


 

(ii)
the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.
(c)
[If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with a VC Fund, and (ii) the VC Fund is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and (iii) VC Fund’s involvement in the Proceeding (A) arises primarily out of, or relates to, any action taken by the Company that was approved by the Company’s Board, and (B) arises out of facts or circumstances that are the same or substantially similar to the facts and circumstances that form the basis of claims that have been, could have been or could be brought against the Indemnitee in a Proceeding, regardless of whether the legal basis of the claims against the Indemnitee and the VC Fund are the same or similar, then the VC Fund shall be entitled to all rights and remedies, including with respect to indemnification and advancement, provided to the Indemnitee under this Agreement as if the VC Fund were the Indemnitee. The rights provided to the VC Fund under this Section 6(c) shall (i) be suspended during any period during which the VC Fund does not have a representative on the Company’s Board, and (ii) terminate on an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; provided, however, that in the event of any such suspension or termination, the VC Fund’s rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses will not be suspended or terminated with respect to any Proceeding based in whole or in part on facts and circumstances occurring at any time prior to such suspension or termination regardless of whether the Proceeding arises before or after such suspension or termination. The Company and Indemnitee intend and agree that the VC Fund is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 6(c).]
7.
Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):
(a)
for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid[; provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of the Indemnitee or the VC Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 6(c) above];
(b)
for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(c)
for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, in either case as required under any clawback or compensation recovery policy adopted by the Company, applicable securities exchange and association listing requirements, including, without limitation, those adopted in accordance with Rule 10D‑1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including, without limitation, any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

-5-


 

(d)
initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or
(e)
if prohibited by applicable law.
8.
Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.
9.
Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a)
Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
(b)
If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c)
In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the

-6-


 

Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.
(d)
Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.
(e)
The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(f)
The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
10.
Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.
(a)
To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.
(b)
Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

-7-


 

(c)
In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(d)
The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.
11.
Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a)
In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.
(b)
The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(c)
Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

-8-


 

12.
Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a)
Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.
(b)
Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.
(c)
To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

-9-


 

(d)
To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.
(e)
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
13.
Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.
14.
Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
15.
Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the VC Fund and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “VC Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the VC Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the VC Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the VC Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the VC Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the VC Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the VC Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or

-10-


 

payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the VC Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.]
16.
No Duplication of Payments. [Except as provided in Section 15 above, t][T]he Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
17.
Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.
18.
Subrogation. [Except as provided in Section 15 above, i][I]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the VC Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
19.
Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof. [Indemnitee acknowledges that Indemnitee serves as an officer of the Company. Indemnitee consents to be identified as an officer of the Company for purposes of the Delaware Code Title 10, Section 3114(b). Indemnitee acknowledges that (a) Indemnitee is deemed to have consented to the appointment of the registered agent of the Company (or, if there is none, the Delaware Secretary of State) as an agent upon whom service of process may be made in all civil actions or proceedings brought in the State of Delaware, by or on behalf of, or against the Company, in which Indemnitee is a necessary or proper party, or in any action or proceeding against Indemnitee for violation of a duty in Indemnitee’s capacity as an officer of the Company, whether or not Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer at the time suit is commenced; and (b) Indemnitee’s acceptance of appointment, or Indemnitee’s service, as an officer of the Company shall be a signification of Indemnitee’s consent that any process when so served shall be of the same legal force and validity as if served upon Indemnitee within the State of Delaware and such appointment of the registered agent of the Company (or, if there is none, the Delaware Secretary of State) shall be irrevocable.]

-11-


 

20.
Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.
21.
Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
22.
Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
23.
Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.
24.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.
25.
Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

-12-


 

26.
Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:
(a)
if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or
(b)
if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120, San Diego, CA 92121, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Zachary Myers, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 12235 El Camino Real, San Diego, CA 92130-3002.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27.
Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

-13-


 

28.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
29.
Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)

 

-14-


 

The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

 

[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

(Street address)

 

 

(City, State and ZIP)

 

 

(Email address)

 

 

(Signature page to Indemnification Agreement)


Exhibit 10.2

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

as amended on September 24, 2020,
as further amended on July 7, 2021,
as further amended on September 28, 2023,
as further amended on April 12, 2024,
as further amended on July 28, 2025,
as further amended on November 3, 2025,
as further amended on February 10, 2026

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

•
to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,
•
to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and
•
to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 


 

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

-2-


 

(h) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “Company” means Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital‑raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(m) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-3-


 

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “Plan” means this Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

-4-


 

(dd) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 26,469,972 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Procedure.

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

-5-


 

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

-6-


 

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options.

(a) Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(i) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price

 

-7-


 

of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option.

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-8-


 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-9-


 

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock.

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-10-


 

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

-11-


 

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Limited Transferability of Awards.

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

-12-


 

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been

 

-13-


 

attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

-14-


 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding.

(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-15-


 

17. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-16-


 

22. Information to Participants. Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-17-


 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (this “Option Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Type of Option:

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Vesting schedule]

Termination Period:

 

-18-


 

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II.
AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (“Participant”), an option (this “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the US$100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of this Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

As a condition to the purchase of the Shares, Participant acknowledges and agrees that, if requested by the Company, Participant shall execute a joinder or deliver a counterpart signature page to any voting agreement and/or right of first refusal and co-sale agreement then in effect (as the same may be amended from time to time). Participant further acknowledges and agrees that upon such delivery, Participant shall become a “Key Holder” party to such voting agreement and/or right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, as the case may be, and bound by the terms thereof.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise this Option, the number of Shares with respect to which this Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by

 

-19-


 

the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which this Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of this Option or shares acquired pursuant to this Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

-20-


 

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof (in any case denominated in U.S. dollars), at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(a) check;

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration (denominated in U.S. dollars) for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of this Option under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, this Option and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

-21-


 

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to this Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If this Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that this Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET

 

-22-


 

FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, this Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the Appendix to this Option Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Option (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (“Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Option Agreement.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of this Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

-23-


 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

COUNTRY ADDENDUM

Terms and Conditions

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern this Option granted to Participant under the Plan if Participant works and/or resides in one of the countries identified below. If Participant is a citizen or resident of a country (or is considered as such for local law purposes) other than the one in which he or she is currently working or if Participant relocates to another country after receiving this Option, the Company will, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will be applicable to Participant.

Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this Country Addendum shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan, and/or this Option Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached.

Notifications

This Country Addendum also includes notifications relating to exchange control and other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the exchange control, securities, and other laws in effect in the countries listed in this Country Addendum, as of March 2025. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the notifications herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of his or her participation in the Plan because the information may be outdated when Participant exercises this Option or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the notifications are general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in Participant’s country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant is currently working (or is considered as such for local law purposes) or if Participant moves to another country after this Option is granted, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant.

Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant exchange control and tax laws in his or her country apply to Participant’s individual situation.

 

-24-


 

I.
GLOBAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

Terms and Conditions

1. Tax Withholding.

The following provisions supplement Section 9 of this Option Agreement:

Participant acknowledges and agrees that, regardless of any action taken by the Company and/or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or, if different, Participant’s service recipient (the “Service Recipient”) with respect to any or all foreign taxes, income tax, social security, social insurances, national insurance contributions, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, fringe benefit, or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant including, without limitation, in connection with the grant of this Option, the acquisition or sale of Shares acquired under the Plan and/or the receipt of any dividends on such Shares (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Service Recipient. Furthermore, Participant acknowledges that the Company or the Service Recipient (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option or other benefits under the Plan and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of this Option, other benefits or any aspect of Participant’s participation in the Plan to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction or changes his or her jurisdiction of primary residence or service between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary (or former Service Recipient, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to this Option exercise or any other relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (a) withholding from Participant’s wages or other compensation paid to Participant, (b) withholding from proceeds of the sale of the Shares acquired under the Plan either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization), (c) using any other method permitted by the Plan. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering maximum applicable withholding rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Shares equivalent. Finally, Participant agrees to pay to the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

-25-


 

2. Foreign Exchange Considerations. Participant understands and agrees that neither the Company nor the Service Recipient shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the U.S. dollar that may affect the value of this Option, or of any amounts due to Participant under the Plan or as a result of exercising this Option and/or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan. Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant will bear any and all risk associated with the exchange or fluctuation of currency associated with his or her participation in the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that Participant may be responsible for reporting inbound transactions or fund transfers that exceed a certain amount. Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the exchange control regulations apply to this Option and Participant’s specific situation and understands that the relevant laws and regulations can change frequently and occasionally on a retroactive basis.

3. Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this Option, the underlying Shares and any Shares acquired under the Plan, is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of Participant’s employment or service contract, if any, and is not to be considered part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of, including but not limited to, calculating severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

4. Nature of Grant. In accepting this Option, Participant understands, acknowledges, and agrees that:

(a) the Plan was established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Company can amend, cancel or terminate the Plan at any time;

(b) the grant of this Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the future value of the Shares underlying this Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

(f) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value;

(g) if Participant exercises this Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

-26-


 

(h) for purposes of this Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or the Service Recipient (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Option Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Stock Option Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Company, (i) Participant’s right to vest in this Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time), and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise this Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any; the Company will have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

(i) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, this Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have this Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed-out, or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of this Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of this Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or the Service Recipient and waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company or the Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

5. Data Privacy. Participant understands that the Company may collect, where permissible under Applicable Laws certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of this Option granted under the Plan or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and

 

-27-


 

managing the Plan. Participant understands that the Company may transfer Participant’s Data to the United States, which may have different, including less stringent, data protection laws than the laws in Participant’s country. Participant understands that the Company transfers Data to its current independent stock-plan administrator, eShares, Inc. dba Carta, Inc. (“Carta”), to provide share administration, management, and brokerage services in connection with the Plan to assist in implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Company and Carta, together with their successors and assigns, will receive, possess, use and transfer the Data as contemplated hereby. Participant acknowledges that he or she may access his or her account through Carta and his or her use of the services provided by Carta is subject to the privacy policy located at https://carta.com/privacy-policy/. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different, including less stringent, data privacy laws that Participant’s jurisdiction does not consider to be equivalent to the protections in Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local representative. Participant authorizes the Company, the Company’s designated broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consent herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke Participant’s consent, Participant’s service status or career with the Company will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant awards under the Plan or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact Participant’s human resources representative.

Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s Data as described herein and any other Plan materials by and among, as applicable, the Company or the Service Recipient for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that his or her consent will be sought and obtained for any processing or transfer of Participant’s data for any purpose other than as described herein or in any other Plan materials.

If Participant resides and/or works in a member country of the European Union and/or the European Economic Area, including the United Kingdom, the following provisions supplement this Section:

 

-28-


 

To the satisfaction and on the direction of the Administrator, all operations of the Plan and this Option Agreement (at the time of its grant and as necessary thereafter) shall include or be supported by appropriate agreements, notifications and arrangements in respect of Data and its use and processing under the Plan, in order to secure (a) the reasonable freedom of the Service Recipient, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary, as appropriate, to operate the Plan and for connected purposes, and (b) compliance with the data-protection requirements applicable from time to time, including, if applicable, and without limitation, Regulation EU 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016.

Participant understands that he or she may have a number of rights under data privacy laws in his or her jurisdiction, including the right to (i) request access or copies of Data the Company processes, (ii) rectification of incorrect Data, (iii) deletion of Data, (iv) restrictions on processing of Data, (v) portability of Data, and/or (vi) receive a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data. To receive clarification regarding these rights, to exercise these rights, or to otherwise lodge a complaint or enquire about their Data, Participant can contact his her local human resourced representative. This is without prejudice to Participant’s right to lodge complaints with the competent data protection regulator in Participant’s jurisdiction.

6. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. Participant understands and agrees that he or she may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions including, but not limited to, the United States and Participant’s country of residence, which may affect Participant’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares (e.g., this Option) under the Plan during such time as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the applicable jurisdictions). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders Participant placed before Participant possessed inside information. Furthermore, Participant could be prohibited from (i) disclosing the inside information to any third party and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them otherwise to buy or sell securities. Participant should keep in mind third-parties include fellow Service Providers. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable insider trading policy of the Company. Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable restrictions and should consult with his or her personal legal advisor on this matter.

7. Private Placement. The grant of this Option is not intended to be a public offering of securities in Participant’s country of residence (and country of service, if different). The Company has not submitted any registration statement, prospectus or other filings with the local securities authorities (unless otherwise required under local law), and the grant of this Option is not subject to the supervision of the local securities authorities. No representative of the Company or the Service Recipient of the Company is permitted to advise Participant on whether Participant should acquire Shares by exercising this Option under the Plan. Investment in Shares involves a degree of risk. Before deciding to acquire Shares by exercising this Option, Participant should carefully consider all risk factors relevant to the acquisition of Shares under the Plan and Participant should carefully review all of the materials related to this Option and the Plan. In addition, Participant should consult with his or her personal advisor for professional investment advice.

 

-29-


 

8. Recommendation Regarding External Advice. Participant understands and agrees that neither the Company or the Service Recipient is providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company or the Service Recipient making any recommendations or assessments regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares, or any subsequent disposal or retention of such Shares. Participant understands that he or she is hereby advised to consult with Participant’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

9. English Language. Participant acknowledges that he or she is sufficiently proficient in English to understand the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the Plan, including this Option Agreement and all its terms and conditions, all of which have been provided to Participant exclusively in the English language (unless otherwise specified in the country-specific provisions set forth below that are applicable to Participant). Participant accepts the Plan, this Option Agreement and their applicable terms and conditions and does not require their translation into any language other than English. Furthermore, if Participant has received this Option Agreement, or any other document related to this Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and the meaning of the translated version differs from that of the English version, the English version will control.

II.
COUNTRY-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS IN THE COUNTRIES INCLUDED BELOW

BRAZIL

Notifications

Exchange Controls. When transferring amounts resulting from the sale of Shares to Brazil, such funds must be transferred by wire and declared as such through the foreign exchange closing operations of Participant’s preferred financial institution in Brazil. The amounts received from abroad also must, subsequently, be declared by Participant for tax purposes.

By participating in the Plan, Participant understands that he or she is generally required to make an annual report of shares held outside Brazil to the tax authorities and the Central Bank if such holdings exceed a specified limit (currently US$1 million).

 

-30-


 

CANADA

Terms and Conditions

No Payment with Shares or Promissory Note. Participant is prohibited from paying for the Exercise Price by surrendering certificates for Shares that Participant already owns or by way of a promissory note.

Award Payable Only in Shares. The grant of this Option does not give Participant any right to receive a cash payment, and this Option may be settled only in Shares.

Termination of Active Status. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Option Agreement, Participant’s active service status shall be considered terminated (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not the termination is later found to be invalid, unlawful or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any) as of the date that is the earliest of (a) the date Participant receives notice of termination of his or her service; (b) the date Participant terminates service; or (c) the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or the Service Recipient, regardless of any notice period or period of pay in lieu of such notice required under local law (including, but not limited to statutory law, regulatory law, and/or common law); in the event that Participant’s termination date cannot be reasonably determined under the terms of this Option Agreement and/or the Plan, the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant’s continuous service status shall be considered terminated for purposes of this Option (including when Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence). If, notwithstanding the foregoing, applicable employment legislation explicitly requires continued vesting during a statutory notice period, Participant’s right to vest in this Option will terminate effective as of the last date of the minimum statutory notice period, but Participant will not earn or be entitled to prorated vesting if the vesting date falls after the end of Participant’s statutory notice period, nor will Participant be entitled to any compensation for lost vesting.

Language Consent. The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this Option Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la redaction en anglais de cette convention « this Option Agreement,» ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procedures judiciaries intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à la présente convention.

Notifications

Tax Reporting. Foreign property (including this Option granted under the Plan and the underlying Shares) held by Canadian Participants must be reported annually on Form T1135 (Foreign Income Verification Statement) if the total value of such foreign property exceeds CAD100,000 at any time during the year. The form must be filed by April 30 of the following year, or such date designated by the Canada Revenue Agency.

 

-31-


 

CZECH REPUBLIC

Notifications

Exchange Controls. Upon request of the Czech National Bank (the “CNB”), Participant is required to report the following: foreign direct investments, financial credits from abroad, investment in foreign securities and associated collection and payments (Shares and proceeds from the sale of Shares may be included in this reporting requirement). Even in the absence of a request from the CNB, Participant may need to report foreign direct investments (including Shares acquired under the Plan) with a value of CZK 2.5 million or more in the aggregate.

DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Labor Law Acknowledgement. By accepting this Option, Participant acknowledges that Participant understands and agrees that this Option relates to future services to be performed and does not form any part of, and is not, a bonus or compensation for past services.

Stock Option Act. With respect to Danish employees (covered by the Danish Stock Option Act, the following shall apply:

Participant acknowledges that he or she has received an employer statement in Danish setting forth the terms of this Option, a copy of which has been separately provided.

Notifications

Foreign Bank Account Reporting. If Participant establishes an account holding Shares or an account holding cash outside of Denmark, Participant must report the account to the Danish Tax Administration, the form for which can be obtained from a local bank. (Please note that these obligations are separate from and in addition to the obligations described below.)

Exchange Control and Tax Reporting. To the extent permitted by the Company, Participant may hold Shares acquired under the Plan in a safety-deposit account or brokerage account with either a Danish bank or with an approved foreign broker or bank. If the Shares are held with a non-Danish broker or bank, Participant is required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the safety-deposit account. For this purpose, a Danish Participant must file in his or her general tax return information about the Shares no later than the filing deadline for the tax return for the tax year in which the Shares were acquired and placed in a safety deposit account. Further guidance on filing of purchase and sale of securities for Danish tax purposes can be found on the website of the Danish tax administration (https://skat.dk/skat.aspx?oid=2234844 – available in Danish only). If the information is not filed by the applicable deadline, any subsequent deductibility of a potential loss realized on the shares would generally not be tax deductible. For most Participants, the general deadline for filing tax returns is May 1.

 

-32-


 

In addition, when Participant opens a deposit account or brokerage account for the purpose of holding cash outside of Denmark, the account will be treated as a deposit account because cash may be held in the account. Information about the bank account and income received in such account must be filed in Participant’s tax return for the years in which the account is opened/income is received on the account. Participant will be solely responsible for providing certain details regarding the foreign account and any shares acquired and held in such account to the Danish Tax Administration as part of Participant’s annual income tax return.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Controls. Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 (including transactions made in connection with the sale of securities) must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank (Bundesbank). If Participant makes or receives a payment in excess of this amount in connection with Participant’s participation in the Plan, Participant must report the payment to Bundesbank electronically using the “General Statistics Reporting Portal” (“Allgemeines Meldeportal Statistik”) available via Bundesbank’s website (www.bundesbank.de).

GUATEMALA

No country-specific provisions.

INDONESIA

Notifications

Exchange Controls. Participant understands that he or she may be subject to minor exchange control reporting requirements in connection with participation in the Plan and Participant is advised to consult with his or her personal advisors regarding applicable exchange control obligations.

MEXICO

No country-specific provisions.

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax Obligations. The following provision supplements Section 1 of this Country Addendum.

Tax-Related Items shall include Primary and to the extent legally possible secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions. Participant agrees that the Company or Participant’s employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right Participant may have to recover any overpayment from relevant U.K. tax authorities. Participant understands and agrees that if payment or withholding of any income tax liability arising in connection with Participant’s participation in

 

-33-


 

the Plan is not made by Participant to Participant’s employer within 90 days of the event giving rise to such income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)I of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “Due Date”), that the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to Participant’s employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant understands and agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs it will be immediately due and repayable by Participant, and the Company and/or Participant’s employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or this Option Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant understands and agrees that if Participant is a director or an executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of such terms for purposes of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax liability. Participant further understands that, in the event that he or she is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute an additional benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions will be payable. Participant understands and agrees that he or she is responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or Participant’s employer (as appropriate) for the value of any primary and (to the extent legally possible) secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions due on this additional benefit which the Company or Participant’s employer may recover from Participant by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or this Option Agreement.

At the discretion of the Company, this Option cannot be settled until Participant has entered into an election with the Company (or Participant’s employer) (as appropriate) in a form approved by the Company and His Majesty’s Revenue & Customs:

(a)
to treat any liability of the Company and/or the employer for employer’s National Insurance Contributions arising in respect of the granting, exercise, settlement of or other dealing in this Option, or the acquisition of Shares on the settlement of this Option, as transferred to and met by Participant pursuant to Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (“Joint Election to Transfer U.K. Employer’s National Insurance Contributions”) attached hereto as Exhibit C; and/or
(b)
to treat the Shares acquired at Option exercise and their market value as if they were not restricted securities for the relevant income tax and National Insurance Contribution purposes pursuant section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions Act) 2003 (a “Joint Election under Section 431”).

 

-34-


 

As a condition of Participant’s participation in the Plan, Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees:

(a)
to indemnify the Company in respect of all applicable liability to U.K. income tax and National Insurance Contributions and, if so required by the Company all liability to National Insurance Contributions for which the Company is liable which arises as a consequence of or in connection with Participant’s participation in the Plan;
(b)
to permit the Company to sell such number of Shares allocated to Participant following exercise as will provide the Company with an amount equal to Participant’s U.K. tax liability;
(c)
to permit the Company to withhold an amount from any amount paid or payable to Participant;
(d)
if so required by the Company, and, to the extent permitted by law, to enter into a joint election or other arrangements under which the liability for all or part of such employer’s national insurance contributions liability is transferred to Participant;
(e)
if so required by the Company, to enter into a joint election within Section 431 of (U.K.) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of computing any tax charge on the acquisition of “restricted securities”; and
(f)
to sign all documents required by the Company to effect the terms of this provision.

As a condition of Participant’s participation in the Plan, Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to indemnify the Company in respect of all applicable liability to U.K. income tax and employee National Insurance Contributions.

 

-35-


 

EXHIBIT A

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. 5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120 San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, , , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated , (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-36-


 

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-37-


 

6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-38-


 

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

IambicTherapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120 San Diego,

CA 92121

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 

-39-


 

EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the

 

-40-


 

Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

-41-


 

EXHIBIT C

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Joint Election to Transfer of UK Employer’s National Insurance Contributions

1. Between

The Company, [the UK Employer] (‘the Secondary Contributor’ who is the employer), whose Registered Office is [include local affiliate address] (Company Registration no. [include], and [insert name of employee], ‘the Employee’, whose National Insurance number is [insert NI no.].

2. Purpose and scope of election

(a)
This election covers the grant of employment related securities options and/or the award of employment related restricted securities under the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan on or after [DD/MM/202Y].
(b)
This joint election is made in accordance with Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (‘SSCBA 1992’).
(c)
The Company requests the Employee to enter into this joint election to transfer the liability for the secondary contributor’s National Insurance contributions (‘NICs’) that arise on any ‘relevant employment income’ covered by this election from the secondary contributor to the Employee.
(d)
The employer’s National Insurance liability that shall transfer from the employer to the Employee under this joint election is the whole of the secondary liability. ‘Relevant employment income’ from securities and options specified in 2(a) on which employer’s NICs becomes due is defined as:
(i)
an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 426 of ITEPA 2003 (restricted securities: charge on certain post‐acquisition events),
(ii)
an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 438 of that Act (convertible securities: charge on certain post‐acquisition events), or
(iii)
any gain that is treated as remuneration derived from the earner’s employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) SSCBA 1992.

 

-42-


 

(e)
This joint election will not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part 7 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).
(f)
This election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

3. Arrangements for payment of secondary NICs

(a)
In signing this joint‐election the Employee authorises the Company, or other body (if applicable), to recover an amount sufficient to cover the liability for the employer’s NICs transferred under this election in accordance with the arrangements summarised below:
•
A deduction from salary or other payments due.
•
The delivery in cleared funds from the Employee in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’).
•
The sale of sufficient shares acquired from the Employee’s securities option or restricted securities, as authorized by the Employee in the relevant award agreement, the proceeds of which must be delivered to the Company in sufficient time for payment to be made to HMRC by the due date.
•
A deduction from any cash payment, treated as Relevant Employment Income, given to the Employee.
•
Where the proceeds of the gain are to be made through a third party, the Employee will authorise that party to withhold an amount from the payment or to sell shares sufficient to cover the secondary NICs transferred. Such amount will be paid in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HMRC by the due date.
(b)
The Company and the Employee will ensure that payment of the liability for the secondary NICs will be made to HMRC within 14 days following the end of the Income Tax month in which the relevant employment income arises – the ‘due date’.

The Employee understands that in making this election they will be personally liable for the secondary NICs covered by this election.

 

-43-


 

4. Duration of this election

(a)
This joint election shall continue in force from the time it is made until whichever of the following first takes place:
•
the Company gives notice to the Employee terminating the joint election
•
it is cancelled jointly by the Company and the Employee
•
it ceases to have effect in accordance with the terms of the joint election
•
HMRC serves notice on the Company that the approval of the joint election has been withdrawn
(b)
The terms of this joint election will continue in full force regardless of whether the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company.

By signing below, the Employee and the Company agree to be bound by the provisions of this joint election.

 

Employee

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

[Name and Title]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Date

 

 

-44-


 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I.
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$

 

 

Type of Option:

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Insert vesting schedule]

 

-45-


 

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II.
AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

-46-


 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

 

-47-


 

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

-48-


 

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

11. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of, California.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-49-


 

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

-50-


 

EXHIBIT A

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-51-


 

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-52-


 

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-53-


 

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

 

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 

-54-


 

EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety

 

-55-


 

(90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

 

-56-


 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

 

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Insert vesting schedule]

 

-57-


 

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for [twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

As a condition to the purchase of the Shares, Participant acknowledges and agrees that, if requested by the Company, Participant shall execute a joinder or deliver a counterpart signature page to any voting agreement and/or right of first refusal and co-sale agreement then in effect (as the same may be amended from time to time). Participant further acknowledges and agrees that upon such delivery, Participant shall become a “Key Holder” party to such voting agreement and/or right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, as the case may be, and bound by the terms thereof.

2. Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise.

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1).

 

-58-


 

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering

 

-59-


 

of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

-60-


 

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING

 

-61-


 

PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

-62-


 

EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-63-


 

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-64-


 

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-65-


 

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

 

Accepted by:

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 

-66-


 

EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the

 

-67-


 

Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

-68-


 

EXHIBIT C-1

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between _____________________________ (the “Purchaser”) and Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of __________________, ____.

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number ____) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated _______________, ____ by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase _________ of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option.

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at a price per share (the “Repurchase Price”) equal to the lower of (i) the per share price paid by the Purchaser for each such Share and (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Company delivers the Repurchase Notice (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option (the “Repurchase Notice”) AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (iii) by a combination

 

-69-


 

of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate Repurchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by delivering to the Purchaser the requisite Repurchase Notice within ninety (90) days following the Purchaser’s termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow.

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

-70-


 

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties. This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends. The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices. Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

 

-71-


 

This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations. Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

-72-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

Dated:

 

,

 

 

 

 

-73-


 

EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, __________________________, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. _____________ shares of the Common Stock of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No. _____ herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________ to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. and the undersigned dated ______________, _____ (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:

 

,

 

 

Signature:

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

 

-74-


 

EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

Corporate Secretary

 

,

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

 

 

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

 

 

 

Dear _________________:

As Escrow Agent for both Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of

 

-75-


 

the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

-76-


 

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PURCHASER

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

-77-


 

EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

 

TAXPAYER

 

SPOUSE

NAME:

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TAX ID NO.:

 

 

 

 

TAXABLE YEAR:

 

 

 

 

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: __________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”).

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:___________________ ,______.

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $_________________.

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $_________________.

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer

 

 

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Taxpayer

 

 

-78-


 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Insert vesting schedule]

 

-79-


 

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

-80-


 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

 

-81-


 

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption”) (such date, the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant in each case, to the extent required for continued reliance on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f) or, if the Company is not relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

-82-


 

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, a stock right (such as the Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Data Protection

(a) As a condition of the grant of the Option, the Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously acknowledges the necessity of the collection, use, processing and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this paragraph (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Company and its subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Option.

(b) The Participant understands that the Company and its subsidiaries, may hold certain Data for the purpose of managing and administering the Option.

(c) The Participant acknowledges that Data may be transferred to such Data Recipient as may be selected by the Company in the future (such as a stock plan service provider or broker), provided that the Company ensures that the Data Recipient maintains a level of privacy broadly equivalent to the standard set forth in the Company’s Internal Privacy Policy (if any) and

 

-83-


 

in any event, no less than that required by any relevant applicable legislation. The Participant accepts that Data Recipients may be located in the United States or the European Economic Area or elsewhere and the Data Recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country.

(d) The Participant authorizes the Company and any Data Recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Option, including any requisite transfer of Data to a designated broker or other third party with whom the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, as such Data may be required for the administration of the Option and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Participant’s behalf.

(e) The Participant understands Data will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Option.

(f) The Participant understands that the Participant may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, without cost to the Participant, by contacting in writing the Participant’s local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that the Participant is providing the representations herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant opposes, or later seeks to oppose any processing of the Data, the Participant’s employment status or service and career with the Company will not be affected; the only consequence opposing such processing is that the Company would not be able to grant the Participant Options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that opposing the processing of the Data may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Option or in any future equity awards.

(g) For more information on the consequences of opposing the processing of the Data, the Participant understands that the Participant may contact the Participant’s local human resources representative.

(h) As a condition of the grant of the Option, the Participant unambiguously gives his or her consent to the transfer of Data, as described in this Option Agreement, and although countries outside of the European Union may lack legal provisions that offer an adequate level of protection, similar to the European Directive 95/46/EC, the Participant agrees that Data may be transferred to such countries.

11. Nature of Grant. In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

-84-


 

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Option and Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(h) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(i) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Option Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

(j) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(k) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

-85-


 

(i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and

(iii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

13. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

14. Foreign Exchange Restrictions. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO TIMELY COMPLETE ANY OUTWARD REMITTANCE FORMS WITH THE APPROPRIATE FOREIGN EXCHANGE BANK TO EFFECT SUCH AN OUTWARD REMITTANCE OF CURRENCY, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO ASSIST PARTICIPANT IN THIS PROCEDURE. It is Participant’s sole responsibility to pay the aggregate Exercise Price, and under no circumstance and for no reason shall Participant be entitled to claim against the Company on account of the incompletion or failure of the aforesaid outward remittance of currency.

15. English Language. Participant has received the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and any other related communications, and Participant consents to having received these documents in English. If Participant has received this Option Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

16. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified

 

-86-


 

adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

17. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

 

-87-


 

EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-88-


 

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-89-


 

6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

-90-


 

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement (including the exhibits thereto) and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

PARTICIPANT

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 

 

-91-


 

EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the

 

-92-


 

Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

-93-


 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

Date of Grant:

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$

 

Type of Option:

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date:

 

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Vesting Appendix.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-94-


 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

-95-


 

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

 

-96-


 

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

 

-97-


 

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of, California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, this Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the Appendix to this Option Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Option (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (“Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Option Agreement.

 

-98-


 

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

-99-


 

Vesting Appendix

1. Service-Based Vesting Component

[Insert vesting schedule]

2. Performance-Based Vesting Component

[Insert vesting schedule]

3. Double-Trigger Acceleration

Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, 100% of the unvested Shares subject to the Option shall immediately vest and become exercisable if, within twelve (12) months after the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), Participant’s employment is terminated by Participant with Good Reason (as defined below) or by the Company without Cause (as defined below).

[“Cause” means any of the following (i) material breach or violation of Participant’s employment agreement or employment offer letter with the Company or any other written agreement between Participant and the Company, which breach is not cured within thirty (30) days of written notice from the Company (provided that no notice shall be required in the case of any breach or violation not capable of being cured); (ii) refusal to abide by the good faith written directives of the Board of Directors of the Company which are consistent with Participant’s duties and which would not require a violation of any applicable legal requirements or ethical standards; (iii) unauthorized disclosure or misuse of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information or other intellectual property or breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between the Company and the Participant; (iv) material violation of any federal or state law or regulation that the Company reasonably determines is materially detrimental to the business, reputation, or goodwill of the Company during the course of Participant’s employment with the Company; (v) Participant’s conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or crime involving moral turpitude that harms the Company or its reputation or Participant’s commission of any other act involving dishonesty, material disloyalty or fraud that harms the Company or its reputation during the course of Participant’s employment with the Company; or (vi) Participant’s reporting to work under the influence of abuse of alcohol or drugs (legal or illegal) that, in the Company's reasonable judgment, causes a material disruption to the business of the Company; provided, however, that following written notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (vi), you shall be entitled to a thirty (30)-day period to cure such occurrence prior to being subject to termination for Cause.

“Good Reason” will mean Participant’s resignation within ninety (90) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Participant’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Participant’s duties, position or responsibilities, or the removal of Participant from such position and responsibilities, either of which results in a material diminution of Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities, unless Participant is provided with a comparable position (i.e., a position of equal or greater organizational level, duties, authority, compensation and status); provided, however, that (a) Participant’s no longer holding the title “Chief Executive Officer” shall not, in

 

-100-


 

and of itself, be deemed “Good Reason” so long as Participant continues to hold a legitimate senior executive position entailing substantial responsibility and reporting directly to either the Board of Directors of the Company or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and (b) a reduction in duties, position or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following a change of control but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not by itself constitute “Good Reason”; (ii) a material reduction in Participant’s base salary (for illustrative purposes, a reduction of less than ten percent (10%) of Participant’s base salary in any one year shall not constitute Good Reason); provided, however, that, a one-time reduction of annual base salary that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated executives of the Company shall not constitute “Good Reason”; (iii) a material reduction in Participant’s variable compensation; or (iv) a material change in the geographic location of Participant’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less than thirty (30) miles from Participant’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location. Participant will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.]

[“Cause” means (a) Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, (b) Participant’s breach of any agreement between Participant and the Company that results in material harm to the Company, (c) Participant’s failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules that results in material harm to the Company, (d) Participant’s conviction after Participant’s commencement of employment with the Company of, or Participant’s plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or of a crime of moral turpitude, (e) Participant’s continuing failure to perform assigned duties (other than due to Participant’s physical or mental disability) after receiving written notification of the failure from the Board of Directors of the Company and Participant’s failure to cure such non-performance within ten (10) days of receiving the written notification from the Board of Directors of the Company, (f) Participant’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Participant’s cooperation, or (g) Participant’s gross negligence or misconduct in the performance of Participant’s duties for the Company that results in material harm to the Company.

“Good Reason” shall mean: Participant’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Participant’s consent: (a) A reduction in the Participant’s base salary by more than 10%; (b) A material diminution of the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities; or (c) A relocation of the Participant’s principal workplace by more than 50 miles without the Participant’s written consent. Participant will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 30 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice (such period, the “cure period”).]

 

-101-


 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

COUNTRY ADDENDUM

Terms and Conditions

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern this Option granted to Participant under the Plan if Participant works in one of the countries identified below. If Participant is a citizen or resident of a country (or is considered as such for local law purposes) other than the one in which he or she is currently working or if Participant relocates to another country after receiving this Option, the Company will, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will be applicable to Participant.

Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this Country Addendum shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan, and/or this Option Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached.

Notifications

This Country Addendum also includes notifications relating to exchange control and other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the exchange control, securities, and other laws in effect in the countries listed in this Country Addendum, as of July 2024. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the notifications herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of his or her participation in the Plan because the information may be outdated when Participant exercises this Option or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the notifications are general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in Participant’s country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant is currently working (or is considered as such for local law purposes) or if Participant moves to another country after this Option is granted, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant.

Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant exchange control and tax laws in his or her country apply to Participant’s individual situation.

 

-102-


 

I. GLOBAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

Terms and Conditions

1. Tax Withholding.

The following provisions supplement Section 9 of this Option Agreement:

Participant acknowledges and agrees that, regardless of any action taken by the Company and/or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or, if different, Participant’s service recipient (the “Service Recipient”) with respect to any or all foreign taxes, income tax, social security, social insurances, national insurance contributions, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, fringe benefit, or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant including, without limitation, in connection with the grant of this Option, the acquisition or sale of Shares acquired under the Plan and/or the receipt of any dividends on such Shares (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Service Recipient. Furthermore, Participant acknowledges that the Company or the Service Recipient (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option or other benefits under the Plan and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of this Option, other benefits or any aspect of Participant’s participation in the Plan to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction or changes his or her jurisdiction of primary residence or service between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary (or former Service Recipient, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to this Option exercise or any other relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (a) withholding from Participant’s wages or other compensation paid to Participant, (b) withholding from proceeds of the sale of the Shares acquired under the Plan either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization), (c) using any other method permitted by the Plan. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering maximum applicable withholding rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Shares equivalent. Finally, Participant agrees to pay to the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

-103-


 

2. Foreign Exchange Considerations. Participant understands and agrees that neither the Company nor the Service Recipient shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the U.S. dollar that may affect the value of this Option, or of any amounts due to Participant under the Plan or as a result of exercising this Option and/or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired under the Plan. Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant will bear any and all risk associated with the exchange or fluctuation of currency associated with his or her participation in the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that Participant may be responsible for reporting inbound transactions or fund transfers that exceed a certain amount. Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the exchange control regulations apply to this Option and Participant’s specific situation and understands that the relevant laws and regulations can change frequently and occasionally on a retroactive basis.

3. Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this Option, the underlying Shares and any Shares acquired under the Plan, is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of Participant’s employment or service contract, if any, and is not to be considered part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of, including but not limited to, calculating severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

4. Nature of Grant. In accepting this Option, Participant understands, acknowledges, and agrees that:

(a) the Plan was established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Company can amend, cancel or terminate the Plan at any time;

(b) the grant of this Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the future value of the Shares underlying this Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

(f) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value;

(g) if Participant exercises this Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(h) for purposes of this Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or the Service Recipient (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or

 

-104-


 

not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Option Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Stock Option Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Company, (i) Participant’s right to vest in this Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time), and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise this Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any; the Company will have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

(i) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, this Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have this Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed-out, or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of this Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of this Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or the Service Recipient and waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company or the Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

5. Data Privacy. Participant understands that the Company may collect, where permissible under Applicable Laws certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of this Option granted under the Plan or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. Participant understands that the Company may transfer Participant’s Data to the United States, which may have different, including less stringent, data protection laws than the laws in Participant’s country. Participant understands that the Company transfers

 

-105-


 

Data to its current independent stock-plan administrator, eShares, Inc. dba Carta, Inc. (“Carta”), to provide share administration, management, and brokerage services in connection with the Plan to assist in implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Company and Carta, together with their successors and assigns, will receive, possess, use and transfer the Data as contemplated hereby. Participant acknowledges that he or she may access his or her account through Carta and his or her use of the services provided by Carta is subject to the privacy policy located at https://carta.com/privacy-policy/. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different, including less stringent, data privacy laws that Participant’s jurisdiction does not consider to be equivalent to the protections in Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local representative. Participant authorizes the Company, the Company’s designated broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consent herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke Participant’s consent, Participant’s service status or career with the Company will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant awards under the Plan or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact Participant’s human resources representative.

Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s Data as described herein and any other Plan materials by and among, as applicable, the Company or the Service Recipient for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that his or her consent will be sought and obtained for any processing or transfer of Participant’s data for any purpose other than as described herein or in any other Plan materials.

6. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. Participant understands and agrees that he or she may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions including, but not limited to, the United States and Participant’s country of residence, which may affect Participant’s ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares (e.g., this Option) under the Plan during such time as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the applicable jurisdictions). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders

 

-106-


 

Participant placed before Participant possessed inside information. Furthermore, Participant could be prohibited from (i) disclosing the inside information to any third party and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them otherwise to buy or sell securities. Participant should keep in mind third-parties include fellow Service Providers. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable insider trading policy of the Company. Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable restrictions and should consult with his or her personal legal advisor on this matter.

7. Private Placement. The grant of this Option is not intended to be a public offering of securities in Participant’s country of residence (and country of service, if different). The Company has not submitted any registration statement, prospectus or other filings with the local securities authorities (unless otherwise required under local law), and the grant of this Option is not subject to the supervision of the local securities authorities. No representative of the Company or the Service Recipient of the Company is permitted to advise Participant on whether Participant should acquire Shares by exercising this Option under the Plan. Investment in Shares involves a degree of risk. Before deciding to acquire Shares by exercising this Option, Participant should carefully consider all risk factors relevant to the acquisition of Shares under the Plan and Participant should carefully review all of the materials related to this Option and the Plan. In addition, Participant should consult with his or her personal advisor for professional investment advice.

8. Recommendation Regarding External Advice. Participant understands and agrees that neither the Company or the Service Recipient is providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company or the Service Recipient making any recommendations or assessments regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares, or any subsequent disposal or retention of such Shares. Participant understands that he or she is hereby advised to consult with Participant’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

9. English Language. Participant acknowledges that he or she is sufficiently proficient in English to understand the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the Plan, including this Option Agreement and all its terms and conditions, all of which have been provided to Participant exclusively in the English language (unless otherwise specified in the country-specific provisions set forth below that are applicable to Participant). Participant accepts the Plan, this Option Agreement and their applicable terms and conditions and does not require their translation into any language other than English. Furthermore, if Participant has received this Option Agreement, or any other document related to this Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and the meaning of the translated version differs from that of the English version, the English version will control.

II. COUNTRY-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS IN THE COUNTRIES INCLUDED BELOW

 

-107-


 

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Tax Obligations. The following provision supplements Section 1 of this Country Addendum.

Tax-Related Items shall include Primary and to the extent legally possible secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions. Participant agrees that the Company or Participant’s employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right Participant may have to recover any overpayment from relevant U.K. tax authorities. Participant understands and agrees that if payment or withholding of any income tax liability arising in connection with Participant’s participation in the Plan is not made by Participant to Participant’s employer within 90 days of the event giving rise to such income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)I of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “Due Date”), that the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to Participant’s employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant understands and agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs it will be immediately due and repayable by Participant, and the Company and/or Participant’s employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or this Option Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant understands and agrees that if Participant is a director or an executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of such terms for purposes of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax liability. Participant further understands that, in the event that he or she is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute an additional benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions will be payable. Participant understands and agrees that he or she is responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or Participant’s employer (as appropriate) for the value of any primary and (to the extent legally possible) secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions due on this additional benefit which the Company or Participant’s employer may recover from Participant by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or this Option Agreement.

At the discretion of the Company, this Option cannot be settled until Participant has entered into an election with the Company (or Participant’s employer) (as appropriate) in a form approved by the Company and His Majesty’s Revenue & Customs:

(a) to treat any liability of the Company and/or the employer for employer’s National Insurance Contributions arising in respect of the granting, exercise, settlement of or other dealing in this Option, or the acquisition of Shares on the settlement of this Option, as transferred to and met by Participant pursuant to Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the

 

-108-


 

Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (“Joint Election to Transfer U.K. Employer’s National Insurance Contributions”); and/or

(b) to treat the Shares acquired at Option exercise and their market value as if they were not restricted securities for the relevant income tax and National Insurance Contribution purposes pursuant section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions Act) 2003 (a “Joint Election under Section 431”).

As a condition of Participant’s participation in the Plan, Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees:

(a) to indemnify the Company in respect of all applicable liability to U.K. income tax and National Insurance Contributions and, if so required by the Company all liability to National Insurance Contributions for which the Company is liable which arises as a consequence of or in connection with Participant’s participation in the Plan;

(b) to permit the Company to sell such number of Shares allocated to Participant following exercise as will provide the Company with an amount equal to Participant’s U.K. tax liability; and to permit the Company to withhold an amount from any amount paid or payable to Participant;

(c) if so required by the Company, and, to the extent permitted by law, to enter into a joint election or other arrangements under which the liability for all or part of such employer’s national insurance contributions liability is transferred to Participant;

(d) if so required by the Company, to enter into a joint election within Section 431 of (U.K.) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of computing any tax charge on the acquisition of “restricted securities”; and

(e) to sign all documents required by the Company to effect the terms of this provision.

As a condition of Participant’s participation in the Plan, Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to indemnify the Company in respect of all applicable liability to U.K. income tax and employee National Insurance Contributions.

 

-109-


 

EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-110-


 

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-111-


 

6 Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

-112-


 

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Address:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, CA 92121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 

-113-


 

EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to

 

-114-


 

the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

-115-


 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, including Part I of this Award Agreement entitled “Notice of Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units,” Part II of this Award Agreement entitled “Agreement,” the Representation Statement attached hereto as Exhibit A, the appendix of Provisions for Non-U.S. Participants attached hereto as Appendix A and any other appendices attached to such documents (all of which are made a part of this document and, together, this “Award Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

Name (the “Participant”):

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

The Participant has been granted an Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (the “Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award,” “Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units,” or “Award”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Number of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units:

 

 

Event Deadline:

7 years from Date of Grant

 

 

 

 

-116-


 

Vesting Requirements: [Insert vesting schedule]

In receiving this Award, Participant is hereby notified that the following constitute certain of the terms, conditions, and obligations of receiving, holding, and potentially vesting in and settlement of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units referenced in this Award Agreement:

(a) This Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement;

(b) Participant accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Award Agreement; and

(c) Prior to settlement under this Award, the Company may require Participant to sign a written confirmation and acceptance that he or she has complied with all terms of this Award Agreement and that he or she accepts and agrees to all of its terms.

As discussed in Section 13 of Part II of this Award Agreement, this Award is not part of Participant’s ordinary compensation and Participant is hereby put on notice that if Participant does not both comply with the terms of this Award Agreement and sign a written confirmation and acceptance if requested, Participant will have no claim against the Company. Further, if Participant does not keep the Company informed of all changes in his or her residence address and keep an up to date email address on file with the Company and the Company is not able to easily locate Participant, he or she could forfeit this Award.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of the Company below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, and all other exhibits, appendices and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to provide a valid email address if Participant no longer has a Company email address.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Title

 

 

-117-


 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (the “Notice of Grant”) in Part I of this Award Agreement an Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The purpose of this Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is to encourage retention and to engage the Participant in making a Liquidity Event a reality. In addition, tying the vesting of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units to a Liquidity Event aligns the interests of the Participant with those of the Company’s stockholders. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail, except to the extent specifically provided in this Award Agreement or as the Administrator may determine is appropriate to give effect to the intent of this Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, no amendment to the Plan, other than amendments to increase the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, will be deemed to apply to this Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award unless the Administrator specifically determines otherwise (and, in such case, subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, as and to the extent noted above).

2. Company’s Obligations. Each Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests (such Shares issued in settlement of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, “Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares”). Unless and until a Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 4, Participant will have no right to payment with respect to such Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit. Prior to the actual settlement of a vested Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit in Shares based on the terms of this Award Agreement, each Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company to issue a Share only from the general assets of the Company (if at all). In all cases, including in the event of Participant’s death, Shares may be acquired pursuant to this Award only as set forth in, and on the terms and subject to the conditions of, this Award Agreement.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) at the time of the settlement of the applicable Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or at such other time as designated by the Company, if requested or required by the Company, it will be a condition and term of this Award that Participant deliver to the Company his or her Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, subject to any updates or modifications to such form prepared by the Company from time to time as the Company may deem necessary or advisable in light of changes to laws or regulations or otherwise. If Participant does not deliver the

 

-118-


 

Representation Statement, if one is requested or required, at the time that the applicable Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units otherwise would be settled (and prior to any deadline specified by the Company) and, in all cases, by the applicable Settlement Deadline (as defined in Section 6), then immediately after the earlier of the deadline specified by the Company or the applicable Settlement Deadline, such Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units will be cancelled and forfeited to the Company for no consideration and in such event, no such Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares will be issued with respect to this Award and any rights thereto will immediately be forfeited for no consideration.

4. Vesting Requirements.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to Section 7, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest only in accordance with the vesting requirements set forth in the Notice of Grant. Participant will receive a benefit with respect to a Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit only if both the Service-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied on or before the Event Deadline. Participant’s Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Event Deadline.

(b) Termination of Service Provider Status. If Participant’s status as a Service Provider terminates for any reason, then (i) if the termination occurs prior to a Liquidity Event, any Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units that have not satisfied the Milestone Requirement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder, or (ii) if the termination occurs on or after a Liquidity Event, the then-unvested Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

(c) Expiration of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units. If a Liquidity Event does not occur on or before the Event Deadline set forth in the Notice of Grant, all Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (regardless of whether or not, or the extent to which, the Service-Based Requirement had been satisfied as to such Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units) will automatically terminate and be cancelled upon such date.

(d) Upon a termination of one or more Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Section 4, Participant will have no further right with respect to such Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or the Shares previously allocated thereto.

5. Lock-Up Period. No offer, pledge, sale, contract to sell, sale of any option or contract to purchase, purchase of any option or contract to sell, grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase, loan, or other direct or indirect transfer of or disposition of, any Shares (or other securities of the Company) is permitted hereunder nor is the entry into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Shares (or other securities of the Company) held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the Company or a representative of the underwriters or financial advisors in connection with an IPO Event not to exceed 180 days following such IPO Event (or such other period as may be requested by the Company, the

 

-119-


 

underwriters or the financial advisors of such IPO Event to accommodate regulatory restrictions) (such period, the “Lock-Up Period”).

Participant is hereby notified that it is a term of this Award (and a condition to any potential vesting and settlement) that Participant execute and deliver such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company, the underwriters or the financial advisors that are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters or financial advisors in connection with an IPO Event, it is a term of this Award that Participant provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be requested by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any IPO Event. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares (or other securities of the Company) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the Lock-Up Period.

6. Vesting and Settlement.

(a) General Rule. Subject to Section 9, Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units that vest will be settled in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 6(b) and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, each vested Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit that has met all requirements for settlement under this Award Agreement will be settled in whole Shares no later than the applicable Settlement Deadline. “Settlement Deadline” with respect to a particular vested Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit means March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Vesting Date of such particular Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit occurs (or, if earlier, March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the first date on which the applicable Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for purposes of Section 409A, as defined in Section 6(c) below). No Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit will be settled after the Settlement Deadline applicable to it. If any Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit has not met all the requirements for settlement under this Award Agreement in a manner that would allow it to be settled by the applicable Settlement Deadline, such Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit will be forfeited as of immediately following the applicable Settlement Deadline. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year or date of settlement of any Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units under this Award Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, there may be multiple Settlement Deadlines, each corresponding to a particular Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit.

(b) Acceleration; Amendment.

(i) Discretionary Acceleration or Amendment. The Administrator may, pursuant to its authority under, and in accordance with, Section 4(b)(v), Section 4(b)(ix) and Section 9(c) of the Plan, in its discretion, unilaterally (x) accelerate, in whole or in part, the vesting of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, (y) waive or decrease some or all of the requirements required for vesting of unvested Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units at any time, or (z) waive or decrease some or all of the requirements for settlement of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units at any time, in each case, subject to the terms of the Plan but without the need for Participant consent in any instance, and subject to Section 27 of this Award Agreement; provided, however, that no such acceleration, waiver or decrease will occur or be effective unless

 

-120-


 

such modification would result in this Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Award Agreement, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement, or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional U.S. tax imposed under Section 409A. If so modified, the Vesting Date with respect to the applicable Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units will be deemed for all purposes of this Award Agreement to be the date specified by the Administrator, and any Shares issuable upon settlement of the Award pursuant to such acceleration also will be Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares for the purposes of this Award Agreement. The settlement of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 6(b) will in all cases be no later than the Settlement Deadline and at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A for U.S. tax purposes. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

(ii) The Company’s intent is that this Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award be exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A for U.S. tax purposes. However, in an abundance of caution, the Company is including in this subsection, certain Section 409A rules that only apply if the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units are not exempt or excepted, and then only in certain circumstances. Specifically, Section 409A contains rules that must apply to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units if (a) they are not exempt or excepted from Section 409A, (b) the Company has any stock that is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise at the time Participant’s service terminates, (c) Participant receives acceleration of vesting of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units in connection with a termination of service, and (d) at the time of such termination, Participant is considered a “specified employee” under the Section 409A rules. Should these rules ever become applicable to Participant’s Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, then notwithstanding anything in the Plan, this Award Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Date of Grant) to the contrary, if the vesting of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the settlement of such accelerated Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if such settlement is on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the settlement of such accelerated Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units will not occur until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares will be settled and issued to the Participant’s Legal Representative as soon as practicable following his or her death (subject to Section 8).

 

-121-


 

(c) Section 409A. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all issuances and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception under Section 409A, or otherwise be exempted or excepted from, or comply with, Section 409A, so that none of this Award Agreement, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement, or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or excepted, or to so comply. Each issuance upon settlement of the Award under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will the Company or any Service Recipient (as defined below) have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes that may be imposed, or other costs incurred, on Participant as a result of Section 409A. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and any applicable Treasury Regulations and U.S. Internal Revenue Service regulations and formal, effective guidance of either general applicability or direct applicability thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time, and will include any successors thereto.

7. Forfeiture. Upon the forfeiture events or times specified in Section 4, Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares hereunder.

8. Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

9. Tax Withholding.

(a) Tax Consequences. Participant is solely responsible for reviewing with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this Award and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their agents, written or oral. Participant has been informed that the tax consequences of the benefits provided under this Award Agreement are not warrantied or guaranteed and Participant (and not the Company or any Service Recipient) will be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this Award or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

(b) Responsibility for Taxes. Regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the Company, Employer and/or Parent or Subsidiary to which the Participant is or was providing services, the “Service Recipient”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and any Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit

 

-122-


 

Shares, including, without limitation, (a) all U.S. federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) and non-U.S. taxes and social insurance liability obligations that are required to be withheld by the Company or the Employer or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant, (b) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company (or Service Recipient), the Company’s (or Service Recipient’s) fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or settlement of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or sale of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares, and (c) any other Company (or Service Recipient) taxes the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (or vesting thereof or issuance of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Service Recipient. The Company and the Service Recipient (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the Award or any aspect of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result.

(c) Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company and/or Service Recipient will withhold the amount the Company determines must or will be withheld for the payment of Tax Obligations (the “Withholding Obligations”) upon each date with respect to which the Administrator determines Withholding Obligations are due, including but not limited to, at grant, vesting, settlement or any other date with respect to which Withholding Obligations arise. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such Withholding Obligations, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (a) paying cash, (b) having the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount of such Withholding Obligations, (c) withholding the amount of such Withholding Obligations from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Service Recipient, (d) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a fair market value equal to such Withholding Obligations, (e) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount of the Withholding Obligations (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization), (f) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company or other Service Recipient for the satisfaction of all Withholding Obligations, or (g) any combination of the foregoing. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Withholding Obligations by reducing the number of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant, and, until and unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, this will be the method by which such Withholding Obligations are satisfied. The Company will not withhold on a fractional Share basis to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Obligations and no refund will be made to Participant for the value of the portion of a Share, if

 

-123-


 

any, withheld in excess of the Withholding Obligations. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and a date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant has been informed that the Company and/or the Service Recipient (and/or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Withholding Obligations or other Tax Obligations required to be accounted for hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant will permanently forfeit Participant’s Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. Participant has been informed that the Company may refuse to deliver the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares if such Withholding Obligations are not delivered at the time they are due.

10. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable or potentially deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE VESTING OF THE PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING REQUIREMENTS HEREOF WILL OCCUR ONLY BY THE SATISFACTION OF THE VESTING REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR RECEIVING PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT IS FURTHER NOTIFIED THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Award is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 8, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon

 

-124-


 

any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

13. Nature of Award. In receiving the Award, Participant is hereby notified that the following constitute certain of the terms, conditions, and obligations of the Award:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, or similar awards, or benefits in lieu of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, even if Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or similar awards have been awarded repeatedly in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to the granting of future Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or other awards, if any, and the terms of any such grants, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant’s participation in the Plan will not create a right to further employment or engagement with the Company or with Employer or be interpreted as forming or amending an employment or service relationship and will not interfere with the ability of the Company or to terminate Participant’s employment or service relationship at any time;

(e) Participant is not required to participate in the Plan;

(f) the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(g) the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(h) the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or service relationship with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(i) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(j) unless otherwise provided by the Company in its discretion, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits

 

-125-


 

transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares;

(k) unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, the service Participant may provide as a director of a Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

(l) the Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is advised to consult with Participant’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan; and

(m) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing, or does in the future provide, services outside the United States:

(i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the Award of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant is not entitled to institute any claim against the Company, the Employer or any other Parent or Subsidiary, Participant’s ability, if any, to bring any such claim is hereby waived, and the Company, the Employer or any other Parent or Subsidiary are hereby released from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and to agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(ii) neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement form part of Participant’s terms of employment or service with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary; and

(iii) Participant has been informed that neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent or Subsidiary will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

14. Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer or other Service Recipient, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

-126-


 

Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant that is necessary for the administration of Participant’s participation in the Plan, including Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company transfers Data to its current independent stock plan administrator, eShares, Inc. dba Carta, Inc. (“Carta”), to provide share administration, management, and brokerage services in connection with the Plan to assist with the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan. The Company and Carta, together with their successors and assigns, will receive, possess, use and transfer the Data as contemplated hereby. Participant acknowledges that he or she may access his or her account through Carta and his or her use of the services provided by Carta is subject to the privacy policy located at https://carta.com/privacy-policy/. In the future, the Company may select a different service provider and share Data with another company that serves in a similar manner. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that if applicable laws and regulations entitle Participant to do so, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Service Recipient will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact [insert contact information (e.g., name, email, mailing address) for the individual or department that handles the Company’s data privacy compliance (e.g., Legal)].

 

-127-


 

15. Language. If Participant has received this Award Agreement, or any other document related to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

16. Appendix. The Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is subject to any special provisions set forth in the appendix of Provisions for Non-U.S. Participants attached hereto as Appendix A. The terms and conditions within Appendix A under the name of a particular country will apply to Participant if, at any time during which the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is outstanding, Participant resides and/or is employed in that country or is otherwise subject to the laws of that country and, in such circumstances, such terms and conditions supplement, amend and/or supersede the terms of this Award Agreement, provided, however, that that no such terms or conditions will be effective unless such terms and conditions would result in this Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Award Agreement, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement, or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional U.S. tax imposed under Section 409A.

17. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Subject to Section 12, any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 17 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 17 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of

 

-128-


 

any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 17, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 17 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 17 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 17. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 17, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 17.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

18. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. The Company will cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

-129-


 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AS SET FORTH IN THE PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING AN “IPO EVENT” AS DEFINED AND SET FORTH IN THE PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY, THE UNDERWRITER OR THE FINANCIAL ADVISOR.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. To ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Award Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares will have been so transferred.

19. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., 560 S. Winchester Blvd., San Jose, CA 95128, or at such other address or through such other method as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

20. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

21. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

-130-


 

22. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. In addition to all other restrictions set forth in the Plan or this Award Agreement, Participant is hereby notified that Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect his or her ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by Applicable Laws). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant is hereby notified that it is his or her responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions and Participant is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

23. Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements. Participant is hereby notified that there may be certain foreign asset and/or account reporting requirements which may affect Participant’s ability to acquire or hold Shares acquired under the Plan or cash received from participating in the Plan (including any dividends paid on the Shares acquired under the Plan, if applicable) in a brokerage or bank account outside Participant’s country. Participant may be required to report such accounts, assets or transactions to the tax or other authorities in Participant’s country. Participant also may be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of participating in the Plan to Participant’s country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. Participant is hereby notified that it is Participant’s responsibility to be compliant with such regulations, and Participant should speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

24. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights and/or obligations under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement will be binding upon Participant and his or her Legal Representative, heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

25. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or non-United States Laws (as defined below), the tax code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her beneficiaries or estate)) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. If any such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval has not been completed by the applicable Settlement Deadline with respect to a Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit in a manner that would allow it to be settled by the applicable Settlement Deadline, such Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit will be forfeited as of immediately following the Settlement Deadline. Subject to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates

 

-131-


 

for Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of a Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience and any such certificate may be in book entry form.

26. Interpretation. The Administrator has the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not the conditions for Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit vesting and any other conditions for settlement of the Award have been satisfied). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

Any laws, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, rules, rulings, administrative orders or other legal requirements (“Laws”) referenced in or applicable to this Award Agreement means such Laws as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by succession of comparable successor Laws. In the case of any Laws referenced in or applicable to this Award Agreement, the Administrator will be authorized and empowered to determine in its good faith discretion the application of any change in Laws (including new Laws, amendments, repeals, successor Laws, court or administrative orders interpreting or relating to Laws, or otherwise) and to give effect thereto as if such Laws had been in effect on the date of this Award Agreement; provided, however, that no such action, decision or determination will occur or be effective unless it would result in this Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Award Agreement, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement, or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A as a result of such action, decision or determination.

27. Modifications to this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. The acceptance of any settlement under this Award signifies Participant’s agreement that Participant is not accepting this Award or any Shares issued hereunder in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only by approval of the Administrator that is memorialized in an express written instrument executed by a duly authorized signatory of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, but subject to the immediately following sentence, the Administrator may, without the consent of the Participant, modify this Award Agreement in any of the following manners (provided, however, that no such modification or deferral of issuance upon settlement of the Award will occur or be effective unless such modification would result in this Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Section 409A, in each case such that none of

 

-132-


 

this Award Agreement, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement, or Shares issuable hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A): (a) take any action permitted by Section 6(b) of this Award Agreement, including to waive or decrease, in whole or in part, some or all of the requirements required for vesting of all or a portion of the unvested Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units; or (b) waive or decrease some or all of the requirements for settlement of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to take such reasonable actions and make any amendments to the Plan and/or this Award Agreement as it deems necessary, advisable or desirable to maintain an exemption or exception from or comply with Section 409A, or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A.

28. Governing Law; Severability. This Award Agreement and the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Award Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provisions.

29. Binding Terms. The terms, conditions, obligations, and requirements of this Award Agreement will apply as a condition of receiving and holding the Award without the need for any manual or other execution of this Award Agreement by Participant or the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, as a condition to holding the Award and/or the vesting or settlement of the Award, upon the Company’s request at any time, the Company may require Participant to manually or electronically sign this Award Agreement.

30. Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units awarded hereunder and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except as permitted by this Award Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 6 and 27) or by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

-133-


 

APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS FOR NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix A includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units granted to Participant under the Plan if Participant resides and/or works outside of the United States. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan and/or the Agreement to which this Appendix A is attached.

If Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working and/or residing, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the special terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to Participant.

Notifications

This Appendix A also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to Participant’s participation in the Plan. The information is provided solely for the convenience of Participant and is based on the laws in effect in the respective countries as of February 2026. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date by the time Participant vests the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units or sells any Shares.

Participant is responsible for complying with all applicable tax, foreign asset reporting and/or exchange control rules that may apply in connection with participation in the Plan and/or the transfer of proceeds acquired thereunder. Prior to the transfer of funds into Participant’s country, Participant should consult the local bank and/or Participant’s exchange control advisor, as interpretations of the applicable regulations may vary; additionally, exchange control rules and regulations are subject to change without notice.

In addition, the information contained in this Appendix A is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the applicable laws in his or her country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, Participant understands that if he or she is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner.

 

-134-


 

I.
GLOBAL PROVISIONS FOR NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

1. Data Privacy Information and Consent. The following provisions supplement Section 14 of the Award Agreement:

The Company is located at [insert address], United States, and grants Awards to Service Providers of the Company and the Service Recipient, at the Company’s sole discretion. If Participant would like to participate in the Plan, please review the following information about the Company’s data processing practices.

(a) GDPR Compliance. If Participant resides and/or works in a member country of the European Union and/or the European Economic Area or the United Kingdom, the following provisions supplement this Section 1:

(i) To the satisfaction and on the direction of the Committee, all operations of the Plan and the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (at the time of its grant and as necessary thereafter) shall include or be supported by appropriate agreements, notifications and arrangements in respect of Data and its use and processing under the Plan, in order to secure (a) the reasonable freedom of the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary and, if different, the Service Recipient, as appropriate, to operate the Plan and for connected purposes, and (b) compliance with the data-protection requirements applicable from time to time, including, if applicable, and without limitation, Regulation EU 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 (the “GDPR”), the GDPR as retained in the law of England and Wales pursuant to section 3 of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (UK GDPR), and the UK Data Protection Act 2018.

(ii) Participant has certain rights under data protection legislation as summarized below:

(1) Right of Access. Participant has the right to obtain from the Company confirmation as to whether or not Data is being processed, and, where that is the case, to request access to Data, as well as certain information on how the Company is processing Data.

(2) Right to Rectification. Participant has the right to obtain from the Company the rectification of inaccurate Data. Considering the purpose of the processing, Participant may also, in some cases, be entitled to supplemental information regarding incomplete Data.

(3) Right to Erasure (Right to be Forgotten). Participant may, in certain circumstances, have his or her personal data deleted, for example if Data is no longer necessary in relation to the purpose for which it was collected, if Participant has objected to the processing of Data and we do not have a legitimate interest which outweighs Participant’s interest, if Data has been processed unlawfully, or if Data must be deleted to comply with a legal obligation.

(4) Right to Restriction of Processing. Participant may require that the Company restrict the processing of Data in certain cases, for example where the

 

-135-


 

Company no longer needs Data but Participant needs it to determine, enforce or defend legal claims or Participant has objected to processing based on the Company’s legitimate interest in order to enable the Company to check if its interest overrides Participant’s interest.

(5) Right to Data Portability. In some circumstances, Participant may be entitled to receive Data which Participant provided to the Company in a structured, commonly used and machine-readable format and Participant has the right to transmit Data to another controller.

(6) Right to Object. Participant has the right to object to the processing of Data in certain circumstances, for example where the processing is based on the Company’s legitimate interest. If so, in order to continue processing, the Company must be able to show compelling legitimate grounds that override Participant’s interests, rights and freedoms.

(iii) Participant’s rights will in each case be subject to the restrictions set out in applicable data protection laws. Further information on these rights, and the circumstances in which they may arise in connection with the Company’s processing of Data, can be obtained by contacting [insert contact information (e.g., name, email, mailing address) for the individual or department that handles the Company’s data privacy compliance (e.g., Legal)]. If Participant wants to review, verify, correct or request erasure of Data, object to the processing of Data, or request that the Company transfer a copy of Data to another party, please contact his or her local human resources representative.

(iv) The Company agrees to ensure that Data transferred outside the European Union, European Economic Area or the United Kingdom will be done pursuant to a lawful transfer mechanism (for example, European Commission approved model contract clauses).

(v) If Participant has any grievance, issue or problem in respect of the handling or processing of Data in any way, Participant has the right to lodge a complaint to the national data protection agency for Participant’s country of residence.

2. Nature of Award. The following provision supplements Section 13(m) of the Award Agreement:

For purposes of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s service will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or the Service Recipient (regardless of the reason for such termination of service and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant provides services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant provides services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing

 

-136-


 

services for purposes of this Award (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

3. Private Placement. The Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is not intended to be a public offering of securities in Participant’s country of residence (and country of service, if different). The Company has not submitted any registration statement, prospectus or other filings with the local securities authorities (unless otherwise required under local law), and the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is not subject to the supervision of the local securities authorities. No representative of the Company or the Service Recipient of the Company is permitted to advise Participant on whether Participant should acquire Shares by exercising the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. Investment in Shares involves a degree of risk. Before the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units vest, Participant should carefully consider all risk factors relevant to the acquisition of Shares under the Plan and Participant should carefully review all of the materials related to the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and the Plan. In addition, Participant should consult with his or her personal advisor for professional investment advice.

4. Recommendation Regarding External Advice. Participant understands and agrees that neither the Company nor the Service Recipient is providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company or the Service Recipient making any recommendations or assessments regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares, or any subsequent disposal or retention of such Shares. Participant understands that he or she is hereby advised to consult with Participant’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

5. English Language. Participant acknowledges that he or she is sufficiently proficient in English to understand the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and confirms having read and understood the documents relating to the Plan, including this Award Agreement and all its terms and conditions, all of which have been provided to Participant exclusively in the English language (unless otherwise specified in the country-specific provisions set forth below that are applicable to Participant). Participant accepts the Plan, this Award Agreement and their applicable terms and conditions and does not require their translation into any language other than English.

II.
COUNTRY-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS SUBJECT TO THE LAWS OF THE COUNTRIES INCLUDED BELOW

UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

Securities Laws. The Shares are offered pursuant to Article 1(4) of the United Kingdom Prospectus Regulation.

Tax Obligations. The following provisions supplement Section 9 of the Award Agreement.

 

-137-


 

Tax-Related Items shall include Primary and, to the extent legally possible, secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions. Participant agrees that the Company or the Employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right Participant may have to recover any overpayment from relevant U.K. tax authorities. Participant understands and agrees that if payment or withholding of any income tax liability arising in connection with Participant’s participation in the Plan is not made by Participant to Participant’s employer within 90 days of the event giving rise to such income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)I of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (the “Due Date”), that the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Participant to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. Participant understands and agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current official rate of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs it will be immediately due and repayable by Participant, and the Company and/or Participant’s employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or this Award Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant understands and agrees that if Participant is a director or an executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of such terms for purposes of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), Participant will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax liability. Participant further understands that, in the event that he or she is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute an additional benefit to Participant on which additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions will be payable. Participant understands and agrees that he or she is responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company or Participant’s employer (as appropriate) for the value of any primary and (to the extent legally possible) secondary class 1 National Insurance Contributions due on this additional benefit which the Company or Participant’s employer may recover from Participant by any of the means referred to in the Plan and/or this Award Agreement.

At the discretion of the Company, the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units cannot be settled until Participant has entered into an election with the Company (or Participant’s employer) (as appropriate) in a form approved by the Company and His Majesty’s Revenue & Customs:

(a)
to treat any liability of the Company and/or the employer for employer’s National Insurance Contributions arising in respect of the granting, vesting, settlement of or other dealing in the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, or the acquisition of Shares on the settlement of the Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units, as transferred to and met by Participant pursuant to Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (“Joint Election to Transfer U.K. Employer’s National Insurance Contributions”) attached hereto as Exhibit B; and/or
(b)
to treat the Shares acquired at settlement of vested Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units and their market value as if they were not restricted securities for the relevant income tax and National Insurance Contribution purposes pursuant section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions Act) 2003 (a “Joint Election under Section 431”).

 

-138-


 

As a condition of Participant’s participation in the Plan, Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees:

(a)
to indemnify the Company in respect of all applicable liability to U.K. income tax and National Insurance Contributions and, if so required by the Company all liability to National Insurance Contributions for which the Company is liable which arises as a consequence of or in connection with Participant’s participation in the Plan;
(b)
to permit the Company to sell such number of Shares allocated to Participant following exercise as will provide the Company with an amount equal to Participant’s U.K. tax liability;
(c)
to permit the Company to withhold an amount from any amount paid or payable to Participant;
(d)
if so required by the Company, and, to the extent permitted by law, to enter into a joint election or other arrangements under which the liability for all or part of such employer’s national insurance contributions liability is transferred to Participant;
(e)
if so required by the Company, to enter into a joint election within Section 431 of (U.K.) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of computing any tax charge on the acquisition of “restricted securities”; and
(f)
to sign all documents required by the Company to effect the terms of this provision.

As a condition of Participant’s participation in the Plan, Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to indemnify the Company in respect of all applicable liability to U.K. income tax and employee National Insurance Contributions.

 

-139-


 

EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the receipt of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units to Participant covering the Securities, the settlement of such award shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90)

 

-140-


 

days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units covering the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

 

-141-


 

EXHIBIT B

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Joint Election to Transfer of UK Employer’s National Insurance Contributions

1. Between

The Company, [the UK Employer] (‘the Secondary Contributor’ who is the employer), whose Registered Office is [include local affiliate address] (Company Registration no. [insert UK Employer’s CRN], and [insert name of employee], ‘the Employee’, whose National Insurance number is _______________.

2. Purpose and scope of election

(a)
This election covers the grant of employment related securities options and/or the award of employment related restricted securities under the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan on or after [insert date of first grants to be covered by this election].
(b)
This joint election is made in accordance with Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (‘SSCBA 1992’).
(c)
The Company requests the Employee to enter into this joint election to transfer the liability for the secondary contributor’s National Insurance contributions (‘NICs’) that arise on any ‘relevant employment income’ covered by this election from the secondary contributor to the Employee.
(d)
The employer’s National Insurance liability that shall transfer from the employer to the Employee under this joint election is the whole of the secondary liability.

‘Relevant employment income’ from securities and options specified in 2(a) on which employer’s NICs becomes due is defined as:

(i)
an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 426 of ITEPA 2003 (restricted securities: charge on certain post‐acquisition events),
(ii)
an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 438 of that Act (convertible securities: charge on certain post‐acquisition events), or
(iii)
any gain that is treated as remuneration derived from the earner’s employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) SSCBA 1992.

 

-142-


 

(e)
This joint election will not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part 7 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).
(f)
This election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

3. Arrangements for payment of secondary NICs

(a)
In signing this joint‐election the Employee authorises the Company, or other body (if applicable), to recover an amount sufficient to cover the liability for the employer’s NICs transferred under this election in accordance with the arrangements summarised below:
•
A deduction from salary or other payments due.
•
The delivery in cleared funds from the Employee in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’).
•
The sale of sufficient shares acquired from the Employee’s securities option or restricted securities, as authorized by the Employee in the relevant award agreement, the proceeds of which must be delivered to the Company in sufficient time for payment to be made to HMRC by the due date.
•
A deduction from any cash payment, treated as Relevant Employment Income, given to the Employee.
•
Where the proceeds of the gain are to be made through a third party, the Employee will authorise that party to withhold an amount from the payment or to sell shares sufficient to cover the secondary NICs transferred. Such amount will be paid in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HMRC by the due date.
(b)
The Company and the Employee will ensure that payment of the liability for the secondary NICs will be made to HMRC within 14 days following the end of the Income Tax month in which the relevant employment income arises – the ‘due date’.

The Employee understands that in making this election they will be personally liable for the secondary NICs covered by this election.

 

-143-


 

4. Duration of this election

(a)
This joint election shall continue in force from the time it is made until whichever of the following first takes place:
•
the Company gives notice to the Employee terminating the joint election
•
it is cancelled jointly by the Company and the Employee
•
it ceases to have effect in accordance with the terms of the joint election
•
HMRC serves notice on the Company that the approval of the joint election has been withdrawn
(b)
The terms of this joint election will continue in full force regardless of whether the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company.

By signing below, the Employee and the Company agree to be bound by the provisions of this joint election.

 

Employee

 

Company

 

 

 

[Name]

 

[Name and Title]

 

 

 

Date

 

Date

 

 

-144-


Exhibit 10.6

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter

September 18, 2026

Thomas Miller

Dear Dr. Miller:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company’s common stock (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of your continued employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1.
Position. Your employment will continue as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). This is a full-time position. You have also been appointed as a member of the Board without additional compensation for such services. Upon ceasing to be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer for any reason, you shall be deemed to have resigned from the Board and the board of directors of any Company subsidiary (if applicable) unless otherwise requested by the Board in writing. While you render services to the Company you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full‑time or part-time) without the prior approval of the Board with the exception of your continued service as a member of the Board of Directors of Veracyte, Inc. By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.
2.
Compensation and Benefits.
(a)
Base Salary. Your rate of annual base salary as of the Effective Date will be $715,100 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Your base salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustment as determined by the Company.
(b)
Annual Bonus Opportunity. Your annual target bonus opportunity as of the Effective Date will be sixty percent (60%) of your annual base salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus shall be subject to review and may be adjusted based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices. Your actual bonuses shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion which shall be communicated to you as soon as reasonably practicable following the start of the appliable bonus period. You will not earn a bonus unless and until it is actually paid by the Company, and no bonus will be paid to you if your employment terminates for any reason prior to the applicable payment date. To be clear, this means that you must be employed on the date that the Company pays annual bonuses in order to receive one.

 


 

(c)
Employee Benefits. As a full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefit plans as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefit plans are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the eligibility and participation provisions of such plans and as such plans and programs becomes available and may be in effect from time to time. Such benefit plans are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.
(d)
Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive compensatory equity awards such as stock options from the Company on the terms and conditions determined by the Board in its sole discretion.
(e)
Expenses. You will be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties hereunder, in accordance with the applicable policy of the Company, as in effect from time to time. In the event that any expense reimbursements are taxable to you, such reimbursements will be made in the time frame specified by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) unless another time frame that complies with or is exempt from Section 409A is specified in the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.
(f)
Vacation. You will be entitled to accrue paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.
(g)
Location. You will perform your duties from the Company’s offices located in San Diego, California, subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.
3.
Severance & Change of Control Benefits. In connection with executing this Agreement, you are also entering into a Participation Agreement between you and the Company (the “Participation Agreement”) under the Company’s Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan,” and together with the Participation Agreement, the “Severance Documents”), which is incorporated herein by reference. The Severance Documents supersede and replace in its entirety any prior agreement providing for severance or similar benefits entered into between you and the Company.
4.
Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. You previously entered into an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement with the Company which is incorporated by reference (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
5.
At-Will Employment. You acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. The Company requests that, in the event of your resignation, you give the Company at least

 


 

four weeks’ notice. You understand and agree that neither your job performance nor commendations, bonuses, or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of your employment with the Company. You further acknowledge and agree that the Company, may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary. However, as described in this Agreement, you may be eligible to receive severance benefits under the Severance Documents depending on the circumstances of the termination of your employment with the Company.
6.
Tax Matters.
(a)
Withholding. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect taxes or other charges required to be withheld by law, and you will be solely responsible for any and all taxes arising in connection with this Agreement and compensation paid or payable to you, including but not limited to any taxes, penalties and interest, if any, arising under Section 409A.
(b)
Section 409A. The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
(c)
Tax Advice. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities.
7.
Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement. This Agreement, the Severance Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace your prior offer letter, employment agreement and any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company, and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.
8.
Miscellaneous.
(a)
Arbitration. You agree that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from your service to the Company, will be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 


 

(b)
Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.
(c)
Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
(d)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
(e)
Acknowledgment. You acknowledge that you have had the opportunity to discuss this Agreement with and obtain advice from your private attorney, have had sufficient time to, and have carefully read and fully understand all the provisions of this Agreement, and are knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

* * * * *

[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

Very truly yours,

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Secora

 

Michael Secora

 

Chief Financial Officer & Chief

 

Corporate Development Officer

 

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

 

/s/ Thomas Miller

 

Thomas Miller

 

Dated:

9/19/2026

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.7

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made on and effective as of the date signed by the last party to sign on the signature page below.

Between

(1)
IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS UK LTD, incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 12789012 whose registered office is at [***] (the “Company”, “we” or “us”); and
(2)
Frederick Manby of [***] (the “Employee” or “you”)

Agreed terms

1.
Interpretation
1.1.
The definitions and rules of interpretation in this clause 1 apply in this Agreement.

“Associated Employer” has the meaning given to it in the Employment Rights Act 1996.

“Board” means the board of directors of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (including any committee of the board duly appointed by it).

“Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England, when banks in London are open for business.

“Employee Handbook” means the Company’s employee handbook (if any) as amended from time to time.

“Employment” means your employment by us on the terms of this Agreement.

“Garden Leave” means any period during which we have exercised our rights under clause 18.

“Group Company” means: the Company, each of its Subsidiaries or Holding Companies from time to time, and each of the Subsidiaries of any Holding Companies from time to time.

“Incapacity” means any sickness, injury or other medical disorder or condition which prevents you from carrying out your duties.

“Intellectual Property Rights” means patents, rights to Inventions, copyright and related rights, trade marks, trade names, domain names, social media handles/assets, rights in get-up, goodwill and the right to sue for passing off or unfair competition, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, rights to preserve the confidentiality of information (including know-how and trade secrets) and any other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all applications (or rights to apply) for and be granted, renewals or extensions of, and rights to claim priority from, such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which may now or in the future subsist in any part of the world.

“Inventions” means inventions, ideas and improvements, whether or not patentable, and whether or not recorded in any medium.

“Person” means a person, firm, company, corporation, partnership, fund or other entity.

“SSP” means statutory sick pay.

“Start Date” means the start date set forth in Schedule A.

 


 

“Subsidiary” and “Holding Company” in relation to a company mean “subsidiary” and “holding company” as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

1.2.
The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect its construction.
1.3.
A reference to a particular law is a reference to it as it is in force for the time being taking account of any amendment, extension, or re-enactment and includes any subordinate legislation for the time being in force made under it.
1.4.
Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and in the plural include the singular.
1.5.
Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise makes clear, references to a “party” or “parties” means a party or the parties to this Agreement.
1.6.
Any words following the terms including, include, in particular, for example or any similar expression shall be interpreted as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.
1.7.
The schedules to this Agreement form part of (and are incorporated into) this Agreement.
2.
Term of employment
2.1.
Your Employment shall commence or be deemed to have commenced (as applicable) on the Start Date and shall continue, subject to the remaining terms of this Agreement, until terminated by either party giving to the other party not less than the amount of prior notice in writing as set forth in Schedule A of this Agreement or, if longer at the time such notice is given, the applicable statutory minimum notice entitlement under the Employment Rights Act 1996 (being one week’s written notice for each complete year of service up to a maximum of 12 weeks’ written notice after 12 years’ service).
2.2.
No probationary period applies to your employment.
2.3.
Unless otherwise specified in Schedule A, no employment with a previous employer counts towards your period of continuous employment with us.
2.4.
If during the Employment you cease to be a director of any Group Company (otherwise than by reason of your death, resignation or disqualification pursuant to the articles of association or relevant corporate governance documents of the relevant Group Company, as amended from time to time, or by statute or court order) the Employment shall continue with you as an employee only and the terms of this Agreement (other than those relating to the holding of the office of director) shall continue in full force and effect. You shall have no claims in respect of such cessation of office.
3.
Conditions to Appointment
3.1.
As conditions to your Employment under this Agreement, you represent and warrant to us that, by entering into this Agreement or performing any of your obligations under it:
(a)
you will not be in breach of any court order or any express or implied terms of any contract or other obligation binding on you (including any non‑competition or non-solicitation covenant) and undertake to indemnify

2


 

us against any claims, costs, damages, liabilities or expenses which we may incur as a result if you are in breach of any such obligations; and
(b)
you have valid immigration permission to work in the United Kingdom which permits you to be employed by the Company without any additional approvals and will notify us immediately of any changes to your immigration status.
4.
Duties
4.1.
During the Employment you shall serve the Company in the job title specified in Schedule A or such other role as we consider appropriate from time to time. Your duties shall include those normally associated with such job title and those as may be described in any job description in Schedule A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may change your job titles and duties from time to time to meet the needs of the business. You shall report to the Board.
4.2.
During your Employment you shall:
(a)
unless prevented by Incapacity, devote the whole of your time, attention and abilities to our business and not work for anyone else;
(b)
diligently exercise such powers and perform such duties as we may from time to time assign to you together with such person or persons as we may appoint to act jointly with you;
(c)
comply with all reasonable and lawful directions given to you by us, all policies and procedures of the Company applicable to your Employment and all relevant codes of conduct and regulatory requirements that are applicable to your Employment and your office as a director;
(d)
carry out duties on behalf of any other Group Company if required by the Board, including (but not limited to) acting as a director, officer or consultant of any such Group Company;
(e)
comply with the memorandum and articles of association (as amended from time to time) of the Company and any Group Company of which you are a director;
(f)
abide by any statutory, fiduciary or common-law duties to the Company or any Group Company of which you are a director;
(g)
use your best endeavours to promote, protect, develop and extend our business and the business of each Group Company; and
(h)
promptly make such reports and provide such information to the Board in connection with our affairs or your duties on such matters and at such times as are reasonably required, including, in each case, with respect to any person (including you) employed or engaged by the Company or a Group Company:
(1)
any wrongdoing committed, contemplated or discussed; and
(2)
any misuse of Confidential Information.
4.3.
You confirm that you have disclosed to the Company all circumstances in respect of which there is, or there might be, a conflict or possible conflict of interest between the Company or any Group Company and you. You shall disclose to the Company any such circumstances that might arise during the Employment. During the Employment, you shall not directly or indirectly be employed, engaged, concerned

3


 

or interested in any other business or undertaking which may be harmful to the interests of the Company or any Group Company or which might reasonably be considered to interfere with the performance of your duties under this Agreement without the prior approval of the Board, provided that this clause shall not prohibit you holding (directly or through nominees) of investments listed on any recognised stock exchange as long as not more than three per cent of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company shall be so held.
4.4.
You agree that you shall not, at any time during your Employment, breach any confidentiality obligations binding on you, including from any previous employment, nor bring any confidential information relating to any previous employer or other third party onto any of the Company’s systems and you undertake to indemnify us against any claims, costs, damages, liabilities or expenses which we may incur as a result if you are in breach of any such obligations.
4.5.
You shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations, and sanctions relating to anti-bribery and anti-corruption including the Bribery Act 2010 and you shall comply with our ethics and anti-corruption and bribery policies and related procedures at all times.
4.6.
The Company takes a zero-tolerance approach to tax evasion. You must not engage in any form of facilitating tax evasion, whether under UK law or under the law of any foreign country. You must immediately report to the Board any request or demand from a third party to facilitate the evasion of tax or any concerns that such a request or demand may have been made. You must at all times comply with the Company’s anti-facilitation of tax evasion policy and anti‑corruption and bribery policy as the Company may update them from time to time.
4.7.
You shall comply with any rules, policies and procedures of the Company that are applicable to your employment, including those set out in any Employee Handbook. Such policies and procedures (and Employee Handbook, if any) do not form part of this Agreement and we may amend them at any time. To the extent that there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any policies, procedures or Employee Handbook, this Agreement shall prevail.
4.8.
The Company reserves the right from time to time to second the Employee to the employment of any Group Company in which event, the Employee shall continue to abide by this agreement and the duties and obligations owed under it, save insofar as they are varied by any secondment agreement entered into by the Company. Alternatively, the Company may transfer this agreement to any Group Company and in the event of such a transfer, this agreement shall have effect after such transfer as if originally made between the Employee and such Group Company.
5.
Place of work
5.1.
Your normal place of work is the location set forth in Schedule A or such other place we may reasonably require for the proper performance and exercise of your duties. If your place of work is your home, we shall not reimburse travel expenses from your home to any of our offices in the UK.

4


 

5.2.
You shall not relocate to any other country or tax jurisdiction outside of the UK without the prior written consent of the Company and you acknowledge that any such relocation would constitute a serious breach of this agreement in accordance with clause 17.1.
5.3.
You agree to travel on our business (both within the UK or abroad) as may be required for the proper performance of your duties during your Employment.
5.4.
Unless otherwise specified in Schedule A, during your Employment you shall not be required to work outside the UK for any continuous period of more than one month.
6.
Hours of work
6.1.
Your normal working hours are set forth in Schedule A and these hours and days are not variable unless otherwise specified in Schedule A. However, you may be required to work additional hours, without extra remuneration, as may be necessary for the proper performance of your duties or to meet the needs of the Company and these hours are variable.
6.2.
The parties each agree that the nature of your position is such that your working time cannot be measured and, accordingly, you acknowledge that your role in the Company gives you autonomous decision-taking powers about your working hours, so Regulation 4(1) of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (“WTR”) will not apply. To the extent that it could be considered to apply, you agree that in accordance with Regulation 5 of the WTR, Regulation 4(1) of the WTR limiting your working week to 48 hours will not apply to you.
7.
Remuneration
7.1.
During the Employment you shall be paid an initial salary in the amount set forth in Schedule A (the “Basic Salary”).
7.2.
Your Basic Salary is inclusive of any fees due to you by any Group Company as an officer of any Group Company, if applicable.
7.3.
Your salary shall accrue from day to day at a rate of 1/365 of your annual salary and be payable monthly in arrears on or about the last day of each month directly into your bank or building society account.
7.4.
Your salary may be reviewed by the Company annually. We are under no obligation to award an increase following a salary review. There will be no review of the salary after notice has been given by either party to terminate your Employment.
7.5.
We may deduct from your salary, or any other sums owed to you, any money owed to any Group Company by you including any overpayments of salary, overpayments of bonuses, overpayments of holiday pay, any fines incurred by you and paid by the Company, the cost of repairing any damage or loss to Company property caused by you and all losses suffered by the Company as a result of any negligence or breach of duty by you.
7.6.
As set forth in Schedule A, the Company may in its absolute discretion pay you a bonus of such amount, at such intervals and subject to such conditions as the Company may in its absolute discretion determine taking into account specific performance targets, to be notified to you.

5


 

7.7.
Any bonus payment to you shall be purely discretionary and shall not form part of your contractual remuneration under this agreement. If the Company makes a bonus payment to you in respect of a particular financial year of the Company it shall not be obliged to make subsequent bonus payments in respect of subsequent financial years of the Company.
7.8.
Notwithstanding clause 7.6, you shall in any event have no right to a bonus or a time-apportioned bonus if:
(a)
you have not been employed throughout the whole of the relevant financial year of the Company; or
(b)
your employment terminates for any reason or you is under notice of termination (whether given by you or the Company) at or before the date when a bonus might otherwise have been payable.
7.9.
Any bonus payments shall not be pensionable.
8.
Benefits
8.1.
During your Employment you may be provided with the benefits set forth in Schedule A (if any). Participation in any benefit provided to you (whether listed in Schedule A or otherwise) is: (a) subject to any rules, terms and conditions applicable to the relevant benefit from time to time; (b) subject to the Company’s right to alter the cover provided or to alter any term of the benefit or scheme or to cease to provide (without replacement or compensation) the benefit or scheme at any time; and (c) if an insured benefit, conditional on you (and any insured spouse, civil partner and dependants) satisfying any applicable requirements of the insurers and subject to you and any insured dependants satisfying the normal underwriting requirements of the relevant insurance provider and the relevant premium being at a rate which the Company considers reasonable. The Company shall not have any liability to pay any benefit to you or any dependant under any insurance or assurance scheme provided under this Agreement unless it receives payment of the benefit from the insurer under the scheme.
8.2.
The Company reserves the right to terminate your employment notwithstanding that you or your spouse or dependents (as applicable) are receiving benefits, including, if applicable, sick pay, permanent health insurance or other benefits, and that such termination of employment may result in those benefits being discontinued. You agree that you shall have no claim against the Company for damages in respect of the loss of benefits in such circumstances.
9.
Expenses
9.1.
We shall reimburse (or procure the reimbursement of) all reasonable expenses wholly, properly and necessarily incurred by you in the course of your Employment, subject to production of VAT receipts or other appropriate evidence of payment. You shall abide by our policies on expenses as in effect from time to time.
10.
Holidays
10.1.
During the Employment you shall be entitled to the number of days’ paid holiday in each holiday year as set forth in Schedule A. Our holiday year runs between the dates specified in Schedule A. If your Employment commences or terminates part way through a holiday year, your entitlement during that holiday year shall be calculated on a pro-rata basis rounded up to the nearest half day.

6


 

10.2.
In taking holiday, you shall take into account the business needs of the Group Companies and you acknowledge that your line manager or the Board can reasonably request that you take holiday or reasonably refuse that you take holiday on any particular dates, including during Garden Leave, your notice period or period of sickness absence.
10.3.
Unless otherwise stated in the Company’s holiday policy applicable to you and as then in effect, you shall not carry forward untaken holiday from one holiday year to the following holiday year and all such unused holiday shall be forfeited unless you have been prevented from taking it in the relevant holiday year by one of the following: a period of sickness absence or statutory maternity, paternity, adoption, shared parental, parental or parental bereavement leave. In cases of sickness absence, carry-over is limited to four weeks’ holiday per year less any leave taken during the holiday year that has just ended. Any such carried over holiday which is not taken within eighteen months of the end of the relevant holiday year will be lost.
10.4.
We shall not pay you in lieu of untaken holiday except on termination of your Employment. On termination we shall pay you in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday for the holiday year in which termination takes place and any untaken days permitted to be carried forward from the preceding holiday year. Subject to clause 10.5 the amount of the payment in lieu will be calculated as 1/260th of your Basic Salary (or full-time equivalent salary if you work for us on a part‑time basis) for each untaken day of the entitlement.
10.5.
If we have terminated or would be entitled to terminate your Employment under clause 17 or if you have terminated your Employment in breach of this Agreement, any payment due under clause 10.4 shall be limited to your statutory entitlement under the Working Time Regulations 1998 and any paid holidays (including paid public holidays) taken shall be deemed first to have been taken in satisfaction of that statutory entitlement.
10.6.
If on termination of your Employment you have taken more holiday than your accrued holiday entitlement, we shall be entitled to deduct the excess holiday pay from any payments due to you calculated at 1/260th of your salary (or full-time equivalent salary if you work for us on a part-time basis) for each excess day.
11.
Incapacity
11.1.
If you are absent from work due to Incapacity, you shall notify your line manager of the reason for the absence as soon as possible but no later than 9 a.m. on the first day of absence. You shall certify your absence in accordance with our sickness policy as in effect from time to time.
11.2.
Your eligibility to receive sick pay shall be limited to SSP. Your qualifying days for SSP purposes are Monday to Friday. Additional Company sick pay entitlements set forth in Schedule A (if any) shall be inclusive of SSP and shall be subject to our sickness absence policy and procedures as in effect from time to time (which may be amended at our discretion).
11.3.
You agree to consent to medical examinations (at our expense) by a doctor or consultant nominated by us should we so require where such medical examination is relevant to your Employment or your ability to perform your duties under this agreement. You agree that you will fully cooperate with any relevant medical

7


 

practitioner and you shall, subject to your rights under the Access to Medical Reports Act 1988, authorise the medical practitioner to disclose to and discuss with us the results of any examination and any matters which arise from it.
11.4.
If the Incapacity is or appears to be occasioned by actionable negligence, nuisance or breach of any statutory duty on the part of a third party in respect of which damages are or may be recoverable, you shall immediately notify the Board of that fact and of any claim, settlement or judgment made or awarded in connection with it and all relevant particulars that the Board may reasonably require. You shall if required by us, co-operate in any related legal proceedings and refund to us that part of any damages or compensation recovered by you relating to the loss of earnings for the period of the Incapacity as we may reasonably determine less any costs borne by you in connection with the recovery of such damages or compensation, provided that the amount to be refunded shall not exceed the total amount paid to you by us in respect of the period of Incapacity.
11.5.
If you are prevented by incapacity from properly performing your duties under this agreement for a consecutive period of 20 working days, the Company may appoint another person or persons to perform those duties until such time as you are able to resume fully the performance of your duties.
11.6.
In the event that you are absent by reason of ill-health, you will continue to co-operate with and act in good faith towards the Company including staying in regular contact with the Company and providing it with such information about your health, prognosis and progress as we may require.
12.
Other paid leave

You may be eligible to take the following types of paid leave during the Employment, subject to any statutory eligibility requirements or conditions and the Company’s rules applicable to each type of leave in force from time to time: maternity leave; paternity leave; adoption leave; shared parental leave; parental bereavement leave; and any other statutory leave as may be available from time to time. Unless otherwise stated in an Employee Handbook as in effect as of the date of leave, the Company does not provide paid leave over and above any statutory entitlement. We may replace, amend or withdraw the Company’s policy on any of the above types of leave at any time.

13.
Training

There are no particulars applicable to the Employment in relation to training.

14.
Confidential Information
14.1.
You acknowledge that in the course of your Employment you will have access to and be entrusted with Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information in respect of the technology, business, operations and financing of the each of the Group Companies and that of their respective clients, customers, suppliers, investors, agents and business associates or prospective clients, customers, suppliers, investors, agents and business associates that, in each case, amounts to a trade secret, is confidential

8


 

or not publicly available, or is commercially sensitive. Confidential Information includes by way of example only:
(a)
know-how, technical designs, drawings, diagrams or specifications relating to the systems, products or services of any Group Company or any of their respective clients, customers, suppliers, agents, or business associates;
(b)
details of current activities and current and future business strategies and tactics including those relating to services, management, advertising, sales and marketing, the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or part thereof or any proposed expansion or contraction of activities;
(c)
details of any investors in any Group Company or the amount, value or terms of their investments;
(d)
the research and development of new systems, products or services;
(e)
external consultants, contractors and suppliers and their services, designs, production and delivery capabilities;
(f)
customers and clients and details of their particular requirements and businesses and the terms of business with them;
(g)
details of employees and officers of the Group Companies and of the remuneration and other benefits paid to them;
(h)
costings, profit margins, discounts, rebates, pricing, payment and credit policies and other financial information and procedures and systems for the foregoing whether of a Group Company or of any client, customer, supplier, agent or business associate of a Group Company;
(i)
existing and prospective operating systems, software applications and methods or production, manufacture, processing or treatment; and
(j)
any document or intangible material clearly marked ‘confidential’, information which you are told is confidential or any other information of a private, confidential or secret nature concerning any Group Company and any information which has been given to any Group Company in confidence by clients, customers, suppliers, investors, agents, business associates or other persons.
14.2.
All notes, memoranda, samples and other documents and materials (in whatever form including in written, oral, visual or electronic form or on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and wherever located) containing or pertaining to Confidential Information or otherwise relating to the business of any Group Company (whether created or acquired by you or otherwise), electronic equipment and other items provided for your use by any Group Company (collectively, the “Company Property”) shall be the property of the Company or the relevant Group Company.
14.3.
Subject to clause 14.6, you shall not, either during your Employment or at any time after its termination (however arising), use or disclose to any Person (and shall use your best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of) any Confidential Information, except with respect to:
(a)
any use or disclosure of Confidential Information as reasonably necessary in the proper performance of your duties during your Employment for the benefit of any of the Group Companies;
(b)
any use or disclosure of Confidential Information to the extent expressly authorised in writing by the Board; or

9


 

(c)
any information which is already in, or comes into, the public domain other than through any unauthorised disclosure by you or by a Person acting on your behalf or instruction.
14.4.
During your Employment, you will take reasonable measures to secure and protect Confidential Information and Company Property in your possession or control and you will comply in all respects with the Company’s policies relating to the security and protection of Confidential Information and other Company Property.
14.5.
Nothing in this clause 14 or any other provision of this Agreement shall prevent you or, where applicable, any Group Company (or any of their respective officers, employees, workers or agents) from:
(a)
making any protected disclosure within the meaning of section 43A of the Employment Rights Act 1996 or any other applicable whistle-blower law;
(b)
making a disclosure permitted under section 17 of the Victims and Prisoners Act 2024;
(c)
making a disclosure permitted under sections 135 and 136 of the Employment Rights Act 2025;
(d)
reporting a suspected criminal offence to the police or any law enforcement agency or co-operating with the police or any law enforcement agency regarding a criminal investigation or prosecution;
(e)
doing or saying anything that is required by HM Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) or a regulator, ombudsman or supervisory authority;
(f)
whether required by law or not, making a disclosure to, or co-operating with any investigation by, HMRC or a regulator, ombudsman or supervisory authority regarding any misconduct, wrongdoing or serious breach of regulatory requirements (including giving evidence at a hearing);
(g)
complying with an order from a court or tribunal to disclose or give evidence;
(h)
disclosing information to HMRC for the purposes of establishing and paying (or recouping) tax and National Insurance liabilities arising from the Employment;
(i)
disclosing information to any person who owes you a duty of confidentiality (which you agree not to waive) in respect of information disclosed to them, including legal or tax advisers and persons providing you with medical, therapeutic, counselling or support services; or
(j)
using or disclosing information to the extent required by applicable law or by order of any court or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction.
15.
Intellectual property
15.1.
You shall promptly provide to us full written details of all Inventions and of all works embodying Intellectual Property Rights made wholly or partially by you at any time during the course of your employment with us or any Group Company which relate to, or are reasonably capable of being used in, the present or future business of any Group Company. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, you acknowledge that all Intellectual Property Rights subsisting (or which may in the future subsist) in all such Inventions and works shall automatically, on creation, vest in us absolutely, and you hereby assign and shall automatically assign to us all such Intellectual Property Rights. To the extent that they do not vest automatically, you hold them on trust for us. You agree promptly to execute all

10


 

documents and do all acts as may, in our opinion, be necessary to give effect to this clause 15.2.
15.2.
You hereby irrevocably waive all moral rights under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (and all similar rights in other jurisdictions) which you have or will have in any existing or future works referred to in clause 15.2.
15.3.
For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause 15 shall operate to assign to the Company any Intellectual Property Rights or Inventions: (a) that were created by you entirely on your own time, without use of any Group Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or Confidential Information; and (b) that do not relate to, and are not reasonably capable of being used in, the present or future business of any Group Company (collectively, “Retained IP”). You represent and warrant that Schedule B sets forth a complete list of all Intellectual Property Rights or Inventions created prior to the Start Date that are owned by you or in which you have any interest and that relate to, or are reasonably capable of being used in, the business of any Group Company (other than any Earlier Inventions as defined in clause 15.5) (“Prior Inventions”) (or, if no disclosure has been made in Schedule B, you represent and warrant that none exist). You further represent and warrant that if any Prior Inventions are included on Schedule B, they will not materially affect your ability to perform all obligations under this Agreement.
15.4.
You irrevocably appoint us to be your attorney in your name and on your behalf to execute documents, use your name and do all things which are necessary or desirable for us to obtain for ourselves or our nominee the full benefit of this clause 15.
15.5.
If you performed services for the Company or any Group Company, or in anticipation of the formation of the Company or any Group Company, prior to the date of this Agreement (whether as an employee, contractor or otherwise), any Inventions or works embodying Intellectual Property Rights that you created during that prior period in the course of performing such services (“Earlier Inventions”) are subject to the assignment in clause 15.1 and are not Retained IP or Prior Inventions for the purposes of clause 15.3. By signature of this document as a deed, you hereby assign to the Company all Intellectual Property Rights in such Earlier Inventions. You agree to promptly disclose to the Company any Earlier Inventions that have not previously been disclosed.
15.6.
You acknowledge that, except as provided by law, no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to you in respect of your compliance with this clause 15. This clause 15 is without prejudice to your rights under the Patents Act 1977.
15.7.
The provisions of this clause 15 will continue in force after the termination of this agreement in respect of all Inventions and all works embodying Intellectual Property Rights made by you during the course of your employment with us or any Group Company and will be binding on your personal representatives.

11


 

16.
Payment in lieu of notice
16.1.
Notwithstanding clause 2, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion, terminate your Employment at any time (including where you have given notice of termination to the Company) and with immediate effect by notifying you that we are exercising our right under this clause 16 and that we will pay you in lieu of Basic Salary only (as at the date of termination) which you would have been entitled to receive under this Agreement during the notice period referred to in clause 2 (or, if notice has already been given by either party, during the remainder of the notice period) less such deductions as are required by law including for income tax and National Insurance contributions (Payment in Lieu). For the avoidance of doubt, the Payment in Lieu shall not include any element in relation to:
(a)
any bonus or commission payments that might otherwise have been due during the period for which the Payment in Lieu is made;
(b)
any payment in respect of benefits which you would have been entitled to receive during the period for which the Payment in Lieu is made; and
(c)
any payment in respect of any holiday entitlement that would have accrued during the period for which the Payment in Lieu is made.
16.2.
We may pay any sums due under clause 16.1 in equal monthly instalments until the date on which the notice period referred to in clause 2 would have expired if notice had been given. You shall have no right to receive a Payment in Lieu unless we have exercised our discretion in clause 16.1.
16.3.
Notwithstanding clause 16.1 you shall not be entitled to any Payment in Lieu if, after electing to terminate your Employment by making a Payment in Lieu we subsequently discover that we would otherwise have been entitled to terminate your Employment without notice in accordance with clause 17. In that case we shall also be entitled to withhold any Payment in Lieu and recover from you any Payment in Lieu (or any instalments) already made.
17.
Termination without notice
17.1.
We may also terminate your Employment with immediate effect without notice or Payment in Lieu and with no liability to make any further payment to you (other than in respect of amounts accrued due at the date of termination) if you:
(a)
are guilty of any serious misconduct affecting any Group Company;
(b)
commit any serious or repeated breach or non-observance of any term of this Agreement or refuse or neglect (other than due to Incapacity) to comply with any of our reasonable and lawful directions;
(c)
commits any breach or are found to have been in breach of the representations and warranties given at clause 3;
(d)
are, in our reasonable opinion, negligent or incompetent in the performance of your duties;
(e)
are declared bankrupt or make any arrangement with or for the benefit of your creditors or have a county court administration order made against you under the County Court Act 1984;

12


 

(f)
are charged with or convicted of any criminal offence (other than an offence under any road traffic legislation in the UK or elsewhere for which a fine or non-custodial penalty is imposed) or any offence under any regulation or legislation relating to insider dealing;
(g)
cease to be eligible to work in the UK;
(h)
are disqualified from acting as a director or resign as a director from any Group Company without the prior written approval of the Board;
(i)
are guilty of any fraud or dishonesty or act in any manner which in our opinion brings or is likely to bring you or any Group Company into disrepute or is materially adverse to any Group Company’s interests; or
(j)
are guilty of a serious breach of any policies or rules issued by us from time to time regarding our electronic communications systems or the security of such systems or are in breach of any Group Company policy relating to anti-discrimination, anti‑harassment or anti-retaliation.
17.2.
Our rights under clause 17.1 are without prejudice to any other rights that we might have at law to terminate your Employment or to accept any breach of this Agreement by you as having brought this Agreement to an end. Any delay by us in exercising our rights to terminate shall not constitute a waiver of these rights.
18.
Garden Leave
18.1.
Following service of notice to terminate your Employment by either party, or if you purport to terminate your Employment in breach of contract, we may by written notice place you on Garden Leave for the whole or part of the remainder of your Employment.
18.2.
During any period of Garden Leave:
(a)
we shall be under no obligation to provide any work to you and may revoke any powers you hold on any Group Company’s behalf;
(b)
we may require you to carry out alternative duties or to only perform such specific duties as are expressly assigned to you, at such location (including your home) as we may decide;
(c)
we may require you to take any accrued holiday due to you;
(d)
you shall continue to receive your Basic Salary and all contractual benefits in the usual way and subject to the terms of any benefit arrangement;
(e)
you shall remain our employee and bound by the terms of this Agreement (including any implied duties of good faith and fidelity);
(f)
you shall ensure that your line manager knows where you will be and how you can be contacted during each working day (except during any periods taken as holiday in the usual way);
(g)
we may exclude you from any Group Company’s premises;
(h)
we may require you not to contact or deal with (or attempt to contact or deal with) any officer, employee, consultant, client, customer, supplier, agent, distributor, shareholder, adviser or other business contact of any Group Company; and

13


 

(i)
we are entitled to appoint another person to perform your responsibilities jointly with you or in your place.
19.
Obligations on termination
19.1.
On termination of your Employment (however arising) or, if earlier, at the start of a period of Garden Leave, you shall:
(a)
subject to clause 19.2, immediately deliver to us all Company Property which is in your possession or under your control;
(b)
irretrievably delete any Confidential Information or other information relating to any Group Company’s business stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and all matter derived from such sources which is in your possession or under your control outside our premises or information technology systems;
(c)
take any other action that any Group Company reasonably requires as part of the transition of your duties and responsibilities, including providing the relevant Group Company with all login details and passwords for any accounts used by you in connection with your employment, transferring to the relevant Group Company any administrator rights in connection with such accounts and removing yourself from any accounts or systems used by you in connection with your employment;
(d)
provide a signed statement that you have complied fully with your obligations under this clause 19.1 together with such reasonable evidence of compliance as we may request; and
(e)
to the extent applicable, resign with immediate effect as a director or officer of each Group Company (or from any directorships or other positions held by you on behalf of any Group Company), and you irrevocably appoint us to be your attorney in your name and on your behalf to execute documents, use your name and do all things which are necessary or desirable for us to obtain for ourselves or our nominee the full benefit of this clause 19.1(e).
19.2.
Where you have been placed on Garden Leave you shall not be required by clause 19.1 to return until the end of the Garden Leave period any property provided to you as a contractual benefit for use during your Employment.
19.3.
On termination of your Employment however arising you shall not be entitled to any compensation for the loss of any rights or benefits under any share option, bonus, long-term incentive plan or other profit sharing scheme operated by any Group Company in which you may participate.
19.4.
You acknowledge and agree that you will abide by each of the covenants set forth in Schedule C. Such covenants and your other obligations under this Agreement are in addition to, and do not supersede or limit, any other obligations that you owe to any Group Company under any other written agreement to which you are a party or under any applicable statutory, common law or equitable obligations.

14


 

20.
Disciplinary and grievance procedures
20.1.
You are subject to our disciplinary rules and procedure, and our grievance procedure, copies of which are available from your line manager or the Company’s human resources department. These rules and procedures do not form part of your contract of employment.
20.2.
If you want to raise a grievance, you may apply in writing to your line manager in accordance with our grievance procedure.
20.3.
If you wish to appeal against a disciplinary decision you may apply in writing to the Board in accordance with our disciplinary procedure.
20.4.
We may suspend you from any or all of your duties for no longer than is necessary to investigate any disciplinary matter involving you or so long as is otherwise reasonable while any disciplinary procedure against you is outstanding. During any period of suspension:
(a)
you shall continue to receive your Basic Salary and all contractual benefits in the usual way and subject to the terms of any benefit arrangement;
(b)
you shall remain our employee and bound by the terms of this Agreement;
(c)
you shall ensure that your line manager knows where you will be and how you can be contacted during each working day (except during any periods taken as holiday in the usual way);
(d)
we may exclude you from your place of work or any of any Group Company’s other premises; and
(e)
we may require you not to contact or deal with (or attempt to contact or deal with) any officer, employee, consultant, client, customer, supplier, agent, distributor, shareholder, adviser or other business contact of any Group Company.
21.
Pensions
21.1.
The Company will comply with its obligations under the Pensions Act 2008. It will automatically enrol you into a qualifying pension scheme, but may postpone your enrolment by up to three months. Once you have been enrolled, you may choose to opt out of membership of the pension scheme but may be re-enrolled from time to time, as required under and in accordance with the automatic enrolment laws.
21.2.
If you have been automatically enrolled into the pension scheme as referred to in clause 21.1 above then while you are a member of that scheme:
(a)
the Company will make at least the minimum contributions it is required to make; and
(b)
you will contribute at least the amount required, when added to any Company contribution, to make up the total contribution required,

in accordance with automatic enrolment laws in force from time to time. Subject to these minimum contribution levels for you and the Company, you will be informed of the contribution options (if any) available on joining the pension scheme.

15


 

21.3.
The Company reserves the right to, at any time and from time to time, replace, terminate (without replacement) or in any way amend any pension arrangements that may be provided.
22.
Data protection
22.1.
We will collect and process information relating to you in accordance with the privacy notices issued to you by the Company from time to time.
22.2.
You shall comply with all applicable laws and any data protection policy of the Company when handling personal data in the course of employment including personal data relating to any employee, worker, contractor, customer, client, supplier or agent of any Group Company.
23.
Collective agreements

There is no collective agreement which directly affects your Employment.

24.
Withholdings
24.1.
All payments and benefits under this Agreement shall be subject to deductions and withholdings as required by applicable law, including deductions for income tax and employee National Insurance contributions.
25.
Reconstruction and amalgamation; transfer of employment
25.1.
If your Employment is terminated at any time by reason of the reconstruction or amalgamation of any Group Company, whether by winding up or otherwise, and you are offered employment with any concern or undertaking involved in or resulting from the reconstruction or amalgamation on terms which (considered in their entirety) are no less favourable to any material extent than the terms of this Agreement, you shall have no claim against us or any such undertaking arising out of or connected with the termination.
25.2.
You consent to the transfer of your employment under this Agreement to an Associated Employer at any time during your Employment.
25.3.
If you shall at any time have been offered but shall have unreasonably refused or failed to agree to the transfer of this Agreement by way of novation to a company which has acquired or agreed to acquire the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking and assets or not less than 50% of the equity share capital of the Company, the Company may terminate the Employment by the applicable statutory minimum notice entitlement under the Employment Rights Act 1996 within one month of such offer being refused by you.
26.
Notices
26.1.
A notice given to a party under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service, or by email.
26.2.
The address for service of the Company shall be its registered office marked for the attention of the Board and the address for service of you shall be your most recent home address as reflected in the Company’s personnel records. The addresses for service by email to the Company by you shall be the address set forth in Schedule A. The addresses for service by email to you by the Company may be either your Company-issued email address or your most recent personal email address as reflected in the Company’s personnel records.

16


 

26.3.
Unless proved otherwise, any such notice shall be deemed to have been received:
(a)
if delivered by hand, at the time the notice is left at the address given in this Agreement or given to the addressee;
(b)
if sent by pre-paid first class post or other next working day delivery service, at 9.00 am on the second Business Day after posting; and
(c)
if sent by email, at the time of transmission (if sent during normal business hours, that is 9.30 to 17.30 local time) in the place from which it was sent or (if not sent during such normal business hours) at 9.30 of the next Business Day in the place from which it was sent.
26.4.
This clause does not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action or, where applicable, any other method of dispute resolution.
27.
Entire agreement
27.1.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes and extinguishes all previous agreements (including, without limitation, your Employment Contract with the Company dated 1 September 2020), promises, assurances, warranties, representations and understandings between them, whether written or oral, relating to its subject matter.
27.2.
Each party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it does not rely on, and shall have no remedies in respect of, any statement, representation, assurance or warranty (whether made innocently or negligently) that is not set out in this Agreement.
27.3.
Each party agrees that it shall have no claim for innocent or negligent misrepresentation or negligent misstatement based on any statement in this Agreement.
28.
Variation

No variation or agreed termination of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties (or their authorised representatives).

29.
Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the one agreement.

30.
Third party rights

No one other than a party to this Agreement shall have any right to enforce any of its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Group Company other than the Company shall be a third party beneficiary with respect to your obligations to such Group Company under the terms of this Agreement.

31.
Governing law

This Agreement and any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

17


 

32.
Jurisdiction

Each party irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation.

18


 

This Agreement has been executed as a deed and is delivered and takes effect on the date executed by the last party to execute below.

EXECUTED as a DEED by IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS UK LTD

acting by FREDERICK MANBY, a Director

 

Director signature: /s/ Frederick Manby

Date: 20/09/2026

In the presence of:

Witness signature: /s/ Witness

Witness name: [***]

Witness address: [***]

Witness occupation: [***]

Date: 20/09/2026

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by FREDERICK MANBY

 

Employee signature: /s/ Frederick Manby

Date: 20/09/2026

In the presence of:

Witness signature: /s/ Witness

Witness name: [***]

Witness address: [***]

Witness occupation: [***]

Date: 20/09/2026

 

 


 

Schedule A – Individual Employment Terms

The terms set forth in this Schedule A should be read in conjunction with, and are subject to the terms of, the applicable provisions of the Agreement.

Start date: The date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, pursuant to which the Company’s Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

Date on which your period of continuous service with the Company began: 1 September 2020.

Job title: Co-Founder and Chief Technology Officer.

Notice period: One month.

Normal place of work: Your home in the United Kingdom from time to time.

Normal working hours: Monday to Friday from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. with one hour for lunch.

Salary: £402,901

Annual Bonus Opportunity: Your annual target bonus opportunity will be fifty percent (50%) of your annual base salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus shall be subject to review and may be adjusted based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices. Your actual bonuses (if any) shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion.

Number of paid holidays: 25 days per holiday year plus the usual public holidays in England.

The Company’s holiday year: 1 January to 31 December.

Email address for notice to the Company: [***].

 


 

Schedule B—Prior Intellectual Property and Inventions

This Schedule B lists all Intellectual Property Rights and Inventions created by you prior to the Start Date that: (a) are owned by you or in which you have any interest; and (b) relate to, or are reasonably capable of being used in, the business of any Group Company. IP listed here is retained by you and is not assigned to the Company under clause 15. IP created in the course of performing services for any Group Company prior to the Start Date (Earlier Inventions) is not listed here and is assigned to the Company under clause 15.5.

None.

 


 

Schedule C – Post-Termination Restrictive Covenants

1.
The definitions in this clause 1 of Schedule C shall apply in this Schedule C.

“Capacity” means as agent, consultant, director, employee, worker, owner, partner, investor or shareholder.

“Prospective” means (a) in relation to any Person, a Person with whom or which the Company or any other Group Company had negotiations or discussions at any time during the Relevant Period regarding entering into a business relationship with the Company or any other Group Company (including as a customer, investor or supplier) and (b) in relation to any business, a business activity, product or service the Company or any other Group Company is planning to engage in, develop or sell and has invested material resources in respect of such plans at any time during the Relevant Period.

“Relevant Period” means the period of 12 months before the Restriction Date.

“Restricted Business” means those parts of the Company’s or any Group Company’s (a) business with which you were involved or concerned (other than in a minimal way) or for which you had managerial responsibility, in each case at any time in the Relevant Period; or (b) Prospective business of which you were aware or in respect of which you had access to Confidential Information, in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

“Restricted Customer” means any Person who, at any time during the Relevant Period, was a customer or client or Prospective customer or client of, or in the habit of dealing with, the Company or any other Group Company and, in each case, with whom you or another employee who reports to you (whether directly or indirectly) had contact with (other than in a minimal way) in the course of employment at any time in the Relevant Period or about whom you obtained Confidential Information or became aware or informed in the course of your employment.

“Restricted Investor” means any Person who, at any time during the Relevant Period, was an investor or Prospective investor in the Company or any other Group Company and, in each case, with whom you or another employee who reports to you (whether directly or indirectly) had contact (other than in a minimal way) in the course of employment at any time in the Relevant Period or about whom you obtained Confidential Information or became aware or informed in the course of your employment.

“Restricted Person” means anyone employed or engaged (whether as a director, officer, adviser, worker, consultant, contractor or otherwise) by the Company or any other Group Company in a senior executive, senior technical, senior advisory, senior operational, or sales capacity who could damage the Company’s or any other Group Company’s interests if they were involved in any Capacity in any Person or business concern which competes with or intends to compete with any Restricted Business and with whom you had dealings (other than in a minimal way) at any time in the Relevant Period in the course of your employment.

“Restricted Supplier” means any Person who, at any time during the Relevant Period, was a supplier or Prospective supplier of goods or services to the Company or any other Group Company (other than utilities or goods and services supplied for administrative purposes) and, in each case, with whom you or another employee who reports to you had contact (other than in a minimal way) in the course of employment at any time in the Relevant Period or about whom you obtained Confidential Information or became aware or informed in the course of your employment.

 


 

“Restricted Territory” means any country in the world where the Company or any other Group Company had current or Prospective business interests or dealings on the Restriction Date or at any time during the Relevant Period and in respect of which you were involved or concerned (other than in a minimal way) or had managerial responsibility for such current or Prospective business interests or dealings, in each case at any time during the Relevant Period.

“Restriction Date” means the earlier of the date of Termination and the first day of any period of Garden Leave in accordance with clause 18.

“Termination” means the termination of your employment with the Company, regardless of the time or reason of such termination and regardless of which party terminated the employment.

2.
You acknowledge that, by reason of your Employment and due to the nature of your role, you will have access to trade secrets, Confidential Information, business connections and the workforce of the Company and Group Companies and that at the expense of and/or otherwise on behalf of the Company and its Group Companies you will make, maintain and develop personal knowledge of, influence over and valuable personal contacts with customers, clients, suppliers, staff and third parties. In order to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and the Group Companies it is therefore reasonable for you to enter into the covenants in this Schedule C and you agree that these covenants are reasonable.
3.
You covenant with us (on our own behalf and as trustee and agent for each Group Company) that you shall not:
3.1.
for three months after Termination, be involved or engaged in any Capacity with any Person or business concern which is (or intends to be) in competition with any part of the Restricted Business anywhere within the Restricted Territory;
3.2.
for six months after Termination solicit or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any other Group Company the business or custom of a Restricted Customer with a view to providing goods or services to that Restricted Customer in competition with any part of the Restricted Business or to encourage or to induce or endeavour to encourage or induce any Restricted Customer to terminate or reduce its business relationship with the Company or any other Group Company;
3.3.
for six months after Termination be involved with the provision of goods or services to (or otherwise have any business dealings with) any Restricted Customer in the course of any business activities which are in competition with any part of the Restricted Business;
3.4.
for six months after Termination solicit or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any other Group Company the business or custom of a Restricted Supplier with a view to receiving goods or services from that Restricted Supplier in competition with any part of the Restricted Business or to encourage or induce or endeavour to encourage or induce any Restricted Supplier to terminate or reduce its business relationship with the Company or any other Group Company;
3.5.
for six months after Termination encourage or induce or endeavour to encourage or induce any Restricted Investor to terminate, reduce or decline to make any investment in the Company or any other Group Company;

 


 

3.6.
for six months after Termination encourage or induce or endeavour to encourage or induce any Restricted Person to terminate his or her employment or engagement with the Company or any other Group Company;
3.7.
for six months after Termination in the course of any business activities which are in competition with any part of the Restricted Business, offer to employ or engage any Restricted Person;
3.8.
for six months after Termination in the course of any business activities which are in competition with any part of the Restricted Business, employ or engage or otherwise facilitate the employment or engagement of any Restricted Person, whether or not such person would be in breach of contract as a result of such employment or engagement; or
3.9.
at any time after Termination, represent yourself as connected with the Company or any other Group Company in any Capacity, other than as a former employee or, if applicable, shareholder, or use any registered business names or trading names associated with the Company or any other Group Company.
4.
The restriction at clause 3.1 of Schedule C shall not prevent you from:
4.1.
holding a passive investment by way of shares or other securities of not more than 5% of the total issued share capital of any company, whether or not it is listed or dealt in on a recognised stock exchange; or
4.2.
being engaged or concerned in any Person or business concern, provided that your duties or work shall relate solely to services or activities of a kind with which you were not concerned to a material extent in the Relevant Period and which are not competitive with any part of the Restricted Business.
5.
The restrictions imposed on you by this Schedule C apply to you acting:
5.1.
directly or indirectly; and
5.2.
on your own behalf or on behalf of, or in conjunction with, any Person.
6.
The periods for which the restrictions in clause 3 of this Schedule C apply shall be reduced by any period that you spend on Garden Leave immediately before Termination.
7.
If, during your Employment or before the expiry of the last of the covenants in this Schedule C, you receive an offer to be involved in any Capacity in a business which competes with any part or parts of the Company’s or any other Group Company’s business with which you are or have been involved to a material extent during your Employment, you shall give the person making the offer a copy of this Schedule C within three days of the offer being made.
8.
If, at any time during your employment, two or more Restricted Persons have left their employment, appointment or engagement with us to carry out services for a Person or business concern which competes with, or is intended to compete with any part of the Restricted Business, you will not at any time during the six months following the last date on which any of those Restricted Persons were employed or engaged by us, be employed or engaged in any way with that Person or business concern.
9.
You acknowledge that you have had the opportunity to seek and obtain your own legal advice before agreeing to the terms of this Schedule C.

 


 

10.
Each of the restrictions in this Schedule C is intended to be separate and severable. If any of the restrictions shall be held to be void but would be valid if part of their wording were deleted, such restriction shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid or effective.
11.
If your employment is transferred to any Person entity other than a Group Company (the “New Employer”) pursuant to the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006, you will, if required, enter into an agreement with the New Employer containing post‑termination restrictions corresponding to those restrictions in this Schedule C, protecting the confidential information, trade secrets and business connections of the New Employer.
12.
You will, at our request and expense, enter into a separate agreement with any Group Company in which you agree to be bound by restrictions corresponding to those restrictions in this Schedule C (or such of those restrictions as may be appropriate) in relation to that Group Company.

 


Exhibit 10.8

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter

September 18, 2026

Michael Secora

Dear Dr. Secora:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company’s common stock (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of your continued employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1.
Position. Your employment will continue as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Corporate Development Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full‑time or part-time) without the prior approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.
2.
Compensation and Benefits.
(a)
Base Salary. Your rate of annual base salary as of the Effective Date will be $533,500 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Your base salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustment as determined by the Company.
(b)
Annual Bonus Opportunity. Your annual target bonus opportunity as of the Effective Date will be forty-five percent (45%) of your annual base salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus shall be subject to review and may be adjusted based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices. Your actual bonuses shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion which shall be communicated to you as soon as reasonably practicable following the start of the appliable bonus period. You will not earn a bonus unless and until it is actually paid by the Company, and no bonus will be paid to you if your employment terminates for any reason prior to the applicable payment date. To be clear, this means that you must be employed on the date that the Company pays annual bonuses in order to receive one.
(c)
Employee Benefits. As a full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefit plans as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefit plans are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the eligibility and participation provisions of such plans and as

 

such plans and programs becomes available and may be in effect from time to time. Such benefit plans are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.
(d)
Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive compensatory equity awards such as stock options from the Company on the terms and conditions determined by the Board in its sole discretion.
(e)
Expenses. You will be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties hereunder, in accordance with the applicable policy of the Company, as in effect from time to time. In the event that any expense reimbursements are taxable to you, such reimbursements will be made in the time frame specified by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) unless another time frame that complies with or is exempt from Section 409A is specified in the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.
(f)
Vacation. You will be entitled to accrue paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.
(g)
Location. You will perform your duties from the Company’s offices located in San Diego, California, subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.
3.
Severance & Change of Control Benefits. In connection with executing this Agreement, you are also entering into a Participation Agreement between you and the Company (the “Participation Agreement”) under the Company’s Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan,” and together with the Participation Agreement, the “Severance Documents”), which is incorporated herein by reference. The Severance Documents supersede and replace in its entirety any prior agreement providing for severance or similar benefits entered into between you and the Company.
4.
Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. You previously entered into an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement with the Company which is incorporated by reference (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
5.
At-Will Employment. You acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. The Company requests that, in the event of your resignation, you give the Company at least four weeks’ notice. You understand and agree that neither your job performance nor commendations, bonuses, or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of your employment with the Company. You further acknowledge and agree that the Company, may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from

 

time to time as it deems necessary. However, as described in this Agreement, you may be eligible to receive severance benefits under the Severance Documents depending on the circumstances of the termination of your employment with the Company.
6.
Tax Matters.
(a)
Withholding. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect taxes or other charges required to be withheld by law, and you will be solely responsible for any and all taxes arising in connection with this Agreement and compensation paid or payable to you, including but not limited to any taxes, penalties and interest, if any, arising under Section 409A.
(b)
Section 409A. The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
(c)
Tax Advice. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities.
7.
Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement. This Agreement, the Severance Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace your prior offer letter, employment agreement and any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company, and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.
8.
Miscellaneous.
(a)
Arbitration. You agree that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from your service to the Company, will be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

(b)
Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.
(c)
Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
(d)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
(e)
Acknowledgment. You acknowledge that you have had the opportunity to discuss this Agreement with and obtain advice from your private attorney, have had sufficient time to, and have carefully read and fully understand all the provisions of this Agreement, and are knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

* * * * *

[Signature Page Follows]


 

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Miller

 

Thomas Miller

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Secora

Michael Secora

 

 

Dated:

 9/18/2026

 


Exhibit 10.9

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter

September 18, 2026

Neil Josephson

Dear Dr. Josephson:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company’s common stock (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of your continued employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1. Position. Your employment will continue as Chief Medical Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full‑time or part-time) without the prior approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Compensation and Benefits.

(a) Base Salary. Your rate of annual base salary as of the Effective Date will be $561,200 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Your base salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustment as determined by the Company.

(b) Annual Bonus Opportunity. Your annual target bonus opportunity as of the Effective Date will be forty-five percent (45%) of your annual base salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus shall be subject to review and may be adjusted based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices. Your actual bonuses shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion which shall be communicated to you as soon as reasonably practicable following the start of the appliable bonus period. You will not earn a bonus unless and until it is actually paid by the Company, and no bonus will be paid to you if your employment terminates for any reason prior to the applicable payment date. To be clear, this means that you must be employed on the date that the Company pays annual bonuses in order to receive one.

(c) Employee Benefits. As a full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefit plans as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefit plans are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the eligibility and participation provisions of such plans and as


 

such plans and programs becomes available and may be in effect from time to time. Such benefit plans are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.

(d) Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive compensatory equity awards such as stock options from the Company on the terms and conditions determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

(e) Expenses. You will be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties hereunder, in accordance with the applicable policy of the Company, as in effect from time to time. In the event that any expense reimbursements are taxable to you, such reimbursements will be made in the time frame specified by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) unless another time frame that complies with or is exempt from Section 409A is specified in the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.

(f) Vacation. You will be entitled to accrue paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

(g) Location. You will perform your duties from the Company’s offices located in San Diego, California. Although you will be based out of the Company's headquarters, this is a remote role, subject to customary travel (including to headquarters) as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.

3. Severance & Change of Control Benefits. In connection with executing this Agreement, you are also entering into a Participation Agreement between you and the Company (the “Participation Agreement”) under the Company’s Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan,” and together with the Participation Agreement, the “Severance Documents”), which is incorporated herein by reference. The Severance Documents supersede and replace in its entirety any prior agreement providing for severance or similar benefits entered into between you and the Company.

4. Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. You previously entered into an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement with the Company which is incorporated by reference (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

5. At-Will Employment. You acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. The Company requests that, in the event of your resignation, you give the Company at least four weeks’ notice. You understand and agree that neither your job performance nor commendations, bonuses, or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of your employment with the Company. You


 

further acknowledge and agree that the Company, may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary. However, as described in this Agreement, you may be eligible to receive severance benefits under the Severance Documents depending on the circumstances of the termination of your employment with the Company.

6. Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect taxes or other charges required to be withheld by law, and you will be solely responsible for any and all taxes arising in connection with this Agreement and compensation paid or payable to you, including but not limited to any taxes, penalties and interest, if any, arising under Section 409A.

(b) Section 409A. The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c) Tax Advice. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities.

7. Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement. This Agreement, the Severance Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace your prior offer letter, employment agreement and any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company, and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Arbitration. You agree that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from your service to the Company, will be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement.


 

(b) Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

(c) Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Acknowledgment. You acknowledge that you have had the opportunity to discuss this Agreement with and obtain advice from your private attorney, have had sufficient time to, and have carefully read and fully understand all the provisions of this Agreement, and are knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

* * * * *

[Signature Page Follows]


 

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Miller

 

Thomas Miller

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Neil Josephson

Neil Josephson

 

 

Dated:

9/20/2026

 


Exhibit 10.10

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Confirmatory Executive Offer Letter

September 18, 2026

Peter Olson

Dear Dr. Olson:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company’s common stock (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of your continued employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

1. Position. Your employment will continue as Chief Scientific Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full‑time or part-time) without the prior approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). By signing this Agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

2. Compensation and Benefits.

(a) Base Salary. Your rate of annual base salary as of the Effective Date will be $535,500 per year, less applicable withholding, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. Your base salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustment as determined by the Company.

(b) Annual Bonus Opportunity. Your annual target bonus opportunity as of the Effective Date will be forty-five percent (45%) of your annual base salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus shall be subject to review and may be adjusted based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices. Your actual bonuses shall be based upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion which shall be communicated to you as soon as reasonably practicable following the start of the appliable bonus period. You will not earn a bonus unless and until it is actually paid by the Company, and no bonus will be paid to you if your employment terminates for any reason prior to the applicable payment date. To be clear, this means that you must be employed on the date that the Company pays annual bonuses in order to receive one.

(c) Employee Benefits. As a full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefit plans as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefit plans are generally made available to other similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the eligibility and participation provisions of such plans and as such plans and programs becomes available and may be in effect from time to time. Such benefit


 

 

plans are subject to change, and may be supplemented, altered, or eliminated, in part or entirely. Any eligibility to participate in such benefits plans, as well as the terms thereof, shall be as set forth in the governing documents for such plans, or there are no such governing documents, in the Company’s policies.

(d) Equity Awards. You will be eligible to receive compensatory equity awards such as stock options from the Company on the terms and conditions determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

(e) Expenses. You will be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties hereunder, in accordance with the applicable policy of the Company, as in effect from time to time. In the event that any expense reimbursements are taxable to you, such reimbursements will be made in the time frame specified by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) unless another time frame that complies with or is exempt from Section 409A is specified in the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.

(f) Vacation. You will be entitled to accrue paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

(g) Location. You will perform your duties from the Company’s offices located in San Diego, California, subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.

3. Severance & Change of Control Benefits. In connection with executing this Agreement, you are also entering into a Participation Agreement between you and the Company (the “Participation Agreement”) under the Company’s Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan,” and together with the Participation Agreement, the “Severance Documents”), which is incorporated herein by reference. The Severance Documents supersede and replace in its entirety any prior agreement providing for severance or similar benefits entered into between you and the Company.

4. Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. You previously entered into an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement with the Company which is incorporated by reference (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

5. At-Will Employment. You acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. The Company requests that, in the event of your resignation, you give the Company at least four weeks’ notice. You understand and agree that neither your job performance nor commendations, bonuses, or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of your employment with the Company. You further acknowledge and agree that the Company, may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary. However, as described in this Agreement, you may be eligible to


 

 

receive severance benefits under the Severance Documents depending on the circumstances of the termination of your employment with the Company.

6. Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect taxes or other charges required to be withheld by law, and you will be solely responsible for any and all taxes arising in connection with this Agreement and compensation paid or payable to you, including but not limited to any taxes, penalties and interest, if any, arising under Section 409A.

(b) Section 409A. The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c) Tax Advice. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities.

7. Entire Agreement, Amendment and Enforcement. This Agreement, the Severance Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede and replace your prior offer letter, employment agreement and any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company, and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Arbitration. You agree that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from your service to the Company, will be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

(b) Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and


 

 

to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

(c) Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Acknowledgment. You acknowledge that you have had the opportunity to discuss this Agreement with and obtain advice from your private attorney, have had sufficient time to, and have carefully read and fully understand all the provisions of this Agreement, and are knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

* * * * *

[Signature Page Follows]


 

 

We are extremely excited about your continued employment with Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement, and confirmation that it contains our complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, by signing the bottom portion of this Agreement and returning a copy to me.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Miller

 

 

Thomas Miller

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

I have read and accept this Agreement:

 

 

 

/s/ Peter Olson

Peter Olson

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

9/19/2026

 


 

Exhibit 10.11

LEASE

by and between

BRE-BMR OBERLIN LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

and

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 


 

Table of Contents

 

1.

Lease of Premises.

1

2.

Basic Lease Provisions

3

3.

Term

5

4.

Possession and Commencement Date.

5

5.

Condition of Premises

8

6.

Rentable Area.

9

7.

Rent.

10

8.

Rent Adjustments; Free Rent Period.

11

9.

Operating Expenses.

11

10.

Taxes on Tenant’s Property.

16

11.

Security Deposit.

16

12.

Use.

19

13.

Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Amenities Facility.

22

14.

Project Control by Landlord.

24

15.

Quiet Enjoyment

25

16.

Utilities and Services.

25

17.

Alterations.

29

18.

Repairs and Maintenance.

31

19.

Liens.

34

20.

Estoppel Certificate

35

21.

Hazardous Materials.

35

22.

Odors and Exhaust

39

23.

Insurance.

40

24.

Damage or Destruction.

44

i


 

25.

Eminent Domain.

46

26.

Surrender.

47

27.

Holding Over.

48

28.

Indemnification and Exculpation.

48

29.

Assignment or Subletting.

49

30.

Subordination and Attornment.

53

31.

Defaults and Remedies.

54

32.

Bankruptcy

59

33.

Brokers.

60

34.

Definition of Landlord

60

35.

Limitation of Landlord’s Liability.

61

36.

Joint and Several Obligations

61

37.

Representations

61

38.

Confidentiality

62

39.

Notices

62

40.

Miscellaneous.

63

41.

Option to Extend Term

66

ii


 

LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “Lease”) is entered into as of this 24th day of July, 2023 (the “Execution Date”), by and between BRE-BMR OBERLIN LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A.
WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “Property”) and the improvements on the Property located at 5555, 5601, 5626 and 5627 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California, including the buildings located thereon; and
B.
WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises commonly known as Suite 120 (the “Premises”) located on the first (1st) floor of the building at 5627 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California (the “Building”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Lease of Premises.

1.1. Effective on the Term Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities, private drives and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including the Building, the other buildings located on the Property, and the Amenities Facility (as defined below), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Project.” All portions of the Building that are for the non-exclusive use of the tenants of the Building only, and not the tenants of the Project generally, such as service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies (all to the extent located in the Building), are hereinafter referred to as “Building Common Area.” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project generally, including driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas, certain applicable service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies (but excluding Building Common Area), and the amenities facility (the “Amenities Facility”) in which Landlord currently provides certain amenities (the “Amenities Facility Services”), are collectively hereinafter referred to as “Project Common Area.” The Building Common Area and Project Common Area are collectively referred to herein as “Common Area.”

1.2. Amenities Facility Services. The Amenities Facility Services shall include certain services and amenities as elected to be provided by Landlord from time to time, which may include (but shall not be limited to) conference space, fitness center (with showers and lockers), patio space and landscaped plaza space.

1


 

1.3. Amenities Facility Operating Costs. Tenant’s Amenities Facility Percentage of the Amenities Facility Operating Costs (as such terms are defined below) shall be includible in Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (as such terms are defined below) payable by Tenant in accordance with Article 9 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to permanently close the Amenity Facility such that it no longer operates as an amenity facility with Landlord having no intention to reopen it (specifically excluding periods during which the Amenity Facility is closed for remodeling, renovations, repairs, casualty, etc.), then Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Amenities Facility Operating Costs attributable to such period occurring after the date on which such Amenity Facility is so permanently closed.

1.3.1 “Amenities Facility Operating Costs” means any and all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord in connection with the Amenities Facility and the provision of the Amenities Facility Services, including (without limitation) costs and expenses for maintenance, repairs and operation of the Amenities Facility and any amounts or subsidies paid to Amenities Facility operators (e.g., café operators). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Amenities Facility Operating Costs shall exclude all costs excluded from the definition of Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 9.1, below; provided, however, Tenant shall in any event and for the avoidance of doubt but without limitation as to the other Amenities Facility Operating Costs which are Tenant’s responsibility, pay Tenant’s Adjusted Share of all government impositions (including property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any Governmental Authority (as that term is defined below) (including with respect to the Amenities Facility)).

1.3.2 “Tenant’s Amenities Facility Percentage” will be calculated by taking the Rentable Area (as defined below) of the Premises, and dividing it by the total Rentable Area of all buildings owned by Landlord (and/or its affiliates) that are then-served by the Amenities Facility (excluding the Rentable Area of the Amenities Facility). By way of example, if (a) the Rentable Area of the Premises is equal to 12,545 square feet of Rentable Area, and (b) the total Rentable Area of all buildings owned by Landlord (and/or its affiliates) that are served by the Amenities Facility is 205,642 square feet of Rentable Area, then Tenant’s Amenities Facility Percentage would be equal to 6.10%.

1.4. Project Expansion. Landlord may expand the Project to include certain other buildings located and addressed in the vicinity of the Building (the “Additional Buildings”) and the real property on which the Additional Buildings are located. If Landlord makes such election, Landlord will notify Tenant of such election in writing, including notice of the date upon which such expansion will become effective. In such event, effective as of the expansion date set forth in Landlord’s notice, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Project will be updated to reflect the increased Rentable Area of the Project, and all references in the Lease to the “Project” will mean and refer to the Project as expanded to include Additional Buildings and the real property on which such Additional Buildings are located and all improvements thereon.

2


 

2. Basic Lease Provisions. For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.

2.1. Effective Date. This Lease shall take effect upon the Execution Date and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

2.2. Rentable Area; Pro Rata Share. In the definitions below, Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in square feet. Rentable Area and “Tenant’s Pro Rata Shares” are all subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease.

 

Definition or Provision

Means the Following
(As of the Term Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

12,545 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Building

23,257 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Project

101,065 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building

53.94%

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Project

12.41%

 

2.3. Base Rent. Initial monthly and annual installments of Base Rent for the Premises (“Base Rent”) as of the Term Commencement Date (as defined below), subject to adjustment under this Lease, will be as follows:

 

Dates

Square Feet
of Rentable
Area

Base Rent per Square
Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly
Base Rent

Annual Base
Rent

Months 1-12*

12,545

$6.25 monthly

$78,406.25

$940,875.00

 

* Note: Subject to annual increase as set forth in Section 8.1 below and the Free Rent Period (as defined in Section 8.2 below).

3


 

For illustrative purposes, if Tenant utilizes all of the Additional TI Allowance (as defined below), then monthly and annual installments of Base Rent as of the Term Commencement Date, subject to further adjustment under this Lease, will be as follows:

 

Dates

Square Feet
of Rentable
Area

Base Rent per Square
Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly
Base Rent

Annual Base
Rent

Months 1-12

12,545

$6.95 monthly

$87,205.06

$1,046,460.69

Months 13 - 24

12,545

$7.16 monthly

$89,821.21

$1,077,854.51

Months 25 - 36

12,545

$7.37 monthly

$92,515.85

$1,110,190.15

Months 37 - 48

12,545

$7.60 monthly

$95,291.32

$1,143,495.85

Months 49 - 60

12,545

$7.82 monthly

$98,150.06

$1,177,800.73

Months 61 - 72

12,545

$8.06 monthly

$101,094.56

$1,213,134.75

Months 73 - 84

12,545

$8.30 monthly

$104,127.40

$1,249,528.79

Months 85 - 89

12,545

$8.55 monthly

$107,251.22

$1,287,014.66

 

* Note: Table includes annual increases contemplated in Section 8.1 below. For the avoidance of doubt, no Base Rent attributable to the Additional TI Allowance is payable during the Free Rent Period (as defined in Section 8.2 below) and as provided in Section 4.6 of this Lease.

2.4. Estimated Term Commencement Date: January 7, 2024

2.5. Estimated Term Expiration Date: June 6, 2031

2.6. Security Deposit: $78,406.25

2.7. Permitted Use: Office, research and development, and laboratory use in conformity with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities (as defined below), associations or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building, the Property, the Project, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazardous waste, environmental, and public health and safety rules and regulations (“Applicable Laws”)

2.8. Address for Rent Payment:

BRE-BMR Oberlin LP

[***]

4


 

2.9. Address for Notices to Landlord:

BRE-BMR Oberlin LP
[***]

2.10. Address for Notices to Tenant:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.
[***]

2.11. Address for Invoices to Tenant:

[***]

2.12. The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

 

 

Exhibit A

Premises

 

Exhibit B

Work Letter

 

Exhibit B-1

Tenant Work Insurance Schedule

 

Exhibit C

Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date

 

Exhibit D

Form of Additional TI Allowance Acceptance Letter

 

Exhibit E

Form of Letter of Credit

 

Exhibit F

Rules and Regulations

 

Exhibit G

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

Exhibit H

Tenant’s Personal Property

 

Exhibit I

Form of Estoppel Certificate

 

3. Term. The term of the leasehold granted by this Lease (as the same may be extended pursuant to Article 41 hereof, and as the same may be earlier terminated in accordance with this Lease, the “Term”) shall commence on the actual Term Commencement Date (as defined in Article 4) and end on the date (the “Term Expiration Date”) that is eighty-nine (89) months after the actual Term Commencement Date, subject to extension or earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1933 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

4. Possession and Commencement Date.

4.1. Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Estimated Term Commencement Date, with (i) the Spec Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter), and (ii) the work (the “Tenant Improvements”) required of Landlord and described on Schedule 2 attached to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”), Substantially Complete (as defined below). Tenant agrees that in the event such work is not Substantially Complete on or before the Estimated Term Commencement Date for any reason, then (a) this Lease shall not be void or voidable, (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and (c) the Term Expiration Date shall be extended accordingly. The term “Substantially Complete” or “Substantial

5


 

Completion” means, with respect to the Spec Improvements and the Tenant Improvements, that (y) the Spec Improvements and the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter), except for punch list items, which will be conclusively established by delivery of a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects document G704, executed by the project architect and the general contractor, and (z) the Premises may be legally occupied pursuant to a temporary certificate of occupancy or its substantial equivalent (such as sign-off on the building permit by the Governmental Authority that issued such permit), to the extent required by Applicable Laws for occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease (including the Work Letter) to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to timely achieve Substantial Completion shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of Force Majeure (as defined below).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Substantial Completion has not occurred by the Estimated Term Commencement Date (such date, as the same may be extended pursuant to this Section, the “Outside Date”), then (as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy therefor) Tenant shall be entitled to receive one (1) day of Base Rent abatement for each day after the Outside Date that Substantial Completion has not occurred; provided, however, that the Outside Date shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of any delays in Substantial Completion arising from (a) Force Majeure (as defined below) and (b) any Tenant Delay (as defined below); provided, further, that any such Base Rent abatement shall not apply to any portion of Base Rent attributable to the Additional TI Allowance (as defined below), such that Tenant shall (during any period of Base Rent abatement to which Tenant is entitled under this grammatical sentence) continue to be responsible for the timely payment of any portion of Base Rent attributable to the Additional TI Allowance.

4.2. Term Commencement Date. The “Term Commencement Date” shall be the day Landlord tenders vacant possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Spec Improvements and the Tenant Improvements Substantially Complete. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain any governmental licensing or similar governmental approval of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date.

4.3. Early Access. During the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the Term Commencement Date (the “Early Access Period”), Landlord shall permit Tenant to enter upon the Premises for the sole purpose of installation of equipment and trade fixtures; provided, however, that (a) prior to any such entry, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord in advance that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 are in effect, and (b) during such entry, Tenant shall not interfere with Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s entry onto the Premises during the Early Access Period shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Tenant shall not be permitted to conduct business in the Premises during the Early Access Period. If the Term Commencement Date is delayed due to Tenant’s early access of the Premises, then such delay shall be deemed a Tenant Delay (as defined below).

6


 

4.4. TI Allowance. Landlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter at a cost to Landlord not to exceed (a) Four Hundred Thirty-Nine Thousand Seventy-Five Dollars ($439,075) (based upon Thirty-Five Dollars ($35) per square foot of Rentable Area (as defined below) of the Premises) (the “Base TI Allowance”), plus (b) if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to this Section, Five Hundred Sixty-Four Thousand Five Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars ($564,525) (based upon Forty-Five Dollars ($45) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises) (the “Additional TI Allowance”), for a total of One Million Three Thousand Six Hundred Dollars ($1,003,600) (based upon Eighty Dollars ($80) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises). The Base TI Allowance, together with the Additional TI Allowance (if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to this Article), shall be referred to herein as the “TI Allowance.” The TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (m) construction, (n) project management by Landlord (which fee shall equal three percent (3%) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, including the Base TI Allowance and, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, the Additional TI Allowance), (o) commissioning of mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Landlord, and review of such party’s commissioning report by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant, (p) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant, (q) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities (as defined below) for permits or for inspections of the Tenant Improvements, and (r) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment and fixtures. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for (w) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment (provided, however, that Tenant shall be permitted to apply up to One Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Four Hundred Fifty Dollars ($125,450) of the TI Allowance toward furniture, fixtures, equipment, structured cabling, security systems and audio visual equipment (so long as such item(s) are for use in the Premises in accordance with this Lease) and moving expenses incurred with respect to Tenant’s moving into the Premises), (y) costs arising from any default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors).

4.5. TI Deadline. Landlord shall not have any obligation to fund any unused portion of the TI Allowance after the date that is twelve (12) months after the Term Commencement Date (such date, the “TI Deadline”), after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund any such costs shall expire. In no event shall any unused TI Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under this Lease.

4.6. Base Rent Increase. Initial Base Rent shall be increased to include the amount of the Additional TI Allowance disbursed by Landlord in accordance with this Lease amortized over the eighty-four (84) months of the initial Term excluding the Free Rent Period (i.e., the first (1st) full month of the initial Term, and months seven (7) through eighty-nine (89) of the initial Term) at a rate of eight percent (8%) annually. The amount by which Base Rent shall be increased shall be determined (and Base Rent shall be increased accordingly) as of the Term Commencement Date and, if such determination does not reflect use by Tenant of all of the Additional TI Allowance, shall be determined again as of the TI Deadline, with Tenant paying (on the next succeeding day that Base Rent is due under this Lease (the “TI True-Up Date”)) any underpayment of the further adjusted Base Rent for the period beginning on the Term Commencement Date and ending on the TI True-Up Date. The initial Base Rent, as adjusted to reflect the disbursement of the Additional

7


 

TI Allowance in accordance with this Section, shall be subject to further annual adjustments as set forth in Section 8.1. Landlord shall not be obligated to expend any portion of the Additional TI Allowance until Landlord shall have received from Tenant a letter in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto executed by an authorized officer of Tenant.

4.7. Tenant Delay. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Substantial Completion is delayed due to a Tenant Delay (as defined below), then (a) the Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such Tenant Delay, and (b) the Outside Date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis by the number of days Substantial Completion was delayed due to such Tenant Delay. For purposes of this Lease, a “Tenant Delay” shall mean any delay in Substantial Completion arising from the acts or omissions of Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined below), including (without limitation) any such delay arising from any Tenant-requested Spec Improvement Change (as defined in the Work Letter), any Tenant-requested Change (as defined in the Work Letter) or Change Request (as defined in the Work Letter) made by Tenant. If there is an event which Landlord contends is a Tenant Delay, then Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such Tenant Delay (“Tenant Delay Notice”); provided, however, and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, (y) any such Tenant Delay Notice may be hand delivered in writing to Tenant’s Authorized Representative (as defined in the Work Letter) in regular construction progress meetings or by email to Tenant’s Authorized Representative) and need not be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions contained in Article 39 of this Lease, and (z) no Tenant Delay Notice shall be required in connection with any Tenant Delay arising from any Tenant-requested Spec Improvement Change, any Tenant-requested Change or Change Request made by Tenant. If Tenant fails to remedy the Tenant Delay within one (1) business day after Tenant’s receipt of a Tenant Delay Notice, then a Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred. If Tenant does not receive a Tenant Delay Notice or Tenant remedies the Tenant Delay within one (1) business day after Tenant’s receipt of a Tenant Delay Notice, then no Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred; provided, however, that no Tenant Delay Notice shall be required in connection with any Tenant Delay arising from any Tenant-requested Spec Improvement Change, any Tenant-requested Change or Change Request made by Tenant, and any such delays arising therefrom shall be deemed Tenant Delays.

5. Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Term Commencement Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except for performance of the Spec Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) and the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant with the roof and all HVAC, electrical, lighting and plumbing systems serving the Premises in good working condition (“Landlord’s Delivery Obligation”). Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair, the Spec Improvements were Substantially Complete, the Tenant Improvements were Substantially Complete and that Landlord’s Delivery Obligation was satisfied; provided that, if

8


 

Landlord fails to satisfy Landlord’s Delivery Obligation (a “Delivery Shortfall”), then Tenant may, as its sole and exclusive remedy, deliver notice of such failure to Landlord detailing the nature of such failure (a “Shortfall Notice”); provided, further, that any Shortfall Notice must be received by Landlord no later than the date (the “Shortfall Notice Deadline”) that is sixty (60) days after the Term Commencement Date. In the event that Landlord receives a Shortfall Notice on or before the Shortfall Notice Deadline, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, promptly remedy the Delivery Shortfall at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall not have any obligations or liabilities in connection with a failure to satisfy Landlord’s Delivery Obligation except to the extent such failure is identified by Tenant in a Shortfall Notice delivered to Landlord on or before the Shortfall Notice Deadline.

If (a) a latent defect exists in the Spec Improvements or the Tenant Improvements as of the date Landlord achieves Substantial Completion (a “Latent Defect”), and (b) Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord detailing the nature of such Latent Defect (a “Latent Defect Notice”) on or before the date that is one (1) year after the Term Commencement Date (the “Latent Defect Notice Deadline”), then Landlord shall, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to such Latent Defect, remedy such Latent Defect at Landlord’s expense. Landlord shall not have any obligations or liabilities in connection with any latent defects except to the extent of any Latent Defect(s) identified by Tenant in a Latent Defect Notice delivered to Landlord on or before the Latent Defect Notice Deadline.

6. Rentable Area.

6.1. The term “Rentable Area” shall reflect such areas as reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect, as the same may be reasonably adjusted from time to time by Landlord in consultation with Landlord’s architect to reflect changes to the Premises, the Building or the Project, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing or Section 6.5 below to the contrary, in no event shall the Rentable Area of the Premises, the Building or the Project be deemed to have increased unless due to a change in the outer dimensions of the exterior walls of the same.

6.2. The Rentable Area of the Building is generally determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor is computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls.

6.3. The term “Rentable Area,” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including that portion of the Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom.

6.4. The Rentable Area of the Project is the total Rentable Area of all buildings within the Project.

9


 

6.5. Review of allocations of Rentable Areas as between tenants of the Building and the Project shall be made as frequently as Landlord deems appropriate, including in order to facilitate an equitable apportionment of Operating Expenses (as defined below). If such review is by a licensed architect and allocations are certified by such licensed architect as being correct, then Tenant shall be bound by such certifications.

7. Rent.

7.1. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, the sums set forth in Section 2.3, subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof. Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3, subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

7.2. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”), at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s Adjusted Share (as defined below) of Operating Expenses (as defined below), (b) the Property Management Fee (as defined below), (c) the Amenities Fee (as defined below) and (d) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

7.3. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “Rent.” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America to the address set forth in Section 2.8 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of the number of days in the month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

7.4. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by (a) any Applicable Laws now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, (b) any other restriction on Tenant’s use, (c) except as expressly provided herein, any casualty or taking or (d) except as otherwise expressly provided in Sections 1.3, 4.1, 8.2 and 24.5 of this Lease, any other occurrence; and Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate or cancel this Lease or quit or surrender the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover rent. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to any period or obligations arising, existing or pertaining to the period prior to the date of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or this Lease shall survive any such expiration or earlier termination; provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall in any way affect Tenant’s obligations with respect to any other period.

10


 

8. Rent Adjustments; Free Rent Period.

8.1. Base Rent (including any increase to Base Rent arising from any disbursement of the Additional TI Allowance by Landlord) shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three percent (3%) of the then-current Base Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective commencing on the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as this Lease continues in effect.

8.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, and so long as no Default (as defined below) by Tenant has occurred, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the second (2nd), third (3rd), fourth (4th), fifth (5th) and sixth (6th) full months of the initial Term (such period, the “Free Rent Period”); provided, however, that (a) any Base Rent attributable to the Additional TI Allowance shall not be paid during the Free Rent Period as provided in Section 4.6 above, and (b) the total amount of Base Rent abated during the Free Rent Period shall not exceed Three Hundred Ninety-Two Thousand Thirty-One and 25/100 Dollars ($392,031.25) (the “Free Rent Cap”). The Free Rent Cap shall not be increased as a result of any increase in Base Rent arising from Landlord’s disbursement of any Additional TI Allowance as no Base Rent attributable to the Additional TI Allowance shall be payable during the Free Rent Period as provided in Section 4.6 above. During the Free Rent Period, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of all of Tenant’s other Rent obligations under this Lease, including all Additional Rent such as Operating Expenses, the Property Management Fee, the Amenities Fee, and costs of utilities for the Premises. Upon the occurrence of any Default, the Free Rent Period shall immediately expire, and Tenant shall no longer be entitled to any further abatement of Base Rent pursuant to this Section. In the event of any Default that results in termination of this Lease, then, as part of the recovery to which Landlord is entitled pursuant to this Lease, and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Landlord may be entitled pursuant to this Lease (including Article 31), at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to the immediate recovery, as of the day immediately prior to such termination of the Lease, of the unamortized amount of Base Rent that Tenant would have paid had the Free Rent Period not been in effect.

9. Operating Expenses.

9.1. As used herein, the term “Operating Expenses” shall include:

(a) Government impositions, including property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes (including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or the Project (including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building, the other buildings in the Project and areas serving the Building and the Project are located)) or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “Governmental Authority”); taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Project; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or arising from Applicable Laws or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project or the parking facilities serving the Project; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises; any

11


 

fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof; provided, however, Operating Expenses will not include and Tenant shall not be required to pay any tax or assessment expense (i) in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term; (ii) imposed on land and improvements other than the Project; (iii) attributable to Landlord’s gift or transfer taxes; or (iv) resulting from the improvement of any of the Project for the sole use of other occupants; and

(b) (i) Amenities Facility Operating Costs (as to which Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Amenities Facility Percentage) and (ii) all other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project, and costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Area; sewer fees; cable television; trash collection; cleaning, including windows; heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”); electrical, plumbing, fire protection and life safety systems; maintenance of landscaping and grounds; snow removal; maintenance of drives and parking areas; maintenance of the roof, walls, windows and doors; security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or Project systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping supplies, snow removal and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Area or in the management office of the Project; Project management office rent or rental value for a commercially reasonable amount of space, to the extent an office used for Project operations is maintained at the Project, plus customary expenses for such office; capital expenditures; costs of complying with Applicable Laws (except to the extent such costs are incurred to remedy non-compliance as of the Execution Date with Applicable Laws); costs to keep the Project in compliance with, or costs or fees otherwise required under any CC&Rs (as defined below); insurance premiums, including premiums for commercial general liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies, which, to the extent the item to which the deductible relates is capital in nature, such deductible amount shall be amortized in the same manner as described in Subsection 9.1(c)(iv) below; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers, plow truck drivers, handymen, and engineering/maintenance/facilities personnel.

12


 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes, or taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project; any leasing commissions; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating to other tenants; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance proceeds received by Landlord; principal or interest upon loans to Landlord or secured by a loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, security instrument or other loan document covering the Project or a portion thereof (collectively, “Loan Documents”) (provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 9.1(a)); salaries of executive officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes (provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements that are provided for in Subsection 9.1(b)); taxes that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 9.1(a); costs or expenses incurred in connection with the financing or sale of the Project or any portion thereof; costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease or that are charged to or paid by Tenant under other provisions of this Lease; professional fees and disbursements and other costs and expenses related to the ownership (as opposed to the use, occupancy, operation, maintenance or repair) of the Project; and any item that, if included in Operating Expenses, would involve a double collection for such item by Landlord. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (such excess, together with Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, “Tenant’s Adjusted Share”). In addition to the foregoing, “Operating Expenses” shall not include: (i) costs occasioned by the willful violation of any Applicable Laws by Landlord; (ii) costs to correct any violation of Applicable Laws existing at the Project on the Execution Date; (iii) costs incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with any other occupant of the Project; (iv) costs which could properly be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, except to the extent amortized over the useful life of the capital item in question (in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but in no event to exceed fifteen (15) years); (v) costs for services not provided (or made available) to Tenant or that are paid directly by Tenant; (vi) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 21 below) or to remove, remedy, treat or contain any Hazardous Material, in either case which Hazardous Material was brought onto or released upon the Project by Landlord, (vii) costs arising from the removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials at the Project in violation of Applicable Laws as of the Execution Date, unless placed at the Project by a Tenant Party, and (viii) expense reserves.

9.2. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) the Property Management Fee (as defined below), (b) the Amenities Fee and (c) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month, except during any periods when the foregoing are abated pursuant to this Lease.

13


 

(a) The “Property Management Fee” shall equal three percent (3%) of Base Rent due from Tenant. Tenant shall pay the Property Management Fee in accordance with Section 9.2 with respect to the entire Term, including the Free Rent Period, any extensions of the Term, or any holdover periods, regardless of whether Tenant is obligated to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or any other Rent with respect to any such period or portion thereof. During any Free Rent Period, the Property Management Fee shall be calculated as if Tenant were paying Base Rent in the full amount required pursuant to this Lease had the Free Rent Period not been in effect.

(b) The initial “Amenities Fee” shall be a monthly amount equal to $0.16 per square foot of Rentable Area within the Premises (i.e., $2,007.20 per month). The Amenities Fee shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three percent (3%) of the then-current Amenities Fee. The first such adjustment shall occur on the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date for so long as this Lease continues in effect. Tenant shall pay the Amenities Fee in accordance with Section 9.2 with respect to the entire Term, including any extensions of the Term, or any holdover periods, regardless of whether Tenant is obligated to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or any other Rent with respect to any such period or portion thereof, except during any periods when the foregoing are abated pursuant to this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to permanently close the Amenity Facility such that it no longer operates as an amenity facility with Landlord having no intention to reopen it (specifically excluding periods during which the Amenity Facility is closed for remodeling, renovations, repairs, casualty, etc.), then Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Amenities Fee attributable to such period occurring after the date upon which such Amenity Facility is so permanently closed.

(c) Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses, and the cost of providing utilities to the Premises for the previous calendar year (“Landlord’s Statement”). Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord as shown on Landlord’s Statement shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s Statement. If Landlord’s Statement shows that the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section exceed Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany Landlord’s Statement with payment for the amount of such difference.

(d) Any amount due under this Section for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated for such fractional month on the basis of the number of days in the month.

9.3. Landlord or an affiliate(s) of Landlord may own other property(ies) adjacent to the Project or its neighboring properties (collectively, “Neighboring Properties”). In connection with Landlord performing services for the Project pursuant to this Lease, similar services may be performed by the same vendor(s) or using the same equipment for Neighboring Properties. In such a case, Landlord shall reasonably allocate to each Building and the Project the costs for such services and equipment based upon the ratio that the square footage of the Building or the Project (as applicable) bears to the total square footage of all of the Neighboring Properties or buildings

14


 

within the Neighboring Properties for which the services are performed or for which the equipment is being used (as applicable), unless the scope of the services performed or equipment used (as applicable) for any building or property (including the Building and the Project) is disproportionately more or less than for others, in which case Landlord shall equitably allocate the costs based on the scope of the services being performed or the equipment being used (as applicable) for each building or property (including the Building and the Project). Since the Project consists of multiple buildings, certain Operating Expenses may pertain to a particular building(s) and other Operating Expenses to the Project as a whole. Landlord may allocate any such costs applicable to any particular building within the Project to such building, and other such costs applicable to the Project to each building in the Project (including the Building), with the tenants in each building being responsible for paying their respective proportionate shares of their buildings to the extent required under their leases. Landlord shall allocate such costs to the buildings (including the Building) in a reasonable, non-discriminatory manner, and such allocation shall be binding on Tenant.

9.4. Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses, the Amenities Fee or the Project Management Fee with respect to any time period prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided, however, that Landlord may annualize certain Operating Expenses incurred prior to the Term Commencement Date over the course of the budgeted year during which the Term Commencement Date occurs, and Tenant shall be responsible for the annualized portion of such Operating Expenses corresponding to the number of days during such year, commencing with the Term Commencement Date, for which Tenant is otherwise liable for Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises and (c) if termination of the Lease is due to a default by Tenant, the earlier of (i) the scheduled expiration date of this Lease and (ii) the date of rental commencement of a replacement tenant.

9.5. Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.

9.6. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, Tenant shall submit to Landlord an invoice, or, in the event an invoice is not available, an itemized list, of all costs and expenses that (a) Tenant has incurred (either internally or by employing third parties) during the prior month and (b) for which Tenant reasonably believes it is entitled to reimbursements from Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

9.7. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate Operating Expenses that vary depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project, as applicable, to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such Operating Expenses would have been had the Building or Project, as applicable, been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such calendar year; provided,

15


 

however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses.

10. Taxes on Tenant’s Property.

10.1. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any and all taxes levied upon (a) personal property and trade fixtures located at the Premises and (b) any gross or net receipts of or sales by Tenant, and shall pay the same at least twenty (20) days prior to delinquency.

10.2. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building, the Property or the Project is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed value of the Building, the Property or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord.

10.3. If any improvements in or alterations to the Premises installed by or for Tenant, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards (the “Building Standard”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building, the Property or the Project by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 10.2. Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Project leased by other tenants at the Project shall not be included in Operating Expenses. If the records of the applicable governmental assessor’s office are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether such Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

11. Security Deposit.

11.1. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on or before the Execution Date the sum set forth in Section 2.6 (the “Security Deposit”), which sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant Defaults (as defined below) with respect to any provision of this Lease, including any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days following demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF

16


 

THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, TO THE EXTENT INCONSISTENT WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE.

11.2. In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

11.3. Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

11.4. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11.5. If the Security Deposit shall be in cash, Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

11.6. The Security Deposit may be in the form of cash, a letter of credit or any other security instrument acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may at any time, except when Tenant is in Default (as defined below), deliver a letter of credit (the “L/C Security”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows:

(a) If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term and until the date that is four (4) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit E issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year. Landlord may require the L/C Security to be re-issued by a different issuer at any time during the Term if Landlord reasonably believes that the issuing bank of the L/C Security is or may soon become insolvent; provided, however, Landlord shall return the existing L/C Security to the existing issuer immediately upon receipt of the substitute L/C Security. If any issuer of the L/C Security shall become insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, then Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord (without the requirement of notice from Landlord) cash or a substitute L/C Security issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and otherwise conforming to the requirements set forth in this Article. As used herein with respect to the issuer of the L/C Security, “insolvent” means the determination of insolvency as made by such issuer’s primary bank regulator (i.e., the state bank supervisor for state chartered banks; the OCC or OTS, respectively, for federally chartered banks or thrifts; or the Federal Reserve for its member banks). If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains uncalculated or unpaid, then (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations, (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires and (iii) in such extended period, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to an appropriate reduction of

17


 

the L/C Security. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket legal costs (as estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of L/C Security or its replacement or extension (other than the initial L/C Security). Tenant may at any time substitute cash for the L/C Security, and upon deposit of the cash security deposit, Landlord will return the L/C Security to Tenant. If Landlord draws upon the L/C Security, Tenant shall at any time thereafter be entitled to provide Landlord with a replacement L/C Security that satisfies the requirements hereunder, at which time Landlord shall return the unapplied cash proceeds of the original L/C Security drawn by Landlord.

(b) If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held.

(c) Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if (i) an uncured Default (as defined below) exists, (ii) as of the date that is thirty (30) days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) four (4) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date that is one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security, (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord asks the issuer to confirm the current L/C Security expiry date, and the issuer fails to do so within ten (10) business days, (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security or (v) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security (and fails to permit drawing upon the L/C Security by overnight courier). This Section does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances.

(d) Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the only effect of a wrongful draw would be to substitute a cash Security Deposit for L/C Security, causing Tenant no legally recognizable damage. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, and Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous.

(e) If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within five (5) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security Deposit changes while L/C Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.

18


 

12. Use.

12.1. Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use, and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall be prohibited from using the Premises or any portion of the Property for the sale, distribution or production of marijuana.

12.2. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy (or its substantial equivalent) issued for the Building or the Project, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant shall take such further actions and execute such further documents in connection with this Lease as are necessary to comply with Applicable Laws relating to privacy, personal information and data security, including the California Consumer Privacy Act. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof, and shall indemnify, defend (at the option of and with counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party(ies)), save, reimburse and hold harmless (collectively, “Indemnify,” “Indemnity” or “Indemnification,” as the case may require) Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors; and any lender, mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary (each, a “Lender” and, collectively with Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors, the “Landlord Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages, suits or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements, regardless of whether the applicable demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “Claims”) of any kind or nature that arise before, during or after the Term as a result of Tenant’s breach of this Section.

12.3. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building or the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article.

12.4. Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

12.5. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall

19


 

deem it necessary to make such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant may, at Tenant’s costs and expense, install its own integrated security system in the Premises (the “Tenant Security System”); provided, however, that Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to such Tenant Security System, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall coordinate the installation and operation of any the Tenant Security System with Landlord to assure that the Tenant Security System (a) does not prevent the Building security system from accommodating multiple tenants and (b) integrates and does not interfere with (x) any Landlord security system in place as of the Term Commencement Date, for which Landlord makes no warranties about the functionality or integration of any such Landlord security system, and (y) the Building’s systems and equipment. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for monitoring and operating Tenant’s Security System. Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, to remove its security system and restore the Building to its condition prior to the installation of such system upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

12.6. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills or items attached to windows that are visible from outside the Premises. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent. For the avoidance of doubt, so long as the Tenant complies with any and all applicable provisions of this Lease which govern and if necessary obtains Landlord’s prior written consent to the extent required by this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to install equipment within the interior of the Premises in areas immediately adjacent to the windows and shall have the right to install window coverings that are not Landlord’s standard window coverings, subject to Tenant first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

12.7. No sign, advertisement or notice (“Signage”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Signage shall conform to Landlord’s design criteria established from time to time. For any Signage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, (a) acquire all permits for such Signage in compliance with Applicable Laws and (b) design, fabricate, install and maintain such Signage in a first-class condition. Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant’s Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Interior signs on entry doors to the Premises shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install any Tenant Signage, and Tenant shall pay all costs associated with such installation within thirty (30) days after demand therefor.

20


 

(a) Subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Subsection 12.7(a), Tenant shall be entitled to install, at its sole cost and expense, a strip on the Building’s currently-existing monument sign located at the southeast of the driveway from which the Building’s surface parking lot is accessed from Oberlin Drive. The graphics, materials, size, color, design, lettering, lighting (if any), specifications and exact location of the monument strip (collectively, the “Signage Specifications”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, the monument strip and all Signage Specifications therefore shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals, and shall be subject to any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary permits and approvals for the monument strip, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected. The cost of installation of all of Tenant’s Signage, as well as all costs of design and construction of such Signage and all other costs associated with such Signage, including, without limitation, permits, maintenance and repair, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Should the Signage require maintenance or repairs as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide written notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Should Tenant fail to perform such maintenance and repairs within the period described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the cost of such work. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause the monument strip to be removed from the Building’s monument sign and shall cause the monument sign to be restored to the condition existing prior to the placement of such monument strip. If Tenant fails to remove such monument strip and to restore the monument sign as provided in the immediately preceding sentence within thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may perform such work, and all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in so performing such work shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefore. The immediately preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Should the name of the original Tenant change, then the Signage may be modified at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to reflect the new name, but only if the new name does not (i) relate to an entity that is of a character, reputation, or associated with a political orientation or a faction, that is inconsistent with the quality of the Building or would otherwise reasonably offend an institutional landlord of a project comparable to the Building, taking into consideration the level and visibility of such signage or (ii) cause Landlord to be in default under any lease or license with another tenant of the Project.

12.8. Tenant may only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the Building’s structural design unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written approval. Tenant may place such equipment only in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment.

12.9. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Area or other offices in the Project.

21


 

12.10. Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or injure or annoy them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral, unlawful or objectionable purposes (measured based on uses which would be immoral or objectionable to an institutional quality landlord of life sciences projects), (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising from or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., and any state and local accessibility laws, codes, ordinances and rules (collectively, and together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ADA”), and Tenant shall Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any Claims arising from any such failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA. For clarity, nothing in this Section 12.10 will require Tenant to perform legal compliance upgrades to the Premises which are not required by any applicable Governmental Authorities (e.g., due to “grandfathering” or similar provisions). The Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (“CASp,” as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52). Even if not required by California law, the Premises may be inspected by a CASp to determine whether the Premises comply with the ADA, and Landlord may not prohibit a CASp performing such an inspection. If Tenant requests that such an inspection take place, Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the time and manner of the inspection, as well as which party will pay the cost of the inspection and the cost to remedy any defects identified by the CASp. A Certified Access Specialist can inspect the Premises and determine whether the Premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under State law. Although State law does not require a Certified Access Specialist inspection of the Premises, Landlord may not prohibit Tenant from obtaining a Certified Access Specialist inspection of the Premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of Tenant, if requested by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the Certified Access Specialist inspection, the payment of the fee for the Certified Access Specialist inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, “Lenders” shall also include historic tax credit investors and new market tax credit investors. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

13. Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Amenities Facility.

13.1. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Area in conjunction with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and such use of the Common Area and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit F, together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “Rules and Regulations”). Tenant shall and shall ensure that its contractors, subcontractors, employees, subtenants and invitees faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations.

22


 

13.2. This Lease is subject to recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions on the Project or Property as of the date hereof, or added after the date hereof provided Tenant is notified thereof, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “CC&Rs”); provided that any such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications do not materially modify Tenant’s rights or obligations hereunder. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with the CC&Rs.

13.3. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant may not install any security systems (including cameras) outside the Premises or that record sounds or images outside the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

13.4. Tenant, at no cost, shall have a non-exclusive, irrevocable license to use Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (applicable to the Project) of parking facilities serving the Project in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Project during the Term at no additional cost. As of the Execution Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such parking facilities is equal to three (3) parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises, and the number of parking spaces allocated for Tenant’s use will not be decreased during the Term of this Lease.

13.5. Tenant agrees not to unreasonably overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right to determine that parking facilities are becoming overcrowded and to limit Tenant’s use thereof (but not to fewer parking spaces than the ratio allocated to Tenant pursuant to Section 13.4 above). Upon such determination, Landlord may reasonably allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants of the Building or the Project (consistent with Section 13.4 above). Nothing in this Section, however, is intended to create an affirmative duty on Landlord’s part to monitor parking.

13.6. To the extent the Amenities Facility is open for use by Tenant and its employees (in such capacity, the “Amenities Users”), the Amenities Users may use the Amenities Facility during the Term on a non-exclusive basis with any other individuals permitted by Landlord or any other affiliate of Landlord; provided that, as a condition to any Amenities User’s use of the Amenities Facility, all Amenities Users shall execute Landlord’s standard waiver of liability and release form and otherwise satisfy the conditions identified below. The use of the Amenities Facility shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations applicable to the Amenities Facility and any supplements thereto and Tenant shall (and shall cause all Amenities Users to) observe and comply with any such rules and regulations. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Amenities Facility by the Amenities Users shall be at the Amenities Users’ own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section 28.1 below shall apply to the use of the Amenities Facility by the Amenities Users. Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to expand or reduce, or cause the expansion of or reduction of, the Amenities Facility. Landlord shall also have the right (in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) to close (or cause the closure of) the Amenities Facility or to cease providing any or all of the Amenities Facility Services. No expansion, reduction or closure of the Amenities Facility shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent (other than the Amenities Fee and any Amenities Facility Operating Costs to the extent expressly provided in this Lease above), constitute a constructive eviction, or result in a default by Landlord

23


 

under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither Landlord nor any other Landlord Party shall have responsibility or any other liability to Tenant or any other Amenities User for (and Tenant, on behalf of itself and any and all Amenities Users hereby waives and releases Landlord and all other Landlord Parties from and expressly assumes the risk of) any Claims, accidents, liens or injuries of any nature, kind or description arising from (y) Tenant’s or any other Amenities User’s use of the Amenities Facility and/or (z) Landlord’s or any other Landlord Party’s operation and maintenance of the Amenities Facility.

14. Project Control by Landlord.

14.1. Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project; convert the Building and other buildings within the Project to condominium units; change the size of the Project by selling all or a portion of the Project or adding real property and any improvements thereon to the Project; grant easements and licenses to third parties; maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property; make additions to or reconstruct portions of the Building and the Project; install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building or the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building or elsewhere at the Project; and alter or relocate any other Common Area or facility, including private drives, lobbies, entrances and landscaping; provided, however, that such rights shall be exercised in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises or materially decrease Tenant’s parking allocation, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located.

14.2. Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord. In exercising its rights pursuant to this Section 14.2, Landlord will not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

14.3. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability for Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises or materially decreases Tenant’s parking allocation as provided for in this Lease.

14.4. Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during business hours (or during non-business hours, if (a) with respect to Subsections 14.4(u) through 14.4(y), Tenant so requests, and (b) with respect to Subsection 14.4(z), if Landlord so requests), and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (which may be oral or by email to the office manager or other Tenant-designated individual at the Premises; but provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (u) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (v) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (w) alter, improve or repair any

24


 

portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary, (x) post notices of nonresponsibility, (y) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (z) show the Premises to prospective tenants during the final year of the Term and current and prospective purchasers and lenders at any time. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 14.4(w), Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible and during any non-emergency entry, Landlord will comply with Tenant’s reasonable security requirements applicable to the Premises. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

14.5. During the Term, Tenant shall, subject to Force Majeure, casualty and all of the other terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease, have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.

15. Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying the Rent and performing its obligations contained in this Lease, may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, free from any claim by Landlord or persons claiming under Landlord, but subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof, provisions of Applicable Laws and rights of record to which this Lease is or may become subordinate. This covenant is in lieu of any other quiet enjoyment covenant, either express or implied.

16. Utilities and Services.

16.1. Tenant shall pay for all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. If any such utility is not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Adjusted Share of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as part of Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, meter or submeter and monitor the usage of such utilities by Tenant. If the decision to meter or submeter is due to Tenant’s overstandard use of such utilities, Landlord may charge Tenant fifty percent (50%) of the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent; otherwise such costs will be paid by Landlord. Tenant shall maintain temperature and humidity in the Premises in accordance with ASHRAE standards at all times. Landlord agrees to cause the Premises to be separately metered (or submetered) for gas and electricity as of the Term Commencement Date.

25


 

16.2. Landlord may base its bills for utilities on reasonable estimates; provided that Landlord adjusts such billings promptly thereafter as part of the next Landlord’s Statement (or more frequently, as determined by Landlord) to reflect the actual cost of providing utilities to the Premises. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any utilities, then Tenant shall pay Landlord for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of such utilities to reflect such excess. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate utility usage that varies depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project (as applicable) to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such utility usage would have been had the Building or Project, as applicable, been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such calendar year; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such utilities. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of utilities supplied to the Premises commencing on the earlier of (a) the first (1st) day that Tenant accesses the Premises for any purpose during the Early Access Period, and (b) the Term Commencement Date; provided, that, in no event shall Tenant be responsible for the cost of any utilities used in connection with the construction of the Spec Improvements or the Tenant Improvements prior to the Substantial Completion thereof.

16.3. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by Force Majeure (as defined below) or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s simple negligence. In the event of such failure, Tenant shall not be entitled to termination of this Lease or any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease.

16.4. Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term, beyond those utilities provided by Landlord, including telephone, internet service, cable television and other telecommunications, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. Upon Landlord’s demand, utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utilities or services.

16.5. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water required or consumed in the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or Project (as applicable) beyond the existing capacity of the Building or the Project usually furnished or supplied for the Permitted Use or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s or Project’s (as applicable) capacity to provide such utilities or services.

16.6. If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building or the Project by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services.

26


 

16.7. Landlord shall provide water in Common Area for lavatory and landscaping purposes only, which water shall be from the local municipal or similar source; provided, however, that if Landlord determines that Tenant requires, uses or consumes water provided to the Common Area for any purpose other than ordinary lavatory purposes, Landlord may install a water meter (“Tenant Water Meter”) and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs of any Tenant Water Meter and the installation and maintenance thereof during the Term. If Landlord installs a Tenant Water Meter, Tenant shall pay for water consumed, as shown on such meter, as and when bills are rendered. If Tenant fails to timely make such payments, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes stated in this Section shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payable by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

16.8. Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and utility systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or utility service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure (as defined below) or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s simple negligence. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s simple negligence. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify Tenant of any planned service interruptions (provided that no notice will be required in emergency situations) and to plan such interruptions so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations.

16.9. As part of the Spec Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter), Landlord shall install a stand-by 60 kilowatt generator for the Building and connect it to the Premises (the “Generator”). Tenant shall be entitled to use all of the power from the Generator on an exclusive basis. The cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing the Generator shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant as provided in Section 16.10 below. Landlord expressly disclaims any warranties with regard to the Generator or the installation thereof, including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord shall have no liability, and Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption, impairment or failure of the Generator. Upon installation of the Generator, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a license to use the area where the Generator is located (the “Generator License Area”) for the sole purpose of maintaining the Generator in accordance with all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease (including the insurance and indemnity provisions). Tenant shall maintain and use the Generator in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of, damage to the Generator including, without limitation, damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including, without limitation, broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines). Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of the Generator as described in this Section.

27


 

16.10. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, any systems or equipment exclusively servicing the Premises, including (without limitation) all HVAC units or other HVAC components exclusively serving the Premises, the Generator, exhaust fans, vacuum pumps, air compressors and boilers (any such systems and/or equipment, a “Premises Dedicated System”), shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and Landlord shall have no obligations with respect thereto; provided that Tenant will have no obligation with respect to any portion of any Premises Dedicated System located underground other than with respect to the Generator. Subject to Section 18.8 below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain and keep any Premises Dedicated System in good condition and repair and shall otherwise be solely responsible for any repair, maintenance and/or replacement costs (including capital costs) with respect to any such Premises Dedicated System. Tenant shall keep in full force and effect during the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) a preventative maintenance contract for quarterly, semi-annual, and annual inspections and maintenance for each Premises Dedicated System (in each case using a qualified, licensed, bonded service provider reasonably approved by Landlord). If requested in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of any Premises Dedicated System maintenance contracts and any Premises Dedicated System maintenance reports on a quarterly basis. In the event Landlord determines that Tenant is not properly maintaining a Premises Dedicated System, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to take over Tenant’s responsibilities with respect to such Premises Dedicated System. Any costs or expenses incurred or payments made by Landlord as a result of Tenant failing to properly maintain a Premises Dedicated System, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days of receiving an invoice therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have no liability, and Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption or impairment with respect to any Premises Dedicated System, including the HVAC serving the Premises.

16.11. For any utilities serving the Premises for which Tenant is billed directly by such utility provider, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord (a) any invoices or statements for such utilities within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, (b) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, any other utility usage information reasonably requested by Landlord, and (c) within thirty (30) days after each calendar year during the Term, authorization to allow Landlord to access Tenant’s usage information necessary for Landlord to complete an ENERGY STAR® Statement of Performance (or similar comprehensive utility usage report (e.g., related to Labs 21), if requested by Landlord) and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord for the immediately preceding year; and Tenant shall comply with any other energy usage or consumption requirements required by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall retain records of utility usage at the Premises, including invoices and statements from the utility provider, for at least eighteen (18) months, or such other period of time as may be requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that any utility information for the Premises, the Building and the Project may be shared with third parties, including Landlord’s consultants and Governmental Authorities. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with this Section, after written notice from Landlord, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to collect utility usage information directly from the applicable utility providers, and Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of One Hundred Dollars ($100) per month to collect such utility usage information. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws related to the disclosure and tracking of energy consumption at the Premises. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

28


 

17. Alterations.

17.1. Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at or serving the Premises (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; provided, however, that, in the event any proposed Alteration affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, the roof, the foundation or slab, foundation or slab systems (including barriers and subslab systems) or the core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, HVAC, electrical, security, life safety and power in an adverse manner (as determined by Landlord), then Landlord may withhold its approval in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least twenty (20) days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, certified stamped engineering drawings (if applicable, as reasonably determined by Landlord) and calculations by Tenant’s engineer of record or architect of record (including connections to the Building’s structural system, modifications to the Building’s envelope, non-structural penetrations in slabs or walls, and modifications or tie-ins to life safety systems), work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request, provided that Tenant shall not commence any such Alterations that require Landlord’s consent unless and until Tenant has received the written approval of Landlord. In no event shall Tenant use or Landlord be required to approve any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes may not have sufficient experience, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, to perform work in an occupied Class “A” laboratory research building and in tenant-occupied lab areas. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make strictly cosmetic changes to the Premises that do not require any permits or more than three (3) total contractors and subcontractors (“Cosmetic Alterations”) without Landlord’s consent and without notice to Landlord; provided that (y) the cost of any Cosmetic Alterations does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) per project (provided that a “project” shall mean all alterations being constructed at a given time), (z) such Cosmetic Alterations do not (i) require any structural or other substantial modifications to the Premises, (ii) require any changes to or adversely affect the Building systems, (iii) affect the exterior of the Building or (iv) trigger any requirement under Applicable Laws that would require Landlord to make any alteration or improvement to the Premises, the Building or the Project.

17.2. Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building or with other tenants’ components located within the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities.

17.3. Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any life safety systems to remain fully operable at all times.

29


 

17.4. Any work performed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises, as well as a commissioning report prepared by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant and approved by Landlord for all new or affected mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems. Any such “as built” plans shall show the applicable Alterations as an overlay on the Building as-built plans; provided that Landlord provides the Building “as built” plans to Tenant.

17.5. Before commencing any Alterations, Tenant shall (a) give Landlord at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work and the names and addresses of the persons supplying labor or materials therefor so that Landlord may enter the Premises to post and keep posted thereon and therein notices or to take any further action that Landlord may reasonably deem proper for the protection of Landlord’s interest in the Project and (b) shall, if required by Landlord, secure, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for such work (provided that no bond will be required for Alterations costing less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000)).

17.6. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if such space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17.7. The Premises plus any Alterations; Signage; Tenant Improvements; attached equipment, fixtures and trade fixtures; movable laboratory casework and related appliances; and other additions and improvements attached to or built into the Premises made by either of the parties (including all floor and wall coverings; paneling; sinks and related plumbing fixtures; laboratory benches; exterior venting fume hoods; walk-in freezers and refrigerators; ductwork; conduits; electrical panels and circuits; attached machinery and equipment; and built-in furniture and cabinets, in each case, together with all additions and accessories thereto), shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) at all times remain the property of Landlord, shall remain in the Premises and shall (unless, prior to construction or installation thereof, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. For purposes of the foregoing, earthquake bracing will not cause something to be deemed attached to or built in to the Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, the items listed on Exhibit H attached hereto (which Exhibit H may be updated by Tenant from and after the Term Commencement Date, subject to Landlord’s written consent) constitute Tenant’s property and shall be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

17.8. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement from the Premises as to which Landlord contributed payment, including the Tenant Improvements, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

30


 

17.9. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its property from the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store such effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of such personal property.

17.10. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the cost to Tenant of all Alterations (other than Cosmetic Alterations) to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, engineering review, coordination, scheduling and supervision thereof. For purposes of payment of such sum, Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays arising from such faulty work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

17.11. Within sixty (60) days after final completion of any Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant with respect to such Alterations, together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

17.12. Tenant shall take, and shall cause its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Alterations, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage.

17.13. Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord, BioMed Realty, L.P., and their respective officers, employees, directors, representatives, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders (collectively with Landlord, the “Landlord Parties”) as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies.

18. Repairs and Maintenance.

18.1. Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural and exterior portions and Common Area of the Building and the Project, including roofing and covering materials; foundations (excluding any architectural slabs, but including any structural slabs); exterior walls; base Building plumbing; fire sprinkler systems (if any); elevators; and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord for the common use of tenants in the Building.

18.2. Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 18.1, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain and keep the Premises (including but not limited to all Premises Dedicated Systems) and every part thereof in good condition and repair (and following manufacturer’s maintenance guidelines). Tenant shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good a condition as when received, ordinary

31


 

wear and tear and repairs which are not Tenant’s responsibility hereunder excepted; and shall, at Landlord’s request and Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all telephone and data systems, wiring and equipment from the Premises, and repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, other than as expressly described in Section 4.1 above.

18.3. Throughout the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain copies of all service contracts, service, repair and maintenance records, and inspection reports on all equipment installed by or maintained by Tenant. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, provide to Landlord any maintenance records, service or inspection reports that Landlord reasonably requests. Upon surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord with all original equipment manufacturer (OEM) manuals for any such equipment installed and not removed by Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to perform an audit of such equipment serving the Premises in the form of a facilities condition assessment or similar report at Tenant’s cost. To the extent such audit recommends corrective action, Tenant shall promptly perform such corrective action as part of its repair and maintenance obligations. If Landlord determines that Tenant is not properly maintaining any system or equipment that is Tenant’s obligation to repair and maintain pursuant to this Article, Landlord may assume Tenant’s responsibilities with respect thereto (either on a one-time or longer basis), and any costs or expenses incurred or payments made by Landlord as a result of Tenant failing to properly maintain any such or equipment shall be deemed Additional Rent payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.

18.4. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is Landlord’s obligation pursuant to this Lease unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

18.5. If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as is necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that during any non-emergency entry by such third persons, such persons will comply with Tenant’s reasonable security requirements applicable to the Premises and will use commercially reasonable efforts to perform such work in a manner which minimizes disruption to Tenant’s operations in the Premises.

18.6. This Article relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project. In the event of a casualty described in Article 24, Article 24 shall apply in lieu of this Article. In the event of eminent domain, Article 25 shall apply in lieu of this Article.

32


 

18.7. Costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute Operating Expenses, subject to the terms of Article 9.

18.8. In the event Tenant reasonably determines that an Eligible Item (as defined below) needs to be replaced and such replacement is considered capital in nature (pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles), Tenant shall be permitted to make such replacement (the “Capital Replacement”) at its sole cost and expense, subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Section 18.8. An “Eligible Item” means any of the following items (each of which are required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease): (i) the “make up” air unit serving the laboratory portion of the Premises and installed by Landlord as part of the Spec Improvements, (ii) the Generator installed by Landlord as part of the Spec Improvements, (iii) the boiler serving the Premises and installed by Landlord as part of the Spec Improvements, and (iv) any exhaust fan, vacuum pump and/or air compressor serving the Premises and installed by Landlord as part of the Spec Improvements. For avoidance of doubt, this Section 18.8 shall not apply to the replacement of any capital item required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease that is not an Eligible Item (which capital item(s) shall, if necessary, be replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense).

18.8.1 In the event that Tenant desires to make the Capital Replacement, Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord (the “Capital Replacement Notice”) requesting Landlord’s approval of the Capital Replacement, which Capital Replacement Notice shall include reasonably detailed information from Tenant’s third-party consultant supporting its determination of the necessity of the Capital Replacement. Upon receipt of the Capital Replacement Notice, Landlord shall have the option to cause Landlord’s consultant to inspect the applicable Eligible Item.

18.8.2 If Landlord’s consultant determines that the proposed Capital Replacement is not necessary and can be repaired instead of replaced, then Tenant shall not be permitted to proceed with the Capital Replacement and shall repair and continue to maintain the applicable Eligible Item pursuant to the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease; provided, however, that if Tenant’s consultant objects to such determination by Landlord’s consultant, then Landlord’s consultant and Tenant’s consultant shall select an independent consultant to review the matter and such independent consultant shall determine whether the Capital Replacement is necessary and such determination shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant for purposes of this Section (with the cost of such independent consultant to be included within the cost of the Capital Replacement, unless such independent consultant determines that the Capital Replacement is not necessary, in which event the cost of the independent consultant shall be paid by Tenant). If Landlord’s consultant agrees (or the independent consultant determines) that the proposed Capital Replacement is necessary, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord for Landlord’s approval the estimated cost and budget of the Capital Replacement, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord may obligate Tenant to bid such Capital Replacement work to three (3) contractors acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant agrees to hire the contractor submitting the lowest qualified bid, unless Landlord and Tenant agree otherwise. Once the estimated cost and budget for the Capital Replacement is approved by Landlord, Tenant may proceed with the Capital Replacement; provided that the Capital Replacement shall be completed as an Alteration under this Lease and shall comply with all of the terms, conditions and provisions of Article 17.

33


 

18.8.3 On or before the date (the “Reimbursement Date”) that is the later to occur of (a) Tenant’s completion of the Capital Replacement, and (b) Landlord’s receipt of an invoice from Tenant with respect to the Capital Replacement, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Landlord’s Contribution (as defined below) with respect to the Capital Replacement made by Tenant in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of this Section 18.8, less any sums owed Landlord by reason of a Default under the Lease by Tenant. “Landlord’s Contribution” shall equal a portion of the unamortized costs (on a straight-line basis) of the Capital Replacement, which portion shall be equal to the cost of the Capital Replacement multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the remaining number of calendar months (“Landlord’s Portion”) of the useful life of the Capital Replacement after the expiration date of the Term of this Lease (as extended by any Option to extend the Term that has been, or is subsequently, exercised by Tenant), and the denominator of which is the total number of calendar months of the useful life of such Capital Replacement (with such useful life determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles). In the event that Landlord reimburses Tenant for Landlord’s Contribution and Tenant subsequently exercises the Option to extend the Term or the Term is otherwise extended, Tenant shall refund Landlord the portion of such Landlord’s Contribution relating to the Option term or the extended Term.

18.8.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, Landlord shall not be required to reimburse Tenant for the cost of a Capital Replacement arising from (i) the negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or a Tenant Party (as defined below), (ii) any alterations or additions to the Premises made by Tenant, or (iii) Tenant’s faulty or negligent repair or maintenance of the applicable Eligible Item.

18.8.5 If, by reason of Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises (as opposed to the use of the same for the Permitted Use generically (any such use, a “Particular Use”)), a Capital Replacement is required to be made more than one (1) year before the expiration of the useful life of the applicable Eligible Item, then, for purposes of calculating Landlord’s Contribution with respect to the Capital Replacement, Landlord’s Portion shall be reduced by the number of calendar months remaining in the useful life of the applicable Eligible Item as of the date of the replacement. Furthermore, if, by reason of Tenant’s Particular Use, the cost of the Capital Replacement exceeds the cost that would be incurred to perform the same Capital Replacement in a building generically used for the Permitted Use, Landlord’s Contribution shall be determined on the basis of such less expensive Capital Replacement.

18.8.6 Tenant agrees to obtain and maintain the then-customary warranty, if any, for the Capital Replacement. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall assign, without recourse, any remaining warranties for the Capital Replacement to Landlord.

19. Liens.

19.1. Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising from work or services performed, materials furnished to or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work or services claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, or obligations incurred by Tenant shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

34


 

19.2. Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 19.1, Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a statutory lien bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent. Tenant shall Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any Claims arising from any such liens, including any administrative, court or other legal proceedings related to such liens.

19.3. In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Premises, the Building or the Project be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Tenant receives notice of the filing such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project.

20. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit I, or on any other form reasonably requested by a current or proposed Lender or encumbrancer or proposed purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statements may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver any such statement within such the prescribed time shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (as defined below) under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, and, in any event, shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

21. Hazardous Materials.

21.1. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors or invitees (collectively

35


 

with Tenant, each a “Tenant Party”). If (a) Tenant breaches such obligation, (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Project, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property, (c) contamination of the Premises otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder (other than if such contamination results from (i) migration of Hazardous Materials from outside the Premises not caused by a Tenant Party or (ii) to the extent such contamination is caused by Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors) or (d) contamination of the Project occurs as a result of Hazardous Materials that are placed on or under or are released into the Project by a Tenant Party, then Tenant shall Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, including (w) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (x) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (y) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (z) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise before, during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This Indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on, under or about the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused or permitted by any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided, further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold the Tenant Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims resulting from the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Project in violation of Applicable Laws as of the Execution Date, unless placed at the Project by a Tenant Party.

21.2. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord (a) a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises that is subject to regulation under any environmental Applicable Laws, (b) a list of any and all approvals or permits from Governmental Authorities required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises and (c) correct and complete copies of (i) notices of violations of Applicable Laws related to Hazardous Materials and (ii) plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Project (provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written

36


 

consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion) and closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Documents”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord updated Hazardous Materials Documents, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of a written request therefor from Landlord, not more often than once per year, unless (m) there are any changes to the Hazardous Materials Documents or (n) Tenant initiates any Alterations or changes its business, in either case in a way that involves any material increase in the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials, in which case Tenant shall deliver updated Hazardous Materials documents (without Landlord having to request them) before or, if not practicable to do so before, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of the events in Subsection 21.2(m) or (n). For each type of Hazardous Material listed, the Hazardous Materials Documents shall include (t) the chemical name, (u) the material state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas or cryogen), (v) the concentration, (w) the storage amount and storage condition (e.g., in cabinets or not in cabinets), (x) the use amount and use condition (e.g., open use or closed use), (y) the location (e.g., room number or other identification) and (z) if known, the chemical abstract service number. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any documents containing information of a proprietary nature, unless such documents contain a reference to Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, cause the Hazardous Materials Documents to be reviewed by a person or firm qualified to analyze Hazardous Materials to confirm compliance with the provisions of this Lease and with Applicable Laws. In the event that a review of the Hazardous Materials Documents indicates non-compliance with this Lease or Applicable Laws, Tenant shall, at its expense, diligently take steps to bring its storage and use of Hazardous Materials into compliance. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary or Landlord’s review into Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Documents or use or disposal of hazardous materials, however, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant is best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

21.3. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it is not nor has it been, in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, (a) subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority or (b) required to take any remedial action.

21.4. At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Project or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Project in violation of this Lease.

21.5. If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials installed or utilized by Tenant are located on the Premises, or are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant (or by any other party, if such storage tanks are utilized by Tenant), then Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws. Tenant shall have no responsibility or liability for underground or other

37


 

storage tanks installed by anyone other than Tenant unless Tenant utilizes such tanks, in which case Tenant’s responsibility for such tanks shall be as set forth in this Section.

21.6. Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any actual or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises.

21.7. Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Article 27.

21.8. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by Applicable Laws or any Governmental Authority.

21.9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have sole control over the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “UBC”)) within the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the quantity of Hazardous Materials allowed by this Section is specific to Tenant and shall not run with the Lease in the event of a Transfer (as defined in Article 29). In the event of a Transfer, if the use of Hazardous Materials by such new tenant (“New Tenant”) is such that New Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Project in excess of New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable, then New Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building and the Project is not greater than New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of fire control areas, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant and other tenants are best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

21.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as an Alteration under Article 17 of this Lease, install up to eight (8) wall-mounted carbon dioxide (CO2) tanks, up to two (2) Argon tanks, and/or up to twenty-four (24) self-standing Nitrogen (N2) tanks in the Premises which are typical and customary in biomedical research and development facilities similar in size, nature, quality and configuration to the Premises (the “Approved Tanks”); provided, however, that (a) Tenant’s installation of the Approved Tanks shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease governing Alterations (including, without limitation, Article 17), and (b) Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of the Approved Tanks with Landlord to assure that the Approved Tanks do not interfere with the Building’s systems and equipment and/or any Landlord system which is then in place. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for monitoring and operating the Approved Tanks. Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, to remove the Approved Tanks upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore the Building to its

38


 

condition prior to the installation of the Approved Tanks. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any Approved Tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks. Tenant shall have the right to increase the number of Approved Tanks to the extent necessary in connection with the operation of Tenant’s business; provided, that, (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any such increase, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and (ii) any additional Approved Tanks shall be installed, maintained, and removed by Tenant in accordance with, and shall otherwise be subject to, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Section 21.10 and all Applicable Laws

22. Odors and Exhaust. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and the Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

22.1. Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises.

22.2. If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with Applicable Laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord requires. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws.

22.3. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section shall constitute Alterations.

22.4. Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

39


 

22.5. If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord.

23. Insurance.

23.1. Landlord shall maintain all risk property insurance (subject to standard policy terms, conditions, limitations and exclusions) covering the Project on a full replacement cost basis with limits, sub-limits and deductibles as are customary for similar properties in the region, which Landlord shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, and rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, in each case with limits, sub-limits and deductibles as are customary for similar properties in the region, which Landlord shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will insure permanently affixed improvements installed in the Premises (other than specialized improvements which are unique to Tenant’s use as opposed to typical lab and office improvements); provided, however, and for the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall insure, without limitation, all Premises Dedicated Systems.

23.2. In addition, Landlord shall carry Commercial General Liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence/general aggregate for bodily injury (including death), or property damage with respect to the Project.

23.3. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain during the Term the following insurance for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord (as their interests may appear) with insurers financially acceptable and lawfully authorized to do business in the state where the Premises are located:

(a) Commercial General Liability insurance on a broad-based occurrence coverage form, with coverages including but not limited to bodily injury (including death), property damage (including loss of use resulting therefrom), premises/operations, personal & advertising injury, and contractual liability with limits of liability of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence, $4,000,000 general aggregate, which limits may be met by use of excess and/or umbrella liability insurance; provided that such coverage is at least as broad as the primary coverages required herein.

(b) Commercial Automobile Liability insurance covering liability arising from the use or operation of any auto on behalf of Tenant or invited by Tenant (including those owned, hired, rented, leased, borrowed, scheduled or non-owned). Coverage shall be on a broad-based occurrence form in an amount not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage.

40


 

(c) Commercial Property insurance covering property damage to the full replacement cost value and business interruption. Covered property shall include all tenant improvements in the Premises that are not Landlord’s responsibility to insure (i.e., non-affixed improvements and any affixed improvements which are unique to Tenant’s use and not typical lab or office improvements) and Tenant’s Property including personal property, furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, stock and inventory, which may be owned by Tenant and required to be insured hereunder, or which may be leased, rented, borrowed or in the care custody or control of Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, employees or subcontractors. Such insurance, with respect only to any affixed Tenant Improvements, Alterations or other work performed on the Premises by Tenant which is not insured by Landlord pursuant to Section 23.1 above (collectively, “Tenant Work”), shall name Landlord and Landlord’s current and future mortgagees as loss payees as their interests may appear. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risk” of physical loss or damage basis including the perils of fire, extended coverage, electrical injury, mechanical breakdown, windstorm, vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, back-up of sewers or drains, flood, earthquake, terrorism and such other risks Landlord may from time to time designate, for the full replacement cost value of the covered items with an agreed amount endorsement with no coinsurance. Business interruption coverage shall have limits sufficient to cover Tenant’s lost profits and necessary continuing expenses, including rents due Landlord under the Lease. The minimum period of indemnity for business interruption coverage shall be twelve (12) months plus twelve (12) months’ extended period of indemnity.

(d) Workers’ Compensation insurance as is required by statute or law, or as may be available on a voluntary basis and Employer’s Liability insurance with limits of not less than the following: each accident, $1,000,000; disease $1,000,000; disease (each employee), $1,000,000.

(e) Medical malpractice insurance at limits of not less than $1,000,000 each claim during such periods, if any, that Tenant engages in the practice of medicine or clinical trials involving human beings at the Premises.

(f) Pollution Legal Liability insurance is required if Tenant stores, handles, generates or treats Hazardous Materials, as determined solely by Landlord, on or about the Premises. Such coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property including the resulting loss of use thereof, clean-up costs, and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or destroyed; and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such compensatory damages. Coverage shall apply to both sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the commencement date of this agreement, and coverage is continuously maintained during all periods in which Tenant occupies the Premises and for a period of three (3) years thereafter. Coverage shall be maintained with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per incident.

41


 

(g) During all construction by Tenant at the Premises, with respect to tenant improvements being constructed (including any Alterations), insurance required in Exhibit B-1 must be in place.

23.4. The insurance required of Tenant by this Article shall be with companies at all times having a current rating of not less than A- and financial category rating of at least Class VII in “A.M. Best’s Insurance Guide” current edition. Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies/broker or cause the insurance companies/broker to furnish certificates of insurance evidencing all coverages required herein to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies including any endorsements. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from Tenant or its insurers (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days’ written notice shall be given). All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s required policies shall contain severability of interests clauses stating that, except with respect to limits of insurance, coverage shall apply separately to each insured or additional insured. Tenant shall, at least ten (10) days prior to the date of expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates of insurance or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure such insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability, Umbrella Liability and Pollution Legal Liability insurance as required above shall name the Landlord Parties as additional insureds as respects liability arising from work or operations performed by or on behalf of Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of Premises, and ownership, maintenance or use of vehicles by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant must disclose any self-insurance, including self-insurance retentions, to Landlord in writing in advance, which shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval in its sole discretion. If Tenant self-insures with Landlord’s prior written approval, Tenant is itself acting as though it were providing the insurance required under the provisions of this Lease, and Tenant shall pay those amounts due in lieu of insurance proceeds that would have been covered and payable if the insurance policies had been carried for such self-insured coverages, which amounts shall be treated as insurance proceeds for all purposes under this Lease.

23.5. In each instance where insurance is to name the Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing the Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the real property upon which the Building is located if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

23.6. Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

42


 

23.7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of Landlord and Tenant, on behalf of itself and its insurers, hereby waives all rights of subrogation and all rights of recovery against the other party or such other party’s insurers with respect to (but only to the extent of) any Claims covered by any insurance policies required to be obtained and maintained by the non-waiving party pursuant to this Lease, or that would have been covered had the non-waiving party obtained and maintained such policies, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained thereunder, except to the extent of the non-waiving party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant agrees to endorse the required workers’ compensation, employer’s liability and other liability insurance policies to permit waivers of subrogation as required hereunder and hold harmless and indemnify the Landlord Parties for any loss or expense incurred as a result of a failure to obtain such waivers of subrogation from insurers. Such waivers shall continue so long as Tenant’s insurers so permit. Any termination of such a waiver shall be by written notice to Landlord, containing a description of the circumstances hereinafter set forth in this Section. Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of workers’ compensation, employer’s liability and other liability insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to its insurance carriers that the foregoing waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If such policies shall not be obtainable with such waiver or shall be so obtainable only at a premium over that chargeable without such waiver, then Tenant shall notify Landlord of such conditions.

23.8. Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of new tenants within the Project, if such limits are then customarily being required of tenants of comparable premises in the vicinity of the Project.

23.9. In addition to other insurance required by this Lease to be carried by Tenant, if Tenant sells, merchandises, transfers, gives away or exchanges alcoholic beverages in, upon or from any part of the Premises, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, purchase and maintain in full force and effect during the Term liquor liability insurance in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, with total limits of liability for bodily injury, loss of means of support and property damage for each occurrence in an amount and with a carrier reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and otherwise in compliance with the general provisions of this Article governing the provision of insurance by Tenant. Such policy shall name the Landlord Parties as additional insureds against any liability by virtue of Applicable Laws concerning the use, sale or giving away of alcoholic beverages. If at any time such insurance is for any reason not in force, then during all and any such times no selling, merchandising, transferring, giving away or exchanging of alcoholic beverages shall be conducted by Tenant in, upon or from any part of the Premises.

23.10. Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

23.11. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

43


 

24. Damage or Destruction.

24.1. In the event of a partial destruction of (a) the Premises, (b) the Building, (c) the Common Area or (d) the Project ((a)-(d) collectively, the “Affected Areas”) by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (w) the damage thereto is such that the Affected Areas may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of six (6) months from the date of the happening of such casualty, (x) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds from its insurer or Lender sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense subject to Article 9 above), and (y) such casualty was not intentionally caused by a Tenant Party, then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Affected Areas and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

24.2. In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project other than as described in Section 24.1, Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects not to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction. In the event of any damage or destruction (regardless of whether such damage is governed by Section 24.1 or this Section), if (a) in Landlord’s determination as set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate (as defined below), the Affected Areas cannot be repaired, reconstructed or restored within nine (9) months after the date of the Damage Repair Estimate, (b) subject to Section 24.6, the Affected Areas are not actually repaired, reconstructed and restored within twelve (12) months after the date of the Damage Repair Estimate, or (c) the damage and destruction occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the then-current Term and will take over one month to repair, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective as of the date of such damage or destruction, by delivering to Landlord its written notice of termination (a “Termination Notice”) (y) with respect to Subsections 24.2(a) and (c), no later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant Landlord’s Damage Repair Estimate and (z) with respect to Subsection 24.2(b), no later than fifteen (15) days after such twelve (12) month period (as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 24.6) expires. If Tenant provides Landlord with a Termination Notice pursuant to Subsection 24.2(z), Landlord shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of such Termination Notice to complete the repair, reconstruction and restoration. If Landlord does not complete such repair, reconstruction and restoration within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice within five (5) business days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. If Landlord does complete such repair, reconstruction and restoration within such thirty (30) day period, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

24.3. As soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s good faith estimate of the period of time in which the repairs, reconstruction and restoration will be completed (the “Damage Repair Estimate”), which estimate shall be based upon the opinion of a contractor reasonably selected by Landlord and experienced in comparable repair, reconstruction and restoration of similar buildings. Additionally, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction of its election not to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable.

44


 

24.4. Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

24.5. In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Article, all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair, reconstruction and restoration that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business; provided, however, that the amount of such abatement shall be reduced by the amount of Rent that is received by Tenant as part of the business interruption or loss of rental income with respect to the Premises from the proceeds of business interruption or loss of rental income insurance.

24.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises after the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure (as defined below) or delays caused by a Tenant Party, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs, reconstruction and restoration shall be extended on a day-for-day basis; provided, however, that, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs, reconstruction and restoration if such delays exceed 180 days in the aggregate (provided that Landlord exercises its right to terminate this Lease in the event it will not repair or restore such damage).

24.7. If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repairs, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to (a) those portions of the Premises that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense or that Landlord is required to insure pursuant to this Lease and (b) the Common Area portion of the Affected Areas. The repairs, reconstruction or restoration of improvements in the Premises not originally provided by or required to be insured by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has elected to install specialized improvements which are unique to Tenant’s use as opposed to typical lab and office improvements, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard, unless Tenant again elects to install such specialized improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such specialized improvements, in addition to providing for basic repairs, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

24.8. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article occurs, (a) during the thirteenth (13th) through the twenty-fourth (24th) months prior to the expiration of the Term and the Damage Repair Estimate indicates that more than six (6) months will be required for such repair, reconstruction or restoration, (b) during the seventh (7th) through twelfth (12th) months prior to the expiration of the Term and the Damage Repair Estimate indicates that more than thirty (30) days will be required

45


 

for such repair, reconstruction or restoration, (c) during the last six (6) months of the Term, or (d) to the extent that insurance proceeds are not available therefor.

24.9. Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair, reconstruct or restore, shall be limited to the Affected Areas, and shall be conditioned upon Landlord receiving any permits or authorizations required by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant which Tenant is required to insure and which are existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If Affected Areas are to be repaired, reconstructed or restored in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease which are not being restored by Landlord; provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and subject to the requirements of any Lender of Landlord.

24.10. This Article sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) (and any successor statutes) permitting the parties to terminate this Lease as a result of any damage or destruction.

25. Eminent Domain.

25.1. In the event (a) the whole of all Affected Areas or (b) such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to such authority, except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

25.2. In the event of a partial taking of (a) the Building or the Project or (b) drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease (except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the taking and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof) as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space.

25.3. Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

46


 

25.4. If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article, this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Affected Areas to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is infeasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant.

25.5. This Article sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any taking. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 (and any successor statutes) permitting the parties to terminate this Lease as a result of any taking.

26. Surrender.

26.1. At least thirty (30) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“Exit Survey”) prepared by an independent third party state-certified professional with appropriate expertise, which Exit Survey must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Exit Survey shall comply with the American National Standards Institute’s Laboratory Decommissioning guidelines (ANSI/ASSE Z9.11-2016) or any successor standards published by ANSI or any successor organization (or, if ANSI and its successors no longer exist, a similar entity publishing similar standards). In addition, at least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall (a) provide Landlord with written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises, (b) place Laboratory Equipment Decontamination Forms on all decommissioned equipment to assure safe occupancy by future users and (c) conduct a site inspection with Landlord. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Exit Survey and comply with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey in each case to the extent the same are Tenant’s responsibility under this Lease. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

26.2. No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

26.3. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

26.4. The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

47


 

27. Holding Over.

27.1. If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Base Rent in accordance with Article 7, as adjusted in accordance with Article 8, and (b) any amounts for which Tenant would otherwise be liable under this Lease if the Lease were still in effect, including payments for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses, and all other Additional Rent. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

27.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, (a) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term, and (b) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any and all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including any lost rent or consequential, special and indirect damages (in each case, regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable).

27.3. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

27.4. The foregoing provisions of this Article are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

27.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

28. Indemnification and Exculpation.

28.1. Tenant agrees to Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, real or alleged, arising from (a) injury to or death of any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, arising directly or indirectly out of (i) the presence at or use or occupancy of the Premises or Project by a Tenant Party or (ii) an act or omission on the part of any Tenant Party, (b) a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder or (c) injury to or death of persons or damage to or loss of any property, real or alleged, arising from the serving of alcoholic beverages at the Premises or Project, including liability under any dram shop law, host liquor law or similar Applicable Law, except to the extent arising directly from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct and subject to the waiver of subrogation in accordance with Section 23.6 above. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

48


 

28.2. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for and Tenant assumes all risk of (a) damage or losses arising from fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time, and (b) damage to personal property; products manufactured, produced or stored by Tenant; or scientific research, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises (in each case, regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable). Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property; products manufactured, produced of stored by Tenant; or scientific research as described in this Section. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing or this Lease to the contrary, except (x) as otherwise provided herein (including Section 27.2), (y) as may be provided by Applicable Laws or (z) in the event of Tenant’s breach of Article 21 or Section 26.1, in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable to the other for any consequential, special or indirect damages arising from this Lease, including lost profits (provided that this Subsection 28.2(z) shall not limit Tenant’s liability for Base Rent or Additional Rent pursuant to this Lease).

28.3. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party.

28.4. Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses arising from criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal, or that Landlord may decide (in its sole and absolute discretion) not to monitor any installed security devices. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage. Tenant’s security programs and equipment for the Premises shall be coordinated with Landlord and subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

28.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29. Assignment or Subletting.

29.1. Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, none of the following (each, a “Transfer”), either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, shall be directly or indirectly performed without Landlord’s prior written consent: (a) Tenant selling, hypothecating, assigning, pledging, encumbering or otherwise transferring its interest in this Lease or subletting all or a portion of the Premises, (b) a controlling interest in Tenant being sold, assigned or otherwise transferred (other than as a result of shares in Tenant being sold on a public stock exchange) or (c) the sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to Transfer, without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof (or undergo a deemed Transfer as set forth in subpart (b) above in the event such deemed Transfer occurs within a single calendar year) to any person that as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more

49


 

intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant or to the surviving company resulting from a merger with or acquisition of Tenant or to an entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant (each of the foregoing, a “Tenant’s Affiliate”); provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer to Tenant’s Affiliate (an “Exempt Transfer”) and otherwise comply with the requirements of this Lease regarding such Transfer; and provided, further, that the person that will be the tenant under this Lease after the Exempt Transfer has a net worth (as of the day immediately after the Exempt Transfer) that is equal to or greater than the net worth (as of both the Execution Date and the date immediately prior to the Exempt Transfer) of the transferring Tenant. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, “control” means (f) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person and (g) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person. In no event shall Tenant perform a Transfer to or with an entity that is a tenant at the Project or that is in discussions or negotiations with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord to lease premises at the Project or a property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

29.2. In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “Transfer Notice”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; the most recent unconsolidated financial statements of Tenant and of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee satisfying the requirements of Section 40.2 (“Required Financials”); any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; copies of Hazardous Materials Documents for the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require.

29.3. Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer, may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of Tenant and of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), and (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Revenue Code”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue Code); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that

50


 

could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if (a) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take material remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (b) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (with respect to any such matter involving Tenant), and it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee).

29.4. The following are conditions precedent to a Transfer or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to a Transfer:

(a) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease. Tenant agrees that it shall not be (and shall not be deemed to be) a guarantor or surety of this Lease, however, and waives its right to claim that is it is a guarantor or surety or to raise in any legal proceeding any guarantor or surety defenses permitted by this Lease or by Applicable Laws;

(b) If Tenant or the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee does not or cannot deliver the Required Financials, then Landlord may elect to have either Tenant’s ultimate parent company or the proposed transferee’s, assignee’s or sublessee’s ultimate parent company provide a guaranty of the applicable entity’s obligations under this Lease, in a form acceptable to Landlord, which guaranty shall be executed and delivered to Landlord by the applicable guarantor prior to the Transfer Date;

(c) In the case of an Exempt Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the Transfer qualifies as an Exempt Transfer;

(d) Tenant shall deliver evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial responsibility and status of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee;

(e) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual and reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request;

(f) If Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant’s reasonable costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises, and to the extent the same do not exceed fair market value, amounts payable for services or the use of conveyance of personal

51


 

property or equipment to such transferee) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall (unless Landlord directs in writing otherwise) pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess actually received by Tenant to Landlord, after making deductions for any reasonable marketing expenses, tenant improvement funds expended by Tenant, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and free rent actually paid by Tenant. If such consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

(g) The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

(h) Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s forms with changes reasonably requested by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord;

(i) Tenant shall not then be in default hereunder in any respect;

(j) Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be the same as the Permitted Use;

(k) Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

(l) Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer;

(m) Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent or refuse consent to any later Transfer;

(n) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

(o) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a list of Hazardous Materials (as defined below), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 21.2.

52


 

29.5. Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article or with respect to which Tenant does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Article shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease.

29.6. Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

29.7. Tenant shall be permitted to sublease up to fifty percent (50%) of the Premises in the aggregate to any entity which is controlled by Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (“Permitted Subtenant”), without obtaining Landlord’s consent; provided that Tenant’s rights under this Section 29.7 will be limited to a maximum of one (1) Permitted Subtenant at any given time.

29.8. If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default (as defined below) by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

30. Subordination and Attornment.

30.1. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination.

30.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be reasonably required by Landlord. If any Lender so elects, however, Tenant’s leasehold shall be deemed prior to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. If Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under this Section within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord or its special attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such document or documents in the name of Tenant. Such power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. For the avoidance of doubt, “Lenders” shall also include historic tax credit investors and new market tax credit investors.

53


 

30.3. Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any reasonable Lease amendments not materially altering the terms of this Lease or materially increasing Tenant’s liability or materially and adversely impacting Tenant’s use of the Premises or parking rights, if required by a Lender incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part.

30.4. In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

30.5. Upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to request a subordination and non-disturbance agreement from any such mortgagee or beneficiary under a deed of trust recorded on the Project (each, a “Mortgagee”); provided, however, that (a) Landlord shall have no obligation to obtain such subordination and non-disturbance agreement (and Tenant shall have no right or remedy in the event that such Mortgagee refuses to provide such subordination and non-disturbance agreement), and (b) Tenant shall (i) pay all fees and expenses of any kind (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) imposed or required by such Mortgagee in connection with such subordination and non-disturbance agreement, and (ii) reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such subordination and non-disturbance agreement.

31. Defaults and Remedies.

31.1. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within three (3) days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an additional sum of six percent (6%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge plus (b) interest at an annual rate (the “Default Rate”) equal to the lesser of (a) twelve percent (12%) and (b) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant and shall be payable as Additional Rent to Landlord due with the next installment of Rent or within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand, whichever is earlier. Landlord’s acceptance of any Additional Rent (including a late charge or any other amount hereunder) shall not be deemed an extension of the date that Rent is due or prevent Landlord from pursuing any other rights or remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay a late charge pursuant to this Section 31.1 for the first (1st) late payment for which Tenant receives notice during the Term, unless Tenant fails to make such payment within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord regarding such late payment.

54


 

31.2. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

31.3. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder or perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, in each case within the applicable cure period (if any) described in Section 31.4, then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building or the Project by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building or the Project, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 31.1, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest at the Default Rate, computed from the date such sums were paid or incurred.

31.4. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” hereunder by Tenant:

(a) Tenant abandons the Premises;

(b) Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, or to satisfy its obligations under Article 19, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

(c) Tenant fails to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Sections 31.4(a) and 31.4(b)) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for a period of fifteen (15) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than fifteen (15) business days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences such cure within such fifteen (15) business day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; and provided, further, that such cure is completed no later than sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord;

(d) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

55


 

(f) Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Bankruptcy Code”) or an order for relief is entered against Tenant pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code;

(g) Any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

(h) Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 20 and such failure continues for three (3) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant; or

(i) Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action.

Notices given under this Section shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice.

31.5. [Intentionally omitted]

31.6. In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord has the right to do any or all of the following:

(a) Halt any Tenant Improvements and Alterations and order Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, designers and material suppliers to stop work;

(b) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by written notice to Tenant or by any lawful means, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby; and

(c) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including:

56


 

(i) The sum of:

A. The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus

B. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

C. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

D. Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment arising from Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease; plus

E. At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws; or

(ii) [Intentionally omitted]

As used in Sections 31.6(c)(i)(A) and (B), “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 31.6(c)(i)(C), the “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the Discount Rate.

31.7. In addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default or abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Section, the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:

(a) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or

(b) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

57


 

31.8. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 31.6, then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

31.9. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

(b) Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

(c) Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and

(d) Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

31.10. All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in such waiver. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be required to mitigate its damages with respect to any default by Tenant, except as required by Applicable Laws. Any such obligation imposed by Applicable Laws upon Landlord to relet the Premises after any termination of this Lease shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to (a) lease to high quality tenants on such terms as Landlord may from time to time deem appropriate in its discretion and (b) develop the Project in a harmonious manner with a mix of uses, tenants, floor areas, terms of tenancies, etc., as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises to (y) any Tenant’s Affiliate or (z) any party (i) unacceptable to a Lender, (ii) that requires Landlord to make improvements to or re-demise the Premises, (iii) that desires to change the Permitted Use, (iv) that desires to lease the Premises for more or less than the remaining Term or (v) to whom Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord may desire to lease other available space in the Project or at another property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

58


 

31.11. Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (y) the date of Lease termination and (z) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

31.12. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise.

31.13. Landlord shall not be in default or liable for damages under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold or abate rent or to set off any Claims against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, warranties or promises hereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in this Lease.

31.14. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project is located (provided Tenant has been informed of the existence and address of such mortgagee or landlord), and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building or the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided that Landlord shall furnish to Tenant in writing, upon written request by Tenant, the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.

32. Bankruptcy. In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

32.1. Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

32.2. A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

59


 

32.3. A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or

32.4. The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

33. Brokers.

33.1. Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than Hughes Marino (“Broker”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall compensate Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

33.2. Tenant represents and warrants for Landlord’s benefit that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

33.3. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 33.1 and 33.2.

33.4. Tenant agrees to Indemnify the Landlord Indemnitees from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by Tenant or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant.

34. Definition of Landlord. With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.

60


 

35. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability.

35.1. If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project, (b) rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project.

35.2. Neither Landlord nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, members or agents shall be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations or any deficiency under this Lease, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates. No partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner or member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, as applicable. No partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates.

35.3. Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

36. Joint and Several Obligations. If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

36.1. Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, and such terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements shall be binding with the same force and effect upon each and all of the persons executing this Agreement as Tenant; and

36.2. The term “Tenant,” as used in this Lease, means and includes each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, hor so signed.

37. Representations. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust,

61


 

association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so and (e) neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Tenant is constituted or to which Tenant is a party. In addition, Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that none of (x) it, (y) its affiliates or partners nor (z) to its knowledge, its members, shareholders or other equity owners or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

38. Confidentiality. Tenant shall keep the terms and conditions of this Lease and any information provided to Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors pursuant to Article 9 confidential and shall not (a) disclose to any third party any terms or conditions of this Lease or any other Lease-related document (including subleases, assignments, work letters, construction contracts, letters of credit, subordination agreements, non-disturbance agreements, brokerage agreements or estoppels) or the contents of any documents, reports, surveys or evaluations related to the Project or any portion thereof or (b) provide to any third party an original or copy of this Lease (or any Lease-related document or other document referenced in Subsection 38(a)). Landlord shall not release to any third party any non-public financial information or non-public information about Tenant’s ownership structure that Tenant gives Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, confidential information under this Section may be released by Landlord or Tenant under the following circumstances: (w) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding; provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (x) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers, lenders, potential lenders, investors, potential investors and other bona fide consultants or advisers (with respect to this Lease only); provided such third parties agree to be bound by this Section, (y) to a party’s lenders for purposes of financial reporting or (z) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease; provided they agree in writing to be bound by this Section. Landlord will not have the right to terminate this Lease for a breach of this Section by Tenant, but reserves all other rights and remedies at law or equity for such breach.

39. Notices. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by (a) personal delivery, (b) overnight delivery with a reputable international overnight delivery service, such as FedEx, or (c) email transmission, so long as such transmission is followed within one (1) business day by delivery utilizing one of the methods described in Subsection 39(a) or (b), provided that, for purposes of this Subsection 39(c), if delivery utilizing one of the other methods described in Subsection 39(a) or (b) is not reasonably practicable due to an event of Force Majeure (as defined below), then such requirement shall be waived for deliveries by email transmission so long as either the receiving party responds to the sending party confirming receipt of the applicable email transmission, or the sending party receives other electronic confirmation that the email transmission was received and read by the receiving party,

62


 

such as a “read receipt” notice. Any such notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication shall be deemed delivered (x) upon receipt, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(a); (y) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable international overnight delivery service, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(b); or (z) one (1) business day following transmission, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(c). Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.9 and 2.10 or 2.11, respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.

40. Miscellaneous.

40.1. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building or the Project in its sole discretion.

40.2. To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall furnish to Landlord, from time to time, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, the most recent year-end unconsolidated financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant shall, from time to time upon request from Landlord, furnish Landlord with a certified copy of Tenant’s year-end unconsolidated financial statements for the previous year audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects as of the date thereof. If audited financials are not otherwise prepared, unaudited financials substantially complying with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of Tenant as true, correct and complete in all respects shall suffice for purposes of this Section. The provisions of this Section shall not apply at any time while Tenant is a corporation whose shares are traded on any nationally recognized stock exchange.

40.3. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

40.4. The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final, complete and exclusive expression of their agreement with respect to the terms that are included herein, and may not be contradicted or supplemented by evidence of any other prior or contemporaneous agreement.

40.5. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, record a short form or memorandum hereof without Tenant’s consent. Within ten (10) days after receipt of written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute a termination of any short form or memorandum of lease recorded with respect hereto. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of recording any short form or memorandum of this Lease, including any transfer or other taxes incurred in connection with such recordation. Neither party shall record this Lease.

63


 

40.6. Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The words “include,” “includes,” “included” and “including” mean “‘include,’ etc., without limitation.” The word “shall” is mandatory and the word “may” is permissive. The word “business day” means a calendar day other than any national or local holiday on which federal government agencies in the County of San Diego are closed for business, or any weekend. The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant have each participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Lease, and the language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

40.7. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Lease and such party’s performance under this Lease; provided that, if either party commences an action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit against the other party arising from or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the substantially prevailing party in such action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit, and in any appeal in connection therewith (regardless of whether the applicable action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action, suit or appeal is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed).

40.8. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

40.9. Each provision of this Lease performable by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

40.10. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are independent and shall not be conditioned upon performance by Landlord.

40.11. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

40.12. Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

40.13. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors and assigns. This Lease is for the sole benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns, and nothing in this Lease shall give or be construed to give any other person or entity any legal or equitable rights. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

64


 

40.14. This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles.

40.15. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Lease on its behalf have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

40.16. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

40.17. No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

40.18. No waiver of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord unless executed in writing by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach or default of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach or default of such term, covenant or condition or any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease.

40.19. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising from or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises.

40.20. A facsimile, electronic or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Lease or any other document required or permitted by this Lease to be delivered by Landlord or Tenant shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

40.21. For purposes of this Lease, “Force Majeure” means accidents; breakage; casualties (to the extent not caused by the party claiming Force Majeure); Severe Weather Conditions (as defined below); physical natural disasters (but excluding weather conditions that are not Severe Weather Conditions); strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes (other than labor disturbances and labor disputes resulting solely from the acts or omissions of the party claiming Force Majeure); acts of terrorism; riots or civil disturbances; wars or insurrections; plagues, epidemics, pandemics, or public health crises (including regulations, actions or delays by Governmental Authorities resulting from any such plague, epidemic, pandemic or public health crisis); shortages of materials or supply chain disruptions (which shortages or disruptions are not unique to the party claiming Force Majeure); regulations, moratoria or other actions, inactions or delays by Governmental Authorities, provided that any delay by a Governmental Authority in issuing any required permit or approval is not caused by the failure of the party claiming Force Majeure to timely submit a complete application for such permit or approval in compliance with Applicable Laws; failures by third parties to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply, or inability of the party claiming Force Majeure, by exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain gas,

65


 

oil or another suitable fuel; or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party claiming that Force Majeure has occurred. “Severe Weather Conditions” means weather conditions that are materially worse than those that would be reasonably anticipated for the Property at the applicable time based on historic meteorological records. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, events of Force Majeure shall excuse timely performance of a party hereunder (other than either party’s obligation to pay any amounts hereunder, which shall not be excused by Force Majeure) for a period equal to the delay caused thereby and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by an event of Force Majeure.

40.22. All Digital Rights (as defined below) arising from, in connection with or in any way otherwise related to the Premises, Building or Project are the sole and exclusive property of Landlord and shall not be used in any manner by Tenant without Landlord’s express prior written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. As used herein, “Digital Rights” means the right to copy, recreate, advertise, market, distribute, display, digitize, render, morph, duplicate, scan, model, or otherwise use or depict the Premises, Building or Project in any and all forms of digital media, now known or hereafter created.

41. Option to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the option (“Option”) to extend the Term by five (5) years as to the entire Premises (and no less than the entire Premises) upon the following terms and conditions. Any extension of the Term pursuant to the Option shall be on all the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except as follows:

41.1. Base Rent at the commencement of the Option term shall equal the then-current fair market value for comparable laboratory space in the Sorrento Mesa laboratory submarket of comparable age, quality, level of finish and proximity to amenities and public transit, and containing the systems and improvements present in the Premises as of the date that Tenant gives Landlord written notice of Tenant’s election to exercise the Option (“FMV”), and shall be further increased on each annual anniversary of the Option term commencement date by three percent (3%). Tenant may, no more than fifteen (15) months prior to the date the Term is then scheduled to expire, request Landlord’s estimate of the FMV for the Option term. Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such request, give Tenant a written proposal of such FMV. If Tenant gives written notice to exercise the Option, such notice shall specify whether Tenant accepts Landlord’s proposed estimate of FMV. If Tenant does not accept the FMV, then the parties shall endeavor to agree upon the FMV, taking into account all relevant factors, including (a) the size of the Premises, (b) the length of the Option term, (c) rent in comparable buildings in the relevant submarket, including concessions offered to new tenants, such as free rent, tenant improvement allowances and moving allowances (taking into account those which are not offered to Tenant), (d) Tenant’s creditworthiness and (e) the quality and location of the Building and the Project. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon the FMV within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant is exercising the Option, then either party may request that the same be determined as follows: a senior officer of a nationally recognized leasing brokerage firm with local knowledge of the Sorrento Mesa laboratory/research and development leasing submarket (the “Baseball Arbitrator”) shall be selected and paid for jointly by Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Baseball Arbitrator, then the same shall be designated by the local chapter of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services or any successor organization thereto (the “JAMS”). The Baseball Arbitrator selected by the parties or

66


 

designated by JAMS shall (y) have at least ten (10) years’ experience in the leasing of laboratory/research and development space in the Sorrento Mesa laboratory submarket and (z) not have been employed or retained by either Landlord or Tenant or any affiliate of either for a period of at least ten (10) years prior to appointment pursuant hereto. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall submit to the Baseball Arbitrator and to the other party its determination of the FMV. The Baseball Arbitrator shall grant to Landlord and Tenant a hearing and the right to submit evidence. The Baseball Arbitrator shall determine which of the two (2) FMV determinations more closely represents the actual FMV. The arbitrator may not select any other FMV for the Premises other than one submitted by Landlord or Tenant. The FMV selected by the Baseball Arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and shall serve as the basis for determination of Base Rent payable for the Option term. If, as of the commencement date of the Option term, the amount of Base Rent payable during the Option term shall not have been determined, then, pending such determination, Tenant shall pay Base Rent equal to the Base Rent payable with respect to the last year of the then-current Term. After the final determination of Base Rent payable for the Option term, the parties shall promptly execute a written amendment to this Lease specifying the amount of Base Rent to be paid during the Option term. Any failure of the parties to execute such amendment shall not affect the validity of the FMV determined pursuant to this Section.

41.2. The Option is not assignable separate and apart from this Lease.

41.3. The Option is conditional upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Option not more than twelve (12) months nor less than nine (9) months prior to the end of the expiration of the then-current Term. Time shall be of the essence as to Tenant’s exercise of the Option. Tenant assumes full responsibility for maintaining a record of the deadlines to exercise the Option. Tenant acknowledges that it would be inequitable to require Landlord to accept any exercise of the Option after the date provided for in this Section.

41.4. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Option:

(a) During the time commencing from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written notice that Tenant is in default under any provisions of this Lease and continuing until Tenant has cured the specified default to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; or

(b) At any time after any Default as described in Article 31 of the Lease and continuing until Tenant cures any such Default, if such Default is susceptible to being cured; or

(c) In the event that Tenant has Defaulted in the performance of its monetary obligations under this Lease three (3) or more times during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Option, whether or not Tenant has cured such Defaults.

41.5. The period of time within which Tenant may exercise the Option shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such Option because of the provisions of Section 41.4.

67


 

41.6. All of Tenant’s rights under the provisions of the Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the new term, (a) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant, (b) Tenant fails to commence to cure a default (other than a monetary default) within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of such default or (c) Tenant has Defaulted under its monetary obligations under this Lease three (3) or more times, whether or not Tenant has cured such Defaults.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

68


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

BRE-BMR OBERLIN LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dawn Saunders

Name:

Dawn Saunders

Title:

Vice President, Legal

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

Name:

Tom Miller

Title:

CEO

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

[***]

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into as of the 24th day of July, 2023, by and between BRE-BMR OBERLIN LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease dated of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises commonly known as Suite 120 located at 5627 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

1.1 Authorized Representatives.

(a) Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“Landlord’s Authorized Representative”), (i) Chris Burrus as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings, approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and (ii) an officer of Landlord as the person authorized to sign any amendments to this Work Letter or the Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant.

(b) Tenant designates Jeanne Grover (“Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the person authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord.

1.2 Schedule. The schedule for design and development of the Tenant Improvements, including the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with a schedule to be prepared by Landlord (the “Schedule”). The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as otherwise provided in this Work Letter.

1.3 Landlord’s Architects, Contractors and Consultants. The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord.

2. Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Landlord’s contractor, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligation with respect to any portion of the TI Allowance) and in substantial accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Lease and this Work Letter and in compliance with Applicable Laws. To the extent that the total projected cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) exceeds the TI

B-1


 

Allowance (such excess, the “Excess TI Costs”), Tenant shall pay the costs of the Tenant Improvements on a pari passu basis with Landlord as such costs become due, in the proportion of Excess TI Costs payable by Tenant to the Base TI Allowance (and, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the Lease, the Additional TI Allowance) payable by Landlord. If the cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) increases over Landlord’s initial projection, then Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective pari passu shares shall be adjusted accordingly. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due to Landlord under this Work Letter, then Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Landlord or its contractors as the Tenant Improvements and the Spec Improvements shall be new or “like new,” and the Tenant Improvements and Spec Improvements shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner.

2.1 Spec Improvements. Landlord shall construct the speculative improvements described on Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “Spec Improvements”) in compliance with Applicable Laws; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to make changes to Schedule 1 if such changes are (a) required by any Applicable Laws or Governmental Authority, (b) necessary to address unanticipated field conditions encountered in the course of performing the Spec Improvements, or (c) to address supply chain interruptions or the inability to procure certain materials or supplies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, Schedule 1), Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (x) the Spec Improvements will not include any furniture, fixtures or equipment (including, without limitation, any cabling, security systems, IT and audio visual equipment, any laboratory equipment, point of use systems, and DI water), even if any such items are depicted on Schedule 1 (it being further acknowledged and agreed that to the extent such items are shown on Schedule 1, they are depicted for illustrative purposes only), except that the Spec Improvements shall include any such furniture, fixtures or equipment described as being provided by Landlord in that certain budget for the Spec Improvements provided by JB Pacific, Inc. and dated May 18, 2023 (the “Spec Improvement Budget”), and (y) Tenant (not Landlord) shall be solely responsible for the purchase and installation of any such furniture, fixtures and equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject only to proper application of the TI Allowance to the extent permitted under the terms of the Lease) except that Landlord shall be responsible to provide as part of the Spec Improvements any such furniture, fixtures or equipment described as being provided by Landlord in the Spec Improvement Budget. The cost to construct the Spec Improvements will not be charged against the TI Allowance and will be paid for solely by Landlord; provided, however, that in the event Tenant requests (or the Approved Plans require) any changes to the Spec Improvements (“Spec Improvements Changes”) and such changes increase the total cost of the Spec Improvements, Tenant will pay all costs associated with such Spec Improvement Changes (provided that the TI Allowance may be applied to such costs), which costs will include, without limitation, (aa) all costs incurred to modify plans previously prepared for the Spec Improvements (including all consultant, engineering and permitting fees) or to modify or remove and rebuild any portion of the Spec Improvements previously constructed by Landlord, plus (bb) any other cost incurred by Landlord in order to make changes to the Spec Improvements to accommodate the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved Plans. In connection with any Spec Improvements Change requested by Tenant, Landlord will provide Tenant with an estimate of the cost of such Spec Improvement Change and any delay in Substantial Completion anticipated to

B-2


 

occur as a result of such Spec Improvement Change (which estimates are for budgeting purposes only, but will not limit Tenant’s responsibility to pay for all costs associated with any Spec Improvement Change or for any Tenant Delays associated with such Spec Improvement Change), and Tenant will approve or disapprove such Spec Improvement Change within three (3) business days following receipt of Landlord’s estimate. Tenant’s failure to approve or disapprove of a Spec Improvement Change within such three (3) business day period will be deemed Tenant’s rejection of such Spec Improvement Change and Landlord will have no obligation to perform such Spec Improvement Change.

2.2 Work Plans. The schematics attached hereto as Schedule 2 are hereby approved by Landlord and Tenant and shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Schematic Plans.”

2.3 Construction Plans. Landlord shall prepare final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements that (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Schematic Plans and (b) incorporate any other Tenant-requested (and Landlord-approved) Changes (as defined below). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“Construction Plans”) are completed, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such Construction Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Tenant within five (5) business days after delivery to Tenant. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. If the Construction Plans are disapproved by Tenant, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its reasonable objections to such Construction Plans, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Construction Plans. Promptly after the Construction Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord shall promptly submit such Construction Plans to all appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval. The Construction Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Work Letter, are referred to herein as the “Approved Plans.”

2.4 Changes to the Tenant Improvements. Any changes to the Approved Plans (each, a “Change”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter.

(a) Change Request. Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Tenant approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change and (c) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change In addition, in connection with any Change Request made by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an estimate of the cost of such Change Request and any delay in Substantial Completion anticipated to occur as a result of such Change Request (which estimates are for budgeting purposes only, but will not limit Tenant’s responsibility to pay for all costs associated with its Change Request or for any Tenant Delays associated with such Change Request), and Tenant will have three (3) business days after receipt of Landlord’s estimate to withdraw its Change Request. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost

B-3


 

and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements as a result of such Change (subject to application of any available TI Allowance). Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s Authorized Representative.

(b) Approval of Changes. All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party.

3. Requests for Consent. Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, Tenant shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of such request. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant.

4. TI Allowance.

4.1 Application of TI Allowance. Landlord shall contribute, in the following order, the Base TI Allowance and, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, the Additional TI Allowance, toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements, in accordance with this Work Letter and Article 4 of the Lease. If the entire TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the TI Allowance. If the entire Excess TI Costs advanced by Tenant to Landlord on a pari passu basis as required under Section 2 above are not applied toward the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall promptly return such excess to Tenant following completion of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant may apply the TI Allowance for the payment of construction and other costs in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Work Letter and the Lease.

4.2 Approval of Budget for the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligation to expend any portion of the TI Allowance until Landlord and Tenant shall have approved in writing the budget for the Tenant Improvements (the “Approved Budget”). The Approved Budget shall provide for approximately proportionate spending across the entire Premises on a per square foot basis (subject to customary and/or reasonable variations on a floor-by-floor basis for the applicable use mix on such floor, such as between office and laboratory space). Prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget, Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements as they become due. Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for costs or expenses relating to the Tenant Improvements that exceed the amount of the TI Allowance.

B-4


 

4.3 Non-Allowance Items. The following costs shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord (and shall not be subject to application of the TI Allowance): (a) the cost of the Spec Improvements, except for any and all costs arising from Spec Improvement Changes or other Changes requested by Tenant (which costs shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility, subject to the proper application of the TI Allowance in accordance with the Lease and this Work Letter); (b) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Project in violation of Applicable Laws as of the Execution Date, unless placed at the Project by Tenant or any of the other Tenant Parties; (c) attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with negotiation of construction contracts, and attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees and other costs in connection with disputes with third parties; (d) costs actually recovered by Landlord in connection with warranties and insurance; (e) penalties and late charges attributable to Landlord’s failure to pay construction costs; and (f) construction management, profit and overhead charges paid to Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord, other than Landlord’s three percent (3%) project management fee as provided in Article 4 of the Lease (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, this Subsection 4.3(f) shall not apply to any construction management, profit and overhead charges payable to third parties, including the general contractor and any subcontractor).

5. Miscellaneous.

5.1 Incorporation of Lease Provisions. Sections 40.6 through 40.20 of the Lease are incorporated into this Work Letter by reference, and shall apply to this Work Letter in the same way that they apply to the Lease.

5.2 General. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter, this Work Letter shall not apply to improvements performed in any additional premises added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise; or to any portion of the Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease expressly provides that such additional premises are to be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the initial Premises.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

B-5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BRE-BMR OBERLIN LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dawn Saunders

Name:

Dawn Saunders

Title:

Vice President, Legal

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

Name:

Tom Miller

Title:

CEO

 

B-6


 

SCHEDULE 1

SPEC IMPROVEMENTS

Improvements for Suite 120 at 5627 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California, to the extent included in that certain City Plan Check Submittal dated March 10, 2023, for Project No. 20195 and entitled “BMR – 5627 Tenant Improvements, Expansion and Exterior Improvements,” as stamped and approved by the City of San Diego, Development Services Department, on June 29, 2023.

SCHEDULE 1-1-


 

SCHEDULE 2

APPROVED SCHEMATIC PLANS

Improvements for Suite 120 at 5627 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California, to the extent included in that certain Construction Change #1 Submittal dated July 14, 2023, for Project No. PRJ-1066420.

SCHEDULE 2-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT B-1

TENANT WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE

1.
Types of Coverage. Tenant shall maintain or cause Tenant’s contractors performing construction or renovation work to maintain such insurance as shall protect it from the claims set forth below that may arise out of or result from any Tenant Work, whether such Tenant Work is completed by Tenant or by any Tenant contractors or by any person directly or indirectly employed by Tenant or any Tenant contractors, or by any person for whose acts Tenant or any Tenant contractors may be liable:
a.
Commercial General Liability. Commercial general liability insurance written on the ISO form CG 00 01 or equivalent, including products and completed operations, on an occurrence basis. Such coverage shall apply to all Tenant Work done by Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors of all tiers and provide insurance against personal injury, wrongful death, and property damage (other than to the Tenant Work itself). The policy shall include contractual liability coverage sufficient to address the obligations of the Lease and the Tenant Work. This insurance policy shall include Landlord Parties as additional insureds with endorsements equivalent to ISO CG 20 10 04/13 for ongoing operations, and to ISO CG 20 37 04/13 for completed operations. This policy shall be primary and noncontributory with respect to any other insurance available to an additional insured. The policy shall include endorsement ISO CG 24 04 or its equivalent, a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Landlord Parties. Tenant contractors’ Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include premises/operations (including explosion, collapse and underground coverage if such Tenant Work involves any underground work), elevators, independent contractors, products and completed operations, and blanket contractual liability on all written contracts, all including broad form property damage coverage. Coverage for completed operations must be maintained through the applicable statue of repose period following completion of the Tenant Work.
b.
Business Automobile Liability Insurance. Business Automobile Liability Insurance on an “occurrence” form covering any or all autos (including owned, hired, leased and non-owned vehicles) used by or on behalf of the insured, and providing insurance for bodily injury and property damage. The policy shall include coverage for loading and unloading activities. This policy shall include the Landlord Parties as additional insureds, with endorsements.
c.
Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance. For all operations, Workers’ Compensation insurance in compliance with statutory limits for the Workers’ Compensation Laws of the state in which the Premises are located, and an Employer’s Liability limit of not less than $1,000,000 each accident.
d.
Contractors’ Pollution Liability. Contractors and subcontractors handling, removing or treating Hazardous Materials shall maintain pollution liability insurance. Such coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage or environmental damage, including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property (including the resulting loss of use thereof), contractual liability coverage to cover liability arising out of cleanup, removal, storage or handling of hazardous or toxic chemicals, materials or substances, or any other pollutants (including mold, asbestos or

B-1-1


 

asbestos-containing materials); and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such damages. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided that the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the commencement of the Tenant Work. This policy shall include the Landlord Parties as additional insureds, with endorsements.
e.
Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions). Contractors and subcontractors of any tier performing Tenant Work that includes any professional services, including design, architecture, engineering, testing, surveying or design/build services shall provide and maintain professional liability insurance. Coverage shall be maintained following completion of the Tenant Work through the applicable statute of repose of the state in which the Premises are located.

B-1-2


 

2.
Minimum Limits of Insurance. All coverage types as defined above to be procured by Tenant’s general contractor and designer for any Tenant Work shall be written for limits of insurance not less than:

 

Coverage

Cost of Work

Minimum Limits of Insurance

a. Commercial
General Liability

* Limits may be met
by use of excess
and/or umbrella
liability insurance,
provided that such
coverage is at least as
broad as the primary
coverages required
herein

<$200 million

$100 million per occurrence, general aggregate,
and products and completed operations
aggregate

<$100 million

$50 million per occurrence, general aggregate,
and products and completed operations
aggregate

<$50 million

$25 million per occurrence, general aggregate,
and products and completed operations
aggregate

<$25 million

$10 million per occurrence, general aggregate,
and products and completed operations
aggregate

<$10 million

$5 million per occurrence, general aggregate,
and products and completed operations
aggregate

<$5 million

$2 million per occurrence, general aggregate,
and products and completed operations
aggregate

b. Commercial
Automobile
Liability

≥$25 million

$25 million combined single limit

<$25 million

$10 million combined single limit

<$10 million

$5 million combined single limit

* Limits may be met
by use of excess
and/or umbrella
liability insurance,
provided that such
coverage is at least as
broad as the primary
coverages required
herein

<$5 million

$2 million combined single limit

c. Workers’
Compensation

At all times

As required by Applicable Laws

d. Contractor’s
Pollution Liability

At all times

$2 million per location and $4 million aggregate

e. Professional
Liability (Errors and
Omissions)

<$200 million

$10 million per project and in the aggregate

<$75 million

$5 million per project and in the aggregate

<$25 million

$2 million per project and $4 million aggregate

<$10 million

$1 million per project and $2 million aggregate

 

B-1-3


 

3.
Notice of Cancellation. The foregoing policies shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies shall not be canceled or not renewed until at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice has been given to the Landlord.
4.
Evidence of Insurance. Certificates of insurance, including required endorsements showing such coverages to be in force, shall be provided to Landlord prior to the commencement of any Tenant Work and prior to each renewal.
5.
Insurer Ratings. The minimum A.M. Best’s rating of each insurer shall be A-VII.
6.
Additional Insureds. The policies shall name Landlord Parties as additional insureds to the extent required by the Lease, the Work Letter or this Exhibit.
7.
Waiver of Subrogation. Tenant, contractors and subcontractors, and each of their respective insurers shall provide waivers of subrogation in favor of the Landlord Parties with respect to all insurance required by the Lease, the Work Letter or this Exhibit.
8.
Tenant’s Contractors. Tenant shall require all other persons, firms and corporations engaged or employed by Tenant in connection with the performance of Tenant Work to carry and maintain coverages with limits not less than those required by this Exhibit. Tenant’s contractors’ and subcontractors’ insurance compliance, including any coverage exceptions, shall be Tenant’s responsibility. Tenant shall incorporate these insurance requirements by reference within any contract executed by Tenant and its contractors. Tenant shall obtain and verify the accuracy of certificates of insurance evidencing required coverage prior to permitting its contractors, subcontractors (of any tier), suppliers and agents from performing any Tenant Work or services at the Premises. Tenant shall furnish original certificates of insurance with additional insured endorsements from Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors (of any tier), suppliers and agents as evidence thereof, as Landlord may reasonably request.
9.
No Limit of Liability. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the insurance policies and limits required hereunder shall not limit the liability of Tenant or its contractors or subcontractors, and that Landlord makes no representation that these types or amounts of insurance are sufficient or adequate to protect Tenant or its contractors’ or subcontractors’ interests or liabilities, but are merely minimums. Any insurance carried by Landlord shall be secondary and non-contributory to that carried by Tenant and/or its contractors or subcontractors.

B-1-4


 

EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE
AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [_______], 20[__], with reference to that certain Lease (the “Lease”) dated as of [______], 2023, by IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), in favor of BRE-BMR OBERLIN LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1.
Tenant accepted possession of the Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [________], 20[__]. Tenant first occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__].
2.
The Premises are in good order, condition and repair.
3.
The Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete and the Spec Improvements are substantially complete.
4.
All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises.
5.
In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [________], 20[__], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [________], 20[__].
6.
The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [________]].
7.
Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.
8.
The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [________], 20[__], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

Approximate

Square Feet of

Rentable Area

Base Rent per Square
Foot of Rentable Area

Monthly

Base Rent

Annual

Base Rent

[__]/[__]/[__]-[__]/[__]/[__]

[ ]

$[ ]

[monthly][OR][annually]

[ ]

[ ]

 

C-1


 

9.
The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

C-2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

TENANT:

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF ADDITIONAL TI ALLOWANCE ACCEPTANCE LETTER

[TENANT LETTERHEAD]

 

BRE-BMR Oberlin LP

[***]

 

[Date]

 

 

Re:

Additional TI Allowance

 

 

To Whom It May Concern:

 

This letter concerns that certain Lease dated as of [________], 20[__] (the “Lease”), between BRE-BMR Oberlin LP (“Landlord”) and Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (“Tenant”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby notifies Landlord that it wishes to exercise its right to utilize the Additional TI Allowance pursuant to Article 4 of the Lease.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call [______] at ([___]) [___]-[____].

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

 

[Title of Authorized Signatory]

 

 

cc: Jon Bergschneider

 

 

 

D-1


 

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[On letterhead or L/C letterhead of Issuer]

LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Date:

 

, 20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(the “Beneficiary”)

 

 

 

 

Attention:

 

 

L/C. No.:

 

 

Loan No. :

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We establish in favor of Beneficiary our irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit numbered as identified above (the “L/C”) for an aggregate amount of $______, expiring at __:00 p.m. on _______ or, if such day is not a Banking Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day (such date, as extended from time to time, the “Expiry Date”). “Banking Day” means a weekday except a weekday when commercial banks in _________ are authorized or required to close.

We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “Issuer”) for the account of _________ (the “Account Party”), under the terms and conditions of this L/C.

Funds under this L/C are available by presenting the following documentation (the “Drawing Documentation”): (a) the original L/C and (b) a sight draft substantially in the form of Attachment 1, with blanks filled in and bracketed items provided as appropriate. No other evidence of authority, certificate, or documentation is required.

Drawing Documentation must be presented at Issuer’s office at _________ on or before the Expiry Date by personal presentation, courier or messenger service. Issuer will on request issue a receipt for Drawing Documentation.

We agree, irrevocably, and irrespective of any claim by any other person, to honor drafts drawn under and in conformity with this L/C, within the maximum amount of this L/C, presented to us on or before the Expiry Date, provided we also receive (on or before the Expiry Date) any other Drawing Documentation this L/C requires.

We shall pay this L/C only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation.

E-1


 

If Beneficiary presents proper Drawing Documentation to us on or before the Expiry Date, then we shall pay under this L/C at or before the following time (the “Payment Deadline”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any Banking Day, then the close of such Banking Day; and (b) otherwise, the close of the next Banking Day. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall so advise Beneficiary in writing, specifying all grounds for our determination, within one Banking Day after the Payment Deadline.

Partial drawings are permitted. This L/C shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.

We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this L/C or any Drawing Documentation. We waive any defense based on fraud or any claim of fraud.

The Expiry Date shall automatically be extended by one year (but never beyond _____ (the “Outside Date”)) unless, on or before the date 90 days before any Expiry Date, we have given Beneficiary notice that the Expiry Date shall not be so extended (a “Nonrenewal Notice”). We shall promptly upon request confirm any extension of the Expiry Date under the preceding sentence by issuing an amendment to this L/C, but such an amendment is not required for the extension to be effective. We need not give any notice of the Outside Date.

Beneficiary may from time to time without charge transfer this L/C, in whole but not in part, to any transferee (the “Transferee”). Issuer shall look solely to Account Party for payment of any fee for any transfer of this L/C. Such payment is not a condition to any such transfer. Beneficiary or Transferee shall consummate such transfer by delivering to Issuer the original of this L/C and a Transfer Notice substantially in the form of Attachment 2, purportedly signed by Beneficiary, and designating Transferee. Issuer shall promptly reissue or amend this L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Upon any transfer, all references to Beneficiary shall automatically refer to Transferee, who may then exercise all rights of Beneficiary. Issuer expressly consents to any transfers made from time to time in compliance with this paragraph.

Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service such as FedEx (with proof of delivery) at the above address, or such other address as Beneficiary may specify by written notice to Issuer. A copy of any such notice shall also be delivered, as a condition to the effectiveness of such notice, to: _________ (or such replacement as Beneficiary designates from time to time by written notice).

No amendment that adversely affects Beneficiary shall be effective without Beneficiary’s written consent.

This L/C is subject to and incorporates by reference: (a) the International Standby Practices 98 (“ISP 98”); and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with ISP 98, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[Issuer Signature]

 

E-2


 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT

[Beneficiary Letterhead]

TO:

[Name and Address of Issuer]

SIGHT DRAFT

AT SIGHT, pay to the Order of ___________, the sum of ____________ United States Dollars ($____________). Drawn under [Issuer] Letter of Credit No. ______________ dated _________.

[Issuer is hereby directed to pay the proceeds of this Sight Draft solely to the following account: ________________________.]

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

Date: ______________

E-1


 

ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT E

FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE

[Beneficiary Letterhead]

TO:

[Name and Address of Issuer] (the “Issuer”)

TRANSFER NOTICE

By signing below, the undersigned, Beneficiary (the “Beneficiary”) under Issuer’s Letter of Credit No. _______________ dated _______________ (the “L/C”), transfers the L/C to the following transferee (the “Transferee”):

[Transferee Name and Address]

The original L/C is enclosed. Beneficiary directs Issuer to reissue or amend the L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Beneficiary represents and warrants that Beneficiary has not transferred, assigned, or encumbered the L/C or any interest in the L/C, which transfer, assignment, or encumbrance remains in effect.

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

Date: _______________

 

E-1


 

EXHIBIT F

RULES AND REGULATIONS

NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“RULES AND REGULATIONS”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL.

1.
The Project’s hours of operation are currently 24 hours a day seven days a week.
2.
No Tenant Party shall encumber or obstruct the common entrances, garage entrances, loading docks, lobbies, elevators, sidewalks and stairways of the Building(s) or the Project, or use them for any purposes other than ingress or egress to and from the Building(s) or the Project.
3.
Except as specifically provided in the Lease, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building(s), or within a Tenant’s Premises if visible from the exterior of the Premises, in each case without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.
4.
If Landlord reasonably objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, and (a) such window, door or windowsill is visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) such curtain, blind, shade, screen, hanging plant or other object is not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove such curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects at its sole cost and expense.
5.
No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project. Movement of furniture, office equipment or any other large or bulky material(s) must enter through the Common Area, shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord designates, and shall be subject to such other reasonable restrictions as Landlord may impose. Tenant is required to remove pallets from the loading dock upon receiving deliveries.
6.
Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord at least 48-hours in advance of any moves or deliveries that will utilize or commit the driveway and/or thoroughfare for thirty (30) minutes or longer. Tenant shall be responsible for any charges associated with facilitating moves or deliveries.
7.
Packages, food, catering and other all other deliveries that do not require the use of the loading dock shall be delivered to the Premises and shall not be left at the security desk, in the lobby, or in any other Common Area.
8.
All movement or handling of Hazardous Materials, including (without limitation) any equipment, packages or biohazardous materials must be conducted in accordance with all Applicable Laws and environmental health and safety plans established by Tenant for such purpose. Hazardous Materials shall not be left unattended in or outside the Premises at any time.

F-1


 

Any Hazardous Materials handled or transported through any Common Area shall be held in secondary containment devices, and shall be transported through designated elevators and paths of travel within the Building and the Project as approved by Landlord.
9.
Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building(s) to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the affected tenants of the Project.
10.
Tenant shall not use any method of HVAC other than that shown in the Tenant Improvement plans.
11.
Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antennae; cell or other communications equipment; or other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except in accordance with the Lease. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other digital or electronic communications at the Project or elsewhere.
12.
Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to prevent such activities by any Tenant Party.
13.
Tenant shall store all trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials in receptacles within its Premises or in receptacles designated by Landlord outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for Tenant’s removal of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not remove trash bins from enclosures within or outside the Building, and trash enclosures shall remain locked.
14.
Tenant shall comply with all orders, requirements and conditions now or hereafter imposed by Applicable Laws or Landlord (“Waste Regulations”) regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash generated by Tenant (collectively, “Waste Products”), including (without limitation) the separation of Waste Products into receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord, and the removal of such receptacles in accordance with any collection schedules prescribed by Waste Regulations.
15.
Discharge of industrial sewage shall only be permitted if Tenant, at its sole expense, first obtains all necessary permits and licenses from all applicable Governmental Authorities.
16.
The Premises shall not be used for lodging or for any illegal, improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant may use (a) equipment intended for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, (b) microwave and toaster ovens, toasters, air fryers, and other similar appliances for employees’ use and (c) equipment shown on Tenant Improvement plans approved by Landlord; provided, further, that any such equipment and microwave ovens are used in accordance with Applicable Laws.

F-2


 

17.
Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.
18.
[Intentionally omitted]
19.
Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.
20.
Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed and secured.
21.
Tenant shall not modify any locks to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of keys, pass cards or similar devices for locks to the Premises.
22.
Tenant shall cooperate and participate in all reasonable security programs affecting the Premises. As of the Execution Date, there are no security programs in place at this Project.
23.
Tenant shall not permit any animals in the Project, other than Service Animals (as defined below) or for use in laboratory experiments in accordance with all Applicable Laws. “Service Animals” means dogs that are (a) recognized as “Service Animals” under the ADA and (b) individually trained to do work or perform tasks for a person with a disability. Dogs whose primary function is to provide comfort or emotional support shall not be considered a Service Animal and are not permitted on or in the Project.
24.
Skateboards, electric skateboards, hover boards, scooters, electric scooters, bicycles and electric bicycles (“Personal Transportation Equipment”) shall not be operated in areas designated as path of travel for pedestrian or vehicular use. Personal Transportation Equipment is to be stored within the Premises or other designated areas at all times, and is the sole responsibility of the owner of such Personal Transportation Equipment. Bike rooms and other designated areas shall not be used for overnight parking or storage of Personal Transportation Equipment, locks or other miscellaneous items. Items left by a Tenant Party in such designated areas for 24 hours or longer may be removed at Tenant’s expense without notice.
25.
All vehicles and Personal Transportation Equipment parked at the Project are parked at the risk of the vehicle or Personal Transportation Equipment owner. Unauthorized vehicles and Personal Transportation Equipment may be removed by Landlord without notice at the expense of the vehicle owner. Landlord shall have no liability for any damages caused by fire, theft, casualty, flood, EV charger use or any other cause whatsoever with respect to any vehicle (or its contents) or Personal Transportation Equipment parked at the Project. Parking lots/parking garages may not be used for overnight parking or storage of vehicles or other miscellaneous items without Landlord’s prior written approval. Vehicles and other miscellaneous items left by a Tenant Party in Landlord’s parking lots/parking garages for 24 hours or longer may be towed/removed at Tenant’s expense without notice.

F-3


 

26.
Electric vehicles may be charged using only electric vehicle charging stations installed for that purpose, and no other electrical outlets or connections at the Project may be used for charging vehicles of any kind. Vehicles that are not actively charging shall not be parked in EV reserved stalls, and may be towed/removed at Tenant’s expense without notice.
27.
Smoking and the use of smokeless tobacco products, cannabis products or electronic smoking devices (e.g., e-cigarettes) are prohibited at the Project.
28.
Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall cause the Premises to be exterminated on a quarterly basis to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and shall cause all portions of the Premises used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages to be cleaned daily in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to be treated against infestation by insects, rodents and other vermin and pests whenever there is evidence of any infestation. Tenant shall not permit any person to enter the Premises or the Project for the purpose of providing such extermination services, unless such persons have been approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, store any refuse generated in the Premises by the consumption of food or beverages in a cold box or similar facility.
29.
If Tenant desires to use any portion of the Common Area for a Tenant-related event, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to such event on the form attached as Attachment 1 to this Exhibit, which use shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease or the completed and executed Attachment to the contrary, Tenant shall be solely responsible for setting up and taking down any equipment or other materials required for the event, promptly pick up any litter, perform general cleaning, and report any property damage to Landlord related to the event. Any use of the Common Area pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the provisions of Article 28 of the Lease.
30.
All firearms of any kind, whether loaded or unloaded, and any other items, including (without limitation) knives or blades, intended for use as weapons are not permitted in the Building(s) or at the Project.
31.
Common shower facilities are intended for use by tenants of the Building(s) or Project after exercising or commuting. Common shower facilities are not to be used to treat exposure to Hazardous Materials or other potential hazards or contaminants. Tenants are required to provide separate shower facilities for employee use within individual Premises when required for the health and safety of their employees.
32.
Tenant shall not store or permit its employees to store personal belongings overnight in lockers within any Common Areas, including restrooms and shower facilities. Lockers are provided for day use only, and items left overnight may be removed without notice.
33.
Tenants will monitor and adhere to current Governmental Authorities’ regulations and guidance in order to maintain safe and healthy work environments.

F-4


 

Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project, including Tenant. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable additional rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to adhere to such additional rules or regulations until Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice thereof. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and Regulations and any such additional rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by all Tenant Parties.

F-5


 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT F

REQUEST FOR USE OF COMMON AREA

 

Date of Request:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord/Owner:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant/Requestor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property Location:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Event Description:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Plan for Security & Cleaning:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Event:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hours of Event: (to include set-up and take down):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Location at Property (see attached map):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Attendees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open to the Public? [___] YES [___] NO

Food and/or Beverages? [___] YES [___] NO

If YES:

•
Will food be prepared on site? [___] YES [___] NO
•
Please describe:
•
Will alcohol be served? [___] YES [___] NO

F-1


 

•
Please describe:
•
Will attendees be charged for alcohol? [___] YES [___] NO
•
Is alcohol license or permit required? [___] YES [___] NO
•
Does caterer have alcohol license or permit? [___] YES [___] NO [___] N/A

 

Other Amenities (tent, booths, band, food trucks, bounce house, etc.):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Event Details or Special Circumstances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned certifies that the foregoing is true, accurate and complete and he/she is duly authorized to sign and submit this request on behalf of the Tenant/Requestor named above.

[INSERT NAME OF TENANT/REQUESTOR]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

F-2


 

EXHIBIT G

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

G-1


 

EXHIBIT H

TENANT’S PROPERTY

(attached)

[***]

H-1


 

EXHIBIT I

FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To:

BRE-BMR Oberlin LP

 

[***]

 

 

 

BioMed Realty, L.P.

 

[***]

 

 

Re:

[PREMISES ADDRESS] (the “Premises”) at [STREET ADDRESS], [CITY AND STATE] (the “Property”)

 

The undersigned tenant (“Tenant”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

1.
Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “Lease”) for the Premises dated as of [_______], 20[__]. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [_______]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [_______], 20[__].
2.
Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [_______] square feet, on [_______], 20[__], and commenced to pay rent on [_______], 20[__]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [ ]].
3.
All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [_______], 20[__]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[_______]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[_______] [in cash][OR][in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease.
4.
Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[_______] per month.
5.
Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[_______] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and Common Area maintenance expenses.
6.
All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [_______]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid.
7.
The Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [_______]].

I-1


 

8.
[Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for leasing additional space at the Property: [_______].][OR][Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]
9.
To Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.
10.
The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is [acquiring the Property/making a loan secured by the Property] in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], [LANDLORD], BioMed Realty, L.P., and any [other ]mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

Dated this [____] day of [_______], 20[__].

[_______],

a [_______]

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

I-2


Exhibit 10.12

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit pursuant to Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K because it is both not material and is the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

 

 

 

RESEARCH COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 3, 2026

BY AND BETWEEN

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AND

TAKEDA PHARMACEUTICALS, U.S.A., INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2.

LICENSES; DATA RIGHTS; EXCLUSIVITY

25

 

 

 

2.1

License Grants to Takeda

25

2.2

License Grant to Iambic

25

2.3

No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights

26

2.4

Secure Environment

26

2.5

Data and Model Rights and Restrictions

27

2.6

Technology Transfer

28

2.7

Confirmatory Patent License

30

2.8

Exclusivity

30

2.9

Post-Change of Control Covenant Not to Sue

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3.

GOVERNANCE

33

 

 

 

3.1

Joint Steering Committee

33

3.2

Specific Responsibilities

33

3.3

General Provisions Applicable to the JSC

35

3.4

Subcommittees

37

3.5

Alliance Managers

38

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4.

ADDITIONAL COLLABORATION TARGETS; TARGET SUBSTITUTION

38

 

 

 

4.1

Initial Collaboration Targets

38

4.2

Target Availability

38

4.3

Additional Collaboration Targets

39

4.4

Replacement Collaboration Target

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5.

RESEARCH PROGRAM

41

 

 

 

5.1

Research Program Overview and Purpose

41

5.2

Initiation of a Research Program

41

5.3

Research Plans and Research Budget

42

5.4

Subcontracting by Iambic

43

5.5

Diligence; Performance; Infeasibility

43

5.6

Manufacture; Supply

43

5.7

Iambic Research Costs

44

5.8

Assumption of Iambic’s Activities by Takeda

44

5.9

Final Data Package

44

5.10

Takeda Selection

45

5.11

Reports and Data Sharing; Records

46

5.12

Materials Transfer

46

5.13

Takeda [***] Compound Series

47

i


 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6.

DEVELOPMENT, COMMERCIALIZATION AND MANUFACTURING

47

 

 

 

6.1

Development, Manufacture and Commercialization

47

6.2

Diligence

48

6.3

Subcontracting by Takeda

48

6.4

Development and Commercialization Reports

48

6.5

Regulatory

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7.

PAYMENTS; ROYALTIES AND REPORTS

49

 

 

 

7.1

Upfront Payment

49

7.2

Additional Target Fee

49

7.3

Research Costs

49

7.4

Milestone Payments

50

7.5

Royalties

54

7.6

Estimated Sales Levels; Diligence

56

7.7

Other Invoiced Amounts

56

7.8

Mode of Payments

57

7.9

Interest on Late Payments

57

7.10

Financial Records

57

7.11

Audits

57

7.12

Taxes

58

7.13

Confidentiality

60

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICATION

60

 

 

 

8.1

Confidentiality Obligations

60

8.2

Exceptions

61

8.3

Permitted Disclosures

61

8.4

Additional Permitted Disclosures by Takeda

62

8.5

Use of Name

63

8.6

Public Announcements

63

8.7

Publications

64

8.8

Return of Confidential Information

64

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

65

 

 

 

9.1

Ownership of Intellectual Property

65

9.2

Control of Intellectual Property

66

9.3

Maintenance and Prosecution of Patents

66

9.4

Enforcement of Patents

69

9.5

Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions

71

9.6

Infringement Claims by Third Parties

72

9.7

Product Trademarks

73

ii


 

9.8

Third Party Agreements

73

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

76

 

 

 

10.1

Mutual Representations and Warranties

76

10.2

Iambic Representations and Warranties

76

10.3

Data Package Representations and Warranties of Iambic

79

10.4

Updated Disclosure Schedule

81

10.5

Additional Covenants of Iambic

81

10.6

Warranty Disclaimer

81

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11.

INDEMNIFICATION

82

 

 

 

11.1

Indemnification by Takeda

82

11.2

Indemnification by Iambic

82

11.3

Procedure

83

11.4

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

85

11.5

Insurance

85

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12.

TERM AND TERMINATION

86

 

 

 

12.1

Term and Expiration

86

12.2

Termination

86

12.3

Rights in Bankruptcy

87

12.4

Consequences of Termination

89

12.5

Modification in Lieu of Termination

90

12.6

Accrued Rights; Survival

91

12.7

Remedies

91

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

91

 

 

 

13.1

Force Majeure

91

13.2

Export Control

92

13.3

Assignment

92

13.4

Severability

92

13.5

Dispute Resolution

93

13.6

Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Service

93

13.7

Notices

94

13.8

Entire Agreement; Amendments

95

13.9

English Language

95

13.10

Equitable Relief

95

13.11

Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies

96

13.12

No Benefit to Third Parties

96

13.13

Further Assurance

96

13.14

Relationship of the Parties

96

13.15

Right to Offset

96

iii


 

13.16

References

96

13.17

Construction

97

13.18

Counterparts

97

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

Schedule 1.45

Criteria for Hit

Schedule 1.80

Final Data Package

Schedule 1.116

Initial Collaboration Targets

Schedule 2.4.1

Secure Environment Requirements

Schedule 5.3.2

Research Plans for Initial Collaboration Targets

Schedule 5.4

Permitted Subcontractors

Schedule 8.6

Press Release

Schedule 10.2

Initial Disclosure Schedule

Schedule 10.2.1

Existing Patents

Schedule 10.2.2

Existing Agreements

Schedule 10.3.3

Iambic Third Party Agreements

 

iv


 

Research Collaboration and License Agreement

This Research Collaboration and License Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of February 3, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by and between Takeda Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Takeda”), and Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120, San Diego, California, 92121 (“Iambic”). Takeda and Iambic are referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

Recitals

WHEREAS, Iambic is a life-sciences and technology company that deploys AI-driven discovery and development platforms to assist the discovery, design, identification, selection, optimization and development of small molecule drug candidates;

WHEREAS, Takeda is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the research, development, manufacture and commercialization of human therapeutic products;

WHEREAS, Iambic and Takeda desire to collaborate to discover certain small molecules designed, identified or optimized by Iambic for Takeda using the Iambic Platform Technology (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, Iambic desires to grant to Takeda, and Takeda desires to obtain, a license under certain of Iambic’s intellectual property for the further research, development and commercialization of Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products (each as defined below), in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and conditions set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS

Unless specifically set forth to the contrary herein, the following terms, whether used in the singular or plural, have the respective meanings set forth below.

1.1 “Accounting Standards” means, with respect to a Party or its Affiliates or, with respect to Takeda, its or its Affiliates’ Sublicensees (a) United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or (b) International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, in each case ((a) and (b)), consistently applied.

1.2 “Acquirer CNS IP” means [***] other than, if such Divestiture is effected by way of one (1) or more licenses or sublicenses, the receipt of license fees, milestones and royalties on sales of products in the Divested program) (such Patent, Know-How or other intellectual property described in clause (b), “Divested IP”).

1


 

1.3 “Acquired Competing Program” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.4 (Acquired Programs).

1.4 “Acquirer Entities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.3 (Exception for Change of Control).

1.5 “Acquirer IP” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Control”.

1.6 “Additional Collaboration Target” means a Target (or, subject to mutual agreement of the Parties in accordance with Section 4.3.3(b), a Multi-Protein Target) designated by Takeda that becomes an Additional Collaboration Target pursuant to Section 4.3 (Additional Collaboration Targets).

1.7 “Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person at any time for so long as such other Person controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” and, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” means: (a) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of a business entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance or otherwise or (b) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities or other ownership interest of a business entity (or, with respect to a limited partnership or other similar entity, its general partner or controlling entity). The Parties acknowledge that in the case of certain entities organized under the laws of certain countries outside the United States, the maximum percentage ownership permitted by law for a foreign investor may be less than fifty percent (50%), and that in such case such lower percentage will be substituted in the preceding sentence, provided that such foreign investor has the power to direct the management and policies of such entity. Neither of the Parties will be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the other solely as a result of their entering into this Agreement.

1.8 “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

1.9 “Alliance Manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5 (Alliance Managers).

1.10 “Applicable Law” means applicable laws, rules and regulations, including any rules, regulations, guidelines or other requirements of Regulatory Authorities, that may be in effect from time to time, which, with respect to each Development or Manufacturing activity that will or would reasonably be expected to be submitted to a Regulatory Authority in support of a Marketing Authorization Application or other Regulatory Approval, shall be deemed to include the applicable regulations and guidances of the FDA and EMA (and national implementations thereof) that constitute GCP, GLP, GMP (and, if and as appropriate under the circumstances, International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) guidance or other comparable regulation and guidance of any applicable Regulatory Authority in the Territory).

1.11 “Audit Decision” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11.2 (Audit Dispute).

1.12 “Audit Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11.2 (Audit Dispute).

2


 

1.13 “Auditor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11.2 (Audit Dispute).

1.14 “Available Target” means, with respect to a Proposed Additional Target or Proposed Replacement Target, that such Proposed Additional Target or Proposed Replacement Target, as applicable, is not an Encumbered Target.

1.15 “Backup Product” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.6 (Milestone Reductions).

1.16 “Backup Product Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.6 (Milestone Reductions).

1.17 “Breaching Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.1 (Termination for Material Breach).

1.18 “Business Day” means any day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday or (c) any day on which banks in New York, New York, Boston, Massachusetts, San Diego, California or Tokyo, Japan are permitted or required to close by Applicable Law.

1.19 “Calendar Quarter” means each successive period of three (3) consecutive calendar months commencing on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, except that the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the day immediately prior to the first to occur of January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 after the Effective Date and the last Calendar Quarter shall end on the last day of the Term.

1.20 “Calendar Year” means each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, except that the first Calendar Year of the Term shall begin on the Effective Date and end on December 31 of the year in which the Effective Date occurs and the last Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on January 1 of the year in which the Term ends and end on the last day of the Term.

1.21 “Candidate Nomination” means, with respect to a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product, the selection by Takeda’s Portfolio Review Committee (or such decision making body as may then be responsible for reviewing such nomination) of such Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product for Candidate Nomination (i.e., [***] (“DRF”) study for such Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product) in accordance with Takeda’s then-existing internal policies and guidelines for “Candidate Nomination” (or the equivalent thereof as may be then in effect). Each Research Plan shall include further details with respect to the criteria for Candidate Nomination. Candidate Nomination shall be deemed to have occurred upon [***].

1.22 “Candidate Selection” means, with respect to a given Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product, the selection by Takeda’s Portfolio Review Committee (or such decision making body as may then be responsible for such selection) of such Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product for [***]. Each Research Plan shall include further details with respect to the criteria for Candidate Selection. Candidate Selection shall be deemed to have occurred upon [***].

1.23 “[***] Research Program” means the Research Program for [***].

3


 

1.24 “Change of Control” means, with respect to a Party, any of the following events: (a) any Third Party becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, as a result of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of capital stock or other interests of such Party (or, if applicable, a controlling Affiliate of such Party) then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the general election of directors of such Party (“Voting Stock”); (b) such Party (or, if applicable, a controlling Affiliate of such Party) consolidates with or merges into a Third Party, or any such Third Party consolidates with or merges into such Party (or, if applicable, a controlling Affiliate of such Party), in either event pursuant to a transaction in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of all Voting Stock of the surviving entity then outstanding is not held by the Persons holding at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all Voting Stock of such Party (or, if applicable, a controlling Affiliate of such Party) outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger; or (c) such Party and its Affiliates convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of such Party and its Affiliates to a Third Party.

1.25 “Clinical Trial” means a human clinical trial of a pharmaceutical product, including a Phase 1 Trial, Phase 2 Trial or Phase 3 Trial.

1.26 “CNS Evaluator” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.6.

1.27 “Collaboration Target” means each of the Initial Collaboration Targets, Additional Collaboration Targets and Replacement Collaboration Targets, unless and until such Initial Collaboration Target, Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target, as applicable, becomes a Terminated Target in accordance with this Agreement. For clarity, if an Additional Collaboration Target or a Replacement Collaboration Target is a Multi-Protein Target, except as may be otherwise agreed by the Parties in an amendment to this Agreement regarding such Additional Collaboration Target or a Replacement Collaboration Target, as applicable, uses of “Collaboration Target” hereunder shall refer to the combination of such component Targets (and such individual component Targets shall not, on their own, constitute Collaboration Targets).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Collaboration Target” may not include (and Takeda may not nominate any of the following as a Collaboration Target) any: [***].

1.28 “Combination Product” means a Qualifying Product that is (a) comprised of or contains one (1) or more Qualifying Compounds as an active ingredient together with one (1) or more other active ingredients that are not Qualifying Compounds that are co-formulated or co-packaged or otherwise sold together for one (1) price or (b) [***], “Other Components”).

1.29 “Commercial Milestone Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.3 (Commercial Milestones).

1.30 “Commercial Milestone Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.3 (Commercial Milestones).

1.31 “Commercialization” means any and all activities directed to the preparation for sale of, offering for sale of, or sale of a product, including activities related to marketing, promoting, distributing, importing and exporting such product, and interacting with Regulatory

4


 

Authorities regarding any of the foregoing. “Commercialization” shall not include Development, but may include Manufacturing to the extent applicable to the activities described in the preceding sentence. When used as a verb, “to Commercialize” and “Commercializing” means to engage in Commercialization, and “Commercialized” has a corresponding meaning.

1.32 “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to the efforts to be expended, or consideration to be undertaken, by Takeda with respect to any objective, activity or decision to be undertaken with respect to the Development, Manufacture or Commercialization of a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product, those [***].

1.33 “Competing Program” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.3 (Exception for Change of Control).

1.34 “Competitive Infringement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4.1 (Notice).

1.35 “Compound” means any protein, peptide, antibody, small molecule compound or other molecule (including any biologic or chemical molecule).

1.36 “Compound Candidate” means, with respect to a Collaboration Target, any Compound that is identified, generated, optimized or otherwise Developed in the performance of Research activities under the Research Plan for such Collaboration Target, including, for clarity, any Takeda [***] Compound that is identified, generated, optimized or otherwise Developed in the performance of the [***] Research Program; provided that, except with respect to Takeda Provided [***] Compounds, any such Compound that Takeda can show, through contemporaneous records, was independently identified or generated outside of the Research Plan (even if also identified, generated, optimized or otherwise Developed under the Research Plan) shall not constitute a Compound Candidate. For clarity, Derivatives (other than Derivatives with respect to Takeda Provided [***] Compounds) will not be considered independently identified, and Iambic shall not be obligated to conduct activities under the Research Program with any compound provided by Takeda other than a Compound Candidate (for clarity, Takeda Provided [***] Compounds are Compound Candidates).

1.37 “Compound Series” means, with respect to a Qualifying Compound, a set of related Compounds that are, or would [***]. For purposes of this definition, [***].

1.38 “Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 (Confidentiality Obligations).

1.39 “Confidentiality Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 (Confidentiality Obligations).

1.40 “Control” means, with respect to any Know-How, Patent, Regulatory Documentation, Model, Target, material or other tangible or intangible intellectual property, the possession of the right (whether by ownership, license, covenant not to sue or otherwise (other than licenses granted pursuant to this Agreement)) to grant a license, sublicense or other right (including a covenant not to sue or a right to reference the Regulatory Documentation) to or under, such Know-How, Patent, Regulatory Documentation, Model, Target, material or other intellectual property, as provided for herein without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement

5


 

with any Third Party and subject to Section 9.8 (Third Party Agreements). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Iambic undergoes a Change of Control transaction, any Know-How, Patent, Regulatory Documentation, Model, Target, material or other tangible or intangible intellectual property of the Acquirer Entities that (a) was owned or controlled by such Acquirer Entities (other than pursuant to an agreement with Iambic or its Affiliates) immediately prior to the effective date of such Change of Control or (b) (i) [***], “Acquirer IP”).

1.41 “Covered” or “Cover” means, with respect to a given subject matter and a Patent, that, in the absence of a license granted under, or ownership of, such Patent and in the absence of the benefit of the safe harbor provision under 35 U.S.C. Section 271(e)(1) or other Applicable Law, the making, use, offering for sale, sale or importation of such subject matter would infringe a Valid Claim (or, for any pending Valid Claim, infringe such Valid Claim as if it were issued) included in such Patent. “Covering” has a corresponding meaning.

1.42 “Covered IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2 (Future Third Party Agreements).

1.43 “Covered Platform IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2(a) (Platform IP).

1.44 “Criteria for Advancement” means, with respect to a Research Program and a Work Package therein, the applicable criteria based on which the JSC will select Compound Candidate(s) to advance to the next Work Package or, in the case of Work Package 4, consideration for Candidate Selection. For clarity, the Criteria for Advancement include the Criteria for Hit and the Criteria for Lead.

1.45 “Criteria for Hit” means, with respect to a Research Program, the “Criteria for Hit” set forth on Schedule 1.45.

1.46 “Criteria for Lead” means, with respect to a Research Program, the “Criteria for Lead” set forth in the Research Plan for such Research Program.

1.47 “Defense Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.1 (Product Patents and Takeda Patents).

1.48 “Derivative” means, with respect to each Collaboration Target, any Compound that [***].

1.49 “Designation Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.3(b).

1.50 “Designation Notice Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.3.

1.51 “Development” means any and all activities directed to Research and non-clinical and clinical drug development activities, including activities related to generation, characterization, optimization, construction, expression, use and production, testing and qualification, IND-enabling studies, biodistribution and transduction studies and tissue distribution across species, translational (target engagement, biomarker) studies, toxicology and tolerability studies, additional pharmacology (efficacy) studies, statistical analysis and report writing, Clinical Trials, regulatory affairs (including preparation for a Marketing Authorization Application

6


 

submission and other submission-related activities), product approval and registration activities, Manufacturing (including validation activities) in support of the foregoing, and all other activities necessary to conduct IND-enabling studies or to seek, obtain and maintain Regulatory Approval. “Development” shall not include Commercialization, but may include Manufacturing to the extent applicable to the activities described in the preceding sentence. When used as a verb, “Develop” means to engage in Development activities.

1.52 “Development Milestone Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.2 (Development Milestones).

1.53 “Development Milestone Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.2 (Development Milestones).

1.54 “Directed To” means with respect to any Compound and a Collaboration Target, that such Compound [***].

1.55 “Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.5.1.

1.56 “Distributor” means a Third Party (a) to which Takeda or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees grants a right to sell and distribute a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product, with or without packaging rights, (b) that purchases its requirements for such Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product from Takeda or its Affiliates or Sublicensees and (c) that does not [***] with respect to Patents or Know-How with respect to, or its purchase of, such Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product.

1.57 “Divest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.3(a)(ii).

1.58 “Divested IP” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Acquirer CNS IP”.

1.59 “Dollar” or “$” means United States Dollars.

1.60 “DRF” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Candidate Nomination”.

1.61 “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

1.62 “Election Covered IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2(d)(ii) (Non-Exclusive Necessary IP and Useful Covered IP Obligations).

1.63 “EMA” means the European Medicines Agency or any successor thereof performing substantially the same functions.

1.64 “Enablement License” means an arrangement between Iambic or any of its Affiliates and a Third Party pursuant to which Iambic or its Affiliate grants such Third Party a license to directly perform Inference against an Enablement Model (e.g., through a hosted software-as-a-service arrangement in which the Third Party initiates Inference via an API or user interface, without Iambic personnel running Inference on the Third Party’s behalf) in accordance with Section 2.8.2.

7


 

1.65 “Enablement Model” means an Iambic Model that has not been Trained on, and does not incorporate, any Takeda QC Program Results, Takeda Datasets, Takeda [***] Compound Results or Takeda’s Confidential Information.

1.66 “Encumbered Target” means, as of a given date, any Target (or a Multi-Protein Target): (a) [***]; (b) [***] (any such requirement in clause (b), a “Financial Encumbrance”); (c) [***]; or (d) [***].

1.67 “Encumbered Target List” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.2(a).

1.68 “EU” or “European Union” means the European Union, as its membership may be altered from time to time, and any successor thereto.

1.69 “Excluded Disclosures” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Control”.

1.70 “Excluded Know-How” means any Know-How to the extent [***] any Other Component in a Combination Product [***], except for any such Know-How that is (a) disclosed or provided to Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates under or in connection with this Agreement (other than Excluded Disclosures), (b) incorporated into a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates under this Agreement or (c) otherwise utilized by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates in the performance of a Research Plan.

1.71 “Excluded Patents” means any Patent to the extent it claims any Other Component in a Combination Product [***], except for any such Patent to the extent it claims Know-How that is (a) disclosed or provided to Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates under or in connection with this Agreement (other than Excluded Disclosures), (b) incorporated into a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates under with this Agreement or (c) otherwise utilized by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates in the performance of a Research Plan.

1.72 “Exclusive Target” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.3.

1.73 “Executive Officer” means (a) with respect to Takeda, President of Research and Development or such successor role as may be applicable (or his or her designee) and (b) with respect to Iambic, the Chief Executive Officer of Iambic.

1.74 “Existing Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.1 (Existing Third Party Agreements).

1.75 “Existing Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.1.

1.76 “Exploit” or “Exploitation” means to make, have made, import, have imported, export, have exported, use, have used, sell, have sold, or offer for sale, including to Develop, Commercialize, register, modify, enhance, improve, Manufacture, have Manufactured, hold, or keep (whether for disposal or otherwise), or otherwise dispose of.

8


 

1.77 “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, or any successor agency(ies) or authority having substantially the same functions.

1.78 “FFDCA” means the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq., as amended from time to time, together with any rules, regulations and requirements promulgated thereunder (including all additions, supplements, extensions and modifications thereto).

1.79 “Field” means all indications and uses, including the diagnosis, prevention, palliation, control or treatment of any disease, disorder or condition, and all diagnostic uses.

1.80 “Final Data Package” means, with respect to a particular Collaboration Target and the corresponding Research Program, a data package that includes each of the following: (a) [***] to the extent then-existing as of Iambic’s delivery of such data package with respect to such Collaboration Target and Qualifying Compounds for such Research Program and a detailed analysis thereof, (b) without limitation to the foregoing, all Licensed Know-How listed in Schedule 1.80 and (c) [***]. The foregoing shall not include (x) any Iambic Platform IP and (y) any Program Results or other Licensed Know-How to the extent previously provided to Takeda pursuant to Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How) and with respect to which Takeda continues to have access at the time of the applicable Final Data Package delivery.

1.81 “Final Data Package Acceptance Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.2.

1.82 “Financial Encumbrance” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Encumbered Target”.

1.83 “[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.2(a).

1.84 “Fine-Tune” means, with respect to any Model, to train, re-train or otherwise adapt such Model using one or more new or modified datasets for a particular task or use case.

1.85 “Firewall Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.3(a)(iii).

1.86 “First Commercial Sale” means, with respect to a Qualifying Product and a country, the first commercial sale by a Selling Party to a Third Party for end use or consumption of such Qualifying Product in such country after all Regulatory Approvals [***] for such Qualifying Product have been obtained in such country and where the sale results in a recordable Net Sale in accordance with applicable Accounting Standards; provided that (a) the following shall not be considered a First Commercial Sale: any Qualifying Product transferred or disposed of as samples or for clinical studies for any so-called treatment investigational new drug sales, named patient sales, expanded access program, compassionate or emergency use sales or pre-license sales made for governmental, non-commercial, charitable or compassionate purposes or any indigent program or promotional or educational purposes and (b) sale of a Qualifying Product under this Agreement by one Selling Party to another Selling Party shall not be considered a First Commercial Sale unless such second Selling Party is the end user of such Qualifying Product and such sale results in a recordable Net Sale.

9


 

1.87 “FTE” means the equivalent of the work of one (1) full time employee (i.e., one (1) fully-committed or multiple partially-committed employees aggregating to one (1) full-time employee, but for clarity, excluding any contract personnel) for one (1) Calendar Year (consisting of [***] hours per Calendar Year or such other number as may be agreed by the Parties) employed by Iambic (or its Affiliate) who directly performs Research activities under a Research Program or assistance and support activities under Section 2.6.2 (Licensed Know-How Transfer Support) and Section 2.6.4 (Manufacturing Transfer Support). With respect to any employee who works fewer than [***] hours per Calendar Year (or such other number as may be agreed by the Parties), such employee shall be treated as an FTE on a pro rata basis based upon the actual number of hours worked in a Calendar Year divided by [***]; provided that in no event shall any employee count as more than one (1) FTE regardless of the number of hours worked by such employee. For clarity, sixty (60) minutes of work performed by one (1) employee (or aggregated across multiple employees) on a relevant activity shall be considered one (1) “FTE-hour.” FTEs may include indirect managerial personnel to the extent performing Research activities under a Research Program or assistance and support activities under Section 2.6.2 (Licensed Know-How Transfer Support) and Section 2.6.4 (Manufacturing Transfer Support) but shall expressly exclude any other indirect personnel, including support functions such as financial, legal and business development.

1.88 “FTE Costs” means, with respect to a Research Program, for any period, an amount equal to the product of the applicable FTE Rate multiplied by the actual number of FTEs of Iambic who performed the applicable Research activities under the Research Plan for such Research Program [***]. For clarity, any Out-of-Pocket Costs (including payments to contract personnel, consultants or subcontractors) shall not be deemed FTE Costs.

1.89 “FTE Rate” means [***], such rate to be adjusted annually (with the first of such adjustments to be made as of January 1, [***] and as of January 1 of each subsequent Calendar Year thereafter) by an increase of [***] per Calendar Year, which represents the fully burdened rate for such FTE and includes all Included FTE Costs and Expenses for such FTE.

1.90 “Gatekeeper” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.1 (Gatekeeper).

1.91 “Gatekeeper Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.1 (Gatekeeper).

1.92 “Generic Product” means, with respect to a particular country and as to a given Qualifying Product, any product that is sold by a Third Party and that is approved by a Regulatory Authority [***].

1.93 “GLP Toxicology Study” means, with respect to a Qualifying Compound, an in vivo study of [***] (including any genotoxicity, acute toxicology, safety pharmacology, chronic toxicology or sub-chronic toxicology study) designed and performed in accordance with GLP and the results of which are necessary to achieve IND Clearance for such Qualifying Compound.

1.94 “Good Clinical Practice” or “GCP” means the then-current good clinical practice requirements and standards for the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis and reporting of Clinical Trials, including, as applicable: (a) as set forth in the International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use E6 and any other guidelines for good clinical practice for trials

10


 

on medicinal products in the Territory; (b) the World Medical Association’s Declaration of Helsinki as last amended at the 75th WMA General Assembly in October 2024 and any further amendments or clarifications thereto; (c) U.S. Code of Federal Regulations Title 21, Parts 50, 54, 56, 312 and 314; (d) NMPA Good Clinical Practice for Drug Clinical Trials (2020); and (e) equivalent Applicable Law in any relevant country, in each case ((a)-(e)), as may be amended and applicable from time to time and that provide for, among other things, assurance that the clinical data and reported results are credible and accurate and protect the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial subjects.

1.95 “Good Laboratory Practice” or “GLP” means the then-current standards for laboratory activities for pharmaceuticals, as set forth in the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice regulations defined in 21 C.F.R. Part 58, NMPA Good Laboratory Practice for Non-Clinical Laboratory Studies on Drugs (2017), the Council Directive 87/18/EEC, as amended, the principles for Good Laboratory Practice or the Good Laboratory Practice principles of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, and such standards of good laboratory practice as are required by the European Union and other organizations and governmental agencies in countries in which a Qualifying Product is intended to be sold, to the extent such standards are not less stringent than United States Good Laboratory Practice.

1.96 “Good Manufacturing Practice” or “GMP” means the then-current good manufacturing practices, including, as applicable: (a) the principles detailed in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, in particular 21 C.F.R. Parts 4, 210, 211, 601, 610 and 820 and FDA’s guidance documents; (b) European Directive 2003/94/EC and Eudralex Vol. 4 “Medicinals for Human and Veterinary Use: Good Manufacturing Practice,” in particular Part II “Basic Requirements for Active Substances used as Starting Materials” (03 October 2005), and applicable Annexes to Vol. 4; (c) the principles detailed in the WHO TRS 986 Annex 2, TRS 961 Annex 6 and TRS 957 Annex 2; (d) the ICH guidelines, including ICH Q7A “ICH Good Manufacturing Practice Guide for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients”; (e) NMPA Good Manufacturing Practice for Drugs (2010) and the Investigational Drug Appendix to Good Manufacturing for Practice for Drugs (2022); and (f) equivalent Applicable Law in any relevant country, in each case, ((a)-(f)), as may be amended and applicable from time to time.

1.97 “Governmental Authority” means any applicable government authority, court, tribunal, arbitrator, agency, department, legislative body, commission or other instrumentality of (a) any government of any country or territory, (b) any nation, state, province, county, city or other political subdivision thereof or (c) any supranational body.

1.98 “Government Official” means (a) any person employed by or acting on behalf of: (i) a government or any ministry, department, instrumentality or agency thereof, (ii) a government-owned (either in whole or in part) or controlled company, institution or other entity, including a government-owned or controlled hospital, pharmacy, healthcare facility or university or (iii) a public international organization (such as the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the International Committee of the Red Cross and the World Health Organization) or any department or agency thereof, (b) any political party, party official or candidate for public or political party office, (c) any person categorized as a government official under local law, (d) any

11


 

person employed by or acting on behalf of any of the foregoing or (e) any Person who holds themselves out to be the authorized intermediary of any of the foregoing.

1.99 “Iambic” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

1.100 “Iambic Base Model” means any foundational Iambic Model that is [***].

1.101 “Iambic Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 (Indemnification by Takeda).

1.102 “Iambic Model” means any Model included in the Iambic Platform Technology.

1.103 “Iambic Platform IP” means any and all intellectual property rights Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or during the Term pertaining to the Iambic Platform Technology or the design, architecture, structure, training or use thereof, including Iambic Platform Patents. For clarity, Iambic Platform IP excludes any intellectual property with respect to (a) any Collaboration Target, (b) any methods of treating diseases by binding to, inhibiting or modulating a Collaboration Target, (c) any Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product or any intermediate or component thereof, (d) any Takeda [***] Compound or (e) the Exploitation of any of the foregoing (a)-(d), excluding, in this clause (e), use of the Iambic Platform Technology to identify, generate, screen, design, select, test, optimize or otherwise modify a Compound.

1.104 “Iambic Platform Patent” means any Patent Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or during the Term that claims any aspect of the Iambic Platform Technology or the design, architecture, structure, training or use thereof, but excluding Overlapping Patents and Product Patents.

1.105 “Iambic Platform Technology” means, collectively, (a) any and all proprietary Models and associated software and systems controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates (other than any Model that is Acquirer IP) as of the Effective Date or during the Term, including (i) the biomolecular structure prediction Model referred to by Iambic as of the Effective Date as “NeuralPLexer”, (ii) the multi-modal transformer Model referred to by Iambic as of the Effective Date as “Enchant” and (iii) any other Models, algorithms or systems controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates during the Term that are proprietary to Iambic and are used for or relate to drug discovery; (b) all associated data structures, Training data sets, processes, algorithms (including molecule generation, scoring, filtering, docking, design, evolutionary design and active learning algorithms), user interface functionality, integrated structural or chemical databases, and structure-based design programs, in each case, that are controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates (other than Acquirer IP) as of the Effective Date or during the Term; (c) Iambic’s high-throughput experimental platform, which includes compound management, high-throughput chemical synthesis, high-throughput quality control and purification, and high throughput biological assays, and all associated software components that support this experimental platform; and (d) any and all modifications, enhancements or improvements of any of the foregoing, in each case ((a)-(d)), excluding (i) any Collaboration Target, (ii) any methods of treating diseases by binding to, inhibiting or modulating a Collaboration Target, (iii) any Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product or any intermediate or component thereof, (iv) any Takeda [***] Compound or (v) the

12


 

Exploitation of any of the foregoing (i)-(iv) (other than, in the cause of this clause (v), the use of the items in (a) through (d) to identify, generate, screen, design, select, test, optimize or otherwise modify a Compound).

1.106 “Iambic Research Costs” means, with respect to a Research Program, the reasonable and verifiable FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Costs, in each case, actually incurred by Iambic or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the applicable Accounting Standards after the Effective Date and during the Term that are specifically identifiable or reasonably allocable to the Research activities in the Research Plan for such Research Program, including any Manufacture and supply for purposes of such Research Program as provided for in Section 5.6; provided that such costs, to the extent incurred with respect to a Research Program, shall be included in “Iambic Research Costs” only to the extent less than or equal to the aggregate amounts set forth in the then-current Research Budget for such Research Program (subject to Permitted Budget Overruns pursuant to Section 7.3 (Research Costs)).

1.107 “Iambic Technology Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2(d)(ii) (Non-Exclusive Necessary IP and Useful Covered IP Obligations).

1.108 “Iambic Technology Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2(d)(ii) (Non-Exclusive Necessary IP and Useful Covered IP Obligations).

1.109 “Iambic Third Party Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.1 (Existing Third Party Agreements).

1.110 “Included FTE Costs and Expenses” means the sum of [***], in any case ((a), (b) or (c)), whether internal costs and expenses or amounts paid to Third Parties and allocated in accordance with the applicable Party’s customary allocation methodology consistently applied across its product portfolio, but excluding any costs that are owed to a Permitted Subcontractor performing Research activities and specifically provided for in a Research Budget under the corresponding Research Plan (which excluded costs, for clarity, shall be “Out-of-Pocket Costs”).

1.111 “IND” means any investigational new drug application or clinical trial application filed or to be filed with the FDA or other Regulatory Authority for authorization to commence Clinical Trials and its equivalent in other countries or regulatory jurisdictions and all supplements and amendments that may be filed with respect to the foregoing.

1.112 “IND Clearance” means, with respect to an IND submitted to the FDA or other Regulatory Authority, the earlier of (a) receipt of written notification from the FDA or other Regulatory Authority that the Clinical Trial covered by such IND may proceed under such IND and (b) the expiration of the applicable waiting period following the FDA’s or other Regulatory Authority’s receipt of such IND; provided that, in the case of this clause (b), the FDA or other Regulatory Authority does not impose a clinical hold with respect to such IND prior to such expiration.

1.113 “Indemnification Claim Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.1 (Notice of Claim).

13


 

1.114 “Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.1 (Notice of Claim).

1.115 “Inference” means, with respect to a Model, the process of executing or running such Model to generate predictions, responses, outputs, analyses or other results without modifying the Model’s parameters, architecture or weights. Inference includes the use of prompts, inputs or queries provided to the Model for the purpose of obtaining outputs, as well as associated processes that do not alter the Model’s underlying parameters.

1.116 “Initial Collaboration Target” means each of the Targets set forth on Schedule 1.116.

1.117 “Initial Disclosure Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 (Iambic Representations and Warranties).

1.118 “Initiation” means: (a) with respect to a Clinical Trial, the administration of the [***] dose of the relevant Qualifying Product to the first human subject in such Clinical Trial; (b) with respect to a Research Program, the [***] by Iambic of Research activities pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable JSC-approved Research Plan; (c) with respect to a Work Package or category of activities, the [***] activities under such Work Package or such category of activities, as applicable, pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable JSC-approved Research Plan and (d) with respect to any [***] dosed in such study. When used as a verb, “Initiate” shall have a correlative meaning.

1.119 “IRA” means 42 U.S.C. Sections 1320f et seq. and all its subsequent amendments and replacements.

1.120 “Joint IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How).

1.121 “Joint Know-How” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How).

1.122 “Joint Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How).

1.123 “JPC” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.2 (Joint Patent Committee).

1.124 “JRT” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.3 (Joint Research Team).

1.125 “JSC” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 (Joint Steering Committee).

1.126 “Know-How” means any tangible and intangible information, data, results (including pharmacological, research and development data, reports and batch records), materials, discoveries, improvements, compositions of matter, assays, sequences, processes, methods, knowledge, protocols, formulas, utility, formulations, inventions (whether patentable or not), strategy, know-how and trade secrets, and all other scientific, pre-clinical, clinical, regulatory, manufacturing, marketing, financial and commercial information or data, in each case that either Party has treated as confidential or proprietary information and that is not generally known by the public.

14


 

1.127 “Legal Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9 (Covenant Not to Sue).

1.128 “Licensed IP” means the Licensed Know-How and Licensed Patents.

1.129 “Licensed IP Transfer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How).

1.130 “Licensed Know-How” means any and all (a) Takeda QC Program Results generated by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates with respect to a Research Program, either alone or jointly with Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, and (b) Know-How Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates [***], but excluding, in each case ((a) and (b)), Excluded Know-How and Iambic’s interest in the Joint Know-How.

1.131 “Licensed Overlapping Patent” means an Overlapping Patent that is a Licensed Patent.

1.132 “Licensed Patents” means any and all Patents that are Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates [***]. For clarity, Licensed Patents includes Product Patents and Licensed Overlapping Patents.

1.133 “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 (Indemnification by Takeda).

1.134 “Major Markets” means the United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Italy, Spain and Japan.

1.135 “Manufacture” and “Manufacturing” means any and all activities related to the synthesis, making, production, processing, purifying, formulating, filling, finishing, packaging, labeling, shipping and holding of any compound, product or other agent (including a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product), or any intermediate thereof, including formulation development and optimization, process development, process qualification and validation, scale-up, pre-clinical, clinical and commercial production and analytic development, product characterization, stability testing, quality assurance and quality control.

1.136 “Manufacturing Process” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.3 (Transfer of Manufacturing Technology).

1.137 “Marketing Authorization Application” means a New Drug Application as defined in the United States FFDCA or any corresponding foreign application in the Territory, including, with respect to the European Union, a marketing authorization application filed with the EMA pursuant to the centralized approval procedure or with the applicable Regulatory Authority of a country in the European Union with respect to the mutual recognition procedure or any other national approval.

1.138 “Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12 (Materials Transfer).

15


 

1.139 “Model” means any artificial intelligence or machine learning system, algorithm, architecture or neural network (including any large language model, generative model, foundation model, predictive model or specialized model) that processes data, inputs or prompts to perform tasks such as prediction, classification, generation, transformation or decision-making. For clarity, “Model” includes (a) all parameters, embeddings, weights, layers, architecture, configurations and adapters; (b) any fine-tuned, specialized, derivative or updated versions thereof; and (c) associated training artifacts. For further clarity, the biomolecular structure prediction model referred to by Iambic as of the Effective Date as “NeuralPLexer” and the multi-modal transformer Model referred to by Iambic as of the Effective Date as “Enchant” each constitute “Models” under this Agreement.

1.140 “Model Outputs” means any data, predictions, classifications, responses, summaries, analyses, generated content, scores, labels or other results produced by a Model, whether during Training or through Inference; provided that the following shall not be deemed Model Outputs: [***].

1.141 “Multi-Protein Target” means a combination of two (2) or more Targets.

1.142 “Necessary Covered IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2(b) (Necessary Covered IP).

1.143 “Net Sales” means, [***]:

[***]

1.144 “Non-Breaching Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.1 (Termination for Material Breach).

1.145 “Non-Compete Period” means, with respect to a Collaboration Target and the Research Program therefor, the period commencing on the Effective Date (for an Initial Collaboration Target) or the Designation Date (for an Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target), as applicable, and ending on the date that is [***] after the completion of the technology transfer for such Research Program set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How).

1.146 “Non-Exclusive Necessary IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2(b)(i) (Necessary Covered IP).

1.147 “Notice Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.1 (Termination for Material Breach).

1.148 “[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.1 (Diligence; Performance).

1.149 “OP and JP Conditions” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.4 (Overlapping Patents and Joint Patents).

1.150 “Other Components” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Combination Product”.

16


 

1.151 “Other Licensed Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.3 (Other Licensed Patents).

1.152 “Out-of-Pocket Costs” means costs and expenses paid to Third Parties and accrued in accordance with the Accounting Standards consistently applied by or on behalf of a Party (or its Affiliate) directly incurred in the conduct of any applicable activities under this Agreement; provided that Out-of-Pocket Costs shall not include costs for general overhead, postage, communications, photocopying, printing or internet expense, professional dues, operating supplies, laboratory supplies, printers, photocopiers, fax machines or other office equipment, laboratory equipment, computers or computer service charges or any costs that are subsumed within the definition of “Included FTE Costs and Expenses”.

1.153 “Overlapping Patent” means a Patent that both (a) discloses any aspect of the Iambic Platform Technology or the design, architecture, structure, training or use thereof and (b) (i) discloses specifically (or in a Markush format) any Qualifying Compound or any Qualifying Product (including the composition or specific formulation, product by process, or method of use, manufacture, preparation or administration or other Exploitation of any such Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product) or (ii) specifically discloses a Collaboration Target.

1.154 “Owed Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.7 (Other Invoiced Amounts).

1.155 “Owing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.7 (Other Invoiced Amounts).

1.156 “Party” or “Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

1.157 “Patent” means: (a) all patents and patent applications, including provisional patent applications; (b) all patent applications filed from or claiming priority to such patents or patent applications, including divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, converted provisionals and continued prosecution applications; (c) all patent applications claiming priority to the same application as the foregoing patents and patent applications in (a) or (b); (d) all patents that have issued or in the future issue from the foregoing patent applications in (a), (b) and (c), including utility models, petty patents and design patents and certificates of invention; (e) all extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including adjustments, revalidations, reissues, re-examinations and extensions (including any supplementary protection certificates and the like) of the foregoing patents or patent applications in (a), (b), (c) and (d); and (f) any similar rights, including so-called pipeline protection, or any importation, revalidation, confirmation or introduction patent or registration patent or patents of addition to any of such foregoing patent applications and patents.

1.158 “Patent Challenge” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.3 (Termination for Patent Challenge).

1.159 “Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12.1.

1.160 “Permitted Budget Overrun” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.2(d).

17


 

1.161 “Permitted Subcontractor” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4 (Subcontracting by Iambic).

1.162 “Person” means an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other similar entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision, department or agency of a government.

1.163 “Phase 1 Trial” means a Clinical Trial of a pharmaceutical product (including a Qualifying Product) the principal purpose of which is a preliminary determination of safety, tolerability, pharmacological activity or pharmacokinetics in healthy individuals or patients or similar clinical study prescribed by the Regulatory Authorities, including the trials referred to in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(a), as amended.

1.164 “Phase 2 Trial” means a Clinical Trial of a pharmaceutical product (including a Qualifying Product) the principal purpose of which is a determination of safety and efficacy in the target patient population, which is prospectively designed to generate sufficient data to permit commencement of pivotal clinical study, or a similar clinical study prescribed by the Regulatory Authorities, from time to time, pursuant to Applicable Law or otherwise, including the trials referred to in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(b), as amended.

1.165 “Phase 3 Trial” means (a) a pivotal Clinical Trial of a pharmaceutical product (including a Qualifying Product), the results of which, together with prior data and information concerning such product, would (if such Clinical Trial meets its primary endpoints) be sufficient to support the filing of a Marketing Authorization Application for such product in the United States, as acknowledged by FDA or (b) a foreign Clinical Trial that is equivalent to the one described in the preceding clause (a), as acknowledged by the applicable Regulatory Authority, including any Clinical Trial indicated to be a Phase 3 trial in its protocol or on www.clinicaltrials.gov.

1.166 “Portfolio Entry” means, with respect to a Qualifying Compound, the earlier to occur of: [***]. Each Research Plan shall include further details with respect to the criteria for Portfolio Entry.

1.167 “Product Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.3 (Other Product Agreements).

1.168 “Product Know-How” means, with respect to a Collaboration Target, all Licensed Know-How and Joint Know-How that [***].

1.169 “Product Patent” means, with respect to a Collaboration Target, each Licensed Patent [***].

1.170 “Product Trademark(s)” means, with respect to a Qualifying Product, the Trademark(s) that are used or intended for use in connection with the distribution, marketing, promotion and sale of such Qualifying Product, which, for clarity, exclude the corporate names and logos of the Parties and their Affiliates.

18


 

1.171 “Program-Dedicated Model” means a version of an Iambic Model that is or has been Trained for a specific Research Program.

1.172 “Program Results” means, with respect to a Research Program, all data and information generated under such Research Program by either Party (including (a) all Model Outputs arising out of the use of the Iambic Platform Technology with respect to such Research Program, (b) any and all structures, compositions of matter and synthetic routes for Compound Candidates, (c) structure activity relationships, such as cryptic pockets, with respect to Compound Candidates, (d) experimental data, including output of chemical, in vitro and in vivo assays conducted on Compound Candidates and (e) predictions of mutant-specific activities related to Compound Candidates) but excluding any Iambic Platform Technology.

1.173 “Proposed Additional Target” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1.

1.174 “Proposed Replacement Target” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 (Replacement Collaboration Target).

1.175 “Proximity Inducing Protein” means, with respect to a Compound (or a product containing such Compound) and a Target, a protein to which such Compound directly binds, where such binding results in inducing proximity of such Target with such protein by combining such Compound with such protein to form a complex that directly binds to such Target. [***].

1.176 “Qualifying Compound” means with respect to each Collaboration Target and the corresponding Research Program: [***].

1.177 “Qualifying Product” means any product that is comprised of or contains a Qualifying Compound, alone or in combination with one (1) or more other active ingredients, in any and all forms, presentations, delivery systems, dosages and formulations.

1.178 “Regulatory Approval” means, with respect to a country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, the approvals (including INDs, marketing authorizations, supplements, amendments, variations, pre- and post-approvals, pricing and reimbursement approvals), licenses, registrations or authorizations of any Regulatory Authority necessary to Commercialize a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product in such country or other jurisdiction, including, where applicable, (a) pricing or reimbursement approval in such country or other jurisdiction, (b) pre- and post-approval marketing authorizations (including any prerequisite Manufacturing approval or authorization related thereto) and (c) approval of product labeling.

1.179 “Regulatory Authority” means any applicable supra-national, federal, national, regional, state, provincial or local governmental or regulatory authority, agency, department, bureau, commission, council or other entities (e.g., the FDA, EMA and PMDA) regulating or otherwise exercising authority with respect to activities contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exploitation of any Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product in the Territory.

19


 

1.180 “Regulatory Documentation” means: all (a) applications (originals, supplements and variations, including all INDs and Marketing Authorization Applications), registrations, licenses, authorizations and approvals (including Regulatory Approvals); and (b) correspondence and reports submitted to or received from Regulatory Authorities (including minutes and official contact reports relating to any communications with any Regulatory Authority) and all supporting documents with respect thereto, including all adverse event files and complaint files.

1.181 “Regulatory Exclusivity” means, with respect to a Qualifying Product in any country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, any market protection granted by a Regulatory Authority in such country or other jurisdiction that [***].

1.182 “Replacement Collaboration Target” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 (Replacement Collaboration Target).

1.183 “Research” means any and all activities directed to the research, identification, generation, screening, designing (including by discovering cryptic pockets, predicting mutant-specific activities and performing structure-based design), selecting, testing (including in silico, in vitro, ex vivo human validation systems and animal models), optimizing, stability testing and toxicology of a product. When used as a verb, “Research” means to engage in Research activities.

1.184 “Research Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.1 (General).

1.185 “Research Infeasibility Determination” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.2 (Infeasibility).

1.186 “Research Milestone Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones).

1.187 “Research Milestone Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones).

1.188 “Research Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.1 (General).

1.189 “Research Program” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 (Research Program Overview and Purpose).

1.190 “Restricted Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.3(a)(iii).

1.191 “Restricted Services” means [***].

1.192 “Royalty Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.2 (Royalty Term).

1.193 “Sales Milestone Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestones).

1.194 “Sales Milestone Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestones).

20


 

1.195 “Secure Environment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.1.

1.196 “Secure Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.2.

1.197 “Security Measures” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.2.

1.198 “[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10 (Takeda Selection).

1.199 “Selected Drug” means a drug selected under the Drug Price Negotiation Program, as described in Section 1192 of the Social Security Act.

1.200 “Selection Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10 (Takeda Selection).

1.201 “Selling Party” has the meaning set forth in the definition “Net Sales”.

1.202 “Settlement Sublicensee” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Sublicensee.”

1.203 “Settlement Sublicensee Revenue” means, with respect to a Qualifying Product, any amounts actually received by Takeda or its Affiliates or any of its or their Sublicensees from a Settlement Sublicensee under its sublicense to the extent attributable to sale of such Qualifying Product by such Settlement Sublicensee during the Royalty Term for such Qualifying Product; provided that if such Qualifying Product is sold as a Combination Product, Settlement Sublicensee Revenue with respect to sales of such Combination Product shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation for Combination Products set forth in the definition of Net Sales in Section 1.143.

1.204 “Subcommittee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.1 (Generally).

1.205 “Sublicensee” means a Third Party, other than a Distributor, that is granted a license, sublicense (or further right of reference), or other rights by Takeda or its Affiliate under Patents or Know-How to Develop, Manufacture or Commercialize any Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product, except for [***].

1.206 “Takeda” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

1.207 “Takeda [***] Compound” means (a) any Compound that exists as of the Effective Date, is owned or controlled by Takeda and is provided by Takeda to Iambic for the performance of the [***] Research Program (any Compound described in this clause (a), a “Takeda Provided [***] Compound”) and (b) any Compound that is identified, generated or optimized (i) by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates or (ii) by or on behalf of Takeda or its Affiliates in the performance of a Research Program, in each case ((i) and (ii)), using a Takeda Provided [***] Compound as a starting point or basis for such identification, generation or optimization and is within the same Compound Series as a Takeda Provided [***] Compound.

1.208 “Takeda [***] Compound Results” means all Program Results that specifically relate to or are specifically associated with any Takeda [***] Compound, including any data or information resulting from the conduct of Research activities (including identification, selection

21


 

and optimization) (a) performed for such Takeda [***] Compound to the extent such Program Results directly pertain to such Takeda [***] Compound or (b) using such Takeda [***] Compound(s), in each case ((a) and (b)), under the Research Plan for the [***] Research Program.

1.209 “Takeda Datasets” means with respect to any Research Program, any datasets provided by Takeda to Iambic for the conduct of such Research Program, together with any derivatives, modifications, analyses or results generated from or based on such datasets by either Party in the course of activities under a Research Plan that are not Model Outputs (e.g., results of wet lab activities based on Takeda Datasets are Takeda Datasets, but results of wet lab activities based on Compounds identified in a Model Output would not be Takeda Datasets (which results based on Compounds identified in a Model Output would, for clarity, be Program Results)).

1.210 “Takeda Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 (Indemnification by Iambic).

1.211 “Takeda IP” means Takeda Know-How and Takeda Patents.

1.212 “Takeda Know-How” means (a) any Know-How solely owned by Takeda pursuant to Section 9.1.1 (Ownership of Technology) or Section 9.1.3 (Ownership of Takeda [***] Compound Results and Takeda Datasets) and (b) any Know-How Controlled by Takeda or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or during the Term that is (i) made available by Takeda for use by Iambic under a Research Plan and (ii) necessary for Iambic to perform its Development activities under such Research Plan, including Takeda Datasets. For clarity, any Know-How that is owned or controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates, other than through a license grant under this Agreement, shall not be deemed Takeda Know-How.

1.213 “Takeda Patent” means (a) any Patent solely owned by Takeda pursuant to Section 9.1.1 (Ownership of Technology) or Section 9.1.3 (Ownership of Takeda [***] Compound Results and Takeda Datasets) and (b) any Patent Controlled by Takeda or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or during the Term that (i) claims any Takeda Know-How made available by Takeda for use by Iambic under a Research Plan and (ii) is necessary for Iambic to perform its Development activities under such Research Plan. For clarity, any Patent that is owned or controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates, other than through a license grant under this Agreement, shall not be deemed a Takeda Patent.

1.214 “Takeda Provided [***] Compound” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Takeda [***] Compound.”

1.215 “Takeda QC Program Results” means all Program Results that specifically relate to or are specifically associated with any Qualifying Compound, including any data or information resulting from conducting Research activities (including identification, selection and optimization) [***].

1.216 “Takeda Selection” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10 (Takeda Selection).

1.217 “Target” means [***].

22


 

1.218 “Target Nomination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1.

1.219 “Tax” or “Taxes” means any form of tax or taxation, levy, duty, charge, social security charge, contribution or withholding of whatever nature (including any related fine, penalty, surcharge or interest) imposed by, or payable to, any government, state or municipality, or any local, state, federal or other fiscal, revenue, customs or excise authority, body or official in the Territory.

1.220 “Technology Transfer Support Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.2 (Licensed Know-How Transfer Support).

1.221 “Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 (Term and Expiration).

1.222 “Terminated Product” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.2 (Termination of this Agreement with respect to one (1) or more Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Products or Countries).

1.223 “Terminated Target” means a Collaboration Target that becomes a “Terminated Target” as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including as set forth in Section 4.4 (Replacement Collaboration Target) and ARTICLE 12 (Term and Termination)).

1.224 “Terminated Territory” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.2 (Termination of this Agreement with respect to one (1) or more Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Products or Countries).

1.225 “Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.1 (Termination for Material Breach).

1.226 “Territory” means worldwide; provided that, with respect to a Qualifying Product, Territory shall exclude any Terminated Territory with respect to such Qualifying Product.

1.227 “Third Party” means any Person other than Takeda, Iambic and their respective Affiliates.

1.228 “Third Party Acquisition Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.4 (Acquired Programs).

1.229 “Third Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 (Indemnification by Takeda).

1.230 “Third Party Infringement Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties).

1.231 “Trademark” means any word, name, symbol, color, shape, designation or any combination thereof, including any trademark, service mark, trade name, brand name, sub-brand name, trade dress, product configuration rights, program name, delivery form name, certification mark, collective mark, logo, tagline, slogan, design or business symbol, that functions as an identifier of source, origin or quality, whether or not registered, and all statutory and common law

23


 

rights therein and all registrations and applications therefor, together with all goodwill associated with, or symbolized by, any of the foregoing, and all domain names, URLs or social media tags, handles and other identifiers containing such marks.

1.232 “Training” means, with respect to any Model, any activity directed to the creation, development, adaptation or improvement of such Model. Training includes (a) designing, building, pre-training, fine-tuning, optimizing, calibrating and testing the Model; (b) adjusting, updating or modifying parameters, embeddings or weights; and (c) validating or evaluating the Model for purposes of improving or adapting its performance. For clarity, Training includes supervised or unsupervised learning, reinforcement learning and any other process by which a Model’s performance is improved or adapted through exposure to data or experience. When used as a verb, “Train” means to engage in Training activities.

1.233 “U.S.” or “United States” means the United States of America and all of its territories and possessions.

1.234 “Updated Disclosure Schedule” means, with respect to [***] and a Schedule 10.3.3, in each case, with respect to the applicable [***].

1.235 “Useful Covered IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8.2(c) (Useful Covered IP).

1.236 “Valid Claim” means a claim of any (a) issued and unexpired patent, where the claim (i) has not been subject to irretrievable lapse, abandonment, revocation, dedication to the public or disclaimer, (ii) is neither admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue nor subject to ongoing reissue proceedings, and (iii) has not been held permanently revoked, invalid, or unenforceable by a holding, finding or decision of a court, governmental agency, national or regional patent office or other appropriate body that has competent jurisdiction, such holding, finding or decision being final and unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal (other than a petition to the United States Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari) and (b) pending patent application, which claim has not, in the country in question, been finally cancelled, finally rejected, withdrawn, expired or abandoned, without the opportunity for appeal; provided, however, that Valid Claim shall exclude any such pending claim that has not been granted within [***] years following the earliest priority filing date for such application.

1.237 “VAT” means any value added, goods and services, consumption, sales or similar tax chargeable on the supply or deemed supply of goods or services under Applicable Law.

1.238 “Voting Stock” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change of Control”.

1.239 “Work Package” means, with respect to a Research Program, each stage of Research described as a “Work Package” set forth in the Research Plan for such Research Program (e.g., [***]).

24


 

ARTICLE 2.

LICENSES; DATA RIGHTS; EXCLUSIVITY

2.1 License Grants to Takeda.

2.1.1 Exclusive License. Iambic hereby grants to Takeda an exclusive (even as to Iambic and its Affiliates), perpetual and irrevocable (except in the case of termination of this Agreement), worldwide, royalty-bearing (as set forth in Section 7.5 (Royalties)), non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 13.3 (Assignment)) license (or sublicense), with the right to grant sublicenses in accordance with Section 2.1.2 (Right to Sublicense), under the Licensed IP, Iambic Platform IP (subject to Section 2.3 (No Implied License; Retained Rights)) and Iambic’s interest in the Joint IP to (a) Develop (including to perform Research activities under the Research Plans), Manufacture, Commercialize and otherwise Exploit Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products in the Field in the Territory and (b) otherwise exercise Takeda’s rights in Section 9.3 (Maintenance and Prosecution of Patents), Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents) and Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) with respect to the Product Patents and Joint Patents in accordance therewith. For clarity, Takeda shall not have the right under this Section 2.1.1 (Exclusive License) to Develop, Manufacture, Commercialize or otherwise Exploit a Compound or product that is not a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product.

2.1.2 Right to Sublicense. Takeda may grant sublicenses, through multiple tiers, under the exclusive license in Section 2.1.1 (Exclusive License) to any of its Affiliates or any Third Party without the prior written consent of Iambic; provided that, [***]. The agreement between Takeda and any Sublicensee shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, with respect to any sublicense granted to a Sublicensee for all or substantially all Commercialization rights for one (1) or more Qualifying Products in one (1) or more Major Markets, Takeda shall provide Iambic with written notice of any such rights within [***] days following the execution date of the agreement with such Sublicensee. Takeda shall remain responsible for its obligations, including payment obligations pursuant to ARTICLE 7 (Payments; Royalties and Reports), under this Agreement that have been delegated, subcontracted, sublicensed or otherwise granted to any of its Affiliates, Sublicensees or subcontractors.

2.1.3 Takeda QC Program Results. Iambic hereby grants Takeda an exclusive (even as to Iambic and its Affiliates), worldwide, fully paid-up, royalty free, perpetual, irrevocable, non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 13.3 (Assignment)) license, with the right to grant sublicenses through multiple tiers, under the [***], either alone or jointly with Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, to Train any Model; provided that, [***].

2.2 License Grant to Iambic. On a Research Program-by-Research Program basis, subject to Section 2.5 (Data and Model Rights and Restrictions), Takeda hereby grants to Iambic a non-exclusive, limited, non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 13.3 (Assignment)), non-sublicensable, fully paid-up, royalty-free license (or sublicense) under (a) the Licensed IP and Iambic’s interest in the Joint IP licensed to Takeda pursuant to Section 2.1.1 (Exclusive License) and (b) Takeda IP (including, for clarity, the Takeda [***] Compound Results), in each case ((a) and (b)), solely to perform Iambic’s activities under the Research Plan for such Research Program.

25


 

2.3 No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, neither Party shall acquire any license, intellectual property interest or other rights, by implication or otherwise, in any Know-How disclosed to it under this Agreement or under any Patents owned or controlled by the other Party or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the exclusive license under Iambic Platform IP in Section 2.1.1 (Exclusive License), (a) [***] to the extent set forth in, and in accordance with [***] to conduct, activities that are not otherwise prohibited pursuant to [***] and (b) [***].

2.4 Secure Environment.

2.4.1 For each Research Program, during the period of Iambic’s performance of such Research Program, Iambic shall establish, maintain and use a secure cloud environment that complies with the requirements in Schedule 2.4.1 (“Secure Environment”) for purposes of (a) storing and Training versions of the Iambic Platform Technology (including Iambic Models) to be used for Research activities under the applicable Research Plan, (b) conducting in silico Research activities under the applicable Research Plan and (c) storing and processing all Program Results, Program-Dedicated Models and Takeda Datasets in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Takeda acknowledges that it will not have direct access to the Secure Environment. As between the Parties, Iambic shall be solely responsible for maintaining the availability, integrity and security of the Secure Environment and the contents thereof, including access controls to ensure only Iambic personnel performing or supporting the Research activities, or in senior administrator roles, have access to Program Results and Program-Dedicated Models in the Secure Environment. Iambic shall process all Takeda QC Program Results, Takeda Datasets and Takeda [***] Compound Results only in the Secure Environment and shall Train and run Inference on all Program-Dedicated Models solely within the Secure Environment. At Takeda’s request from time to time, Iambic shall provide a list of Iambic senior administrators with such access to Program Results, Takeda Datasets, Takeda [***] Compound Results and Program-Dedicated Models in the Secure Environment, together with the reason for such access.

2.4.2 Upon termination of a Research Program or completion of the transfer of Licensed Know-How set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How) for a Research Program, as applicable, Iambic shall promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following such completion or termination, delete and expunge all applicable Program-Dedicated Models, Takeda QC Program Results, Takeda [***] Compound Results (solely with respect to a completion or termination of the [***] Research Program) and Takeda Datasets from Iambic’s systems, and, on Takeda’s request, certify deletion of such Program-Dedicated Models, Takeda QC Program Results, Takeda [***] Compound Results (as applicable) and Takeda Datasets in writing. Takeda may, through an independent Third Party, reasonably verify Iambic’s records as and to the extent necessary to confirm deletion of such Program-Dedicated Models, Takeda QC Program Results, Takeda [***] Compound Results (as applicable) and Takeda Datasets from Iambic’s systems.

26


 

2.5 Data and Model Rights and Restrictions.

2.5.1 Restrictions on Iambic’s Use of Data and Models. Except as expressly set forth below in this Section 2.5 (Data and Model Rights and Restrictions), Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly: (a) disclose, share, distribute, market, sell, transfer, license, sublicense or otherwise make available to any Third Party any (i) Takeda Datasets, (ii) Takeda QC Program Results or Takeda [***] Compound Results or (iii) Model Trained on the Takeda Datasets, Takeda [***] Compound Results or Takeda QC Program Results, in whole or in part, or (b) use, or permit the use of, for any purpose, any (i) Takeda Datasets, (ii) Takeda QC Program Results or Takeda [***] Compound Results (including to Train any Model on any Takeda QC Program Results or Takeda [***] Compound Results) or (iii) Model Trained on the Takeda Datasets, Takeda [***] Compound Results or Takeda QC Program Results. Any access to the Takeda Datasets, Takeda [***] Compound Results or Takeda QC Program Results required by a Permitted Subcontractor shall be provisioned through the Secure Environment. The foregoing restrictions in this Section 2.5.1 shall cease to apply with respect to Takeda QC Program Results, Takeda [***] Compound Results and Takeda Datasets to the extent the same become publicly available through publication in a Patent or other publication or public disclosure by or on behalf of Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees. For clarity, with respect to a Research Program, Takeda QC Program Results include any Program Results that specifically relate to or are specifically associated with any Compound Candidate that meets the in vitro pharmacological criteria set forth in Criteria for Hit for the applicable Collaboration Target until Takeda Selection for such Research Program is complete.

2.5.2 Rights and Limitations regarding Iambic’s Use of Program Results.

(a) Iambic shall have the right and obligation (to the extent set forth in, or necessary to perform, a Research Plan) to use Program Results to Train Program-Dedicated Models. Iambic shall dedicate Program-Dedicated Models for use solely and specifically for one (1) or more Research Programs and shall store such Program-Dedicated Models in the applicable Secure Environment.

(b) Subject to Section 2.8.2, Iambic shall have the right to, following the expiration of the Selection Period for a Research Program, Train any Iambic Model on Program Results that are not Takeda QC Program Results, Takeda Datasets or Takeda [***] Compound Results.

(c) The restrictions in Section 2.5.1 (Restrictions on Iambic’s Use of Data and Models) on Takeda QC Program Results and Models Trained on Takeda QC Program Results shall, after the expiration of the Selection Period for a Research Program, cease to apply solely with respect to Program Results that are no longer Takeda QC Program Results and Models Trained on such Program Results that are no longer Takeda QC Program Results.

27


 

2.5.3 Rights and Limitations regarding Takeda Datasets.

(a) With respect to any Research Program, Takeda may from time to time provide Takeda Datasets to Iambic for the purpose of conducting such Research Program. The Parties shall discuss and the JSC shall memorialize in writing the scope of Takeda Datasets to be provided prior to Takeda’s provision thereof to Iambic. Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use the Takeda Datasets solely in accordance with the applicable Research Plan (including to Train Program-Dedicated Models) and the terms and conditions of this Agreement. With respect to a Research Program for which Takeda has provided any Takeda Datasets, Iambic shall ensure the Takeda Datasets are stored solely within the applicable Secure Environment. Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, implement and maintain administrative, technical and other reasonable safeguards and controls to ensure the Takeda Datasets are not transferred, copied or otherwise accessed outside of the applicable Secure Environment.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, as between the Parties, Iambic shall have no rights in or to the Takeda Datasets except as expressly set out in this Agreement.

2.6 Technology Transfer.

2.6.1 Transfer of Licensed Know-How. Without limiting Section 5.11.1 (Reports and Data Sharing), within [***] after expiration of the Selection Period for a Research Program (and, if earlier, within [***] after Takeda’s exercise of its right under Section 5.8 (Assumption of Iambic’s Activities by Takeda) to assume future performance of Research activities following first identification of a Compound Candidate that meets the in vitro pharmacological criteria set forth in the Criteria for Hit under such Research Plan) (each [***] period, a “Licensed IP Transfer Period”), Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, at its sole cost and expense, disclose or make available to Takeda, in such form and format as Takeda may reasonably request (including by providing copies thereof), all Licensed Know-How, including chemical structures, assays, assay protocols and other Program Results (including Takeda Datasets), in each case, related to the applicable Qualifying Compound(s) or to the applicable Collaboration Target, to the extent not previously provided. For clarity, Iambic has no obligation to transfer to Takeda (a) any Iambic Platform IP or (b) any Licensed IP or Program Results that are not related to the then-existing Qualifying Compound(s) or to the applicable Collaboration Target. If the transfer to Takeda of Licensed Know-How under this Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How) is triggered by Takeda’s exercise of its right under Section 5.8 (Assumption of Iambic’s Activities by Takeda) with respect to a Research Program, then (x) until expiration of the Selection Period for such Research Program, Takeda shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees not to, use any such Licensed Know-How for any purpose other than (i) to perform Research activities with respect to Qualifying Compounds for such Research Program (and Manufacturing for purposes thereof) and (ii) as necessary or useful for Takeda to select Qualifying Compounds pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 5.10 (Takeda Selection) and (y) upon expiration of the Selection Period for such Research Program, Takeda shall (A) return or destroy (in accordance with Section 8.8 (Return of Confidential Information), mutatis mutandis) any such Licensed Know-How that is not necessary or reasonably useful for the Development, Manufacture, Commercialization or other Exploitation of one (1) or more Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products (which Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products for such Research

28


 

Program exist immediately after Takeda Selection) and (B) promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following expiration of the Selection Period, delete and expunge all Models Trained on any such Licensed Know-How from Takeda’s systems, and, upon Iambic’s request, certify such deletion of such Models in writing.

2.6.2 Licensed Know-How Transfer Support. During the [***]-month period after expiration of the applicable Licensed IP Transfer Period (unless the Parties agree in writing to an extension of such [***]-month period) (such [***]-month period, as may be extended upon mutual agreement by the Parties, the “Technology Transfer Support Period”), Iambic shall provide Takeda with reasonable assistance required in order to transfer to Takeda the Licensed Know-How required to be produced pursuant to Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How) in a timely manner, and shall make available to Takeda, including at Takeda’s facilities, those of Iambic’s representatives as Takeda may reasonably request for purposes of transferring the Licensed Know-How to Takeda or for purposes of responding to Takeda’s questions or consulting with Takeda regarding the practical application of such Licensed Know-How.

2.6.3 Transfer of Manufacturing Technology. Without limiting Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How), for each Research Program, upon Takeda’s reasonable request and at Iambic’s sole cost and expense, at any time after the expiration of the Selection Period (or prior to the expiration of the Selection Period with respect to particular Qualifying Compounds for the purpose of initiating manufacturing for GLP Toxicology Studies), Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Permitted Subcontractors to, transfer to Takeda or its designee all Licensed Know-How relating to the Manufacture of the Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products with respect to such Research Program and all intermediates and components thereof, including, for clarity, the then-current process, if any, for the Manufacture of such Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products, as well as any improvements or enhancements within Iambic’s Control as of such time to such processes (the “Manufacturing Process”).

2.6.4 Manufacturing Transfer Support. Until expiration of the Technology Transfer Support Period for a Research Program, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Permitted Subcontractors to, provide such support as may be necessary or reasonably useful to Takeda or its designee to use and practice the Manufacturing Process by (a) causing appropriate employees or representatives of Iambic, its Affiliates and its Permitted Subcontractors to meet with employees or representatives of Takeda (or its designee) (which may occur at the applicable manufacturing facility at mutually convenient times) to (i) provide reasonable assistance with respect to Takeda’s questions regarding the working up and use of the Manufacturing Process by the personnel of Takeda (or its designee) to the extent necessary or reasonably useful to enable Takeda (or its designee) to use and practice the Manufacturing Process with respect to the Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products and (ii) support and execute the transfer of all applicable physico-chemical characterization data, analytical methods and the validation thereof within or comprising the Licensed Know-How, including methods, validation documents and other documentation, materials and existing supplies of all primary and other reference standards relating to Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products and (b) making available all documentation within or comprising the Licensed Know-How constituting material support, performance advice, shop practice, standard operating procedures, specifications as to materials to be used and control methods, that are necessary or reasonably useful to enable Takeda (or its designee) to use and practice the Manufacturing Process with respect to the Qualifying Compounds

29


 

and Qualifying Products. For clarity, nothing in this Section 2.6.4 (Manufacturing Transfer Support) shall obligate Iambic to provide any support beyond the then-current Manufacturing Process (e.g., scale-up support).

2.6.5 Post-Transfer Support Costs. With respect to each Research Program, Takeda shall reimburse Iambic for its reasonable and verifiable (a) Out-of-Pocket Costs and (b) [***], in each case ((a) and (b)), incurred in connection with the provision of assistance and support and the conduct of other activities by or on behalf of Iambic as requested by Takeda as described in Section 2.6.2 (Licensed Know-How Transfer Support), Section 2.6.4 (Manufacturing Transfer Support), Section 5.8 (Assumption of Iambic’s Activities by Takeda) and Section 6.5.1 (Regulatory; Generally).

2.7 Confirmatory Patent License. Iambic shall, if requested to do so by Takeda, promptly enter into confirmatory license agreements in such form as may be reasonably requested by Takeda for purposes of recording the licenses granted under this Agreement with such patent offices in the Territory as required by the applicable patent office or otherwise consistent with Takeda’s patent practices with respect to such patent office; provided that the terms of such confirmatory license agreements shall be consistent with and of no greater scope than the license grant under this Agreement. Until the execution of any such confirmatory licenses, so far as may be legally possible, Iambic and Takeda shall have the same rights in respect of the Licensed Patents and be under the same obligations to each other in all respects consistent with this Agreement as if said confirmatory licenses had been executed.

2.8 Exclusivity.

2.8.1 Exclusivity During the Term. During [***], Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to (except in accordance with a Research Plan), [***] (including by [***]) (a) conduct any virtual or physical screening campaigns to identify [***], (b) Develop, Manufacture, Commercialize or otherwise Exploit [***], (c) optimize or knowingly design any [***], in each case ((a)-(c)), including through the performance of Restricted Services or the use of the Iambic Platform Technology; provided that the foregoing covenants shall not include (x) counter-screening activities intended to ensure Iambic’s compliance with its obligations in this Section 2.8.1 (Exclusivity During the Term) or intended to determine other off-target effects of a Compound that is not intended or designed to be Directed To a Collaboration Target or (y) conducting early discovery Research (that is not toxicology studies or other non-clinical studies), including studies involving the identification of Targets to which Compounds of interest interact, whole proteome studies and studies for phenotypic decoding and basic pathway biology Research, to the extent in this clause (y) such Research is not specific to a Collaboration Target or is in the context of understanding a Target other than a Collaboration Target and, in each case ((x) and (y)), such activities or Research, as applicable, are not for the purpose of the further Development or Commercialization of a Compound or product Directed To a Collaboration Target; provided, further, that, [***].

30


 

2.8.2 Exception for Enablement Licenses. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.5 (Data and Model Rights and Restrictions), notwithstanding Section 2.8.1 (Exclusivity During the Term), Iambic shall have the right to grant Enablement Licenses to Third Parties [***]:

[***]

For clarity, this Section 2.8 (Exclusivity) does [***].

2.8.3 Exception for Change of Control. If [***], then [***]:

(a) Unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing, with respect to any Competing Program existing as of such Change of Control, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Acquirer Entities) to (and, within [***] days after the date of the closing of such Change of Control, notify Takeda in writing which of the following actions it intends to take):

(i) terminate such Competing Program [***] after Iambic’s delivery of such written notice to Takeda in compliance with Applicable Law [***]. If [***], Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, implement and enforce Firewall Procedures as set forth in Section 2.8.3(a)(iii);

(ii) Divest the Competing Program as quickly as possible, but in any event within [***] days after Iambic’s delivery of such written notice to Takeda, and shall confirm to Takeda in writing when such Divestiture has been completed; provided, however, that such [***]-day period shall be extended for an additional period not to exceed [***] days as is necessary to obtain any competition approvals required to complete such Divestiture so long as Iambic or its relevant Affiliate is using good faith efforts to obtain such approvals. Iambic shall keep Takeda reasonably informed of its efforts and progress in effecting such Divestiture until it is completed. If Iambic elects to Divest a Competing Program in accordance with this Section 2.8.3(a)(ii), prior to Divestiture of such Competing Program, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, implement and enforce Firewall Procedures as set forth in Section 2.8.3(a)(iii). As used in this Section 2.8.3 (Exception for Change of Control), “Divest” means the permanent sale or transfer of all rights to the Competing Program to a Third Party such that neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates (including the Acquirer Entities) has any further right to perform or be involved in any Development, Manufacture or Commercialization activities with respect to such Competing Program or receive a continuing share of profit or other economic interest in the success of such Competing Program; provided that if such transfer is effected by way of one (1) or more licenses or sublicenses, the licensor shall be entitled to receive license fees, milestones and royalties on sales of products in the Competing Program so Divested (“Divests”, “Divested” and “Divestiture” have correlative meanings); or

(iii) implement and enforce reasonable and effective internal safeguards, walls and screens between the Acquirer Entities (and any successor thereto), on the one hand, and the Research Programs, on the other hand, to ensure that: (A[***]; (B) [***], (C) [***] and (D) [***] (clauses (A)-(D), collectively, “Firewall Procedures”); provided that the foregoing will not prohibit general and administrative personnel and senior-level executives, in each case, that are not conducting, and are not, and have not been, involved in day-to-day activities

31


 

or decision-making with respect to, any Research Program or Development, Manufacture or Commercialization of any Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product from reviewing and evaluating plans and information in connection with portfolio decision-making.

(b) With respect to any Competing Program that is subsequently initiated by an Acquirer Entity after the effective date of the Change of Control, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Acquirer Entities) to implement and enforce Firewall Procedures with respect to such Competing Program.

(c) If Iambic (i) fails to carry out the termination or Divestiture, as the case may be, within the time periods required under Section 2.8.3(a)(i) or Section 2.8.3(a)(ii), as applicable, or (ii) materially fails to comply with Section 2.8.3(a)(iii) (including as required under Section 2.8.3(a)(i) or Section 2.8.3(a)(ii)) or Section 2.8.3(b), then, in each case ((i) and (ii)), unless the Parties agree otherwise, [***].

2.8.4 Acquired Programs. If during the Term, Iambic or any of its Affiliates acquires any new Affiliate other than through a Change of Control of Iambic and such new Affiliate is then-engaged in activities that would violate Section 2.8.1 (Exclusivity During the Term) (“Acquired Competing Program”), then Iambic shall not be in violation of Section 2.8.1 (Exclusivity During the Term) as a result of such activities, provided that Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to (and, within thirty (30) days after the date of the closing of such transaction, notify Takeda in writing of such transaction and which of the following actions it intends to take) comply with Section 2.8.3(a)(i) or Section 2.8.3(a)(ii) above (including implementing and enforcing Firewall Procedures as required under Section 2.8.3(a)(i) or Section 2.8.3(a)(ii), as applicable), mutatis mutandis. If Iambic or any of its Affiliates acquires any new Affiliate as set forth above, any agreement pursuant to which such acquisition is consummated (a “Third Party Acquisition Agreement”) shall not be considered an Iambic Third Party Agreement; provided that, for clarity, any Patent, Know-How or other intellectual property with respect to which Iambic acquires rights under such Third Party Acquisition Agreements and that are necessary or reasonably useful for the Development, Manufacture, Commercialization or other Exploitation of one (1) or more Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products shall constitute Licensed Know-How and Licensed Patents, as applicable (other than any such Patents and Know-How that are Divested IP).

2.8.5 Acknowledgement. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that (a) this Section 2.8 (Exclusivity) has been negotiated by the Parties, (b) the geographical and time limitations on activities set forth in this Section 2.8 (Exclusivity) are reasonable, valid and necessary in light of the Parties’ circumstances and necessary for the adequate protection of the business of the Qualifying Products and (c) Takeda would not have entered into this Agreement without the protection afforded it by this Section 2.8 (Exclusivity). If, notwithstanding the foregoing, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.8 (Exclusivity) are too broad or otherwise unreasonable (for example, due to a change in circumstance) under Applicable Law, including with respect to duration, geographic scope or space, the court is hereby requested and authorized by the Parties to revise this Section 2.8 (Exclusivity) to include the maximum restrictions allowable under Applicable Law.

32


 

2.9 Post-Change of Control Covenant Not to Sue. Iambic hereby irrevocably and perpetually covenants that, at no time, will it or any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, commence Legal Proceedings, or cause, direct or support a Third Party to commence a Legal Proceeding (including by providing funding to such Third Party), against Takeda or any of its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees anywhere in the world for infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Acquirer CNS IP (or any Patent Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates that claims priority thereto or any foreign equivalent thereof) based on [***]. In relation to any Patent, Know-How or other intellectual property that is the subject of this covenant not to sue, Iambic shall ensure [***]. “Legal Proceeding” means any lawsuit or any other civil or administrative proceeding, or any claim asserted in or to any court, arbitration, tribunal, agency (including any government patent office), trade commission or other adjudicative body. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Iambic shall not be obligated under this Agreement to transfer to Takeda or its Affiliates or Sublicensees any Iambic Platform IP, Acquirer IP or embodiment thereof. For clarity, the covenant in this Section 2.9 (Covenant Not to Sue) shall not apply with respect to Takeda’s or its Affiliates’ or Sublicensees’ Development, Manufacture, Commercialization or use or Exploitation of Compounds that are not Qualifying Compounds.

ARTICLE 3.

GOVERNANCE

3.1 Joint Steering Committee. Within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a joint steering committee (the “JSC”), which shall consist of at least two (2) representatives and up to five (5) representatives from each of the Parties, each with the requisite experience and seniority to enable such representative to make decisions on behalf of the Parties with respect to the issues falling within the jurisdiction of the JSC. From time to time, each Party may substitute one (1) or more of its representatives to the JSC on written notice to the other Party. The JSC shall have overall responsibility for the oversight and coordination of Research activities under this Agreement.

3.2 Specific Responsibilities. In addition to its overall responsibility for overseeing and coordinating Research activities under this Agreement and subject to the final decision-making authority of the Parties as set forth in Section 3.3.4 (Decision Making), the JSC shall:

3.2.1 provide strategic oversight and coordination (including prioritization) of the activities under and among the Research Plans; provided that Iambic shall control its day-to-day activities under Research Plans;

3.2.2 serve as a forum for and facilitate collaboration and the exchange of information between the Parties, in each case, with respect to the performance of activities under the Research Plans;

3.2.3 review the Research Plans (including the Research Budgets) for the purpose of considering appropriate amendments thereto as set forth in Section 5.3.3 (Amendments to Research Plans);

3.2.4 review, discuss and approve any amendment to a Research Plan (including the applicable Research Budget);

33


 

3.2.5 [***] (a) [***], and (b) [***];

3.2.6 upon request of a Party, review and determine whether it is scientifically or technically feasible to identify, generate or otherwise Develop a Compound Candidate that would reasonably be expected to meet any applicable Criteria for Advancement for a Research Program in accordance with Section 5.5.2 (Infeasibility);

3.2.7 review Iambic’s explanation for exceeding, or anticipating exceeding, its budgeted FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Costs, which explanation shall be provided to the JSC pursuant to Section 7.3.2(c), and determine whether such overspend in excess of [***] shall be included in the Iambic Research Costs as a Permitted Budget Overrun;

3.2.8 develop, review, discuss and approve the Research Plan for any Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target;

3.2.9 discuss whether the proposed research program for an Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target, as applicable, will be a Research Program with respect to which Takeda contributes material information or materials, and if the Parties agree that it will be, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and upon mutual agreement enter into an amendment to this Agreement documenting such agreement as necessary to address such contributions in a manner similar to the treatment of the [***] Research Program;

3.2.10 review Program Results generated under each Research Program, including determining whether Criteria for Advancement have been achieved and selecting or prioritizing Compound Candidates under each Research Plan for each stage/Work Package;

3.2.11 review the reports provided by Iambic pursuant to Section 5.11.1 (Reports and Data Sharing), which report summarizes the status of Research activities under a Research Plan and the Program Results generated in the conduct of the applicable Research Program;

3.2.12 confirm whether any Compound Candidate meets the in vitro pharmacological criteria within the Criteria for Hit for such Collaboration Target for purposes of Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones);

3.2.13 approve a Third Party subcontractor for any Research activities allocated to Iambic;

3.2.14 determine when the technology transfer to Takeda set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How) is complete; and

3.2.15 perform such other obligations as are expressly delegated to the JSC under this Agreement and necessary for the conduct of the Research Plans.

34


 

3.3 General Provisions Applicable to the JSC.

3.3.1 JSC Chairperson. Takeda shall select from its representatives the chairperson for the JSC, whose responsibilities shall include conducting meetings, including, when feasible, ensuring that the objectives for each meeting are set and achieved. Takeda may substitute the chairperson from time to time, on written notice to Iambic.

3.3.2 Meetings and Minutes. The JSC shall meet no less than once every Calendar Quarter unless agreed otherwise by the Parties in writing, and more frequently as Iambic and Takeda deem appropriate (provided that either Party may reasonably request an ad hoc JSC meeting in order to address and resolve time-sensitive issues within its purview that may arise from time to time), with the location of such meetings alternating between locations designated by Iambic and locations designated by Takeda in the United States, with Takeda designating the place of the first meeting. The Parties shall endeavor to have the first meeting of the JSC within [***] Business Days after establishment. The Alliance Managers shall be responsible for calling meetings on no less than [***] Business Days’ notice unless exigent circumstances require shorter notice. Each Party shall make all proposals for agenda items at least [***] days in advance of the applicable meeting and shall provide all appropriate information with respect to such proposed items at least [***] days in advance of the applicable meeting; provided that under exigent circumstances requiring input by the JSC, a Party may provide its agenda items to the other Party within a shorter period of time in advance of the meeting or may propose that there not be a specific agenda for a particular meeting, so long as the other Party consents to such later addition of such agenda items or the absence of a specific agenda for such meeting (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The drafting Alliance Manager shall provide the draft minutes to the other Alliance Manager for review and comment within [***] Business Days after the meeting. The drafting Alliance Manager shall reasonably consider all comments from the other Alliance Manager that are provided within [***] Business Days. The drafting Alliance Manager shall prepare and submit revised minutes for approval within [***] Business Days after receipt of such comments or upon the expiration of such [***] Business Day comment period. Beginning with Iambic’s Alliance Manager, such responsibilities shall alternate between the Alliance Managers on a meeting-by-meeting basis after each meeting of the JSC. The Parties shall agree on the minutes of each meeting promptly, but in any event no later than the next meeting of the JSC, and such approved minutes shall be signed by each Alliance Manager.

3.3.3 Procedural Rules. The JSC shall have the right to adopt such standing rules as shall be necessary for its work, to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Agreement. A quorum of the JSC shall exist whenever there is present at a meeting at least two (2) representatives appointed by each Party. Representatives of the Parties on the JSC may attend a meeting either in person or by telephone, video conference or similar means in which each participant can hear what is said by and be heard by the other participants. Representation by proxy shall be allowed. Alliance Managers or other employees or consultants of a Party who are not representatives of the Parties on the JSC may attend meetings of the JSC; provided, however, that such attendees (a) shall not vote or otherwise participate in the decision-making process of the JSC and (b) are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure at least as protective of the other Party as those set forth in ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication).

35


 

3.3.4 Decision Making.

(a) Subject to Section 3.3.4(b) and Section 3.3.6 (Limitations on Authority), the JSC shall take action by (i) consensus of the representatives present at a meeting at which a quorum exists, with each Party having a single vote irrespective of the number of representatives of such Party in attendance, (ii) a written resolution signed by at least one (1) representative appointed by each Party or (iii) unanimous consent of each representative of the JSC documented via electronic mail, which shall require each such representative to send an electronic mail confirming its consent. The JSC shall review and discuss the matters before it in good faith such that the perspectives of each Party’s representatives on the JSC are given due consideration.

(b) In the event that the JSC cannot or does not reach consensus with respect to a matter within its purview within [***] days of such matter being brought to a vote, then the JSC shall refer such matter to the Executive Officers, who shall confer in good faith on resolution of such dispute. Any final decision mutually agreed to by such Executive Officers shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties.

(c) If such Executives Officers cannot agree on a matter within [***] Business Days after such matter was first referred to them (or such longer period as the Executive Officers may agree), then [***]:

[***].

For clarity, (x) any changes to the Criteria for Hit with respect to any Target and any changes to the scope and manner in which Program Results are shared as set forth in Section 5.11 (Reports and Data Sharing; Records) would require an amendment to this Agreement (and therefore require mutual agreement of the Parties outside of the JSC), (y) any amendment to a Research Plan that would result in [***], and (z) [***].

3.3.5 Discontinuation; Disbandment. The JSC shall continue to exist until the completion or termination of the last Research Program and completion of the last technology transfer to Takeda set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.6.1 (Transfer of Licensed Know-How) with respect thereto, unless the Parties mutually agree in writing to extend the term of the JSC; provided that in the event Iambic undergoes a Change of Control, the Parties shall adopt reasonable operating procedures to be established by the JSC to prevent competitively sensitive Confidential Information of one Party from being disclosed to or used by the other Party. In such event, Takeda shall have the right, in its sole discretion, by written notice delivered to Iambic (or its successor), to disband the JSC (and any Subcommittees thereof) and terminate the activities of the JSC. Upon expiration or termination of the JSC: (a) the JSC shall disband, have no further responsibilities or authority under this Agreement and will be considered dissolved by the Parties; (b) any requirement of Iambic to provide Know-How or other materials to the JSC, shall be deemed a requirement to provide such Know-How or other materials to Takeda; and (c) Takeda shall have the right to solely decide, without consultation with Iambic, all matters that are subject to the review or approval by the JSC hereunder, subject to Section 3.3.4(c). In the event that the JSC disbands, but a Subcommittee continues to exist, with respect to any disputes at such Subcommittee, Takeda shall have the final decision-making authority.

36


 

3.3.6 Limitations on Authority. Each Party shall retain the rights, powers and discretion granted to it under this Agreement and no such rights, powers or discretion shall be delegated to or vested in the JSC or a Subcommittee unless such delegation or vesting of rights is expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Parties expressly so agree in writing. The JSC shall not, and no Subcommittee shall, have the power to (a) amend or modify this Agreement (other than amending or modifying any Research Plan as provided in Section 5.3.3 (Amendments to Research Plans)), which may only be amended or modified as provided in Section 13.8 (Entire Agreement; Amendments) or (b) waive compliance with this Agreement, compliance with which may only be waived as provided in Section 13.11 (Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies).

3.4 Subcommittees.

3.4.1 Generally. From time to time, the JSC may establish and delegate duties to other committees or directed teams (each, a “Subcommittee”) on an “as-needed” basis to oversee particular projects or activities. Each such Subcommittee shall be constituted and shall operate as the Parties mutually agree; provided that (a) each Subcommittee shall have representation from each Party, (b) unless otherwise determined by the Parties, Subcommittees will not have any decision-making authority and shall solely be responsible for coordination and information-sharing and (c) any dispute between the representatives of each Party on a Subcommittee shall be referred to the JSC for resolution in accordance with Section 3.3.4 (Decision Making) and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement. Subcommittees may be established on an ad hoc basis for purposes of a specific project, for the term of the JSC or on such other basis as the Parties may determine. Each Subcommittee and its activities shall be subject to oversight, review and approval of the JSC. In no event shall the authority of the Subcommittee exceed that specified for the JSC in this ARTICLE 3 (Governance).

3.4.2 Joint Patent Committee. Within thirty (30) Business Days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a joint patent Subcommittee (the “JPC”) to facilitate communication between the Parties with respect to the coordination of activities for the Overlapping Patents as set forth in ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property). A Party’s JPC representatives shall be such Party’s in-house intellectual property counsel (or, to the extent and for so long as Iambic does not have in-house intellectual property counsel, external intellectual property counsel or any in-house counsel who may engage external intellectual property counsel as appropriate) and shall have authority within such Party’s organization with respect to intellectual property-related matters. The JPC shall have responsibility for the matters set forth for the JPC’s review in ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property).

3.4.3 Joint Research Team. Within thirty (30) Business Days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a joint research team (a “JRT”) with respect to each Research Program for the Initial Collaboration Targets. With respect to any Research Program for an Additional Collaboration Target or a Replacement Collaboration Target, within thirty (30) Business Days after the Designation Date for such Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target, as applicable, the Parties shall establish a JRT for the Research Program for such Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target, as applicable. Each JRT shall consist of at least two (2) representatives from each of the Parties (or such other number as designated by the Parties). Each JRT shall have the following responsibilities with respect to the applicable Research Program: (a) oversee activities under such Research

37


 

Program; (b) discuss, develop and propose for approval to the JSC updates to the Research Plan (including the Research Budget) for such Research Program; (c) facilitate collaboration and the exchange of information between the Parties, including for the purposes of (i) memorializing the scope of Takeda Datasets to be provided by Takeda to Iambic pursuant to Section 2.5.3(a) and (ii) facilitating Iambic to provide a complete Final Data Package to Takeda pursuant to Section 5.9.2; and (d) perform such other functions as directed by the JSC. The JRT shall provide an update to the JSC at least once per Calendar Quarter at the regularly scheduled JSC meeting regarding the progress of the applicable Research Program. The JRT shall not have any decision-making authority but shall make recommendations for the JSC’s approval, as necessary, and any disagreements shall be resolved by the JSC. The Parties anticipate that the JRT shall meet once every four (4) weeks or more frequently as needed.

3.5 Alliance Managers. Each Party shall appoint one (1) of its employees to act as alliance manager for such Party under this Agreement (each, an “Alliance Manager”), which Alliance Manager may be replaced at any time by notice in writing to the other Party. Each Alliance Manager shall attend each meeting of the JSC, provided that if an Alliance Manager is unable to attend a JSC meeting, such Alliance Manager may appoint an alternate for such meeting. The Alliance Managers shall serve as a primary point of contact for the other Party and shall undertake such other tasks as are detailed in this Agreement or as may be assigned by the JSC. The Alliance Managers shall work together to manage and facilitate the communication between the Parties under this Agreement, including the resolution (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) of issues between the Parties that arise in connection with this Agreement. The Alliance Managers shall not have final decision-making authority with respect to any matter under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4.

Additional Collaboration TargetS; Target Substitution

4.1 Initial Collaboration Targets. As of the Effective Date, the Initial Collaboration Targets are set forth on Schedule 1.116.

4.2 Target Availability.

4.2.1 Gatekeeper. Within [***] days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall mutually select and enter into a written agreement with an agreed, independent Third Party (such Third Party, which may be replaced from time to time by the Parties in writing, the “Gatekeeper”), such agreement to be acceptable to the Parties and the Gatekeeper (the “Gatekeeper Agreement”), pursuant to which: (a) the Gatekeeper shall perform the applicable activities designated to the Gatekeeper in this ARTICLE 4 (Additional Collaboration Targets; Target Substitution); (b) the Gatekeeper shall agree to be bound by confidentiality and non-use obligations that are consistent with the terms of this Agreement with respect to the information each Party provides the Gatekeeper and (c) [***]. Pursuant to the terms of the Gatekeeper Agreement, the Gatekeeper shall provide the Parties with invoices for incurred costs and expenses on a regular basis and each Party shall be responsible for paying its share of such invoice, subject to the immediately preceding sentence.

38


 

4.2.2 Encumbered Target List.

(a) From time to time, Iambic may provide the Gatekeeper with a written list of the then-current Encumbered Targets (each such list, an “Encumbered Target List”), which list shall note whether any Encumbered Target would not have been on the Encumbered Target List but for [***]. Each Encumbered Target List shall be the Confidential Information of Iambic. Iambic may revise the Encumbered Target List at any time during the Term (and, [***]) by providing the Gatekeeper with an updated Encumbered Target List and notifying Takeda that it provided such list to the Gatekeeper.

(b) The Gatekeeper Agreement shall require that, for so long as Takeda has the right to add an Additional Collaboration Target under Section 4.3 (Additional Collaboration Targets) or replace a Collaboration Target with another Target under Section 4.4 (Replacement Collaboration Target), if the Gatekeeper receives an updated Encumbered Target List [***].

4.3 Additional Collaboration Targets.

4.3.1 Subject to the restrictions on the number of ongoing Research Programs set forth in Section 5.1 (Research Program Overview and Purpose) and provided that the applicable Target Nomination Notice is provided during the period starting on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is [***] after the Effective Date, Takeda shall have the right to add up to three (3) Additional Collaboration Targets in accordance with the remainder of this Section 4.3 (Additional Collaboration Targets); provided, further, that if [***]. Subject to the foregoing, during the period starting on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is [***] after the Effective Date, Takeda may, in its sole discretion, notify the Gatekeeper of a Target (or a Multi-Protein Target, which, for clarity, shall count as one (1) Proposed Additional Target and, subject to the remainder of this Section 4.3 (Additional Collaboration Targets), one (1) Additional Collaboration Target) that Takeda wishes to include as an Additional Collaboration Target (such Target(s), a “Proposed Additional Target”; and such notice, a “Target Nomination Notice”).

4.3.2 With respect to each Target Nomination Notice, the Gatekeeper Agreement shall require that:

(a) the Gatekeeper request in writing an updated Encumbered Target List from Iambic within two (2) Business Days after receipt of such Target Nomination Notice;

(b) Iambic provide such updated Encumbered Target List to the Gatekeeper within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of such request from the Gatekeeper;

(c) the Gatekeeper compare the Proposed Additional Target that is the subject of such Target Nomination Notice to the updated Encumbered Target List; provided that if Iambic fails to timely provide such updated Encumbered Target List pursuant to clause (b), such Proposed Additional Target will be compared to the then-current Encumbered Target List (or if Iambic has not provided an Encumbered Target List, there shall be no Encumbered Targets);

39


 

(d) within one (1) Business Day after the later of the Gatekeeper’s receipt of such updated Encumbered Target List from Iambic and the expiration of the time period during which Iambic may provide such updated Encumbered Target List, the Gatekeeper notify Takeda in writing whether Proposed Additional Target is (i) an Available Target or (ii) a [***], in which case the Gatekeeper will also provide to Takeda the [***]; and

(e) if the Gatekeeper determines that a Proposed Additional Target is an Encumbered Target, then, at Takeda’s request (to be made within five (5) Business Days after Takeda’s receipt of the notice thereof), Iambic promptly provide the Gatekeeper with reasonable contemporaneous evidence that such Proposed Additional Target is an Encumbered Target, in which case, the Gatekeeper will examine such evidence, update or confirm its determination based thereon and notify Takeda in writing of any such update or confirmation.

4.3.3 If (i) a Proposed Additional Target is an Available Target or (ii) a Proposed Additional Target is a [***] pursuant to Section 4.3.2(d), then, in each case ((i) and (ii)), Takeda shall promptly provide to Iambic written notice thereof, including the identity of such Proposed Additional Target (the date of such notice, “Designation Notice Date”), and the Parties shall promptly (but in any event within ten (10) Business Days after Iambic’s receipt of such notice) meet to have a reasonable discussion on scientific feasibility of such Proposed Additional Target. After such discussion:

(a) if such Proposed Additional Target is [***]; or

(b) if such Proposed Additional Target is [***];

provided that, in either case ((a) or (b)), (w) Takeda has considered in good faith any concerns on scientific feasibility raised by Iambic, (x) if such Additional Collaboration Target is a [***] pursuant to Section 4.3.2(d), (y) if such Additional Collaboration Target is a [***] (each such Target designated by Takeda or further agreed by the Parties, an “Exclusive Target”) and (B) the Parties shall discuss [***] and (z) if the Parties agree that the Research Program for such Additional Collaboration Target is a Research Program with respect to which Takeda would contribute material information or materials, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and enter into an amendment to this Agreement as necessary to address such contributions in a manner similar to the treatment of the [***] Research Program. During the period starting on the Designation Notice Date and ending on the Designation Date (or, if later and as applicable, the date that the Parties enter into an amendment to this Agreement in accordance with clause (x), clause (y) or clause (z) above), Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, take any action with respect to the applicable Proposed Additional Target that would (1) cause the Proposed Additional Target to be an Encumbered Target, (2) if such Proposed Additional Target is a [***] or (3) cause Iambic not to Control such Proposed Additional Target.

4.4 Replacement Collaboration Target. In the event a Research Program for an Initial Collaboration Target or Additional Collaboration Target (other than a Research Program for which Takeda has exercised its rights to assume Research activities pursuant to Section 5.8 (Assumption of Iambic’s Activities by Takeda)) [***] (a “Substitution Event”), Takeda shall have the right (exercisable one-time per applicable Collaboration Target) to replace the applicable Collaboration Target of such Research Program with another Target [***] (such Target(s), a

40


 

“Replacement Collaboration Target”) as described below, at no additional cost to Takeda (other than the payments set forth in ARTICLE 7 (Payments; Royalties and Reports)) and in accordance with the remainder of this Section 4.4 (Replacement Collaboration Target). During the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on [***], if a Substitution Event occurs, Takeda may, in its sole discretion, notify the Gatekeeper of a Target (or a Multi-Protein Target, which, for clarity, shall count as one (1) Proposed Replacement Target) that Takeda wishes to replace an existing Collaboration Target (such Target(s), a “Proposed Replacement Target”), in which event such notice shall constitute a Target Nomination Notice for such Proposed Replacement Target and the provisions of Section 4.3.2 and Section 4.3.3 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Proposed Replacement Target. If such Proposed Replacement Target becomes a Collaboration Target, then effective as of the date of the applicable Designation Date, (a) such replaced Collaboration Target shall cease to be a Collaboration Target and shall become a Terminated Target and (b) any Research Milestone Payment previously paid with respect to such Terminated Target shall, after replacement, be deemed to have been paid for the applicable Replacement Collaboration Target, and no additional Research Milestone Payment shall be due for the same Research Milestone Event if achieved by a Compound Candidate Directed To such Replacement Collaboration Target. For clarity, Takeda shall have the right to replace the Collaboration Target of each Research Program one (1) time pursuant to this Section 4.4 (Replacement Collaboration Target) but shall not have the right to further replace any Replacement Collaboration Target without Iambic’s consent.

ARTICLE 5.

RESEARCH PROGRAM

5.1 Research Program Overview and Purpose. With respect to each Collaboration Target, Takeda and Iambic will conduct a Research program, as further set forth in the applicable Research Plan, to identify, generate, optimize and otherwise Develop Compound Candidates either de novo or from the screening libraries (or, with respect to the [***] Research Program, from Takeda [***] Compounds), and from such Compound Candidates, determine which Compound Candidates will be presented for a Portfolio Entry decision by Takeda, subject to further optimization thereof (if necessary) to allow such Compound Candidates to become Qualifying Compounds and achieve Candidate Selection (such Research program with respect to a Collaboration Target, a “Research Program”). At each stage gate, the JSC will select (for clarity, subject to Takeda’s final decision-making authority) Compound Candidate(s) to advance to the next Work Package (or in the case of stage gate for Work Package 4, consideration for Candidate Selection), taking into consideration whether such Compound Candidate(s) meet the applicable Criteria for Advancement. Unless otherwise agreed by Iambic in writing, (a) the number of Research Programs that are subject to in-progress Research activities at any given time may not exceed four (4) Research Programs and (b) in no event shall the Parties conduct Research Programs for more than three (3) Additional Collaboration Targets (provided that, for clarity, Proposed Additional Targets that are not included as a Collaboration Target hereunder shall not constitute Additional Collaboration Targets subject to the foregoing limitation).

5.2 Initiation of a Research Program. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, subject to Iambic’s compliance with Section 10.5.3, the [***] Research Program and the Research Program for [***] are anticipated to be Initiated shortly following the Effective Date, and the Research Program for [***] is anticipated to be Initiated approximately six (6) months after the

41


 

Effective Date (or earlier as may be mutually agreed by the Parties). With respect to any other Research Program hereunder, Iambic shall Initiate such Research Program shortly following approval by the JSC of the first Research Plan therefor; provided that (a) with respect to a Research Program that would constitute the then-ongoing fourth (4th) Research Program, Iambic shall use diligent efforts to Initiate such Research Program promptly after such JSC’s approval but may delay the Initiation of such Research Program for up to [***] months if Iambic can demonstrate a bona fide need to coordinate necessary FTE resources and (b) unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, Iambic shall not have any obligation to Initiate the Research Program for the first Additional Collaboration Target prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date.

5.3 Research Plans and Research Budget.

5.3.1 General. The scope and specific plan for each Research Program, including all Research activities with respect to the applicable Collaboration Target, Compound Candidates and Qualifying Compounds for such Research Program, shall be set forth in a written research plan for such Research Program (each, a “Research Plan”). Each Research Plan shall include: (a) a detailed written budget (on a Calendar Quarter-by-Calendar Quarter basis) of FTE Costs (including the number of FTEs) and Out-of-Pocket Costs to be incurred by Iambic in the performance of its Research activities set forth therein (a “Research Budget”), (b) the goals and deliverables to be completed under such Research Plan, (c) projected timelines for completion of such Research activities towards such goals and deliverables, (d) Criteria for Advancement for each Work Package and (e) a description of anticipated Program Results and data sharing procedures with respect thereto, in each case ((a)-(e)), as such plan may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 5.3.3 (Amendments to Research Plans). Any amendments of any Research Plan or new Research Plan for Additional Collaboration Targets or Replacement Collaboration Targets shall contain the contents described in this Section 5.3.1 (General). If any terms set forth in any Research Plan conflict with the terms set forth in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control unless expressly otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties referencing the applicable section of this Agreement to be modified.

5.3.2 Initial Research Plans and New Research Plans. The initial Research Plan for each Initial Collaboration Target is attached hereto as Schedule 5.3.2, and such initial Research Plans are deemed to be approved by the JSC as of the Effective Date. Upon the Designation Date for an Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target, the Parties shall promptly (and in any event within [***] days of such Designation Date) confer, through the JSC, to develop the Research Plan for such Additional Collaboration Target or Replacement Collaboration Target, as applicable, for the JSC’s review and approval; provided that, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the scope of Research activities set forth in any such Research Plan shall be substantially similar to that of the Research Plans for the Initial Collaboration Targets, and any such Research Plan shall provide for a budgeted FTE count that is reasonably required to complete the Research activities set forth therein, which shall be no less than [***] FTEs unless the Parties otherwise mutually agree.

5.3.3 Amendments to Research Plans. With respect to each Collaboration Target, the JSC shall review the applicable Research Plan (including the applicable Research Budget) once every Calendar Quarter (or more frequently as the JSC may decide) for the purpose of considering appropriate amendments thereto, and either Party may propose amendments to any

42


 

Research Plan (or any Research Budget) at any time by submitting such proposed amendment in writing to the JSC for review and approval.

5.4 Subcontracting by Iambic. Iambic may not subcontract any of its Research activities under a Research Plan to a Third Party [***] (such approved or permitted Third Party subcontractor, “Permitted Subcontractor”). The Third Party subcontractors set forth on Schedule 5.4 shall be deemed approved by Takeda for the activities set forth on such schedule with respect to any Research Program. As between the Parties, Iambic shall (a) be responsible for the acts and omissions of its subcontractors and (b) ensure that its Third Party subcontractors comply with the applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the ownership provisions of Section 9.1 (Ownership of Intellectual Property) and the confidentiality provisions of ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication). No such permitted or approved subcontracting shall relieve Iambic of any obligation hereunder, and any act or omission of any such Permitted Subcontractor shall constitute the act or omission of Iambic for all purposes hereunder.

5.5 Diligence; Performance; Infeasibility.

5.5.1 Diligence; Performance. With respect to each Research Program, Iambic shall: (a) for any activities that Iambic conducts with respect to such Research Program, conduct such activities (i) in accordance with the applicable Research Plan and Applicable Law, subject to the oversight, direction and supervision of the JSC and (ii) in good scientific manner and by allocating sufficient time, effort, equipment and skilled personnel to timely perform all such Research activities in accordance with the applicable Research Plan; (b) with respect to any and all Research activities allocated to Iambic in the applicable Research Plan that [***] in accordance with the applicable timelines and the Research Budget set forth in such Research Plan; and (c) with respect to any and all stage gates, goals and criteria (including the Criteria for Advancement) set forth in each Research Plan, [***], subject to, in the cases of clause (b) and clause (c), Section 7.3.2(d).

5.5.2 Infeasibility. If, at any time during a Research Program, either Party reasonably believes that it is not scientifically or technically feasible to identify, generate or otherwise Develop a Compound Candidate that would reasonably be expected to meet any applicable Criteria for Advancement for such Research Program, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party and the JSC, and the JSC shall meet to discuss in good faith and determine whether such generation or Development is scientifically or technically infeasible (such determination of infeasibility with respect to each Research Program, a “Research Infeasibility Determination”).

5.6 Manufacture; Supply. As between the Parties, (a) subject to Section 5.4 (Subcontracting by Iambic), Iambic shall be solely responsible for Manufacturing and supplying quantities of Compound Candidates (and intermediates thereof) as required to perform the Research Programs and (b) Takeda shall supply to Iambic the quantities of Takeda [***] Compounds to the extent set forth in the Research Plan for the [***] Research Program or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, in accordance with Section 5.12 (Materials Transfer). Iambic shall keep Takeda reasonably apprised of any Manufacturing activities with respect to the Research Programs and shall conduct all Manufacturing activities with respect to any Research Program in accordance with Applicable Law and the applicable Research Plan.

43


 

5.7 Iambic Research Costs. Iambic (or any of its Affiliates) shall initially bear the costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Iambic (or its Affiliate) in connection with performing any Research activities under a Research Plan, subject to reimbursement of Iambic Research Costs in accordance with Section 7.3 (Research Costs). For clarity, Iambic shall control the performance of its day-to-day Research Plan activities and deployment of FTEs with respect thereto.

5.8 Assumption of Iambic’s Activities by Takeda. With respect to each Research Program, Takeda shall have the right to assume all Research activities for such Research Program [***] on at least [***] days’ written notice to Iambic; provided that (a) Takeda shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to perform the Research activities for such Research Program in accordance with the timelines set forth in the applicable Research Program, taking into account any delay that existed prior to the transfer of such Research activities to Takeda or that results from such transfer and (b) for clarity, Takeda shall reimburse Iambic for all Iambic Research Costs (including non-cancellable obligations, prepaid amounts, cancellation fees and other costs and expenses, in each case, that are incurred in accordance with the Research Budget, owed to Permitted Subcontractors and cannot reasonably be mitigated) incurred or owed for its actual and planned Research activities under the applicable Research Plan prior to receipt of such notice. Upon Takeda’s written request, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Permitted Subcontractors to, (i) promptly assist Takeda with transitioning such Research activities to Takeda (or its designee(s)), (ii) cooperate with Takeda to provide Takeda the benefit of any agreements between Iambic or any of its Affiliates and Permitted Subcontractors, to the extent such agreements relate to any such assumed Research activities and (iii) provide such assistance and cooperation as may be necessary or useful for the transition of such assumed Research activities or reasonably requested by Takeda or its designee as pertains directly to the transitioned activity. If Takeda elects to assume the Research activities under a Research Program, after completion of the transition to Takeda, Iambic shall no longer be obligated to perform Research activities under such Research Program. For clarity, (x) subject to Section 7.4.6 (Milestone Reductions), if Takeda exercises its rights to assume Research activities allocated to Iambic under a Research Plan, any Research Milestone Events later achieved by Takeda with respect to Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products arising from such Research Program will trigger the corresponding Research Milestone Payments and (y) the right to so assume such Research activities is not a right to access or use the Iambic Platform Technology to perform such activities (except to the extent permitted under an Enablement License between Iambic and Takeda and, for clarity, subject to the terms thereunder).

5.9 Final Data Package. With respect to each Collaboration Target and the corresponding Research Program:

5.9.1 within [***] days following the earliest of (a) completion of all Research activities under such Research Program (including by Takeda if Takeda exercised its right to assume Research activities for such Research Program in accordance with Section 5.8 (Assumption of Iambic’s Activities by Takeda)), (b) achievement of the first Candidate Selection for such Research Program (or such later time mutually agreed upon by the Parties to the extent the Parties mutually agree that additional Qualifying Compounds should be advanced prior to Takeda Selection for such Research Program), (c) a Research Infeasibility Determination for such Research Program by the JSC and (d) Takeda’s written notice to Iambic to stop Iambic’s conduct

44


 

of the Research Program, Iambic shall deliver or provide reasonable access to Takeda (via a data room controlled by Iambic) a Final Data Package with respect to such Research Program; and

5.9.2 following Takeda’s receipt of access to a Final Data Package for such Research Program, Takeda shall, within [***] days, notify Iambic that either (a) such Final Data Package is complete and accepted by Takeda, or (b) Takeda in good faith believes that any Know-How required to be included in such Final Data Package is missing, in which case, Iambic shall deliver to Takeda, or provide Takeda reasonable access to, such missing Know-How to the extent necessary or useful for Takeda to select Qualifying Compounds Directed To such Collaboration Target promptly (and use commercially reasonable efforts to provide within [***] Business Days) following Takeda’s request therefor; provided that (x) if Iambic does not provide any such missing Know-How within [***] Business Days following Takeda’s request, the foregoing [***]-day period in this Section 5.9.2 shall be extended for each day beyond such [***] Business Day-period until Iambic provides such missing Know-How, (y) once Iambic provides such missing Know-How requested by Takeda (and therefore such Final Data Package is complete), then such Final Data Package will be deemed to have been accepted by Takeda and (z) if Takeda fails to notify Iambic within such [***]-day period (as may be extended by clause (x)), the Final Data Package will be deemed to have been accepted by Takeda (the date of such acceptance or deemed acceptance of the Final Data Package, the “Final Data Package Acceptance Date”).

In addition, with respect to each Research Program, Iambic promptly shall make available to Takeda, or provide Takeda reasonable access to, such other Licensed Know-How (other than Iambic Platform IP) relating to its Research activities that is in the possession and Control of Iambic or any of its Affiliates (without performing additional Research activities) as Takeda may reasonably request within thirty (30) days after the Final Data Package Acceptance Date for such Research Program. Without limiting the foregoing, if Iambic delivered a Final Data Package for a Research Program based on achievement of the first Candidate Selection for such Research Program as described in Section 5.9.1(b), Iambic shall, upon Takeda’s request, (A) [***].

5.10 Takeda Selection. With respect to each Collaboration Target and the corresponding Research Program, during the [***] day-period commencing on the earliest of (a) the Final Data Package Acceptance Date for such Research Program, (b) the date on which Takeda notifies Iambic in writing that Takeda has completed the Takeda Selection for such Research Program and (c) the [***] for such Research Program (each such period, “Selection Period”), Takeda shall have the right to select, on written notice to Iambic identifying the structure or other identifier (that reasonably allows Iambic to identify and record the structure) of each selected Compound Candidate:

5.10.1 [***]; and

5.10.2 [***];

[***]. The identification and selection by Takeda of the Qualifying Compounds as described above shall be referred to as the “Takeda Selection”.

45


 

5.11 Reports and Data Sharing; Records.

5.11.1 Reports and Data Sharing. With respect to each Research Program, within [***] after the end of each Calendar Quarter during which Iambic performs any Research activities, Iambic shall provide to the JSC and Takeda a written report summarizing (a) the status of Research activities under the applicable Research Plan (including data supporting the advancement of Compound Candidates at each applicable Work Package or consideration of any Compound Candidate as a Qualifying Compound) and (b) the Program Results generated in the conduct of such Research Program, in each case ((a) and (b)), since the preceding report. Such reports shall be in presentation format (e.g., PowerPoint) or other format reasonably requested by Takeda and may be the same as presented at the JSC meeting. In addition, Iambic shall (x) at any time prior to the expiration of the Selection Period for a Research Program (but in the event of a meeting of the JSC for which the agenda includes the JSC making decisions regarding the advancement of Compound Candidates at a Work Package, at least [***] in advance of such meeting), provide access to Takeda (which access shall be through a data room controlled by Iambic, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties) of any Program Results (including any raw data) that Takeda reasonably requests or that are otherwise reasonably required in order to review or make decisions regarding the advancement of Compound Candidates at each applicable Work Package or consideration of any Compound Candidate as a Qualifying Compound for such Research Program, (y) within [***] after the end of each Calendar Quarter during which Iambic performs any Research activities for the [***] Research Program, provide Takeda with all Takeda [***] Compound Results for the [***] Research Program and (z) promptly after expiration of the Selection Period for a Research Program, provide Takeda with all Takeda QC Program Results for such Research Program.

5.11.2 Records. Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Permitted Subcontractors to, maintain, in good scientific manner, complete and accurate books and records of all work conducted pursuant to the Research Programs, including all Program Results generated in furtherance thereof. Such books and records shall (a) be appropriate for patent and regulatory purposes, (b) be in compliance with Applicable Law, (c) to the extent consistent with standard scientific practices, record only the activities conducted under a Research Program and not include or be commingled with records of other activities for other compounds or products that are not the subject of such Research Program and (d) be retained in accordance with its record retention policy and Applicable Law.

5.11.3 Inspection of Books and Records. Takeda shall have the right, during normal business hours and upon reasonable request and notice, to inspect [***] maintained by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates pursuant to this Section 5.11 (Reports and Data Sharing; Records); provided that Takeda shall maintain any Confidential Information of Iambic in such books and records in confidence in accordance with ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication).

5.12 Materials Transfer. In order to facilitate the Research activities contemplated under the Research Plans, either Party may provide to the other Party certain chemical compounds or other tangible materials Controlled by the supplying Party (collectively, “Materials”) for use by the receiving Party in the conduct of Research activities under or in connection with a Research Plan. Except as otherwise expressly set forth under this Agreement, all such Materials delivered to the receiving Party (a) will remain the sole property of the supplying Party, (b) will be used only

46


 

by the receiving Party in the performance of Research activities in accordance with a Research Plan or other Research activities agreed by the Parties in writing or, solely with respect to Takeda, in the exercise of its license rights set forth in Section 2.1.1 (Exclusive License), (c) except as provided in clause (b), will not be used or delivered to or for the benefit of any Third Party without the prior written consent of the supplying Party, and (d) will be used in compliance with Applicable Law. Except with respect to Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products (or components thereof) provided to Takeda, the receiving Party shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, attempt to determine the chemical structure of any Materials provided by the supplying Party. The receiving Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use the Materials supplied under this Agreement with prudence and appropriate caution in any experimental work as not all of their characteristics may be known. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE MATERIALS WILL NOT INFRINGE OR VIOLATE ANY PATENT OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY. Any Materials provided by the supplying Party to the receiving Party (including, as applicable, any progeny, expression products, mutants, replicates, derivatives and modifications thereof) shall be returned to the supplying Party (or destroyed as may be requested by the supplying Party in writing) promptly following the completion or termination of the applicable Research Program(s) or earlier upon request by the supplying Party; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products (or components thereof) that Iambic provided to Takeda. Except as set forth in the penultimate sentence of Section 8.1 (Confidentiality Obligations), all Know-How related to such Materials shall be Confidential Information of the supplying Party. Except as set forth in Section 9.1 (Ownership of Intellectual Property), the supplying Party shall retain all right, title and interest in, to and under the Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the receiving Party assumes and accepts sole responsibility for any claims, liabilities, damages, losses and costs to the extent arising from or in connection with the receipt, use, handling, storage or disposal of the Materials by or on behalf of the receiving Party or any Affiliate of the receiving Party.

5.13 Takeda [***] Compound Series. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, Takeda shall only provide Takeda Provided [***] Compounds that are within the scope of three (3) or less Compound Series.

ARTICLE 6.

DEVELOPMENT, COMMERCIALIZATION AND MANUFACTURING

6.1 Development, Manufacture and Commercialization. With respect to each Collaboration Target, except for Iambic’s conduct of the applicable Research Program prior to the expiration of the applicable Selection Period (and any Manufacturing activities set forth in Section 5.6 (Manufacture; Supply)), as between the Parties, Takeda shall have the sole right, directly and through its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees, at its sole cost and expense, to Develop, Manufacture, Commercialize and otherwise Exploit the Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying

47


 

Products with respect to such Collaboration Target in the Field in the Territory, and Takeda shall have the sole control over and decision-making authority with respect thereto.

6.2 Diligence. With respect to each Collaboration Target, after achievement of Candidate Selection with respect to a Qualifying Compound Directed To such Collaboration Target, Takeda shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to (a) Develop at least one (1) Qualifying Product Directed To such Collaboration Target for at least one (1) indication and (b) Commercialize at least one (1) Qualifying Product Directed To such Collaboration Target for at least one (1) indication after receipt of Regulatory Approval therefor, in each case ((a) and (b)), in at least [***].

6.3 Subcontracting by Takeda. Takeda shall be entitled to subcontract any of its activities under this Agreement to Third Parties; provided that Takeda shall ensure that such Third Parties comply with the applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the ownership provisions of Section 9.1 (Ownership of Intellectual Property) and the confidentiality provisions of ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication). No such permitted subcontracting shall relieve Takeda of any obligation hereunder, and any act or omission of any such Third Party subcontractor shall constitute the act or omission of Takeda for all purposes hereunder.

6.4 Development and Commercialization Reports. With respect to each Collaboration Target, until the First Commercial Sale of the first Qualifying Product Directed To such Collaboration Target in any Major Market, Takeda shall provide a high-level summary, on an annual basis, to Iambic of the Development and Commercialization activities with respect to Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products Directed To such Collaboration Target conducted by or on behalf of Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees since the last such summary was provided hereunder; provided that, in the event Iambic undergoes a Change of Control, Takeda shall have the right to terminate its obligation to provide such Development and Commercialization summaries.

6.5 Regulatory.

6.5.1 Generally. As between the Parties, Takeda shall have the sole right and decision making authority with respect to regulatory matters for Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products in the Territory (including the right to prepare, obtain and maintain all INDs, Regulatory Approvals and other submissions and to control interactions and communications with Regulatory Authorities, pharmacovigilance reporting, labeling, safety and the decision to file or withdraw any Regulatory Approval or to cease or suspend any Clinical Trial). Iambic shall reasonably cooperate with Takeda, at Takeda’s reasonable request, with respect to any regulatory matters related to Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products. All Regulatory Documentation (including all Regulatory Approvals) in the Territory relating to the Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products shall be owned by, and shall be the sole property and held in the name of, Takeda or its designated Affiliate, Sublicensee or designee. Iambic shall execute all documents and take all actions as are necessary or reasonably requested by Takeda to vest such title in Takeda or its designated Affiliate, Sublicensee or designee.

48


 

6.5.2 Pharmacovigilance. Takeda shall hold and be responsible for the maintenance of the global safety database for the Qualifying Products as and to the extent required by Applicable Law.

6.5.3 Recalls, Suspensions or Withdrawals. As between the Parties, Takeda shall have the right to make all determinations with respect to and to implement any recall, market suspension or market withdrawal with respect to a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product in the Territory.

ARTICLE 7.

PAYMENTS; ROYALTIES AND REPORTS

7.1 Upfront Payment. In partial consideration for the rights and licenses granted to Takeda pursuant to this Agreement and Iambic’s performance of its obligations hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Takeda shall pay Iambic a one-time payment of Twenty Seven Million Dollars ($27,000,000) within [***], which invoice shall be issuable following the Effective Date.

7.2 Additional Target Fee. In partial consideration for the rights and licenses granted to Takeda pursuant to this Agreement and Iambic’s performance of its obligations hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Takeda shall pay to Iambic a one-time payment of [***] for each Additional Collaboration Target within [***] days after [***], which invoice shall be issuable following Initiation of a Research Program for an Additional Collaboration Target in accordance with Section 5.2 (Initiation of a Research Program). For clarity, an Additional Collaboration Target comprised of two (2) or more Targets shall count as one (1) Additional Collaboration Target.

7.3 Research Costs.

7.3.1 Reimbursement. On a Research Program-by-Research Program basis, after the end of each Calendar Quarter in which Iambic performs any Research Program activities, Iambic shall deliver electronically to Takeda and the JSC and the Alliance Managers an invoice setting forth detailed, line-item Iambic Research Costs (for clarity, actually incurred in such Calendar Quarter) for the performance of such activities in such Calendar Quarter in accordance with the corresponding Research Plan, and Iambic shall use reasonable efforts to deliver such invoice within [***] days after the end of such Calendar Quarter. If requested by Takeda, the JSC shall review such invoice and discuss any concerns or discrepancies therein and whether the amount of Iambic Research Costs is on track with the then-current Research Budget. For clarity, Iambic Research Costs shall only include, and Takeda shall only be obligated to reimburse to the extent of, the reasonable and verifiable Iambic Research Costs actually incurred in the performance of Research Plan activities. Takeda shall pay any invoice with respect to the Iambic Research Costs within [***] days after receipt thereof; provided that if Takeda in good faith disputes any portion of any such invoice within such [***] day period by notice to Iambic, it shall pay the undisputed portion and shall provide Iambic with written notice of the disputed portion and its reasons therefor, and Takeda shall not be obligated to pay such disputed portion unless and until such dispute is resolved in favor of Iambic. The Parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve any such disputes promptly. In addition, Takeda shall have no obligation to pay any Iambic Research

49


 

Costs that are first included in an invoice to Takeda more than [***] Calendar Year after the Calendar Quarter in which Iambic incurred such Iambic Research Costs.

7.3.2 Overruns. With respect to each Research Program:

(a) Iambic shall promptly inform Takeda upon Iambic determining that it is likely to overspend by more than [***] set forth in the Research Budget for such Research Program.

(b) The portion of any [***].

(c) If [***], Iambic shall provide to the JSC a full explanation for exceeding such aggregate budgeted costs under the applicable Research Plan. [***].

(d) Any overspend that is included in Iambic Research Costs as provided in clause (b) or clause (c) above shall be a “Permitted Budget Overrun”. To the extent that any overspend is not included in Iambic Research Costs as provided in clause (b) or clause (c) above, Iambic shall be solely responsible for the overspend. [***], in each case ((i) and (ii)), except to the extent such excess FTE Costs or Out-of-Pocket Costs are a Permitted Budget Overrun (and therefore subject to reimbursement by Takeda) or are attributable to Iambic’s or its Affiliate’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement (for clarity, Iambic not continuing to conduct Research activities or incur costs as permitted by this Section 7.3.2(d) shall not, in and of itself, constitute a breach of clause (b) or clause (c) of Section 5.5.1 (Diligence; Performance)).

7.4 Milestone Payments.

7.4.1 Research Milestones. In partial consideration of the rights granted by Iambic to Takeda hereunder and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the remainder of this Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones), Section 7.4.5 (Notice of Event Milestone Achievement and Invoicing), Section 7.4.6 (Milestone Reductions), Section 12.5(c) (Modification in Lieu of Termination) and Section 13.15 (Right to Offset)), with respect to each Collaboration Target, following the first achievement of each milestone event set forth in the table immediately below (each, a “Research Milestone Event”) by or on behalf of a Party or its Affiliates or (in the case of Takeda or its Affiliates) Sublicensees, Takeda shall pay Iambic the corresponding milestone payment set forth in such table (each, a “Research Milestone Payment”) within [***].

#

Research Milestone Event (for Each Collaboration Target)

Research Milestone Payment

1.

[***]

[***]

2.

[***]

[***]

3.

[***]

[***]

 

4.

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

50


 

Each Research Milestone Payment shall be payable only upon the first achievement of the corresponding Research Milestone Event with respect to a Collaboration Target, and no amounts shall be due for any subsequent or repeated achievement of such Research Milestone Event with respect to such Collaboration Target. If Takeda exercises its right to replace a Collaboration Target as set forth in Section 4.4 (Replacement Collaboration Target), any Research Milestone Payment previously paid with respect to the applicable replaced Terminated Target shall, after replacement, be deemed to have been paid for the applicable Replacement Collaboration Target, and no additional Research Milestone Payment shall be due for the same Research Milestone Event if achieved by a Compound Candidate Directed To such Replacement Collaboration Target; provided that if [***]. For clarity, (I) achievement of Research Milestone Event (2) with respect to a Collaboration Target shall only trigger one Research Milestone Payment for such Collaboration Target, and only the amount of such Research Milestone Payment shall differ depending on the type of Research Program and (II) achievement of Research Milestone Event (3) with respect to a Collaboration Target shall only trigger one Research Milestone Payment for such Collaboration Target, and only the amount of such Research Milestone Payment shall differ depending on the amount of time that has passed prior to achievement of such Research Milestone Event.

In the event that any of the Research Milestone Events set forth in numbers (2) through (4) of this Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones) occurs with respect to a Collaboration Target and any of the preceding Research Milestone Events of this Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones) has not occurred with respect to such Collaboration Target, then any such skipped Research Milestone Event(s) shall be deemed achieved with respect to such Collaboration Target at the time of achievement of such subsequent Research Milestone Event with respect to such Collaboration Target; provided that the foregoing shall [***].

The maximum aggregate amount payable by Takeda pursuant to this Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones) for each Collaboration Target is [***].

7.4.2 Development Milestones. In partial consideration of the rights granted by Iambic to Takeda hereunder and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the remainder of this Section 7.4.2 (Development Milestones), Section 7.4.5 (Notice of Event Milestone Achievement and Invoicing), Section 7.4.6 (Milestone Reductions), Section 12.5(c) (Modification in Lieu of Termination) and Section 13.15 (Right to Offset)), with respect to each Collaboration Target, following the first achievement of each milestone event set forth in the table immediately below (each, a “Development Milestone Event”) by or on behalf of Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, Takeda shall pay Iambic the corresponding milestone payment set forth in such table (each, a “Development Milestone Payment”) within [***].

#

Development Milestone Event (for Each Collaboration Target)

Development Milestone Payment

1.

[***]

[***]

2.

[***]

[***]

3.

[***]

[***]

 

51


 

Each Development Milestone Payment shall be payable only upon the first achievement of the corresponding Development Milestone Event with respect to a Collaboration Target, and no amounts shall be due for any subsequent or repeated achievement of such Development Milestone Event by a Qualifying Product Directed To such Collaboration Target, whether for the same or a different Qualifying Product.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each Collaboration Target, in the event that Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees Initiates a Clinical Trial that simultaneously satisfies more than one (1) of the Development Milestone Events set forth above for a Collaboration Target, [***].

The maximum aggregate amount payable by Takeda pursuant to this Section 7.4.2 (Development Milestones) for each Collaboration Target is [***].

7.4.3 Commercial Milestones. In partial consideration of the rights granted by Iambic to Takeda hereunder and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the remainder of this Section 7.4.3 (Commercial Milestones), Section 7.4.5 (Notice of Event Milestone Achievement and Invoicing), Section 7.4.6 (Milestone Reductions), Section 12.5(c) (Modification in Lieu of Termination) and Section 13.15 (Right to Offset)), with respect to each Collaboration Target, following the first achievement of each milestone event set forth in the table immediately below (each, a “Commercial Milestone Event”) by or on behalf of Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, Takeda shall pay Iambic the corresponding milestone payment set forth in such table (each, a “Commercial Milestone Payment”) within [***].

#

Commercial Milestone Event (for Each Collaboration Target)

Commercial Milestone Payment

1.

[***]

[***]

2.

[***]

[***]

3.

[***]

[***]

 

Each Commercial Milestone Payment shall be payable only upon the first achievement of the corresponding Commercial Milestone Event with respect to a Collaboration Target and no amounts shall be due for any subsequent or repeated achievement of such Commercial Milestone Event by a Qualifying Product Directed To such Collaboration Target, whether for the same or a different Qualifying Product.

The maximum aggregate amount payable by Takeda pursuant to this Section 7.4.3 (Commercial Milestones) for each Collaboration Target is [***].

7.4.4 Sales Milestones. In partial consideration of the rights granted by Iambic to Takeda hereunder and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the remainder of this Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestones), Section 7.5.2 (Royalty Term), Section 7.4.5 (Notice of Event Milestone Achievement and Invoicing), Section 7.4.6 (Milestone Reductions), Section 12.5(c) (Modification in Lieu of Termination) and Section 13.15 (Right to Offset)) with respect to each Collaboration Target for each milestone event set forth in the table immediately

52


 

below (each, a “Sales Milestone Event”), Takeda shall pay Iambic the corresponding milestone payment set forth in such table (each, a “Sales Milestone Payment”) within [***].

#

Sales Milestone Event (for Each Collaboration Target)

Sales Milestone Payment

1.

First occurrence of a Calendar Year in which Net Sales of all Qualifying Products Directed To such Collaboration Target in the Territory during such Calendar Year meet or exceed [***]

[***]

2.

First occurrence of a Calendar Year in which Net Sales of all Qualifying Products Directed To such Collaboration Target in the Territory during such Calendar Year meet or [***]

[***]

3.

First occurrence of a Calendar Year in which Net Sales of all Qualifying Products Directed To such Collaboration Target in the Territory during such Calendar Year meet or exceed [***]

[***]

 

If a Qualifying Product is comprised of or contains a Qualifying Compound Directed To a particular Collaboration Target as an active ingredient together with one (1) or more other Qualifying Compound(s) Directed To other Collaboration Target(s), then, for purposes of determining whether any Sales Milestone Event has been achieved in this Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestone), the Net Sales of such Qualifying Product shall be allocated among the applicable Qualifying Compounds in accordance with the treatment of Combination Products in the definition of “Net Sales”, applied mutatis mutandis, and, with respect to each Collaboration Target, only the portion of Net Sales attributable to Qualifying Compounds Directed To such Collaboration Target shall count towards achievement of the applicable Sales Milestone Event for such Collaboration Target.

[***]. Each Sales Milestone Payment shall be payable only upon the first achievement of the corresponding Sale Milestone Event with respect to each Collaboration Target, and no amounts shall be due for any subsequent or repeated achievement of such Sales Milestone Event with respect to such Collaboration Target. The maximum aggregate amount payable by Takeda pursuant to this Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestone) is [***] for each Collaboration Target.

7.4.5 Notice of Event Milestone Achievement and Invoicing. Takeda shall notify Iambic in writing within [***] Business Days following (a) the achievement of each milestone event set forth in Section 7.4.1 (Research Milestones), Section 7.4.2 (Development Milestones) and Section 7.4.3 (Commercial Milestones) and (b) the end of the a Calendar Year in which a given Sales Milestone Event was achieved as set forth in Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestones). Following receipt of such notice, Iambic shall submit an invoice promptly (and use commercially reasonable efforts to submit such invoice within [***] days) following receipt of such notice to Takeda for the full amount of the corresponding milestone payment.

7.4.6 Milestone Reductions. With respect to a Research Program, if the first Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product Directed To the applicable Collaboration Target that achieves Candidate Selection later fails to achieve IND Clearance and Takeda pursues a different

53


 

Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product Directed To such Collaboration Target as a backup to such first Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product (such backup, a “Backup Product”), then [***].

7.5 Royalties.

7.5.1 Royalties for Qualifying Products. As further consideration for the rights granted by Iambic to Takeda hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 7.5.2 (Royalty Term), Section 7.5.3 (Royalty Reductions), Section 7.5.4 (Offset for Third Party Payments), Section 7.5.5 (Royalty Floor), Section 9.4.4 (Recovery), Section 12.5(b) (Modification in Lieu of Termination) and Section 13.15 (Right to Offset)), during the applicable Royalty Term, on a Qualifying Product-by-Qualifying Product basis, Takeda shall pay Iambic a royalty on Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in the Territory (excluding Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in any country in the Territory for which the Royalty Term for such Qualifying Product in such country has expired) during each Calendar Year at the following rates:

Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in a Calendar Year

Royalty Rate

For that portion of Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in the Territory during such Calendar Year less than or equal to [***]

[***]

For that portion of Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in the Territory during such Calendar Year [***]

[***]

For that portion of Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in the Territory during such Calendar Year [***]

[***]

For that portion of Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in the Territory during such Calendar Year [***]

[***]

 

For the purposes of this Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products), any Settlement Sublicensee Revenue received by Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees to the extent attributable to the sale of a Qualifying Product in a country in a Calendar Year during the Royalty Term for such Qualifying Product and such country shall be deemed “Net Sales” of such Qualifying Product in such Calendar Year.

7.5.2 Royalty Term. Takeda’s obligation to pay Iambic royalties with respect to a Qualifying Product in the Territory, on a Qualifying Product-by-Qualifying Product and country-by-country basis, shall commence on the date of the first Net Sale of such Qualifying Product in such country and shall end upon the latest to occur of: [***] (the “Royalty Term”). Takeda shall have no obligation to pay any royalty with respect to Net Sales of any Qualifying Product in any country in the Territory after the Royalty Term for such Qualifying Product in such country has expired (including for sales of any such Qualifying Product in such country held in inventory (determined in accordance with Accounting Standards) to the extent such sales do not result in a Net Sale prior to the date of expiration of the applicable Royalty Term in accordance with Accounting Standards) and from and after the expiration of such Royalty Term, Net Sales of such Qualifying Product in such country shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the Net Sales thresholds and ceilings set forth in Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestones) and Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products).

54


 

7.5.3 Royalty Reductions. Notwithstanding Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products), but subject to Section 7.5.2 (Royalty Term) and Section 7.5.5 (Royalty Floor), with respect to each Qualifying Product and a country:

(a) in the event that, and in such case from and after the date on which, a Qualifying Product is Commercialized in a country in the Territory and [***], then the royalty rates for such Qualifying Product set forth in Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products) shall be reduced by [***] with respect to such country;

(b) if, in any country in the Territory during the Royalty Term for a Qualifying Product in such country, [***], then the royalty rates for such Qualifying Product set forth in Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products) shall be reduced by [***] thereafter with respect to such country; and

(c) if such Qualifying Product is designated as a Selected Drug by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or if such Qualifying Product is made subject to any limit on maximum reimbursement or price amount based on international reference pricing (including any “most favored nation” pricing limitation) in any United States commercial or federal or state health care program market enacted by legislation, regulation, or other action by any Governmental Authority in the United States, then the royalty rates set forth in Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products) with respect to such Qualifying Product shall be reduced by [***] thereafter in the United States.

Any reductions set forth in this Section 7.5.3 (Royalty Reductions) shall be applied to the royalty rate payable to Iambic under Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products) in the order in which the event triggering such reduction occurs, and any reductions pursuant to this Section 7.5.3 (Royalty Reductions) shall apply only to the relevant Qualifying Product in the relevant country and shall be allocated pro rata across each of the royalty tiers in the relevant Calendar Quarter.

7.5.4 Offset for Third Party Payments. With respect to each Collaboration Target, Takeda may deduct from [***] of (a) [***] owed by Takeda or its Affiliates (i) under any Product Agreement (including any agreement entered into in settlement of a Third Party Infringement Claim pursuant to Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties)) that includes a grant of rights for [***] with respect to such Collaboration Target, in each case, prior to the application of any stacking provision in any such agreement or (ii) to Iambic with respect to Useful Covered IP pursuant to Section 9.8.2(d)(ii) and (b) any Out-of-Pocket Costs incurred in connection with (including any damages or awards owed in connection with a judgment with respect to) a Third Party Infringement Claim pursuant to Section 9.6 with respect to any Qualifying Product with respect to such Collaboration Target, except, in each case ((a) and (b)), any such payment or Out-of-Pocket Costs to the extent attributable to any Other Component, as reasonably determined by Takeda; provided that, in each case ((a) and (b)), if any such agreement or Third Party Infringement Claim is attributable to a breach of a representation or warranty made by Iambic, the foregoing [***] limitation will not apply, and Takeda shall have the right to deduct [***] of such payments or Out-of-Pocket Costs.

55


 

7.5.5 Royalty Floor. With respect to each Qualifying Product, in no event shall the reductions described in [***] reduce by more than [***] the royalties that would otherwise be owed by Takeda to Iambic under Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products) for such Qualifying Product in any Calendar Quarter, and in no event shall any reduction, deductions or offsets described in this Section 7.5 (Royalties), in the aggregate, reduce by more than [***] the royalties that would otherwise be owed by Takeda to Iambic under Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products) for such Qualifying Product in any Calendar Quarter; provided that the foregoing [***] and [***] limitations shall not apply to reductions or offsets that are attributable to [***]. Credits for reductions pursuant to Section 7.5.3 (Royalty Reductions) or Section 7.5.4 (Offset for Third Party Payments) not exhausted in any Calendar Quarter may be carried into future Calendar Quarters, subject to the preceding sentence.

7.5.6 Royalty Payments and Reports. Following the first Net Sale of any Qualifying Product in the Field in the Territory until expiration of the last Royalty Term for the last Qualifying Product, Takeda shall furnish a written report to Iambic within [***] days after the end of each Calendar Quarter showing [***] for such Calendar Quarter, which amounts shall be converted to Dollars in accordance with Section 7.8 (Mode of Payments). Iambic shall submit an invoice promptly (and use commercially reasonable efforts to submit such invoice within [***] days), following the receipt of such report from Takeda for the full amount of the corresponding royalties payment, which amount shall be payable [***].

7.5.7 Know-How Royalties. The royalties owing by Takeda under this Section 7.5 (Royalties) are [***]. However, if [***]. For clarity, nothing in this Section 7.5.7 (Know-How Royalties) shall be [***].

7.6 Estimated Sales Levels; Diligence. Iambic acknowledges and agrees that (a) the sales levels set forth in Section 7.4.4 (Sales Milestones) and Section 7.5.1 (Royalties for Qualifying Products) shall not be construed as representing an estimate or projection of anticipated sales of the Qualifying Products and (b) such sales levels and the Development Milestone Events set forth in Section 7.4.2 (Development Milestones) shall not be construed as implying any level of diligence or Commercially Reasonable Efforts in the Territory, and that such sales levels and Development Milestone Events are merely intended to define Takeda’s payment obligations in the event such sales levels or such Development Milestone Events are achieved.

7.7 Other Invoiced Amounts. For all amounts for which a Party (the “Owing Party”) is obligated to reimburse or pay the other Party (the “Owed Party”) pursuant to this Agreement for which no specific provision is made hereunder for such payment, the Owed Party shall send to the Owing Party an invoice for such amount within [***] days after the Owed Party’s determination that such amount is payable by the Owing Party, which invoice shall include a reference to the section of this Agreement under which the Owed Party is requesting reimbursement or payment and, upon the request of the Owing Party after receipt of such invoice, the Owed Party will provide reasonable documentation of the incurrence or accrual of the costs to be reimbursed. Payment with respect to each such invoice shall be due within [***] after receipt by the Owing Party of such invoice and such reasonable documentation and shall be made in accordance with Section 7.8 (Mode of Payments); provided, however, that if the Owing Party in good faith disputes any portion of any such invoice, it shall pay the undisputed portion and shall provide the Owed Party with written notice of the disputed portion and its reasons therefor, and

56


 

the Owing Party shall not be obligated to pay such disputed portion unless and until such dispute is resolved in favor of the Owed Party. The Parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve any such disputes promptly.

7.8 Mode of Payments. All payments to a Party under this Agreement shall be paid in Dollars in the requisite amount by wire transfer or electronic funds transfer in immediately available funds to such bank account as such Party may from time to time designate by notice to the other Party. For the purpose of calculating any sums due under, or otherwise reimbursable pursuant to, this Agreement (including the calculation of Net Sales expressed in currencies other than Dollars), Takeda shall convert any amount expressed in a foreign currency into Dollar equivalents using its, its Affiliate’s or its or their Sublicensee’s standard conversion methodology consistent with Accounting Standards consistently applied across Takeda and its Affiliates or such Sublicensee, as applicable, for public financial reporting purposes.

7.9 Interest on Late Payments. Any undisputed amount owed by one (1) Party to the other Party under this Agreement that is not paid on or before the date such payment is due shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal [***] or the maximum rate allowable by Applicable Laws, whichever is lower, as adjusted from time to time on the first New York business day of each month, [***].

7.10 Financial Records. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and in the case of Takeda, its Sublicensees to, keep complete and accurate books and records pertaining to Net Sales and any reimbursable costs (including any Iambic Research Costs, any Backup Product Costs and any FTE Costs and Out-of-Pocket Costs reimbursable under Section 2.6.5 (Post-Transfer Support Costs)) hereunder in sufficient detail to calculate all amounts payable hereunder. Such books and records shall be retained by such Party and its Affiliates and Sublicensees until the latest of (a) [***] years after the end of the period to which such books and records pertain, (b) the expiration of the applicable tax statute of limitations (or any extensions thereof) and (c) such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law.

7.11 Audits.

7.11.1 Procedures. Each Party may request that the other Party permit and cause its Affiliates to permit an independent, nationally recognized auditor designated by such first Party as the auditing Party and reasonably acceptable to the audited Party, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, to audit the books and records maintained by the other Party and its Affiliates pursuant to Section 7.10 (Financial Records) to ensure the accuracy of all reports and payments made hereunder. Such examinations may not (a) be conducted for any Calendar Quarter more than [***] years after the end of such Calendar Quarter, (b) be conducted more than once in any [***] month period (unless a previous audit during such [***]-month period revealed a material discrepancy with respect to such period) or (c) be repeated for any Calendar Quarter. [***]. Unless disputed pursuant to Section 7.11.2 (Audit Dispute) below, if such audit concludes that (x) additional amounts were owed by the audited Party or excess payments were made by the auditing Party, the audited Party shall pay the additional amounts or refund the excess payments, as applicable or (y) excess payments were made by the audited Party or additional amounts were owed by the auditing Party, the auditing Party shall refund such excess payments or pay such additional amounts, as applicable, in either case ((x) or (y)), within [***] days after the date on

57


 

which such audit is completed by the auditing Party and if such additional amounts or excess payments were due to an error in an invoice or report provided by the Party that is required to pay such additional amounts or refund such excess payments, with interest from the date originally due as provided in Section 7.9 (Interest on Late Payments). In the event that an auditor determines that the books and records maintained by Takeda and its Affiliates with respect to its Sublicensees pursuant to Section 7.10 (Financial Records) are incomplete or otherwise insufficient to verify the accuracy of all reports and payments made hereunder, then upon Iambic’s request, Takeda shall exercise its audit rights with respect to such Sublicensee to the extent permitted under the applicable sublicense.

7.11.2 Audit Dispute. In the event of a dispute between any of the Parties with respect to any audit under Section 7.11.1 (Procedures) (an “Audit Dispute”), the auditing Party and audited Party shall work in good faith to resolve the Audit Dispute. If such Parties are unable to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any such Audit Dispute within [***] days from the date on which the auditing Party or the audited Party notifies the other in writing of the existence of an Audit Dispute, the Audit Dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a nationally recognized, certified public accounting firm jointly selected by the auditing Party and the audited Party (the “Auditor”). The decision of the Auditor (the “Audit Decision”) shall be final and binding on the Parties, and the costs of the Auditor proceeding shall be borne between the applicable Parties in such manner as the Auditor shall determine. If such Audit Decision concludes that (a) additional amounts were owed by the audited Party or excess payments were made by the auditing Party, the audited Party shall pay such additional amounts or refund such excess payments, as applicable, or (b) excess payments were made by the audited Party or additional amounts were owed by the auditing Party, the auditing Party shall refund such excess payments or pay such additional amounts, as applicable, in either case ((a) or (b)), within [***] days from the date on which the Audit Decision is served on the applicable Parties and if such additional amounts or excess payments were due to an error in an invoice or report provided by the Party that is required to pay such additional amounts or refund such excess payments, with interest from the date originally due as provided in Section 7.9 (Interest on Late Payments).

7.12 Taxes.

7.12.1 The milestones, royalties and other amounts payable by Takeda to Iambic pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Payment”) shall be paid free and clear of any and all Taxes, except for any withholding Taxes required by Applicable Law. Except as provided in this Section 7.12 (Taxes), Iambic shall be solely responsible for paying any and all Taxes (other than withholding Taxes required by Applicable Law to be deducted from Payments and remitted by Takeda) levied on account of, or measured in whole or in part by reference to, any Payments it receives. To the extent Takeda is required under Applicable Law to deduct and withhold any Taxes on any amounts payable to Iambic pursuant to this Agreement, Takeda shall (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Iambic with advance written notice prior to withholding any Taxes from payments payable to Iambic; and (b) deduct or withhold from the Payments any Taxes that it is required by Applicable Law to deduct or withhold. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Iambic is entitled under any applicable Tax treaty to a reduction of rate of, or the elimination of, applicable withholding Tax, it may deliver to Takeda or the appropriate Governmental Authority (with the assistance of Takeda to the extent that this is reasonably required and is expressly requested in writing) the prescribed forms necessary to reduce the

58


 

applicable rate of withholding or to relieve Takeda of its obligation to withhold such Tax and Takeda shall apply the reduced rate of withholding or dispense with withholding, as the case may be; provided that Takeda has received evidence, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Takeda, of Iambic’s delivery of all applicable forms (and, if necessary, its receipt of appropriate governmental authorization) at least [***] days prior to the time that the Payments are due. If, in accordance with the foregoing, Takeda withholds any amount, it shall pay to Iambic the balance when due, make timely payment to the proper Governmental Authority of the withheld amount and send to Iambic proof of such payment within [***] days following such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) any Taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from any payment described in this Agreement, and such withholding obligation arises or increases as a result of (i) an assignment by Takeda of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any redomiciliation or other change in tax residency of Takeda, and (b) such withholding Taxes exceed the amount of withholding Taxes that would have been applicable if such assignment, redomiciliation or change in tax residency had not occurred, then Takeda will increase such payment such that Iambic receives the amount it would have otherwise received under this Agreement but for such assignment, redomiciliation or change in tax residency; provided, however, that (x) Takeda shall have no obligation to pay any such increased amounts pursuant to this Section 7.12.1 if such increased withholding tax would not have been imposed but for (1) the assignment by Iambic of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (2) the redomiciliation or other change in tax residency or Change of Control of Iambic or (3) the failure by Iambic to comply with the requirements of this Section 7.12 (Taxes) and (y) to the extent that Iambic receives a refund of, or otherwise actually realizes a tax benefit (in cash or as a reduction of taxes payable) in respect of, additional amounts paid by Takeda as a result of such assignment, redomiciliation or change in tax residency of Takeda, Iambic shall promptly pay over to Takeda the amount of such refund, offset or credit.

7.12.2 All payments or amounts due under this Agreement, whether monetary or non-monetary, are defined exclusive of VAT and their equivalents. Any Party receiving a supply under this Agreement hereby covenants that it will pay any such VAT in addition to any amounts due under this Agreement provided to be correctly charged and duly invoiced in accordance with Applicable Laws. Where the prevailing legislation requires a VAT reverse charge, then the receiving Party covenants that it shall correctly account for VAT in respect of the services received. The supplying Party agrees that it will raise a tax invoice, compliant with relevant legal and fiscal regulations, to support the charge to VAT.

7.12.3 Iambic shall utilize exemptions and certifications available under Applicable Laws in order to limit or avoid cost of non-recoverable VAT upon supplies to Takeda. In the event that the local competent tax authority determines that VAT is chargeable where it was not charged in the initial invoice, Iambic in the first instance shall undertake in close cooperation with Takeda all reasonable steps to refuse any such assertions by the local tax authority. Only once this process is completed shall Iambic raise valid tax invoices for the additional VAT liability.

59


 

7.12.4 In the event that the local competent tax authority determines that VAT resulting from the invoices issued by Iambic should not been accounted or cannot be recovered by Takeda due to incorrect invoicing, Iambic will raise valid credit notes to credit the undue VAT liability accounted on the initially issued invoices and immediately refund the relevant amount to Takeda.

7.12.5 Any costs or expenses which were set to be reimbursed by Takeda, shall be reimbursed in the net value (excluding VAT) of that cost or expense incurred by Iambic and increased only by the relevant VAT amount calculated on this net value, should this be required by the Applicable Laws. In no event shall Takeda be responsible for or bear the cost of any VAT, sales Taxes or other similar transaction-based Taxes that should be recoverable by Iambic from relevant tax authorities, result from Iambic’s non-compliance with Applicable Laws or relate to transactions concluded by Iambic prior to supply of products or services to Takeda.

7.13 Confidentiality. The receiving Party shall treat all information subject to review under this ARTICLE 7 (Payments; Royalties and Reports) in accordance with the confidentiality provisions of ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication) and the Parties shall cause the Auditor to enter into a reasonably acceptable confidentiality agreement with the audited Party obligating such firm to retain all such financial information in confidence pursuant to such confidentiality agreement.

ARTICLE 8.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICATION

8.1 Confidentiality Obligations. At all times during the Term and for a period of ten (10) years following termination or expiration of this Agreement in its entirety, each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and each of its and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents to, keep confidential and not publish or otherwise disclose to a Third Party and not use, directly or indirectly, for any purpose, any Confidential Information furnished or otherwise made known to it, directly or indirectly, by the other Party, except to the extent such disclosure or use is expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement. “Confidential Information” means any technical, business or other information and materials, patentable or otherwise, in any form (written, oral, photographic, electronic, magnetic or otherwise) that is disclosed or otherwise provided by or on behalf of one (1) Party to the other Party in connection with this Agreement or that certain Confidentiality Agreement entered into by the Parties, dated December 17, 2024 (“Confidentiality Agreement”), whether prior to, on or after the Effective Date, including the terms of this Agreement (subject to Section 8.6 (Public Announcements)), information relating to any Qualifying Compound or any Qualifying Product (including the Regulatory Documentation), any Development or Commercialization of any Qualifying Compound or any Qualifying Product, any Know-How with respect thereto developed by or on behalf of the disclosing Party or its Affiliates or its or their respective (sub)licensees/Sublicensees (including Licensed Know-How) and the scientific, regulatory or business affairs or other activities of either Party. Confidential Information shall include information generated by or on behalf of a Party in connection with this Agreement regardless of whether disclosed or provided by such Party to the other Party to the extent such information is deemed the Confidential Information of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information constituting: [***]. For clarity, the Iambic Platform IP is the Confidential Information of Iambic, and the identity of the Collaboration

60


 

Targets and any Terminated Targets, in each case with respect to Takeda’s pursuit thereof are the Confidential Information of Takeda.

8.2 Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the confidentiality and non-use obligations under Section 8.1 (Confidentiality Obligations) with respect to any Confidential Information shall not apply to, and Confidential Information shall not include, any information that:

8.2.1 is or hereafter becomes generally available to the public by use, publication, general knowledge or the like other than by breach by the receiving Party or any of its Affiliates of this Agreement or, prior to the Effective Date, the Confidentiality Agreement by the receiving Party;

8.2.2 is subsequently disclosed to the receiving Party, without obligation of confidentiality or non-use, by a Third Party who may lawfully do so and who is not under an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to such information;

8.2.3 was already in the possession of the receiving Party or any of its Affiliates prior to receipt from the disclosing Party or any of its Affiliates as shown in the written records of the receiving Party or its Affiliates or by other competent evidence; provided that the foregoing exception shall not apply with respect to Takeda [***] Compound Results, Product Know-How (including Takeda QC Program Results) or Joint Know-How; or

8.2.4 is or was independently developed by the receiving Party or any of its Affiliates without use or reference to Confidential Information of the disclosing Party, as shown in the written records of the receiving Party or its Affiliates or by other competent evidence; provided that the foregoing exception shall not apply with respect to Takeda [***] Compound Results, Product Know-How (including Takeda QC Program Results) or Joint Know-How.

Specific aspects or details of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party merely because the Confidential Information is embraced by more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party. Further, any combination of Confidential Information shall not be considered in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party merely because individual elements of such Confidential Information are in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party unless the combination and its principles are in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.

8.3 Permitted Disclosures. Each Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party to the extent that such disclosure is:

8.3.1 made in response to a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or other supra-national, federal, national, regional, state, provincial or local governmental or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction or, if in the reasonable opinion of the receiving Party’s legal counsel, such disclosure is otherwise required by law (other than by reason of filing with securities regulators, which shall be governed by Section 8.6 (Public Announcements)); provided, however, that the receiving Party shall first have given notice to the disclosing Party and given the

61


 

disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to quash such order or to obtain a protective order or confidential treatment requiring that the Confidential Information and documents that are the subject of such order or required to be disclosed be held in confidence by such court or governmental or regulatory body or, if disclosed, be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued or such disclosure was required by law; and provided, further, that the Confidential Information disclosed in response to such court or governmental order or as required by law shall be limited to the information that is legally required to be disclosed in response to such court or governmental order or by such law;

8.3.2 made by or on behalf of the receiving Party to a patent authority or court as may be necessary or reasonably useful for purposes of obtaining or enforcing a Patent pursuant to this Agreement or in prosecuting or defending litigation in accordance with ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property); provided, however, that reasonable measures shall be taken to assure confidential treatment of such information, to the extent such protection is available;

8.3.3 with respect to Joint Know-How (other than Product Know-How), to Third Party subcontractors, licensees and collaboration partners, to the extent consistent with the exercise of rights with respect to Joint Know-How pursuant to Section 9.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How);

8.3.4 with respect to the terms of this Agreement, to bona fide potential or actual partners, licensees, private investors, acquirers, lenders, or financial partners (including financial advisors, attorneys and accountants) on a need to know basis and their respective advisors, in each case, subject to (a) redactions to be approved by the other Party in advance of such disclosure (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (b) obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such Confidential Information substantially similar to the obligations of confidentiality and non-use set forth in this ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication) (with a duration of confidentiality and non-use obligations as appropriate that is no less than [***] years from the date of disclosure); provided [***];

8.3.5 with respect to Iambic as the Receiving Party, disclosure of the identity of a Collaboration Target to an independent, Third Party gatekeeper solely for the purpose of providing confirmation that such Collaboration Target is an encumbered target to such gatekeeper as required by Iambic’s then-existing agreements or in contemplation of an agreement in the course of active negotiations based on an exchanged term sheet, in each case, with bona fide Third Party partners, licensees and collaborators; provided that Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, disclose the identity of Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees in relation to such Collaboration Targets; or

8.3.6 [***].

8.4 Additional Permitted Disclosures by Takeda. Takeda and its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees may disclose Confidential Information of Iambic (other than Confidential Information specifically relating to the Iambic Platform Technology) as may be necessary or reasonably useful in connection with the Exploitation of the Qualifying Compounds or the Qualifying Products for each Research Program (including in connection with any filing, application or request for Regulatory Approval by or on behalf of Takeda or any of its Affiliates

62


 

or its or their Sublicensees) or the performance of Takeda’s obligations or exercise of Takeda’s rights as contemplated by this Agreement, including to existing or potential Distributors, Sublicensees, collaboration partners or acquirers; provided, however, that (a) until expiration of the Selection Period for such Research Program, Takeda shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees not to, disclose any Confidential Information of Iambic for any purpose other than (i) to perform Research activities with respect to Qualifying Compounds for such Research Program (and Manufacturing for purposes thereof) and (ii) as necessary or useful for Takeda to select Qualifying Compounds pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 5.10 (Takeda Selection) and (b) such Distributors, Sublicensees, collaboration partners or acquirers shall be subject to obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such Confidential Information substantially similar to the obligations of confidentiality and non-use set forth in this ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication) (with a duration of confidentiality and non-use obligations as appropriate that is no less than [***] years from the date of disclosure).

8.5 Use of Name. Except as expressly provided herein, neither Party shall mention or otherwise use the name, logo or Trademark of the other Party or any of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective (sub)licensees/Sublicensees (or any abbreviation or adaptation thereof) in any publication, press release, social media, marketing and promotional material or other form of publicity in connection with this Agreement without the prior written approval of such other Party in each instance. The restrictions imposed by this Section 8.5 (Use of Name) shall not prohibit (a) Takeda from making any disclosure identifying Iambic in connection with its exercise of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and (b) either Party from making any disclosure identifying the other Party that is required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing Party are listed (or to which an application for listing has been submitted).

8.6 Public Announcements. The Parties have agreed upon the content of one (1) or more press releases, which Iambic shall issue substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 8.6 promptly following the Effective Date. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, neither Party shall issue any other public announcement, press release or other public disclosure regarding this Agreement or its subject matter without the other Party’s prior written consent, except for any such disclosure that is, in the opinion of the disclosing Party’s counsel, required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing Party are listed (or to which an application for listing has been submitted). In the event a Party is, in the opinion of its counsel, required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which its securities are listed (or to which an application for listing has been submitted) to make such a public disclosure, such Party shall submit the proposed disclosure in writing to the other Party as far in advance as reasonably practicable (and in no event less than [***] Business Days prior to the anticipated date of disclosure to the extent possible under the Applicable Law or rules of such stock exchange) so as to provide a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon; provided that if such required disclosure includes a disclosure of this Agreement, the disclosing Party shall also submit a redacted form of this Agreement to the other Party and shall submit a confidential treatment request (or equivalent protection in a country other than the U.S.) in connection with such disclosure. The disclosing Party shall incorporate any reasonable comments received from the other Party with respect to such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Takeda and its Affiliates and its and their respective Sublicensees shall have the right to publicly disclose research, development and commercial information (including with respect to regulatory matters)

63


 

regarding the Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products; provided that such disclosure is subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication) with respect to Iambic’s Confidential Information. Neither Party shall be required to seek the permission of the other Party to repeat any information regarding the terms of this Agreement or any amendment hereto that has already been publicly disclosed by such Party or by the other Party in accordance with this Section 8.6 (Public Announcements); provided that such information remains accurate as of such time and provided the frequency and form of such disclosure are reasonable.

8.7 Publications. The Parties recognize the desirability of publishing and publicly disclosing the results of, and information regarding, activities under this Agreement. Accordingly, following the expiration of the Selection Period for a Research Program, Takeda shall be free to publicly disclose the results of, and information regarding, activities under this Agreement with respect to the Collaboration Targets, Qualified Compounds and Qualified Products from such Research Program, subject to prior review by Iambic of any disclosure of Iambic’s Confidential Information for issues of patentability and protection of such Confidential Information, in a manner consistent with Applicable Law and industry practices, as provided in this Section 8.7 (Publications); provided that except as permitted under Section 8.2 (Exceptions) or Section 8.3 (Permitted Disclosures), Takeda will not disclose any of Iambic’s Confidential Information (other than Joint Know-How) in any such publication or announcement without obtaining Iambic’s prior written consent to do so. Accordingly, prior to publishing or disclosing any of Iambic’s Confidential Information, Takeda shall provide Iambic with drafts of proposed abstracts, manuscripts or summaries of presentations that cover such Confidential Information. Iambic shall respond promptly through its designated representative and in any event no later than [***] after the receipt of such proposed publication or presentation or such shorter period as may be required by the publication or presentation. Takeda agrees to allow a reasonable period (not to exceed [***] days) to permit filings for patent protection and to otherwise address issues of Confidential Information or related competitive harm. Except as otherwise as required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange (in which case Section 8.3.1 or Section 8.6 (Public Announcements), as applicable, shall apply), [***].

8.8 Return of Confidential Information. Without limiting Section 2.4.2, upon the effective date of the termination of this Agreement for any reason, upon the written request of a Party, the non-requesting Party shall either, at the requesting Party’s election: (a) promptly destroy all copies of the requesting Party’s Confidential Information in the possession or control of the non-requesting Party (other than Joint Know-How and the terms of this Agreement) and confirm such destruction in writing to the requesting Party or (b) promptly deliver to the requesting Party, at the non-requesting Party’s sole cost and expense, all copies of the requesting Party’s Confidential Information in the possession or control of the non-requesting Party (other than Joint Know-How and the terms of this Agreement); provided that in the event of a termination of this Agreement with respect to one (1) or more (but not all) Qualifying Compounds, Qualifying Products or countries in the Territory, the foregoing obligation to return or destroy shall only apply to Confidential Information solely related to such terminated Qualifying Compounds, Qualifying Products or countries, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the non-requesting Party shall be permitted to retain (x) such Confidential Information to the extent necessary or reasonably useful for purposes of performing any continuing obligations or exercising any ongoing rights (including with respect to any non-terminated Qualifying Compounds, Qualifying Products or country(ies) in the Territory) and, in any event, a single copy of such Confidential Information for

64


 

archival purposes and (y) any computer records or files containing such Confidential Information that have been created solely by such non-requesting Party’s automatic archiving and back-up procedures, to the extent created and retained in a manner consistent with such non-requesting Party’s standard archiving and back-up procedures, but not for any other uses or purposes. All Confidential Information shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement for the period set forth in Section 8.1 (Confidentiality Obligations).

ARTICLE 9.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

9.1 Ownership of Intellectual Property.

9.1.1 Ownership of Technology. Subject to Section 9.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How) and Section 9.1.3 (Ownership of Takeda [***] Compound Results and Takeda Datasets), as between the Parties, each Party shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to any and all: (a) Know-How and other inventions that are conceived, discovered, developed or otherwise made by or on behalf of such Party (or its Affiliates or its or their respective (sub)licensees/Sublicensees) under this Agreement, whether or not patented or patentable and any and all Patents and other intellectual property rights with respect thereto, except to the extent that any such Know-How or invention, or any Patent or intellectual property rights with respect thereto, is Joint Know-How or Joint Patents; and (b) other Know-How, inventions, Patents and other intellectual property rights that are owned or otherwise controlled (other than pursuant to the license grants set forth in Section 2.1 (License Grants to Takeda) and Section 2.2 (License Grant to Iambic)) by such Party or any of its Affiliates or its or their respective (sub)licensees/Sublicensees outside of this Agreement.

9.1.2 Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How. Subject to Section 9.1.3 (Ownership of Takeda [***] Compound Results and Takeda Datasets), as between the Parties, the Parties shall each own an equal, undivided interest in any and all: (a) Know-How and other inventions that are conceived, discovered, developed or otherwise made jointly by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates or its or their (sub)licensees, on the one hand, and Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, on the other hand, under this Agreement, whether or not patented or patentable, other than Takeda [***] Compound Results (the “Joint Know-How”); and (b) Patents (the “Joint Patents”) and other intellectual property rights with respect to the Know-How and inventions described in clause (a) (together with Joint Know-How and Joint Patents, the “Joint IP”). Each Party shall disclose to the other Party in writing and shall cause its Affiliates, and its and their (sub)licensees/Sublicensees to so disclose, the conception, discovery, development or making of any Joint Know-How or Joint Patents. Subject to, with respect to Iambic, the licenses granted to Takeda under Section 2.1 (License Grants to Takeda), its obligations and restrictions under Section 2.5 (Data and Model Rights and Restrictions), its exclusivity obligations under Section 2.8 (Exclusivity) and its obligations with respect to Product Know-How under ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication), (x) each Party shall have the right to practice, grant licenses under and transfer any Joint IP, (y) neither Party shall have any obligation to account to the other for profits or to obtain any approval of the other Party to license

65


 

or exploit any Joint IP by reason of joint ownership thereof and (z) each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the laws of any jurisdiction to require any such consent or accounting.

9.1.3 Ownership of Takeda [***] Compound Results and Takeda Datasets. As between the Parties, Takeda shall own all right, title and interest in and to any and all (a) Takeda [***] Compound Results, (b) Takeda Datasets and (c) other Know-How [***] that is conceived, discovered, developed or otherwise made under this Agreement, and, in each case ((a)-(c)), Iambic shall, and does hereby, assign, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their (sub)licensees to so assign, to Takeda, without additional compensation by Takeda beyond what is required by ARTICLE 7 (Payments; Royalties and Reports), all of its and their right, title and interest in and to such Takeda [***] Compound Results, Takeda Datasets and other Know-How.

9.1.4 United States Law. The determination of whether Know-How and inventions are conceived, discovered, developed or otherwise made by a Party for the purpose of allocating proprietary rights (including Patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights) therein, shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be made in accordance with Applicable Law in the United States as such law exists as of the Effective Date irrespective of where or when such conception, discovery, development or making occurs. With respect to any Know-How or other intellectual property right that does not constitute an invention under United States law or to the extent United States Law otherwise does not apply to the conception, discovery, development or making of any Know-How or other intellectual property right, the ownership thereof shall be determined as if United States law did so apply to the conception, discovery, development or making of such Know-How or other intellectual property right, and each Party shall, and does hereby, assign, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their (sub)licensees/Sublicensees to so assign, to the other Party, without additional compensation, such right, title and interest in and to any Know-How and other inventions as well as any intellectual property rights with respect thereto, as is necessary to fully effect, as applicable, (a) the sole ownership provided for in Section 9.1.1 (Ownership of Technology) and Section 9.1.3 (Ownership of Takeda [***] Compound Results and Takeda Datasets) and (b) the joint ownership provided for in Section 9.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How).

9.2 Control of Intellectual Property. Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, enter into or amend any agreement with an Affiliate or a Third Party, or include in any such agreement or amendment any restrictive provisions, [***]. Further, when entering into any agreement or amendment with an Affiliate or a Third Party [***].

9.3 Maintenance and Prosecution of Patents.

9.3.1 Product Patents and Takeda Patents.

(a) As between the Parties, Takeda shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, at its sole cost and expense, using counsel of its own choice, to prepare, file, prosecute and maintain, and to be responsible for any opposition, re-issuance, post-grant review, inter-partes review, reexamination request, nullity action, interference or other similar post-grant proceedings and any appeals therefrom (each, a “Defense Proceeding”) with respect to, the [***] in the Territory. Takeda shall (i) file, prosecute and maintain all [***] in a manner consistent with Takeda’s standard scientific practices and patent strategy and (ii) [***]. Takeda shall not

66


 

unreasonably withhold incorporation of Iambic’s comments on the preparation, filing and prosecution of [***] with respect to matter related thereto. For clarity, [***]. [***].

(b) [***].

9.3.2 Iambic Platform Patents. As between the Parties, Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, using counsel of its own choice, to prepare, file, prosecute and maintain the Iambic Platform Patents in the Territory and to be responsible for any Defense Proceeding with respect thereto, at its sole cost and expense. For clarity, Iambic Platform Patents exclude Overlapping Patents.

9.3.3 Other Licensed Patents. As between the Parties, Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, using counsel of its own choice, to prepare, file, prosecute and maintain the Licensed Patents (other than [***]) (such Licensed Patents, “Other Licensed Patents”) in the Territory and to be responsible for any Defense Proceeding with respect thereto, at its sole cost and expense; provided that Iambic shall [***].

9.3.4 Overlapping Patents and Joint Patents. As between the Parties, if a Party desires to file an Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent), it shall notify the JPC in writing, and subject to Section 3.4.2 (Joint Patent Committee), the Parties shall determine by mutual agreement of the Parties, after discussion at the JPC, which Party, if any, shall have the right to file such Patent and on what conditions (e.g., countries to file in, scope of claims, timing for filing and additional review rights of the non-prosecuting Party) such Party may file such Patent (such conditions, the “OP and JP Conditions”).

9.3.5 Procedures; Step-In. The prosecuting Party shall periodically inform the other Party of all material steps with regard to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of Product Patents and Joint Patents (or the related Defense Proceedings) in the Territory (which, for clarity, shall not include Iambic Platform Patents or Takeda Patents, neither of which are Licensed Patents), including by providing the other Party with a copy of material communications to and from any patent authority in the Territory regarding such Patents (or such Defense Proceedings) and by providing the other Party drafts of any material filings or responses to be made to such patent authorities in the Territory in connection therewith sufficiently in advance of submitting such filings or responses so as to allow for a reasonable opportunity for the other Party to review and comment thereon. The prosecuting Party shall consider in good faith the requests and suggestions of the other Party with respect to such drafts and with respect to strategies for filing and prosecuting such Patents (or the conduct of such Defense Proceedings) in the Territory. If, as between the Parties, the prosecuting Party decides not to prepare, file, prosecute or maintain an Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent) (or conduct such a Defense Proceeding) in a country in the Territory, the prosecuting Party shall provide reasonable prior written notice to the other Party of such intention, and the other Party shall thereupon have the option, subject to the prior written consent of the prosecuting Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to assume the control and direction of the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of such Patent (or such Defense Proceeding) at its sole cost and expense in such country, subject to any applicable OP and JP Conditions.

67


 

9.3.6 Cooperation. The non-prosecuting Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, assist and cooperate with the prosecuting Party, as the prosecuting Party may reasonably request from time to time and at the prosecuting Party’s expense, in the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Takeda Patents with respect to the [***] Research Program, Product Patents and Joint Patents (and any related Defense Proceedings) under this Agreement, including that the non-prosecuting Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, (a) offer its comments, if any, promptly, (b) provide access to relevant documents and other evidence and make its employees available at reasonable business hours (including, with respect to Takeda as the prosecuting Party, provide any Program Results (including raw data) that Takeda reasonably requests to support such preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance) and (c) provide the prosecuting Party, upon its request, with copies of any patentability search reports generated by its patent counsel with respect to such Patents, including relevant Third Party patents and patent applications located; provided that neither Party shall be required to provide legally privileged information with respect to such intellectual property unless and until procedures reasonably acceptable to such Party are in place to protect such privilege.

9.3.7 Patent Term Extension and Supplementary Protection Certificate. As between the Parties, Takeda shall have the sole right to make decisions regarding, and to apply for, patent term extensions in the Territory, including the United States with respect to extensions pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §156 et. seq. and in other jurisdictions pursuant to supplementary protection certificates, and in all jurisdictions with respect to any other extensions that are now or become available in the future, wherever applicable, for the [***], in each case, including whether or not to do so. Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, provide prompt and reasonable assistance, as requested by Takeda, including by taking such action as patent holder as is required under any Applicable Law to obtain such extension or supplementary protection certificate.

9.3.8 Common Ownership Under Joint Research Agreements. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is a “joint research agreement” as defined in 35 U.S.C. §100(h). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither Party shall invoke this Agreement under 35 U.S.C. §102(c) to except any patent or patent application as prior art without the prior written consent of the other Party. If such written consent is granted, the Parties shall coordinate their activities with respect to all submissions under 35 U.S.C. §102(c).

9.3.9 Patent Listings. As between the Parties, Takeda shall have the sole right to make all filings with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory with respect to the [***], including as required or allowed (a) in the United States, in the FDA’s Orange Book or Purple Book, as applicable and (b) in the European Union, under the national implementations of Article 10.1(a)(iii) of Directive 2001/EC/83 or other international equivalents. Iambic shall provide prompt and reasonable assistance, as requested by Takeda, with respect to such filings, including by taking such action as may be required of the Patent holder under any Applicable Laws.

9.3.10 Inventor’s Remuneration. As between the Parties, each Party shall be solely responsible for any remuneration that may be due to such Party’s or its Affiliates’ or its or their (sub)licensees’/Sublicensees’ inventors under any applicable inventor remuneration laws.

68


 

9.4 Enforcement of Patents.

9.4.1 Notice. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of any alleged or threatened infringement of (a) the Takeda Patents, Licensed Patents, Iambic Platform Patents or Joint Patents (but excluding Product Patents) in any jurisdiction in the Territory based on the development, commercialization or an application to market a product containing a Qualifying Compound or any Qualifying Product or any competing product (including any Generic Product) with respect to a Collaboration Target or (b) the Product Patents in the Territory, in each case ((a) and (b)), of which such Party becomes aware (a “Competitive Infringement”).

9.4.2 Enforcement of Infringement Actions.

(a) Product Patents and Takeda Patents. As between the Parties, Takeda shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any infringement (including Competitive Infringement) with respect to the [***], including as a defense or counterclaim in connection with any Third Party Infringement Claim, at Takeda’s sole cost and expense, using counsel of its own choice.

(b) Iambic Platform Patents. As between the Parties, Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any infringement (including any Competitive Infringement) with respect to the Iambic Platform Patents, including as a defense or counterclaim in connection with any Third Party Infringement Claim, at Iambic’s sole cost and expense, using counsel of its own choice; provided that Iambic shall not [***]. In the event Iambic prosecutes any such Competitive Infringement, Takeda shall have the right to join as a party to such claim, suit or proceeding in the Territory and participate with its own counsel at its sole cost and expense; provided that Iambic shall retain control of the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding to the extent applicable to the Iambic Platform Patents, including the response to any defense or defense of any counterclaim raised in connection therewith.

(c) Other Licensed Patents. As between the Parties, Iambic shall have the sole (except as provided in clause (ii)) right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any infringement (including any Competitive Infringement) with respect to the Other Licensed Patents, including as a defense or counterclaim in connection with any Third Party Infringement Claim, at Iambic’s sole cost and expense, using counsel of its own choice; provided that (i) Iambic shall not [***]. In the event Iambic prosecutes any such Competitive Infringement, Takeda shall have the right to join as a party to such claim, suit or proceeding in the Territory and participate with its own counsel at its sole cost and expense; provided that Iambic shall retain control of the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding to the extent applicable to the Other Licensed Patents, including the response to any defense or defense of any counterclaim raised in connection therewith.

(d) Overlapping Patents and Joint Patents. As between the Parties, if a Party desires to enforce an Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent) against an infringement, including as a defense or counterclaim in connection with any Third Party Infringement Claim, it shall notify the JPC in writing, and the Parties shall determine, after discussion at the JPC, which Party, if any, shall have the right to enforce such Patent. Neither Party shall enforce an Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent) without the

69


 

approval of the other Party. If the Parties agree that a Party (or its designee) may enforce such a Patent and such Party thereafter does not take commercially reasonable steps to prosecute or settle an infringement with respect to such Patent by the earlier of (i) [***] days following the first notice provided above with respect to such infringement (or, with respect to Competitive Infringement under 35 USC § 271(e)(2), [***] days) and (ii) [***] Business Days before the time limit, if any, set forth in appropriate laws and regulations for filing of such actions, then, upon such first Party’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the other Party may prosecute such infringement with respect to such Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent), at its sole cost and expense. Such first Party shall promptly notify the other Party if it determines not to prosecute or settle an infringement with respect to such Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent).

9.4.3 Cooperation; Settlement. Where a Party controls an infringement action under this Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), the other Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, assist and cooperate with the controlling Party, as such controlling Party may reasonably request from time to time, in the conduct of its activities set forth in this Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), including furnishing a power of attorney solely for such purpose or joining in, or being named as a necessary party to, such action, providing reasonable access to relevant records, documents (including laboratory notebooks) and other evidence and making inventors and other of its employees reasonably available at reasonable business hours; provided that, except with respect to Joint Patents, the controlling Party shall reimburse the other Party for all its reasonable and verifiable Out-of-Pocket Costs (excluding attorneys’ fees) in connection therewith. Unless otherwise set forth herein, the Party entitled to bring any infringement action in accordance with this Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents) shall have the right to settle such claim; provided that Iambic shall not have the right to settle any Competitive Infringement under this Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents) without the express written consent of Takeda (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). In the event that Iambic controls any Competitive Infringement claim, suit or proceeding pursuant to this Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), Iambic shall (a) consult with Takeda as to the strategy for the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding, (b) consider in good faith any comments from Takeda and (c) keep Takeda reasonably informed of any material steps taken and provide copies of all material documents filed, in connection with such claim, suit or proceeding. In the event that Takeda enforces any Other Licensed Patent in any Competitive Infringement claim, suit or proceeding pursuant to this Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), Takeda shall keep Iambic reasonably informed of any material steps taken in connection with such Other Licensed Patent in such claim, suit or proceeding.

9.4.4 Recovery. Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties under a cost sharing arrangement, any recovery realized as a result of such litigation described above in this Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents) (whether by way of settlement or otherwise) shall be first allocated to reimburse the Parties for their costs and expenses in making such recovery (which amounts shall be allocated pro rata if insufficient to cover the totality of such expenses). Any remainder after such reimbursement is made shall be retained by the Party that has exercised its right to bring the enforcement action; provided, however, that to the extent that any award or settlement (whether by judgment or otherwise) with respect to a Product Patent or Joint Patent is attributable to loss of

70


 

sales or profits with respect to a Qualifying Product (including in the form of a reasonable royalty and including, for clarity, any Settlement Sublicensee Revenue), [***].

9.5 Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions.

9.5.1 Notice. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of any alleged or threatened assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of any of the Licensed Patents, Takeda Patents or Joint Patents by a Third Party of which such Party becomes aware.

9.5.2 Defense Actions.

(a) As between the Parties, (i) Takeda shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of the validity and enforceability of the [***], (ii) Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of the validity and enforceability of the [***], and (iii) Iambic shall have the sole (except as provided in the proviso) right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of the validity and enforceability of the [***], in each case ((i)-(iii)), in the Territory, using counsel of its own choice, at its sole cost and expense; provided that if the assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of such Patents is brought as a defense or counterclaim in connection with an infringement action initiated pursuant to Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), the applicable enforcing Party shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the validity and enforceability of such Patents at its sole cost and expense.

(b) If any assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of any Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent is alleged or threatened, the Parties shall determine, after discussion at the JPC, which Party, if any, shall have the right to defend and control the defense of the validity and enforceability of such Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent; provided that if the Parties are unable to agree, each Party shall have the right to defend such Patent, and the Parties shall reasonably cooperate to control such defense, as necessary; provided, further, that if the assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of such Patents is brought as a defense or counterclaim in connection with an infringement action initiated pursuant to Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), the foregoing shall not apply, and the applicable enforcing Party shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the validity and enforceability of such Patents at its sole cost and expense.

(c) For clarity, this Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) shall not apply to control of Defense Proceedings, which proceedings shall be governed by Section 9.3 (Maintenance and Prosecution of Patents). Nothing in this Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) will limit any indemnification rights or obligations of a Party under ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification).

9.5.3 Step-In; Cooperation. If the controlling Party elects not to defend or control the defense of an Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent) in a claim, suit, or proceeding arising under this Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) brought in the Territory, or otherwise fails to initiate and maintain the defense of any such claim, suit or proceeding, and, in either case, has not settled and is not actively pursuing settlement of such claim, suit or proceeding, then [***]. The non-controlling Party may participate in any claim, suit or proceeding regarding the validity and enforceability of such Overlapping

71


 

Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent) in the Territory with counsel of its choice at its sole cost and expense; provided that the controlling Party shall retain control of the defense in such claim, suit or proceeding. Where a Party controls a claim, suit or proceeding under this Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions), the other Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, assist and cooperate with the controlling Party, as such controlling Party may reasonably request from time to time in the conduct of its activities set forth in this Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions), including furnishing a power of attorney solely for such purpose or joining in, or being named as a necessary party to, such action, providing reasonable access to relevant records, documents and other evidence (including laboratory notebooks) and making inventors and other of its employees reasonably available at reasonable business hours; provided that, except with respect to Joint Patents, the controlling Party shall reimburse the other Party for all its reasonable and verifiable Out-of-Pocket Costs (excluding any attorneys’ fees) in connection therewith. In connection with any activities with respect to a defense, claim or counterclaim relating to an Overlapping Patent or Joint Patent (other than a Product Patent) pursuant to this Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions), the controlling Party shall (x) consult with the other Party as to the strategy for such activities, (y) consider in good faith any comments from the other Party and (z) keep the other Party reasonably informed of any material steps taken and provide copies of all material documents filed, in connection with such defense, claim or counterclaim.

9.6 Infringement Claims by Third Parties. If the Exploitation of a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product in the Territory pursuant to this Agreement results in, or is reasonably expected to result in, any claim, suit or proceeding by a Third Party alleging infringement by Takeda or any of its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, Distributors or customers (or by an Acquirer Entity in the case of alleged infringement based on any Acquirer IP that is not Acquirer CNS IP) (a “Third Party Infringement Claim”), including any defense or counterclaim in connection with an enforcement action initiated pursuant to Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), the Party first becoming aware of such alleged Third Party Infringement Claim shall promptly notify the other Party thereof in writing. As between the Parties, [***]. Where a Party controls such an action, the other Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, assist and cooperate with the controlling Party, as such controlling Party may reasonably request from time to time, in the conduct of its activities set forth in this Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties), including furnishing a power of attorney solely for such purpose or joining in, or being named as a necessary party to, such action, providing reasonable access to relevant records, documents (including laboratory notebooks) and other evidence and making inventors and other of its employees reasonably available at reasonable business hours; provided that the controlling Party shall reimburse such other Party for its reasonable and verifiable Out-of-Pocket Costs (excluding attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection therewith. Each Party shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of all material developments in connection with any such claim, suit or proceeding. Nothing in this Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties) will limit any indemnification rights or obligations of a Party under ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification).

72


 

9.7 Product Trademarks. Takeda and its Affiliates shall have the sole right to use any Trademark it owns or controls for Qualifying Products in the Territory at its sole discretion. Takeda shall have the sole right to determine, develop, prosecute, enforce and defend one (1) or more Product Trademark(s) for use by Takeda and its Affiliates and its or their Sublicensees in the Territory to Commercialize Qualifying Products in the Field in the Territory. As between the Parties, Takeda and its Affiliates shall own all rights to such Product Trademarks and all goodwill associated therewith, and the rights to any Internet domain names incorporating the applicable Product Trademarks or any variation or part of such Product Trademarks used as its URL address or any part of such address, throughout the Territory. Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and (sub)licensees not to, (a) use in their respective businesses, any Trademark that is confusingly similar to, misleading or deceptive with respect to or that dilutes any (or any part) of the Product Trademarks and (b) do any act which endangers, destroys or similarly affects, in any material respect, the value of the goodwill pertaining to the Product Trademarks. Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and (sub)licensees not to, attack, dispute or contest the validity of or ownership of any Product Trademark anywhere in the Territory or any registrations issued or issuing with respect thereto.

9.8 Third Party Agreements.

9.8.1 Existing Third Party Agreements. Iambic shall be responsible for all payments owed to Third Parties under (a) Third Party Acquisition Agreements and (b) any other license and other agreements with respect to the Iambic Platform Technology or pursuant to which Iambic or any of its Affiliates has rights with respect to any Collaboration Target, Qualifying Compound, Qualifying Product or the Exploitation of any of the foregoing (clause (b), “Iambic Third Party Agreements”) entered into by or on behalf of Iambic or any of its Affiliates on or prior to the Effective Date (such Iambic Third Party Agreements, the “Existing Agreements”).

9.8.2 Future Third Party Agreements. If Iambic or any of its Affiliates enters into an Iambic Third Party Agreement after the Effective Date pursuant to which it obtains rights or a license to Patents, Know-How or other intellectual property rights that are necessary or reasonably useful to (x) conduct a Research Program, including with respect to the Iambic Platform Technology, or (y) Develop, Manufacture, Commercialize or otherwise Exploit the Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products in the Field in the Territory that, in each case ((x) and (y)), would be included in the Iambic Platform IP or Licensed IP, as applicable, but for this Section 9.8 (Third Party Agreements) (“Covered IP”), the provisions of this Section 9.8.2 (Future Third Party Agreements) shall apply.

(a) Platform IP. With respect to any Covered IP that is necessary or reasonably useful to use the Models contemplated to be used as the Effective Date (including enhancements or updates thereof) to conduct the Research Programs (as contemplated as of the Effective Date) (“Covered Platform IP”), [***].

73


 

(b) Necessary Covered IP. With respect to any Covered IP (other than Covered Platform IP) that Iambic [***], at the time of entering into the applicable Iambic Third Party Agreement, is necessary to conduct a Research Program or to Develop, Manufacture, Commercialize or otherwise Exploit Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products (collectively, “Necessary Covered IP”), Iambic or its Affiliates may enter into an Iambic Third Party Agreement for such Necessary Covered IP; provided that:

(i) if Iambic or any of its Affiliates enters into such Iambic Third Party Agreement on terms that would not prevent Takeda from obtaining a license with respect to such Necessary Covered IP directly from such Third Party to Exploit Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products, then [***]; or

(ii) if Iambic or any of its Affiliates enters into such Iambic Third Party Agreement on terms that would prevent Takeda from obtaining a license with respect to such Necessary Covered IP directly from such Third Party to Exploit Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products, (A) [***], (B) [***], (C) [***] and (D) [***].

To the extent that Iambic did not [***], at the time of entering into the applicable Iambic Third Party Agreement, that the applicable Covered IP was Necessary Covered IP, such Covered IP shall be deemed to be Useful Covered IP and subject to the provisions of Section 9.8.2(c) (Useful Covered IP). [***].

(c) Useful Covered IP. With respect to an Iambic Third Party Agreement for any Covered IP (other than Covered Platform IP and other than Necessary Covered IP) that Iambic [***], at the time of entering into the applicable Iambic Third Party Agreement, is useful to conduct a Research Program or to Develop, Manufacture, Commercialize or otherwise Exploit Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products (“Useful Covered IP”), Iambic or its Affiliates may enter into an Iambic Third Party Agreement for such Useful Covered IP on such terms and conditions as it determines; provided that [***].

(d) Non-Exclusive Necessary IP and Useful Covered IP Obligations.

(i) Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, (A) [***], (B) [***], and (C) [***].

(ii) If Takeda is interested in using any Non-Exclusive Necessary IP or Useful Covered IP (or any other Covered IP that is not Covered Platform IP or Necessary Covered IP) (collectively, the “Election Covered IP”) in the Research Program or including any Election Covered IP in the Iambic Platform IP or Licensed IP, as applicable, Takeda may request, and upon such request Iambic shall provide, additional information with respect thereto, [***]. At any time after Takeda’s receipt of the Iambic Technology Notice, Takeda shall, by providing written notice to Iambic identifying the applicable Election Covered IP (“Iambic Technology Election Notice”), [***].

74


 

(iii) The rights of Takeda and the obligations of Iambic (including those set forth in Section 9.3 (Maintenance and Prosecution of Patents), Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents) and Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions)) with respect to any Election Covered IP for which Takeda has provided an Iambic Technology Election Notice shall be subject to the terms of the applicable Iambic Third Party Agreement (to the extent not redacted from copy of such agreement provided to Takeda and to the extent Iambic complied with the obligations set forth above when entering into such Iambic Third Party Agreement).

(e) Product-Specific Agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.8.2 (Future Third Party Agreements), neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates shall enter into an Iambic Third Party Agreement that is [***].

9.8.3 Other Product Agreements. Takeda and its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees will have the right to enter into a license or other agreement with a Third Party (or in the case of any Acquirer IP that is not Acquirer CNS IP, with an Acquirer Entity or Iambic or its Affiliates) after the Effective Date pursuant to which Takeda or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees would acquire a license or other right under Know-How, Patent(s) or other intellectual property rights that relate to a Collaboration Target or are necessary or useful for the Development, Manufacture, Commercialization or other Exploitation of any Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product, including in connection with settlement of a Third Party Infringement Claim pursuant to Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties) (a “Product Agreement”). Subject to Section 7.5.4 (Offset for Third Party Payments) and ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification), Takeda shall be solely responsible for all payments under any Product Agreements.

9.8.4 Maintenance of Iambic Third Party Agreements. Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, enter into any subsequent agreement or understanding with any Third Party to a Iambic Third Party Agreement that modifies, amends or terminates any such Iambic Third Party Agreement, or waives any right or obligation thereunder, in each case, in any manner that would adversely affect in any respect Takeda’s rights or interests under this Agreement or would impose any obligation on Takeda, in each case, without Takeda’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, commit any acts or permit the occurrence of any omissions that would cause breach or termination of any of the Iambic Third Party Agreements where such breach or termination would adversely affect in any respect Takeda’s rights or interests under this Agreement or impose any obligation on Takeda. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Election Covered IP for which (a) Takeda does not request an Iambic Technology Notice within [***] months after Iambic notifies Takeda that it acquired rights to such Election Covered IP or (b) Takeda does not provide an Iambic Technology Election Notice within [***] months after receipt of an Iambic Technology Notice, in each case ((a) and (b)), following the applicable three [***]-period, the foregoing obligations shall not apply to the applicable Iambic Third Party Agreement to the extent related to such Election Covered IP.

9.8.5 [***].

75


 

ARTICLE 10.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

10.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that as of the Effective Date that:

10.1.1 It is a company or corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has full corporate power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as contemplated in this Agreement, including the right to grant the licenses granted by it hereunder.

10.1.2 It has the full corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder. It has taken all necessary corporate action on its part required to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party that is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

10.1.3 It is not a party to any agreement, outstanding order, judgment or decree of any court or Governmental Authority that would prevent it from granting the rights granted to the other Party under this Agreement or performing its obligations under this Agreement.

10.2 Iambic Representations and Warranties. Iambic represents and warrants to Takeda that, except as set forth in Schedule 10.2 attached hereto [***], as of the Effective Date, and as applicable, covenants:

10.2.1 All Licensed Patents existing as of the Effective Date are listed on Schedule 10.2.1 (the “Existing Patents”), and, except where co-ownership is provided for therein, Iambic is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire right, title and interest in the Existing Patents, free of any encumbrance, lien or claim of ownership by any Third Party (except for co-ownership disclosed in Schedule 10.2.1) (for clarity, a license or grant of other rights under the Existing Patents that is not inconsistent with the rights granted to Takeda under this Agreement shall not be considered an encumbrance on such Existing Patent). All such Existing Patents (a) that have issued are subsisting and, to Iambic’s knowledge, [***], (b) that have not issued are being diligently prosecuted in the respective patent offices in the Territory in accordance with Applicable Law, and (c) have been filed and maintained properly and correctly and all applicable fees have been paid on or before the due date for payment. Each of the Existing Patents properly identifies, or when issued will identify, each and every inventor of any invention claimed therein as determined in accordance with the Applicable Law of the jurisdiction in which such Existing Patent is issued or such application is pending. Iambic is entitled to grant the licenses specified herein.

10.2.2 All Existing Agreements are listed on Schedule 10.2.2. The licenses to Iambic or its applicable Affiliates in the Existing Agreements are in full force and effect. The rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder are fully consistent with, and are not limited in any material respect by, the Existing Agreements. Iambic shall promptly provide Takeda with notice

76


 

of any alleged, threatened or actual breach of any Existing Agreement. None of Iambic, its Affiliates and, to the knowledge of Iambic, any Third Party is in breach of any Existing Agreement.

10.2.3 There are no known claims, judgments or settlements against, or amounts with respect thereto owed by, Iambic or any of its Affiliates relating to the Existing Patents, the Iambic Platform IP or the Licensed Know-How. No claim or litigation has been brought, or to Iambic’s knowledge, threatened, by any Person alleging, and Iambic has no knowledge of any claim, whether or not asserted, that (a) the Existing Patents are invalid or unenforceable or (b) (i) the use by Iambic of the Iambic Platform Technology as contemplated herein or (ii) the Development, Manufacture or Commercialization of the Collaboration Targets or any Compound Directed To a Collaboration Target as contemplated herein (or the rights granted to Takeda with respect thereto), in each case ((i) and (ii)), [***]. To Iambic’s knowledge, no Person (x) has infringed or is infringing or threatening to infringe any Existing Patent or (y) has misappropriated or is misappropriating or threatening to misappropriate the Iambic Platform IP or the Licensed Know-How.

10.2.4 There are no pending, and to Iambic’s knowledge, there are no alleged or threatened, (a) inter partes reviews, post-grant reviews, interferences, re-examinations or oppositions involving the Existing Patents or (b) any inventorship challenges involving the Existing Patents that are in or before any patent authority or other Governmental Authority performing similar functions.

10.2.5 Iambic Controls all Know-How, Patents and other intellectual property rights that are necessary to perform the Research Programs (including the use of the Iambic Platform Technology in connection therewith) in the Research Plans as of the Effective Date as contemplated herein, and such Know-How, Patents and other intellectual property rights are not subject to any other license or agreement to which Iambic or any of its Affiliates is a party that is inconsistent with the rights granted to Takeda hereunder. None of the Initial Collaboration Targets is an Encumbered Target.

10.2.6 There are no Know-How or Patents owned or controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date that relate to, or are necessary or reasonably useful to Exploit, the Collaboration Targets or any Compound Directed To a Collaboration Target that are not within the Licensed Know-How or Licensed Patents, and there are no other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date that relate to the Iambic Platform Technology that are not within the Iambic Platform IP. The conception, development and reduction to practice of the inventions claimed in the Existing Patents or disclosed in the Iambic Platform IP or Licensed Know-How have not constituted or involved the misappropriation of trade secrets or other rights or property of any Person.

10.2.7 Each Person who has or has had any rights in or to any (a) Existing Patents, (b) Iambic Platform IP or (c) any other Licensed Know-How, in each case ((a)-(c)), has assigned and has executed an agreement assigning its entire right, title and interest in and to such Existing Patents, Iambic Platform IP and Licensed Know-How to Iambic (or, with respect to any Licensed Know-How or Licensed Patent owned by a Third Party, to Iambic’s knowledge, has assigned and has executed an agreement assigning its entire right, title and interest in and to such Third Party), and to the extent any of Iambic’s or its Affiliates’ or Permitted Subcontractors’ or its or their

77


 

officers, employees or agents participate in the performance of activities under a Research Plan during the Term, Iambic shall obtain such an assignment and such an agreement from such Persons, in each case, without payments by Takeda beyond those required by ARTICLE 7 (Payments; Royalties and Reports). To Iambic’s knowledge, no current officer, employee, agent or consultant of Iambic or any of its Affiliates or subcontractors is in violation of any term of any assignment or other agreement, including any employment contract, regarding the protection of Patents or other intellectual property or proprietary information of Iambic or such Affiliate.

10.2.8 Iambic has the right to use the Iambic Platform Technology and screening libraries, in each case, as contemplated under this Agreement, including to identify, generate, optimize and otherwise Develop Compound Candidates (it being understood that notwithstanding the foregoing Iambic makes no representation or warranties as to whether there are any Patent rights owned or controlled by a Third Party that Cover any Compound Candidate or the Development, Manufacture, Commercialization or other Exploitation thereof (other than the use of the Iambic Platform Technology and Iambic Platform IP to identify, generate, screen, design, select, test, optimize or otherwise modify a Compound)).

10.2.9 [***].

10.2.10 The non-public Iambic Platform IP and other Licensed Know-How has been kept confidential or has been disclosed to Third Parties only under terms of confidentiality. To the knowledge of Iambic, no breach of such confidentiality has been committed by any Third Party.

10.2.11 Iambic has made available to Takeda: (a) the file wrapper and other documents and materials relating to the prosecution, defense, maintenance, validity and enforceability of the Existing Patents; and (b) all Existing Agreements, and in each case ((a) and (b)), all such materials and Existing Agreements are true, complete and correct. There is no Know-How in Iambic or its Affiliates possession or control that is specific to one or more Collaboration Targets or any Compound Directed To a Collaboration Target. After the Effective Date, Iambic will continue to make available to Takeda true, complete and correct copies of any Iambic Third Party Agreements regarding or related to the Collaboration Targets or any Compound Directed To a Collaboration Target.

10.2.12 There are no amounts that will be required to be paid by Takeda or its Affiliates to a Third Party as a result of (a) the use of the Iambic Platform Technology to conduct the Research Programs as contemplated herein or (b) to Iambic’s knowledge, the conduct of the Research Programs or the Exploitation of a Compound Directed To a Collaboration Target, in each case ((a) and (b)), that arise out of any agreement (other than the Existing Agreements) to which Iambic or any of its Affiliates is a party or, to Iambic’s knowledge, at all.

78


 

10.2.13 Neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates nor its or their (sub)licensees has been debarred or is subject to debarment and neither it nor any of its Affiliates will use in any capacity, in connection with the Research Programs, any Person who has been debarred pursuant to Section 306 of the FFDCA or who is the subject of a conviction described in such section. Iambic agrees to inform Takeda in writing promptly if it or any such Person who is performing services with respect to the Research Programs is debarred or is the subject of a conviction described in Section 306 of the FFDCA or if any action, suit, claim, investigation or legal or administrative proceeding is pending or, to Iambic’s knowledge, is threatened, relating to the debarment or conviction of it or any such Person performing services with respect to the Research Programs.

10.2.14 (a) None of Iambic’s or its Affiliates’ or its or their (sub)licensees’ officers, directors and employees, and to Iambic’s knowledge, any other Person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly given, offered or promised to give money or anything of value to any Government Official in an effort to influence any Government Official or any other Person in a corrupt or improper effort to obtain or retain business or any commercial advantage, such as a permit or license to do business, and (b) all Persons acting on its or their behalf have complied with all Applicable Laws in connection with conducting its business operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, laws implementing the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions and local laws prohibiting bribery, kickbacks or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business or commercial advantages, in each case ((a) and (b)), with respect to the Iambic Platform Technology or any Compound Directed To a Collaboration Target.

10.2.15 [***].

10.2.16 Neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates have (a) conducted any Development of any Compounds Directed To an Initial Collaboration Target or (b) submitted any Regulatory Documentation to, or communicated with, any Regulatory Authority in connection with any such Compound.

[***].

10.3 Data Package Representations and Warranties of Iambic. Iambic additionally represents and warrants to Takeda as of the date of delivery of a Final Data Package for a Research Program, except, subject to Section 10.4 (Updated Disclosure Schedule), as set forth in the Updated Disclosure Schedule for a Research Program, that with respect to such Research Program and the Collaboration Target for such Research Program and Qualifying Compounds for such Research Program:

10.3.1 Iambic and its Affiliates have conducted, and its and their respective (sub)contractors (including Permitted Subcontractors) and consultants have conducted, all Development under the applicable Research Plan, including any and all activities related to such Collaboration Target and such Qualifying Compounds, in accordance with all Applicable Law. Neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates have submitted any Regulatory Documentation to, or communicated with, any Regulatory Authority in connection with any such Qualifying Compound.

79


 

10.3.2 To Iambic’s knowledge, such Final Data Package is true and correct.

10.3.3 The Development, Manufacture and Commercialization of such Qualifying Compounds as contemplated herein will not be subject to any license or agreement to which Iambic or any of its Affiliates is a party, other than the Iambic Third Party Agreements, and all Iambic Third Party Agreements with respect to such Collaboration Target or such Qualifying Compounds are listed on Schedule 10.3.3. The licenses to Iambic or its applicable Affiliates in such Iambic Third Party Agreements are in full force and effect. All Iambic Third Party Agreements with respect to such Collaboration Target, Qualifying Compounds or Qualifying Products have been entered into and maintained in accordance with Section 9.8 (Third Party Agreements). None of Iambic, its Affiliates and, to the knowledge of Iambic, any Third Party is in breach of any such Iambic Third Party Agreement.

10.3.4 There are no claims, judgments or settlements against, or amounts with respect thereto owed by, Iambic or any of its Affiliates relating to the Existing Patents, the Iambic Platform IP or the other Licensed Know-How. No claim or litigation has been brought, or to Iambic’s knowledge, threatened, by any Person alleging, and Iambic has no knowledge of any claim, whether or not asserted, that the (a) use by Iambic of the Iambic Platform Technology in such Research Program or (b) the Development, Manufacture or Commercialization of such Collaboration Target or Qualifying Compounds (or the rights granted to Takeda with respect thereto), in each case ((a) and (b)), [***].

10.3.5 There are no Know-How or Patents owned or controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates (other than Acquirer IP) that are necessary or reasonably useful to Develop, Manufacture Commercialize or otherwise Exploit such Collaboration Target or any such Qualifying Compound that are not within the Licensed Know-How or Licensed Patents. The conception, development and reduction to practice of the inventions claimed in the Licensed Patents or disclosed in the Licensed Know-How have not constituted or involved the misappropriation of trade secrets or other rights or property of any Person.

10.3.6 [***].

10.3.7 The Licensed Know-How with respect to such Collaboration Target and Qualifying Compounds has been kept confidential or has been disclosed to Third Parties only under terms of confidentiality. To the knowledge of Iambic, no breach of such confidentiality has been committed by any Third Party.

10.3.8 [***].

10.3.9 There are no amounts that will be required to be paid to a Third Party as a result of the Development, Manufacture, Commercialization or other Exploitation of any such Compound Candidate that arise out of any agreement (other than the Iambic Third Party Agreements set forth on Schedule 10.3.3) to which Iambic or any of its Affiliates is a party or, to Iambic’s knowledge, at all.

10.3.10 (a) None of Iambic’s or its Affiliates’ or its or their (sub)licensees’ officers, directors and employees, and to Iambic’s knowledge, any other Person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly given, offered or promised to give money or anything of

80


 

value to any Government Official in an effort to influence any Government Official or any other Person in a corrupt or improper effort to obtain or retain business or any commercial advantage, such as a permit or license to do business, and (b) all Persons acting on its or their behalf have complied with all Applicable Laws in connection with conducting its business operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, laws implementing the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions and local laws prohibiting bribery, kickbacks or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business or commercial advantages, in each case ((a) and (b)), with respect to such Collaboration Target and such Compound Candidates.

[***].

10.4 Updated Disclosure Schedule. The Parties agree that any disclosure made by Iambic pursuant to an Updated Disclosure Schedule shall not be deemed to amend or supplement the Initial Disclosure Schedule or any earlier Updated Disclosure Schedule for any purpose hereunder, including for purposes of the indemnification provisions under Section 11.2 (Indemnification by Iambic). For the avoidance of doubt, an exception made by Iambic in the Updated Disclosure Schedule shall not cure a deficiency in the Initial Disclosure Schedule or any prior Updated Disclosure Schedule. Iambic acknowledges and agrees that any disclosure made in an Updated Disclosure Schedule cannot cure a breach of any covenant or obligation of Iambic hereunder, including Section 10.5 (Additional Covenants of Iambic), and no disclosure made in any Updated Disclosure Schedule that reflects any such breach by Iambic shall be deemed to qualify any representation or warranty hereunder.

10.5 Additional Covenants of Iambic.

10.5.1 From and after the Effective Date, Iambic shall, [***].

10.5.2 During the Term, and without limiting Iambic’s obligations hereunder, [***].

10.5.3 Prior to conducting any activities under any Research Program (and in any event, within [***] Business Days after the Effective Date), Iambic shall remediate (and provide evidence of remediation acceptable to Takeda for) all findings identified in any security risk assessment, and shall perform and remediate such assessments at least annually and after material changes or security incidents during the Term.

10.6 Warranty Disclaimer. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 10 (REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS), NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR GRANTS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL OR EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE VALIDITY OF ANY PATENTS OR THE NON-INFRINGEMENT OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.

81


 

ARTICLE 11.

INDEMNIFICATION

11.1 Indemnification by Takeda. Takeda shall indemnify Iambic, its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the “Iambic Indemnitees”) and defend and save and hold each of them harmless, from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) in connection with any and all suits, investigations, claims or demands of Third Parties (collectively, “Third Party Claims”) arising from or occurring as a result of:

(a) the breach by Takeda of this Agreement;

(b) the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Takeda Indemnitees in performing its or their obligations under this Agreement; or

(c) the Exploitation of a Qualifying Compound or Qualifying Product by or on behalf of Takeda or any of its Affiliates, Sublicensees or Distributors in the Territory;

except to the extent that such Loss (x) in the case of Section 11.1(a) and Section 11.1(b), is based on an action or omission for which Iambic would have an obligation to indemnify a Takeda Indemnitee under Section 11.2(a), Section 11.2(b), Section 11.2(c) or Section 11.2(d) if such Loss was incurred by a Takeda Indemnitee, (y) in the case of Section 11.1(c), is based on an action or omission for which Iambic would have an obligation to indemnify an Iambic Indemnitee under Section 11.2 (Indemnification by Iambic) if such Loss was incurred by a Takeda Indemnitee, in each case ((x) and (y)), as to which Losses each Party shall indemnify the other to the extent of their respective liability or (z) arises from the breach of this Agreement by Iambic or the negligence or willful misconduct of any Iambic Indemnitee.

11.2 Indemnification by Iambic. Iambic shall indemnify Takeda, its Affiliates, its and their Sublicensees and Distributors and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the “Takeda Indemnitees”), and defend and save and hold each of them harmless, from and against any and all Losses in connection with any and all Third Party Claims arising from or occurring as a result of:

(a) the breach by Iambic of this Agreement;

(b) the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Iambic Indemnitees in performing its or their obligations under this Agreement;

(c) [***];

(d) [***]; or

(e) [***];

82


 

except to the extent that such Loss (x) in the case of Section 11.2(a), Section 11.2(b), Section 11.2(c) and Section 11.2(d), is based on an action or omission for which Takeda would have an obligation to indemnify an Iambic Indemnitee under Section 11.1(a) or Section 11.1(b) if such Loss was incurred by an Iambic Indemnitee, (y) in the case of Section 11.2(e), is based on an action or omission for which Takeda would have an obligation to indemnify an Iambic Indemnitee under Section 11.1 (Indemnification by Takeda) if such Loss was incurred by an Iambic Indemnitee, in each case ((x) and (y)), as to which Losses each Party shall indemnify the other to the extent of their respective liability or (z) arises from the breach of this Agreement by Takeda or the negligence or willful misconduct of any Takeda Indemnitee.

11.3 Procedure.

11.3.1 Notice of Claim. All indemnification claims in respect of an Iambic Indemnitee or Takeda Indemnitee, as applicable, shall be made solely by such Party to this Agreement (the “Indemnified Party”). The Indemnified Party shall give the indemnifying Party prompt written notice (an “Indemnification Claim Notice”) of any Losses or discovery of fact upon which such Indemnified Party intends to base a request for indemnification under this ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification); provided that the failure to give such notice will not relieve the indemnifying Party of its indemnity obligation hereunder except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying Party. Each Indemnification Claim Notice must contain a description of the claim and the nature and amount of such Loss (to the extent that the nature and amount of such Loss is known at such time). The Indemnified Party shall promptly furnish to the indemnifying Party copies of all papers and official documents received in respect of any Losses and Third Party Claims.

11.3.2 Control of Defense. Except as provided in Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) and Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties), at its option, the indemnifying Party may assume the defense of any Third Party Claim by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days after the indemnifying Party’s receipt of an Indemnification Claim Notice. The assumption of the defense of a Third Party Claim by the indemnifying Party shall not be construed as an acknowledgment that the indemnifying Party is liable to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of the Third Party Claim, nor shall it constitute a waiver by the indemnifying Party of any defenses it may assert against the Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification. Upon assuming the defense of a Third Party Claim, the indemnifying Party may appoint as lead counsel in the defense of the Third Party Claim any legal counsel selected by the indemnifying Party. In the event the indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall immediately deliver to the indemnifying Party all original notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party in connection with the Third Party Claim. Should the indemnifying Party assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, except as provided in Section 11.3.3 (Right to Participate in Defense), the indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the analysis, defense or settlement of the Third Party Claim unless specifically requested in writing by the indemnifying Party. In the event that it is ultimately determined that the indemnifying Party is not obligated to indemnify, defend or hold harmless the Indemnified Party from and against the Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall reimburse the

83


 

indemnifying Party for any Losses incurred by the indemnifying Party in its defense of the Third Party Claim.

11.3.3 Right to Participate in Defense. Without limiting Section 11.3.2 (Control of Defense), any Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in, but not control (except as provided in Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defense or Actions) and Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties)), the defense of such Third Party Claim and to employ counsel of its choice for such purpose; provided that such employment shall be at the Indemnified Party’s own expense unless (a) the employment thereof, and the assumption by the indemnifying Party of such expense, has been specifically authorized by the indemnifying Party in writing, (b) the indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense and employ counsel in accordance with Section 11.3.2 (Control of Defense) (in which case the Indemnified Party shall control the defense) or (c) the interests of the Indemnified Party and the indemnifying Party with respect to such Third Party Claim are sufficiently adverse to prohibit the representation by the same counsel of both Parties under Applicable Law, ethical rules or equitable principles. For clarity, if the Indemnified Party has the right to control the defense of a Third Party Claim pursuant to Section 9.4 (Enforcement of Patents), Section 9.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) or Section 9.6 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties), the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to control such Third Party Claim, without limiting the indemnifying Party’s responsibility for Losses under Section 11.1 (Indemnification by Takeda) or Section 11.2 (Indemnification by Iambic), as applicable.

11.3.4 Settlement. The indemnifying Party shall have the sole right to consent to the entry of any judgment, enter into any settlement or otherwise compromise such Loss, on such terms as the indemnifying Party, in its sole discretion, shall deem appropriate to the extent (a) solely with respect to Losses as to which the indemnifying Party has acknowledged in writing the obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party hereunder, such judgment, settlement or compromise imposes only a monetary obligation on the indemnifying Party and does not admit fault on behalf of the Indemnified Party or (b) the Indemnified Party consents to such judgment, settlement or compromise, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed unless such compromise or settlement involves or requires (i) any admission of legal wrongdoing by the Indemnified Party, (ii) any payment by the Indemnified Party that is not indemnified under this Agreement, (iii) the imposition of any equitable relief against the Indemnified Party or (iv) the admission of invalidity of any Patent Controlled by the Indemnified Party (in which case, (i) through (iv), the Indemnified Party may withhold its consent to such settlement in its sole discretion). If the indemnifying Party does not assume and conduct the defense of a Third Party Claim as provided above, the Indemnified Party may defend against such Third Party Claim. Without limiting the rights and obligations of the Parties under ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property), regardless of whether the indemnifying Party chooses to defend or prosecute any Third Party Claim, no Indemnified Party shall admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or dispose of, any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying Party. Except as provided in ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property), the indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement, compromise or other disposition of a Loss by an Indemnified Party that is reached without the written consent of the indemnifying Party. For clarity, if a Third Party Claim, or the events giving rise to or resulting in such Third Party Claim, are subject to ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property) and Section 11.1 (Indemnification by Takeda) or Section 11.2 (Indemnification by Iambic), then ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property) shall apply

84


 

with respect to the defense of such Third Party Claim and Section 11.1 (Indemnification by Takeda) or Section 11.2 (Indemnification by Iambic), as applicable, shall apply with respect to the allocation of financial responsibility for the related Losses.

11.3.5 Cooperation. Regardless of whether the indemnifying Party chooses to defend or prosecute any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall, and shall cause each indemnitee to, cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof and shall furnish such records, information and testimony, provide such witnesses and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith. Such cooperation shall include access during normal business hours afforded to the indemnifying Party to, and reasonable retention by the Indemnified Party of, records and information that are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and making Indemnified Parties and other employees and agents available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder and the indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for all its reasonable and verifiable Out-of-Pocket Costs in connection therewith.

11.3.6 Expenses. Except as provided above, the reasonable and verifiable costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with any Third Party Claim shall be reimbursed on a Calendar Quarter basis in arrears by the indemnifying Party, without prejudice to the indemnifying Party’s right to contest the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification and subject to refund in the event the indemnifying Party is ultimately held not to be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party.

11.4 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR (A) [***]; (B) A BREACH BY EITHER PARTY OF ARTICLE 8 (CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICATION); (C) AS PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 13.10 (EQUITABLE RELIEF) AND (D) TO THE EXTENT ANY SUCH DAMAGES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID TO A THIRD PARTY AS PART OF A CLAIM FOR WHICH A PARTY PROVIDES INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS ARTICLE 11 (INDEMNIFICATION), NEITHER PARTY, NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, (SUB)LICENSEES OR SUBCONTRACTORS, SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOST DATA OR COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, WHETHER LIABILITY IS ASSERTED IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY), INDEMNITY OR CONTRIBUTION, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER THAT PARTY OR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OF THAT PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF, OR OTHERWISE MIGHT HAVE ANTICIPATED THE POSSIBILITY OF, ANY SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE.

11.5 Insurance. Each Party shall, at its own expense, have and maintain such types and amounts of insurance covering its (and its Affiliates’, (sub)licensees’/Sublicensees’ and Permitted Subcontractors’, as applicable) Exploitation of the Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products as is (a) normal and customary in the biopharmaceutical industry generally for parties similarly situated and (b) otherwise required by Applicable Law, but in each case, not less than:

85


 

11.5.1 [***];

11.5.2 [***]; and

11.5.3 [***].

All insurances maintained by a Party as required hereunder will be provided by a company having a financial rating of not less than [***] in the most current edition of Best’s Key Rating Guide. Within [***] days of a written request by a Party, the other Party shall provide to the requesting Party a certificate of insurance evidencing such insurance coverage. Each Party will provide a minimum of [***] days’ written notice of any material modification or cancellation, with no replacement policy, to the other Party. In the case of a material modification or cancellation of such coverage, each Party shall promptly provide the other Party with a new certificate of insurance evidencing such new insurance coverage. Each Party shall continue to maintain such insurance after the expiration or termination of this Agreement in its entirety for a period of [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Takeda may self-insure in whole or in part the insurance requirements described above. The Parties acknowledge and agree that any insurance maintained by a Party as required under this Section 11.5 (Insurance) shall not be construed to create a limit of either Party’s liability with respect to its indemnification obligations under this ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification) or other obligations under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 12.

TERM AND TERMINATION

12.1 Term and Expiration. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier pursuant to this ARTICLE 12 (Term and Termination), shall continue in force and effect until the date of expiration of the last Royalty Term for the last Qualifying Product. Following the expiration of the Royalty Term for a Qualifying Product in a country, the grants in Section 2.1.1 (Exclusive License) shall become [***]. For clarity, upon the expiration of the Term, the grants in Section 2.1.1 (Exclusive License) shall become [***].

12.2 Termination.

12.2.1 Termination for Material Breach. In the event that either Party (the “Breaching Party”) materially breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, in addition to any other right and remedy the other Party (the “Non-Breaching Party”) may have, the Non-Breaching Party may terminate this Agreement by providing [***] days’ (the “Notice Period”) prior written notice (the “Termination Notice”) to the Breaching Party and specifying the breach and its claim of right to terminate; provided that:

(a) [***];

(b) [***];

(c) [***]; and

(d) [***].

86


 

12.2.2 Termination by Takeda. Takeda may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country, Collaboration Target-by-Collaboration Target (termination of which, for clarity, shall constitute termination of the Research Program for such Collaboration Target and termination of all Qualifying Products with respect to such Collaboration Target) or Qualifying Product-by-Qualifying Product basis (a) [***] upon written notice to Iambic if Takeda in good faith determines that it is not advisable for Takeda to continue to Develop or Commercialize one (1) or more Qualifying Products due to safety concerns or (b) upon [***] days’ prior written notice to Iambic, for any or no reason.

12.2.3 Termination for Patent Challenge. In the event that [***], Iambic shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon [***] prior written notice to Takeda; provided that Iambic shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement if (a) [***] or (b) [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Iambic shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.2.3 (Termination for Patent Challenge) if Takeda or its Affiliate or its Sublicensee takes any action described in the definition of “Patent Challenge” (x) [***], (y) [***] or (z) [***]. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, Iambic shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.2.3 (Termination for Patent Challenge) if any Affiliate that first becomes an Affiliate of Takeda after the Effective Date was undertaking activities in connection with a Patent Challenge prior to such Affiliate first becoming an Affiliate of Takeda if Takeda causes such Patent Challenge to be withdrawn (or in the case of ex-parte proceedings, multi-party proceedings or other Patent Challenges that such Affiliate does not have the power to unilaterally withdraw or cause to be withdrawn, such Affiliate knowingly ceases providing any direction, support or assistance to any Person with respect to such Patent Challenge and, to the extent such Affiliate is a party to such Patent Challenge, it withdraws from such Patent Challenge) within the later to occur of (i) [***] days after the date such Affiliate first becomes an Affiliate of Takeda and (ii) [***] days’ after the date Iambic provides Takeda notice regarding such Patent Challenge.

12.2.4 Termination for Insolvency. In the event that either Party (a) files for protection under bankruptcy or insolvency laws, (b) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (c) appoints or suffers appointment of a receiver or trustee over substantially all of its property that is not discharged within [***] days after such filing, (d) proposes a written agreement of composition or extension of its debts, (e) proposes or is a party to any dissolution or liquidation, (f) files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency act or has any such petition filed against that is not discharged within [***] days of the filing or (g) admits in writing its inability generally to meet its obligations as they fall due in the general course, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement in its entirety effective immediately upon written notice to such Party.

12.3 Rights in Bankruptcy.

12.3.1 The Parties intend for Takeda to take advantage of the protections of Section 365(n) (or any successor provision) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law. All rights and licenses granted to Takeda under or pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent they constitute licenses of a right to “intellectual property” as defined in Section 101 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or in any analogous provisions in any other country (as the case may be), shall be deemed to be “intellectual property” for the purposes of Section 365(n) or any analogous provisions in any other country (as

87


 

the case may be). Takeda shall retain and upon a rejection of this Agreement pursuant to Section 365 of Title 11 (or any analogous provisions in any other country) may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country, including the right to obtain the intellectual property from another entity.

12.3.2 In the event of the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against Iambic under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country, Takeda shall be entitled to a complete duplicate of (or complete access to, as appropriate) all such intellectual property (including all embodiments of such intellectual property), which, if not already in Takeda’s possession, shall be promptly delivered to Takeda upon Takeda’s written request (a) upon commencement of such bankruptcy proceeding, unless Iambic continues to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) if not delivered pursuant to clause (a) above because Iambic continues to perform such obligations, upon the rejection of this Agreement by or on behalf of Iambic.

12.3.3 Unless and until Iambic rejects this Agreement, Iambic shall perform this Agreement or provide the intellectual property (including all embodiments of such intellectual property) to Takeda, and shall not interfere with the rights of Takeda to such intellectual property, including the right to obtain the intellectual property from another entity.

12.3.4 The Parties acknowledge and agree that any sale of Iambic’s assets under Section 363 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country shall be subject to Takeda’s rights under Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country, that Takeda cannot be compelled to accept a money satisfaction of its interests in the intellectual property licensed under this Agreement, and that any such sale therefore may not be made to a purchaser “free and clear” of Takeda’s rights under this Agreement and Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country without the express, contemporaneous written consent of Takeda.

12.3.5 All rights, powers and remedies provided to Takeda in this Section 12.3 (Rights in Bankruptcy) are in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights, powers or remedies now or hereafter existing at law or in equity (including under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country). In the event of the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against Iambic under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provision in any other country, Takeda shall have the following rights, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law and enforceable under Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country:

(a) the right of access to any intellectual property (including all embodiments thereof) of Iambic, or of any Third Party with whom Iambic contracts to perform an obligation of Iambic under this Agreement, licensed hereunder and, in the case of any such Third Party, that is necessary or useful for the use of such intellectual property or the exercise of any other rights granted to Takeda under this Agreement;

(b) the right to contract directly with any Third Party to complete the contracted work; and

88


 

(c) the right to cure any default under any such agreement with a Third Party and set off the costs thereof against amounts payable to Iambic under this Agreement.

12.3.6 The Parties acknowledge and agree that payments made under Section 7.4 (Milestone Payments) shall not (a) constitute royalties within the meaning of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction or (b) relate to licenses of or the use of intellectual property hereunder.

12.4 Consequences of Termination.

12.4.1 Termination in its Entirety. In the event of a termination of this Agreement in its entirety by a Party pursuant to Section 12.2 (Termination), subject to Section 12.4.2 (Termination of this Agreement with respect to one (1) or more Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Products or Countries), the following shall apply:

(a) except to the extent necessary for Takeda to perform activities in accordance with Section 12.4.3(a), all rights and licenses granted by one Party to the other Party (other than the license to Takeda set forth in Section 2.1.3 (Takeda QC Program Results)) shall immediately terminate;

(b) if such termination occurs prior to completion or termination of the last Research Program, Iambic shall submit a final invoice for all Iambic Research Costs incurred up to the effective date of termination (but not including any amounts incurred after or extending past the effective date of termination, whether non-cancelable commitments or otherwise, except as set forth in the below proviso), and Takeda shall pay any such undisputed invoice within [***] days after receipt thereof; provided that in the event of any termination by Takeda of this Agreement under Section 12.2.2 (Termination by Takeda), Takeda shall additionally reimburse any non-cancelable commitments comprising Iambic Research Costs incurred in accordance with the applicable Research Plan;

(c) the Parties shall cease all activities under this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable (including activities under the Research Program(s)); provided that such activities will continue as necessary for the Parties to complete the orderly wind-down of their activities under this Agreement in accordance with Applicable Law;

(d) the JSC (if applicable) shall coordinate the wind-down of each Party’s efforts under this Agreement and then shall be dissolved (and any Subcommittees thereof shall be dissolved), and the JPC (if applicable) shall be dissolved; and

(e) except in connection with a termination by Takeda pursuant to Section 12.2.1 (Termination for Material Breach), Section 12.2.2(a) (Termination by Takeda) for safety reasons as provided therein, or Section 12.2.4 (Termination for Insolvency), [***], as such Terminated Product(s) exist as of the effective date of termination. [***].

12.4.2 Termination of this Agreement with respect to one (1) or more Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Products or Countries. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 12.2.1 (Termination for Material Breach) or Section 12.2.2 (Termination by Takeda) with respect to one (1) or more Qualifying Products (each, a “Terminated Product”) but

89


 

not all Qualifying Products or with respect to one (1) or more countries but not the entire Territory (each, a “Terminated Territory”), Section 12.4.3 (Activities After Termination) and Section 12.4.1 (Termination in its Entirety) shall apply solely with respect to the terminated Qualifying Products in the terminated countries; provided that if this Agreement is terminated with respect to one (1) or more Terminated Products in one (1) or more Terminated Territories but not the entire Territory, the rights and licenses granted to Takeda under this Agreement (other than the license to Takeda set forth in Section 2.1.3 (Takeda QC Program Results)) shall automatically be deemed to be amended with respect to the Terminated Products in the Terminated Territories to be non-exclusive and only to include the right to Develop and Manufacture Terminated Products in the Terminated Territories solely for the purposes of supporting Regulatory Approval or Commercialization of the Terminated Products in the surviving countries in the Territory. A termination of this Agreement with respect to a Collaboration Target shall constitute a termination with respect to all Qualifying Compounds and Qualifying Products with respect to such Collaboration Target. Further, following such termination as discussed in this Section 12.4.2 (Termination of this Agreement with respect to one (1) or more Collaboration Targets, Qualifying Products or Countries), Iambic’s exclusivity obligations under Section 2.8 (Exclusivity) shall terminate as to the Terminated Product and the Terminated Territory.

12.4.3 Activities After Termination.

(a) Notwithstanding the termination of Takeda’s licenses and other rights under this Agreement with respect to a particular Qualifying Product or in a particular country, Takeda shall have the right for a [***] period commencing on the effective date of such termination with respect to each Qualifying Product and each country with respect to which such termination applies to sell or otherwise dispose of all Qualifying Product then in its inventory and any in-progress inventory, as though this Agreement had not terminated with respect to such Qualifying Product or such country, as applicable, and such sale or disposition shall not constitute infringement of Iambic’s or its Affiliates’ Patent or other intellectual property or proprietary rights. For the avoidance of doubt, Takeda shall continue to make payments on such Qualifying Product as provided in Section 7.5 (Royalties) (as if this Agreement had not terminated with respect to such Qualifying Product).

(b) If, following any termination of this Agreement with respect to the [***] Research Program, Takeda continues to Develop, Commercialize and otherwise Exploit one (1) or more Takeda [***] Compounds described in clause (b) of the definition thereof or a Qualifying Product containing such a Takeda [***] Compound described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, Takeda shall continue to make payments on such Takeda [***] Compounds and Qualifying Products as provided in Section 7.4 (Milestone Payments) and Section 7.5 (Royalties). For clarity, the foregoing shall not apply to any compound that Takeda can show, through contemporaneous records, was independently identified or generated outside of the applicable Research Plan.

12.5 [***]:

(a) [***];

(b) [***];

90


 

(c) [***];

(d) [***]; and

(e) [***].

12.6 Accrued Rights; Survival. Termination or expiration of this Agreement (either in its entirety or with respect to one (1) or more Qualifying Products or one (1) or more countries) for any reason shall be without prejudice to any rights that have accrued to the benefit of a Party prior to such termination or expiration. Such termination or expiration shall not relieve a Party from obligations that are expressly indicated to survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing:

12.6.1 Sections [***] of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason; and

12.6.2 Sections [***] of this Agreement shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

If this Agreement is terminated with respect to one (1) or more Qualifying Products or one (1) or more countries but not in its entirety, then following such termination, the foregoing provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the terminated Qualifying Product(s) in the terminated country(ies) (to the extent they would survive and apply in the event this Agreement is terminated in its entirety or as otherwise necessary for any of Takeda and its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees to exercise their rights for the other Qualifying Products or other countries) and all provisions not surviving in accordance with the foregoing shall terminate upon termination of this Agreement and be of no further force and effect with respect to the terminated Qualifying Product(s) for the terminated country(ies) (and for the avoidance of doubt all provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to all non-terminated Qualifying Products and non-terminated countries).

12.7 Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, termination of this Agreement (either in its entirety or with respect to one (1) or more Qualifying Products or country(ies)) shall not limit remedies that may otherwise be available in law or equity.

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be held liable or responsible to the other Party nor be deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement for failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any obligation under this Agreement when such failure or delay is caused by or results from events beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing Party, including fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, embargoes, shortages, pandemics, epidemics, quarantines, war, acts of war (whether war be declared or not), terrorist acts, insurrections, riots, civil commotion, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances (whether involving the workforce of the non-performing Party or of any other Person), acts of God or acts, omissions or delays in acting by any Governmental Authority (including any Regulatory Authority) (except to the extent such delay results from the breach by the non-performing Party or any of its Affiliates of any term or condition

91


 

of this Agreement). The non-performing Party shall notify the other Party of such force majeure within thirty (30) days after such occurrence by providing a written notice to the other Party stating the nature of the event, its anticipated duration and any action being taken to avoid or minimize its effect. The suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and no longer duration than is necessary and the non-performing Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and remedy its inability to perform. During the pendency of the claimed events, the non-performing Party will keep the other Party reasonably informed of its mitigation efforts and its estimates of when normal performance under this Agreement will be able to resume.

13.2 Export Control. This Agreement is made subject to any restrictions concerning the export of products or technical information from the United States or other countries that may be imposed on the Parties from time to time. Each Party agrees that it will not export, directly or indirectly, any technical information acquired from the other Party under this Agreement or any products using such technical information to a location or in a manner that at the time of export requires an export license or other approval from a Governmental Authority, without first obtaining the written consent to do so from the appropriate agency or other Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

13.3 Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred, nor may any right or obligation hereunder be assigned or transferred (except to the extent provided in Section 2.1.2 (Right to Sublicense), Section 5.4 (Subcontracting by Iambic) and Section 6.3 (Subcontracting by Takeda)), whether by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that (a) Takeda shall have the right, without such consent, (i) [***], (ii) [***] and (iii) [***], and (b) [***] to (i) [***] (x) [***], (y) [***] and (z) [***], or (ii) [***]; provided that, except with respect to an assignment or delegation by Takeda to [***], the assigning Party (if it survives) or the assignee [***]; provided, further, that upon request by Iambic, Takeda shall [***]. All validly assigned rights of a Party shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, and all validly delegated obligations of such Party shall be binding on and be enforceable against, the permitted successors and assigns of such Party. Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 13.3 (Assignment) shall be void. The permitted assignee or transferee shall assume all obligations of its assignor or transferor under this Agreement. In the event that Iambic desires to assign its right to receive payments under this Agreement or grant any security interest in such right, in whole or in part, in connection with a royalty factoring transaction, then Iambic will notify Takeda in writing, and Takeda will discuss in good faith with Iambic whether to consent to such assignment.

13.4 Severability. If, under Applicable Law, any one (1) or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction and the rights of the Parties will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision(s) shall be considered severed from this Agreement with respect to such jurisdiction, (b) this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision(s) had never comprised a part hereof and (c) the Parties shall make a good faith effort to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision(s) with a valid, legal and enforceable provision(s) such that the objectives contemplated by the Parties when entering this Agreement may be realized (and, to the extent the Parties agree to a replacement provision, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force

92


 

and effect and shall not be affected by the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision(s) or by its or their severance herefrom). To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Party hereby waives any provision of law that would render any provision hereof illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

13.5 Dispute Resolution.

13.5.1 Except as provided in Section 3.3.4 (Decision-Making), Section 7.11.2 (Audit Dispute) or Section 13.10 (Equitable Relief), any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any questions regarding its existence, validity, interpretation, breach or termination (a “Dispute”) shall first be referred to the Executive Officers of the Parties, who shall confer in good faith on the resolution of the issue. Any final decision mutually agreed to by the Executive Officers shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties. If the Executive Officers are not able to agree on the resolution of any such issue within [***] days (or such other period of time as mutually agreed by the Executive Officers) after such issue was first referred to them, then, either Party may initiate litigation pursuant to Section 13.6 (Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Service).

13.5.2 Intellectual Property Disputes. In the event that a Dispute arises with respect the validity, scope, enforceability, inventorship or ownership of any Patent, Trademark or other intellectual property rights, and such Dispute cannot be resolved in accordance with Section 13.5.1, either Party may initiate litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction, notwithstanding Section 13.6 (Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Service), in any country or other jurisdiction in which such rights apply.

13.5.3 Adverse Ruling. Any determination pursuant to this Section 13.5 (Dispute Resolution) that a Party is in material breach of its material obligations hereunder shall specify a (non-exclusive) set of actions to be taken to cure such material breach, if feasible.

13.5.4 Interim Relief. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Section 13.5 (Dispute Resolution) shall preclude either Party from seeking interim or provisional relief, including a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other interim equitable relief concerning a Dispute, if necessary to protect the interests of such Party.

13.5.5 Specific Enforcement. This Section 13.5 (Dispute Resolution) shall be specifically enforceable.

13.6 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Service.

13.6.1 Governing Law. This Agreement and the performance, enforcement, breach or termination hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. The Parties agree to exclude the application to this Agreement of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

13.6.2 Jurisdiction. Subject to Section 13.5.2 (Intellectual Property Disputes) and Section 13.10 (Equitable Relief), the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the

93


 

exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New York for any action, suit or proceeding (other than appeals therefrom) arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agree not to commence any action, suit or proceeding (other than appeals therefrom) related thereto except in such courts. The Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive their right to a jury trial.

13.6.3 Venue. The Parties further hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding (other than appeals therefrom) arising out of or relating to this Agreement in the United States Federal Courts in the Southern District of New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

13.6.4 Service. Each Party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail to its address set forth in Section 13.7.2 (Address for Notice) shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against it under this Agreement in any such court.

13.7 Notices.

13.7.1 Notice Requirements. Any notice, request, demand, waiver, consent, approval or other communication permitted or required under this Agreement shall be in writing, shall refer specifically to this Agreement and shall be deemed given only if delivered by hand, by internationally recognized overnight delivery service that maintains records of delivery, or by electronic mail, in each case, addressed to the Parties at their respective addresses specified in Section 13.7.2 (Address for Notice) or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given may have provided to the other Party in accordance with this Section 13.7.1 (Notice Requirements). Such notice shall be deemed to have been given (a) as of the date delivered by hand, (b) on the second Business Day (at the place of delivery) after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight delivery service or (c) upon transmission by electronic mail; provided that any notice under Section 2.8.3 (Exception for Change of Control), Section 5.10 (Takeda Selection), Section 8.3.1 (Permitted Disclosures), Section 10.2 (Iambic Representations and Warranties), Section 10.3 (Data Package Representations and Warranties of Iambic), Section 11.3 (Procedure), Section 12.2 (Termination), Section 12.5 (Modification in Lieu of Termination) or Section 13.3 (Assignment), in any case, that is delivered by electronic mail shall be followed as soon as practicable (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) by an additional notice delivered by hand or by internationally recognized overnight delivery service that maintains records of delivery. This Section 13.7.1 (Notice Requirements) is not intended to govern the day-to-day business communications necessary between the Parties in performing their obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

13.7.2 Address for Notice.

If to Takeda, to:

Takeda Pharmaceuticals, U.S.A., Inc.

[***]

94


 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[***]

If to Iambic, to:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

[***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[***]

with an additional copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[***]

13.8 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement, together with the attached Schedules, sets forth and constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, with respect thereto, including the Confidentiality Agreement, are superseded hereby. For clarity, all Confidential Information disclosed by a Party under the Confidentiality Agreement shall be the Confidential Information of such Party hereunder, subject to ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication). Each Party confirms that it is not relying on any representations or warranties of the other Party except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. No amendment, modification, release or discharge shall be binding upon the Parties unless in writing and duly executed by authorized representatives of both Parties.

13.9 English Language. This Agreement shall be written and executed in, and all other communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in, the English language. Any translation into any other language shall not be an official version, and in the event of any conflict in interpretation between the English version and such translation, the English version shall control.

13.10 Equitable Relief. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of Section 2.5 (Data and Model Rights and Restrictions), Section 2.8 (Exclusivity), Section 2.9 (Covenant Not to Sue) and ARTICLE 8 (Confidentiality and Publication) and ARTICLE 9 (Intellectual Property) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the other Party and that such other Party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such provisions and that any breach or threatened breach of any provision of such Section or Articles will result in irreparable injury to such other Party for which there will be no adequate remedy at law. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of such Section or Articles, the non-breaching Party shall be authorized and entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction injunctive relief, whether preliminary or permanent, specific performance and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such breach, which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which such non-breaching Party may be entitled in law or equity. Both Parties agree to waive any requirement that

95


 

the other Party (a) post a bond or other security as a condition for obtaining any such relief and (b) show irreparable harm, balancing of harms, consideration of the public interest or inadequacy of monetary damages as a remedy. Nothing in this Section 13.10 (Equitable Relief) is intended or should be construed, to limit either Party’s right to equitable relief or any other remedy for a breach of any other provision of this Agreement.

13.11 Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies. Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the Party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the Party waiving such term or condition. The waiver by either Party of any right or of the failure to perform or of a breach by the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right or of any other breach or failure by such other Party whether of a similar nature or otherwise. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and do not exclude any other right or remedy provided by Applicable Law or otherwise available, except as expressly provided herein.

13.12 No Benefit to Third Parties. The United Kingdom’s Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Agreement. Except as provided in ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification), subject to the foregoing, the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns and they shall not be construed as conferring any rights on any other Persons (including any Third Party beneficiary rights) (whether under the United Kingdom’s Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or otherwise).

13.13 Further Assurance. Each Party shall duly execute and deliver or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts and things, including the filing of such assignments, agreements, documents and instruments, as may be necessary or as the other Party may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement to effectuate this Agreement.

13.14 Relationship of the Parties. It is expressly agreed that Iambic, on the one hand, and Takeda, on the other hand, shall be independent contractors and that the relationship between the two Parties shall not constitute a partnership, joint venture or agency. Neither Iambic, on the one hand, nor Takeda, on the other hand, shall have the authority to make any statements, representations or commitments of any kind, or to take any action that will be binding on the other, without the prior written consent of the other Party to do so. All persons employed by a Party shall be employees of such Party and not of the other Party and all costs and obligations incurred by reason of any such employment shall be for the account and expense of such first Party.

13.15 Right to Offset. Each Party shall have the right to offset any amount owed to it by the other Party under or in connection with this Agreement, including pursuant to ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification) or in connection with any breach, against any payments owed by it to such other Party under this Agreement. Such offsets shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies available under this Agreement and Applicable Law.

13.16 References. Unless otherwise specified, (a) references in this Agreement to any Article, Section or Schedule shall mean references to such Article, Section or Schedule of this

96


 

Agreement, (b) references in any Section to any clause are references to such clause of such Section and (c) references to any agreement, instrument or other document in this Agreement refer to such agreement, instrument or other document as originally executed or, if subsequently amended, replaced or supplemented from time to time, as so amended, replaced or supplemented and in effect at the relevant time of reference thereto.

13.17 Construction. Except where the context otherwise requires, wherever used: (a) the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be construed as incorporating, also, “but not limited to” or “without limitation”; (b) the word “day,” “quarter” or “year” means a calendar day, quarter or year unless otherwise specified; (c) the word “notice” means notice in writing (whether or not specifically stated) and shall include notices, consents, approvals and other written communications contemplated under this Agreement; (d) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the particular provision in which such words appear; (e) the words “shall” and “will” have interchangeable meanings and shall be understood to be imperative or mandatory in nature for purposes of this Agreement; (f) provisions that require that a Party or the Parties hereunder “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter or otherwise (but excluding instant messaging); (g) words of any gender include each other gender; (h) except where the context requires otherwise, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular; (i) references to any specific law, rule or regulation, or article, section or other division thereof, shall be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement law, rule or regulation thereof; (j) the word “non-refundable” shall not prohibit, limit or restrict either Party’s rights (i) to obtain damages in connection with a breach of this Agreement, (ii) under Section 13.15 (Right to Offset) or (iii) to obtain a refund of any payment made in error; (k) any reference herein to any person or entity will be construed to include the person’s or entity’s successors and assigns, (l) the word “or” is used in the inclusive sense (and/or); and (m) neither Party shall be deemed to be acting on behalf of the other Party. The captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision contained in this Agreement. The language of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language mutually chosen by the Parties and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against either Party. In the event of any conflict between the main body of this Agreement and any Schedule hereto, the main body of this Agreement shall prevail. Each Party represents that it has been represented by legal counsel in connection with this Agreement and acknowledges that it has participated in the drafting hereof. In interpreting and applying the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Parties agree that no presumption will apply against the Party that drafted such terms and provisions.

13.18 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed by PDF format via email or other electronically transmitted signatures, and such signatures shall be deemed to bind each Party as if they were original signatures, and, upon delivery, will constitute due execution of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

97


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Research Collaboration and License Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

Takeda Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc.

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Arendt

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Christopher Arendt

 

Name:

Tom Miller

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Scientific Officer

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Research Collaboration and License Agreement]


 

Schedule 1.45

Criteria for Hit

[***]

 


 

Schedule 1.80

Final Data Package

[***]

 


 

Schedule 1.116

Initial Collaboration Targets

[***]

 


 

Schedule 2.4.1

Secure Environment Requirements

[***]

 


 

Schedule 5.3.2

Research Plans for Initial Collaboration Targets

[***]

 


 

Schedule 5.4

Permitted Subcontractors

[***]

 


 

Schedule 8.6

Press Release

Iambic Announces Collaboration with Takeda to Advance

AI-Driven Design of Small Molecules

Multi-Year partnership will utilize Iambic’s broad suite of AI drug discovery technologies and wet lab capabilities to advance collaboration programs initially in Takeda’s Oncology and Gastrointestinal and Inflammation Therapeutic Areas

Iambic to provide Takeda access to NeuralPLexer, Iambic’s industry-leading model for predicting protein-ligand complexes, enabling Takeda to more broadly accelerate its drug discovery and development efforts

Iambic to receive upfront, research cost, and technology access payments and is eligible to receive success-based payments that could exceed $1.7 billion. Iambic is also eligible to receive royalties on net sales of any products generated from this collaboration.

San Diego, CA and Cambridge, MA – January XX, 2026 – Iambic, a clinical-stage life science and technology company developing novel medicines using its AI-driven discovery and development platform, today announced a multi-year technology and discovery collaboration agreement with Takeda that will use Iambic’s industry leading AI drug discovery models to advance a select set of high-priority small molecule programs, initially in Takeda’s Oncology and Gastrointestinal and Inflammation therapeutic areas. Through the agreement, Takeda will also gain access to NeuralPLexer, Iambic’s industry leading model for predicting protein-ligand complexes.

“Our collaboration with Takeda is a powerful opportunity to apply our AI-driven discovery and development platform, and we are excited to partner with their team to quickly advance new and better drug candidates,” said Tom Miller, PhD, Co-Founder and CEO of Iambic. “This collaboration further validates our industry-leading technology and highlights both the breadth of our discovery capabilities and the scale at which we can operate.”

“We are excited to be able access Iambic’s proprietary computational platform while we work with their team to develop small molecule therapeutics with the potential to address critical unmet patient needs,” said Chris Arendt, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer and Head of Research at Takeda. “At Takeda, our focus is on accelerating the development of impactful new medicines by leveraging cutting-edge science, including the latest advances in artificial intelligence. Iambic’s small molecule platform aligns with this ambition and offers the potential to de-risk candidate selection, improve probability of success, and more quickly advance select programs from early project start to IND.”

 


 

Under the terms of the agreement, Iambic will receive upfront, research cost, and technology access payments and is eligible to receive success-based payments that could exceed $1.7 billion. The company is also eligible to receive royalties on net sales of any products generated from this collaboration.

The collaboration will utilize Iambic’s AI models as well as the company’s fully integrated, high-throughput, and automated wet lab capabilities. These core capabilities support a rapid Design-Make-Test-Analyze cycle that can accelerate program advancement.

About Iambic’s AI-Driven Discovery Platform

The Iambic AI-driven platform was created to address the most challenging design problems in drug discovery, leveraging technology innovations such as Enchant (multimodal transformer model that predicts clinical and preclinical endpoints) and NeuralPLexer (best-in-class predictor of protein and protein-ligand structures). The integration of physics principles into the platform’s AI architectures improves data efficiency and allows molecular models to venture widely across the space of possible chemical structures. The platform enables identification of novel chemical modalities for engaging difficult-to-address biological targets, discovery of defined product profiles that optimize therapeutic window, and multiparameter optimization for highly differentiated development candidates. Through close integration of AI-generated molecular designs with automated chemical synthesis and experimental execution, Iambic completes design-make-test cycles on a weekly cadence.

About Iambic

Iambic is a clinical-stage life-science and technology company developing novel medicines using its AI-driven discovery and development platform. Based in San Diego and founded in 2020, Iambic has assembled a world-class team that unites pioneering AI experts and experienced drug hunters. The Iambic platform has demonstrated delivery of new drug candidates to human clinical trials with unprecedented speed and across multiple target classes and mechanisms of action. Iambic is advancing a pipeline of potential best-in-class and first-in-class clinical assets, both internally and in partnership, to address urgent unmet patient need. Learn more about the Iambic team, platform, pipeline, and partnerships at Iambic.ai.

Contact:

 media@iambic.ai

 


 

Schedule 10.2

Initial Disclosure Schedule

None.

 


 

Schedule 10.2.1

Existing Patents

[***]

 


 

Schedule 10.2.2

Existing Agreements

There are no Existing Agreements.

 


 

Schedule 10.3.3

Iambic Third Party Agreements

 


Exhibit 10.13

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit pursuant to Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K because it is both not material and is the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collaboration and Option Agreement

Between

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

and

H. Lundbeck A/S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1


 

COLLABORATION AND OPTION AGREEMENT

This COLLABORATION AND OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 23, 2024 (the “Effective Date”) between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120, San Diego, California 92121 (“Iambic”) and H. Lundbeck A/S, a Danish corporation, having its principal place of business at Ottiliavej 9, 2500 Valby, Denmark (“Lundbeck”). Lundbeck and Iambic each may be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.” All attached appendices, exhibits and schedules are a part of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Iambic has created a proprietary artificial-intelligence-driven platform and demonstrated its use for small-molecule drug discovery (the “Platform”);

WHEREAS, Lundbeck has expertise with respect to the development and commercialization of pharmaceutical therapeutics for improving brain health; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to design or optimize Compound Candidates that are Directed To a Target, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective covenants, representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS

The terms used in this Agreement with initial letters capitalized, whether used in the singular or the plural, will have the meanings set forth in below, or if not listed below, the meaning designated in places throughout the Agreement.

1.1.
“Accounting Standards” means, with respect to IFRS or GAAP, in each case as consistently applied by the applicable Party and its Affiliates.
1.2.
“Acquirer” means (a) a Third Party that merges or consolidates with or acquires a Party, or to which a Party transfers all or substantially all of its assets to which this Agreement pertains, and (b) any Affiliate of such Third Party described in (a) that is not an Affiliate of such Party at the time of such merger, consolidation, acquisition or transfer, as applicable.
1.3.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person, for so long as such control exists. A Person will be deemed to control another Person if it (a) owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or capital stock (or such lesser percentage that is the maximum allowed to be owned by a foreign corporation in a particular jurisdiction) of such

2


 

other Person, or has other comparable ownership interest with respect to any entity other than a corporation; or (b) has the power, whether pursuant to contract, ownership of securities or otherwise, to direct the management and policies of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Lundbeck only, the term “Affiliate” shall only include Persons that are controlled by Lundbeck.
1.4.
“Alliance Manager” shall have the meaning set out in Section 2.3(a).
1.5.
“Alternative Target” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.4(b).
1.6.
“Annual Net Sales” means, with respect to an Option Product aggregate worldwide Net Sales of such Option Product invoiced in a Calendar Year.
1.7.
“Applicable Law” means all laws, statutes, rules, regulations and other pronouncements having the effect of law of any federal, national, multinational, state, provincial, county, city or other political subdivision, agency or other body, domestic or foreign applicable to this transaction or the activities hereunder, including any applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, or other requirements of the Regulatory Authorities that may be in effect from time to time.
1.8.
“Assignment Negotiation Period” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.9.
1.9.
“Audit Report” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.11.
1.10.
“Background IP” shall have the meaning set out in Section 8.1(a).
1.11.
“Background Patent” means [***].
1.12.
“Bankruptcy Code” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.8.
1.13.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banking institutions in San Diego, California, U.S.A., and Copenhagen, Denmark are open for business.
1.14.
“Calendar Quarter” means a period of three (3) calendar months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31; provided, however, that (a) the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall begin on the Effective Date and extend until the end of such Calendar Quarter and (b) the last Calendar Quarter of the Term shall begin on the first day of such Calendar Quarter and end on the effective date of the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
1.15.
“Calendar Year” means a period of twelve (12) calendar months ending on December 31; provided, however, that (a) the first Calendar Year of the Term shall begin on the Effective Date and end on December 31, 2024; and (b) the last Calendar Year of the Term shall begin on January 1 of the Calendar Year in which this Agreement expires or terminates and end on the effective date of expiration or termination of this Agreement.
1.16.
“CDA” shall have the meaning set out in Section 9.2.

3


 

1.17.
“Claims” shall have the meaning set out in Section 11.1.
1.18.
“Clinical Trial” means any study in which human subjects are dosed or treated with a pharmaceutical product, whether approved or investigational, including a Phase 1 Trial, Phase 2 Trial, Phase 3 Trial or post-approval clinical trial.
1.19.
“Collaboration Know-How” means any Know-How, whether or not patentable, that [***].
1.20.
“Collaboration Patent” means any Patent that [***].
1.21.
“Combination Product” means an Option Product that, in addition to containing an Option Compound as an active ingredient, also contains at least one other active pharmaceutical ingredient that is not an Option Compound.
1.22.
“Commercial License” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.4.
1.23.
“Commercial Milestone Event” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.5.
1.24.
“Commercial Milestone Payments” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.5.
1.25.
“Commercialize,” “Commercialization” or “Commercializing” means any and all activities directed to marketing, promoting, distributing, importing, having imported, exporting, having exported, holding, transporting, selling or offering to sell a compound or product following receipt of Marketing Approval by a Regulatory Authority for the product in the applicable country, which activities may be conducted pre- or post-Marketing Approval, including studies reasonably required to increase the market potential of the product, launching the product in the applicable country, and Manufacture of the compound or product, or component thereof in support of such activities.
1.26.
“Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to a Party and the activities under the Program or with respect to the Exploitation of an Option Product, that level of efforts and resources [***].
1.27.
“Competing Product” shall have the meaning set out in Section 4.1.
1.28.
“Compound Candidate” means a compound identified, discovered, generated or optimized by or on behalf of either Party pursuant to the Research Plan and which compound is Directed To the Target. Compound Candidates include Progressible Hit Candidates, Lead Generation Candidates and Development Candidates. With respect to the Initial Target, each Compound Candidate must be [***]. [***].
1.29.
“Compound-Specific Patent” shall mean [***].
1.30.
“Confidential Information” means any confidential or proprietary information or material, patentable or otherwise, in any form (written, oral, photographic, electronic, magnetic, or otherwise) which is disclosed by or on behalf of the Party or its Affiliates disclosing such information (the “Disclosing Party”) or otherwise received or accessed by the Party receiving such information from the Disclosing Party (the “Receiving Party”) in the course

4


 

of performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Agreement, including trade secrets, Know-How, inventions or discoveries, proprietary information, formulae, processes, techniques and information relating to the past, present and future marketing, financial, and research and development activities of any product or potential product or useful technology of the Disclosing Party or its Affiliates and the pricing thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Collaboration Know-How and Collaboration Patents shall be deemed the Confidential Information of Iambic, and clause (d) below shall not apply thereto. “Confidential Information” does not include information or materials that:
(a)
was in the lawful knowledge and possession of the Receiving Party or its Affiliates prior to the time it was disclosed to, or learned by, the Receiving Party or its Affiliates, or was otherwise developed independently by the Receiving Party or its Affiliates without use of or reference to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by written records kept in the ordinary course of business, or other documentary proof of actual use by the Receiving Party or its Affiliates;
(b)
was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party or its Affiliates;
(c)
became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the Receiving Party or its Affiliates in breach of this Agreement; or
(d)
was disclosed to the Receiving Party or its Affiliates, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliates not to disclose such information to others.
1.31.
“Control” or “Controlled” means, with respect to a Party or an Affiliate or Sublicensee of such Party and intellectual property, information or other property right, possession by such respective Party, Affiliate or Sublicensee of the power and authority, arising by ownership or otherwise, of the right to grant a right or license to such intellectual property, information or other property right to the other Party in accordance with this Agreement, without breaching the terms of any agreement with a Third Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, [***].
1.32.
“Cost Cap” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.11.
1.33.
“Cover” means, with respect to a Patent and a product or Know-How, that, but for the rights granted to a Person under such Patent or ownership of such Patent, the making, using, importing, or selling of such product or such Know-How would infringe a Valid Claim included in such Patent, or in the case of a Patent that is a Patent application, would infringe a Valid Claim in such Patent application if it were issued.

5


 

1.34.
“Develop,” “Developing” or “Development” means discovery, research, characterization, or nonclinical, clinical, or regulatory filings and correspondence with respect to a compound or product to obtain Marketing Approval of such compound or product, including importing, having imported, exporting, having exported, holding and transporting such compound or product in connection with any such activities prior to receipt of Marketing Approval by the applicable Regulatory Authorities, and Manufacture of the compound or product, or any component thereof, in support of such activities.
1.35.
“Development Candidate” means a Lead Generation Candidate that satisfies the Development Candidate Criteria, as confirmed by the JSC in accordance with Section 2.1(c).
1.36.
“Development Candidate Criteria” means the criteria set forth in WP3 of the Research Plan, as may be amended from time to time by the JSC in accordance with Section 2.1(c).
1.37.
“Development Milestone Event” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.4.
1.38.
“Development Milestone Payment” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.4.
1.39.
“Directed To” means, with regard to a particular Target, that any compound, molecule or product [***].
1.40.
“Divestiture” means, with respect to a Competing Product: (a) the divestiture of such Competing Product through (i) an outright sale or assignment of all material rights in such Competing Product to a Third Party, (ii) an exclusive out-license to a Third Party of all Development and Commercialization rights with respect to such Competing Product, with no further material role, influence or authority of the applicable Party, directly or indirectly, with respect to such Competing Product or (iii) a combination of the transactions contemplated by the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); or (b) the complete cessation of all Development and Commercialization activities with respect to such Competing Product. For clarity, subject to the preceding sentence, the right of the applicable Party to receive royalties, milestones or other payments in connection with an acquirer’s, assignee’s or licensee’s Development or Commercialization of a Competing Product pursuant to sub-section (a) above shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to disqualify the applicable sale, assignment or license from constituting such a Divestiture. When used as a verb, “Divest” and “Divested” means to cause or have caused a Divestiture.
1.41.
“EMA” means the European Medicines Agency or any successor agency thereto in the EU having substantially the same function.
1.42.
“Enforcing Party” shall have the meaning set out in Section 8.3(a)(iii).
1.43.
“Employees” shall have the meaning set out in Section 13.2.
1.44.
“EU” means the European Union, as its membership may be constituted from time to time, and any successor thereto.

6


 

1.45.
“Exploit,” “Exploiting” or “Exploitation” means to Develop, Manufacture, have Manufactured, use, have used, Commercialize or otherwise exploit.
1.46.
“External FTE” means full-time equivalent (or any portion thereof) of an employee or other personnel of a Third Party vendor engaged by Iambic to conduct activities in connection with the Research Plan.
1.47.
“FD&C Act” means the United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended.
1.48.
“FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any successor agency thereto in the U.S. having substantially the same function.
1.49.
“Field” means the treatment, diagnosis and prevention of diseases in humans and other animals.
1.50.
“Final Report” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.10.
1.51.
“First Commercial Sale” means, with respect to an Option Product in a country, the first commercial sale in an arm’s-length transaction of such Option Product to a Third Party or governmental authority in such country after Marketing Approval of such Option Product has been granted, or such marketing and sale is otherwise permitted, by the Regulatory Authority of such country. Sales for early access programs, named patient, registration samples or compassionate use shall not constitute a First Commercial Sale. In addition, sales of an Option Product by and between Lundbeck and its Affiliates and Sublicensees for eventual resale to a Third Party shall not constitute a “First Commercial Sale.”
1.52.
“FTE Collar” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.11.
1.53.
“FTE Costs” means an amount equal to the product of the FTE Rate and actual number of Iambic FTEs (or portions thereof) who performed work under Research Plan. For clarity, the cost of External FTEs shall not be FTE Costs but shall instead be charged as Out-of-Pocket Costs.
1.54.
“FTE Rate” means [***], subject to annual adjustment by Iambic to reflect an amount equal to the increase, if any, in the [***] for the applicable year.
1.55.
“GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
1.56.
“GDPR” shall have the meaning set out in Section 13.2.
1.57.
“Generic Product” means, with respect to a given Option Product and a given country in the Territory, any product sold by a Third Party in such country, other than as a Sublicensee of Lundbeck or any of its Affiliates under this Agreement, that [***].
1.58.
“Global Safety Database” shall have the meaning set out in Section 6.3.
1.59.
“Iambic Code” shall have the meaning set out in Section 10.2(d).

7


 

1.60.
“Iambic FTE” means full-time equivalent of an employee of Iambic or any of its Affiliates, based on [***] working hours in a Calendar Year.
1.61.
“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, the set of accounting standards and interpretations and the framework in force on the Effective Date and adopted by the EU, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC), as such accounting standards may be amended from time to time.
1.62.
“IND” means (a) any Investigational New Drug Application, as defined in the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act, filed with the FDA pursuant to Part 312 of Title 21 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, including any amendments thereto; or (b) any comparable filing(s) outside the U.S. (such as a clinical trial authorization in the EU) necessary to commence a Clinical Trial, including any amendments thereto.
1.63.
“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set out in Section 11.3.
1.64.
“Infringement Action” shall have the meaning set out in Section 8.3(a)(ii)(A).
1.65.
“Initial Target” means [***]. The Initial Target may be amended in accordance with Section 3.4(a).
1.66.
“Initiation” or “Initiate” means, with respect to an Option Product, the first dosing of the first human subject or patient in a Clinical Trial.
1.67.
“JSC” shall have the meaning set out in Section 2.1(a).
1.68.
“JSC Chair” shall have the meaning set out in Section 2.1(a).
1.69.
“Know-How” means inventions, technical information, know-how and materials, including technology, data, compositions, formulae, biological materials, assays, reagents, constructs, compounds, discoveries, procedures, processes, practices, protocols, methods, techniques, results of experimentation or testing, trade secrets, skill and experience, in each case whether or not patentable or copyrightable.
1.70.
“Lead Generation Candidate” means a Progressible Hit Candidate that satisfies the Lead Generation Candidate Criteria, as confirmed by the JSC in accordance with Section 2.1(c).
1.71.
“Lead Generation Candidate Criteria” means the criteria set forth in WP2 of the Research Plan, as may be amended from time to time by the JSC in accordance with Section 2.1(c).
1.72.
“Licensed Background IP” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.4.
1.73.
“Losses” shall have the meaning set out in Section 11.1.
1.74.
“Lundbeck Reversion IP” means any Know-How or Patents that [***].

8


 

1.75.
“Manufacture” or “Manufacturing” means to make, produce, manufacture, process, fill, finish, package, label, perform quality assurance testing, release, ship or store a compound or product or any component thereof.
1.76.
“Marketing Approval” means approval of a Marketing Approval Application by the applicable Regulatory Authority.
1.77.
“Marketing Approval Application” means: (a) a New Drug Application (as more fully defined in 21 CFR 314.5, et seq.) filed with the FDA, or any successor application thereto in the U.S. (“NDA”); (b) an application for authorization to market or sell a pharmaceutical product submitted to a Regulatory Authority in any country or jurisdiction other than the U.S., including, with respect to the EU, a marketing authorization application filed with the EMA pursuant to the Centralized Approval Procedure or with the applicable Regulatory Authority of a country in the European Economic Area with respect to the decentralized procedure, mutual recognition or any national approval procedure (“MAA”); (c) with respect to any product for which an NDA or MAA has been approved by the applicable Regulatory Authority, an application to supplement or amend such NDA or MAA to expand the approved label for such pharmaceutical product to include use of such pharmaceutical product for an additional indication; or (d) any application with Regulatory Authorities outside of the U.S. and EU or European Economic Area that corresponds to any of the applications described in (a)-(c) above; and in each case including supplements and amendments to any of the applications described in (a)-(d) above.
1.78.
“Materials” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.8(a).
1.79.
“ML Platform Technology” means (a) any and all public and non-public machine learning capabilities, foundational models, task models, databases and software owned or controlled by Iambic, including as part of the Platform, and (b) any Know-How or Patents claiming or covering the foregoing in clause (a) that is not specific to any Option Compounds or Option Products.
1.80.
“Negotiation Notice Period” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.9.
1.81.
“Net Sales” means, with respect to any Option Product, the gross amount billed or invoiced by or on behalf [***]:

[***]

1.82.
“Non-Enforcing Party” shall have the meaning set out in Section 8.3(a)(iv).
1.83.
“Option” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.2.
1.84.
“Option Assets” means the Option Technology and the Option Compounds.
1.85.
“Option Compound” means the Development Candidate(s) with respect to which Lundbeck exercises the Option (each, an “Optioned DC”), together with [***].

9


 

1.86.
“Option Compound Patents” means, with respect to an Option Compound, the Patents included in Option Patents, that [***].
1.87.
“Option Exercise Date” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.2.
1.88.
“Option Exercise Fee” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.3.
1.89.
“Option Know-How” means the Collaboration Know-How Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates that is [***].
1.90.
“Option Notice” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.2.
1.91.
“Option Patents” means any and all Collaboration Patents Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates [***].
1.92.
“Option Period” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.2.
1.93.
“Option Product” means any product containing an Option Compound.
1.94.
“Option Technology” means the Option Patents and Option Know-How.
1.95.
“Out-of-Pocket Costs” means all necessary and reasonable amounts paid by Iambic or its Affiliates to Third Party vendors, contractors or consultants for services or materials provided in or for the performance of the Research Plan, including the costs of External FTEs.
1.96.
“Patent” means a (a) patent, patent application and similar government-issued right protecting an invention in any country or jurisdiction however denominated, (b) any priority application, divisional, continuation, substitution, continuation-in-part of and similar application claiming priority to or sharing priority with any of the foregoing, and (c) any patent and similar government-issued right protecting an invention issuing on any of the foregoing applications, together with any registration, reissue, renewal, re-examination, confirmation, supplementary protection certificate, and extension of any of (a), (b) or (c).
1.97.
“Patent Challenge” shall have the meaning set out in Section 12.2(c).
1.98.
“Person” means any entity or individual.
1.99.
“Phase 1 Trial” means a human clinical trial as described in 21 CFR § 312.21(a), as amended (or its successor regulation), or a similar clinical study prescribed by a Regulatory Authority in a country or jurisdiction other than the United States.
1.100.
“Phase 2 Trial” means a human clinical trial as described in 21 CFR § 312.21(b), as amended (or its successor regulation), or a similar clinical study prescribed by a Regulatory Authority in a country or jurisdiction other than the United States.

10


 

1.101.
“Phase 3 Trial” means a human clinical trial as described in 21 CFR § 312.21(c), as amended (or its successor regulation), or a similar clinical study prescribed by a Regulatory Authority in a country or jurisdiction other than the United States.
1.102.
“Platform Patent” means any Patent Controlled by Iambic or its Affiliates [***].
1.103.
“Product Infringement” shall have the meaning set out in Section 8.3(a)(i).
1.104.
“Program” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.1.
1.105.
“Program Completion” means the date on which Iambic [***].
1.106.
“Progress Reports” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.10.
1.107.
“Progressible Hit Candidate” means a Compound Candidate that satisfies the Progressible Hit Candidate Criteria, as confirmed by the JSC in accordance with Section 2.1(c).
1.108.
“Progressible Hit Candidate Criteria” means the criteria set forth in WP1 of the Research Plan, as may be amended from time to time by the JSC in accordance with Section 2.1(c).
1.109.
“Prosecute and Maintain” or “Prosecution and Maintenance” means, with regard to a Patent, the preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintenance of such Patent, as well as handling reexaminations, reissues and requests for patent term extensions with respect to such Patent, including but not limited to the U.S. Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act, supplemental protection certificates or their equivalents, and patent term extensions, together with the conduct of interferences, the defense of oppositions and other similar proceedings with respect to the particular Patent. For clarity, “Prosecute and Maintain” and “Prosecution and Maintenance” will not include any other enforcement actions taken with respect to a Patent.
1.110.
“Regulatory Approval” means the approvals from Regulatory Authorities that are necessary for the Development, Manufacture, or Commercialization of a product for one or more uses in a country or regulatory jurisdiction, including any pricing and reimbursement approvals, approvals of any INDs, or Marketing Approvals, and all amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing.
1.111.
“Regulatory Authority” means any governmental authority, including the FDA or EMA, that has responsibility for regulating or otherwise exercising authority with respect to the Exploitation of a pharmaceutical product in any country.
1.112.
“Regulatory Exclusivity” means any exclusive marketing rights or data protection or other exclusivity rights conferred by any Regulatory Authority with respect to a pharmaceutical product that [***].

11


 

1.113.
“Regulatory Materials” means regulatory applications, submissions, notifications, registrations, or other filings or correspondence made to or with a Regulatory Authority that are necessary or reasonably desirable (or were otherwise made) in order to Develop, Manufacture, or Commercialize an Option Product in a particular country or regulatory jurisdiction. Regulatory Materials include INDs and Marketing Approval Applications (as applications, but not the approvals with respect thereto) and all correspondence with Regulatory Authorities pertaining to such applications.
1.114.
“Research Milestone Events” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.2(b).
1.115.
“Research Milestone Payments” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.2(b).
1.116.
“Research Plan” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.2.
1.117.
“Research Term” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.5.
1.118.
“Results” means all data, results, findings, analyses and observations that are [***].
1.119.
“Reversion Compound” means [***].
1.120.
“Reversion Product” means [***].
1.121.
“Royalty Term” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.7.
1.122.
“RS” shall have the meaning set out in Section 2.2.
1.123.
“RS Co-Chair” shall have the meaning set out in Section 2.2.
1.124.
“Segregate” means, with respect to a Competing Product, to [***].
1.125.
“Senior Representatives” shall have the meaning set out in Section 13.1(a).
1.126.
“Series” means a series of small molecules [***].
1.127.
“Sublicense” means a sublicense under the Commercial License to Exploit an Option Product that is granted by Lundbeck, its Affiliate or Sublicensee.
1.128.
“Sublicensee” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.5(a).
1.129.
“Success Criteria” means the Progressible Hit Candidate Criteria, Lead Generation Candidate Criteria and Development Candidate Criteria.
1.130.
“Target” means [***].
1.131.
“Term” shall have the meaning set out in Section 12.1.
1.132.
“Territory” means worldwide.
1.133.
“Third Party” means a Person other than the Parties or their respective Affiliates.

12


 

1.134.
“Trademarks” means trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, slogans, domain names, URLs, trade names, service names and corporate names (whether or not registered) in the United States and all other nations throughout the world, including all variations, derivations, and combinations thereof, and all common law rights, registrations and applications for registration or renewals of the foregoing and all goodwill associated therewith.
1.135.
“Transition Plan” shall have the meaning set out in Section 5.7(a).
1.136.
“U.S.” means the United States of America, including its territories and possessions.
1.137.
“$” means legal tender in the U.S.
1.138.
“Valid Claim” means a claim (a) of any issued, unexpired Patent, which has not, in the country of issuance, been donated to the public, disclaimed, nor held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed or unappealable decision, or (b) of any Patent application, which has not, in the country in question, been cancelled, withdrawn, abandoned nor been pending for more than [***], not including in calculating such [***] period of time in which such application is in interference or opposition or similar proceedings or time in which a decision of an examiner is being appealed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on a country-by-country basis, a Patent application pending for more than [***] will not be considered to have any Valid Claim for purposes of this Agreement unless and until a Patent meeting the criteria set forth in clause (a) above with respect to such Patent application issues.
1.139.
“VAT” shall have the meaning set out in Section 7.12(c).
1.140.
“WP” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.2. The related terms “WPs”, “WP1”, “WP2”, and “WP3” shall have the meanings set out in the same provision.
1.141.
“WP Extension Periods” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.3(b).
1.142.
“WP1 Extension Period” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.3(a).
1.143.
“WP2 Extension Period” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.3(b).

13


 

ARTICLE 2.

GOVERNANCE

2.1.
Joint Steering Committee
(a)
Formation and Composition. The Parties will establish a joint steering committee (“JSC”) within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. The JSC will consist of two employee representatives appointed by Lundbeck and two employee representatives appointed by Iambic, each appropriate for the tasks then being undertaken and the stage of research, in terms of their seniority, function in their respective organizations (including decision-making authority), training and experience. Each Party may change its representatives to the JSC from time to time in its sole discretion, effective upon notice to the other Party of such change. Each Party will designate at least one of its two representatives who is empowered by such Party to make decisions related to the performance of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement. Additional representative(s) or consultant(s) may from time to time, by mutual consent of the Parties, be invited to attend JSC meetings. One of the Iambic representatives on the JSC shall be designated as the JSC chair (the “JSC Chair”). The JSC Chair shall be responsible for calling meetings of the JSC, circulating agendas and performing administrative tasks required to assure efficient operation of the JSC but shall not have any extra or additional vote. Each Party will be responsible for the costs of its own employees or consultants attending JSC meetings.
(b)
Meetings. During the Research Term, the JSC will meet in accordance with a schedule established by mutual written agreement of the Parties, but no less frequently than [***], by means of videoconference or other similar communications solutions. Alternatively, the JSC may meet in person with the location for such meetings alternating between Lundbeck and Iambic facilities (or such other location as may be determined by the JSC). The JSC will confer regarding the status of the activities for the Program, review relevant data, consider and advise on any technical issues that arise, consider issues of priority, and review and advise on any economic matters relating to the Program which may be referred to the JSC.
(c)
Role of the JSC. Without limiting any of the foregoing, the JSC will perform the following functions in accordance with this Agreement:
(i)
review and approve any amendment to the Research Plan, including with respect to any proposed changes to the Cost Cap or the FTE Collar;
(ii)
review and discuss Development activities conducted, and data and results generated, under the Program;
(iii)
review and amend Success Criteria and evaluate and confirm if the applicable Success Criteria for Progressible Hit Candidates, Lead Generation Candidates and Development Candidates have been achieved, so as to permit the Parties to commence the next phase under the Research Plan, or to trigger the Option Period, as applicable;

14


 

(iv)
address issues arising in the performance of the Research Plan, including with respect to technical issues relating to the Initial Target or invoicing disputes regarding Out-of-Pocket Costs;
(v)
perform any other activity expressly allocated to the JSC under this Agreement (including as stated in the Research Plan); and
(vi)
as determined necessary or useful by the JSC, establish subcommittees and other working groups that will report to the JSC, having equivalent functional counterparts from each Party, to further the objectives of the Program, including the RS, as described further in Section 2.2 below.
(d)
JSC Decision-Making
(i)
Decisions within the decision-making authority of the JSC will be made by unanimous agreement, with each Party’s representatives having, collectively, one vote. At any given meeting of the JSC, a quorum will be deemed reached if a voting representative of each Party is present or participating in such meeting. No action taken at any meeting of the JSC will be effective unless there is a quorum at such meeting. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, no action will be taken with respect to a matter for which the JSC has not reached unanimous agreement.
(ii)
The JSC will endeavor in good faith to reach unanimous agreement on all decisions; however, if the JSC cannot unanimously agree on a matter to be decided by it within [***], then the matter may be referred to the Senior Representatives for resolution as set forth in Section 13.1(a). If the Senior Representatives cannot reach agreement, then [***].
(iii)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, [***].
(e)
Term of the JSC. The JSC will be dissolved upon the earliest of (i) [***], or (ii) the mutual written agreement of the Parties.
2.2.
Research Subcommittee. Within thirty (30) days after the establishment of the JSC, the JSC shall establish a research subcommittee (“RS”), which shall be responsible for overseeing and coordinating the conduct of the Research Plan, and performing such other functions as may be allocated to it by the JSC. The RS shall be composed of up to three (3) employee representatives designated by each of Iambic and Lundbeck (though the Parties need not have the same number of representatives on the RS), each appropriate for the tasks then being undertaken and the stage of research, in terms of their seniority, function in their respective organizations (including decision-making authority), training and experience. For the RS, each Party shall designate one of its representatives as its primary contact for RS matters (such Party’s “RS Co-Chair”). Subject to the foregoing, each Party may replace any or all of its RS representatives (and designated RS Co-Chair) at any time by informing the other Party in advance, in writing (which may be by email). The RS shall meet at least once every two weeks, or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties, and shall meet at such other times as deemed appropriate by the RS. Additional

15


 

representative(s) or consultant(s) may from time to time, by mutual consent of the Parties, be invited to attend RS meetings. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the RS shall meet and operate during the period commencing upon its formation and lasting until the earliest of (i) expiration or termination of the Research Term and the Option Period or (ii) the mutual written agreement of the Parties. Thereafter, the RS shall cease operations and perform no further functions under this Agreement.
2.3.
Alliance Managers
(a)
Appointment. Promptly after the Effective Date, each Party will appoint a representative to act as its alliance manager (each, an “Alliance Manager”). Each Party may replace its Alliance Manager at any time upon written notice to the other Party.
(b)
Responsibilities. The Alliance Manager will endeavor to ensure clear and responsive communication between the Parties and the effective exchange of information, in each case with respect to the Program and the Exploitation of Option Products, and may serve as a primary point of contact for any matters arising under this Agreement. The Alliance Managers will have the right to attend all JSC meetings as non-voting participants and may bring to the attention of the JSC any matters or issues either of them reasonably believes should be discussed and will have such other responsibilities as the Parties may mutually agree in writing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Alliance Manager will:
(i)
Subject to Section 13.1, seek to identify and bring disputes and issues that may result in disputes to the attention of the JSC (within the scope of its responsibilities and for so long as it exists) or of the other Party’s Alliance Manager in a timely manner, and function as the point of first referral in all matters of conflict resolution;
(ii)
provide a primary point of communication for seeking consensus both internally within the Parties’ respective organizations and between the Parties;
(iii)
plan and coordinate cooperative efforts, internal communications and external communications between the Parties with respect to this Agreement; and
(iv)
take responsibility for ensuring that meetings and the production of meeting agendas and minutes occur as set forth in this Agreement, and that relevant action items resulting from such meetings are appropriately carried out or otherwise addressed.

16


 

ARTICLE 3.

PROGRAM

3.1.
Program Overview. During the Research Term, Iambic and Lundbeck will collaborate to Develop Compound Candidates Directed To the Target in accordance with the Research Plan (the “Program”). Each Party shall (a) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to conduct all Program activities allocated to such Party in the Research Plan in accordance with the timelines set out therein; and (b) execute and perform, or cause to be performed, such Program activities in a good scientific manner and in compliance with GRP, GLP, GCP, GMP and all Applicable Laws.
3.2.
Research Plan. The initial Research Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.2 (the “Research Plan”). The Research Plan is divided up into three distinct work packages: work package 1 (“WP1”), work package 2 (“WP2”) and work package 3 (“WP3”), as set forth in further detail in the Research Plan (WP1, WP2 and WP3, collectively, the “WPs”, and individually a “WP”).
3.3.
Selection Process and Program Progression.
(a)
Selection of Progressible Hit Candidates; Continuation of WP1 Activities. Within [***] following the receipt of the Final Report for WP1, the JSC will evaluate Compound Candidates recommended by the Parties, using the applicable Progressible Hit Candidate Criteria to determine which Compound Candidates meet such criteria and should be nominated as Progressible Hit Candidates. In selecting Compound Candidates for nomination as Progressible Hit Candidates, the JSC may consider partial fulfillment of certain Progressible Hit Candidate Criteria as being sufficient to proceed to WP2, provided that substantial progress has been made. For clarity, WP2 shall commence upon the earlier of (a) nomination by the JSC of one or more Progressible Hit Candidate(s) or (b) other determination by the JSC to commence WP2 Development activities. In the event that WP2 commences, Lundbeck may request that Iambic continue conducting any remaining Development activities with respect to WP1, subject to reimbursement of the associated costs by Lundbeck, and Iambic shall grant any such request, [***] (the “WP1 Extension Period”). Upon the conclusion of such remaining WP1 Development activities (if any), Iambic will provide the JSC with a supplemental Progress Report summarizing the results of such additional activities, and the JSC will evaluate such Progress Report within [***] days thereafter to determine [***].
(b)
Selection of Lead Generation Candidates; Continuation of WP2 Activities. Within [***], the JSC will evaluate Progressible Hit Candidates recommended by the Parties, using the applicable Lead Generation Candidate Criteria to determine which Progressible Hit Candidates meet such criteria and should be nominated as Lead Generation Candidates. In selecting Progressible Hit Candidates for nomination as Lead Generation Candidates, the JSC may consider partial fulfillment of certain Lead Generation Candidate Criteria as being sufficient to proceed to WP2, provided that substantial progress has been made. Any such nomination shall still be deemed selection of a Lead Generation Candidate for

17


 

purposes of this Agreement, including Section 7.2(a). For clarity, WP3 shall commence upon the earlier of (a) nomination by the JSC of one or more Lead Generation Candidate(s) or (b) other determination by the JSC to commence WP3 Development activities. In the event that WP3 commences, Lundbeck may request that Iambic continue conducting any remaining Development activities with respect to WP2, subject to reimbursement of the associated costs by Lundbeck, and Iambic shall grant any such request, [***] (the “WP2 Extension Period” and, together with the WP1 Extension Period, the “WP Extension Periods”). Upon the conclusion of such remaining WP2 Development activities (if any), Iambic will provide the JSC with a supplemental Progress Report summarizing the results of such additional activities, and the JSC will evaluate such Progress Report within [***].
(c)
Selection of Development Candidates. Within [***], the JSC will evaluate Lead Generation Candidates recommended by the Parties using the applicable Development Candidate Criteria to determine which Lead Generation Candidate meet such criteria and should be nominated as Development Candidates. In determining which Lead Generation Candidates should be nominated as Development Candidates, the JSC may consider partial fulfillment of certain Development Candidate Criteria as being sufficient, provided that substantial progress has been made. Any such nomination shall still be deemed selection of a Development Candidate for purposes of this Agreement, including Section 7.2(b).
3.4.
Changes to the Target.
(a)
Adjusting the Initial Target. If, pursuant to the Development activities under the Research Plan, [***].
(b)
Alternative Target. If, [***], either or both of the Parties believe that [***], such Party(ies) may refer the matter to the JSC within [***]. The JSC shall [***]. For clarity, [***]. If an updated Target is adopted (the “Alternative Target”), the JSC will, [***], amend the Research Plan [***]. Upon so amending the Research Plan to include the Alternative Target, the Initial Target shall cease to be a Target. For clarity, [***]. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, if the Parties proceed with the Alternative Target and if [***], then the Parties shall [***].

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during the Term, Lundbeck may only recommend, and the Parties may only adopt, one change to the Initial Target pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Additionally, during the Term, Lundbeck may only recommend, and the Parties may only adopt, one change to the Initial Target pursuant to Section 3.4(b).

3.5.
Research Term. The Research Plan specifies the beginning date and ending date of the period in which all Development activities set forth therein and all contemplated transfers and steps involved in hand-off of the Program to Lundbeck are expected to be completed. The term of the Research Plan shall begin on the Effective Date, and shall end upon the earlier of (a) completion or cessation of all activities under the Program or (b) thirty-six (36) months after the Effective Date of the Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing prior to such expiration (the “Research Term”). Subject to Section 5.7

18


 

and the last sentence of Section 3.8(b), without undue delay following the expiration of the Research Term, each Party shall either return or destroy, at the other Party’s discretion, any Materials remaining in its possession.
3.6.
Approval and Amendments. The JSC shall regularly review the Research Plan and the progress of activities being conducted under the Research Plan, in no event less frequently than once each [***]. Unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties, the JSC must determine if the applicable Success Criteria for a given WP under the Research Plan have been satisfied (such determination to be memorialized in JSC minutes) before the next WP or any subsequent WP under the Research Plan may commence; provided that, for clarity, neither Party shall have any obligation to conduct Development activities assigned to it with respect to a WP of a Research Plan until such phase has so commenced. Either Party may propose amendments to the Research Plan from time to time as appropriate, to take into account completion, commencement, or cessation of activities contemplated in the then-current Research Plan or any newly available information related to the Target. Such amendments shall be effective upon JSC approval and subject to the decision making in accordance with Sections 2.1(c) and 2.1(d).
3.7.
Program Expansion. During the Research Term, either Party may by way of a written notice to the other propose an expansion of the Program to include new targets, new research plans, and such other elements that the Parties may mutually agree upon. Upon receipt of such notice, for a period of up to [***] after the other Party’s receipt of such notice, the Parties shall discuss and negotiate in good faith the terms under which such expansion would be made by way of a separate written agreement or a written amendment to this Agreement, if agreed by the Parties, including financial terms related to the expansion. For clarity, (a) the negotiations are non-binding, and any amendment hereto will require mutual consent in accordance with Section 13.11, and (b) upon completion of negotiations after the receipt of the first such notice above (via either (i) an executed separate written agreement or a written amendment to this Agreement or (ii) expiration of the [***] negotiation period above), each Party will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 3.7.
3.8.
Materials.
(a)
Transfer. Each Party shall, at its expense (unless otherwise set forth in the Research Plan), provide the other Party with the tangible materials and other deliverables specified under the applicable Research Plan for use pursuant to the Program (collectively, the “Materials”).
(b)
Rights of Use. With respect to the Materials provided pursuant to this Section 3.8, the receiving Party shall have the right to use such Materials solely for the activities assigned to it under the Research Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all such Materials (a) shall be used by the receiving Party only in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (b) shall not be reverse engineered, deconstructed or analyzed in any way by such Party except as expressly set forth in the Research Plan; (c) shall not be delivered by such Party to any Third Party or used by such Party for the benefit of any Third Party except as expressly provided for herein; and

19


 

(d) shall be used by such Party in compliance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lundbeck acknowledges and agrees that Iambic may use any data or information provided in connection with the Materials to train or otherwise supplement its Platform, subject to its exclusivity obligations in ARTICLE 4 and confidentiality obligations in ARTICLE 9.
3.9.
Records. Each Party will maintain records, in sufficient detail and in good scientific manner appropriate for [***], which will fully and properly reflect all work done and results achieved in the performance of the Program by such Party. Each Party may request a copy of any such records of the other Party, except that (a) [***] and (b) [***].
3.10.
Reporting. Within [***], each Party will provide to the JSC a written progress report which will summarize the work performed to date pursuant to the Program and evaluate the work performed in relation to the goals of the Program (“Progress Reports”), provided that if a Party has not conducted any work under the Program under such Calendar Quarter, it shall not be required to provide such a Progress Report to the other Party. Each Progress Report must be sufficiently detailed to allow the JSC to carry out its relevant functions. Additionally, no later than [***], other than JSC evaluation and confirmation of the applicable Compound Candidates (or, with respect to WP3, the expiration of the Research Term, if such expiration occurs prior to completion of WP3), each Party shall further provide a comprehensive final report (“Final Report”) to the JSC containing [***] relevant for the JSC to evaluate and confirm if the relevant Success Criteria have been achieved as set out in Section 2.1(c)(iii), provided that if a Party has not conducted any work under the Program under such WP, it shall not be required to provide such a Final Report to the other Party. For clarity, Iambic’s Final Report for WP3 shall be comprised of [***] relevant for the JSC to evaluate and confirm whether the Development Candidate Criteria have been achieved. In addition, Iambic’s Final Report for WP3 shall specify the Series for the Development Candidate. In addition, Iambic’s Final Report for WP2 shall specify the Series for the Lead Generation Candidates included in such Final Report along with a list of Progressible Hit Candidates from the same Series.
3.11.
Program Costs. Except as provided for in this Agreement, Lundbeck will be responsible for each Party’s costs and expenses in performing the activities under the Program. Accordingly, with respect to Program costs incurred by Iambic, Lundbeck will reimburse Iambic for (a) Out-of-Pocket Costs incurred by Iambic pursuant to the Research Plan up to the cost cap stated in the Research Plan (the “Cost Cap”), and any costs in excess of the Cost Cap, provided that the total Out-of-Pocket Costs do not exceed more than [***]; all such costs will be non-refundable and non-creditable. In the event that Lundbeck in good faith disputes whether the Out-of-Pocket Costs in any such invoice are reasonable or necessary, Lundbeck will notify Iambic promptly, but no event more than [***], regarding such dispute, after which the dispute will be referred to the JSC and resolved pursuant to Section 2.1(c). Each Party acknowledges and agrees that, unless otherwise agreed by both Parties in writing, Iambic will allocate to the Program, and, to the extent utilized in the performance of the Program, Lundbeck will pay for [***]-[***] combined Iambic FTEs and External FTEs, to include a minimum of [***] Iambic FTEs in addition to [***] External FTEs, for the duration of the Research Term, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing (the “FTE Collar”). The Parties acknowledge and agree that the

20


 

foregoing constitutes good faith, reasonable estimates of Out-of-Pocket Costs and Iambic FTEs required for the Program, and therefore the Cost Cap and FTE Collar shall be subject to amendment and update from time to time by the JSC in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(i), including amendments and updates to take into account changes in Program timeline and scope.
3.12.
Subcontracting. Each Party may engage its Affiliates or Third Party subcontractors (including contract research organizations and contract manufacturing organizations) to perform such portions of its Development obligations under the Program that it customarily engages for its other similar research activities or as otherwise set forth in the Research Plan. Such activities of any such Third Party subcontractors will be considered activities of such subcontracting Party under this Agreement. The subcontracting Party shall ensure compliance by such Third Party subcontractors with the terms of this Agreement, including the Research Plan, as applicable. The subcontracting Party shall ensure, prior to engaging any Third Party subcontractor, that such Third Party subcontractor is subject to written agreements containing terms and conditions that: (a) protect the rights of the Parties under this Agreement, including by imposing obligations of confidentiality on each such Third Party subcontractor that are no less than the obligations of confidentiality on each Party under this Agreement; (b) obligate the subcontractor to [***]; (c) obligate the subcontractor to ensure that its employees will assign rights to Collaboration Know-How and Collaboration Patents to the subcontractor, without any licensing rights or options, or rights to priority claims; (d) do not under any circumstance impose any payment obligations or liability on the non-subcontracting Party; and (e) are otherwise consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4.

EXCLUSIVITY

4.1.
Exclusivity Covenants. During [***], neither Party will, [***]) Develop or Commercialize any small molecule pharmaceutical or small molecule drug compound or small molecule product Directed To the Target (each, a “Competing Product”), other than pursuant to this Agreement. For clarity, (a) [***], (b) [***], and (c) [***].
4.2.
Exclusion for Acquirers and Acquired Programs. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this ARTICLE 4:
(a)
the provisions of Section 4.1 will not apply to such Acquirer of a Party that is Developing or Commercializing a Competing Product as of the closing of such acquisition or thereafter during the Term, [***].
(b)
If, during the Term, either Party or its Affiliate acquires a Third Party that is Developing or Commercializing a Competing Product, [***].

21


 

4.3.
Exclusion for Inadvertent Binding and ML Platform Technology. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this ARTICLE 4, [***].

ARTICLE 5.

LICENSE GRANTS; OPTION

5.1.
Research License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Research Term, each Party hereby grants to the other Party a non-exclusive, sublicensable license under such Party’s Background IP, to conduct the activities allocated to the other Party under the Research Plan.
5.2.
Commercial License Option. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the [***] period following the earlier of (a) the date of the expiration of the Research Term and (b) the final confirmation of nomination of a Development Candidate (the “Option Period”), Iambic hereby grants to Lundbeck a [***] exclusive option (the “Option”) to obtain the Commercial License on the terms as further specified in Section 5.4. Lundbeck may exercise this Option in its sole discretion by (a) providing Iambic with written notice of such exercise, which shall [***] (“Option Notice”), within the Option Period, and (b) paying Iambic the Option Exercise Fee [***]. The date upon which both conditions have been fulfilled shall be considered the “Option Exercise Date”. [***]. [***]. [***].
5.3.
Request for Information. From time to time during the Option Period and solely to the extent reasonably necessary for Lundbeck to decide whether to exercise its Option, Lundbeck may request from Iambic reasonable information that Lundbeck reasonably believes is missing from the Final Report (including underlying data), provided that in no event shall Iambic be required to provide any information regarding its ML Platform Technology or to conduct any additional Development activities (including generating additional Results). Iambic shall use reasonable efforts to provide such information as promptly as practicable. If the Final Report does not contain the required information, and if Iambic does not respond to Lundbeck’s reasonable request for additional information in a timely manner, the Option Period shall be extended accordingly upon written notice by Lundbeck, provided that in no event shall such Option Period extension be greater than [***] days, for a total Option Period of [***] days. Lundbeck retains the right to pursue any contractual remedies available under this Agreement in the event that Iambic breaches its obligations under this Section 5.3.
5.4.
Commercial License. Effective on the Option Exercise Date, (a) Iambic shall grant and hereby grants to Lundbeck and its Affiliates an exclusive, royalty-bearing license, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses (subject to Section 5.5), under the Option Technology and (b) [***], in each case (a) and (b) solely to Exploit the Option Products in the Territory within the Field ((a) and (b) collectively, the “Commercial License”) for the duration of the Term. For the duration of the Commercial License, Iambic shall not use the Option Technology to Exploit the Option Products within or outside the Field, including by granting licenses to the Option Technology to Exploit the Option Products to any Third Party.

22


 

5.5.
Sublicenses.
(a)
Sublicense Rights. Lundbeck will have the right to grant Sublicenses to Affiliates and Third Parties through multiple tiers under the Commercial License (each such Third Party, along with any Third Party to which such Party or an Affiliate of Lundbeck grants a sublicense under the Commercial License, directly or indirectly, a “Sublicensee”), provided that each such Sublicense is granted pursuant to a written agreement that is consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Lundbeck will be and shall remain responsible for the actions and omissions of its Affiliates and Sublicensees under any Sublicense, as if such Affiliate or Sublicensee were Lundbeck, and shall and remain responsible for its obligations under this Agreement regardless of any Sublicenses that it grants to Affiliates or Third Parties.
(b)
Notice of Sublicenses. Lundbeck will provide Iambic written notice of any Sublicense granted by it pursuant to this Section 5.5 promptly after the execution thereof and provide Iambic with a true and correct copy of such Sublicense agreement, provided that Lundbeck may redact terms of such Sublicense agreement that are competitively sensitive and not required to determine compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
5.6.
No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to grant a Party any rights under any intellectual property rights owned or controlled by the other Party, in each case, that are not expressly granted herein, whether by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. Any rights with respect to the intellectual property owned or controlled by a Party or its Affiliates that are not expressly granted to the other Party under this Agreement are, as between the Parties, hereby retained. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, [***].
5.7.
Transition Activities After the Option Exercise Date.
(a)
As soon as reasonably practicable following the Option Exercise Date (if any), but in no event later than [***], the Parties shall mutually agree to a plan for the transition of the Option Compounds to Lundbeck or its designees (the “Transition Plan”).
(b)
Iambic will reasonably cooperate with Lundbeck to facilitate the technology transfer of Option Technology to enable the Exploitation of the Option Products in accordance with the Transition Plan. Such cooperation will include providing Lundbeck with reasonable access by teleconference or in-person at Iambic’s facilities to appropriate personnel from Iambic to provide Lundbeck with a reasonable level of technical assistance and consultation in connection with the transfer of Option Technology pursuant to the Transition Plan. Lundbeck will reimburse Iambic for its reasonable and reasonably documented costs incurred in connection with providing such assistance.

23


 

5.8.
Rights in Bankruptcy. All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to any section of this Agreement are and will otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined in Section 101(56) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Parties will retain and may fully exercise all of their respective rights and elections under the Bankruptcy Code with respect thereto. Upon any bankruptcy of Iambic, Lundbeck will further be entitled to a complete duplicate of, or complete access to, any such Option Technology not already in its possession, and such intellectual property will be promptly delivered to Lundbeck, unless Iambic elects in writing to continue, and continues, to perform all its obligations under this Agreement.
5.9.
Assignment of Option Compound Patents. Within [***] (the “Negotiation Notice Period”), Lundbeck may by way of a written notice to Iambic request the assignment of ownership of the Option Compound Patents Covering such Option Product. Upon receipt of such notice, [***], the Parties shall [***]. Such assignment shall not change the financial terms or reporting obligations stated herein with respect to the Option Product in question, except that [***]. In addition, as of the effective date of assignment, Lundbeck shall have the sole right to [***], provided that Lundbeck shall not have the right (a) [***], and (b) [***]. If this Agreement is terminated for any reason, any Option Compound Patents assigned to Lundbeck pursuant to this Section 5.9 shall be reassigned to Iambic upon request. For clarity, (x) [***] or (y) [***].

ARTICLE 6.

DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION

6.1.
General. Following exercise of the Option, Lundbeck will be solely responsible for the Development, Manufacture, and Commercialization of all Option Products in the Field in the Territory, and associated costs and expenses.
6.2.
Regulatory Responsibilities. Following exercise of the Option, as between the Parties, Lundbeck shall be responsible for the preparation, submission, and maintenance of all Regulatory Materials and for obtaining Regulatory Approvals (including the preparation and submission of INDs, NDAs and MAAs, and for seeking such approvals) with respect to Option Products in the Field in the Territory and shall have sole control over all interactions with the applicable Regulatory Authority with respect thereto. Lundbeck will own all right, title and interest in and to any and all Regulatory Materials and Regulatory Approvals for Option Products filed by or on behalf of Lundbeck, its Affiliates or Sublicensees, and, as between the Parties, all such Regulatory Materials and Regulatory Approvals will be held in the name of Lundbeck.
6.3.
Adverse Event Reporting. Following exercise of the Option, Lundbeck shall establish, hold, and maintain the global safety database for each Option Product (each a “Global Safety Database”) with respect to information on adverse events concerning the Option Products, as and to the extent required by Applicable Law.

24


 

6.4.
Diligence. Following exercise of the Option, Lundbeck will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Develop, Manufacture, and Commercialize Option Products in the Field in the Territory. Lundbeck will, and will ensure that its Affiliates and Sublicensees, conduct all Development, Manufacture and Commercialization of the Option Products in accordance with all Applicable Laws.
6.5.
Annual Reports. Following exercise of the Option and until [***], Lundbeck will prepare [***] reports for Iambic summarizing in reasonable detail updates on activities conducted during the previous [***] and planned activities, including timelines, for the next [***], in each case with respect to the Development, Manufacture, and Commercialization of the Option Products, which reports shall include sufficient detail to enable Iambic to understand the current status and Lundbeck’s future plans for Option Products, including plans to Initiate any Clinical Trials. During the same period, Lundbeck will promptly notify Iambic of any modifications to Lundbeck’s Development, Manufacture and Commercialization timelines for the Option Products that are likely to result in a delay of more than ninety (90) days of any material activities included in the foregoing timelines.

ARTICLE 7.

FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

7.1.
Upfront Payment. As partial consideration for the rights granted to Lundbeck hereunder, Lundbeck shall pay Iambic a non-refundable and non-creditable fee equal to $10,000,000, [***].
7.2.
Research Milestone Payments. As partial consideration for the rights granted to Lundbeck hereunder:
(a)
within [***] following the JSC’s selection of [***], Lundbeck shall pay Iambic a non-refundable and non-creditable fee equal to [***]; and
(b)
within [***] following the JSC’s selection of [***], Lundbeck shall pay Iambic a non-refundable and non-creditable fee equal to [***] ((a) and (b) collectively, the “Research Milestone Events” and the corresponding payments, the “Research Milestone Payments”).

Each Research Milestone Payment shall be payable only once, for the first achievement of the applicable Research Milestone Event, even if such Research Milestone Event occurs more than once. Accordingly, the maximum amount payable pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be [***]. Each Research Milestone Payment will be payable regardless of whether or not the Option is exercised so long as the applicable Research Milestone Event is achieved. Each Research Milestone Payment shall be non-refundable and non-creditable.

7.3.
Option Exercise Fee. As partial consideration for the Commercial License, Lundbeck shall pay Iambic a non-refundable and non-creditable fee equal to [***] (the “Option Exercise Fee”) no later than [***]. For clarity, the Option Exercise Fee shall be payable only once.

25


 

7.4.
Development Milestone Payments. As partial consideration for the rights granted to Lundbeck hereunder, within [***] following the first achievement by Lundbeck, its Affiliates or its Sublicensees of each of the milestone events set forth in Table 1 below with respect to an Option Product (each, a “Development Milestone Event”), Lundbeck shall provide Iambic with written notice of such achievement, and Lundbeck will pay to Iambic the corresponding non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payment set forth in Table 1 (each, a “Development Milestone Payment”) within [***] for such Development Milestone Event.

 

Table 1

Development Milestone Events

Development Milestone Payment

1. [***]

[***]

2. [***]

[***]

3. [***]

[***]

4. [***]

[***]

5. [***]

[***]

6. [***]

[***]

7. [***]

[***]

 

Except for Development Milestone Payment #7, each Development Milestone Payment shall be payable only once, for the first achievement of the applicable Development Milestone Event, even if such Development Milestone Event occurs more than once or with respect to more than one Option Product. Accordingly, the maximum amount payable pursuant to this Section 7.4 for Development Milestone Payment #s 1 - 6 shall be [***]. With respect to Development Milestone Payment #7, such payment shall be payable upon each achievement of the applicable Development Milestone Event, and may therefore be payable multiple times. Each Development Milestone Payment shall be non-refundable and non-creditable.

[***].

26


 

7.5.
Commercial Milestone Payments. As partial consideration for the rights granted to Lundbeck hereunder, within [***] days following the end of the Calendar Year in which the Annual Net Sales of all Option Products first exceed the amounts set forth set forth in Table 2 below (each, a “Commercial Milestone Event”), Lundbeck shall provide Iambic with written notice of such achievement, and Lundbeck will pay to Iambic the corresponding non-refundable, non-creditable milestone payment set forth in Table 2 below (each, a “Commercial Milestone Payment”) within [***].

 

Table 2

Commercial Milestone Event

Commercial Milestone Payment

1. [***]

[***]

2. [***]

[***]

3. [***]

[***]

4. [***]

[***]

 

Each Commercial Milestone Payment shall be payable only once, for the first achievement of the applicable Commercial Milestone Event, even if such Commercial Milestone Event occurs more than once. Accordingly, the maximum amount payable pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be [***]. [***].

7.6.
Royalties. As partial consideration for the rights granted to Lundbeck hereunder, Lundbeck will pay to Iambic royalties on Net Sales of Option Products, in each case in the amounts as follows in Table 3 below, based on Annual Net Sales of all Option Products:

 

Table 3

Annual Net Sales of Option Products

Royalty Rate

1. [***]

[***]

2. [***]

[***]

3. [***]

[***]

4. [***]

[***]

 

7.7.
Royalty Term. On an Option Product-by-Option Product and country-by-country basis, Lundbeck’s obligation to pay Iambic the applicable royalties in Section 7.6 above will commence on the date of First Commercial Sale of the applicable Option Product in the applicable country and will expire on the latest of [***] (the “Royalty Term”).

27


 

7.8.
Royalty Reductions.
(a)
Subject to Section 7.8(c), the royalties due and payable under Section 7.6 shall be reduced, on an Option Product-by-Option Product and country-by-country basis, by an amount equal to [***].
(b)
Subject to Section 7.8(c), [***], [***].
(c)
Notwithstanding Sections 7.8(a) and 7.8(b), in no event shall the total of those deductions reduce the royalties payable to Iambic under Section 7.6 with respect to a given Option Product in a given country in any Calendar Quarter by more than [***].
7.9.
Payments; Royalty Reports. Beginning with the Calendar Quarter in which the First Commercial Sale of an Option Product is made and for each Calendar Quarter thereafter, in the case of royalties, during the Royalty Term, Lundbeck will within [***] provide a report summarizing Net Sales for Option Products during the relevant Calendar Quarter and the calculation of such Net Sales and of royalties due thereon, including country, units, sales price and the exchange rate used. For each Calendar Quarter, Lundbeck will make royalty payments to Iambic under this Agreement within [***]. If no royalties are payable in respect of a given Calendar Quarter, Lundbeck will submit a written royalty report to Iambic so indicating, together with an explanation as to why no such royalties are payable. All payments under this Agreement will be (a) payable in full in United States dollars, regardless of the countries in which sales are made, and (b) made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Iambic in writing. Whenever for the purposes of calculating the royalties or other amounts payable under this Agreement conversion from any foreign currency is required, all amounts will first be calculated in the currency of sale or other receipt of funds and then converted into United States dollars by Lundbeck in accordance with the rates of exchange for the relevant month for converting such other currency into United States dollars used by Lundbeck’s internal accounting systems and in its financial reporting, in accordance with Accounting Standards.
7.10.
Records. Lundbeck will, and will require its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, keep complete and accurate records pertaining to the sale of Option Products for a period of [***], and in sufficient detail to permit Iambic to confirm the accuracy of the Net Sales or royalties paid by Lundbeck hereunder.
7.11.
Audits. During the Term and for a period of [***], at the request and expense of Iambic, Lundbeck will permit an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing appointed by Iambic and reasonably acceptable to Lundbeck, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, but in no case more than once per Calendar Year, to examine such records to be maintained pursuant to Section 7.10 as may be necessary to verify the timing of the achievement of the Development Milestone Events and the Commercial Milestone Events and the accuracy of the Net Sales and royalty reports hereunder, for a period covering not more than [***]. As a condition to examining any records of Lundbeck, such auditor will sign a nondisclosure agreement reasonably acceptable to Lundbeck in form and substance. Any and all records of Lundbeck examined by such

28


 

independent certified public accountant (including as set forth in the Audit Report) will be deemed Lundbeck’s Confidential Information. Upon completion of the audit, the accounting firm will provide both Lundbeck and Iambic with a written report disclosing whether the applicable reports are correct or incorrect, the specific details concerning any discrepancies, and the corrected amount due (the “Audit Report”). If as a result of any such audit of the books and records of Lundbeck, it is shown that (A) any Development Milestone Event or Commercial Milestone Event achieved during the audited period was not timely reported, when such Commercial Milestone Event should have been reported, or (B) Lundbeck’s royalty payments under this Agreement were more or less than the applicable amount that should have been paid, then the relevant Party will make all payments required to be made by paying the other Party the difference between such amounts to eliminate any discrepancy revealed by such audit within [***]; provided, however, that any such payment by Iambic to Lundbeck will be in the form of a credit against future royalty payments due under Section 7.6 equal to the difference between the amounts paid by Lundbeck to Iambic and the applicable amounts Lundbeck should have paid to Iambic. [***].
7.12.
Taxes
(a)
Taxes on Income. Each Party will be solely responsible for the payment of all taxes imposed on its income arising from the activities of the Parties under this Agreement.
(b)
Withholding Tax. The Parties agree to cooperate with one another and use reasonable efforts to lawfully eliminate or reduce tax withholding or similar obligations in respect of payments made by the paying Party to the receiving Party under this Agreement. To the extent the paying Party is required to deduct and withhold taxes, interest or penalties on any payment, the paying Party will pay the amounts of such taxes to the proper governmental authority for the account of the receiving Party and remit the net amount to the receiving Party in a timely manner. The paying Party will promptly furnish the receiving Party with proof of payment of such taxes. If documentation is necessary to secure an exemption from, or a reduction in, any withholding taxes, the Parties will provide such documentation to the extent they are entitled to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from any payment described in this Agreement by reason of (i) an assignment by Lundbeck of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any redomiciliation or other change in tax residency of Lundbeck, then Lundbeck will increase such payment such that Iambic receives the amount Iambic would have otherwise received under ARTICLE 7 but for such assignment, redomiciliation or change in tax residency.

29


 

(c)
VAT. Any payments made by Lundbeck to Iambic under this Agreement are exclusive of any sales and use, goods and services, value added or similar tax (“VAT”) imposed upon such payments, which shall be borne by and paid by Lundbeck. Where VAT is properly added to a payment made under this Agreement, the Party receiving the payment will provide a valid tax invoice issued in accordance with the Applicable Laws of the country in which the VAT is chargeable.
(d)
Tax Cooperation. At least [***], the non-paying Party will provide the paying Party with any and all tax forms that may be reasonably necessary in order for the paying Party to lawfully not withhold tax or to withhold tax at a reduced rate with respect to such payment under an applicable bilateral income tax treaty. Following the paying Party’s timely receipt of such tax forms from the non-paying Party, the paying Party will not withhold tax or will withhold tax at a reduced rate under an applicable bilateral income tax treaty, if appropriate under Applicable Law. Each Party will provide the other with reasonable assistance to enable the recovery, as permitted by Applicable Law, of withholding taxes resulting from payments made under this Agreement, such recovery to be for the benefit of the Party who would have been entitled to receive the money but for the application of withholding tax under this Section 7.12.
(e)
FDII. Upon written request by Iambic, Lundbeck shall provide information reasonably requested by Iambic to enable Iambic to determine if payments by Lundbeck pursuant to this Agreement constitute “foreign-derived deduction eligible income” as defined by Section 250 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any future deduction or credit that is substantially similar to such deduction or which provides for a similar information or substantiation requirement, and such information reasonably requested to enable Iambic to claim such deduction or credit.
7.13.
Interest. Any undisputed payments to be made hereunder that are not paid on or before the date such payments are due under this Agreement, and any payments that are pending resolution of any dispute unless the dispute is resolved in favor of the paying Party, will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of [***]. The payment of such interest shall not limit the Party entitled to receive payment from exercising any other rights it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any payment.

ARTICLE 8.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

8.1.
Ownership
(a)
Background IP. As between the Parties, each Party will own and retain all its rights, title and interest in and to any and all Patents and Know-How that it owns or controls as of the Effective Date or generated outside of this Agreement (“Background IP”), subject to any rights or licenses expressly granted thereunder to the other Party under this Agreement.

30


 

(b)
Collaboration IP. Iambic shall own all Collaboration Know-How and Collaboration Patents. Lundbeck agrees to promptly disclose to Iambic any Collaboration Know-How made by Lundbeck, and shall assign and hereby assigns to Iambic all of Lundbeck’s right, title and interest in and to the Collaboration Know-How and Collaboration Patents. Lundbeck will reasonably cooperate with Iambic to effectuate and perfect the foregoing ownership, including by promptly executing and recording assignments and other documents consistent with such ownership. Lundbeck shall cause all employees, independent contractors, consultants, and others who perform activities for Lundbeck under this Agreement to be under an obligation to assign to Lundbeck their rights in and to any Collaboration Know-How and all intellectual property rights therein. Lundbeck will promptly disclose to Iambic any Collaboration Know-How developed, conceived, reduced to practice or generated by or on behalf of Lundbeck and will provide Iambic such documentation regarding the same as Iambic may reasonably request. Iambic shall cover Lundbeck’s reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket costs associated with any assistance provided under this Section 8.1(b). Each Party will promptly disclose to the other Party any patentable Collaboration Know-How developed, conceived, reduced to practice or generated by or on behalf of such Party.
8.2.
Prosecution and Maintenance of Patents
(a)
[***]
(i)
[***]. [***] shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to Prosecute and Maintain any [***], at [***] sole cost and expense. [***] shall (A) use counsel reasonably acceptable to [***]; (B) consult with [***] as to the Prosecution and Maintenance reasonably prior to any deadline or action with any patent office; (C) furnish to [***] copies of all relevant drafts and documents reasonably in advance of any consultation with [***]; and (D) consider in good faith and incorporate [***] reasonable comments thereon, in each case ((A)-(D)) with respect to the Prosecution and Maintenance of the [***]. [***] shall keep [***] reasonably informed of progress, in each case ((A)-(D)) with regard to the Prosecution and Maintenance of such [***] and shall provide to [***] copies of all patent office submissions and communication with respect to the [***] within a reasonable amount of time following submission thereof by [***]. In the event that [***] desires to abandon or cease the Prosecution or Maintenance of any [***] in any country, or decides not to file for patent protection of a [***] in a particular country, [***] shall provide reasonable prior written notice to [***] of such intention (which notice shall, to the extent possible, be given no later than [***] prior to the next deadline for any action that must be taken with respect to any such [***] or invention in the relevant patent office). In such case, at [***] sole discretion, upon written notice to [***] may request that [***] Prosecute and Maintain, and [***] shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to Prosecute and Maintain such [***] in such country, at [***] sole cost and expense, until [***].

31


 

(ii)
[***]. [***] shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to Prosecute and Maintain any [***]; provided that [***]. In the event that, [***]. In exercising [***] right to Prosecute and Maintain any [***] under this Section 8.2(a)(ii) [***] shall (A) use counsel reasonably acceptable to [***]; (B) consult with [***] as to the Prosecution and Maintenance reasonably prior to any deadline or action with any patent office; (C) furnish to [***] copies of all relevant drafts and documents reasonably in advance of any consultation with [***]; and (D) consider in good faith and incorporate [***] reasonable comments thereon, in each case ((A)-(D)) with respect to the Prosecution and Maintenance of the [***]. [***] shall keep [***] reasonably informed of progress, in each case ((A)-(D)) with regard to the Prosecution and Maintenance of such [***] and shall provide to [***] copies of all patent office submissions and communication with respect to the [***] within a reasonable amount of time following submission thereof by [***]. In the event that [***] desires to abandon or cease the Prosecution or Maintenance of any [***] in any country, [***] shall provide reasonable prior written notice to [***] of such intention (which notice shall, to the extent possible, be given no later than thirty (30) days prior to the next deadline for any action that must be taken with respect to any such [***] or invention in the relevant patent office). In such case, at [***] sole discretion, upon written notice to [***] may elect to assume responsibility for Prosecution and Maintenance of such [***], at [***] sole cost and expense and by counsel of its own choice. In such case, [***] shall keep [***] reasonably informed of its progress with regard to the Prosecution and Maintenance of such [***] and shall provide to [***] copies of all material patent office submissions and communication with respect to the [***] within a reasonable amount of time following submission thereof by [***].
(iii)
Cooperation. Each Party agrees to cooperate fully in the Prosecution and Maintenance of [***] in accordance with this Section 8.2(a). Such cooperation includes, but is not limited to: (A) executing all papers and instruments, or requiring its employees or contractors, to execute such papers and instruments, so as to enable the applicable Party to apply for and to Prosecute and Maintain the relevant [***] in any country as permitted by this Section 8.2(a), and (B) promptly informing the other Party of any matters coming to such Party’s attention that may affect the Prosecution and Maintenance of any [***].
(b)
Other Solely Owned Patents. Except for [***], each Party shall, as between the Parties, have the sole right to Prosecute and Maintain any Patent solely owned by such Party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly set forth in this ARTICLE 8, Iambic shall, as between the Parties, have the sole right to control the Prosecution and Maintenance, defense and enforcement of the Option Patents, Background Patents and Platform Patents.

32


 

8.3.
Patent Enforcement
(a)
Option Patents. During the Term:
(i)
Notice. Each Party shall notify the other Party in writing within [***] (a “Product Infringement”). Promptly following such notification, the Parties shall confer.
(ii)
Enforcement of Option Patents
(A)
[***], [***] shall have the first right to enforce the Option Patents against Product Infringements (each, an “Infringement Action”).
(B)
In the event that [***] institutes or undertakes an Infringement Action, [***] shall cooperate fully with [***] in its efforts to protect such Patents and shall agree to be a party in any suit, if required, in each case, with respect to such Infringement Action, in each case, [***]. Further, [***]. [***].
(C)
In the event that [***] does not institute or undertake an Infringement Action [***]. Further, [***]. [***].
(iii)
Cooperation. In the event a Party brings an Infringement Action in accordance with this Section 8.3 (such Party, the “Enforcing Party”), the other Party shall cooperate fully, including, if required to bring such action, the furnishing of a power of attorney or being named as a party. The Enforcing Party shall not enter into any settlement or compromise of any action under this Section 8.3 that: (A) would in any manner alter, diminish, or be in derogation of the other Party’s rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of such other Party; or (B) would impose any cost or liability on the other Party, or admit the invalidity or unenforceability of any Patent owned by the other Party, without such other Party’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in such other Party’s sole discretion.
(iv)
Recoveries. Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties in connection with a cost-sharing arrangement, any recovery as a result of any Infringement Action pursuant to this Section 8.3, whether by way of settlement or otherwise, shall first be used to reimburse the Enforcing Party for its documented, unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including court, attorneys’ and professional fees) incurred in connection with such action or proceeding and then, following payment in full of all such costs to the Enforcing Party, to reimburse the other Party (the “Non-Enforcing Party”) for its documented, unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including court, attorneys’ and professional fees) incurred in connection with such action or proceeding. Any remainder of the recovery after reimbursement of the litigation costs and expenses of the Parties shall be allocated as follows: [***].

33


 

(b)
Other Solely Owned Patents. Except for Option Patents, each Party shall, as between the Parties, have the sole right to enforce and defend any Patent solely owned by such Party, including as set forth in Section 8.2(b).
8.4.
Infringement of Third Party Patents. After the Option Exercise Date, each Party shall promptly notify the other in writing of any allegation by a Third Party that the Exploitation of an Option Product infringes or may infringe the Patents of such Third Party. Without limiting either Party’s obligations under ARTICLE 11, each Party shall have the sole right to control any defense of any such claim against it involving alleged infringement of Third Party Patents based on such Party’s activities, at its own expense and by counsel of its own choice.
8.5.
Patent Marking. Lundbeck shall mark (or cause to be marked) any Option Product marketed and sold hereunder with appropriate Option Patent numbers or indicia.

ARTICLE 9.

CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1.
Confidentiality; Exceptions. Except to the extent expressly authorized by this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing, the Parties agree that, during the Term and for [***], the Receiving Party and its Affiliates will keep confidential and will not publish or otherwise disclose or use for any purpose other than as provided for in this Agreement any Confidential Information disclosed to it by the Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Confidential Information that is classified as trade secrets under Applicable Law, the obligations of confidentiality shall remain in effect for as long as such information retains its trade secret status under Applicable Law.
9.2.
Prior Confidentiality Agreement. All Confidential Information as defined by and exchanged between the Parties under the Confidential Disclosure Agreement between Lundbeck and Iambic dated November 3, 2023 (including any and all amendments thereto) (the “CDA”) that pertain to the subject matter of this Agreement will be deemed to be Confidential Information as defined under this Agreement and subject to the terms of this ARTICLE 9. For avoidance of doubt, the terms of this Agreement and not the CDA shall govern the use, disclosure, and confidentiality obligations regarding such information that pertains to the subject matter of this Agreement and the CDA shall continue to govern with respect to any other subject matter exchanged between the Parties.
9.3.
Authorized Disclosure. Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, a Receiving Party or its Affiliates may use and disclose to Third Parties the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as follows: solely as reasonably necessary in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of rights granted or reserved in this Agreement; provided that any Third Party to which Confidential Information is so disclosed shall be subject to confidentiality provisions no less restrictive than those in this Agreement. In addition, Receiving Party or its Affiliates may disclose to Third Parties the existence, content, status and scope of this Agreement to actual or potential lenders, investors, partners, acquirers, professional advisors, and others on a need-to-know basis, in each case under confidentiality provisions no less restrictive than those of this Agreement.

34


 

9.4.
Compelled Disclosure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Receiving Party or its Affiliates may disclose Confidential Information that is specifically required to be disclosed by court order, Applicable Law or the rules of any listing authority or stock exchange on which its shares are listed or traded, provided, however, that, to the extent permitted under the law, the Disclosing Party is first given advance notice of the required disclosure and an adequate opportunity to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedies. Upon request, the Receiving Party shall reasonably cooperate with and assist the Disclosing Party in seeking such protective order or other appropriate remedies, at the Disclosing Party’s expense. If, in the absence of such protective order or other remedy, the Receiving Party is nonetheless required to disclose any part of the Confidential Information, the Receiving Party shall furnish only such portion of the Confidential Information which the Receiving Party is legally required to disclose and shall make reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment for the disclosed Confidential Information.
9.5.
Press Release; Publications; Disclosure of Agreement
(a)
Public Announcements. Each Party shall be entitled to issue a press release after the Effective Date publicly confirming the existence of the Agreement along with a description of its content and scope, subject to the other Party’s prior written approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld conditioned or delayed). To the extent the press release includes information on events unrelated to this Agreement, the publishing Party shall be entitled to redact any direct and indirect identifiers of any Third Party referenced therein. Subject to Section 9.4, neither Party nor its Affiliates shall issue any other public announcement, press release or other public disclosure regarding this Agreement or its subject matter without the other Party’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided, however, that either Party shall be entitled to confirm publicly the existence of the Agreement along with a brief description of its purpose and scope without such consent.
(b)
Use of Name. Except as set forth in Sections 9.5(a) or 9.5(c), neither Party will use the other Party’s name in a press release or other publication without first obtaining the prior consent of the Party to be named, provided, however that each Party may additionally use the other Party’s name on its website during the Term, solely to indicate that such other Party is conducting the collaboration hereunder with such Party. Prior to publishing the other Party’s name on its website, such Party will submit the form and format of such proposed usage to the other Party for the other Party’s review and approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(c)
Scientific Presentations or Publications. Each Party will first submit to the other Party an early draft of all publications or presentations of the Results that disclose or pertain to the other Party’s Confidential Information at least [***]. Such other Party will review such proposed publication or presentation to avoid the unauthorized disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information and to preserve the patentability of inventions arising therefrom. If during such [***], the

35


 

other Party informs such Party that its proposed publication or presentation contains Confidential Information of the other Party, then such Party will delete such Confidential Information from its proposed publication. In addition, if during such [***], the other Party informs such Party that its proposed publication discloses non-public inventions made by such other Party, or the public disclosure of such proposed publication may have a material adverse effect on any Collaboration Patents or Collaboration Know-How, then such Party will either (i) delay such proposed publication for up to [***], to permit the timely first filing of patent application(s), or (ii) remove the identified disclosures prior to publication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [***].

ARTICLE 10.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

10.1.
Representations and Warranties of Each Party. Each Party hereby represents, warrants and (to the extent expressly set forth below in this Section 10.1) covenants to the other Party that:
(a)
as of the Effective Date, it has the power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder, and that it has taken all necessary action on its part required to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder;
(b)
as of the Effective Date, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party and is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditor rights and judicial principles affecting the availability of specific performance and general principles of equity, whether enforceability is considered a proceeding at law or equity;
(c)
as of the Effective Date, all necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of all Regulatory Authorities and other parties required to be obtained by such Party in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement have been obtained and covenants that, during the Term, all approvals and authorizations of all Regulatory Authorities required to be obtained in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of its rights hereunder have been, or will timely be, obtained;
(d)
as of the Effective Date, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of such Party’s obligations hereunder (i) do not conflict with or violate any requirement of Applicable Law or any provision of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or any similar instrument of such Party, as applicable, in any material way, and (ii) do not conflict with, violate, or breach or constitute a default or require any consent not already obtained under, any contractual obligation or court or administrative order by which such Party is bound;

36


 

(e)
as of the Effective Date, all employees, consultants, and independent contractors of such Party or Affiliates performing activities under this Agreement on behalf of such Party are, and such Party covenants that, during the Term, its (and its Affiliates) employees, consultants and independent contractors performing activities hereunder will be, obligated to assign all right, title and interest in and to any intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, Know-How, copyrights, inventions or discoveries, whether patentable or not, developed by them, whether or not patentable, to such Party or Affiliate, respectively, as the sole owner thereof;
(f)
as of the Effective Date, such Party is not debarred under the United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or comparable law, and such Party represents and warrants that it does not, and covenants that it will not during the Term, employ or use the services of any person or entity who is debarred under the United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or comparable law, in connection with the Development, Manufacture or Commercialization of the Option Products; and
(g)
in the event that, during the Term or thereafter, a Party becomes aware that any Person that is performing activities with respect to this Agreement on its behalf has been debarred, suspended or is the subject of a conviction under the United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or comparable law, or if any action, suit, claim, investigation, or legal or administrative proceeding is pending or, to its actual knowledge, is threatened, relating to such debarment, suspension or conviction, such Party will immediately notify the other Party in writing and such Party will cease, or cause its Affiliate to cease (as applicable), employing, contracting with, or retaining any such Person to perform any services relating to this Agreement.
10.2.
Representations and Warranties of Iambic. Iambic hereby represents, warrants and (to the extent expressly set forth below in this Section 10.2) covenants to Lundbeck that:
(a)
as of the Effective Date, Iambic and its Affiliates have the full right, power and authority to use the Platform for the performance of the Program as contemplated herein;
(b)
as of the Effective Date, neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates has been a party to any, and is not a party to any pending litigation, and Iambic has not received written notice from any Third Party, in each case, claiming that Iambic’s practice of the Platform infringes or would infringe the Patent of any Third Party;
(c)
throughout the Research Term, Iambic covenants in the event that Iambic becomes a party to any pending litigation or receives written notice from any Third Party, in each case, claiming that Iambic’s practice of the Platform [***]; and
(d)
Iambic hereby covenants that, [***].

37


 

10.3.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 10, LUNDBECK AND IAMBIC MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS AND GRANT NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, AND LUNDBECK AND IAMBIC EACH SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OR EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE VALIDITY OF ANY PATENTS OR THE NON-INFRINGEMENT OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.

ARTICLE 11.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

11.1.
Indemnification by Iambic. Iambic will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lundbeck, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, and their respective successors, heirs and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses including the reasonable fees of attorneys (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or resulting from any and all Third Party suits, claims, actions, proceedings or demands (“Claims”) arising from:
(a)
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Iambic or its Affiliates, in connection with Iambic’s performance of its obligations or exercise of its rights under this Agreement;
(b)
any breach of this Agreement by Iambic or its Affiliates; or
(c)
[***].

except, in each case above, to the extent such Claim arose out of, resulted from or is attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or breach of this Agreement by, Lundbeck or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, or the Exploitation of any Option Compounds or Option Product by or on behalf of Lundbeck or its Affiliates or Sublicensees.

11.2.
Indemnification by Lundbeck. Lundbeck will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Iambic, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, and their respective successors, heirs and assigns, from and against any and all Losses arising out of or resulting from any and all Claims arising from:
(a)
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lundbeck, its Affiliates or Sublicensees, in connection with Lundbeck’s performance of its obligations or exercise of its rights under this Agreement;
(b)
any breach of this Agreement by Lundbeck; or
(c)
the Exploitation of any Option Compounds or Option Product by or on behalf of Lundbeck or its Affiliates or Sublicensees;

38


 

except, in each case above, to the extent such Claim arose out of, resulted from or is attributable to the infringement of any Third Party Patent based on the use of the Platform for the Program by Iambic or its Affiliates or to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or breach of this Agreement by, Iambic or its Affiliates.

11.3.
Procedure. If a person or entity entitled to indemnification under Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (an “Indemnitee”) seeks such indemnification, such Indemnitee will (a) inform the indemnifying Party in writing of a Claim as soon as reasonably practicable after such Indemnitee receives notice of such Claim, (b) permit the indemnifying Party to assume direction and control of the defense of the Claim (including the sole right to settle such Claim at the sole discretion of the indemnifying Party, provided that such settlement or compromise does not admit any fault or negligence on the part of the Indemnitee, or impose any obligation on, or otherwise materially adversely affect, the Indemnitee or other Party), (c) cooperate as reasonably requested (at the expense of the indemnifying Party) in the defense of the Claim, and (d) undertake reasonable steps to mitigate any Losses with respect to the Claim. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnifying Party will have no liability under Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, as the case may be, for Claims settled or compromised by the Indemnitee without the indemnifying Party’s prior written consent.
11.4.
Insurance. Each Party will maintain, at its cost, reasonable insurance against liability and other risks associated with its activities contemplated by this Agreement, in such amounts and on such terms as are customary for prudent practices for companies of similar size and with similar resources in the pharmaceutical industry for the activities to be conducted by it under this Agreement. Each Party will furnish to the other Party evidence of any insurance required under this Section 11.4, upon request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lundbeck may fulfill its obligations under this section, in part or in full, through self-insurance, meaning that Lundbeck will set aside financial reserves to cover potential liabilities associated with its activities under this Agreement, instead of purchasing insurance from a Third Party insurer.
11.5.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR (A) CLAIMS OF A THIRD PARTY THAT ARE SUBJECT TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS ARTICLE 11, (B) CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT; (C) CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTY’S BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 9, NEITHER PARTY NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WILL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ITS AFFILIATES FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, WHETHER LIABILITY IS ASSERTED IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY), INDEMNITY OR CONTRIBUTION, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER THAT PARTY OR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OF THAT PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF, OR OTHERWISE MIGHT HAVE ANTICIPATED THE POSSIBILITY OF, ANY SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE.

39


 

ARTICLE 12.

TERM AND TERMINATION

12.1.
Term; Expiration. This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this ARTICLE 12, will continue in full force and effect until this Agreement expires upon (a) the expiration of the Option (if the Option is not exercised) or (b) if the Option is exercised, on an Option Product-by-Option Product and country-by-country basis, upon expiration of the Royalty Term for such Option Product in such country. The period from the Effective Date until the date of expiration of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.1 or earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.2 is the “Term”.
12.2.
Termination of the Agreement.
(a)
Lundbeck’s Termination for Convenience. Lundbeck will be entitled to terminate this Agreement in its entirety at any time by providing [***] written notice to Iambic. If the Agreement is terminated by Lundbeck during the Research Term pursuant to this Section, Iambic shall promptly wind-down and cease all ongoing activities under the Program. Lundbeck shall remain responsible for paying Out-of-Pocket Costs and FTE Costs incurred by Iambic pursuant to the Research Plan until the effective date of such termination in accordance with Section 3.11, as well as any such Out-of-Pocket Costs incurred after the effective date of such termination to the extent such costs were already irrevocably obligated (i.e. non-cancellable).
(b)
Termination for Material Breach. If a Party believes that the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement, then the non-breaching Party may deliver notice of such material breach to the breaching Party. The breaching Party will have [***] after the date of such notice to cure such breach. If the breaching Party fails to cure such breach within such [***], the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement in its entirety. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event there is a good faith dispute as to whether a material breach exists, the dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 13.1. During the pendency of such a dispute, all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in effect and the Parties shall continue to perform all of their respective obligations hereunder. [***].
(c)
Termination for Patent Challenge. Iambic may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Lundbeck if Lundbeck or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees, directly or indirectly, challenges in a legal or administrative proceeding the patentability, enforceability or validity of any [***].
(d)
Termination for Shelving. After Lundbeck has exercised the Option, Iambic may terminate this Agreement in its entirety by delivering written notice to Lundbeck, such termination to be effective upon [***] following the date of such notice, in the event Lundbeck, directly or through any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees, has failed to perform [***] activities with respect to any Option Product for a continuous period [***]; provided that if such cessation is a result of a clinical hold or other

40


 

obstacle imposed by Regulatory Authority, manufacturing issues, or force majeure, then such [***] period will be extended for each day any of the foregoing reasons caused such cessation.
(e)
Termination for Bankruptcy. This Agreement may be terminated in its entirety, to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws, by either Party upon the filing or institution of bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation or receivership proceedings, or upon an assignment of a substantial portion of the assets for the benefit of creditors by the other Party; provided, however, that in the case of any involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation or receivership proceeding, such right to terminate will only become effective if the Party subject to such proceeding consents to the involuntary bankruptcy or such proceeding is not dismissed within [***] after the filing thereof.
12.3.
Consequences of Expiration or Termination of this Agreement.
(a)
General Effects of Termination. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, the following terms will apply:
(i)
Exclusivity. Neither Party will have any further obligations under ARTICLE 4.
(ii)
Return of Information and Materials. Each Party will return to the other Party (or destroy, as directed by the other Party) all data, files, records and other materials containing or comprising the other Party’s Confidential Information to which it does not retain rights to use under the surviving provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties will be permitted to retain one copy of such data, files, records and other materials for archival and legal compliance purposes. Each Party will also be permitted to retain such additional copies of or any computer records or files containing the other Party’s Confidential Information that have been created solely by automatic archiving and backup procedures, to the extent created and retained in a manner consistent with the retaining Party’s standard archiving and backup procedures, but not for any other use or purpose. All Confidential Information will continue to be subject to the terms of ARTICLE 9 for the period set forth in Section 9.1.
(iii)
Licenses. The licenses granted under this Agreement to Lundbeck or to Iambic under this Agreement will terminate. Additionally, if the Agreement is terminated for any reason other than expiration pursuant to Section 12.1(b), Lundbeck and its Affiliates and Sublicensees will without undue delay wind-down and then discontinue all Exploitation of Option Compounds and Option Products; which wind-down and discontinuation shall be complete and in effect no later than [***] after the effective date of termination.

41


 

(b)
Reversion. In the event of a termination of this Agreement after the Option Exercise Date by Lundbeck under Section 12.2(a), or after the Option Exercise Date by Iambic under Section 12.2(b), Section 12.2(c), Section 12.2(d) or Section 12.2(e), then, upon Iambic’s request and at Lundbeck’s expense (except as expressly set forth below) the following will occur:

[***]

(c)
Additional Effects of Termination, before Option Exercise Date. In the event of a termination of this Agreement before the Option Exercise Date by Lundbeck under Section 12.2(b) or Section 12.2(e), then, upon Lundbeck’s request made within [***] after the effective date of such termination and at Iambic’s expense (except as expressly set forth below) the following will occur:
(i)
Upon such request by Lundbeck, the Parties shall [***]; and
(ii)
Upon Lundbeck’s request in connection with a request made pursuant to Section 12.3(c)(i) above, the Parties [***].
(iii)
[***].
(d)
Termination Alternative. [***].
(e)
Accrued Rights; Payments. Termination of this Agreement for any reason will be without prejudice to any rights or obligations that have accrued to the benefit of a Party hereunder prior to such termination. Such termination will not relieve a Party from obligations that are expressly indicated to survive the termination of this Agreement. Within [***] after receipt of invoice from Iambic after any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Lundbeck will reimburse Iambic for all costs and expenses incurred by Iambic in performing the activities under the Program through the effective date of such termination or expiration and not previously paid by Lundbeck, including any applicable Out-of-Pocket Costs, FTE Costs and non-cancelable obligations reasonably incurred for the Program (to the extent such non-cancelable obligations cannot reasonably be mitigated).
(f)
Survival. All rights and obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except those that are expressly indicated to survive, and solely for the periods specified in each applicable Section or Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following provisions will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement: [***].

42


 

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1.
Dispute Resolution.
(a)
Resolution by Senior Representatives. The Parties will seek to settle amicably any and all disputes, controversies or claims arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided otherwise herein, any dispute between the Parties will be promptly presented to the [***] (the “Senior Representatives”), or their respective designees, for resolution. Such Senior Representatives, or their respective designees, will meet in-person or by teleconference as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, and use their good faith efforts to mutually agree upon the resolution of the dispute, controversy or claim. If the Senior Representatives cannot resolve any such dispute within [***] after presentation to the Senior Representatives for resolution, then, except as stated otherwise in this Agreement, either Party may refer such dispute to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 13.1(b). For clarification, any dispute relating to the validity or scope of any Patent will not be subject to arbitration.
(b)
Arbitration. Except to the extent that this Agreement identifies a Party who will have final decision-making authority over the matter or otherwise specifies a different mechanism for dispute resolution, if the Parties fail to resolve a dispute through their Senior Representatives, then a Party may submit such dispute to final and binding arbitration conducted in accordance with the terms of this Section 13.1(b). The arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (AAA) and will be held in New York City, New York according to the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable at the time of commencement of the arbitration; provided, however, that the Federal Rules of Evidence will apply with regard to the admissibility of evidence in such hearing. The arbitrator will be a lawyer or retired judge knowledgeable and experienced in the pharmaceutical industry and the Applicable Law concerning the subject matter of the dispute. In any case, the arbitrator will not be an Affiliate, employee, consultant, officer, director or stockholder of either Party, or otherwise have any current or previous relationship with either Party or their respective Affiliates. All rulings of the arbitrator will be in writing and will be delivered to the Parties as soon as is reasonably possible. The arbitrator’s decision will include findings of fact and conclusions of law. The determination of the arbitrator as to the resolution of any dispute will be binding and conclusive on all Parties. Nothing contained herein will be construed to permit the arbitrator to award punitive, exemplary or any similar damages or damages waived by the Parties pursuant to Section 11.5. Each Party will bear its own attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements arising out of the arbitration and will pay an equal share of the fees and costs of the arbitrator.
13.2.
Data Privacy. The Parties will as part of their contractual relationship and to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement share Personal Data about certain employees engaged by the Parties, as applicable, who are working to fulfil this Agreement (hereinafter “Employees”). Without otherwise limiting the Parties’ rights and obligations related to

43


 

Personal Data set out in this Agreement, each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will on behalf of the other Party provide its own Employees with information about the other Party’s collection and processing of the Employees’ Personal Data. Such information must comply with applicable data protection laws, including – to the extent applicable – Article 13 and 14 of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of 27 April 2016 (the General Data Protection Regulation) (“GDPR”). The Parties will Process Personal Data under this Agreement as independent Controllers. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not establish or confirm a joint-controller or a Controller-Professor relationship between the Parties. To the extent applicable, the Parties will cooperate and assist each other with the fulfilment of their obligations under the GDPR. The Parties further agree that online consultations, teleconferences, and other meetings held during the course of the Agreement may not be recorded in any format without the explicit and voluntary consent of all participants. Capitalized terms in this section that are not defined elsewhere in the Agreement have the meaning given to them in the GDPR.
13.3.
Injunctive Relief; Court Actions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Party will be entitled to seek from any court of competent jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedy it may have at law or in equity, injunctive or other equitable relief in the event of an actual or threatened breach of this Agreement by the other Party, prior to appointment of the arbitrator. In addition, either Party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to resolve a dispute pertaining to any antitrust, anti-monopoly or competition law or regulation, whether or not statutory or the validity, construction, scope, enforceability, infringement or other violations of Patents or other intellectual property rights, and no such claim will be subject to arbitration pursuant to Section 13.1(b).
13.4.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to any rules of conflicts of laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any dispute relating to the scope, validity, enforceability or infringement of any Patents will be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the patent laws of the applicable jurisdiction.
13.5.
Assignment and Successors. Neither this Agreement nor any obligation of a Party hereunder may be assigned by either Party without the consent of the other, except that each Party may assign this Agreement and the rights, obligations and interests of such Party, in whole or in part, without the other Party’s consent, to any of its Affiliates, to any purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets or all or substantially all of its assets to which this Agreement relates, or to any successor corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar transaction; and provided that a Party assigning this Agreement to its Affiliate shall be and remain responsible and liable for the performance and non-performance of such Affiliate hereunder. In addition, Iambic may assign or transfer its rights to receive payments under this Agreement, without Lundbeck’s consent, to a Third Party in connection with a payment factoring transaction.

44


 

13.6.
No Waiver. Neither Party may waive or release any of its rights or interests in this Agreement except in a writing signed by such Party’s authorized representative. The failure of either Party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition. No waiver by either Party of any condition or term in any one or more instances will be construed as a continuing waiver or subsequent waiver of such condition or term or of another condition or term.
13.7.
Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the Parties will negotiate in good faith a valid, legal and enforceable substitute provision that most nearly reflects the original intent of the Parties, and all other provisions hereof will remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and will be liberally construed to carry out the intentions of the Parties hereto as nearly as may be possible. Such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect or impair, in whole or in part, the validity, enforceability or legality of any remaining portions of this Agreement, or of such provision in any other jurisdiction. In the event a Party seeks to avoid a provision of this Agreement by asserting that such provision is invalid or otherwise unenforceable, (or, in the case of Section 4.1, illegal) the other Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon [***] prior written notice to the asserting Party, unless such assertion is withdrawn and the effect of such assertion cured within such [***]. Any such termination in accordance with this Section 13.7 with respect to an assertion by Lundbeck shall be deemed termination pursuant to Section 12.2(a), and a termination with respect to an assertion by Iambic shall be deemed a termination for its breach under Section 12.2(b).
13.8.
Force Majeure. No Party will be held responsible to the other Party nor be deemed to be in default under, or in breach of any provision of, this Agreement for failure or delay in performing any obligation of this Agreement when such failure or delay is due to force majeure, and without the fault or negligence of the Party so failing or delaying. For purposes of this Agreement, “force majeure” means a cause beyond the reasonable control of a Party, which may include acts of God; acts, regulations or laws of any government; war; terrorism; civil commotion; fire, flood, earthquake, tornado, tsunami, explosion or storm; pandemic; epidemic; and failure of public utilities or common carriers. In such event, the Party so failing or delaying will immediately notify the other Party of such inability and of the period for which such inability is expected to continue. The Party giving such notice will be excused from such of its obligations under this Agreements as it is thereby disabled from performing for so long as it is so disabled. To the extent possible, each Party will use reasonable efforts to minimize the duration of any force majeure. If the performance of any obligation of a Party under this Agreement is delayed owing to such a force majeure for any continuous period of more than [***], the other Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

45


 

13.9.
Notices. Any notice or request required or permitted to be given under or in connection with this Agreement will be deemed to have been sufficiently given if in writing and personally delivered or sent by certified mail (return receipt requested), e-mail transmission (receipt verified), or overnight express courier service (signature required), prepaid, to the Party for which such notice is intended, at the address set forth for such Party below:

If to Lundbeck, addressed to:

H. Lundbeck A/S

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

with a copy to:

H. Lundbeck A/S

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

If to Iambic, addressed to:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

with a copy to:

[***]

Attention: [***]

E-mail: [***]

or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other Party in writing in accordance with this Section 13.9. Any notice given hereunder will be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered, if delivered personally or by e-mail, unless delivery occurs on a weekend or federal holiday, in which case the date of delivery will be the next Business Day; (b) on the next Business Day after deposit, if sent by overnight express courier service; and (c) on the third Business Day after the date of mailing, if sent by certified mail.

13.10.
Export Clause. Each Party acknowledges that the laws and regulations of the United States restrict the export and re-export of commodities and technical data of United States origin. Each Party agrees that it will not export or re-export restricted commodities or the technical data of the other Party in any form without the appropriate United States and foreign government licenses.

46


 

13.11.
Entire Agreement; Modifications. This Agreement (including the attached Exhibit) sets forth and constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter herein, and all prior agreements, understanding, promises and representations, whether written or oral, with respect thereto are superseded hereby. Each Party confirms that it is not relying on any representations or warranties of the other Party except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. No amendment, modification, release or discharge will be binding upon the Parties unless in writing and duly executed by an authorized representative of each Party.
13.12.
Relationship of the Parties. Nothing herein will be construed to create any relationship of employer and employee, agent and principal, partnership or joint venture between the Parties. Each Party is an independent contractor of the other. Neither Party will assume, either directly or indirectly, any liability of or for the other Party. Neither Party will have the authority to bind or obligate the other Party, and neither Party will represent that it has such authority.
13.13.
Interpretation. Except as otherwise explicitly specified to the contrary, (a) references to a Section, Appendix or Exhibit means a Section of, or Exhibit or Appendix to this Agreement, unless another agreement is specified, (b) the word “including” (in its various forms) means “including without limitation,” (c) the words “will” and “shall” have the same meaning, (d) references to a particular statute or regulation include all rules and regulations thereunder and any predecessor or successor statute, rules or regulation, in each case as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, (e) words in the singular or plural form include the plural and singular form, respectively, (f) references to a particular person or entity include such person’s or entity’s successors and assigns to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement, (g) unless otherwise specified, “$” is in reference to United States dollars, (h) the headings contained in this Agreement, in any exhibit or Appendix or Exhibit to this Agreement are for convenience only and will not in any way affect the construction of or be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement, (i) the word “or” shall have the inclusive meaning of “and/or”, and (j) provisions in this Agreement specifying notice, consent or agreement will require that such notice, consent or agreement be in writing.
13.14.
Supremacy. In the event of any express conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any Exhibit or Appendix hereto, the terms of this Agreement will apply.
13.15.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Furthermore, the Parties agree that signatures may be exchanged by electronic means (e.g. using DocuSign or PDF-signature), and that signatures by electronic means shall have the same force and effect as handwritten signatures for the purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

47


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their representatives thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas F. Miller III

Name:

Thomas F. Miller III

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

H. Lundbeck A/S

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charl van Zyl

Name:

Charl van Zyl

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Johan Luthman

Name:

Johan Luthman

Title:

Executive Vice President, R&D

 

48


 

Exhibit 3.2

Research Plan

[***]

49


Exhibit 10.14

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1.
Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.
2.
Definitions.
2.1
“Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the authority of the Administrator (as defined in Section 3) under Section 4.4.
2.2
“Administrator” has the meaning ascribed to it under Section 3.1.
2.3
“Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) that, from time to time and at the time of any determination, directly or indirectly, is in control of or is controlled by the Company.
2.4
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.5
“Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.
2.6
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or formal guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section or regulation, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.
2.7
“Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 3) to administer the Plan.
2.8
“Company” means Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
2.9
“Company Group” means the Company and any Parents, Subsidiaries, and Affiliates.
2.10
“Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.
2.11
“Employee” means any executive, officer, or other employee of the Company Group, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.
2.12
“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 


 

2.13
“Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).
2.14
“Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Administrator for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period and who has, if so requested by the Company or the employing member of the Company Group, signed an acknowledgement form in the form provided by the Company Group.
2.15
“Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Administrator. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Administrator desires to measure some performance criteria over twelve (12) months and other criteria over three (3) months.
2.16
“Plan” means this Employee Incentive Compensation Plan (including any appendix attached hereto), as may be amended from time to time.
2.17
“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and/or any state law equivalent as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.
2.18
“Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f), in relation to the Company.
2.19
“Target Award” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for a Performance Period, as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 4.2.
2.20
“Tax Withholdings” means tax, social insurance and social security liability or premium obligations in connection with the awards under the Plan, including without limitation: (a) all federal, state, and local income, employment and any other taxes (including the Participant’s U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company Group, (b) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company Group, the fringe benefit tax liability of the Company Group associated with an award under the Plan, and (c) any other taxes or social insurance or social security liabilities or premium the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to such award under the Plan.
2.21
“Termination of Employment” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company Group, including without limitation a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between any members of the Company Group (for example, between the Company and a Subsidiary) will not be deemed a Termination of Employment.
3.
Administration of the Plan.
3.1
Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee (the “Administrator”). The members of any Committee will be appointed from time to time in a manner that satisfies applicable laws by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. The Board may retain the authority to administer the Plan concurrently with a Committee and may revoke the delegation of some or all authority previously delegated. Different Administrators may administer the Plan with respect to different groups of Employees. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

-2-


 

3.2
Administrator Authority. It will be the duty of the Administrator to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions and in accordance with applicable law. The Administrator will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (a) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (b) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (c) interpret the Plan and the awards, (d) adopt such procedures, appendices and sub‑plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are non‑U.S. nationals or employed outside of the U.S. or to qualify awards for special tax treatment under the laws of jurisdictions other than the U.S., (e) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (f) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. Any determinations and decisions made or to be made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, unless specified otherwise by the Administrator, will be in the Administrator’s sole discretion.
3.3
Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Administrator and/or any delegate of the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.
3.4
Delegation by Administrator. The Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.
3.5
Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Administrator will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
4.
Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.
4.1
Selection of Participants. The Administrator will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan will be on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan or, if so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.
4.2
Determination of Target Awards. The Administrator may establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula or factors as the Administrator determines).

-3-


 

4.3
Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Administrator may establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool, if a Bonus Pool has been established.
4.4
Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time prior to payment of an Actual Award, may: (a) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (b) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction, or elimination based on such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.
4.5
Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the performance goals, if any, applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation, goals related to: attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; capital raising; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; corporate transactions; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division; earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net taxes); earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index; internal rate of return; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income; net profit; net sales; new product or business or product development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; patents; procurement; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; retained earnings; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue growth; sales results; sales growth; savings; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; unadjusted or adjusted actual contract value; unadjusted or adjusted total contract value; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Administrator, the performance goals may be based on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non‑GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Administrator for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be based on any factors the Administrator determines relevant, including without limitation on an individual, divisional, portfolio, project, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Administrator determines, including without limitation: (a) in absolute terms, (b) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (c) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (d) on a per-share basis, (e) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (f) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the applicable performance goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 4.4. The Administrator also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) as determined by the Administrator.

-4-


 

4.6
Appendices and Sub-Plan. The Administrator may determine, at any time prior to payment of an Actual Award, that any Target Award or Actual Award (or portion thereof) are subject to any special provisions set forth in a country-specific appendix (or portion thereof) or sub-plan made available to the Participant in connection with this Award Agreement (as may be amended and/or restated from time to time) (collectively, an “Applicable Appendix”). If the Administrator determines that an Applicable Appendix applies, such terms and conditions supplement, amend and/or supersede the terms of this Plan, provided, however, that no such terms or conditions shall be effective with respect to a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer or otherwise subject to Section 409A unless such terms and conditions would result in the terms of a Target Award or Actual Award to such Participant remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Plan or Actual Awards provided under this Plan to such Participant will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A.
5.
Payment of Awards.
5.1
Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company Group. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which the Participant may be entitled.
5.2
Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award will be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Administrator, but in no event after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (b) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company Group on the date the Actual Award is paid, and in all cases subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.
5.3
Form of Payment. Subject to the terms of this Plan, including Section 6.1.2, each Actual Award generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Administrator reserves the right to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award with such terms and conditions, including any vesting requirements, as determined by the Administrator.
5.4
Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Termination of Employment occurs due to a Participant’s death or Disability prior to payment of an Actual Award that the Administrator has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, then the Actual Award will be paid to the Participant or the Participant’s estate, as the case may be, subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.
6.
General Provisions.
6.1
Tax Matters.
6.1.1
Section 409A. It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A‑2(b)(2). In no event will the Company Group have

-5-


 

any liability, obligation, or responsibility to reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless any Participant or other Employee for any taxes, penalties or interest imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.
6.1.2
Tax Withholdings. The Company Group will have the right and authority to deduct from any Actual Award all applicable Tax Withholdings. Prior to the payment of an Actual Award or such earlier time as any Tax Withholdings are due, the Company Group is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company Group, an amount sufficient to satisfy any Tax Withholdings with respect to such Actual Award.
6.2
No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any award under the Plan will confer upon a Participant any right regarding continuing the Participant’s relationship as an Employee or other service provider to the Company Group, nor will they interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company Group or the Participant to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws.
6.3
Forfeiture Events.
6.3.1
Clawback Policy; Applicable Laws. All awards under the Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company Group is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable laws. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions with respect to an award under the Plan as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including without limitation a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award. Unless this Section 6.3.1 is specifically mentioned and waived in a written agreement between a Participant and a member of the Company Group or other document, no recovery of compensation under a clawback policy will give the Participant the right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with a member of the Company Group.
6.3.2
Additional Forfeiture Terms. The Administrator may specify when providing for an award under the Plan that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of the award. Such events may include, without limitation, termination of the Participant’s status as an Employee for “cause” or any act by a Participant, whether before or after the Participant’s status as an Employee terminates, that would constitute “cause.”
6.3.3
Accounting Restatements. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, then any Participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, and any Participant who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will reimburse the Company Group the amount of any payment with respect to an award earned or accrued during the twelve (12) month period following the first public issuance or filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement.

-6-


 

6.4
Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards under the Plan, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.
6.5
Nontransferability of Awards. No award under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and except as provided in Section 5.3. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.
7.
Amendment, Termination, and Duration.
7.1
Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Administrator may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan. Any payments under this Plan, including the method of calculating such payments, do not create any contractual or other acquired right to participate in a similar Plan, receive any similar payments (or benefits in lieu) or have the Participant’s payments calculated in a certain way in the future. The actual or anticipated value of any awards under the Plan will not be taken into account in assessing any other employment benefits or termination payments, including any payments in lieu of notice or severance, except as required by applicable law.
7.2
Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date first adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7.1 (regarding the Administrator’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.
8.
Legal Construction.
8.1
Gender and Number. Unless otherwise indicated by the context, any feminine term used herein also will include the masculine and any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.
8.2
Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been included.
8.3
Governing Law. The Plan and all awards and all determinations made and actions taken under the Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Plan, a Participant’s acceptance of an award is his or her consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agreement that any such litigation will be conducted in San Diego, California or the federal courts for the United States for the Southern District of California, and no other courts, regardless of where a Participant’s services are performed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Applicable Appendix may provide that, with respect to the Participant, the Plan and one or more awards and determinations actions taken under the Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by, the country where the Participant permanently resides or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such other jurisdiction as the Applicable Appendix may provide, and may provide for consent to jurisdiction, and agreement that litigation will be conducted in, the country where the Participant permanently resides or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such other jurisdiction as the Applicable Appendix may provide.

-7-


 

8.4
Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulations section 2510.3‑2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.
8.5
Headings. Headings are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.
8.6
Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in the Plan shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of the Plan, but the Plan shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.
9.
Compliance with Applicable Laws. Awards under the Plan (including without limitation the granting of such awards) will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

* * *

-8-


 

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM

You have been designated as a Participant who may be eligible to participate in the Employee Incentive Compensation Plan (“Plan”), subject to meeting the terms of the Plan and this Acknowledgment Form. You must sign and return this Acknowledgment Form to become an eligible Participant in the Plan. Relevant details in relation to your participation in the Plan are set out in the Plan.

By signing below, you acknowledge and agree that you received a copy of the Plan and have read and understand its terms. You acknowledge that you have not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company or any of its affiliates which are not specifically set out in the Plan. You understand that the Plan, your participation in the Plan and any awards made under the Plan are discretionary and that the Company may amend, suspend, replace or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the full extent permitted under applicable law.

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:

 

 

-9-


Exhibit 10.15

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE PLAN

AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

1. Introduction. The purpose of this Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide assurances of specified benefits to certain employees of the Company whose employment could be being involuntarily terminated under the circumstances described in the Plan. This Plan is adopted by the Board effective as of the Effective Date, and upon the Effective Date, this Plan will supersede any severance benefits which may be available to a Participant under an individual agreement between any member of the Company Group and the Participant which is in effect as of the Effective Date. This Plan is an “employee welfare benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA. This document is both the written instrument under which the Plan is maintained and the required summary plan description for the Plan.

2. Important Terms. The following words and phrases, when the initial letter of the term is capitalized, will have the meanings set forth in this Section 2, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

2.1 “Administrator” means the Company, acting through the Compensation Committee or another duly constituted and authorized committee of members of the Compensation Committee or the Board, or any person to whom the Administrator has delegated any authority or responsibility with respect to the Plan pursuant to Section 12, but only to the extent of such delegation.

2.2 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3 “Cause” means, unless otherwise set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, any of the following with respect to a Participant:(i) Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the any member of the Company Group’s confidential information or trade secrets, (ii) Participant’s breach of any agreement between Participant and the Company (or member of the Company Group) that results in material harm to any member of the Company Group, (iii) Participant’s failure to comply with the written policies or rules of the Company (or Company Group member, if applicable) that results in material harm to the any member of the Company Group, (iv) Participant’s conviction after commencing employment with the Company (or Company Group member, if applicable) of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony (or similar criminal offence under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction) or of a crime of moral turpitude (or similar criminal offence under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction), (v) Participant’s continuing failure to perform assigned duties (other than due to Participant’s physical or mental disability) after receiving written notification of the failure from the Board and Participant’s failure to cure such non-performance within ten (10) days of receiving the written notification from the Board, (vi) Participant’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company (or any member of the Company Group) or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Participant’s cooperation, or (vii) Participant’s gross negligence or misconduct in the performance of Participant’s duties for

 


 

the Company (or member of the Company Group, if applicable) that results in material harm to any member of the Company Group.

2.4 “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time and any successor thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (y) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

2.5 “Change in Control Period” means the time period beginning on the date that is 3 months prior to the Closing of a Change in Control and ending on the date that is 12 months following the Closing of such Change in Control.

2.6 “CIC Qualifying Termination” means a termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, if applicable) within the Change in Control Period by (i) the Participant for Good Reason, or (ii) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, if applicable) without Cause (excluding by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability).

2.7 “Closing” means the initial closing of the Change in Control as defined in the definitive agreement executed in connection with the Change in Control. In the case of a series of transactions constituting a Change in Control, “Closing” means the first closing that satisfies the threshold of the definition for a Change in Control.

2.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.9 “Company” means Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor that assumes the obligations of the Company under the Plan, by way of merger, acquisition, consolidation or other transaction.

2.10 “Company Group” means the Company and any subsidiaries of the Company.

2.11 “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

2.12 “Director” means a member of the Board.

2.13 “Disability” means a total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).

 

-2-


 

2.14 “Effective Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

2.15 “Equity Awards” means a Participant’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

2.16 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.17 “Good Reason” for a Participant’s resignation means the Participant resigns within ninety (90) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Participant’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Participant’s duties, position or responsibilities, or the removal of Participant from such position and responsibilities, either of which results in a material diminution of Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in Participant’s base salary; provided, however, that, a one-time reduction of annual base salary that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated executives of the Company shall not constitute “Good Reason” provided such reduction does not exceed 10%; (iii) a material change in the geographic location of the Participant’s primary work location that increases Participant’s one-way commute distance by more than thirty (30) miles from the Participant’s then present primary work location; provided, that a relocation to a location that is within thirty (30) miles from the Participant’s then-present primary residence will not be considered a material change in geographic location. Participant may not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

2.18 “Non-CIC Qualifying Termination” means a termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) other than within the Change in Control Period by (i) the Participant for Good Reason, or (ii) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) without Cause (excluding by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability).

2.19 “Participant” means an employee of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company who (a) has been designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan either by position or by name and (b) has timely and properly executed and delivered a Participation Agreement to the Company.

2.20 “Participation Agreement” means the individual agreement (as will be provided in separate cover as Appendix A) provided by the Administrator to a Participant under the Plan, which has been signed and accepted by the Participant.

 

-3-


 

2.21 “Plan” means the Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan, as set forth in this document, and as hereafter amended from time to time.

2.22 “Qualifying Termination” means a CIC Qualifying Termination or a Non-CIC Qualifying Termination, as applicable.

2.23 “Salary” means the Participant’s annual base salary rate in effect immediately prior to the Participant’s Qualifying Termination (or if the Qualifying Termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in base salary, if applicable, then Participant’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if the Participant’s Qualifying Termination is a CIC-Qualifying Termination and the amount is greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

2.24 “Section 409A Limit” means 200% of the lesser of: (i) the Participant’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to the Participant during the Participant’s taxable year preceding the Participant’s taxable year of the Participant’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which the Participant’s employment is terminated.

2.25 “Severance Benefits” means the compensation and other benefits that the Participant will be provided in the circumstances described in Section 4.

2.26 “Target Bonus” means a Participant’s annual (or annualized, as applicable) target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Participant’s Qualifying Termination or, in the case of a CIC Qualifying Termination and the amount is greater, Participant’s annual (or annualized, if applicable) target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

3. Eligibility for Severance Benefits. A Participant is eligible for Severance Benefits, as described in Section 4, only if such Participant experiences a Qualifying Termination.

4. Qualifying Termination. Upon a Qualifying Termination, then, subject to the Participant’s compliance with Section 7, the Participant will be eligible to receive the following Severance Benefits as described in Participant’s Participation Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Participant’s Participation Agreement:

4.1 Cash Severance Benefits. Cash severance equal to the amount set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement and payable in cash at the time(s) specified the Participant’s Participation Agreement.

4.2 Continued Medical Benefits. If the Participant, and any spouse and/or dependents of the Participant (“Family Members”) has or have coverage on the date of the Participant’s Qualifying Termination under a U.S. group health plan sponsored by the Company, the Company will pay the total applicable premium cost for continued group health plan coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) during the period of time following the Participant’s employment termination, as set forth in the

 

-4-


 

Participant’s Participation Agreement, provided that the Participant validly elects and is eligible to continue coverage under COBRA for the Participant and Participant’s Family Members. However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA reimbursement benefits without potentially violating applicable laws (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to the Participant a lump sum payment equal to the monthly COBRA premium (on an after-tax basis) that the Participant would be required to pay to continue the group health coverage in effect on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), multiplied by the number of months in the period of time set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement following the termination, which payments will be made regardless of whether the Participant elects COBRA continuation coverage. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not apply to any Participant employed outside the United States.

4.3 Equity Award Vesting Acceleration Benefit. Only to the extent specifically provided in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, a portion of Participant’s Equity Awards will vest and, to the extent applicable, become immediately exercisable.

5. Accrued Compensation. On any termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company Group, the Participant will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to the Participant under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

6. Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Plan or otherwise payable to a Participant (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (“280G Payments”), and (ii) but for this Section 6, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the 280G Payments will be either:

(x) delivered in full, or

(y) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Participant on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in the 280G Payments is necessary so that no portion of such benefits are subject to the Excise Tax, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G); (ii) a pro rata reduction of (A) cash payments that are subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation and (B) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (iii) a pro rata reduction of (A) employee benefits that are subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation and (B) employee benefits not subject to Section 409A; and (iv) a pro rata cancellation of (A) accelerated vesting equity awards that are subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation and (B) equity awards not subject to Section 409A. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity

 

-5-


 

awards is to be cancelled, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of a Participant’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Participant otherwise agree in writing, the Company will select a nationally recognized professional services firm (the “Firm”) to make any determination required under this Section 6. Such determinations will be made in writing by the Firm and any good faith determinations of the Firm will be conclusive and binding upon Participant and the Company. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6 the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. Participant and the Company will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 6. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 6. The Company will have no liability to the Participant for the determinations of the Firm.

7. Conditions to Receipt of Severance.

7.1 Release Agreement. As a condition to receiving the Severance Benefits, each Participant will be required to sign and not revoke a separation and release of claims agreement in a form provided by the Company, which may include an agreement not to disparage any member of the Company Group, non-solicit provisions, an agreement to assist in any litigation matters, and other standard terms and conditions (the “Release”) and to comply with all terms and requirements set forth in such Release. In all cases, the Release must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following the Participant’s Qualifying Termination (the “Release Deadline Date”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, the Participant will forfeit any right to the Severance Benefits. In no event will the Severance Benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.

7.2 Confidential Information. A Participant’s receipt of Severance Benefits will be subject to the Participant continuing to comply with the terms of any confidentiality, proprietary information and inventions agreement (or similar agreement) between the Participant and the Company, including any post-termination restrictive covenants set forth therein or in a separate agreement between the Participant and the Company (or any member of the Company Group).

7.3 Non-Disparagement. As a condition to receiving Severance Benefits under this Plan, the Participant agrees that following the Participant’s termination, the Participant will not knowingly and materially disparage, libel, slander, or otherwise make any materially derogatory statements regarding the Company Group or any of its officers or directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed to restrict the Participant from providing information to any governmental or regulatory agency or body (or in any way limit the content of any such information) to the extent the Participant is required to provide such information pursuant a subpoena or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, or in accordance with any governmental investigation or audit relating to the Company.

 

-6-


 

7.4 Resignation of all Positions. A Participant’s receipt of Severance Benefits will be subject to the Participant resigning from all officer, director or other service positions with all members of the Company Group and Participant executing any documents the Company may require in connection with the same, unless the Administrator specifically provides otherwise in writing to the Participant.

7.5 Return of Company Property. A Participant’s receipt of Severance Benefits will be subject to the Participant returning all documents and other property provided to the Participant by any member of the Company Group (with the exception of a copy of the Company employee handbook and personnel documents specifically relating to the Participant), developed or obtained by the Participant in connection with the Participant’s employment or service with the Company Group, or otherwise belonging to the Company Group.

7.6 Other Requirements. Severance Benefits under this Plan shall terminate immediately for a Participant if such Participant, at any time, violates any such agreement and/or the provisions of this Section 7.

7.7 Clawback. All payments and severance benefits provided under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with the following, to the extent applicable and permissible under applicable law: (i) the Company’s Compensation Recovery Policy (as amended from time to time) and (ii) any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law.

8. Timing of Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Participation Agreement, provided that the Release becomes effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date and subject to Section 10, the Severance Benefits will be paid, or in the case of installments, will commence, on the first Company payroll date following the Release Deadline Date (such payment date, the “Severance Start Date”), and any Severance Benefits otherwise payable to the Participant during the period immediately following the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company through the Severance Start Date will be paid in a lump sum to the Participant on the Severance Start Date, with any remaining payments to be made as provided in this Plan and the Participant’s Participation Agreement.

9. Exclusive Benefit. Except as otherwise specifically provided in Appendix A, the Severance Benefits shall be the exclusive benefit for a Participant related to termination of employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary).

10. Section 409A.

10.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Severance Benefits to be paid or provided to a Participant, if any, under this Plan that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or provided until the Participant has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

-7-


 

Similarly, no Severance Benefits payable to a Participant, if any, under this Plan that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A‑1(b)(9) will be payable until the Participant has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

10.2 It is intended that none of the Severance Benefits will constitute Deferred Payments but rather will be exempt from Section 409A as a payment that would fall within the “short-term deferral period” as described in Section 10.4 below or resulting from an involuntary separation from service as described in Section 10.4 below. In no event will a Participant have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment of any Deferred Payment.

10.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of the Participant’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first 6 months following the Participant’s separation from service, will become payable on the date 6 months and 1 day following the date of the Participant’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of the Participant’s death following the Participant’s separation from service, but before the 6 month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the Participant’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

10.4 Any amount paid under this Plan that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of this Section 10.

10.5 Any amount paid under this Plan that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of this Section 10.

10.6 The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Severance Benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, including but not limited to Sections 12 and 14, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Participants, to comply with Section 409A or to avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of Severance Benefits or imposition of any additional tax. In no event will any member of the Company Group reimburse a Participant for any taxes or other costs that may be imposed on the Participant as result of Section 409A.

 

-8-


 

11. Withholdings. The Company will withhold from any Severance Benefits all applicable U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes required to be withheld and any other required payroll deductions.

12. Administration. The Company is the administrator of the Plan (within the meaning of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA). The Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Administrator (in the Administrator’s sole discretion). The Administrator is the “named fiduciary” of the Plan for purposes of ERISA and will be subject to the fiduciary standards of ERISA when acting in such capacity. The Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including but not limited to, the eligibility to participate in the Plan and amount of benefits paid under the Plan. Any decision made or other action taken by the Administrator with respect to the Plan, and any interpretation by the Administrator of any term or condition of the Plan, or any related document, will be conclusive and binding on all persons and be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. In accordance with Section 2.1 and subject to Section 13 below, the Administrator (a) may, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, delegate in writing to one or more officers of the Company all or any portion of its authority or responsibility with respect to the Plan, and (b) has the authority to act for the Company (in a non-fiduciary capacity) as to any matter pertaining to the Plan; provided, however, that any Plan amendment or termination or any other action that reasonably could be expected to increase materially the cost of the Plan must be approved by the Board.

13. Eligibility to Participate. To the extent that the Administrator has delegated administrative authority or responsibility to one or more officers of the Company in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 12, each such officer will not be excluded from participating in the Plan if otherwise eligible, but shall not be entitled to act upon or make determinations regarding any matters pertaining to Participants who are not officers of the Company (as defined in Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and Rule 16a-1 thereunder) or pertaining to such officer’s own benefit or eligibility under the Plan. The Administrator will act upon and make determinations regarding any matters pertaining specifically to the benefit or eligibility of each such officer under the Plan.

14. Amendment or Termination. The Company, by action of the Administrator, reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, without advance notice to any Participant and without regard to the effect of the amendment or termination on any Participant or on any other individual, subject to the following; provided, however, that any amendment or termination of the Plan that is materially detrimental to a Participant prior to such amendment or termination of the Plan will not be effective with respect to such Participant without such Participant’s prior written consent. Any amendment or termination of the Plan will be in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to the Plan that (a) causes an individual to cease to be a Participant, or (b) reduces or alters to the detriment of the Participant the Severance Benefits potentially payable to that Participant (including, without limitation, imposing additional conditions or modifying the timing of payment), will not be effective without that Participant’s written consent. Any action of the Company in amending or terminating the Plan will be taken in a non‑fiduciary capacity.

 

-9-


 

15. Claims and Appeals.

15.1 Claims Procedure. Any employee or other person who believes such individual is entitled to any Severance Benefits may submit a claim in writing to the Administrator within 90 days of the earlier of (i) the date the claimant learned the amount of such claimant’s Severance Benefits or (ii) the date the claimant learned that the claimant will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice also will describe any additional information needed to support the claim and the Plan’s procedures for appealing the denial. The denial notice will be provided within 90 days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to 90 days), written notice of the extension will be given within the initial 90 day period. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision on the claim.

15.2 Appeal Procedure. If the claimant’s claim is denied, the claimant (or the claimant’s authorized representative) may apply in writing to the Administrator for a review of the decision denying the claim. Review must be requested within 60 days following the date the claimant received the written notice of their claim denial or else the claimant loses the right to review. The claimant (or representative) then has the right to review and obtain copies of all documents and other information relevant to the claim, upon request and at no charge, and to submit issues and comments in writing. The Administrator will provide written notice of its decision on review within 60 days after it receives a review request. If additional time (up to 60 days) is needed to review the request, the claimant (or representative) will be given written notice of the reason for the delay. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice also will include a statement that the claimant will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents and other information relevant to the claim and a statement regarding the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

16. Attorneys’ Fees. The parties shall each bear their own expenses, legal fees and other fees incurred in connection with this Plan.

17. Source of Payments. All payments under the Plan will be paid from the general funds of the Company; no separate fund will be established under the Plan, and the Plan will have no assets. No right of any person to receive any payment under the Plan will be any greater than the right of any other general unsecured creditor of the Company.

18. Inalienability. In no event may any current or former employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates sell, transfer, anticipate, assign or otherwise dispose of any right or interest under the Plan. At no time will any such right or interest be subject to the claims of creditors nor liable to attachment, execution or other legal process.

 

-10-


 

19. No Enlargement of Employment Rights. Neither the establishment or maintenance or amendment of the Plan, nor the making of any benefit payment hereunder, will be construed to confer upon any individual any right to continue to be an employee of the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right to discharge any of its employees at any time, with or without cause. However, as described in the Plan, a Participant may be entitled to Severance Benefits depending upon the circumstances of such Participant’s termination of employment.

20. Successors. Any successor to the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or other transaction) will assume the obligations under the Plan and agree expressly to perform the obligations under the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under the Plan, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which become bound by the terms of the Plan by operation of law, or otherwise.

21. Applicable Law. The provisions of the Plan will be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the internal substantive laws of the state of Delaware (but not its conflict of laws provisions).

22. Severability. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

23. Headings. Headings in this Plan document are for purposes of reference only and will not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

24. Indemnification. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the officers and employees of any members of the Company Group, and the members of its Board, from all losses, claims, costs or other liabilities arising from their acts or omissions in connection with the administration, amendment or termination of the Plan, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. This indemnity will cover all such liabilities, including judgments, settlements and costs of defense. The Company will provide this indemnity from its own funds to the extent that insurance does not cover such liabilities. This indemnity is in addition to and not in lieu of any other indemnity provided to such person by the Company.

 

-11-


 

25. Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Nothing in this Plan or a Participant’s Participation Agreement will in any way limit or prohibit the Participant from engaging in any Protected Activity. “Protected Activity” includes: (i) filing and/or pursuing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any national, federal, state or local government agency or commission, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (“Government Agencies”); and/or (ii) discussing or disclosing information about unlawful acts in the workplace, such as harassment or discrimination or any other conduct Participant has reason to believe is unlawful. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any Company trade secrets, proprietary information, or confidential information that does not involve unlawful acts in the workplace or the activity otherwise protected herein. The Participant further understands that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications or attorney work product. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Participant is notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. Finally, nothing herein constitutes a waiver of any rights Participant may have under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act (“NLRA”). For purposes of clarity, nothing herein shall be interpreted to impair or limit Participant’s participation in any legally protected activities, such as (i) forming, joining, or supporting labor unions, (ii) bargaining collectively through representatives of employees’ choosing, (iii) discussing wages, benefits, or terms and conditions of employment, and (iv) discussing, or raising complaints about, working conditions for the purpose of mutual aid or protection of Participant or the Company’s other current or former employees, to the extent such activities are protected by Section 7 of the NLRA. By executing a Participation Agreement, Participant acknowledges that Participant understands that nothing in the Plan or Participant’s Participation Agreement shall limit or prohibit Participant from engaging in any protected conduct set forth in this section.

 

-12-


 

26. Additional Information.

 

Plan Name:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan

 

 

Plan Sponsor:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, California 92121

(619) 330-5499

 

 

Identification Numbers:

EIN: 84-3364168

PLAN:

 

 

Plan Year:

Company’s fiscal year

 

 

Plan Administrator:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.
Attention: Administrator of the Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan
Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.
5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, California 92121

(619) 330-5499

 

 

Agent for Service of

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

Legal Process:

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.
5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, California 92121

(619) 330-5499

Service of process also may be made upon the Administrator.

 

 

Type of Plan:

Severance Plan/Employee Welfare Benefit Plan

 

 

Plan Costs:

The cost of the Plan is paid by the Company.

 

27. Statement of ERISA Rights.

As a Participant under the Plan, you have certain rights and protections under ERISA:

 

-13-


 

You may examine (without charge) all Plan documents, including any amendments and copies of all documents filed with the U.S. Department of Labor. These documents are available for your review in the Company’s human resources department.

You may obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information upon written request to the Administrator. A reasonable charge may be made for such copies.

In addition to creating rights for Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the Plan. The people who operate the Plan (called “fiduciaries”) have a duty to do so prudently and in the interests of you and the other Participants. No one, including the Company or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a benefit under the Plan or exercising your rights under ERISA. If your claim for a severance benefit is denied, in whole or in part, you must receive a written explanation of the reason for the denial. You have the right to have the denial of your claim reviewed. (The claim review procedure is explained in Section 15 above.)

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For example, if you request materials and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Administrator to provide the materials and to pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent due to reasons beyond the control of the Administrator. If you have a claim which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a federal court. If it should happen that you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court.

In any case, the court will decide who will pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds that your claim is frivolous.

If you have any questions regarding the Plan, please contact the Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, you may contact the nearest area office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration (formerly the Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration), U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory, or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210. You also may obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

-14-


 

[Appendix A Participation Agreement for C-suite level Participants]

 

Appendix A

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan
Participation Agreement

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to inform you, the undersigned, that you have been selected to participate in the Company’s Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Plan”) as a Participant.

A copy of the Plan was delivered to you with this Participation Agreement. Your participation in the Plan is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan [, except that the definition of “Cause” and “Good Reason” in the Plan shall be superseded by the definition below]1. The capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

The Plan describes in detail certain circumstances under which you may become eligible for Severance Benefits. As described more fully in the Plan, you may become eligible for certain Severance Benefits if you experience a Qualifying Termination under the circumstances described below.

1. Non-CIC Qualifying Termination. If you are subject to a Non-CIC Qualifying Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

(a) Cash Severance Benefits. A lump sum payment equal to [•]2 months of your Salary (less applicable withholding taxes).

(b) Continued Medical Benefits. Payment of premiums for continued health coverage under COBRA or a taxable lump sum payment in lieu of reimbursement, as applicable, and as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan will be provided for a period of twelve (12) months following the date of your Qualifying Termination. The foregoing shall not apply if you are employed outside the United States at the date of your Qualifying Termination.

(c) [Equity Award Vesting Acceleration. Any unvested Equity Awards that would have become vested during the 12 month period following your termination of employment had you remained employed during such period will become vested in full and, to the extent applicable, become immediately exercisable (it being understood that forfeiture of any equity awards due to termination of employment will be tolled to the extent necessary to implement this subsection. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria that have not been achieved as of the Qualifying Termination, then such Equity Awards shall be treated as set forth


1 [For CEO and CTO only]

2 For CEO (24 months); for CTO (18 months); for CFO, CMO, and CSO (12 months). For any UK-based employee, this amount should be reduced by an amount equal to the notice period specified in their contract of employment.

 


 

in the terms of the award agreements governing such awards, provided that, to the extent such performance-vesting Equity Awards are stock options, then such options shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon achievement of such performance criteria for up to the 12 months following the Qualifying Termination (subject to earlier termination as a result of reaching the options’ expiration date or in connection with a change in control or other event pursuant to the terms of the equity plan under which the award was granted).]3

2. CIC Qualifying Termination. If you are subject to a CIC Qualifying Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

(a) Cash Severance Benefits. A lump-sum payment equal to the sum of [•]4 months of your Salary [plus your annual Target Bonus]5 in effect for the year of the CIC Qualifying Termination (less applicable withholding taxes).

(b) Continued Medical Benefits. Payment of premiums for continued health coverage under COBRA or a taxable lump sum payment in lieu of reimbursement, as applicable, and as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, will be provided for a period of [•]6 months following the date of your Qualifying Termination. The foregoing shall not apply if you are employed outside the United States at the date of your Qualifying Termination.

(c) Equity Award Vesting Acceleration. 100% of your then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full and, to the extent applicable, become immediately exercisable (it being understood that forfeiture of any equity awards due to termination of employment will be tolled to the extent necessary to implement this subsection (c)). If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement governing such award, the Equity Award will vest as to 100% of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

3. Non-Duplication of Payment or Benefits. If (a) your Qualifying Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control that qualifies you for Severance Benefits under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement and (b) a Change in Control occurs within the 3-month period following your Qualifying Termination that qualifies you for the superior Severance Benefits under Section 2 of this Participation Agreement, then (i) you will cease receiving any further payments or benefits under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement and (ii) the Cash Severance Benefits, Continued Medical Benefits, and Equity Award Vesting Acceleration, as applicable, otherwise payable under Section 2 of this Participation Agreement each will be offset by the corresponding payments or benefits you already received under Section 1 of this Participation


3 For CEO and CTO only

4 For CEO (24 months); for CTO (18 months); for CFO, CMO, and CSO (12 months). For any UK-based employee, this amount should be reduced by an amount equal to the notice period specified in their contract of employment.

5 For CFO, CSO, and CMO only.

6 For CEO (18 months); for CFO, CMO, CSO, and CTO (12 months).

 

-2-


 

Agreement in connection your Qualifying Termination (if any). Notwithstanding any provision of this Participation Agreement to the contrary, if you are entitled to any cash severance, continued health coverage benefits, or vesting acceleration of any equity awards (other than under this Participation Agreement) by operation of applicable law or under a plan, policy, contract, or arrangement sponsored by or to which any member of the Company Group is a party (“Other Benefits”), then the corresponding severance payments and benefits under this Participation Agreement will be reduced by the amount of Other Benefits paid or provided to you.

7[The definition of “Cause” in the Plan shall be replaced with the following: “Cause” means any of the following (i) Participant’s material breach or violation of Participant’s employment agreement or employment offer letter with the Company or any other written agreement between Participant and the Company, which breach is not cured within thirty (30) days of written notice from the Company (provided that no notice shall be required in the case of any breach or violation not capable of being cured); (ii) Participant’s refusal to abide by the good faith written directives of the Board which are consistent with Participant’s duties and which would not require a violation of any applicable legal requirements or ethical standards; (iii) unauthorized disclosure or misuse of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information or other intellectual property or breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between the Company and Participant; (iv) Participant’s material violation of any federal or state law or regulation that the Company reasonably determines is materially detrimental to the business, reputation, or goodwill of the Company during the course of Participant’s employment with the Company; (v) Participant’s conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or crime involving moral turpitude that harms the Company or its reputation or Participant’s commission of any other act involving dishonesty, material disloyalty or fraud that harms the Company or its reputation during the course of Participant’s employment with the Company; or (vi) Participant’s reporting to work under the influence of abuse of alcohol or drugs (legal or illegal) that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, causes a material disruption to the business of the Company; provided, however, that following written notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (vi), Participant shall be entitled to a thirty (30)-day period to cure such occurrence prior to being subject to termination for Cause.]

4. Transfer Between Members of the Company Group. For purposes of the Plan, if you are involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause (but may give you the ability to resign for Good Reason, to the extent applicable).

5. Resignation. The termination of your employment for any reason will constitute, without any further required action by the Participant, your voluntary resignation from all officer and/or director positions held at any member of the Company group, and at the Boards request, you will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect the resignation.

6. Exclusive Remedy. In the event of a termination of your employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Participation Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which you may otherwise be entitled,


7 For CEO only.

 

-3-


 

whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity. You will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in the Plan and this Participation Agreement.

7. Exclusive Benefit. In accordance with Section 9 of the Plan, the benefits, if any, provided under this Plan will be the exclusive benefits for you related to your termination of employment with the Company and/or a change in control of the Company and will supersede and replace any severance and/or change in control benefits set forth in any offer letter, employment or severance agreement and/or other agreement between you and the Company, including any equity award agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this Participation Agreement and the Plan supersede any severance and/or change in control benefits to which you may have been eligible pursuant to any Company severance and/or change in control plan, policy or practice (whether or not subject to ERISA) or individual change in control and/or severance agreement, employment agreement or other agreement with the Company.

In order to receive any Severance Benefits for which you otherwise become eligible under the Plan, you must sign and deliver to the Company the Release, which must have become effective and irrevocable within the requisite period, and otherwise comply with the requirements under Section 7 of the Plan.

By your signature below, you and the Company agree that your participation in the Plan is governed by this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. Your signature below confirms that: (1) you have received a copy of the Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description; (2) you have carefully read this Participation Agreement and the Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description and you acknowledge and agree to its terms in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Participation Agreement; and (3) decisions and determinations by the Administrator under the Plan will be final and binding on you and your successors.

[Signature page follows]

 

-4-


 

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

Date

 

Attachment: Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description

[Signature page to the Participation Agreement]

 

-5-


 

[Appendix A Participation Agreement for SVP and VP level Participants]

Appendix A

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan
Participation Agreement

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to inform you, the undersigned that you have been selected to participate in the Company’s Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Plan”) as a Participant.

A copy of the Plan was delivered to you with this Participation Agreement. Your participation in the Plan is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan. The capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

The Plan describes in detail certain circumstances under which you may become eligible for Severance Benefits. As described more fully in the Plan, you may become eligible for certain Severance Benefits if you experience a Qualifying Termination under the circumstances described below.

1. Non-CIC Qualifying Termination. If you are subject to a Non-CIC Qualifying Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

(a) Cash Severance Benefits. A lump sum payment equal to six (6) months of your Salary (less applicable withholding taxes).

(b) Continued Medical Benefits. Payment of premiums for continued health coverage under COBRA or a taxable lump sum payment in lieu of reimbursement, as applicable, and as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan will be provided for a period of six (6) months following the date of your Qualifying Termination. The foregoing shall not apply if you are employed outside the United States at the date of your Qualifying Termination.

2. CIC Qualifying Termination. If you are subject to a CIC Qualifying Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

(a) Cash Severance Benefits. A lump-sum payment equal to the sum of: (i) [•]8 months of your Salary plus (ii) your annual Target Bonus in effect for the year of the CIC Qualifying Termination (less applicable withholding taxes).


8 For SVPs (9 months); for VPs (6 months). For any UK-based employee, this amount should be reduced by an amount equal to the notice period specified in their contract of employment.

 

-6-


 

(b) Continued Medical Benefits. Payment of premiums for continued health coverage under COBRA or a taxable lump sum payment in lieu of reimbursement, as applicable, and as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, will be provided for a period of [•]9 months following the date of your Qualifying Termination. The foregoing shall not apply if you are employed outside the United States at the date of your Qualifying Termination.

(c) Equity Award Vesting Acceleration. 100% of your then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full and, to the extent applicable, become immediately exercisable (it being understood that forfeiture of any equity awards due to termination of employment will be tolled to the extent necessary to implement this subsection (c)). If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement governing such award, the Equity Award will vest as to 100% of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

For clarity, you shall not be entitled to benefits under this Section if you incur a Non-CIC Qualifying Termination.

3. Non-Duplication of Payment or Benefits. If (a) your Qualifying Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control that qualifies you for Severance Benefits under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement and (b) a Change in Control occurs within the 3-month period following your Qualifying Termination that qualifies you for the superior Severance Benefits under Section 2 of this Participation Agreement, then (i) you will cease receiving any further payments or benefits under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement and (ii) the Cash Severance Benefits, Continued Medical Benefits, and Equity Award Vesting Acceleration, as applicable, otherwise payable under Section 2 of this Participation Agreement each will be offset by the corresponding payments or benefits you already received under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement in connection your Qualifying Termination (if any). Notwithstanding any provision of this Participation Agreement to the contrary, if you are entitled to any cash severance, continued health coverage benefits, or vesting acceleration of any equity awards (other than under this Participation Agreement) by operation of applicable law or under a plan, policy, contract, or arrangement sponsored by or to which any member of the Company Group is a party (“Other Benefits”), then the corresponding severance payments and benefits under this Participation Agreement will be reduced by the amount of Other Benefits paid or provided to you.

4. Transfer Between Members of the Company Group. For purposes of the Plan, if you are involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause (but may give you the ability to resign for Good Reason, to the extent applicable).


9 For SVPs (9 months); for VPs (6 months). For any UK-based employee, this amount should be reduced by an amount equal to the notice period specified in their contract of employment.

 

-7-


 

5. Resignation. The termination of your employment for any reason will constitute, without any further required action by the Participant, your voluntary resignation from all officer and/or director positions held at any member of the Company group, and at the Boards request, you will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect the resignation.

6. Exclusive Remedy. In the event of a termination of your employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Participation Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which you may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity. You will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in the Plan and this Participation Agreement.

7. Exclusive Benefit. In accordance with Section 9 of the Plan, the benefits, if any, provided under this Plan will be the exclusive benefits for you related to your termination of employment with the Company and/or a change in control of the Company and will supersede and replace any severance and/or change in control benefits set forth in any offer letter, employment or severance agreement and/or other agreement between you and the Company, including any equity award agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this Participation Agreement and the Plan supersede any severance and/or change in control benefits to which you may have been eligible pursuant to any Company severance and/or change in control plan, policy or practice (whether or not subject to ERISA) or individual change in control and/or severance agreement, employment agreement or other agreement with the Company.

In order to receive any Severance Benefits for which you otherwise become eligible under the Plan, you must sign and deliver to the Company the Release, which must have become effective and irrevocable within the requisite period, and otherwise comply with the requirements under Section 7 of the Plan.

By your signature below, you and the Company agree that your participation in the Plan is governed by this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. Your signature below confirms that: (1) you have received a copy of the Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description; (2) you have carefully read this Participation Agreement and the Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description and you acknowledge and agree to its terms in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Participation Agreement; and (3) decisions and determinations by the Administrator under the Plan will be final and binding on you and your successors.

[Signature page follows]

 

-8-


 

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

Date

 

Attachment: Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description

[Signature page to the Participation Agreement]

 

-9-


Exhibit 10.16

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made this 16 day of January, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

Building:

3545 Cray Court, San Diego, California

Premises:

That portion of the second floor of the Building, commonly known as Suite 200, containing approximately 44,912 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.

Project:

The real property commonly known as “One Alexandria Square” on which the Building in which the Premises are located and those certain buildings known as 10935 Alexandria Way, 10945 Alexandria Way, 10955 Alexandria Way, 10975 North Torrey Pines Road, 3010 Science Park Road, 3013 Science Park Road, 3033 Science Park Road, 3115 Merryfield Row and 3215 Merryfield Row, all located in San Diego, California, and the land on which they are all located, together with all existing and future buildings and improvements thereon, all current and future parking areas, and all current and future amenities and all appurtenances thereto, the current contemplated configuration of which is as shown on Exhibit B.

Base Rent:

Initially, $63.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

Rentable Area of Premises:

44,912 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Building:

118,812 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Project:

893,485 sq. ft.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses:

37.80%

Building’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project:

13.30%

Security Deposit Amount:

$236,003.25

Target Commencement Date:

November 2, 2026

Rent Adjustment Percentage:

3%

 

img203549933_0.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 2

 

Base Term:

Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 90 months from the first day of the first full month following the Commencement Date. For clarity, if the Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month, the expiration of the Base Term shall be measured from that date. If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, the expiration of the Base Term shall be measured from the first day of the following month.

Permitted Use:

Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:

[***]

Landlord’s Notice Address:

[***]

Email: [***]

Tenant’s Notice Address

Prior to Commencement Date:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

[***]

Attention: Legal Department

Email: [***]

Tenant’s Notice Address

After Commencement Date:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

3545 Cray Court, Suite 200

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Lease Administrator

Email: [***]

 

With a copy to:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

With a copy to Tenant’s attorney below with respect to notices of Default (and, as a courtesy only, Landlord shall endeavor to deliver notices relating to estoppel certificates and subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements to Tenant’s attorney but Landlord’s failure to deliver such notices to Tenant’s attorney shall in no event constitute a default by Landlord or a failure by Landlord to deliver the applicable notice to Tenant):

Sunridge Legal, LLP

Attn: Connor McNellis

Email: [***]

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

[X] EXHIBIT A – PREMISES DESCRIPTION

[X] EXHIBIT C – WORK LETTER

[X] EXHIBIT E – RULES AND REGULATIONS

[X] EXHIBIT G – OPEX EXLUSIONS

[X] EXHIBIT I – MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS

[X] EXHIBIT K – ROFR SPACE

[X] EXHIBIT M – STORAGE AREA

[X] EXHIBIT B – DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

[X] EXHIBIT D – COMMENCEMENT DATE

[X] EXHIBIT F – TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

[X] EXHIBIT H – LANDLORD’S FURNITURE

[X] EXHIBIT J – SIGNAGE

[X] EXHIBIT L – CONTROL AREAS

[X] EXHIBIT N – SPACE PLAN FOR EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 3

 

1. Lease of Premises. Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.” Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the appurtenant right to use the Common Areas along with others having the right thereto. The Common Areas shall include, without limitation, any common amenities now or hereafter located in, on or otherwise serving the Project, if any, as may exist from time to time, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (each, a “Project Amenity” and collectively, the “Project Amenities”). Landlord reserves the right to modify the Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises for the Permitted Use. From and after the Commencement Date through the expiration of the Term (as defined in Section 2), Tenant shall have access to the Building and the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the performance by Landlord of any installation, maintenance or repairs, or any other commercially reasonable and temporary interruptions, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed and in broom clean condition (“Delivery” or “Deliver”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord fails to Deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the date that is 30 days after the Target Commencement Date (as such date may be extended for Force Majeure delays (as defined in Section 34) and Tenant Delays, the “Abatement Date”), then Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) day of abatement of Base Rent for each day after the Abatement Date that Landlord fails to Deliver the Premises to Tenant, which abatement shall be in addition to any other abatement to which Tenant is entitled during the Base Rent Abatement Period and shall be applied to the first installments of Base Rent coming due during the Base Term. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 180 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure delays and Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other, and if so terminated by either: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease) and any prepaid Base Rent, shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “Landlord’s Work,” “Tenant Delays” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to void this Lease within 10 business days of the lapse of such 180 day period (as extended by Force Majeure delays and Tenant Delays) such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

The “Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant; and (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall (absent manifest error) execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined in the Basic Lease Provisions and the Extension Term which Tenant may exercise pursuant to Section 41 of this Lease.

During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use, at no additional cost, the furniture, fixtures and equipment belonging to Landlord described on Exhibit H attached to this Lease and located within the Premises on the Effective Date (“Landlord’s Furniture”). Landlord’s Furniture is being provided to Tenant on an “AS-IS, WHERE-IS” basis without representation or warranty of any kind. Landlord shall have no maintenance obligations whatsoever with respect to Landlord’s Furniture. Prior to January 30, 2026 (the “Removal Date”), Tenant shall be required, at its sole cost and expense, to disassemble and relocate Landlord’s Furniture from the Premises to either space in that certain building owned by Landlord’s affiliate, ARE-SD Region No. 74, LLC (the “Torreyana Landlord”), located at 10975 Torreyana Road, San Diego,

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 4

 

California (the “Temporary Storage Area”), pursuant to the terms of a separate storage license being entered into concurrently herewith by Tenant and the Torreyana Landlord, or swing space that Tenant is occupying at another property prior to the Commencement Date. Tenant shall not be required to pay any rent in connection with Tenant’s storage of Landlord’s Furniture in the Temporary Storage Area. Tenant’s use of the Temporary Storage Area shall be solely limited to storing Landlord’s Furniture. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Premises prior to Removal Date to allow Tenant to disassemble and remove Landlord’s Furniture from the Premises, provided that such access is coordinated with Landlord and complies with this Lease and all other reasonable restrictions that Landlord may impose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant has delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 17 of this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for relocating Landlord’s Furniture to the Premises following Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, and, in any case, no later than 30 days following the Commencement Date. Following the return of Landlord’s Furniture to the Premises, Tenant shall have no right to remove any of Landlord’s Furniture from the Premises at any time thereafter during the Term. For clarity, Tenant shall be allowed to use Landlord’s Furniture in any space that Tenant occupies in the Building and to reconfigure and relocate Landlord’s Furniture within such areas. Except to the extent caused by Tenant’s gross negligence and willful misconduct, Tenant shall not be responsible for ordinary wear and tear or damage to Landlord’s Furniture arising from the relocation, storage and staging of Landlord’s Furniture. So long as Tenant is not in Default (as defined in Section 20) under the Lease, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, ownership of Landlord’s Furniture shall automatically transfer to Tenant. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost, installation and/or any reconfiguration necessary of any additional furniture, fixtures and equipment required beyond Landlord’s Furniture for Tenant’s use in the Premises.

If Tenant determines that it does not want to use one or more items of Landlord’s Furniture (the “Unwanted Furniture”), Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord no later than 30 days after the Commencement Date identifying such Unwanted Furniture. Landlord shall coordinate with Tenant for Landlord to remove such Unwanted Furniture within a reasonable period of time after receipt by Landlord of such notice.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Work Letter, provided that Tenant has delivered a certificate of insurance reflecting the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 17, Landlord shall permit Tenant access to the Premises for a period of up to 30 days prior to the Commencement Date for Tenant’s installation of Tenant’s security systems and the installation and setup of its furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E Installation”), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with Landlord to avoid interfering with completion of Landlord’s Work, and Tenant complies with the terms of this Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. All such access shall be during normal business hours. Any access to the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or Utilities.

Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building Systems (as defined in Section 13) serving the Premises of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within 120 calendar days after the Commencement Date, unless Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter (including Landlord’s obligations with respect to punch-list items as set forth in the Work Letter) or as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease: (A) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date; (B) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (C) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 5

 

evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter or as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises, the Building, the Project, or Landlord’s Furniture, and/or the suitability of the Premises, the Building, the Project or Landlord’s Furniture for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises, the Building, the Project or Landlord’s Furniture are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations that are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3. Rent.

(a) Base Rent. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrent with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, the Base Rent due for the first full calendar month of the Base Term. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful currency of the United States of America, to the physical address designated by Landlord or by federally insured electronic fund transfer (“EFT”) via wire, Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Communications (SWIFT) or automated clearing house (ACH) pursuant to the instructions provided by Landlord to Tenant (the “EFT Payment Instructions”). All EFT payments made by Tenant pursuant to this Section 3(a) must include a reference to ARE-SD Region No. 38, LLC, as well as the address of the Building (i.e., 3545 Cray Court). Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to the terms of Section 3(c) below, if the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the prorated Base Rent for such partial month on the Commencement Date and the prepaid Base Rent delivered by Tenant pursuant to this first sentence of this Section 3(a) shall be applied to the first full calendar month following the Commencement Date. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

(b) Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5) as provided in Section 5, and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period. Tenant shall pay to Landlord any and all Additional Rent due hereunder by EFT in accordance with the EFT Payment Instructions. All EFT payments made by Tenant pursuant to this Section 3(b) must include a reference to ARE-SD Region No. 38, LLC, as well as the address of the Building (i.e., 3545 Cray Court).

(c) Base Rent Abatement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the period commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing through the day that is 32 months thereafter (the “Base Rent Abatement Period”), and any prepaid Base Rent shall be applied to the first full calendar month following the Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant shall commence paying 100% of the Base Rent required to be paid under this Lease on the day immediately following the expiration of the Base Rent Abatement Period. For illustration purposes,

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 6

 

if the Commencement Date occurs on October 5, 2026, then the last day of the Base Rent Abatement Period shall be June 4, 2029.

4. Adjustments.

(a) Base Rent. Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Commencement Date (provided, however, that if the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full calendar month immediately following the Commencement Date) (each an “Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

(b) TI Rent Allowance. Landlord shall, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, make available to Tenant the Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter). Commencing on the first full calendar month following the Base Rent Abatement Period and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Base Term, Tenant shall pay the amount necessary to fully amortize the portion of the Allowance actually funded by Landlord, if any, in equal monthly payments with interest at a rate of 11% per annum over the Base Term, which interest shall begin to accrue on the date that Landlord first disburses such Allowance or any portion(s) thereof (“TI Rent”). Any TI Rent remaining unpaid as of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, if any, shall be paid to Landlord in a lump sum on the date that is 30 days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall have no right to prepay all or any TI Rent prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

5. Operating Expense Payments.

(a) Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “Annual Estimate”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter on the first day of each calendar month during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

(b) The term “Operating Expenses” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including, without duplication of costs, the Building’s Share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to the Project) including, without limitation, (1) Taxes (as defined in Section 9), (2) insurance, (3) the cost of upgrades to the Building or Project or enhanced services provided at the Building and/or Project which are intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions (as defined in Section 26), (4) the cost of the Project Amenities (including, without limitation, commercially reasonable subsidies which Landlord may provide in connection with the Project Amenities), (5) transportation services (including the Shuttle Service Costs (as defined in Section 43(s)), and (6) the cost of repairs, improvements and replacements, provided that to the extent that such repairs, improvements and/or replacements are reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with sound real estate accounting principles to be capital in nature (each, a “Capital Expenditure”), each Capital Expenditure shall be amortized over the useful life of such Capital Expenditure, as reasonably determined by Landlord taking into account all relevant factors including, without limitation, the 24/7 operation of the Building, with interest at 8.5% per annum, excluding only those costs and expenses listed on Exhibit G.

As part of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be required to pay the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager (in the amount of 3% of Base Rent) or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3% of Base Rent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Base Rent Abatement Period, Tenant shall be required to pay administration rent each

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 7

 

month equal to the amount of the administration rent that Tenant would have been required to pay in the absence of there being a Base Rent Abatement Period.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, during the first 12 months following the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building shall not exceed $30.79 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum, inclusive of the administrative rent provided above.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Operating Expenses incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to any Capital Expenditures that are reasonably expected by Landlord to reduce overall Operating Expenses (for example, without limitation, by reducing energy usage at the Project) (the “Energy Savings Costs”) shall be amortized over a period of years equal to the least of (A) 10 years, (B) the useful life of such Capital Expenditures, and (C) the quotient of (i) the Energy Savings Costs, divided by (ii) the annual amount of Operating Expenses reasonably expected by Landlord to be saved as a result of such Capital Expenditures.

Landlord shall not be entitled to collect Operating Expenses from the tenants of the Project in excess of 100% of the total Operating Expenses actually incurred by Landlord nor shall Landlord be entitled to make any profit from Landlord’s collection of Operating Expenses. Landlord may not include in Operating Expenses any item that would involve a double collection for such item by Landlord.

(c) Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement for the previous calendar year (an “Annual Statement”) showing in reasonable detail: (i) the total Operating Expenses, (ii) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, and (iii) the total amount of Operating Expenses actually paid by Tenant. If Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year exceeds the total amount of Operating Expenses actually paid by Tenant for such calendar year, then the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If the total amount of Operating Expenses actually paid by Tenant for such calendar year exceeds the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, then Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations to pay any overpayments or deficiencies due pursuant to this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(d) The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Annual Statement, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s tax bills, insurance bills and Operating Expenses invoices (which may be provided in an electronic format or through a file sharing site to which Landlord shall give Tenant access) relating to the operation of the Project for the calendar year reflected in such Annual Statement as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “Expense Information”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have a regionally or nationally recognized independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the calendar year in question (the “Independent Review”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 8

 

after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all actual, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Tenant shall not disclose any Expense Information provided or the results of any Independent Review to any third parties; provided, however, that Tenant may disclose such information to Tenant’s employees, attorneys, accountants and lease administrators (provided that Tenant shall deliver written notice to all parties requiring them to treat such information as confidential) in connection with Tenant’s business at the Premises or if required in connection with any dispute resolution proceeding between Landlord and Tenant.

(e) Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Building is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year with respect to Variable Operating Expenses shall be computed as though the Building had been 95% occupied on average during such year. “Variable Operating Expenses” shall mean those Operating Expenses which vary by occupancy including, without limitation, electricity, trash removal and other Utilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to gross up any Variable Operating Expenses in the Controllable Operating Expense Base Year (defined in Section 5(g) below), such grossed-up amounts shall be excluded from the calculation of Controllable Operating Expenses (defined in Section 5(g) below) for purposes of establishing the Controllable Operating Expenses payable by Tenant during the Controllable Operating Expense Base Year, and only the actual costs incurred (without gross-up) shall be included in such calculation for Controllable Operating Expense Base Year.

(f) “Tenant’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building,” and “Building’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as “Building’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project,” each as may be reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises, Building and/or Project occurring thereafter; provided, however, that the Rentable Area of Building shall not be reduced during the Term. If Landlord has a reasonable basis for doing so and Landlord consistently applies such adjustments in a non-discriminatory manner in accordance with sound real estate accounting principles with respect to similarly situated tenants, Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any Operating Expenses that relate to any item of expense or cost (1) equitably and reasonably allocated only to the Premises or the Building, (2) equitably and reasonably allocated to only a portion of the Building or Project that includes the Premises, or (3) a greater proportion of which is equitably and reasonably allocated to the Premises, or a portion of the Building or Project that includes the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord. If Landlord has a reasonable basis for doing so and Landlord consistently applies such adjustments in a non- discriminatory manner in accordance with sound real estate accounting principles with respect to similarly situated tenants, Landlord may equitably increase the Building’s Share for any Operating Expenses that relate to any items of expense or cost (A) equitably and reasonably allocated to only the Building or a portion of the Project that includes the Building, or (B) a greater proportion of which is equitably and reasonably allocated to the Building or a portion of the Project that includes the Building, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 9

 

(g) Following the first full calendar year after the Commencement Date (the “Controllable Operating Expense Base Year”), that part of Operating Expenses which is comprised of Controllable Operating Expenses (as defined below) only shall be increased by no more than 5% per year during the Base Term. Such limitation of 5% per year on increases shall be cumulative year to year, so that if in any year the increase in cumulative Controllable Operating Expenses is more or less than 5%, then the difference between 5% and the actual percentage increase in that year may be carried forward to any future year, and may be applied in such future year to increase the actual percentage increase (even if more than 5% for such year) subject to the limitation that Controllable Operating Expenses shall not have increased by more than 5% compounded annually since January 1st of the first Controllable Operating Expense Base Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may exclude from the Controllable Operating Expense Year any non-recurring Controllable Operating Expense costs or charges, if any, incurred only during the Controllable Operating Expense Base Year. “Controllable Operating Expenses” shall mean those Operating Expenses for which increases are reasonably within the control of Landlord, and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall specifically not include, without limitation, Taxes, assessments, the cost of the Project Amenities, refuse and or trash removal, insurance, collectively bargained union wages, landscaping costs, payroll, security costs, Shuttle Service Costs, the amortized cost of Capital Expenditures, expenses caused by changes in Legal Requirements, repairs and replacements costs, costs incurred due to Force Majeure events, janitorial services and Utilities. There shall be no limitation on the amount of increase from year to year on Operating Expenses which are not Controllable Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5(g), to the extent that any new line item or new category of costs or expenses arises during the Base Term (each, a “New Expense Item”), Landlord may pass through such New Expense Item as part of Operating Expenses; provided, however, that to the extent that such New Expense Item is a Controllable Operating Expense, following the first full calendar year after such New Expense Item arises, such New Expense Item shall be increased, subject to the second full sentence of this Section 5(g), by no more than 5% per year during the Base Term. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the terms of this Section 5(g) shall apply only with respect to (i) the Premises identified in the Basic Lease Provisions, and (ii) any Expansion Premises (as defined in Section 40) with respect to which Tenant elects to Lease pursuant to Section 40, shall not be applicable with respect to any other expansion of the Premises, if any.

6. Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the Security Deposit Amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”): (i) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the state of Landlord’s choice, or by facsimile or overnight guaranty courier. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default, Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Upon any draw down on the Letter of Credit pursuant to this paragraph, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within 10 business days after written demand from Landlord, a new Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof (a “Replacement Letter of Credit”) for the full Security Deposit Amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Landlord’s obligation respecting

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 10

 

the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Tenant shall deliver a Replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord at least 30 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit for the full Security Deposit Amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a Replacement Letter of Credit as required pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit until Tenant delivers a Replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord, at which time Landlord shall refund to Tenant the amount of the cash Security Deposit to Tenant less any amount applied under this Lease.

If at any time during the Term the issuer of the Letter of Credit is declared insolvent or is placed into receivership by the FDIC or any other Governmental Authority, or if the issuer is downgraded below investment grade by S&P/Moody’s (if the issuer is credit-rated) or the issuer’s 5-year Credit Default Swap spread (as quoted, and if available on Bloomberg Professional Services) goes above 350 bps for 15 consecutive trading days during the Term, then following the delivery of written notice from Landlord to Tenant, (x) Landlord shall have the right to immediately draw the full amount of the existing Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit, and (y) Tenant shall have 30 days to deliver a Replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord. If Landlord is unable to draw on the existing Letter of Credit as provide for in clause (x) above then, within 7 days after Landlord’s delivery of written request to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in the Security Deposit Amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions as an interim Security Deposit until such time as Tenant delivers a Replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord. Upon Tenant’s delivery of a Replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord, Landlord shall refund to Tenant the amount of the cash Security Deposit to Tenant less any amount applied under this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to such transferee of Landlord’s interest. Upon such transfer, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee.

7. Use.

(a) Generally. The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements” and each, a “Legal Requirement”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Permitted Use as defined in this Lease will not result in the voidance of or an increased insurance risk with respect to the insurance currently being maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 7. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 11

 

similar Legal Requirement. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project. In no event shall Tenant conduct any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment which would overload the floor in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner that will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

(b) Compliance. Landlord shall be responsible at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and not as an Operating Expense, (i) subject to the terms of the Work Letter, for the compliance of the Premises with Legal Requirements (including the ADA) as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) for the compliance of the Common Areas of the Project with Legal Requirements (including the ADA) as of the Commencement Date, but regardless of when such lack of compliance with Legal Requirements is discovered. Following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Building that are required by Legal Requirements and the cost of such alterations or modifications shall (x) constitute an Operating Expense (except to the extent the cost thereof is excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 hereof) to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located, or (y) be at Tenant’s expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is triggered by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises as opposed to general research, development, laboratory, and office use or Alterations (as defined in Section 12 below)). Except as otherwise expressly provided in the 2 immediately preceding sentences, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the Premises that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises (as opposed to general research, development, laboratory, and office use or occupancy) and any Alterations. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary (other than the first sentence of this Section 7(b)), Tenant shall be responsible for any and all Claims (as defined in Section 16) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises (as opposed to general research, development, laboratory, and office use or occupancy) or any Alterations.

(c) Sustainability. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, seek to obtain Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), WELL Building Standard, or other similar “green” certification with respect to the Project and/or the Premises, and Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord, and to provide such information and/or documentation as Landlord may reasonably request, in connection therewith, but at no cost to Tenant.

8. Holding Over. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (a) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to (i) (A) for the first 30 days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, 125% of Base Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) if such occupancy shall continue for more than 30 days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, 150% of Base Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, plus (ii) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, plus (iii) all other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease, and (b) if such occupancy shall continue for more than 30 days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over including, without limitation, consequential damages; provided, however, that if Tenant delivers a written inquiry to Landlord within 30 days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord will notify Tenant whether the potential exists for consequential damages.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 12

 

No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes. Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses (except to the extent expressly excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5), all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “Taxes”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “Governmental Authority”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (a) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (b) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (c) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (d) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (e) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. If any such Taxes are levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and regardless of whether such improvements or alterations are affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of demand therefor from Landlord.

If Landlord secures an abatement or refund for the Project for a period during the Term during which Tenant paid Tenant’s Share of Taxes, Tenant shall receive Tenant’s Share of such abatement or refund (i.e., the net amount after paying all reasonable costs and expenses of securing the abatement or refund, including reasonable attorneys’ fees) as a credit to be applied by Landlord against Operating Expenses next coming due (or, if no further Operating Expenses are due from Tenant under this Lease and Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, a cash payment to Tenant).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall only charge Tenant for assessments as if those assessments were paid by Landlord over the longest possible term which Landlord is permitted to pay for the applicable assessments without additional charge other than interest, if any, provided under the terms of the underlying assessments.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 13

 

10. Parking. Subject to all applicable Legal Requirements, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, at no additional cost during the Base Term, to use 142 parking spaces, which parking spaces shall be located as follows: (i) 112 of the parking spaces shall be located in the non-reserved parking areas of the subterranean parking structure beneath the Building and surface parking lot serving the Building, in common with other tenants of the Building, and (ii) 30 of the parking spaces shall be located in the non-reserved parking areas of the parking structure located at 3033/3035 Science Park Road, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, if any Legal Requirement, Force Majeure event, Taking or exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder results in a reduction of parking spaces available to Tenant below 142 parking spaces, Landlord shall provide Tenant with substitute parking spaces within the Project to maintain Tenant’s total parking allocation at 142 parking spaces.

11. Utilities; Services.

(a) Generally. Landlord shall provide or cause to be provided to the Premises, subject to the terms of this Section 11, (i) water, (ii) electricity (including lights and plugs), (iii) heat, ventilation and air conditioning (collectively, “HVAC”), (iv) power, and (v) sewer (collectively, “Utilities”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s direct reimbursement obligation as provided for below, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any Taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. As part of the Tenant Improvements, the Premises will be separately metered for electricity. Landlord may cause, at Landlord’s expense (except to the extent necessary as a result of Tenant’s disproportionate use of Utilities in which case Tenant shall pay the cost), any other Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services (which may include, among other Utilities and services, telephone and internet service) which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities from any cause whatsoever shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or, except as otherwise provided in the immediately following paragraph, the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use. Utilities shall be available to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the failure of any Utility provider to provide such Utilities, the performance by Landlord or any Utility provider of any installation, maintenance or repairs, or any other temporary interruptions.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if (i) a stoppage of a Utility Service (as defined below) to the Premises shall occur and such stoppage is due solely to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and not due in any part to any act or omission on the part of Tenant or any Tenant Party or any matter beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (any such stoppage of a Utility Service being hereinafter referred to as a “Service Interruption”), and (ii) such Service Interruption continues for more than 3 consecutive business days after Landlord shall have received written notice thereof from Tenant, and (iii) as a result of such Service Interruption, the conduct of Tenant’s normal operations in the Premises are materially and adversely affected, then there shall be an abatement of one day’s Base Rent for each day during which such Service Interruption continues after such 3 business day period; provided, however, that if any part of the Premises is reasonably useable for Tenant’s normal business operations or if Tenant conducts all or any part of its operations in any portion of the Premises notwithstanding such Service Interruption, then the amount of each daily abatement of Base Rent shall only be proportionate to the nature and extent of the interruption of Tenant’s normal operations or ability to use the Premises. The rights granted to Tenant under this paragraph shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy resulting from a failure of Landlord to provide services, and Landlord shall not otherwise be liable for any loss or damage suffered or sustained by Tenant resulting from any failure or cessation of services. For purposes hereof,

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 14

 

the term “Utility Service” shall mean the following services: HVAC service, water, sewer and electricity, but in each case only to the extent that Landlord has an obligation to provide same to Tenant under this Lease.

(b) Janitorial. Landlord shall, as part of Operating Expenses, provide or cause to be provided with respect to the Common Areas only, refuse and trash collection and janitorial services. Tenant shall be responsible for contracting directly with a vendor reasonably acceptable to Landlord and paying for its own janitorial services for the Premises.

(c) Emergency Generator. Subject to the terms of this Section 11(c), Tenant shall have the right to use the emergency generator serving the Premises as of the Commencement Date in common with others having the right thereto. Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide an emergency generator with not less than the capacity of the emergency generator located at the Building as of the Commencement Date (which emergency generator is designed to have a capacity of 1250 kW of power), and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generator as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Except as otherwise provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generator is maintaining the generator as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall, periodically as part of the maintenance of the Building, run the emergency generator for a period reasonably determined by Landlord for the purpose of determining whether it operates when started. Landlord shall, upon written request from Tenant (not more frequently than once per calendar year), make available for Tenant’s inspection the maintenance contract and maintenance records for the emergency generators for the 12 month period immediately preceding Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generator when the emergency generator is not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generator will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed.

(d) Energy Usage Data. With respect to separately metered Utilities provided to the Premises that are paid for by Tenant directly to the Utility provider, if any, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with access to Tenant’s water and energy usage data on a monthly basis, by providing Tenant’s applicable utility login credentials to Landlord’s designated online portal. The costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with receiving and analyzing such water and energy usage data (including, without limitation, as may be required pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements) shall be included as part of Operating Expenses.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property.

(a) Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other than by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (“Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the Building structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. Tenant may, subject to this terms of this Section 12, construct nonstructural, cosmetic Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior approval if the aggregate cost of all such work in any 12 month period does not exceed $150,000 (a “Notice-Only Alteration”), provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing, which notice shall be delivered to Landlord not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, of such intended Notice-Only Alteration along with a description of the scope of such Notice-Only Alteration (and, if applicable, the plans and specifications for such Notice-Only Alteration) and a list of the identities

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 15

 

and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of Alterations, including Notice-Only Alterations, as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval of an Alteration shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. If Landlord fails to respond within such 15 business day period, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a second written notice stating in bold and all caps 12 point font that Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s Alteration request within 5 business days after Landlord’s receipt of the second notice shall be deemed approval by Landlord, and if Landlord does not respond within such 5 business day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Alteration request. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with applicable insurance requirements and applicable Legal Requirements, and shall, subject to Section 7, implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to 3% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration (not including Notice-Only Alterations, with respect to which Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonably out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Landlord, if any) to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

(b) Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens. With respect to all Alterations, Tenant shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration for which “as-built” plans are available.

(c) Other than (i) the items, if any, listed on Exhibit F attached hereto, (ii) any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future (which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and (iii) any trade fixtures, machinery, equipment and other personal property not paid for out of the TI Fund (as defined in the Work Letter) or otherwise paid for all or in part by Landlord that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, which damage shall be repaired (including capping or terminating utility hook-ups behind walls) by Tenant during the Term (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”), all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods that penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, clean rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built- in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch (collectively, “Installations”) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof in accordance with Section 28 upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, or at the time it receives notice of a Notice-Only Alteration, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 16

 

expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. If Landlord so elects, Tenant shall remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, when removing any of Tenant’s Property that was plumbed, wired or otherwise connected to any of the Building Systems, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. Any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall constitute a hold over pursuant to Section 8. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an administrative fee of $2,500 for the preparation and/or negotiation of each such lien waiver.

13. Landlord’s Repairs. Landlord, as part of Operating Expenses (except to the extent excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 or except as otherwise expressly set forth in the fifth full paragraph of Section 2), shall maintain (a) all of the structural, roof (including the roof membrane), exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, and (b) all Building systems serving both the Premises and other portions of the Project including, without limitation, HVAC, plumbing, and fire sprinklers (collectively, “Building Systems”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (or any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees and/or licensees respective agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors) (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) excluded. Subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 17, losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant 48 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph of which Tenant has actual knowledge, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair within a reasonable period taking into account the nature of the repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant shall have the self-help rights set forth in Section 31. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or, except as set forth in Section 31, to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18.

14. Tenant’s Repairs. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, non-structural components of windows, interior non-structural walls, the interior side of demising walls and any mechanical systems or equipment exclusively serving the Premises. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant for Landlord’s reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 17

 

17 and 18, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, as of the Commencement Date, the maintenance and repair obligations for the Premises shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant as set forth on Exhibit I attached hereto. The maintenance obligations allocated to Tenant pursuant to Exhibit I (the “Tenant Maintenance Obligations”) shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Tenant Maintenance Obligations shall include the procurement and maintenance of contracts, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, with copies to Landlord upon Landlord’s written request, for and with contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord specializing and experienced in the respective Tenant Maintenance Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the scope of work of any such contracts entered into by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph shall, at a minimum, comply with manufacturer’s recommended maintenance procedures for the optimal performance of the applicable equipment. Landlord shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, have no obligation to perform any Tenant Maintenance Obligations. The Tenant Maintenance Obligations shall not include the right or obligation on the part of Tenant to make any structural and/or capital repairs or improvements to the Project that would constitute Capital Expenditures, and Landlord shall, during any period that Tenant is responsible for the Tenant Maintenance Obligations, continue, as part of Operating Expenses (except to the extent excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 or except as otherwise expressly set forth in the fifth full paragraph of Section 2), to be responsible, as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, for Capital Expenditures required to be made to the Project. If Tenant fails to maintain any portion of the Premises for which Tenant is responsible as part of the Tenant Maintenance Obligations in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord within the requirements of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to provide Tenant with written notice thereof and to assume said Tenant Maintenance Obligation(s) if Tenant does not commence to cure Tenant’s failure within 10 days after receipt of such notice and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion.

15. Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall fully discharge of record from title or from the public record, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 30 days after Tenant receives notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to fully discharge of record any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be due from Tenant as Additional Rent within 10 days after written demand therefor. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in the suite number designated to the Premises in the Basic Lease Provisions.

16. Indemnification. Subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 17, Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, members, partners, agents, sub-agents, affiliates and lease signatories (collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “Claims”) for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises or the Project arising directly or indirectly out of the use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project by Tenant or any Tenant Parties (including, without limitation, any act,

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 18

 

omission or neglect by Tenant or any Tenant’s Parties in or about the Premises or at the Project) or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord Indemnified Parties. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord Indemnified Parties shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party or Tenant Parties. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17. Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance, covering the full replacement cost of the Project (not including any property and improvements required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to the immediately following paragraph). Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance that Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of Landlord’s Furniture and all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with employers liability limits of $1,000,000 bodily injury by accident – each accident, $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease – policy limit, and $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease – each employee; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance maintained by Tenant shall include Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“ARE”), and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, members, partners, agents, sub-agents, affiliates and lease signatories (collectively, “Landlord Insured Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; not contain a hostile fire exclusion; contain a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord Insured Parties (any policy issued to Landlord Insured Parties providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies, regardless of limits). Tenant shall (i) provide Landlord with 30 days advance written notice of cancellation of such commercial general liability policy, and (ii) request Tenant’s insurer to endeavor to provide 30 days advance written notice to Landlord of cancellation of such commercial general liability policy (or 10 days in the event of a cancellation due to non-payment of premium). Certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing the Landlord Insured Parties and Additional Insured Parties (as defined below) as an additional insureds, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant (i) concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a copy of this Lease executed by Tenant, and (ii) prior to each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 19

 

Upon written request of Landlord, Tenant shall, in addition to the Landlord Insured Parties, include the following parties as additional insureds under Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance (collectively, “Additional Insured Parties”): (i) any Holder of a Mortgage encumbering the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, regardless of the negligence of the party to this Lease receiving the benefit of the waiver, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of any Holder of a Mortgage encumbering the Project or any portion thereof and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is consistent with coverage amounts then being required by institutional owners of similar projects with tenants occupying similar size premises in the geographical area in which the Project is located.

18. Restoration. If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “Restoration Period”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 18 months (the “Maximum Restoration Period”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however, that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice from Tenant to Landlord delivered within 10 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the casualty (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “Hazardous Materials Clearances”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice from Tenant to Landlord delivered within 10 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 20

 

Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

Promptly following the date that Landlord makes the Premises available to Tenant for Tenant’s repairs and/or restoration, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or to obtain Hazardous Materials Clearances, all repairs or restoration (which restoration shall be performed as an Alteration in accordance with Section 12) not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last 2 years of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 4 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Base Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion that the area of the Premises, if any, that is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business, such suitability determined by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion. In the event that no Hazardous Materials Clearances are required to be obtained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, Base Rent shall be abated commencing on the date of discovery of the damage or destruction. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18, Tenant waives any right to terminate this Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation that is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation. If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord or Tenant to the other this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of such date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be adjusted accordingly under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for personal property, moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 21

 

20. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be a default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant written notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 business days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

(b) Insurance. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 5 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment. Tenant shall abandon the Premises. Tenant shall not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if Tenant provides Landlord with reasonable advance notice prior to vacating and, at the time of vacating the Premises, (i) Tenant completes Tenant’s obligations under the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan in compliance with Section 28, (ii) Tenant has obtained the release of the Premises of all Hazardous Materials Clearances and the Premises are free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and provides reasonably detailed documentation to Landlord confirming such matters, (iii) Tenant has made reasonable arrangements with Landlord for the security of the Premises for the balance of the Term, and (iv) Tenant continues during the balance of the Term to satisfy and perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as they come due.

(d) Improper Transfer. Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens. Tenant shall fail to fully discharge or record or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 30 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events. Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief that is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement. Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 business days after a second written notice requesting such document.

(h) Financial Information. Tenant fails to provide any financial information required to be delivered by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 43(c) following written request from Landlord, within 5 business days after a second written notice requesting such financial information.

(i) Security Deposit. Tenant fails to comply with the requirements of Section 6 within the time periods set forth in Section 6.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 22

 

(j) Other Defaults. Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. Any notice given under Section 20(j) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(j) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of funds, does not affect the safety, security or integrity of the Building or Building Systems or affect other occupants of the Project and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

21. Landlord’s Remedies.

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest. Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All reasonable and documented out-of-pocket sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 10% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord within 10 days after written demand therefor as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing a late charge the first time in any calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency and will waive the right to such late charge if Tenant pays such delinquency within 5 days thereafter. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies. Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy that it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent that has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 23

 

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to the terms of Section 22). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(vi) Landlord shall have the right to suspend the performance of Landlord’s Work (and each day of such suspension shall constitute a Tenant Delay).

(d) Effect of Exercise. Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 24

 

manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the Default of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such Default, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

22. Assignment and Subletting.

(a) General Prohibition. Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, transfer, allocate, or otherwise make or suffer any disposition of this Lease or any of its rights or obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant, or enter into or suffer any merger, consolidation, corporate division, reorganization or restructuring, or sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest, or grant any concession or license within the Premises, or enter into or suffer any transaction or event that would have the effect of any of the foregoing (any of the transactions or events described above in this sentence being sometimes referred to herein as a “Transfer”), and any Transfer or attempted Transfer without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof that are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or transaction or series of transfers or transactions whereby 49% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities that were owners thereof as of the Effective Date to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company as of the Effective Date, shall be deemed a Transfer requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22.

(b) Permitted Transfers. If Tenant desires, following the Commencement Date, to effectuate a Transfer other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment, then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Transfer Notice”) containing such information about the proposed assignee, sublessee or other Transfer counterparty (as applicable, “Transferee”), including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Transfer Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed Transferee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, including a copy of any proposed assignment, sublease or other transaction document in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Transfer Notice: (i) grant such consent (provided that Landlord shall further have the right to review and approve or disapprove the proposed form of assignment, sublease or other transaction document prior to the effective date of any such Transfer), which consent and approval of the proposed form of assignment, sublease or other transaction document shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion with respect to an assignment or sublease, and in its sole discretion with respect to any other Transfer; or (iii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Transfer Notice or otherwise subject to the Transfer, as of the Transfer Date (a “Transfer Termination”). Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed Transferee is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 25

 

judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed Transferee would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed Transferee is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed Transferee lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will have or incur under the proposed Transfer, without taking into account any limitations on such liabilities under insolvency, bankruptcy, or similar laws; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed Transferee is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed Transferee a negative report concerning such prior landlord’s experience with the proposed Transferee; (7) Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed Transferee; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed Transferee will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) intentionally omitted; (10) the proposed Transferee is an entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Project; (11) the Transfer is prohibited by the Holder of a Mortgage encumbering all or a portion of the Project; or (12) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the Transfer is intended to or has the effect of undermining the ability or likelihood of Tenant’s or Transferee’s compliance with this Lease. If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise a Transfer Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Transfer Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Transfer Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Transfer Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Transfer Date with respect to the space described in such Transfer Notice or otherwise subject to the Transfer. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Transfer Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed Transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) in connection with its consideration of any Transfer Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises (but not any other Transfer) to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant that is otherwise in compliance with this Section 22 including Section 22(d) (a “Control Permitted Assignment”) shall not be required so long as with respect to any assignment to a Control Permitted Assignment, the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee and the creditworthiness of the assignee to support the financial obligations it will have or incur under the proposed assignment (without taking into account any limitations on such liabilities under insolvency, bankruptcy, or similar laws) are not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and equivalent creditworthiness of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and provided that Tenant and any assignee or sublessee shall execute a commercially reasonable form of acknowledgment of assignment or sublease, as applicable, on or before the effective date of the Control Permitted Assignment.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease (but not engage in any other Transfer), upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord ((x) unless Tenant is prohibited from providing such notice by applicable Legal Requirements in which case Tenant shall notify Landlord within 5 business days thereafter, and (y) if the assignment is subject to confidentiality requirements but Tenant is permitted to disclose the assignment to a party that signs a non-disclosure agreement, Tenant’s advance notification shall be subject to Landlord’s execution of a non-disclosure agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant) but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent (and without triggering a Transfer Termination), to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or non-bankruptcy corporate reorganization, provided that (i) such merger, consolidation, or corporate reorganization, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring this Lease and/or other obligations of Tenant, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of the assignee or other successor-in-interest, and the creditworthiness of the assignee or other successor-in-interest to support the financial obligations it will have or incur under the proposed assignment or other transaction, without taking into account any limitations on such liabilities under insolvency, bankruptcy, or similar laws, are not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and equivalent

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 26

 

creditworthiness of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) if the then-current Tenant is not the surviving entity, then on or before the effective date of the Corporate Permitted Assignment, Tenant and the assignee or other successor-in-interest shall execute a reasonable form of acknowledgment of assignment acceptable to Landlord pursuant to which, among other things, such assignee or other successor-in-interest shall agree to assume or have assumed all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, and the assignee or other successor-in-interest shall deliver a certificate of insurance to Landlord satisfying the Tenant’s insurance requirements under Section 17 (a “Corporate Permitted Assignment”).

Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Assignments.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease or in the Work Letter, in no event shall Landlord be required to agree to any Changes (as such term is defined in the Work Letter) to Landlord’s Work in connection with any assignment or sublease, including any Permitted Assignment.

(c) Additional Conditions. As a condition to any Transfer, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any Transferee agree, in writing at the time of such Transfer, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such Transferee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under this Lease, and any such Transferee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed Transferee to be true and correct, which the proposed Transferee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed Transferee in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed Transfer, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed Transferee is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents. Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of the other obligations of the “Tenant” party under this Lease, arising before or after the date of the Transfer. Except in connection with a Permitted Assignment, if the rent due and payable by a Transferee (or a combination of the rental payable under such Transfer plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the Base Rent and Operating Expenses payable under this Lease with respect to the applicable portion of the Premises (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable and customary brokerage fees, legal costs, improvement allowances, and any design or construction fees (collectively, the “Sublease/Assignment Costs”) directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any Transfer (“Excess Rents”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 business days following receipt thereof by Tenant. For the purpose of calculating Excess Rents, the Sublease/Assignment Costs shall be amortized on a straight-lined basis over the term of the applicable sublease or assignment. If Tenant shall

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 27

 

sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(e) No Waiver. The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or any Transferee from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further Transfer nor shall it release Tenant or any Transferee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22, if (i) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed Transferee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any Transfer to any such Transferee.

23. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within 5 business days after Tenant’s receipt of a second written notice from Landlord shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

24. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 28

 

25. Prorations. All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project, which rules and regulations (i) shall be applied in a non-discriminatory manner, (ii) shall not unreasonably and materially interfere with the rights granted to Tenant under this Lease or Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and (iii) Landlord shall provide reasonable advance written notice to Tenant thereof. Such rules and regulations may include, without limitation, rules and regulations relating to the use of the Project Amenities and/or rules and regulations which are intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being within the Building and the Project and/or intended to limit the spread of communicable diseases and/or viruses of any kind or nature that are more virulent than the seasonal flu (collectively, “Infectious Conditions”). The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. If there is any conflict between such rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

27. Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided, however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “Mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “Holder” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

Landlord hereby represents that, as of the Effective Date, there is no existing Mortgage encumbering the Project. Upon written request from Tenant, Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to cause the Holder of any future Mortgage to enter into a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) with Tenant with respect to this Lease. The SNDA shall be on the Holder’s form and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent the Holder’s fees and costs in connection with obtaining such SNDA; provided, however, that Landlord shall request that Holder make any reasonable changes to the SNDA requested by Tenant. Landlord’s failure to cause the Holder to enter into the SNDA with Tenant (or make any of the changes requested by Tenant) despite such efforts shall not be a default by Landlord under this Lease.

28. Surrender. Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in broom clean condition (a) in the same condition as received (except for any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises pursuant to Section 12), subject to ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19, (b) with all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building removed, (c) free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 29

 

any person other than Landlord or any of Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors (collectively, “Tenant HazMat Operations”), and (d) released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises or such earlier date as Tenant may elect to cease operations at the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (i.e., for all of the same uses permitted at the Project prior to the date of this Lease)(the “Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan”). Such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall reasonably request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of this Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall pay a fee to Landlord in the amount of $5,000 for the review of the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan and Tenant’s implementation of the same by Landlord’s environmental consultant. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, or if such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28.

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 30

 

DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

30. Environmental Requirements.

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination, subject to the final sentence of this Section 30(a). This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property to substantially the same condition existing prior to the time of such contamination (as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable good faith discretion), provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 30, Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to (i) contamination in the Premises which Tenant can demonstrate existed in the Premises immediately prior to the Commencement Date, (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which Tenant can demonstrate migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises, or (iii) contamination caused by Landlord or Landlord’s agents, members, officers, directors, affiliates, employees, and contractors; unless, with respect to (i), (ii) or (iii), the presence of such Hazardous Materials (x) is the result of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (y) was caused, contributed to or exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party.

(b) Business. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 31

 

presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”). Upon Landlord’s request, or any time that Tenant is required to deliver a Hazardous Materials List to any Governmental Authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of such Hazardous Materials List. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant or such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the Effective Date, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(d) Testing. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises if there is a violation of this Section 30 or if contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 is identified; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights that Landlord may have against Tenant.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 32

 

(e) Control Areas. Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage, as depicted on Exhibit L attached hereto. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

(f) Storage Tanks. If storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right to use or install any underground storage tanks at the Project.

(g) Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Any period after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan) shall constitute a hold over pursuant to Section 8.

(h) Definitions. As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 33

 

as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any claimed Landlord default hereunder will immediately, materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises (a “Material Landlord Default”), Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably possible, but in any event within 3 business days of obtaining knowledge of such claimed Material Landlord Default, give Landlord written notice of such claim which notice shall specifically state that a Material Landlord Default exists and telephonic notice to Tenant’s principal contact with Landlord. Landlord shall then have 2 business days to commence cure of such claimed Material Landlord Default and shall diligently prosecute such cure to completion. If Landlord fails to commence cure of any claimed Material Landlord Default as provided above, Tenant may commence and prosecute such cure to completion provided that it does not affect any Building Systems, the Building structure or the Common Areas or adversely impact other occupants of the Building, and shall be entitled to recover the costs of such cure (but not any consequential or other damages) from Landlord by way of reimbursement from Landlord with no right to offset against Rent, to the extent of Landlord’s obligation to cure such claimed Material Landlord Default hereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this Lease.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access. Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last 12 months of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects (i) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or (ii) Tenant’s access to the Premises. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such commercially reasonable instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

33. Security. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 34

 

Subject to the terms of this Lease including, without limitation, Section 12, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right to install and maintain within the Premises such security and safety equipment, including, without limitation, electronic access gates, camera surveillance and other security devices (collectively, “Tenant’s Security System”), subject to the following conditions: (i) Tenant’s plans and specifications for the proposed Tenant’s Security System shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s Security System may be compatible with the Building’s master systems and equipment; (ii) Landlord shall be provided with keys, codes and/or access cards, as applicable, and means of immediate access to fully exercise all of its entry rights under this Lease with respect to the Premises; and (iii) Tenant shall keep Tenant’s Security System in good operating condition and repair and Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Landlord nor any Landlord Indemnified Parties shall be directly or indirectly liable to Tenant, any Tenant Parties or any other person and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims against and releases Landlord and the Landlord Indemnified Parties from any and all claims arising as a consequence of or related to Tenant’s Security System, or the failure thereof.

34. Force Majeure. Except for the payment of Rent, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be held responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, local, regional or national epidemic or pandemic, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, cyberattacks, ransomware attacks and similar events, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond their reasonable control (“Force Majeure”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Force Majeure excuse Tenant’s obligation to vacate and surrender timely the Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease.

35. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield, claiming a commission or other form of compensation, if any, by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. Landlord shall be responsible for all commissions due to Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield arising out of the execution of this Lease in accordance with the terms of a separate written agreements between Landlord and each of Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 35

 

PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that measures and/or services implemented at the Project, if any, intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions, may not prevent the spread of such Infectious Conditions. Neither Landlord nor any Landlord Indemnified Parties shall have any liability and Tenant waives any claims against Landlord and the Landlord Indemnified Parties with respect to any loss, damage or injury in connection with (x) the implementation, or failure of Landlord or any Landlord Indemnified Parties to implement, any measures and/or services at the Project intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions, or (y) the failure of any measures and/or services implemented at the Project, if any, to limit the spread of any Infectious Conditions.

37. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant wants to tint the windows in the Premises. Landlord is willing to approve such tinting, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of the tint shade, material and manufacturer. Suite entry signage shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Landlord, and shall be of a size, color and type consistent with Building standard and otherwise acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant’s name and suite number shall be included on the Building lobby directory. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The Building lobby directory shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to display a sign bearing Tenant’s name and/or logo on the top panel of the monument sign serving the Building (the “Building Monument”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Building Monument (“Tenant’s Monument Sign”), including, without limitation, the size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements. Landlord shall be responsible, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, for the fabrication and installation of Tenant’s Monument Sign, for the maintenance of Tenant’s Monument Sign, for the removal of Tenant’s Monument Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair of all damage resulting from such removal. Landlord shall be responsible, as an Operating Expense, for the maintenance of the Building Monument.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 36

 

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to include the name and/or logo of Landlord or “Alexandria Real Estate Equities” on the Building Monument.

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to display, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Building top signage bearing Tenant’s name and/or logo on the Building in a location designated by Landlord (the “Building Sign”) as generally depicted on Exhibit J attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Building Sign, including, without limitation, the size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of Tenant’s Building Sign, for the removal of such Building Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair any damage resulting from such removal.

39. Right of First Refusal.

(a) Right of First Refusal. Subject to the rights of existing tenants of the Project and to the terms of this Section 39(a), the first time after the Expansion Right Expiration Date (as defined in Section 40(a) below) that Landlord intends to accept a bona fide written proposal or deliver a counter proposal which Landlord would be willing to accept (the “Pending Deal”) to lease all or a portion the ROFR Space (as hereinafter defined) to a third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “Pending Deal Notice”) of the existence of such Pending Deal, which Pending Deal Notice shall include the material terms of the Pending Deal. For purposes of this Section 39(a), “ROFR Space” means that certain space on the first floor of the Building containing an aggregate of approximately 22,827 rentable square feet, consisting of (i) Suite A containing approximately 9,457 rentable square feet (the “Suite A Space”), and (ii) Suite B containing approximately 13,370 rentable square feet (the “Suite B Space”), all as more particularly described on Exhibit K attached hereto, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by an existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 36 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. For the avoidance of doubt, if Tenant desires to exercise its right under this Section 39(a), Tenant shall be required to exercise its right under this Section 39(a) with respect to all of the space described in the Pending Deal Notice, including, at Landlord’s option, any space in addition to the ROFR Space that is described in the Pending Deal Notice, which additional space shall be deemed to be included as part of the ROFR Space (the “Identified Space”). Within 7 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the Pending Deal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “Acceptance Notice”) if Tenant elects to lease the Identified Space. Tenant’s right to receive the Pending Deal Notice and election to lease or not lease the Identified Space pursuant to this Section 39(a) is hereinafter referred to as the “Right of First Refusal.” If Tenant elects to lease the Identified Space described in the Pending Deal Notice by delivering the Acceptance Notice within the required 7 business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to expand the Premises to include the Identified Space and to lease the Identified Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the Identified Space. Tenant acknowledges that the term of this Lease with respect to the Identified Space and the Term of this Lease with respect to the existing Premises may not be co-terminous. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Work Letter apply to the Identified Space. If Tenant fails to deliver an Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 7 business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have forever waived its rights under this Section 39(a) to lease the Identified Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the terms of the Pending Deal with respect to which Landlord delivered to Tenant a Pending Deal Notice are revised in a manner that would result in a net-effective rental rate of less than 95% of the rental rate set forth in the Pending Deal Notice, Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be restored with respect to such Identified Space. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right to a Pending Deal Notice and the provisions of this Section 39(a) shall no longer apply after the date that is 9 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term if Tenant has not exercised its Extension Right pursuant to Section 41. Tenant acknowledges that if Landlord so elects, in its sole discretion, all or a portion of the ROFR Space may be built on by Landlord on a “spec” basis for a life science user.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 37

 

(b) Amended Lease. If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver an Acceptance Notice, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 30 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment for Tenant’s lease of the Identified Space (which amendment shall provide that Tenant shall lease the Identified Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the Identified Space), no lease amendment for the Identified Space acceptable to both parties each in their reasonable discretion after using diligent good faith efforts negotiate the same, has been executed, Tenant shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, be deemed to have forever waived its right to lease such Identified Space.

(c) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the above, the Right of First Refusal shall not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods); or

(ii) during any period that Tenant is occupying less than 100% of the Premises; or

(iii) if Tenant has been in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not such defaults have been cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Termination. The Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely delivery of an Acceptance Notice, if, after such delivery, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Identified Space, (i) Tenant fails to cure any default by Tenant under this Lease prior to the expiration or any applicable notice and cure periods; or (ii) Tenant has defaulted (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) 3 or more times during the period commencing on the date of delivery of an Acceptance Notice through the date of the commencement of the lease of the Identified Space, whether or not such defaults have been cured.

(e) Subordinate. Tenant’s Right of First Refusal granted pursuant to Section 39(a) above is and shall remain subject and subordinate to the right of Landlord and/or Landlord’s affiliates (and/or any of their respective affiliates, successors and/or assigns) to occupy all or a portion of the Identified Space for its own purposes as a management and/or marketing office and Landlord’s right to elect to use all or a portion of the Identified Space for common amenities serving the Project.

(f) Rights Personal. The Right of First Refusal is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any assignment of this Lease that constitutes a Permitted Assignment.

(g) No Extensions. The period of time within which the Right of First Refusal may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Right of First Refusal.

40. Expansion Right.

(a) Fixed Expansion Right. Subject to the terms of this Section 40(a), Tenant shall have the right (the “Expansion Right”), through the date that is 6 months after the Effective Date (the “Expansion Right Expiration Date”), to elect to expand the Premises to include either or both of the Suite A Space and the Suite B Space. If Tenant desires to expand the Premises to include the Suite A Space and/or the Suite B Space, Tenant shall deliver written notice of such election to Landlord on or before the Expansion Right Expiration Date (an “Expansion Notice”), which Expansion Notice shall specifically identify whether

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 38

 

electing to exercise its Expansion Right with respect to the Suite A Space, the Suite B Space or both. The space identified in the Expansion Notice shall be referred to herein as the “Expansion Premises.” If Tenant timely delivers an Expansion Notice to Landlord, Tenant shall lease the Expansion Premises on the same terms and conditions as this Lease with respect to the original Premises, except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified as follows: (i) the definition of Premises shall be amended to include the Expansion Premises; (ii) the “Expansion Premises Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (x) the date that Landlord delivers the Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements substantially completed, or (y) the date that Landlord could have delivered the Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements substantially completed but for delays caused by Tenant; (iii) the target Expansion Premises Commencement Date will be April 30, 2027; (iv) Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; provided; however, so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises for the period commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through the day that is 10 months thereafter (the “Expansion Premises Abatement Period”); (v) the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be coterminous with the Base Term of the Lease for the original Premises; (vi) commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises in the amount of $5.25 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises per month; (vii) Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (provided, however, that if the Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full calendar month immediately following the Expansion Premises Commencement Date) (each an “Expansion Premises Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises immediately before such Expansion Premises Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises immediately before such Expansion Premises Adjustment Date; (viii) Tenant shall commence paying Operating Expenses with respect to the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; (ix) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be proportionately adjusted; and (x) pursuant to the terms of a work letter in substantially the same form as the Work Letter (the “Expansion Premises Work Letter”), Landlord shall construct fixed and permanent improvements in the Expansion Premises on a turnkey basis in accordance with the space plans attached hereto as Exhibit N and the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix attached as Schedule 2 to the Work Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, if Tenant initially exercises its Expansion Right only with respect to the Suite A Space or the Suite B Space, the Expansion Right shall continue in effect through the Expansion Right Expiration Date with respect to remaining portion of the space. If Tenant does not deliver an Expansion Notice to Landlord on or before the Expansion Right Expiration Date, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Expansion Right under this Section 40(a), and Landlord shall have the right, subject to the terms of Section 39(a), to lease the Suite A Space and/or the Suite B Space, as applicable, to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord.

(b) Amended Lease. If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver an Expansion Notice, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 30 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment for Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises (which amendment shall provide that Tenant shall lease the Expansion premises on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms reflected in Section 40(a)), no lease amendment for the Expansion Premises acceptable to both parties each in their reasonable discretion after using diligent good faith efforts negotiate the same, has been executed, Tenant shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, be deemed to have forever waived its right to lease the Expansion Premises.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 39

 

(c) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the above, the Expansion Right shall not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods); or

(ii) during any period that Tenant is occupying less than 100% of the Premises; or

(iii) if Tenant has been in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not such defaults have been cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Right.

(d) Termination. The Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely delivery of an Expansion Notice, if, after such delivery, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Expansion Premises, (i) Tenant fails to cure any default by Tenant under this Lease prior to the expiration or any applicable notice and cure periods; or (ii) Tenant has defaulted (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) 3 or more times during the period commencing on the date of delivery of an Expansion Notice through the date of the commencement of the lease of the Identified Space, whether or not such defaults have been cured.

(e) Rights Personal. The Expansion Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any assignment of this Lease that constitutes a Permitted Assignment.

(f) No Extensions. The period of time within which the Expansion Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Expansion Right.

41. Right to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of this Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

(a) Extension Rights. Tenant shall have 1 right (the “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this Lease for 5 years each (the “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent and the Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Extension Right at least 9 months prior, and no earlier than 15 months prior, to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease.

Upon the commencement of each Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by a percentage as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant at the time the Market Rate is determined. As used herein, “Market Rate” shall mean, at Landlord’s option, either (i) the rate Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates have accepted from non-equity (i.e., not being offered equity in the buildings) and nonaffiliated tenants of similar financial strength for comparable laboratory space in the Torrey Pines submarket during the 12-month period prior to Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Right, or (ii) the rate that comparable landlords of comparable Class A laboratory/office buildings have accepted in current transactions from non-equity (i.e., not being offered equity in the buildings) and nonaffiliated tenants of similar financial strength for comparable laboratory space in the Torrey Pines submarket during the 12-month period prior to Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Right, in either case for space of comparable size, quality (including all Tenant Improvements, furniture, Alterations and other improvements) and floor height in Class A laboratory/office buildings in the Torrey Pines submarket for a comparable term, with the determination of the Market Rate to take into account all relevant factors, including tenant inducements, views, available amenities (including, without limitation, the Project Amenities), age of the Building, age and size of mechanical systems serving the Premises, parking costs,

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 40

 

leasing commissions, allowances or concessions, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Market Rate shall in no event be less than the Base Rent payable as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of the Extension Term.

If, on or before the date which is 180 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 41(b). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 41(a), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of this Lease for the Extension Term.

(b) Arbitration.

(i) Within 10 business days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (“Extension Proposal”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate and escalations. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

(ii) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.

(iii) An “Arbitrator” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 15 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in San Diego, California, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years’ experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in San Diego, California, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 41

 

(c) Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, the Extension Right shall not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Right:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods); or

(ii) during any period that Tenant is occupying less than 100% of the Premises; or

(iii) if Tenant has been in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not such defaults have been cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Extension Right.

(d) Rights Personal. The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any assignment of this Lease that constitutes a Permitted Assignment.

(e) No Extensions. The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Right.

(f) Termination. The Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods); or (ii) Tenant has defaulted (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) 3 or more times during the period commencing on the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such defaults have been cured.

42. The Alexandria Regional Amenities.

(a) Generally. Certain amenities are available at that certain property owned by ARE-SD Region No. 17, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“The Alexandria Landlord”), located at 10996 Torreyana Road, San Diego, California (“The Alexandria”), which, as of the date of this Lease, include, without limitation, shared conference facilities (“Shared Conference Facilities”), a fitness center and restaurant (collectively, the “Regional Amenities”) for non-exclusive use by (a) Tenant, (b) other tenants of the Project, (c) Landlord, (d) the tenants of The Alexandria Landlord, (e) The Alexandria Landlord, (f) other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“ARE”), (g) the tenants of such other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and ARE, and (h) any other parties permitted by The Alexandria Landlord (collectively, “Users”). Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord, ARE, and all affiliates of Landlord, Alexandria Landlord and ARE may be referred to collectively herein as the “ARE Parties.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right, at the sole discretion of The Alexandria Landlord, to not make the Regional Amenities available for use by some or all currently contemplated Users (including Tenant). The Alexandria Landlord shall have the sole right to determine all matters related to the Regional Amenities including, without limitation, relating to the reconfiguration, relocation, modification or removal of any of the Regional Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Regional Amenities. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the availability of the Regional Amenities and that Tenant is not entering into this Lease relying on the continued availability of the Regional Amenities to Tenant.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 42

 

(b) License. Commencing on the Commencement Date, and so long as The Alexandria and the Project continue to be owned by affiliates of ARE, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to the use of the available Regional Amenities in common with other Users pursuant to the terms of this Section 42. Tenant shall be entitled to 1 pass to the fitness center located at The Alexandria for each full-time employee of Tenant working at the Premises. If any employee of Tenant to whom a fitness center pass has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises or any employee to whom an access card (which does not include a fitness center pass) has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises, Tenant shall, immediately upon such employee’s change in status, collect such employee’s pass or access card, as applicable, deliver it to Landlord and along with written notice of such employee’s change in status. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall commence paying Landlord a fixed fee during the Base Term equal to $6.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year (“Regional Amenities Fee”), which Regional Amenities Fee shall be payable on the first day of each month during the Term whether or not Tenant elects to use any or all of the Regional Amenities. The Regional Amenities Fee shall be increased annually on each anniversary of the Commencement Date by 3%. If all of the then- existing Regional Amenities become materially unavailable for use by Tenant for a period in excess of 90 consecutive days (for any reason other than a Default by Tenant under this Lease or the default by Tenant beyond any applicable notice and cure period of any agreement(s) relating to the use of the Regional Amenities by Tenant), then, commencing on the expiration of such 90-day period, the Regional Amenities Fee then-currently payable by Tenant shall be abated during the period that all of the then-existing Alexandria Regional Amenities continue to be materially unavailable for use by Tenant as provided above.

(c) Shared Conference Facilities. Use by Tenant of the Shared Conference Facilities and restaurant at The Alexandria shall be in common with other Users with scheduling procedures reasonably determined by The Alexandria Landlord or The Alexandria Landlord’s then designated event operator (“Event Operator”). Tenant’s use of the Shared Conference Facilities shall be subject to the payment by Tenant to The Alexandria Landlord of a fee equal to The Alexandria Landlord’s quoted rates for the usage of the Shared Conference Facilities in effect at the time of Tenant’s scheduling. Tenant’s use of the conference rooms in the Shared Conference Facilities shall be subject to availability and The Alexandria Landlord (or, if applicable, Event Operator) reserves the right to exercise its reasonable discretion in the event of conflicting scheduling requests among Users. Tenant hereby acknowledges that (i) Biocom/San Diego, a California non-profit corporation (“Biocom”) has the right to reserve the Shared Conference Facilities and any reservable dining area(s) included within the Regional Amenities for up to 50% of the time that such Shared Conference Facilities and reservable dining area(s) are available for use by Users each calendar month, and (ii) Illumina, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has the exclusive use of the main conference room within the Shared Conference Facilities for up to 4 days per calendar month.

Tenant shall be required to use the food service operator designated by The Alexandria Landlord at The Alexandria (the “Designated Food and Beverage Operator”) for any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities. The Alexandria Landlord has the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to change the Designated Food and Beverage Operator at any time. Tenant may not use any vendors other than the Designated Food and Beverage Operator nor may Tenant supply its own food and/or beverages in connection with any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities.

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) be responsible for the set-up of the Shared Conference Facilities in connection with Tenant’s use (including, without limitation ensuring that Tenant has a sufficient number of chairs and tables and the appropriate equipment), and (ii) surrender the Shared Conference Facilities after each time that Tenant uses the Shared Conference Facilities free of Tenant’s personal property, in substantially the same set up and same condition as received, and free of any debris and trash. If Tenant fails to restore and surrender the Shared Conference Facilities as required by sub-section (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, such failure shall constitute a “Shared Facilities Default.” Each time that Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant has committed a Shared Facilities Default, Tenant shall be required to pay Landlord a penalty within 5 days after notice from Landlord of such Shared Facilities Default. The penalty payable by Tenant in connection with the first Shared Facilities Default shall be $200. The penalty payable shall increase by $50 for each subsequent Shared Facilities

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 43

 

Default (for the avoidance of doubt, the penalty shall be $250 for the second Shared Facilities Default, shall be $300 for the third Shared Facilities Default, etc.). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs expended by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, in repairing any damage to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Regional Amenities, or The Alexandria caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party. The provisions of this Section 42(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(d) Restaurant. Tenant’s employees that have been issued an access card to The Alexandria shall have the right, along with other Users, to access and use the restaurant located at The Alexandria.

(e) Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying for any and all ancillary services (e.g., audio visual equipment) provided to Tenant, all food services operators and any other third party vendors providing services to Tenant at The Alexandria. Tenant shall use the Regional Amenities (including, without limitation, the Shared Conference Facilities) in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and any rules and regulations imposed by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord from time to time and in a manner that will not interfere with the rights of other Users. Rules and regulations imposed by Alexandria Landlord or Landlord with respect to the Regional Amenities may include rules and regulations intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions. The use of the Regional Amenities other than the Shared Conference Facilities by employees of Tenant shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the standard licenses, indemnification and waiver agreement required by The Alexandria Landlord or the operator of the Regional Amenities to be executed by all persons wishing to use such Regional Amenities. Neither The Alexandria Landlord nor Landlord (nor, if applicable, any other affiliate of Landlord) shall have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other Users with respect to the Regional Amenities. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements of any kind to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Regional Amenities or The Alexandria.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reconfigure, relocate, modify or remove any of the Regional Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Regional Amenities.

(f) Waiver of Liability and Indemnification. Tenant warrants that it will use reasonable care to prevent damage to property and injury to persons while on The Alexandria. Tenant waives any claims it or any Tenant Parties may have against any ARE Parties relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Regional Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, and Tenant releases and exculpates all ARE Parties from any liability relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Regional Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the ARE Parties from any claim of damage to property or injury to person relating to, arising out of or in connection with (i) the use of the Regional Amenities by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, and (ii) any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any ARE Parties. The provisions of this Section 42(f) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

43. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be delivered by (i) reputable overnight guaranty courier, (ii) hand delivery with signature confirming receipt, or (iii) email transmission to the email address set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions for the applicable party, which email includes in the subject line (x) the Project address, (y) Tenant name and (z) “NOTICE UNDER LEASE” in all caps, provided a hard copy of any email notice is also sent the same day by one of the delivery methods provided in sub-sections (i) or (ii) (each, a “Follow Up Notice”). Notices delivered pursuant to the delivery methods provided in sub-sections (i) or (ii) shall be deemed duly given when actually received by the addressee or when delivery thereof is refused. Notices delivered via email

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 44

 

and sent during the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. PST shall be deemed duly given on the day sent; provided, however, that any email notice delivered on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday observed in the State of California, or after 3:00 p.m. PST shall be deemed given on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday observed in the State of California. For the avoidance of doubt, for an email notice to be effective as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, a Follow Up Notice must be delivered to the addressee of the email notice within 48 hours of the date that the email notice is delivered. If a Follow Up Notice is not received within such 48-hour period, actual notice will be deemed to have been given on the date that the Follow Up Notice is delivered rather than on the date of delivery of the email notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, notice sent via email shall in no event constitute a notice hereunder if the sender receives notice or otherwise has knowledge that the email notice was not properly transmitted or otherwise received by the addressee. All notices shall be delivered to the parties at their addresses set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability. If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

(c) Financial Information. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord true and complete copies of (i) upon Landlord’s written request on an annual basis, Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to deliver to Landlord such annual financial statements for any particular year sooner than the date that is 120 days after the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) upon Landlord’s written request on a quarterly basis, Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to deliver to Landlord such quarterly financial statements for any particular quarter sooner that the date that is 45 days after the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal quarters during the Term, (iii) upon Landlord’s written request from time to time, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) upon Landlord’s written request from time to time, corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) upon Landlord’s written request from time to time, any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord’s written request for financial information pursuant to this Section 43(c) may delivered to Tenant via email, and Tenant’s delivery of such financial information may be delivered to Landlord via email. So long as Tenant is a “public company” and its financial information is publicly available, then the foregoing delivery requirements of this Section 43(c) shall not apply.

(d) Recordation. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease. Nothing contained in this Lease is intended to prohibit Tenant from filing this Lease with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to the extent that Tenant is required to do so pursuant to applicable SEC requirements. Tenant shall notify Landlord in advance of any such filing of this Lease with the SEC and shall either redact or exclude from the filing any terms or provisions reasonably requested by Landlord to be maintained as confidential, to the extent permitted by applicable SEC regulations.

(e) Interpretation. The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 45

 

or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed. The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest. It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law. Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time. Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(j) OFAC. Tenant and all beneficial owners of Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

(k) Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(l) Entire Agreement. This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

(m) No Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 46

 

(n) Landlord’s Proprietary Operations. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s business operations are proprietary to Landlord or its affiliates. Absent prior written consent from Landlord, Tenant shall hold confidential and will not disclose to third parties, and shall require Tenant Parties to hold confidential and not disclose to third parties, information regarding the systems, controls, equipment, programming, vendors, tenants, and specialized amenities of Landlord or its affiliates. Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately if Tenant becomes aware of any third party contacting Tenant or any Tenant Parties requesting information regarding Landlord’s or its affiliates business operations.

(o) Hazardous Activities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

(p) Redevelopment of Project. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in its sole discretion, may from time to time expand, renovate and/or reconfigure the Project as the same may exist from time to time and, in connection therewith or in addition thereto, as the case may be, from time to time without limitation: (a) change the shape, size, location, number and/or extent of any improvements, buildings, structures, lobbies, hallways, entrances, exits, parking and/or parking areas relative to any portion of the Project; (b) modify, eliminate and/or add any buildings, improvements, and parking structure(s) either above or below grade, to the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project and/or make any other changes thereto affecting the same; and (c) make any other changes, additions and/or deletions in any way affecting the Project and/or any portion thereof as Landlord may elect from time to time, including without limitation, additions to and/or deletions from the land comprising the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project; provided, however, Landlord shall not change the size, dimensions, location or Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises or materially adversely impact Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that construction noise, vibrations and dust associated with normal construction activities in connection with any redevelopment of the Project are to be expected during the course of such construction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to seek damages (including abatement of Rent) or to cancel or terminate this Lease because of any proposed changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration of the Project nor shall Tenant have the right to restrict, inhibit or prohibit any such changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration; provided, however, Landlord shall not change the size, dimensions, location or Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises or materially adversely impact Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises.

(q) EV Charging Stations. To the extent that the Project is not exempt Section 1952.7 of the California Civil Code, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant’s written request to install 1 or more electric vehicle car charging stations (“EV Stations”) in the parking area serving the Project; provided, however, that Tenant complies with all reasonable requirements, standards, rules and regulations which may be imposed by Landlord, at the time Landlord’s consent is granted, in connection with Tenant’s installation, maintenance, repair and operation of such EV Stations, which may include, without limitation, the charge to Tenant of a reasonable monthly rental amount for the parking spaces used by Tenant for such EV Stations, Landlord’s designation of the location of Tenant’s EV Stations, and Tenant’s payment of all costs whether incurred by Landlord or Tenant in connection with the installation, maintenance, repair and operation of each Tenant’s EV Station(s). Nothing contained in this paragraph is intended to increase the number of parking spaces which Tenant is otherwise entitled to use at the Project under Section 10 of this Lease nor impose any additional obligations on Landlord with respect to Tenant’s parking rights at the Project.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 47

 

(r) California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). In addition, the following notice is hereby provided pursuant to Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of and in connection with such notice: (i) Tenant, having read such notice and understanding Tenant’s right to request and obtain a CASp inspection, hereby elects not to obtain such CASp inspection and forever waives its rights to obtain a CASp inspection with respect to the Premises, Building and/or Project to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements; and (ii) if the waiver set forth in clause (i) hereinabove is not enforceable pursuant to Legal Requirements, then Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows (which constitutes the mutual agreement of the parties as to the matters described in the last sentence of the foregoing notice): (A) Tenant shall have the one-time right to request for and obtain a CASp inspection, which request must be made, if at all, in a written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord; (B) any CASp inspection timely requested by Tenant shall be conducted (1) at a time mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, (2) in a professional manner by a CASp designated by Landlord and without any testing that would damage the Premises, Building or Project in any way, and (3) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment of the fee for such CASp inspection, the fee for any reports prepared by the CASp in connection with such CASp inspection (collectively, the “CASp Reports”) and all other costs and expenses in connection therewith; (C) the CASp Reports shall be delivered by the CASp simultaneously to Landlord and Tenant; (D) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs to or within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards including, without limitation, any violations disclosed by such CASp inspection; and (E) if such CASp inspection identifies any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards relating to those items of the Building and Project located outside the Premises that are Landlord’s obligation to repair as set forth in this Lease, then Landlord shall perform such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs as and to the extent required by Legal Requirements to correct such violations, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs within 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord.

(s) Shuttle Services. Landlord and affiliates of Landlord plan to provide a campus shuttle service for the Project and other buildings in the vicinity of the Project that are owned by affiliates of Landlord (the “Shuttle Service”); provided, however, that neither Landlord nor any affiliate of Landlord shall be obligated to provide the Shuttle Service (or, once the Shuttle Service has commenced, to continue providing the Shuttle Service for any specific period of time) or to cause the Shuttle Service to follow any specific route, make any specific stops, or adhere to any specific schedule or hours of operation. If Landlord and affiliates of Landlord actually commence operation of the Shuttle Service that services the Building, (i) Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the date such operation will commence (“Shuttle Services Commencement Date”) and the planned route, stops, schedule, and hours of operation, (ii) Landlord shall permit Tenant’s employees actually employed at the Project to use the Shuttle Service, and (iii) regardless of whether Tenant’s employees use the Shuttle Services, commencing on later to occur of (x) the Shuttle Services Commencement Date, or the Commencement Date, through the earlier of the expiration of the Term or the date that Landlord permanently ceases to provide Shuttle Service, Operating Expenses shall include the cost of provision the Shuttle Service (the “Shuttle Service Costs”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the commencement or continued availability of the Shuttle Service and that Tenant is not entering into this Lease with an

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 48

 

expectation that the Shuttle Service shall commence or continue to be available to Tenant throughout the Term.

(t) Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature process complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Electronic signatures shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Lease and all matters related thereto, with such electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures.

(u) Third Party Agreements. If, during the Term, (a) Tenant requests that Landlord review, prepare, and/or negotiate documents between Landlord and any third party (collectively, “Third Party Documents”) relating to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises (other than lien waivers which are governed by Section 12), and (b) Landlord agrees, in Landlord’s sole discretion and without obligation to do so, to review, prepare, and/ or negotiate such Third Party Documents, then Landlord shall be entitled to reimbursement from Tenant for its actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the review, preparation, and/or negotiation of such Third Party Documents.

(v) Prevailing Party’s Fees. In the event that either party should bring suit or commence any suit or proceeding related to this Lease against the other party, then all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expert fees, incurred by the prevailing party relating to such legal action shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

(w) Storage Area. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to use a portion of the subterranean parking garage of the Building, as shown on Exhibit M (“Storage Area”), for the storage of Tenant’s property and for no other use or purpose. Tenant may not store Hazardous Materials in the Storage Area. Tenant shall have all of the obligations under this Lease with respect to the Storage Area as though the Storage Area were part of the Premises, except that Tenant shall not be required to pay any Base Rent or additional Operating Expenses in connection with the Storage Area. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements to Storage Area of any kind whatsoever. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, surrender the Storage Area at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease free of any debris and trash and free of any Hazardous Materials in accordance with the requirements of Section 28.

[ Signatures on next page ]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page 49

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

Name:

Tom Miller

Its:

CEO

 

 

☒

 I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title

above are my signature, name and title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

managing member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS Corp.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Dean

 

 

Name:

Gary Dean

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President – Real

 

 

Estate Legal Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page A-1

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

[***]

 

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page B-1

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

[***]

 

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-1

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER dated January 16, 2026 (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated of even date herewith (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates [***] and [***] (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a) below). The email address for Tenant’s Representative named in this Section 1(a) are [***] and [***].

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Anna Bryan and Michael D’Ambrosia (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work. The email address for Landlord’s Representative named in this Section 1(b) are [***] and [***].

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) DPR shall be the general contractor for the Tenant Improvements (the “General Contractor”) and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be reasonably selected by Landlord, and (ii) DGA shall be the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Premises of a fixed and permanent nature reflected in the TI Construction Drawings (as defined below). The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the space plans prepared by the TI Architect attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Space Plans”) and the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix”). The Tenant Improvements shall not include any data cabling or any furniture, fixtures or equipment. Other than the Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Attached hereto as Schedule 3 is a schedule of critical dates for the construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Critical Dates Schedule”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tenant Improvements reflected in the Space Plan do not currently include any of the items listed on Schedule 4 (“Additional Scope Items). If Tenant elects to include any of the Additional Scope Items as part of the Tenant Improvements, and such election results in Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(b) below), Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of such Additional Scope Items (to the extent they result in Excess TI Costs), provided that Tenant may apply the Allowance (as defined in Section 5 below) toward such Excess TI Costs.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-2

 

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Space Plans have been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plans requested by Tenant (as opposed to changes required in connection with Landlord’s Work outside of Tenant’s control) shall require the delivery of a Change Request (as defined in Section 4) and constitute Changes (as defined in Section 4) subject to Section 4 below.

(c) Design Development Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant preliminary permit set plans and specifications for development of the Tenant Improvements (the “Design Development Drawings”), which Design Development Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings, to advance the Design Development Drawings and Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to revise and resubmit the Design Development Drawings accordingly until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall have 5 business days after delivery of the Design Development Drawings to Tenant to review the Design Development Drawings and provide any comments thereto. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Design Development Drawings. Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Space Plans without submitting a Change Request, which Change Request shall be subject to the terms of Section 4. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(e) hereof.

(d) TI Construction Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Design Development Drawings. Landlord shall deliver a copy of the TI Construction Drawings for Tenant’s reasonable review and approval, provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove of any aspect of the TI Construction Drawings that is consistent with the Design Development Drawings without submitting a Change Request. Following Landlord’s delivery of the initial TI Construction Drawings to Tenant, Tenant shall have 5 business days to review and provide any such comments to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord any such written comments to the TI Construction Drawings, Landlord shall consider such comments from Tenant in good faith and, if required to conform with the Design Development Drawings, the TI Construction Drawings shall be revised accordingly. Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings (as defined in Section 2(f) below), to advance the TI Construction Drawings until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(e) hereof. Once approved by Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

(e) Approval and Completion. It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be finalized by the date set forth in the Critical Dates Schedule for finalization of the TI Construction Drawings in order for the Landlord’s Work to be Substantially Completed by the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease) and the failure of the TI Construction Drawings to be finalized by such date any reason other than delays caused by Landlord, the TI Architect or the General Contractor shall constitute a Tenant Delay. Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable by Tenant, and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the Building structure or any Building Systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision).

(f) Project Meetings. The parties will hold regular project meetings (each, a “Project Meeting”) to, among other things, (i) review design documents relating to Tenant Improvements, and (ii) review the progress of the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, (iii) observation of the status of construction of the Tenant Improvements, (iv) Tenant’s election of any Additional Scope Items and/or any other Changes or Change Requests, and (v) potential or anticipated Excess TI Costs. Any such

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-3

 

observation shall be conducted under the supervision of the General Contractor and shall be subject to the General Contractor’s rules and safety requirements. The Project Meetings shall be attended by Landlord’s Representative, Tenant’s Representative, the General Contractor and the TI Architect, and other appropriate members of the design and construction team (as appropriate given the time and subject of the particular Project Meeting).

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work.

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work. As used herein, “Landlord’s Work” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements, and construction associated with converting the Building into a multi-tenant building. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the design and specifications for the Tenant Improvements are consistent with Tenant’s requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, Landlord shall cause, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, the remediation prior to the Commencement Date, in a manner acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion and otherwise in compliance with Legal Requirements, of Hazardous Materials discovered in the Premises during the construction of Landlord’s Work requiring remediation.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining all permits, approvals and entitlements necessary for Landlord’s Work, but shall have no obligation to, and shall not, secure any permits, approvals or entitlements related to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or Tenant’s business operations therein. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements following the issuance of a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable by Landlord as part of TI Costs. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord, as needed, to obtain the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Work to be substantially completed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit and applicable Legal Requirements, subject to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not materially interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the General Contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

(d) Selection of Materials. Except for materials and equipment specified on the TI Construction Drawings, all materials and equipment included as part of Landlord’s Work shall be selected by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Premises. When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the terms of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-4

 

“Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord in writing of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and with respect to any such Construction Defect of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within such one year period, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter or, if such Construction Defect cannot be remedied within 30 days, within a reasonable period taking into account the nature of the Construction Defect, so long as the responsible contractor commences such remedy within 30 days and diligently and continuously prosecutes the same to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. If the contractor fails to remedy such Construction Defect as provided above, then Landlord shall remedy the Construction Defect within a reasonable period.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant.

(f) Commencement Date Delay. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed beyond the Target Commencement Date by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available for more than 2 business days after written notice (which may be given by email) from Landlord or the General Contractor to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Changes whether or not any such Changes are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Changes;

(iv) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving the Design Development Drawings or the TI Construction Drawings beyond the periods set forth herein or in the Critical Dates Schedule;

(v) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs; or

(vii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons that actually delays Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and continues for 2 business days after written notice from Landlord or the General Contractor.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-5

 

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements reflected in the Design Development Drawings (“Changes”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. Tenant shall request any Changes by delivery of written notice to Landlord detailing the nature and extent of any the requested Changes (a “Change Request”). Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid for by Tenant to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost involved, and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant approves in writing the estimated cost and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord any Excess TI Costs arising in connection with any approved Changes in accordance with Section 5(b) below. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

5. Costs.

(a) TI Costs. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of design, permits and construction costs incurred in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, except for costs arising from or related to any Additional Scope Items elected by Tenant, Change Requests, Changes or Tenant Delays which are not otherwise offset by line item or budget reductions (“TI Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay for any furniture, personal property or other non-Building Systems materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements. For the avoidance of any doubt, (i) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Landlord” shall be paid by Landlord and not included in TI Costs, (ii) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Turn-Key TI” shall be included as TI Costs, and (ii) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Tenant Direct” and “Landlord Funded by Tenant Change Request” shall be paid by out of the Allowance or directly by Tenant.

(b) Excess TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be responsible for all TI Costs in excess of $136.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises arising from or related to any Additional Scope Items elected by Tenant, Change Requests, Changes or Tenant Delays which are not otherwise offset by line item or budget reductions (collectively, “Excess TI Costs”). Subject to the terms of this Section 5(b), Tenant shall be responsible for paying for all such Excess TI Costs, and shall deliver the full amount of all such Excess TI Costs to Landlord within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of one or more invoices therefor and reasonable back-up documentation reflecting the amount of the Excess TI Costs (including how the Excess TI Costs were calculated, and specifically documenting Landlord’s cost to design and construct the Tenant Improvements due to Tenant’s Changes or Tenant Delays versus the costs Landlord would have incurred to design and construct the Tenant Improvements had such Tenant’s Changes or Tenant Delays not occurred), which may, at Landlord’s election, be delivered prior to or after the Substantial Completion of the

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-6

 

Tenant Improvements. If Landlord elects to collect such Excess TI Costs prior to the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant’s payment of such Excess TI Costs shall be a condition precedent to Landlord’s continued performance and completion of the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant fails to timely deliver any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease.

(c) Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (the “Allowance”) in the maximum amount of $600,000.00 in the aggregate, which shall, to the extent used (as determined by Tenant in its sole discretion), result in TI Rent as set forth in Section 4(b) of the Lease. The Allowance shall be used solely for the payment of Excess TI Costs. Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to use the Allowance (or portions thereof, as applicable) as of the date that Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that it desires to apply all or any portion of the Allowance towards Excess TI Costs. Such election shall be final and binding on Tenant, and may not thereafter be modified without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. The Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter. Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to or payment of Base Rent) of any portion of the Allowance not applied towards Excess TI Costs. Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the Allowance that is not disbursed before the last day of the month that is 12 months after the Commencement Date (the “Allowance Outside Date”). Any portion of the Allowance remaining undisbursed as of the Allowance Outside Date shall deemed to have been forfeited by Tenant and Tenant shall have no further right to any portion of such undisbursed Allowance.

6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Premises (i) 30 days prior to the Commencement Date for Tenant’s installation of Tenant’s security systems and the installation and setup of its furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E Installation”), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with the TI Architect and the General Contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to observe the progress of Landlord’s Work; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant has delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 17 of the Lease. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of the General Contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) No Acceptance of Premises. The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing the FF&E Installation shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-7

 

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

(c) No Default Funding. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to perform any Landlord’s Work during any period that Tenant is in Default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

(d) Notices. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or in the Work Letter, notices between Tenant’s Representative and Landlord’s Representative may be delivered via email.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-8

 

Schedule 1

Space Plans

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-9

 

Schedule 2

Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-10

 

Schedule 3

Critical Dates Schedule

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Work Letter – Landlord Build

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page C-11

 

Schedule 4

Additional Scope Items

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page D-1

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this ____ day of ____________, ____, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated_____________, 2026 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is ____________, ____, and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be 11:59 p.m. Pacific time on ____________, ____, In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Its:

 

 

 

☐

 I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title

above are my signature, name and title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

managing member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS Corp.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Rules and Regulations

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page E-1

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects after Tenant becomes aware of any such defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Rules and Regulations

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page E-2

 

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

20. Tenant shall cause any vendors and other service providers providing regular service at the Project (including, service providers hired by Tenant to perform services with respect to the Building Systems or to perform janitorial services with respect to the Premises) hired by Tenant to perform services at the Premises or the Project to maintain in effect workers’ compensation insurance as required by Legal Requirements and reasonable commercial general liability insurance with coverage amounts reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall cause such vendors and service providers to name Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. as additional insureds under such policies and shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverages (and showing Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. as additional insureds under such policies) prior to the applicable vendor or service provider providing any services to Tenant at the Project.

21. Neither Tenant nor any of the Tenant Parties shall have the right to photograph, videotape, film, digitally record or by any other means record, transmit and/or distribute any images, pictures or videos of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project that could identify the Project or the name of the Project, or that identify Landlord or any other tenants or any affiliates of Landlord or any other tenants. The foregoing is not meant to prohibit individual employees from taking and disseminating photos of themselves or other people within the Premises or at the Project so long as neither the Building nor any proprietary information, equipment or improvements of Landlord are included within such photos.

22. Tenant shall regularly review the guidelines published by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and any state and/or local Governmental Authorities, and will implement the practices and procedures suggested thereby, as well as industry standard best practices, to prevent the spread of Infectious Conditions, including, without limitation, COVID-19.

23. Landlord may exclude or expel from the Project any person that is exhibiting symptoms associated with any currently known or unknown Infectious Condition.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page F-1

 

EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

None.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page G-1

 

EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

OPERATING EXPENSE EXCLUSIONS

(i) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the Commencement Date and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(ii) capital expenditures for expansion or reconfiguration of the Project;

(iii) the cost of correcting any building code or other violation of Legal Requirements which were violations prior to the Commencement Date;

(iv) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured, and all payments of base rent (but not operating expenses or taxes, except to the extent such item of operating expenses or taxes would otherwise not be permitted to be passed through pursuant to Section 5 and Section 9 of this Lease) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project;

(v) depreciation of the Project (except for Capital Expenditures, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses subject to the terms of Section 5);

(vi) advertising, promotional, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent, tenant improvements and construction allowances for tenants;

(vii) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(viii) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(ix) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

(x) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to (i) personnel of Landlord or its agents or contractors above the position of the person, regardless of title, who has day-to-day management responsibility for the Project or (ii) officers and employees of Landlord or its affiliates who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project; provided, however, that with respect to any such person who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project, the salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation of such person shall be prorated to reflect time spent on matters related to operating, managing, maintaining or repairing the Project in comparison to the time spent on matters unrelated to operating, managing, maintaining or repairing the Project;

(xi) costs incurred for off-site offices or facilities maintained in connection with the management, operation, engineering, sustainability, Utility and/or security services provided to the Project and other properties owned by Landlord or affiliates of Landlord, except to the extent of the Project’s share of such costs as proportionately allocated among the Project and such other properties owned by Landlord or affiliates of Landlord served by such off-site offices or facilities;

(xii) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page G-2

 

(xiii) costs and expenses (including legal fees, attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes or negotiations with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(xiv) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7);

(xv) expenses resulting from the violation of any laws or governmental rule or authority by Landlord, its employees, agents, or contractors;

(xvi) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(xvii) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(xviii) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(xix) costs in connection with services or items which are not available to all tenants of the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(xx) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(xxi) costs of repairs or other work necessitated by fire, windstorm or other casualty; provided such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the parties in accordance with the provisions of Section 18;

(xxii) costs incurred as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Insured Parties (as defined in Section 17);

(xxiii) the cost of testing, containing, removing, or otherwise remediating any contamination of the Project (including the underlying land and ground water) by any Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is not responsible under this Lease;

(xxiv) the cost of installing or upgrading any utility metering for any part of the Project;

(xxv) Operating Expense reserves (other than reserves for Taxes);

(xxvi) Any Capital Expenditures except to the extent amortized in accordance with Section 5;

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page G-3

 

(xxvii) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project or franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein (except to the extent such taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder); and

(xxviii) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project.

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page H-1

 

EXHIBIT H TO LEASE

LANDLORD’S FURNITURE

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page I-1

 

EXHIBIT I TO LEASE

MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page J-1

 

EXHIBIT J TO LEASE

SIGNAGE

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page K-1

 

EXHIBIT K TO LEASE

ROFR SPACE

[***]

 

img203549933_0.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page L-1

 

EXHIBIT L TO LEASE

CONTROL AREAS

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page M-1

 

EXHIBIT M TO LEASE

STORAGE AREA

[***]

 

img203549933_0.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

3545 Cray Court – Suite 200/Iambic - Page N-1

 

EXHIBIT N TO LEASE

SPACE PLAN FOR EXPANSION PREMISES

[***]

 

img203549933_1.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

img203549933_2.jpg

January 16, 2026

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

5627 Oberlin Drive, Suite 120

San Diego, CA 92121

Attn: Legal Department

Re: 3545 Cray Court, San Diego, California/Letter of Credit

To Whom It May Concern:

Reference is made to that certain Lease Agreement dated of even date herewith (the “Lease”), between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), relating to the lease of premises at the above-referenced property. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given thereto in the Lease.

Pursuant to Section 6 of the Lease, Tenant is required to deposit with Landlord, concurrent with the execution of the Lease, a Security Deposit in the amount of $236,003.25 in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit and otherwise in compliance with the terms of Section 6 of the Lease (the “Letter of Credit”). Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant requires additional time to obtain the Letter of Credit. The parties hereto agree that Tenant may deliver to Landlord the Letter of Credit under the Lease, in form approved by Landlord, within 30 days after the mutual execution of the Lease. Tenant’s failure to deliver such Letter of Credit to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this paragraph shall constitute a Default under Section 20 of the Lease.

[Signatures on following page]

 


Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

January 16, 2026

Page 2

The Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect except as expressly set forth in this letter agreement. By countersignature below, Tenant agrees to the terms of this letter agreement.

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

managing member

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS Corp.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Dean

 

 

Name:

Gary Dean

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President – Real

 

 

Estate Legal Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

Name:

Tom Miller

Its:

CEO

 

 

☒

 I hereby certify that the signature, name,

and title above are my signature, name and title

 

 


 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 16 day of January, 2026, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 74, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Licensor”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Licensee”).

RECITALS:

A. Licensor is the owner of certain real property (the “Project”), at which that certain building commonly known as 10975 Torreyana Road, San Diego, California (the “Building”), is located.

B. Licensee and Licensor’s affiliate, ARE-SD-Region No. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Cray Court Landlord”), are entering into a Lease Agreement with respect to certain premises located at 3545 Cray Court, San Diego, California (the “Cray Court Building”), on or about the date hereof (as the same may be amended in the future, the “Lease”).

C. In connection with the Lease, Licensee is required to temporarily relocate Landlord’s Furniture (as defined in the Lease) from the Cray Court Building while the Cray Court Landlord is performing certain construction work therein. Licensor has agreed to provide Licensee with a license to use a portion of the Building designated by Licensor, which area is subject to change upon 30 days’ prior written notice (the “Storage Area”), for the purpose of storing Landlord’s Furniture.

D. Licensee and Licensor wish to confirm the terms and conditions upon which Licensee may use the Storage Area.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein expressed and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Licensee and Licensor agree as follows:

1. Grant of License.

(a) Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a temporary license to use the Storage Area for the Permitted Use (as defined in Section 4 below), together with reasonable access thereto, upon and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. The term of the license to use the Storage Area under this Agreement (“Term”) shall commence on the first business day after the mutual execution of this Agreement by Licensor and Licensee, and continue until the date that is 30 days following the Commencement Date (as such term is defined in the Lease), unless earlier terminated as a result of (a) the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease prior to the Commencement Date, and (b) the date this Agreement is terminated for Cause (as defined in Section 8).

(b) Licensee shall utilize the Storage Area on an “as is” basis, and Licensor is hereby expressly relieved and released from any duty or obligation to make any improvements or alterations to the Storage Area. Licensee hereby further acknowledges that Licensor has made no representation as to the condition of the Storage Area or the Project or the suitability of the Storage Area or the Project for Licensee’s intended use. Licensee shall, at all times during the Term comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Licensor covering the use of the Storage Area and the Project.

2. Waiver of Liability and Indemnification. Licensee warrants that it will use reasonable care to prevent damage to property and injury to persons while on the Project under this Agreement. Licensee hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., Licensor, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, sub-agents, constituent entities and lease signators (collectively, “Licensor Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Storage Area, arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Storage Area by Licensee or any of Licensee’s Related Parties, or a breach or default by Licensee in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except

 

img203549933_3.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Licensor Indemnified Parties. Licensor Indemnified Parties shall not be liable to Licensee for, and Licensee assumes all risk of damage to, Landlord’s Furniture. Licensee further waives any and all claims for injury to Licensee’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of Landlord’s Furniture. Licensor Indemnified Parties shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant or other licensee at the Project or of any other third party. The provisions of this Section 2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

Licensee acknowledges that the Storage Area may not be secure and may be accessible by third parties. Licensee further acknowledges that Licensor and its contractors and agents will have access to the Storage Area and that Licensor is under no obligation to provide any security with respect to Landlord’s Furniture. Licensee waives any claims it may have against Licensor arising out of Licensee’s storage of Landlord’s Furniture in the Storage Area and in connection with any damage to or loss of Landlord’s Furniture, and releases and exculpates Licensor from any liability in connection with Licensee’s storage of Landlord’s Furniture in the Storage Area or damage to or loss of Landlord’s Furniture during the Term.

3. Insurance of Licensee. Licensee shall cause all insurance required to be carried by Licensee pursuant to the terms of the Lease to also apply with respect to this Agreement, the Storage Area and all activities in connection therewith and, solely for purposes of this sentence, the Storage Area shall be deemed to be part of the Premises (as defined in the Lease) under the Lease with respect to Licensee’s insurance obligations and required coverages applicable to the Storage Area and Licensor shall be added as an additional insured. Additionally, Licensee shall be required, at its sole cost and expense, to maintain during the Term all risk property insurance covering the full replacement cost of Landlord’s Furniture.

4. Use. Licensee’s use of the Storage Area is strictly limited to the storage of Landlord’s Furniture (as such term is defined in the Lease) (“Permitted Use”), and for no other purpose. Licensee shall not store any Hazardous Materials in the Storage Area. Licensee shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Storage Area of any kind whatsoever. The Storage Area shall be used in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Project.

Licensor hereby reserves the right to enter the Storage Area at all reasonable times upon not less than 24 hours advance written notice to Licensee (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for any purpose Licensor deems to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the maintenance, repair, operation, sale or leasing of the Project.

5. Hazardous Materials. Licensee shall not permit or cause any party to bring any Hazardous Materials upon the Storage Area or use, store, handle, treat, generate, manufacture, transport, release or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in, on or from the Storage Area without Licensor’s prior written consent which may be withheld in Licensor’s sole discretion. The term “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any flammable material, explosives, radioactive materials, petroleum products, hazardous or toxic substances, or any waste or related materials, including without limitation anything included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous materials”, “hazardous wastes”, or “toxic substances” under any applicable federal, state or local law or regulation. If Licensee or any of its employees, agents, contractors, customers, guests or invitees (each, a “Related Party”) in any way causes or permits contamination of the Storage Area or the Project with Hazardous Materials, Licensee shall notify Licensor, and Licensor may terminate the license immediately. Licensee hereby indemnifies Licensor, and agrees to defend and hold Licensor harmless, from and against all claims of any type arising from or in connection with contamination of the Storage Area or the Project by Hazardous Materials caused by Licensee or any Licensee Related Party or by Licensee’s use of this license.

 

img203549933_3.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

6. License Fee. No monthly license fee shall be payable to Licensor in connection with this Agreement.

7. Operating Expenses. Licensee shall not be required to pay Operating Expenses in connection with this Agreement.

8. Termination For Cause. “Cause” for termination of this Agreement shall exist if Licensee fails to comply with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, and fails to cure such default within 2 business days after the date of receipt of written notice of default from Licensor.

9. Condition Upon Surrender. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Licensee shall, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, remove all Landlord’s Furniture from the Storage Area and deliver the Storage Area to Licensor free of any debris, trash and Hazardous Materials. Licensee shall restore and repair any damage to the Storage Area and/or Project caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal.

10. Limitation on Licensor’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LICENSOR AND LICENSEE TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LICENSOR SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND LICENSEE AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: LANDLORD’S FURNITURE, LICENSEE’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, PRODUCT, AND/OR BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE STORAGE AREA AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LICENSOR FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE STORAGE AREA OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LICENSOR HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LICENSOR’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LICENSOR’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LICENSOR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LICENSOR OR ANY OF LICENSOR’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LICENSOR OR ANY OF LICENSOR’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO LICENSEE’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

11. Holdover. If Licensee remains in possession of the Storage Area after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Licensor, Licensee shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this License. Licensee shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Licensor resulting from or occasioned by Licensee’s holding over, including consequential damages.

12. Security. Licensor shall not be responsible for the personal safety of Licensee or any Related Party while any such person is in, on or about the Storage Area. Licensee agrees that Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee for, and Licensee waives any claim against Licensor with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Licensee or any Related Party.

13. Assignment. Licensee may not assign or otherwise transfer all or any part of its interest in this Agreement or in the Storage Area.

 

img203549933_3.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

14. Governing Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

15. Notice. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement may be personally delivered to a party, or may be sent by overnight courier service (e.g., Federal Express), to either party addressed as follows:

 

To Licensee:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

[***]

 

Attention: Legal Department

 

 

With a copy to:

Iambic Therapeutics, Inc.

 

[***]

 

Attention: [***]

 

 

To Licensor:

c/o Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

[***]

 

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

Re: [***]

 

Notices under this Agreement shall be deemed duly given when actually received by the addressee or when delivery thereof is refused.

16. OFAC. Licensee and all beneficial owners of Licensee are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Agreement remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the Term of this Agreement be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

17. Licensor’s Right to Relocate Storage Area. Licensor shall have the right to relocate the Storage Area upon 30 days’ prior written notice to another area of the Project designated by Licensor, or, if Licensor is unable to find a suitable location at the Project, to an off-site location within a reasonable proximity to the Project at the sole cost and expense of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

18. Miscellaneous. Any modification of this Agreement must be in writing signed by both Licensor and Licensee. If any provision of this Agreement is made unenforceable, such shall not affect the enforceability of any other provision. If any action is brought by either party against the other, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the respective parties.

19. Brokers. Licensor and Licensee each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Agreement and that no Broker brought about this transaction. Licensor and Licensee each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the brokers, if any, named in this Agreement, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Licensor or Licensee, as applicable, with regard to this Agreement.

20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature process complying with the

 

img203549933_3.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Electronic signatures shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Agreement and all matters related thereto, with such electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LICENSEE:

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

Name:

Tom Miller

Its:

CEO

 

 

☒

 I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title

above are my signature, name and title.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LICENSOR:

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 74, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

managing member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS Corp.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Gary Dean Gary Dean

 

 

Its:

 Executive Vice President – Real

 

 

Estate Legal Affairs

 

 

img203549933_3.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2025 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary - Do Not Copy or

 

Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are

 

registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “First Amendment”) is made as of March 31, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of January 16, 2026 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain side letter dated as of January 16, 2026 (as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases premises in that certain building located at 3545 Cray Court, San Diego, California (the “Building”), consisting of approximately 44,912 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 200 (the “Existing Premises”). The Existing Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, expand the size of the Existing Premises by adding Suite 120 (referenced in the Lease as the “Suite B Space”), containing approximately 13,370 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit A attached to this First Amendment (“Expansion Premises”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.
Expansion Premises. In addition to the Existing Premises, commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2 below), Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, the Expansion Premises.
2.
Delivery of Expansion Premises. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before February 1, 2027 (the “Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), with the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed and in broom clean condition (“Delivery” or “Deliver”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and neither the Lease nor this First Amendment shall be void or voidable. As used herein, the terms “Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements,” “Tenant Delays,” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Expansion Premises Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to this First Amendment.

The “Expansion Premises Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (i) the date that Landlord Delivers the Expansion Premises to Tenant, or (ii) the date that Landlord could have Delivered the Expansion Premises to Tenant but for Tenant Delays. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall (absent manifest error) execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date when such is established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Expansion Premises Commencement Date” attached to this First Amendment as Exhibit C; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Expansion Premises Work Letter, provided that Tenant has delivered a certificate of insurance reflecting the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 17 of the Original Lease, Landlord shall permit Tenant access to the Expansion Premises for a period of up to 30 days prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date for the FF&E Installation (as defined in Section 6(a) of the Expansion

 

 

1

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Premises Work Letter), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with Landlord to avoid interfering with completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, and Tenant complies with the terms of the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. All such access shall be during normal business hours. Any access to the Expansion Premises by Tenant before the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or Utilities.

Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building Systems serving only the Expansion Premises of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within 120 calendar days after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, unless Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost.

Except as set forth in the Expansion Premises Work Letter (including Landlord’s obligations with respect to punch-list items as set forth in the Expansion Premises Work Letter) or as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease (as amended by this First Amendment): (i) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises in their condition as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Expansion Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises and that the Expansion Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken.

Except as set forth in the Expansion Premises Work Letter or as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease (as amended by this First Amendment), Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Expansion Premises, and/or the suitability of the Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Expansion Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use.

3.
Premises and Rentable Area of Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined terms “Premises” and “Rentable Area of Premises” on page 1 of the Original Lease shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“Premises: That portion of the Project, containing approximately 58,282 rentable square feet, consisting of (i) approximately 44,912 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 200, located on the second floor of the Building (the “Existing Premises”), and (ii) approximately 13,370 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 120, located on the first floor of the Building (the “Expansion Premises”), all as shown on Exhibit A.”

“Rentable Area of Premises: 58,282 sq. ft.”

As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended by adding the Expansion Premises as shown on Exhibit A attached to this First Amendment.

4.
Base Rent.

a. Existing Premises. Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises shall be as provided for in the Lease.

 

 

2

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

b. Expansion Premises. Subject to the following paragraph, commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall (in addition to Base Rent for the Existing Premises) commence paying Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises at a rate of $63.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises per year. Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (provided, however, that if the Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full calendar month immediately following the Expansion Premises Commencement Date) (each an “Expansion Premises Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises immediately before such Expansion Premises Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises immediately before such Expansion Premises Adjustment Date.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this First Amendment, so long as Tenant is not in Default under the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises for the period commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through the day that is 10 months thereafter (the “Expansion Premises Base Rent Abatement Period”). For illustration purposes, if the Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on February 5, 2027, then the last day of the Expansion Premises Base Rent Abatement Period Shall be December 4, 2027. For the avoidance of doubt, during the Expansion Premises Base Rent Abatement Period, Tenant shall be required to pay (i) Operating Expenses attributable to the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises), and (ii) administrative rent with respect to the entire Premises each month equal to the amount of administrative rent that Tenant would have been required to pay in the absence of there being an Expansion Premises Base Rent Abatement Period.

5.
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” on page 1 the Original Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 49.05%”

For the avoidance of doubt, when calculating the cap on Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building set forth in the third paragraph of Section 5(b) of the Original Lease, the aggregate amount shall be calculated with respect to the rentable square footage of the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises). The time periods for calculating such cap with respect to the entire Premises as well as the permissible increases set forth in Section 5(g) of the Original Lease shall all be calculated from the Commencement Date as set forth in the Original Lease (and not from the Existing Premises Commencement Date).

6.
Term. The Term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be coterminous with the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the Existing Premises.
7.
Security Deposit. Commencing on the Effective Date, the defined term “Security Deposit Amount” on Page 1 of the Original Lease is deleted in its entirely and replaced with the following:

 

 

3

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

“Security Deposit Amount: $306,195.75”

Landlord currently holds a Security Deposit of $236,003.25 under the Lease in the form of a Letter of Credit. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this First Amendment to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amended Letter of Credit which increases the amount of the existing Letter of Credit being held by Landlord to $306,195.75 or an additional Letter of Credit in the amount of $70,192.50.

8.
Booster Pumps. As part of a Change Request (as defined in the Work Letter attached to the Original Lease (the “Existing Premises Work Letter”)) to the Tenant Improvements contemplated by the Existing Premises Work Letter attached to the Original Lease, Tenant has requested the installation of 2 booster pumps to service the Premises (the “Booster Pumps”). Landlord has agreed to the installation of the Booster Pumps in the subterranean parking structure beneath the Building in the location shown on Exhibit H attached hereto (the “Tenant Booster Pump Area”). Tenant shall have all of the obligations under the Lease with respect to the Tenant Booster Pump Area as though the Tenant Booster Pump Area were part of the Premises including, without limitation, the delivery of a Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan with respect to the Tenant Booster Pump Area pursuant to Section 28 of the Original Lease, except that Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent with respect to the Tenant Booster Pump Area. The Tenant Booster Pump Area impacts 2 parking spaces, and as a result thereof, the number of parking spaces available to Tenant under the Lease shall be reduced by 2 parking spaces. Tenant shall, if required by Landlord, remove the Booster Pumps and restore the Tenant Booster Pump Area at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall surrender the Tenant Booster Pump Area free of any debris and trash and free of any Hazardous Materials upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Landlord shall have no obligation to make any repairs or improvements to the Booster Pumps or the Tenant Booster Pump Area and Tenant shall maintain the Booster Pumps and the Tenant Booster Pump Area, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in good repair and condition during the Term.
9.
Parking. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Section 10 of the Original Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Parking. Subject to all applicable Legal Requirements, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, at no additional cost during the Base Term, to use 174 parking spaces, which parking spaces shall be located as follows: (i) 144 of the parking spaces shall be located in the non-reserved parking areas of the subterranean parking structure beneath the Building and surface parking lot serving the Building, in common with other tenants of the Building, and (ii) 30 of the parking spaces shall be located in the non-reserved parking areas of the parking structure located at 3033/3035 Science Park Road, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, if any Legal Requirement, Force Majeure event, Taking or exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder results in a reduction of parking spaces available to Tenant below 174 parking spaces, Landlord shall provide Tenant with substitute parking spaces within the Project to maintain Tenant’s total parking allocation at 174 parking spaces. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that 2 of the parking spaces available for Tenant’s use are being used for Tenant’s Booster Pumps as set forth in Section 8 of the First Amendment, and as a result thereof Tenant shall only have the right to park vehicles in 142 parking spaces in the non-reserved parking areas of the subterranean parking structure beneath the Building and surface parking lot serving the Building, and Tenant shall only have the right to park vehicles in a total of 172 parking spaces total.”

 

 

4

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

10.
Landlord’s Furniture with respect to the Existing Premises. Tenant has requested that Landlord remove certain of Landlord’s Furniture (as defined in Section 2 of the Original Lease) originally located in the Existing Premises, and Landlord has agreed to remove such Landlord’s Furniture (the “Removed Furniture”). As a result thereof, as of the Effective Date, Exhibit H attached to the Original Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit D attached to this First Amendment, which depicts Landlord’s Furniture originally located in the Existing Premises excluding the Removed Furniture. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall continue to have the right to provide written notice to Landlord identifying the Unwanted Furniture (as defined in Section 2 of the Original Lease) originally located in the Existing Premises that it wants Landlord to remove in accordance with the terms of Section 2 of the Original Lease.
11.
Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture. During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use, at no additional cost, the furniture, fixtures and equipment belonging to Landlord described on Exhibit E attached to this First Amendment and located within the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (the “Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture”). The Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture is being provided to Tenant on an “AS-IS, WHERE-IS” basis without representation or warranty of any kind. Landlord shall have no maintenance obligations whatsoever with respect to the Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture. Tenant shall have no right to remove any of the Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture from the Expansion Premises, and the Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term in substantially the same condition as received by Tenant, except for ordinary wear and tear and casualty. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost, installation and/or any reconfiguration necessary of any additional furniture, fixtures and equipment required beyond the Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture for Tenant’s use in the Expansion Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the provisions of Section 2 of the Original Lease are only applicable to Landlord’s Furniture originally located in the Existing Premises, (ii) Landlord will be delivering the Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture in place, and (iii) Tenant will not be required to temporarily relocate or re-install the Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture in the Expansion Premises prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.
12.
Tenant Maintenance Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the maintenance and repair obligations for the Expansion Premises shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant as set forth on Exhibit I attached hereto.
13.
Control Areas. Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, with respect to the Expansion Premises, Tenant shall be allowed to utilize 100% of Control Area 1B as shown on Exhibit F attached hereto.
14.
Right of First Refusal. Effective as of the Effective Date, Section 39 of the Original Lease shall be modified such that the “ROFR Space” shall only mean Suite 110 (referenced in the Lease as the “Suite A Space”). Additionally, Exhibit K attached to the Original Lease which depicts the ROFR Space shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit G attached to this First Amendment, which removes the Expansion Premises from the ROFR Space.
15.
Expansion Right. For the avoidance of doubt, as set forth in Section 40(a) of the Original Lease, the Expansion Right shall continue in effect through the Expansion Right Expiration Date (as defined in Section 40(a) of the Original Lease) with respect to Suite 110.

 

 

5

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

16.
Right to Extend. For the avoidance of doubt, if Tenant exercises its Extension Right pursuant to Section 41 of the Original Lease, Tenant shall be required to extend the Term with respect to the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises).
17.
Allowance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Existing Premises Work Letter, in addition to being permitted to use the remaining Allowance (as defined in Section 5(c) of the Existing Premises Work Letter) for the payment of Excess TI Costs (as defined in the Existing Premises Work Letter), Tenant shall be permitted to use the remaining Allowance for the payment of Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs (as defined in the Expansion Premises Work Letter), but only if the Additional Scope Items, Change Requests and/or Changes (each as defined in the Expansion Premises Work Letter) for which the Allowance will be used will not cause a Tenant Delay pursuant to the terms of Section 3(f) of the Expansion Premises Work Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, any portion of the Allowance used for Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs will no longer be available for Excess TI Costs.
18.
California Accessibility Disclosure. The provisions of Section 43(r) of the Lease are hereby incorporated herein.
19.
OFAC. Tenant and all beneficial owners of Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of the Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of the Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.
20.
Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this First Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this First Amendment.
21.
Miscellaneous.

a. This First Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This First Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

 

6

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

c. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this First Amendment attached thereto.

d. Except as amended and/or modified by this First Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this First Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this First Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this First Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this First Amendment.

 

[Signatures are on the next page.]

 

 

7

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

 

Tom Miller

Its:

CEO

 

 

☒

I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title

above are my signature, name and title.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, managing member

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Dean

 

 

 

Gary Dean

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President – Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

img203549933_4.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT A

Expansion Premises

[***]

 

A-1

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT B

EXPANSION PREMISES WORK LETTER

THIS EXPANSION PREMISES WORK LETTER dated March 31, 2026 (this “Expansion Premises Work Letter”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated as of January 16, 2026 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated concurrently herewith (the “First Amendment”) (as amended, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates [***] and [***] (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Expansion Premises Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Expansion Premises Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 3(a) below). The email address for Tenant’s Representative named in this Section 1(a) are [***] and [***].

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Anna Bryan and Michael D’Ambrosia (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Expansion Premises Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Expansion Premises Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. The email address for Landlord’s Representative named in this Section 1(b) are [***] and [***].

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) DPR shall be the general contractor for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (the “General Contractor”) and any subcontractors for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall be reasonably selected by Landlord, and (ii) DGA shall be the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

2. Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

(a) Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Expansion Premises of a fixed and permanent nature reflected in the TI Construction Drawings (as defined below). The Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the space plans prepared by the TI Architect attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Space Plans”) and the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix”). The Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall not include any data cabling or any furniture, fixtures or equipment. Other than the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Attached hereto as

 

B-1

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 3 is a schedule of critical dates for the construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (the “Critical Dates Schedule”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements reflected in the Space Plans do not currently include any of the items listed on Schedule 4 (“Additional Scope Items). If Tenant elects to include any of the Additional Scope Items as part of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of such Additional Scope Items, provided that Tenant may apply the Allowance (subject to the terms of Section 17 of the First Amendment) toward the cost of such Additional Scope Items.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Space Plans have been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plans requested by Tenant (as opposed to changes required in connection with the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements outside of Tenant’s control) shall require the delivery of a Change Request (as defined in Section 4) and constitute Changes (as defined in Section 4) subject to Section 4 below.

(c) Design Development Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant preliminary permit set plans and specifications for development of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (the “Design Development Drawings”), which Design Development Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings, to advance the Design Development Drawings and Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to revise and resubmit the Design Development Drawings accordingly until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall have 5 calendar days after delivery of the Design Development Drawings to Tenant to review the Design Development Drawings and provide any comments thereto. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Design Development Drawings. Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Space Plans without submitting a Change Request, which Change Request shall be subject to the terms of Section 4. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(e) hereof.

(d) TI Construction Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Design Development Drawings. Landlord shall deliver a copy of the TI Construction Drawings for Tenant’s reasonable review and approval, provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove of any aspect of the TI Construction Drawings that is consistent with Schedules 1, 2 and 3 attached hereto without submitting a Change Request. Following Landlord’s delivery of the initial TI Construction Drawings to Tenant, Tenant shall have 5 calendar days to review and provide any such comments to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord any such written comments to the TI Construction Drawings, Landlord shall consider such comments from Tenant in good faith and, if required to conform with the Design Development Drawings, the TI Construction Drawings shall be revised accordingly. Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings (as defined in Section 2(f) below), to advance the TI Construction Drawings until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(e) hereof. Once approved by Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

(e) Approval and Completion. It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be finalized by the date set forth in the Critical Dates Schedule for finalization of the TI Construction Drawings in order for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed by the Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in the First Amendment) and the failure of the TI Construction Drawings to be finalized by such date any reason other than delays caused by Landlord, the TI Architect or the General Contractor shall constitute a Tenant Delay. Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, which is not

 

B-2

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable by Tenant, and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the Building structure or any Building Systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision).

(f) Project Meetings. The parties will hold regular project meetings (each, a “Project Meeting”) to, among other things, (i) review design documents relating to Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, and (ii) review the progress of the design and construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, (iii) observation of the status of construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, (iv) Tenant’s election of any Additional Scope Items and/or any Changes or Change Requests, and (v) potential or anticipated Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs. Any such observation shall be conducted under the supervision of the General Contractor and shall be subject to the General Contractor’s rules and safety requirements. The Project Meetings shall be attended by Landlord’s Representative, Tenant’s Representative, the General Contractor and the TI Architect, and other appropriate members of the design and construction team (as appropriate given the time and subject of the particular Project Meeting).

3. Performance of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

(a) Definition of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the design and specifications for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements are consistent with Tenant’s requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Expansion Premises Work Letter, Landlord shall cause, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, the remediation prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, in a manner acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion and otherwise in compliance with Legal Requirements, of Hazardous Materials discovered in the Expansion Premises during the construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements requiring remediation.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining all permits, approvals and entitlements necessary for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, but shall have no obligation to, and shall not, secure any permits, approvals or entitlements related to Tenant’s specific use of the Expansion Premises or Tenant’s business operations therein. Landlord shall commence construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements following the issuance of a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable by Landlord as part of TI Costs. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord, as needed, to obtain the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall cause the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements to be substantially completed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit and applicable Legal Requirements, subject to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not materially interfere with the use of the Expansion Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the General Contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Expansion Premises Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications

 

B-3

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

(d) Selection of Materials. Except for materials and equipment specified on the TI Construction Drawings, all materials and equipment included as part of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Expansion Premises. When the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete, subject to the terms of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Expansion Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord in writing of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and with respect to any such Construction Defect of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within such one year period, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter or, if such Construction Defect cannot be remedied within 30 days, within a reasonable period taking into account the nature of the Construction Defect, so long as the responsible contractor commences such remedy within 30 days and diligently and continuously prosecutes the same to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. If the contractor fails to remedy such Construction Defect as provided above, then Landlord shall remedy the Construction Defect within a reasonable period.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Expansion Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant.

(f) Expansion Premises Commencement Date Delay. Except as otherwise provided in the First Amendment, Delivery of the Expansion Premises shall occur when the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall have been actually delayed beyond the Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available for more than 2 business days after written notice (which may be given by email) from Landlord or the General Contractor to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

 

B-4

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

(ii) Tenant’s request for Changes whether or not any such Changes are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Changes;

(iv) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving the Design Development Drawings or the TI Construction Drawings beyond the periods set forth herein or in the Critical Dates Schedule;

(v) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs; or

(vii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party, or persons employed by any of such persons that actually delays Substantial Completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements and continues for 2 business days after written notice from Landlord or the General Contractor.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements reflected in the TI Construction Drawings (“Changes”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right to request changes to finishes that are consistent with the Building standard palette. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to disapprove a Change Request if such Change would cause a Tenant Delay.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. Tenant shall request any Changes by delivery of written notice to Landlord detailing the nature and extent of any the requested Changes (a “Change Request”). Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid for by Tenant to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost involved, and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements caused by a Change, including any suspension of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant approves in writing the estimated cost and the estimated extension in the time for completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, if any, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord any Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs arising in connection with any approved Changes in accordance with Section 5(b) below. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by

 

B-5

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

5. Costs.

(a) TI Costs. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of design, permits and construction costs incurred in connection with the construction of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, except for costs arising from or related to any Additional Scope Items elected by Tenant, Change Requests, Changes or Tenant Delays (“TI Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay for any furniture, personal property or other non-Building Systems materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. For the avoidance of any doubt, (i) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Landlord” shall be paid by Landlord and not included in TI Costs, (ii) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Turn-Key TI” shall be included in TI Costs, and (iii) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Tenant Direct” and “Landlord Funded by Tenant Change Request” shall be paid directly by Tenant, provided that Tenant may elect to apply a portion of the Allowance subject to the terms of Section 17 of the First Amendment.

(b) Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility for any TI Costs arising from or related to any Additional Scope Items elected by Tenant, Change Requests, Changes or Tenant Delays (collectively, “Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs”). Tenant shall be responsible for paying for all such Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs, and shall deliver the full amount of all such Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs to Landlord within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of one or more invoices therefor and reasonable back-up documentation reflecting the amount of the Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs (including how the Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs were calculated, and specifically documenting Landlord’s cost to design and construct the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements due to Tenant’s Changes or Tenant Delays versus the costs Landlord would have incurred to design and construct the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements had such Tenant’s Changes or Tenant Delays not occurred), which may, at Landlord’s election, be delivered prior to or after the Substantial Completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. If Landlord elects to collect such Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs prior to the Substantial Completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, then Tenant’s payment of such Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs shall be a condition precedent to Landlord’s continued performance and completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. If Tenant fails to timely deliver any Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease.

6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Expansion Premises (i) 30 days prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date for Tenant’s installation of Tenant’s security systems and the installation and setup of its furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E Installation”), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with the TI Architect and the General Contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, to observe the progress of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Expansion Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant has delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 17 of

 

B-6

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

the Original Lease. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of the General Contractor and Landlord until completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party shall interfere with the performance of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Expansion Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

(c) No Acceptance of Expansion Premises. The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing the FF&E Installation shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Expansion Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Expansion Premises Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Expansion Premises Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

(c) No Default Funding. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to perform any the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements during any period that Tenant is in Default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

(d) Notices. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or in the Expansion Premises Work Letter, notices between Tenant’s Representative and Landlord’s Representative may be delivered via email.

 

B-7

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 1

Space Plans

[***]

 

B-8

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 2

Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix

[***]

 

 

B-9

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 3

Critical Dates Schedule

[***]

 

B-10

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 4

Additional Scope Items

[***]

 

B-11

img203549933_5.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXPANSION PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXPANSION PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this ______ day of _________, _____, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated January 16, 2026, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of ___________, 2026 (as amended, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Expansion Premises Commencement Date is ___________, ______. In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Its:

 

 

 

☐

I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title

above are my signature, name and title.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

C-1

img203549933_6.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT D

LANDLORD’S FURNITURE1

[***]

 

 

 


1 This Exhibit D replaces Exhibit H attached to the Original Lease.

 

D-1

img203549933_6.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT E

EXPANSION PREMISES LANDLORD’S FURNITURE

[***]

 

 

E-1

img203549933_6.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT F

CONTROL AREAS

[***]

 

F-1

img203549933_6.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT G2

ROFR SPACE

[***]


2 This Exhibit G replaces Exhibit K attached to the Original Lease.

 

G-1

img203549933_6.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT H

TENANT BOOSTER PUMP AREA

[***]

 

H-1

img203549933_6.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT I

MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS FOR EXPANSION PREMISES

[***]

 

I-1

img203549933_6.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Second Amendment”) is made as of July 17, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of January 16, 2026 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain side letter dated as of January 16, 2026, that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 31, 2026 (the “First Amendment”), and that certain letter agreement dated as of May 8, 2026 (as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases premises in that certain building located at 3545 Cray Court, San Diego, California (the “Building”), consisting of approximately 44,912 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 200 (the “Existing Premises”). The Existing Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. Pursuant to the terms of the First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant had agreed to expand the size of the Existing Premises by adding Suite 120 (referenced in the Lease as the “Suite B Space”), containing approximately 13,370 rentable square feet (the “Original Expansion Premises”).

C. Instead of expanding into the Original Expansion Premises, Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, expand the size of the Existing Premises by adding certain space on the third floor of the Building, commonly known as Suite 300, containing approximately 51,073 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit A attached to this Second Amendment (“Replacement Expansion Premises”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.
Replacement Expansion Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that in lieu of Tenant expanding the size of the Existing Premises by adding the Original Expansion Premises pursuant to the terms of the First Amendment, Tenant shall expand the size of the Existing Premises by adding the Replacement Expansion Premises pursuant to the terms of this Second Amendment. As a result thereof, Landlord and Tenant further agree that the terms of Sections 1-7, Section 9, Sections 11-17, and Exhibits A, B, E, F, G and I of the First Amendment which provide for Tenant’s leasing of the Original Expansion Premises are hereby deleted in their entirety and of no further force or effect and Tenant will not be leasing the Original Expansion Premises at this time. Instead, commencing on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2 below), Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, the Replacement Expansion Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 8 and Exhibit H (relating to Booster Pumps) and Section 10 and Exhibit D (relating to Landlord’s Furniture with respect to the Existing Premises) of the First Amendment are not being deleted hereby and shall remain in full force and effect. For the avoidance of doubt, the Expansion Premises Work Letter attached to the First Amendment as Exhibit B is hereby intentionally deleted and replaced and superseded in its entirety by the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B to this Second Amendment.
2.
Delivery of Replacement Expansion Premises. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Replacement Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before April 1, 2027 (the “Target Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), with the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed and in broom clean condition (“Delivery”

 

1

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

or “Deliver”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Replacement Expansion Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and neither the Lease nor this Second Amendment shall be void or voidable. As used herein, the terms “Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements,” “Tenant Delays,” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to this Second Amendment.

The “Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (i) the date that Landlord Delivers the Replacement Expansion Premises to Tenant, or (ii) the date that Landlord could have Delivered the Replacement Expansion Premises to Tenant but for Tenant Delays. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall (absent manifest error) execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date when such is established in the form of the “Acknowledgment of Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date” attached to this Second Amendment as Exhibit C; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. References in the Lease as amended by this Second Amendment to “Commencement Date,” shall (i) with respect to the Existing Premises, mean the Commencement Date, and (ii) with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises, mean the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter, provided that Tenant has delivered a certificate of insurance reflecting the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 17 of the Original Lease, Landlord shall permit Tenant access to the Replacement Expansion Premises for a period of up to 30 days prior to the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date for the FF&E Installation (as defined in Section 6(a) of the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with Landlord to avoid interfering with completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, and Tenant complies with the terms of the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. All such access shall be during normal business hours. Any access to the Replacement Expansion Premises by Tenant before the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or Utilities.

Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building Systems serving only the Replacement Expansion Premises of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within 120 calendar days after the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, unless Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost.

Except as set forth in the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter (including Landlord’s obligations with respect to punch-list items as set forth in the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter) or as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease (as amended by this Second Amendment): (i) Tenant shall accept the Replacement Expansion Premises in their condition as of the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Replacement Expansion Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Replacement Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Replacement Expansion Premises and that the Replacement Expansion Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken.

Except as set forth in the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter or as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease (as amended by this Second Amendment), Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or

 

2

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Replacement Expansion Premises, and/or the suitability of the Replacement Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Replacement Expansion Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use.

3.
Premises and Rentable Area of Premises, Building and Project. Commencing on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined terms “Premises”, “Rentable Area of Premises”, “Rentable Area of Building” and “Rentable Area of Project” on page 1 of the Original Lease shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“Premises: That portion of the Project, containing approximately 95,985 rentable square feet, consisting of (i) approximately 44,912 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 200, located on the second floor of the Building (the “Existing Premises”), and (ii) approximately 51,073 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 300, located on the third floor of the Building (the “Replacement Expansion Premises”), all as shown on Exhibit A.”

“Rentable Area of Premises”: 95,985 sq. ft.”

“Rentable Area of Building”: 120,453 sq. ft.”

“Rentable Area of Project”: 894,120 sq. ft.”

As of the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended by adding the Replacement Expansion Premises as shown on Exhibit A attached to this Second Amendment.

4.
Base Rent.

a. Existing Premises. Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises shall be as provided for in the Lease.

b. Replacement Expansion Premises. Subject to the following paragraph, commencing on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall (in addition to Base Rent for the Existing Premises) commence paying Base Rent with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises at a rate of $69.60 per rentable square foot of the Replacement Expansion Premises per year. Base Rent payable with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date (provided, however, that if the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Base Rent payable with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full calendar month immediately following the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date) (each, a “Replacement Expansion Premises Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises immediately before such Replacement Expansion Premises Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises immediately before such Replacement Expansion Premises Adjustment Date.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Second Amendment, so long as Tenant is not in Default under the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises for the period commencing on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through the day that is 10 months thereafter (the “Replacement Expansion Premises

 

3

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Base Rent Abatement Period”). For illustration purposes, if the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on April 5, 2027, then the last day of the Replacement Expansion Premises Base Rent Abatement Period shall be February 4, 2028. For the avoidance of doubt, during the Replacement Expansion Premises Base Rent Abatement Period, Tenant shall be required to pay (i) Operating Expenses attributable to the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the Replacement Expansion Premises), and (ii) administrative rent with respect to the entire Premises each month equal to the amount of administrative rent that Tenant would have been required to pay in the absence of there being a Replacement Expansion Premises Base Rent Abatement Period.

5.
Tenant’s Proportionate Share and Building’s Share of Operating Expenses. Commencing on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined terms “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” and “Building’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project on page 1 of the Original Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 79.69%”

“Building’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project: 13.47%”

The time periods for calculating (i) the cap on Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building set forth in the third paragraph of Section 5(b) of the Original Lease, and (ii) the permissible increases set forth in Section 5(g) of the Original Lease shall all be calculated (A) from the Commencement Date with respect to the Existing Premises, and (B) from the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises.

6.
Term. The Term of the Lease with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises shall be coterminous with the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the Existing Premises.
7.
Security Deposit. Commencing on the Effective Date, the defined term “Security Deposit Amount” on Page 1 of the Original Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Security Deposit Amount: $532,226.65”

Landlord currently holds a Security Deposit of $306,195.75 under the Lease in the form of a Letter of Credit. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Second Amendment to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amended Letter of Credit which increases the amount of the existing Letter of Credit being held by Landlord to $532,226.65 or an additional Letter of Credit in the amount of $226,030.90 (as applicable, the “Increased Letter of Credit”).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the immediately preceding paragraph, if Tenant is unable to deliver to Landlord the Increased Letter of Credit concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Second Amendment to Landlord, then, in consideration of Landlord providing additional time for Tenant to deliver the Increased Letter of Credit, Tenant shall deliver an interim cash security deposit in the amount of $$226,030.90 (the “Interim Cash Security Deposit”) to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Second Amendment. If Tenant elects to deliver the Interim Cash Security Deposit pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Tenant shall be required to deliver the Increased Letter of Credit to Landlord no later than 30 days after the Effective Date and the Interim Cash Security Deposit shall be treated as part of the Security Deposit under the Lease until the delivery of the Increased Letter of Credit. Following Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the Increased Letter of Credit, Landlord shall promptly return the Interim Cash Security Deposit to Tenant.

 

4

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

8.
Parking. Commencing on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Section 10 of the Original Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Parking. Subject to all applicable Legal Requirements, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, at no additional cost during the Base Term, to use 265 parking spaces, which parking spaces shall be located as follows: (i) 235 of the parking spaces shall be located in the non-reserved parking areas of the subterranean parking structure beneath the Building and surface parking lot serving the Building, in common with other tenants of the Building, and (ii) 30 of the parking spaces shall be located in the non-reserved parking areas of the parking structure located at 3033/3035 Science Park Road, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, if any Legal Requirement, Force Majeure event, Taking or exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder results in a reduction of parking spaces available to Tenant below 265 parking spaces, Landlord shall provide Tenant with substitute parking spaces within the Project to maintain Tenant’s total parking allocation at 265 parking spaces. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that 2 of the parking spaces available for Tenant’s use are being used for Tenant’s Booster Pumps as set forth in Section 8 of the First Amendment, and as a result thereof Tenant shall only have the right to park vehicles in 233 parking spaces in the non-reserved parking areas of the subterranean parking structure beneath the Building and surface parking lot serving the Building, and Tenant shall only have the right to park vehicles in a total of 263 parking spaces total.”

9.
Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture. During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use, at no additional cost, the furniture, fixtures and equipment belonging to Landlord described on Exhibit D attached to this Second Amendment and located within the Replacement Expansion Premises on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date (the “Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture”). The Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture is being provided to Tenant on an “AS-IS, WHERE-IS” basis without representation or warranty of any kind. Landlord shall have no maintenance obligations whatsoever with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture. Tenant shall have no right to remove any of the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture from the Replacement Expansion Premises. So long as Tenant is not in Default under the Lease, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to Landlord, to either (x) acquire the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture, in which event ownership of the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture shall transfer to Tenant, or (y) surrender the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture to Landlord in place. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2 of the Original Lease, the foregoing option to either acquire or surrender in place shall also apply, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, to Landlord’s Furniture originally located in the Existing Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost, installation and/or any reconfiguration necessary of any additional furniture, fixtures and equipment required beyond the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture for Tenant’s use in the Replacement Expansion Premises. For the further avoidance of doubt, (i) except as expressly modified by this Section 9 with respect to Tenant’s option to acquire the same at the expiration of the Term, the provisions of Section 2 of the Original Lease are only applicable to Landlord’s Furniture originally located in the Existing Premises, (ii) Landlord will be delivering the Replacement Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture in place, and (iii) Tenant will not be required to temporarily relocate or re-install the Replacement Expansion Premises Landlord’s Furniture in the Replacement Expansion Premises prior to the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

5

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

10.
Tenant Maintenance Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the maintenance and repair obligations for the Replacement Expansion Premises shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant as set forth on Exhibit G attached hereto.
11.
Control Areas. Effective as of the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises, Tenant shall be allowed to utilize 100% of Control Areas 3 and 3A as shown on Exhibit E attached hereto.
12.
Right of First Refusal. For the avoidance of doubt, the “ROFR Space” as defined in Section 39 of the Original Lease shall continue to mean Suite 110 (referenced in the Original Lease as the “Suite A Space”) and Suite 120 (referenced in the Original Lease as the “Suite B Space”) due to the fact that Tenant will no longer be leasing Suite 120 pursuant to the First Amendment, and the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 39 of the Original Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to both Suite 110 and Suite 120 from and after the date hereof. Effective as of the Effective Date, the parties hereby agree that the rentable square footages of the ROFR Space have been recalculated, such that Suite 110 contains 9,726 rentable square feet and Suite 120 contains 14,742 rentable square feet. As a result thereof, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Exhibit K attached to the Original Lease which depicts the ROFR Space shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit F attached to this Second Amendment which reflects the new dimensions of the ROFR Space.
13.
Right to Extend. For the avoidance of doubt, if Tenant exercises its Extension Right pursuant to Section 41 of the Original Lease, Tenant shall be required to extend the Term with respect to the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the Replacement Expansion Premises).
14.
Allowance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Work Letter attached to the Original Lease (the “Existing Premises Work Letter”), in addition to being permitted to use the remaining Allowance (as defined in Section 5(c) of the Existing Premises Work Letter) for the payment of Excess TI Costs (as defined in the Existing Premises Work Letter), Tenant shall be permitted to use the remaining Allowance for the payment of Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs (as defined in the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter), but only if the Additional Scope Items, Change Requests and/or Changes (each as defined in the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter) for which the Allowance will be used will not cause a Tenant Delay pursuant to the terms of Section 3(f) of the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, any portion of the Allowance used for Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs will no longer be available for Excess TI Costs.
15.
Storage Shed. Tenant shall have the right, in connection with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, to use compartments B and C as more particularly shown on Exhibit H attached hereto (the “HazMat Storage Space”) for the storage of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, as of the Commencement Date, all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease shall apply with respect to the HazMat Storage Space as though such space were part of the Premises. Tenant shall maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable Legal Requirements in connection with the use of the HazMat Storage Space. Tenant shall surrender the HazMat Storage Space free of any debris and trash and free of any Hazardous Materials upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.
16.
Additional Booster Pump and Air Compressor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8 of the First Amendment, Tenant shall have the right to install an additional Booster Pump (resulting in 3 total Booster Pumps) and an air compressor in the Tenant Booster Pump Area. The installation and use of the additional Booster Pump and air compressor shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 8 of the First Amendment.

 

6

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

17.
The Alexandria Regional Amenities. Commencing on the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall (in addition to the Regional Amenities Fee for the Existing Premises) commence paying the Regional Amenities Fee with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises at a rate of $6.00 per rentable square foot of the Replacement Expansion Premises per year. The Regional Amenities Fee payable with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises shall be increased on each Replacement Expansion Premises Adjustment Date by multiplying the Regional Amenities Fee payable with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises immediately before such Replacement Expansion Premises Adjustment Date by 3% and adding the resulting amount to the Regional Amenities Fee payable with respect to the Replacement Expansion Premises immediately before such Replacement Expansion Premises Adjustment Date.
18.
California Accessibility Disclosure. The provisions of Section 43(r) of the Original Lease are hereby incorporated herein.
19.
OFAC. Tenant and all beneficial owners of Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of the Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of the Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.
20.
Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Second Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Savills, CBRE, Inc., and Cushman & Wakefield, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this Second Amendment.
21.
Miscellaneous.

a. This Second Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Second Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Second Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

c. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Second Amendment attached thereto.

 

7

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

d. Except as amended and/or modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Second Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Second Amendment

e. Landlord hereby agrees that, as of the date hereof, there has been no Tenant Delay with respect to the Original Premises.

[Signatures are on the next page.]

 

8

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s Tom Miller

 

Tom Miller

Its:

CEO

 

 

☒

I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title

above are my signature, name and title.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership, managing member

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Dean

 

 

Gary Dean

 

Its:

Executive Vice President – Real Estate

 

Legal Affairs

 

 

9

img203549933_7.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT A

Replacement Expansion Premises

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

[***]

 

A-1

img203549933_8.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT B

REPLACEMENT EXPANSION PREMISES WORK LETTER

THIS REPLACEMENT EXPANSION PREMISES WORK LETTER dated July 17, 2026 (this “Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated as of January 16, 2026 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain side letter dated as of January 16, 2026, that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 31, 2026, that certain letter agreement dated as of May 8, 2026, and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated concurrently herewith (the “Second Amendment”) (as amended, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates [***] and [***] (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 3(a) below). The email address for Tenant’s Representative named in this Section 1(a) are [***] and [***].

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Anna Bryan and Michael D’Ambrosia (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. The email address for Landlord’s Representative named in this Section 1(b) are [***] and [***].

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) DPR shall be the general contractor for the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (the “General Contractor”) and any subcontractors for the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall be reasonably selected by Landlord, and (ii) DGA shall be the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

2. Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

(a) Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Replacement Expansion Premises of a fixed and permanent nature reflected in the TI Construction Drawings (as defined below). The Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the space plans prepared by the TI Architect attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Space Plans”) and the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix”). The Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall not include any data cabling or any furniture, fixtures or equipment. Other than the Replacement

 

B-1

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Replacement Expansion Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Attached hereto as Schedule 3 is a schedule of critical dates for the construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (the “Critical Dates Schedule”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements reflected in the Space Plans do not currently include any of the items listed on Schedule 4 (“Additional Scope Items”). Tenant has elected to include all of the Additional Scope Items as part of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, and Tenant shall deposit funds for costs as outlined in the Additional Scope Items exhibit prior to or promptly following mutual execution of the Second Amendment. Tenant may apply the Allowance (subject to the terms of Section 14 of the Second Amendment) toward the cost of such Additional Scope Items.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Space Plans have been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plans requested by Tenant (as opposed to changes required in connection with the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements outside of Tenant’s control) shall require the delivery of a Change Request (as defined in Section 4) and constitute Changes (as defined in Section 4) subject to Section 4 below.

(c) Design Development Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant preliminary permit set plans and specifications for development of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (the “Design Development Drawings”), which Design Development Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings, to advance the Design Development Drawings and Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to revise and resubmit the Design Development Drawings accordingly until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall have 5 calendar days after delivery of the Design Development Drawings to Tenant to review the Design Development Drawings and provide any comments thereto. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Design Development Drawings. Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Space Plans without submitting a Change Request, which Change Request shall be subject to the terms of Section 4. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(e) hereof.

(d) TI Construction Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Design Development Drawings. Landlord shall deliver a copy of the TI Construction Drawings for Tenant’s reasonable review and approval, provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove of any aspect of the TI Construction Drawings that is consistent with Schedules 1, 2 and 3 attached hereto without submitting a Change Request. Following Landlord’s delivery of the initial TI Construction Drawings to Tenant, Tenant shall have 5 calendar days to review and provide any such comments to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord any such written comments to the TI Construction Drawings, Landlord shall consider such comments from Tenant in good faith and, if required to conform with the Design Development Drawings, the TI Construction Drawings shall be revised accordingly. Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings (as defined in Section 2(f) below), to advance the TI Construction Drawings until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(e) hereof. Once approved by Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

 

B-2

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

(e) Approval and Completion. It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be finalized by the date set forth in the Critical Dates Schedule for finalization of the TI Construction Drawings in order for the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed by the Target Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in the Second Amendment) and the failure of the TI Construction Drawings to be finalized by such date for any reason other than delays caused by Landlord, the TI Architect or the General Contractor shall constitute a Tenant Delay. Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable by Tenant, and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the Building structure or any Building Systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision).

(f) Project Meetings. The parties will hold regular project meetings (each, a “Project Meeting”) to, among other things, (i) review design documents relating to Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, (ii) review the progress of the design and construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, (iii) observe the status of construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, (iv) Tenant’s election of any Additional Scope Items and/or any Changes or Change Requests, and (v) potential or anticipated Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs. Any such observation shall be conducted under the supervision of the General Contractor and shall be subject to the General Contractor’s rules and safety requirements. The Project Meetings shall be attended by Landlord’s Representative, Tenant’s Representative, the General Contractor and the TI Architect, and other appropriate members of the design and construction team (as appropriate given the time and subject of the particular Project Meeting).

3. Performance of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

(a) Definition of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the design and specifications for the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements are consistent with Tenant’s requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter, Landlord shall cause, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, the remediation prior to the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date, in a manner acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion and otherwise in compliance with Legal Requirements, of Hazardous Materials discovered in the Replacement Expansion Premises during the construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements requiring remediation.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining all permits, approvals and entitlements necessary for the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, but shall have no obligation to, and shall not, secure any permits, approvals or entitlements related to Tenant’s specific use of the Replacement Expansion Premises or Tenant’s business operations therein. Landlord shall commence construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements following the issuance of a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable by Landlord as part of TI Costs. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord, as needed, to obtain the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

 

B-3

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

(c) Completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall cause the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements to be substantially completed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit and applicable Legal Requirements, subject to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not materially interfere with the use of the Replacement Expansion Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the General Contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

(d) Selection of Materials. Except for materials and equipment specified on the TI Construction Drawings, all materials and equipment included as part of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Replacement Expansion Premises. When the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete, subject to the terms of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Replacement Expansion Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Replacement Expansion Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord in writing of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and with respect to any such Construction Defect of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within such one year period, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter or, if such Construction Defect cannot be remedied within 30 days, within a reasonable period taking into account the nature of the Construction Defect, so long as the responsible contractor commences such remedy within 30 days and diligently and continuously prosecutes the same to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. If the contractor fails to remedy such Construction Defect as provided above, then Landlord shall remedy the Construction Defect within a reasonable period.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Replacement Expansion Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant.

 

B-4

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

(f) Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date Delay. Except as otherwise provided in the Second Amendment, Delivery of the Replacement Expansion Premises shall occur when the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements shall have been actually delayed beyond the Target Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available for more than 2 business days after written notice (which may be given by email) from Landlord or the General Contractor to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Changes whether or not any such Changes are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Changes;

(iv) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving the Design Development Drawings or the TI Construction Drawings beyond the periods set forth herein or in the Critical Dates Schedule;

(v) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs; or

(vii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party, or persons employed by any of such persons that actually delays Substantial Completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements and continues for 2 business days after written notice from Landlord or the General Contractor.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery. To the extent there is any inconsistency between the footnote set forth in the Critical Dates Schedule and this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter, this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter shall control.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements reflected in the TI Construction Drawings (“Changes”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right to request changes to finishes that are consistent with the Building standard palette. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to disapprove a Change Request if such Change would cause a Tenant Delay.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. Tenant shall request any Changes by delivery of written notice to Landlord detailing the nature and extent of the requested Changes (a “Change Request”). Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid for by Tenant to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing,

 

B-5

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost involved, and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements caused by a Change, including any suspension of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant approves in writing the estimated cost and the estimated extension in the time for completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, if any, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord any Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs arising in connection with any approved Changes in accordance with Section 5(b) below. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

5. Costs.

(a) TI Costs. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of design, permits and construction costs incurred in connection with the construction of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, except for costs arising from or related to any Additional Scope Items elected by Tenant, Change Requests, Changes or Tenant Delays which are not otherwise offset by line item or budget reductions approved by Landlord (“TI Costs”). TI Costs shall include administrative rent equal to 3% of the hard “TI Costs” attributable to Additional Scope Items and Changes, for monitoring and inspecting the construction of such Additional Scope Items and Changes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay for any furniture, personal property or other non-Building Systems materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. For the avoidance of any doubt, (i) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Landlord” shall be paid by Landlord and not included in TI Costs, (ii) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Turn-Key TI” shall be included in TI Costs, and (iii) those items on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix allocated to “Tenant Direct” and “Landlord Funded by Tenant Change Request” shall be paid directly by Tenant, provided that Tenant may elect to apply a portion of the Allowance subject to the terms of Section 14 of the Second Amendment.

(b) Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be responsible for all TI Costs in excess of $121.68 per rentable square foot of the Replacement Expansion Premises arising from or related to any Additional Scope Items elected by Tenant, Change Requests, Changes or Tenant Delays which are not otherwise offset by line item or budget reductions approved by Landlord (collectively, “Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs”). Subject to the terms of this Section 5(b), Tenant shall be responsible for paying for all such Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs, and shall deliver the full amount of all such Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs to Landlord within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of one or more invoices therefor and reasonable back-up documentation reflecting the amount of the Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs (including how the Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs were calculated, and specifically documenting Landlord’s cost to design and construct the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements due to Tenant’s Changes or Tenant Delays versus the costs Landlord would have incurred to design and construct the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements had such Tenant’s Changes or Tenant Delays not occurred), which may, at Landlord’s election, be delivered prior to or after the Substantial Completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. If Landlord elects to collect such Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs prior to the Substantial Completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, then Tenant’s payment of such Replacement

 

B-6

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs shall be a condition precedent to Landlord’s continued performance and completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements. If Tenant fails to timely deliver any Replacement Expansion Premises Excess TI Costs to Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease.

6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Replacement Expansion Premises (i) 30 days prior to the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date for Tenant’s installation of Tenant’s security systems and the installation and setup of its furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E Installation”), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with the TI Architect and the General Contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, to observe the progress of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Replacement Expansion Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant has delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 17 of the Original Lease. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of the General Contractor and Landlord until completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party shall interfere with the performance of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Replacement Expansion Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

(c) No Acceptance of Replacement Expansion Premises. The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing the FF&E Installation shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Replacement Expansion Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

B-7

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

(c) No Default Funding. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to perform any of the Replacement Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements during any period that Tenant is in Default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

(d) Notices. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or in the Replacement Expansion Premises Work Letter, notices between Tenant’s Representative and Landlord’s Representative may be delivered via email.

 

B-8

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 1

Space Plans

[***]

 

B-9

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 2

Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix

 

[***]

 

B-10

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 3

Critical Dates Schedule

[***]

 

B-11

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 4

Additional Scope Items

[***]

 

B-12

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF REPLACEMENT EXPANSION PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF REPLACEMENT EXPANSION PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this _____ day of __________, ____, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated January 16, 2026, as amended by that certain side letter dated as of January 16, 2026, that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 31, 2026, that certain letter agreement dated as of May 8, 2026, and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of July __________, 2026 (as amended, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Replacement Expansion Premises Commencement Date is ____________, _____. In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Its:

 

 

 

☐

I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title

above are my signature, name and title.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-SD REGION NO. 38, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS Corp.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

C-1

img203549933_9.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT D

REPLACEMENT EXPANSION PREMISES LANDLORD’S FURNITURE

[***]

 

D-1

img203549933_10.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT E

CONTROL AREAS

[***]

 

E-1

img203549933_11.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT F3

ROFR SPACE

[***]

 

 


3 This Exhibit F replaces Exhibit K attached to the Original Lease.

 

F-1

img203549933_11.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT G

MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS FOR REPLACEMENT EXPANSION PREMISES

[***]

 

G-1

img203549933_11.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


 

EXHIBIT H

HAZMAT STORAGE SPACE

[***]

 

H-1

img203549933_12.jpg

Copyright © 2005-2026 Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. All rights reserved. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. ALEXANDRIA and the Lighthouse Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


Exhibit 10.17

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit pursuant to Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K because it is both not material and is the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

 

COLLABORATION AND OPTION TO LICENSE AGREEMENT

between

Iambic therapeutics, Inc.

and

ABBVIE GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

Dated as of September 18, 2026

 

 


 

Table of Contents

Article 1 DEFINITIONS

1

Article 2 GOVERNANCE

20

2.1

Joint Governance Committee

20

2.2

Working Groups

21

2.3

General Provisions Applicable to the JGC

22

2.4

Discontinuation of the JGC or Working Groups

23

2.5

Interactions Between the JGC or a Working Group and Internal Teams

24

2.6

Expenses

24

Article 3 COLLABORATION PROGRAMS

24

3.1

Overview

24

3.2

Performance of Activities Under the Research Plans

24

3.3

Target Substitution

26

3.4

Periodic Reports; Information Reports and License Option Exercise Data Package.

28

3.5

Costs and Expenses for Research Plan Activities

30

3.6

Manufacturing Prior to License Option Exercise

30

3.7

Regulatory Matters Prior to License Option Exercise

30

3.8

Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise

30

Article 4 LICENSE OPTION

30

4.1

License Option Grant to AbbVie

30

4.2

Exercise and Extension of the License Option

30

4.3

Regulatory Clearances

31

4.4

Termination of License Option

32

Article 5 ABBVIE EXPLOITATION POST-LICENSE EFFECTIVE DATE

32

5.1

In General

32

5.2

Diligence

32

5.3

Program Transition

33

5.4

Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology

33

5.5

Regulatory Matters after License Option Exercise

34

5.6

Records and Reports

35

5.7

Booking of Sales; Distribution

35

Article 6 GRANT OF RIGHTS

35

6.1

Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date

35

6.2

Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date

35

6.3

Sublicenses

36

6.4

Distributorships

36

6.5

Licenses Back and Retained Rights; No Implied Licenses

36

6.6

Iambic Exclusivity

38

6.7

Firewalling Assurances and Supplemental CDA

39

6.8

In-License Agreements

39

6.9

Restriction on [***]

40

6.10

Additional Terms Relating to AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology

41

Article 7 PAYMENTS AND RECORDS

41

7.1

Upfront Payment

41

7.2

Option Continuation Payments.

41

7.3

Option Exercise Fees

42

7.4

[***]

42

7.5

Development Milestones

42

7.6

Sales-Based Milestones

43

7.7

Notice, Invoices, and Payment of Milestone Payments

44

7.8

Royalties

44

 


 

7.9

Royalty Payments and Reports

45

7.10

Other Invoiced Amounts

46

7.11

Mode of Payment; Offsets

46

7.12

Withholding Taxes

46

7.13

Indirect Taxes

47

7.14

Financial Records

47

7.15

Audit

47

7.16

Audit Dispute

48

7.17

Confidentiality

48

7.18

No Other Compensation

48

7.19

No Limitation

48

7.20

Reimbursement for Cooperation and Support

48

Article 8 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

49

8.1

Ownership of Intellectual Property

49

8.2

Prosecution and Maintenance

50

8.3

Enforcement

53

8.4

Infringement Claims by Third Parties

56

8.5

Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions

57

8.6

Product Trademarks

58

8.7

Inventor’s Remuneration

59

8.8

Common Interest

59

Article 9 CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE

59

9.1

General Confidentiality Obligations

59

9.2

Permitted Disclosures

60

9.3

Use of Name

62

9.4

Public Announcements

62

9.5

Publications

63

9.6

Return of Confidential Information

63

9.7

Survival

64

Article 10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS

64

10.1

Mutual Representations and Warranties

64

10.2

Additional Representations and Warranties of Iambic

64

10.3

Additional Covenants of Iambic

67

10.4

[***]

68

10.5

Debarment and Exclusion

68

10.6

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Compliance

69

10.7

Compliance with Applicable Law

69

10.8

[***]

70

10.9

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

70

Article 11 INDEMNITY

70

11.1

Indemnification of Iambic

70

11.2

Indemnification of AbbVie

70

11.3

Notice of Claim

71

11.4

Control of Defense

71

11.5

Special, Indirect, and Other Losses

73

11.6

Insurance

73

Article 12 TERM AND TERMINATION

73

12.1

Term

73

12.2

Effect of Expiration of the Term

74

12.3

Termination for Material Breach

74

12.4

Additional Termination Rights

75

12.5

Termination for Insolvency

75

 


 

12.6

Rights in Bankruptcy

75

12.7

Alternative Remedy for AbbVie

76

12.8

Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program

76

12.9

Transition Agreement and Other Performance Obligations

77

12.10

Reverse Royalty

78

12.11

Remedies

78

12.12

Accrued Rights; Surviving Obligations

78

Article 13 MISCELLANEOUS

79

13.1

Force Majeure

79

13.2

Change in Control of Iambic

79

13.3

Export Control

79

13.4

Assignment

79

13.5

Severability

80

13.6

Governing Law and Service

80

13.7

Dispute Resolution

80

13.8

Notices

81

13.9

Entire Agreement; Amendments

82

13.10

English Language

82

13.11

Equitable Relief

82

13.12

Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies

83

13.13

No Benefit to Third Parties

83

13.14

Further Assurance

83

13.15

Relationship of the Parties

83

13.16

Performance by Affiliates

83

13.17

Costs and Expenses

83

13.18

Counterparts; Electronic Execution

84

13.19

References

84

13.20

Schedules

84

13.21

Construction

84

 


 

COLLABORATION AND OPTION TO LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Collaboration and Option to License Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of September 18, 2026 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Iambic Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“Iambic”), and AbbVie Group Holdings Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda, with its place of business at Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton, Pembroke, HM11, Bermuda (“AbbVie”). Iambic and AbbVie are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

Recitals

WHEREAS, Iambic is a life-sciences and technology company that deploys the Iambic Platform Technology (as defined below) to assist in the discovery, design, identification, selection, optimization and development of small-molecule drug candidates;

WHEREAS, AbbVie is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the research, development, manufacture and commercialization of human therapeutic products; and

WHEREAS, (i) the Parties wish to enter into a collaboration for Iambic to use the Iambic Platform Technology and the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology to identify, generate and otherwise pre-clinically Develop Licensed Compounds (each, as defined below), and (ii) Iambic wishes to grant, and AbbVie wishes to take, an exclusive option to an exclusive license under certain intellectual property rights to Exploit Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Territory (each, as defined below), in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and conditions hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1.1 “AbbVie” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

1.2 “AbbVie Grantback Know-How” means, as used in connection with a Grantback Product and any related grantback license provided in Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), that certain Information that is: (a) Controlled by AbbVie or any of its Affiliates [***]; (b) not generally known; (c) directed to the [***], the Grantback Product; and (d) [***] of the Grantback Product [***], but, in each case, solely with respect to any such Grantback Product, [***].

1.3 “AbbVie Grantback Patents” means, as used in connection with a Grantback Product and any related grantback license provided in Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), those certain Patents that: (a) are Controlled by AbbVie or any of its Affiliates [***]; (b) claim or otherwise Cover [***] a Grantback Product; and (c) are [***], but, in each case, solely with respect to any such Grantback Product, [***].

1.4 “AbbVie Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 (Indemnification of AbbVie).

1


 

1.5 “AbbVie Know-How” means any and all Information that is: (a) conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made by or on behalf of AbbVie or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees under this Agreement; and (b) not generally known, but excluding, in each case, any Information constituting Joint Know-How [***] or inventions covered by claims published in a Patent.

1.6 “AbbVie Patents” means all Patents that claim inventions that are conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made by or on behalf of AbbVie or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees under this Agreement, but excluding any Joint Patents, [***].

1.7 “AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology” means one or more isolated Instance(s) of the Iambic Model [***].

1.8 “AbbVie Step-In Compound” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.4(c)(ii) (AbbVie Step-In Right).

1.9 [***]

1.10 “Accounting Standards” means, with respect to a Party, that such Party shall maintain records and books of accounts in accordance with: (a) United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; or (b) to the extent applicable, International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, in each case, consistently applied.

1.11 [***]

1.12 [***]

1.13 “Acquiring Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.4 (Change in Control of Iambic).

1.14 [***]

1.15 “ADR” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.7.1 (General).

1.16 “Adverse Ruling” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.1 (Material Breach).

1.17 “Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one (1) or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first-referenced Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” and, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means: (a) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance, or otherwise; or (b) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities or other ownership interest of a Person (or, with respect to a limited partnership or other similar entity, its general partner or controlling entity).

1.18 “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

1.19 “AI Model” means any artificial intelligence or machine learning model, system, algorithm, or neural network (including any large language model, generative model, foundation model, predictive model, or specialized model).

1.20 “Alliance Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.6 (Alliance Director).

2


 

1.21 “Annual Net Sales” means the annual Net Sales of the relevant Licensed Product in a Calendar Year.

1.22 “Antitrust Law” means the Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890, the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, the HSR Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act of 1914, and all other Applicable Law, whether federal, state, or foreign, that is designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade, lessening of competition, or abuse of dominance through merger or acquisition or any structured collaboration.

1.23 “Applicable Expiration Date” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, [***].

1.24 “Applicable Law” means federal, state, local, national and supra-national laws, statutes, rules, and regulations, including any rules, regulations, regulatory guidelines, or other requirements of the Regulatory Authorities, major national securities exchanges or major securities listing organizations, that may be in effect from time to time during the Term and applicable to a particular activity or country or other jurisdiction hereunder.

1.25 “Arising IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.1 (Ownership of Technology).

1.26 “Arising Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.1 (Ownership of Technology).

1.27 “Audit Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.16 (Audit Dispute).

1.28 “Bankruptcy Code” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.6.1 (Rights in Bankruptcy).

1.29 “Bayh-Dole Act” means the Patent and Trademark Law Amendments Act of 1980, codified at 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212, as well as any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, including in 37 C.F.R. Part 401.

1.30 “Biological and Chemical Materials” means chemical and biological materials, reagents, products, components or compositions, including plasmids, DNA fragments, DNA sequences and maps, clones, enzymes, oligonucleotides, small molecules, cell lines, proteins, peptides, antibodies, tetramers and combinations thereof.

1.31 “Board of Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.40(a) (Definition of Change in Control).

1.32 “Breaching Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.1 (Material Breach).

1.33 “Bring-Down Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 (Additional Representation and Warranties of Iambic).

1.34 “Business Day” means a day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday or (c) a day on which banking institutions in Chicago, Illinois or San Diego, California are closed for business.

1.35 “Calendar Quarter” means each successive period of three (3) calendar months commencing on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the day immediately prior to the first to occur of January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 after the Effective Date, and the last Calendar Quarter shall end on the last day of the Term.

3


 

1.36 “Calendar Year” means each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on the Effective Date and end on December 31 of the year in which the Effective Date occurs and the last Calendar Year of the Term shall commence on January 1 of the year in which the Term ends and end on the last day of the Term.

1.37 [***]

1.38 “CDA” means that certain Bilateral Confidentiality Disclosure Agreement by and between the Parties dated [***].

1.39 “Centralized Approval Procedure” means the procedure through which a MAA filed with the EMA results in a single marketing authorization valid throughout the European Union.

1.40 “Change in Control” means, with respect to a Party, the occurrence of any of the following after the Effective Date:

(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined below) acquires or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of (i) shares of capital stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Party then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the directors, managers or similar supervisory positions (“Voting Stock”) of such Party representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of Voting Stock of such Party or (ii) the power to elect a majority of the members of the Party’s board of directors, or similar governing body (“Board of Directors”); the Parties acknowledge that, in the case of certain entities organized under the laws of certain countries outside of the United States, the maximum percentage ownership permitted by law for a foreign investor may be less than fifty percent (50%), and that in such case such lower percentage shall be substituted in the preceding sentence; provided, that such foreign investor has the power to direct the management or policies of such entity;

(b) such Party enters into a merger, consolidation or similar transaction with another Person (whether or not such Party is the surviving entity) and as a result of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction (i) the members of the Board of Directors of such Party immediately prior to such transaction constitute less than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of such Party or such surviving Person immediately following such transaction or (ii) the Persons that beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, the shares of Voting Stock of such Party immediately prior to such transaction cease to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, shares of Voting Stock of such Party representing at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of Voting Stock of the surviving Person in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Stock of such Party immediately prior to such transaction; or

(c) such Party sells, transfers, assigns or otherwise disposes of to any Third Party, in one (1) or more related transactions, properties or assets representing all or substantially all of such Party’s total assets to which this Agreement relates.

For the purpose of this definition: (x) “person” and “group” have the meanings given such terms under Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the term “group” includes any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the aforesaid Act; (y) a “beneficial owner” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the aforesaid Act; and (z) the terms “beneficially owned” and “beneficially own” shall have meanings correlative to that of “beneficial owner.” [***]

4


 

1.41 “Clinical Program Data” means all Information with respect to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product that is made, collected, or otherwise generated under or in connection with Clinical Studies, including any raw data, reports, and results with respect thereto.

1.42 “Clinical Studies” means clinical tests and studies in human subjects that are required by Applicable Law, or otherwise recommended by a Regulatory Authority, to obtain or maintain any Regulatory Approval for a pharmaceutical product, including a Licensed Product, for one (1) or more Indications, including tests or studies that are intended to expand the Product Labeling for such Licensed Product with respect to such Indication, including Phase I Studies, Phase II Studies, Phase III Studies and Phase IV Studies.

1.43 “CMC” means chemistry, manufacturing, and controls.

1.44 “Collaboration Program” means the Target A Collaboration Program, or the Target B Collaboration Program, as applicable.

1.45 “Collaboration Target” means Target A, Target B, or any Substitute Target that may be deemed a “Collaboration Target” in accordance with Section 3.3.3(b) (Effects of Substitution), as applicable.

1.46 [***]

1.47 “Combination Product” means a Licensed Product that is comprised of or contains one (1) or more Licensed Compound(s) as an active ingredient together with one (1) or more other active ingredients that is not a Licensed Compound (such other active ingredients, the “Other Active Ingredient(s)”), whether in the same or different formulations, that is sold: (a) as a fixed dose; or (b) in separate doses in a single package as one (1) product.

1.48 “Commercialization” means any and all activities related to the preparation for sale of, offering for sale of, or sale of a compound or product, including activities related to marketing, promoting, distributing, importing and exporting such compound or product, and interacting with Regulatory Authorities or other Governmental Authorities regarding any of the foregoing. When used as a verb, “to Commercialize” and “Commercializing” means to engage in Commercialization, and “Commercialized” has a corresponding meaning. For clarity, Commercialization excludes Manufacturing.

1.49 “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means:

(a) with respect to the efforts and resources to be expended by AbbVie with respect to any objective, activity or decision to be undertaken with respect to [***]; and

(b) with respect to the efforts and resources to be expended by Iambic with respect to any objective, activity or decision to be undertaken, [***].

[***]

1.50 “Competing Product” means [***].

1.51 “Competitive Program” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.4 (Change in Control of Iambic).

1.52 “Compulsory Sublicense” means a sublicense by AbbVie or any Affiliate thereof to a Third Party (a “Compulsory Sublicensee”) under the grants in Section 6.1.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date) and Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date) as provided in Section 6.3 (Sublicenses), under an order, decree or grant of a Governmental Authority having competent jurisdiction or through some form of adjudication or arbitration that compels AbbVie or such Affiliate to grant such sublicense.

5


 

1.53 “Compulsory Sublicensee” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.52 (Definition of Compulsory Sublicense).

1.54 [***]

1.55 “Confidential Information” means any Information provided by or on behalf of one (1) Party (or an Affiliate or representative of such Party) to the other Party (or an Affiliate or representative of such Party) in connection with this Agreement, whether prior to, on, or after the Effective Date, including Information disclosed pursuant to the CDA and Information relating to the terms of this Agreement, the Licensed Compounds or any Licensed Products, any Exploitation of the Licensed Compound or any Licensed Product, any Information with respect thereto developed by or on behalf of the disclosing Party or its Affiliates (including any Information Controlled by AbbVie that is not generally known and Iambic Licensed Know-How, as applicable), or the scientific, regulatory or business affairs or other activities, including the Regulatory Documentation, of either Party, or any strategy for the prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and defense of any Patents. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(a) the terms of this Agreement, the existence or terms of the Supplemental CDA, and the Research Plans shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of both Parties, and both Parties shall be deemed to be the receiving Party and the disclosing Party with respect thereto;

(b) [***] shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of both Parties, and both Parties shall be deemed to be the receiving Party and the disclosing Party with respect thereto; provided, however, that, from and after the License Effective Date for a given Collaboration Program with respect thereto, any such [***] shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of AbbVie, and Iambic shall be deemed to be the receiving Party and AbbVie shall be deemed to be the disclosing Party with respect thereto, for the following periods:

[***]

(c) [***] shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of both Parties, and both Parties shall be deemed to be the receiving Party and the disclosing Party with respect thereto; and

(d) [***] shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of both Parties, and both Parties shall be deemed to be the receiving Party and the disclosing Party with respect thereto; provided, however, that, on and after the License Effective Date for a given Collaboration Program, any [***] shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of AbbVie, and Iambic shall be deemed to be the receiving Party and AbbVie shall be deemed to be the disclosing Party with respect thereto [***].

1.56 “Consents Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.168(a) (Definition of Option Conditions Precedent).

1.57 “Control” (and its conjugates) means: (a) with respect to any item of Information, material, Patent, or other property right, the possession of the right, whether directly or indirectly, and whether by ownership, license, covenant not to sue or otherwise (other than by operation of the license and other grants in this Agreement), to grant a license, sublicense or other right to or under such Information, material, Patent, or other property right; and (b) with respect to any compound, molecule or product, the possession of the right, whether directly or indirectly, and whether by ownership or license (other than by operation of the license and other grants in this Agreement), to grant a license, sublicense or other right with respect to any Information related to or Patent claiming such compound or product or the Exploitation thereof, in each case ((a) and (b)), as provided for herein [***].

1.58 “Convicted Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.4 (Debarment and Exclusion).

6


 

1.59 “Convicted Individual” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.4 (Debarment and Exclusion).

1.60 “Corporate Names” means, with respect to a Party, the Trademarks and logos of such Party or any of its Affiliates used to identify such Party or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Names” shall exclude Product Trademarks.

1.61 “Cover” (or its conjugates) means: (a) as to a compound or product and a Patent, that, in the absence of a license granted under, or ownership of, or other right to use and in the absence of the benefit of the safe harbour provision under 35 U.S.C. Section 271(e)(1) or other Applicable Law, such Patent, the [***] of such compound or product would infringe, or contribute to or induce the infringement of, one or more issued claims in such Patent or, as to a pending claim included in such Patent, the [***] of such compound or product would infringe, or contribute to or induce the infringement of, such pending claim in such Patent if such pending claim were to issue in an issued patent without modification; (b) as to Information and a Patent, that, in the absence of a license granted under, or ownership of, or other right to use and in the absence of the benefit of the safe harbour provision under 35 U.S.C. Section 271(e)(1) or other Applicable Law, such Patent, the [***] of such Information would infringe, or contribute to or induce the infringement of, one or more issued claims in such Patent or, as to a pending claim included in such Patent, the [***] of such Information would infringe, or contribute to or induce the infringement of, such pending claim in such Patent if such pending claim were to issue in an issued patent without modification; and (c) as to a compound, product or technology and Information, [***].

1.62 “Debarred Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.2 (Debarment and Exclusion).

1.63 “Debarred Individual” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.1 (Debarment and Exclusion).

1.64 “Default Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.1 (Material Breach).

1.65 “Delivery System” means any delivery system designed to assist in the administration of a Licensed Product.

1.66 “Development” means all activities related to research, discovery, pre-clinical and other non-clinical testing, test method development and stability testing, toxicology, formulation, process development, manufacturing scale-up, qualification and validation, quality assurance/quality control, Clinical Studies, statistical analysis and report writing, the preparation and submission of Drug Approval Applications, regulatory affairs with respect to the foregoing and all other activities necessary or useful or otherwise requested or required by a Regulatory Authority as a condition or in support of obtaining or maintaining a Regulatory Approval. When used as a verb, “Develop” means to engage in Development, and “Developed” has a corresponding meaning. For clarity, Development shall: (a) include any submissions and activities required in support thereof, required by Applicable Laws or a Regulatory Authority as a condition or in support of obtaining a Pricing and Reimbursement Approval for an approved Licensed Product; and (b) exclude Manufacturing.

1.67 “Directed To” has the meaning set forth in [***].

1.68 [***]

1.69 “Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution).

1.70 [***]

7


 

1.71 “Distributor” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 (Distributorships).

1.72 [***]

1.73 “Dollars” or “$” means United States Dollars.

1.74 “Drug Approval Application” means a New Drug Application (“NDA”) as defined in the FFDCA, or any corresponding foreign application in the Territory, including, with respect to the European Union, a Marketing Authorization Application (a “MAA”) filed with the EMA pursuant to the Centralized Approval Procedure or with the applicable Regulatory Authority of a country in Europe with respect to the mutual recognition or any other national approval procedure.

1.75 “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

1.76 “EMA” means the European Medicines Agency and any successor agency(ies) or authority having substantially the same function.

1.77 [***]

1.78 “Encumbered” means [***].

1.79 [***]

1.80 [***]

1.81 “European Union” means the economic, scientific, and political organization of member states known as the European Union, as its membership may be altered from time to time, and any successor thereto.

1.82 “Excluded Compound” means [***].

1.83 “Excluded Compound Patents” means any [***] Controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates at any time during the Term that: [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Excluded Compound Patents shall not include [***].

1.84 “Excluded Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.3 (Debarment and Exclusion).

1.85 “Excluded Individual” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.3 (Debarment and Exclusion).

1.86 “Excluded Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.4.2 (Assignment).

1.87 [***]

1.88 [***]

1.89 “Exclusive License” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date).

1.90 “Exercise Notice” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, AbbVie’s written notice to Iambic exercising the License Option with respect to such Collaboration Program.

1.91 [***]

8


 

1.92 [***]

1.93 “Exploit” (and its conjugates) means to make, have made, import, export, use, sell, or offer for sale, including to Develop, Commercialize, register, modify, enhance, improve, Manufacture, have Manufactured, hold or keep (whether for disposal or otherwise), have used, transport, distribute, promote, market, have sold, dispose of or otherwise exploit. [***]

1.94 “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration and any successor agency(ies) or authority having substantially the same function.

1.95 “FDA’s Disqualified/Restricted List” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.5 (Debarment and Exclusion).

1.96 “FFDCA” means the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq., together with any rules, regulations and requirements promulgated thereunder.

1.97 “Field” means [***].

1.98 [***]

1.99 “First Commercial Sale” means, with respect to a Licensed Product and a country or other jurisdiction, the first sale for monetary value for use or consumption by the end user of such Licensed Product in such country or other jurisdiction after all necessary Regulatory Approvals for such Licensed Product have been obtained in such country or other jurisdiction [***] shall not be construed as a First Commercial Sale.

1.100 “Foreign Investment Law” means any public interest, foreign investment or national security laws, rules or regulations in any jurisdiction.

1.101 “Former Collaboration Target” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.3(b) (Effects of Substitution).

1.102 “FTE” means the equivalent of the work of one (1) employee full time for one (1) Calendar Year (consisting of at least a total of [***] hours per Calendar Year) of work directly related to the applicable activity conducted hereunder. Any person who devotes less than [***] hours per Calendar Year shall be treated as an FTE on a pro rata basis based upon the actual number of hours worked divided by [***]. [***].

1.103 “FTE Rate” means [***] for the first Calendar Year of the Term, which rate represents the fully burdened rate for an FTE [***]. [***]

1.104 [***]

1.105 “GCP” means Good Clinical Practice as promulgated by the FDA under and in accordance with the FFDCA, Title 21, Parts 312 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, and the guidelines and standards published by the FDA that relate thereto, or any successors thereto. To the extent consistent with U.S. law, GCP shall also include the practices and standards described in the Guidelines on Principles of Good Clinical Practice in conduct of EU Clinical Trials as promulgated by the European Commission under European Directive 2001/20/EC and the ICH Harmonised Tripartite Guideline for Good Clinical Practice (ICH E6) and any analogous practices, standards, guidelines and regulations promulgated by any applicable Regulatory Authority in any country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, or any successors thereto.

1.106 “Generic Application” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.9 (Generic Applicants).

9


 

1.107 “Generic Competition” means, on a country-by-country or other jurisdiction-by-other jurisdiction basis and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, [***].

1.108 “Generic Product” means, with respect to a Licensed Product, any product that is [***]

1.109 “GLP” means the FDA’s standards for conducting non-clinical laboratory studies contained in 21 C.F.R. Part 58, and any equivalent standards promulgated by the EMA.

1.110 “Governmental Authority” means any multinational, federal, national, state, provincial, local or other entity, office, commission, bureau, agency, political subdivision, instrumentality, branch, department, authority, board, court, arbitral or other tribunal exercising executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, administrative or taxing authority or functions of any nature pertaining to government.

1.111 “Grantback Product” means any Licensed Product: (a) for which AbbVie’s license rights under Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date) have terminated; [***].

1.112 “HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

1.113 “Iambic” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

1.114 “Iambic Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 (Indemnification of Iambic).

1.115 “Iambic Licensed Know-How” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all Information [***] that is Controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the Term and that: (a) is not generally known; and (b) is necessary or reasonably useful to Exploit the applicable Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory, but excluding any information to the extent: (i) disclosed or published in any Iambic Licensed Patent; or (ii) constituting Joint Know-How or Excluded Know-How.

1.116 “Iambic Licensed Materials” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all Biological and Chemical Materials that are in the possession of and Controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the Term and that are: (a) necessary or reasonably useful to Exploit the applicable Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory; and (b) [***].

1.117 “Iambic Licensed Patents” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all Patents that are Controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the Term and that are necessary or reasonably useful to Exploit the applicable Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory, excluding any Joint Patents or Excluded Patents.

1.118 “Iambic Model” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.121 (Definition of Iambic Platform Technology).

1.119 “Iambic Platform Improvements” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.1 (Ownership of Technology).

1.120 “Iambic Platform Patent” means any Patent that constitutes Iambic Platform Technology.

1.121 “Iambic Platform Technology” means [***] all Information Controlled by Iambic or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the Term [***].

10


 

1.122 “In-License Agreement” means any agreement [***] between Iambic or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and a Third Party, on the other hand, under which AbbVie is granted a sublicense or other right under this Agreement: (a) that was in effect on or prior to the Effective Date; or (b) entered into after the Effective Date in accordance with Section 6.8.1 (Pre-License Effective Date) or Section 6.8.2 (Post-License Effective Date) and for which AbbVie has exercised its right to obtain a sublicense or other right in accordance with Section 6.8.3 (Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights).

1.123 “In-Licensed Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 (Additional Representations and Warranties of Iambic).

1.124 “IND” means an application filed with a Regulatory Authority for authorization to commence Clinical Studies, including: (a) an Investigational New Drug Application as defined in the FFDCA or any successor application or procedure filed with the FDA; (b) any equivalent of a United States Investigational New Drug Application in other countries or regulatory jurisdictions (e.g., clinical trial application (CTA)); and (c) all supplements, amendments, variations, extensions and renewals thereof that may be filed with respect to the foregoing.

1.125 “Indemnification Claim Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3 (Notice of Claim).

1.126 “Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3 (Notice of Claim).

1.127 “Indication” means, with respect to a Licensed Product, [***]:

[***]

1.128 “Indirect Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13 (Indirect Taxes).

1.129 “Information” means all knowledge and data of a technical, scientific, business and other nature, including know-how, discoveries, inventions, technology, means, methods, processes, practices, formulae, instructions, skills, techniques, procedures, experiences, ideas, technical assistance, designs, drawings, assembly procedures, computer programs, software, algorithms, model weights, parameters, documentation, apparatuses, specifications, data, results, analyses and other material, and other biological, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical and analytical, pre-clinical, clinical, safety, manufacturing and quality control data and information, including study designs and protocols, reagents (e.g., plasmids, proteins, cell lines, assays and compounds) and biological methodology, in each case (whether or not confidential, proprietary, patented or patentable, of commercial advantage or not) in written, electronic, oral or any other form now known or hereafter developed.

1.130 “Information Report” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, each of [***] for such Collaboration Program.

1.131 “Initial Review Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments).

1.132 [***]

1.133 [***]

1.134 [***]

1.135 “Instance” means [***].

11


 

1.136 “Invoiced Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 (Other Invoiced Amounts).

1.137 “Invoicing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 (Other Invoiced Amounts).

1.138 [***]

1.139 “Joint Governance Committee” or “JGC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1 (Formation).

1.140 “Joint IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How).

1.141 “Joint Know-How” means any and all Information that is conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made under this Agreement, jointly by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and AbbVie or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, on the other hand, whether or not patented or patentable.

1.142 “Joint Patents” means all Patents that claim inventions that are conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed or otherwise made under this Agreement jointly by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and AbbVie or its Affiliates or its or their Sublicensees, on the other hand.

1.143 “Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of [***].

1.144 [***]

1.145 [***]

1.146 [***]

1.147 [***]

1.148 [***]

1.149 [***]

1.150 [***]

1.151 “License Effective Date” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, the date upon which AbbVie delivers to Iambic the Exercise Notice with respect to such Collaboration Program in accordance with Section 4.2 (Exercise and Extension of the License Option). [***]

1.152 “License Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 (License Option Grant to AbbVie).

1.153 “License Option Exercise Data Package” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, the complete data package containing [***].

1.154 “License Option Exercise Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 (Option Exercise Fees).

1.155 “License Option Period” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on [***].

12


 

1.156 “Licensed Compound” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program:

(a) (x) any molecule, compound or product that is: [***]; and

(b) any modifications, enhancements, improvements, derivatives or optimizations of the molecules, compounds or products (including components thereof) described in the foregoing clause (a) that are: [***].

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following compounds shall be deemed excluded from the definition of “Licensed Compound”: [***].

1.157 “Licensed Product” means any product constituting or containing a Licensed Compound, alone or in combination with one (1) or more other active ingredients, in any and all forms, presentations, current and future formulations, dosage forms and strengths, and delivery modes.

1.158 “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 (Indemnification of Iambic).

1.159 “MAA” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.74 (Definition of Drug Approval Application).

1.160 “Manufacture” and “Manufacturing” means all activities related to the synthesis, scale-up, making, production, processing, purifying, formulating, filling, finishing, packaging, labeling, shipping, and holding of a Licensed Compound, a Licensed Product, or any intermediate of the foregoing, including process development, process qualification and validation, improvements, pre-clinical, clinical and commercial production and analytic development, product characterization, stability testing, quality assurance, and quality control. When used as a verb, “to Manufacture” and “Manufacturing” means to engage in the Manufacture of, and “Manufactured” has a corresponding meaning.

1.161 [***]

1.162 “Mono Product” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.164 (Definition of Net Sales).

1.163 [***]

1.164 “Net Sales” means, with respect to a Licensed Product for any period, [***], less the following deductions, in each case [***]:

[***]

Net Sales shall not include [***]. Net Sales shall not include [***].

Subject to the above, Net Sales shall be calculated in accordance with [***].

For purposes of calculating Net Sales, all Net Sales shall be [***].

In the event a Licensed Product is a Combination Product, the Net Sales for such Combination Product shall be calculated as follows:

(i) If AbbVie, its Affiliate, or Sublicensee separately sells in such country or other jurisdiction: (x) a product containing as its sole active ingredient a Licensed Compound contained in such Combination Product (the “Mono Product”); and (y) products containing as their sole active ingredients the Other Active Ingredients in such Combination Product, the Net Sales attributable to such Combination Product shall be calculated by [***].

13


 

(ii) If AbbVie, its Affiliate, or Sublicensee separately sells in such country or other jurisdiction the Mono Product but does not separately sell in such country or other jurisdiction products containing as their sole active ingredients the Other Active Ingredient in such Combination Product, the Net Sales attributable to such Combination Product shall be calculated by [***].

(iii) If AbbVie, its Affiliates, and Sublicensees do not separately sell in such country or other jurisdiction the Mono Product but do separately sell products containing as their sole active ingredients the Other Active Ingredients contained in such Combination Product, the Net Sales attributable to such Combination Product shall be calculated by [***].

(iv) If AbbVie, its Affiliates, and Sublicensees do not separately sell in such country or other jurisdiction both the Mono Product and the Other Active Ingredient(s) in such Combination Product, the Net Sales attributable to such Combination Product shall be determined by [***].

[***]

1.165 [***]

1.166 [***]

1.167 “Non-Breaching Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.1 (Material Breach).

1.168 “Option Conditions Precedent” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, that:

[***]

1.169 “Option Continuation Notice” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, AbbVie’s written notice to Iambic extending the License Option Period for such Collaboration Program prior to the [***] or [***] with respect thereto, as applicable.

1.170 “Option Continuation Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 (Option Continuation Payments).

1.171 “Option Exercise Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 (Exercise and Extension of the License Option).

1.172 “Option Regulatory Consents” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1 (Regulatory Clearances).

1.173 “Other Active Ingredient” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.47 (Definition of Combination Product).

1.174 “Other Iambic Arising IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.1 (Notice).

1.175 “Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.1 (Notice).

1.176 “Other Iambic Arising Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.3(d) (Prosecution and Maintenance of Other Iambic Arising Patents and Other Iambic Patents).

1.177 “Other Iambic Patents” means all Iambic Licensed Patents that [***].

14


 

1.178 “Other Joint Arising IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.1(c) (Notice).

1.179 “Other Joint Arising IP Infringement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.1(c) (Notice).

1.180 “Other Joint Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.4 (Prosecution and Maintenance of Other Joint Patents).

1.181 [***]

1.182 “Owned Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.5 (Additional Representations and Warranties of Iambic).

1.183 “Party” and “Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

1.184 “Patents” means: (a) all national, regional and international patents and patent applications, including provisional patent applications and rights to claim priority from any of such patents or applications; (b) all patent applications filed either from such patents, patent applications or provisional applications or from an application claiming priority thereto, including divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, provisionals, converted provisionals and continued prosecution applications; (c) any and all patents that have issued or in the future issue from the foregoing patent applications ((a) and (b)), including utility models, petty patents, design patents, certificates of invention, and unitary patents; (d) any and all extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including revalidations, reissues, re-examinations and extensions (including any patent term extensions, supplementary protection certificates, pediatric exclusivities, and the like) of the foregoing patents or patent applications ((a), (b), and (c)); and (e) any similar rights, including so-called pipeline protection or any importation, revalidation, confirmation or introduction patent or registration patent or patent of additions to any of such foregoing patent applications and patents.

1.185 “Person” means an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other similar entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision, department or agency of a government.

1.186 “Phase I Study” means a human clinical trial of a compound or product, the principal purpose of which is a preliminary determination of safety, tolerability, pharmacological activity or pharmacokinetics in healthy individuals or patients or similar clinical study prescribed by the Regulatory Authorities, including the trials referred to in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(a).

1.187 “Phase II Study” means a human clinical trial of a compound or product, the principal purpose of which is a determination of safety and efficacy in the target patient population, which is prospectively designed to generate sufficient data that may permit commencement of Registrational Studies, or a similar clinical study prescribed by the Regulatory Authorities, from time to time, pursuant to Applicable Law or otherwise, including the trials referred to in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(b)[***]. If a clinical trial constitutes both a Phase I Study and a Phase II Study at the time of dosing of the first patient in such clinical trial, then, [***].

1.188 “Phase III Study” means a human clinical trial of a compound or product on a sufficient number of subjects in an indicated patient population that is designed to establish that such compound or product is safe and efficacious for its intended use and to determine the benefit/risk relationship, warnings, precautions, and adverse reactions that are associated with such compound or product in the dosage range to be prescribed, which trial is intended to support the Drug Approval Application and Regulatory Approval of

15


 

such pharmaceutical product, including all tests and studies that are required by Regulatory Authorities from time to time, pursuant to Applicable Law or otherwise, including the trials referred to in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(c).

1.189 “Phase IV Study” means a post-marketing, human clinical trial for any compound or product for a country or jurisdiction in the Territory with respect to any Indication as to which all Regulatory Approvals have been received or for a use that is the subject of an investigator-initiated study program.

1.190 [***]

1.191 “Pricing and Reimbursement Approval” means such approval, agreement, determination or decision establishing prices for a product that [***] in a country or other jurisdiction in the Territory where Governmental Authorities of such country or other jurisdiction approve or determine pricing for pharmaceutical or biological products for reimbursement or otherwise. [***]

1.192 “Product Infringement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.1 (Notice).

1.193 “Product IP” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all Product Know-How, Product Materials and Product Patents with respect thereto.

1.194 “Product Know-How” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all Iambic Licensed Know-How and Joint Know-How: [***].

1.195 “Product Labeling” means, with respect to a product in a country or other jurisdiction in the Territory: (a) the Regulatory Authority‑approved full prescribing information for such product for such country or other jurisdiction, including any required patient information; and (b) all labels and other written, printed, or graphic matter upon a container, wrapper, or any package insert utilized with or for such product in such country or other jurisdiction.

1.196 “Product Materials” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all Iambic Licensed Materials [***].

1.197 “Product Patents” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all Iambic Licensed Patents and Joint Patents [***].

1.198 “Product Trademarks” means the Trademark(s) to be used by AbbVie or its Affiliates or its or their respective Sublicensees for the Exploitation of Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory and any registrations thereof or any pending applications relating thereto in the Territory (excluding, in any event, Corporate Names).

1.199 “Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.3 (Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights).

1.200 “[***] Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.1 (Periodic Reports).

1.201 “Registrational Study” means a human clinical trial of a Licensed Product with a sufficient number of subjects in an indicated patient population: (a) the results of which, together with prior Information concerning such Licensed Product, are intended to establish that such Licensed Product is safe and effective for its intended indication, and to determine the benefit/risk relationship, warnings, precautions, and adverse events that are associated with such Licensed Product in the dosage form and range to be prescribed; and (b) that forms the basis of an effectiveness claim in support of Regulatory Approval of a Drug Approval

16


 

Application for such Licensed Product for its intended indication in the United States, in each case, as acknowledged by the applicable Regulatory Authority. [***]

1.202 “Regulatory Approval” means, with respect to a country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, the approvals (including Drug Approval Applications), licenses, registrations, or authorizations of any Regulatory Authority necessary to Commercialize a compound or product in such country or other jurisdiction, including, where applicable: (a) [***]; (b) pre- and post-approval marketing authorizations (including any prerequisite Manufacturing approval or authorization related thereto); and (c) approval of Product Labeling.

1.203 “Regulatory Authority” means any applicable supra-national, federal, national, regional, state, provincial, or local Governmental Authority or regulatory authority, agency, department, bureau, commission, council, or other entities (e.g., the FDA and EMA) regulating or otherwise exercising authority with respect to activities contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory.

1.204 “Regulatory Documentation” means all: (a) applications (including all INDs and Drug Approval Applications), registrations, licenses, authorizations, and approvals (including Regulatory Approvals); (b) correspondence and reports submitted to or received from Regulatory Authorities (including minutes and official contact reports relating to any communications with any Regulatory Authority) and all supporting documents with respect thereto, including all regulatory drug lists, advertising and promotional documents, adverse event files, and complaint files; and (c) Clinical Program Data, including safety database and adverse event information, and other data contained or relied upon in any of the foregoing, in each case ((a), (b), and (c)), relating to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product.

1.205 “Regulatory Exclusivity” means, with respect to a Licensed Product and any country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, any market protection, other than Patent protection or Patent-related exclusivity, granted by a Regulatory Authority in such country or other jurisdiction which confers an exclusive Commercialization period during which AbbVie or its Affiliates or Sublicensees have the exclusive right to market and sell such Licensed Product in such country or other jurisdiction for all indications approved by such Regulatory Authority (e.g., new chemical entity exclusivity, new use or indication exclusivity, new formulation exclusivity, orphan drug exclusivity, pediatric exclusivity, or any applicable data exclusivity).

1.206 “Regulatory Review Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1 (Regulatory Clearances).

1.207 “Related Third Party IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.1 (Pre-License Effective Date).

1.208 “Research Plan” means the Target A Research Plan or the Target B Research Plan, as applicable.

1.209 “Research Plan Activities” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, all: (a) Development and Manufacturing activities to be performed by or on behalf of Iambic (or by or on behalf of AbbVie pursuant to Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right)) with respect to the applicable Licensed Compounds; and (b) activities relating to the creation of the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, in each case ((a) and (b)) under the applicable Research Plan.

1.210 “Research Term” means, with respect to a given Collaboration Program, the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending upon [***].

1.211 “Retained Copy” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology).

17


 

1.212 “Reverse Royalty Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.10 (Reverse Royalty).

1.213 “Reverse Royalty Term” means, with respect to each Grantback Product that is the subject of a license pursuant to Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program) and each country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, the period beginning on the date of the first commercial sale of such Grantback Product in such country or other jurisdiction after termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to the applicable Collaboration Program and ending on [***].

1.214 “Royalty Term” means, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and a country-by-country or other jurisdiction-by-other jurisdiction basis, the period beginning on the date of the First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Product in such country or other jurisdiction, and ending on [***].

1.215 “Safety Issue” means, with respect to a Licensed Product, [***].

1.216 [***]

1.217 “Secure Access Portal” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.4(b) (AbbVie Step-In Right).

1.218 [***]

1.219 “Senior Officer” means, with respect to Iambic, its [***], and with respect to AbbVie, its [***], or, in each case, such individual’s designated direct report.

1.220 “Social Security Act” means the Social Security Act of 1935 as set forth in Title 42, Chapter 7 of the United States Code, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations issued thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time.

1.221 [***]

1.222 “Sublicensee” means a Person, other than an Affiliate or a Distributor, that is granted a sublicense by AbbVie under the grants in Section 6.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date) or Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date) as provided in Section 6.3 (Sublicenses), excluding: [***].

1.223 [***]

1.224 “Substitute Target” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1 (In General).

1.225 “Substitution” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1 (In General).

1.226 “Substitution Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.5 (Target Substitution Fee).

1.227 “Substitution Inquiry” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2 (Substitution Process).

1.228 “Substitution Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2 (Substitution Process).

1.229 “Supplemental CDA” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7 (Firewalling Assurances and Supplemental CDA).

18


 

1.230 “Target” means [***].

1.231 “Target A” means [***], as such Target may be substituted in accordance with Section 3.3 (Target Substitution).

1.232 “Target A Collaboration Program” means the Development and Manufacturing activities with respect to Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products Directed To Target A conducted under the Target A Research Plan.

1.233 “Target A Research Plan” means a mutually agreed upon written plan for the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products Directed To Target A that sets forth: [***].

1.234 “Target B” means [***], as such Target may be substituted in accordance with Section 3.3 (Target Substitution).

1.235 “Target B Collaboration Program” means the Development and Manufacturing activities with respect to Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products Directed To Target B conducted under the Target B Research Plan.

1.236 “Target B Research Plan” means a mutually agreed upon written plan for the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products Directed To Target B that sets forth: [***].

1.237 “Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 (Term).

1.238 “Territory” means worldwide.

1.239 “Third Party” means any Person other than Iambic, AbbVie and their respective Affiliates.

1.240 “Third Party Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 (Indemnification of Iambic).

1.241 “Third Party Infringement Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.1 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties-Prior to License Effective Date).

1.242 [***]

1.243 “Trademark” means any trademark, trade dress, brand mark, service mark, trade name, brand name, logo, business symbol or domain name, or any word, name, symbol, color, designation or device or any combination thereof that functions as a source identifier, whether or not registered, and any registrations thereof or any pending applications relating thereto.

1.244 [***]

1.245 “Transferred Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 (Program Transition).

1.246 “Transition Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.9 (Transition Agreement and Other Performance Obligations).

1.247 “Trial Master File” means the documents maintained at clinical research sites and by Iambic during the course of Clinical Studies for any Licensed Product, which enable the conduct of a Clinical Study and the quality of the data produced to be evaluated, proving that the Clinical Study was conducted by the investigator and sponsor in accordance with ICH GCP guidelines and that the data collected is correct and valid, including all such documents required by each applicable Regulatory Authority.

19


 

1.248 [***]

1.249 “Unfinished Research Plan Activities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise).

1.250 “United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America and its territories and possessions (including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico).

1.251 “Upfront Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 (Upfront Payment).

1.252 “Valid Claim” means: (a) a claim of any issued and unexpired Patent whose validity, enforceability, or patentability has not been affected by any of the following: (i) irretrievable lapse, abandonment, revocation, cancellation, dedication to the public, or disclaimer; or (ii) a holding, finding, or decision of invalidity, unenforceability, or non-patentability by a court, governmental agency, national or regional patent office, or other appropriate body that has competent jurisdiction, such holding, finding, or decision being final and unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, or (b) a claim included in a patent application that has neither been irretrievably cancelled, withdrawn, abandoned, or finally rejected by an administrative agency action from which no appeal can be taken or that has not been appealed within the time allowed for appeal, nor been pending for more than [***] from its earliest priority date. For clarity, any claim in a pending application that is filed after [***] from its earliest priority date shall not be considered a Valid Claim unless and until such claim is granted and meets the requirement of subclause (a).

1.253 “Voting Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.40(a) (Definition of Change in Control).

1.254 “Withholding Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12 (Withholding Taxes).

1.255 “Withholding Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12 (Withholding Taxes).

1.256 “Withholding Tax Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12 (Withholding Taxes).

1.257 “Working Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 (Working Groups).

Article 2
GOVERNANCE

2.1 Joint Governance Committee.

2.1.1 Formation. Within [***] after the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a joint governance committee (the “Joint Governance Committee” or “JGC”) to serve as the oversight and decision-making body for the activities to be conducted under the Collaboration Programs, as more fully described in this Article 2 (Governance). The Parties anticipate that the JGC will not be involved in day-to-day implementation of the activities under the Collaboration Programs, but shall serve as the oversight body from the Effective Date of this Agreement until it is disbanded as set forth in Section 2.4.1 (Discontinuation of the JGC).

2.1.2 Responsibilities. The JGC shall perform the following functions, subject to the final decision-making authority of the respective Parties as set forth in Section 2.3.4 (General Provisions Applicable to the JGC—Dispute Resolution):

(a) oversee each Party’s activities and progress under each Research Plan;

20


 

(b) discuss Research Plan Activities (including Unfinished Research Plan Activities), including any questions that AbbVie may submit regarding the activities and progress under each Research Plan pursuant to Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments);

(c) periodically (no less often than [***]) review and serve as a forum for discussing the Research Plans, and review and approve any proposed amendments thereto;

(d) review, discuss, and approve Research Plans for any Substitute Target that becomes a Collaboration Target in the event of a Substitution pursuant to Section 3.3 (Target Substitution);

(e) review and discuss the Information Reports, License Option Exercise Data Packages and [***] Reports as provided under Section 3.4 (Periodic Reports; Information Reports and License Option Exercise Data Package);

(f) [***];

(g) serve as an initial forum for discussion and resolution of any issues or disputes that may arise in a Working Group, subject to Section 2.3.5 (Limitations on Authority);

(h) coordinate the Parties’ activities during the Research Terms under this Agreement, including oversight of the Working Groups as described in Section 2.2 (Working Groups);

(i) [***];

(j) discuss the entry into any agreements with Third Party subcontractors to the extent set forth in Section 3.2.2 (Subcontracting);

(k) assign responsibilities that may fall within the purview of more than one (1) Working Group to a particular Working Group pursuant to Section 2.2 (Working Groups); and

(l) perform such other functions as are set forth herein or as the Parties may mutually agree in writing, except where in conflict with any provision of this Agreement.

For clarity, the JGC shall not have any authority beyond the specific matters set forth in this Section 2.1.2 (Responsibilities), and in particular shall not have any power to amend or modify the terms of this Agreement or waive a Party’s compliance with this Agreement or to decide or resolve any issues other than those specifically subject to JGC approval, selection or determination in this Section 2.1.2 (Responsibilities).

2.2 Working Groups. From time to time, the JGC may establish and delegate duties to other committees or directed teams (each, a “Working Group”) on an “as-needed” basis to oversee particular projects or activities with respect to the Collaboration Programs (such as, for example, pre-clinical and other non-clinical Development). Each such Working Group shall be constituted and shall operate during the term of the JGC as the JGC determines; provided, that each Working Group shall have sufficient representation from each Party and shall follow governance practices consistent with those applicable to the JGC, except that in the event of any Dispute between the representatives of each Party on a Working Group, such Dispute shall be referred to the JGC for resolution in accordance with Section 2.3.4 (General Provisions Applicable to the JGC—Dispute Resolution) and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement. Working Groups may be established on an ad hoc basis for purposes of a specific project and shall disband no later than the JGC with respect to a given Collaboration Program. Each Working Group and its activities shall be subject to the oversight, review, and approval of, and shall report to, the JGC. In no event shall the authority of the Working Group(s) exceed the authority of or specified by the JGC.

21


 

2.3 General Provisions Applicable to the JGC.

2.3.1 Composition. The JGC shall consist of [***] representatives from each of the Parties, each with the requisite experience and seniority to enable such person to make decisions on behalf of the Parties with respect to the issues falling within the jurisdiction of the JGC. From time to time, each Party may substitute one (1) or more of its representatives to the JGC on written notice (which may be via e-mail) to the other Party. For clarity, each Party may designate the same individual as a representative on the JGC and on one (1) or more Working Groups.

2.3.2 Meetings and Minutes. The JGC shall meet [***], or in each case as otherwise agreed to by the Parties, with the location of such meetings alternating between locations designated by Iambic and locations designated by AbbVie. Alternatively, the JGC may meet by means of teleconference, videoconference or other similar communications equipment as mutually agreed by the representatives of each Party. Each Party shall make all proposals for agenda items and shall provide all appropriate Information with respect to such proposed items at least [***] in advance of the applicable meeting; provided, that under exigent circumstances requiring input by the JGC, a Party may provide its agenda items to the other Party within a shorter period of time in advance of the meeting, or may propose that there not be a specific agenda for a particular meeting, so long as the other Party consents to such later addition of such agenda items or the absence of a specific agenda for such meeting, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. The Parties shall agree on, and have signed by their respective Alliance Directors, the minutes of each meeting promptly, but in no event later than the next meeting of the JGC.

2.3.3 Procedural Rules. The JGC shall have the right to adopt such standing rules as shall be necessary for its work, to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Agreement. A quorum of the JGC shall exist whenever there is present at a meeting at least one (1) representative appointed by each Party. Representatives of the Parties on the JGC may attend a meeting either in person or by telephone, video conference, or similar means in which each participant can hear what is said by, and be heard by, the other participants; provided, that at least one (1) representative of each Party is present at the location of an in-person meeting. Representation by proxy shall be allowed; provided, that such proxy shall be an employee of the applicable Party. The JGC shall take action only by consensus of the representatives present at a meeting at which a quorum exists, with each Party having a single vote irrespective of the number of representatives of such Party in attendance, or by a written resolution signed by at least one (1) representative appointed by each Party. Employees of either Party that are not representatives of the Parties on the JGC may attend meetings of the JGC; provided, that such attendees: (a) shall not vote in the decision-making process of the JGC; and (b) are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure equivalent to those set forth in Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure).

2.3.4 Dispute Resolution. If the JGC cannot, or does not, reach consensus on an issue within [***] after such issue is first presented to the JGC for consideration, then either Party shall have the right to refer such issue to the Senior Officers of the Parties, who shall confer in good faith on the resolution of the issue. Any final decision mutually agreed to by the Senior Officers shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties. If the Senior Officers do not agree on the resolution of any such issue within [***] after such issue was first referred to them, then such dispute shall be resolved as follows, in each case with the deciding Party taking into consideration in good faith the position of the other Party before making its final decision:

[***]

2.3.5 Limitations on Authority. Each Party shall retain the rights, powers, and discretion granted to it under this Agreement and no such rights, powers, or discretion shall be delegated to or vested in the JGC or a Working Group unless such delegation or vesting of rights is expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Parties expressly so agree in writing. Neither the JGC nor any Working Group shall have the power to amend, modify, or waive compliance with this Agreement, which may only be amended or

22


 

modified as provided in Section 13.9 (Entire Agreement; Amendments) or compliance with which may only be waived as provided in Section 13.12 (Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies).

2.3.6 Alliance Directors. Each Party shall appoint an employee (each, an “Alliance Director”) who shall: (a) oversee contact between the Parties for all matters between meetings of the JGC; (b) be the primary contact between the Parties after disbandment of the JGC; and (c) have such other responsibilities as the Parties may agree in writing after the Effective Date, which individual may be replaced at any time by notice in writing to the other Party. The Alliance Directors shall work together to manage and facilitate the communication between the Parties under this Agreement, including the resolution (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) of issues between the Parties that arise in connection with this Agreement. The Alliance Directors shall not have final decision-making authority with respect to any matter under this Agreement.

2.4 Discontinuation of the JGC or Working Groups.

2.4.1 Discontinuation of the JGC.

(a) If AbbVie does not exercise the License Option for a given Collaboration Program during the applicable License Option Period, the JGC shall disband with respect to such Collaboration Program upon the expiration of such License Option Period.

(b) If, prior to the expiration of the License Option Period for a given Collaboration Program, AbbVie has delivered an Exercise Notice pursuant to Section 4.3 (Regulatory Clearances), but this Agreement terminates with respect to such Collaboration Program pursuant to Section 12.4.4 (For Failure or Delay to Obtain Regulatory Clearance) or Section 12.4.5 (For Failure or Delay to Satisfy Option Conditions Precedent) for such Collaboration Program, the JGC shall disband with respect to such Collaboration Program upon such termination.

(c) If AbbVie exercises the License Option for a given Collaboration Program and the License Effective Date occurs with respect thereto, the JGC shall disband with respect to such Collaboration Program upon the later to occur of: (i) completion of the activities contemplated by Section 5.3 (Program Transition) with respect to such Collaboration Program; and (ii) if applicable, completion of any Unfinished Research Plan Activities determined by AbbVie with respect to such Collaboration Program in accordance with Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise).

(d) Upon the disbandment of the JGC for a given Collaboration Program in accordance with the foregoing in this Section 2.4.1 (Discontinuation of the JGC), the JGC shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto and shall be considered dissolved by the Parties. Upon the disbandment of the JGC for all Collaboration Programs in accordance with this Section 2.4.1 (Discontinuation of the JGC), the JGC shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement and shall be considered dissolved in its entirety by the Parties.

2.4.2 Discontinuation of the Working Groups. Each Working Group shall continue to exist until the first to occur of: (a) the JGC deciding to disband the Working Group; or (b) the JGC disbanding with respect to a given Collaboration Program for which such Working Group was formed in accordance with Section 2.4.1 (Discontinuation of the JGC). Upon such termination, each Working Group shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement.

2.4.3 [***]

23


 

2.5 Interactions Between the JGC or a Working Group and Internal Teams. The Parties recognize that each Party possesses an internal structure (including various committees, teams, and review boards) that will be involved in administering such Party’s activities under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Article 2 (Governance) shall prevent a Party from making routine day-to-day decisions relating to the conduct of those activities for which it has performance or other obligations hereunder, in each case, in a manner consistent with the then-current applicable plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.6 Expenses. Each Party shall be responsible for all travel and related costs and expenses for its members and other representatives to attend meetings of, and otherwise participate in, the JGC or any Working Group.

Article 3
COLLABORATION PROGRAMS

3.1 Overview. Under each Collaboration Program, Iambic shall, as set forth in the applicable Research Plan: (a) create an Instance of the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology for the computational design, discovery, and research of the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products; and (b) use such AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology for the conduct of the Research Plan Activities for such Collaboration Program.

3.2 Performance of Activities Under the Research Plans.

3.2.1 In General. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise) or Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right), Iambic shall be responsible for and shall: (a) perform the Research Plan Activities allocated to it under each Research Plan during the applicable Research Term under the direction and supervision of the JGC, and in accordance with such Research Plan; and (b) [***]; provided, that, [***]. Iambic shall perform all Research Plan Activities allocated to it in good scientific manner and in compliance with all Applicable Law, including in compliance with GLP, as applicable, in each case, in all material respects, and shall allocate sufficient time, effort, equipment, and skilled personnel to conduct all such Research Plan Activities in accordance with the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) and the applicable Research Plan. AbbVie shall perform all Research Plan Activities allocated to it in good scientific manner and in compliance with all Applicable Law, including in compliance with GLP, as applicable, in each case, in all material respects, and in accordance with the Research Plan.

3.2.2 Subcontracting. Iambic shall not be permitted to subcontract any portion of the Research Plan Activities [***]; provided, that Iambic shall have the right to subcontract its Research Plan Activities [***] to any of its Affiliates and to any Third Party listed in Schedule 3.2.2 (Approved Subcontractors). With respect to any subcontracted activities pursuant to this Section 3.2.2 (Subcontracting), (i) Iambic [***] its subcontractors of the subcontracted activities perform the applicable Research Plan Activities in a manner that would be reasonably expected to result in such Third Party’s timely and successful completion of such Research Plan Activities in accordance with this Agreement, and (ii) any agreement pursuant to which Iambic engages a subcontractor must (x) be consistent with this Agreement, and (y) contain terms obligating such subcontractor to (A) comply with confidentiality provisions that are at least as restrictive as those set forth in Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure), [***]. No such permitted subcontracting shall relieve Iambic of any obligation hereunder, and any act or omission of its subcontractors shall constitute the act or omission of Iambic for all purposes hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except to the extent expressly set forth in the applicable Research Plan, Iambic and its Affiliates shall not provide any Third Party subcontractors with access, whether directly or indirectly, to the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology without the prior written approval of AbbVie.

24


 

3.2.3 Records. Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and subcontractors to, maintain, in good scientific manner, complete and accurate books and records pertaining to all Research Plan Activities (including those relating to the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology), which books and records shall: (a) be appropriate for patent and regulatory purposes; (b) be kept and maintained in compliance with Applicable Law; (c) properly reflect all work done and results achieved in the performance of its activities hereunder; and (d) to the extent consistent with standard scientific practices, not include or be commingled with records of activities outside the scope of this Agreement. Iambic shall, or shall cause its Affiliates or subcontractors, as applicable, to retain such books and records for at least [***] after the expiration or termination of this Agreement in its entirety or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law. AbbVie shall have the right, during normal business hours and upon reasonable request and notice, not more than [***], and such that [***], to inspect and copy all records maintained by or on behalf of Iambic pursuant to this Section 3.2.3 (Records) [***]; provided, that AbbVie shall have no right pursuant to this Section 3.2.3 (Records) to [***].

3.2.4 AbbVie Step-In Right.

(a) On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, if Iambic is in material breach of its obligation to perform any applicable Research Plan Activities in accordance with this Agreement or the applicable Research Plan and fails to remedy such breach within [***] after written notice thereof from AbbVie, AbbVie shall have the right, at AbbVie’s sole election, and without limiting or waiving any other right or remedy available to AbbVie (including pursuant to Section 12.7 (Alternative Remedy for AbbVie)), to assume and complete some or all of such Research Plan Activities, provided, that (i) AbbVie shall not have the right to assume or perform any Research Plan Activities relating to [***], (ii) AbbVie shall not have any right to [***] and (iii) AbbVie’s rights to [***] and subject to the limitations of this Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right).

(b) If AbbVie so elects to assume and complete any such Research Plan Activities, to the extent requested by AbbVie in writing, [***].

(c) Iambic shall promptly (and, in any event, no later than [***] following AbbVie’s election to assume and complete any such Research Plan Activities) provide AbbVie with access to the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology upon reasonable request by AbbVie in order to assume and complete such Research Plan Activities and any other Information [***] reasonably requested by AbbVie [***]; provided, that AbbVie’s access to the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology shall be limited [***] (the “Secure Access Portal”). AbbVie shall have no right pursuant to the foregoing to [***]. AbbVie’s rights under this Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right) shall be limited to [***] and receiving the resulting Information, data and outputs therefrom. Without limiting the foregoing:

(i) AbbVie will not use the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology [***]. For clarity, [***];

(ii) If AbbVie discovers or optimizes any molecule, compound or product that is Directed To the applicable Collaboration Target through use of the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology pursuant to this Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right) (such molecule, compound or product, an “AbbVie Step-In Compound”), AbbVie shall [***], and such AbbVie Step-In Compound , [***] shall be [***]. Prior to the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, neither Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, [***]. Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, [***].

(iii) Iambic shall provide reasonable assistance in connection with AbbVie’s conduct of Research Plan Activities using the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology through the Secure Access Portal, including technical support, at AbbVie’s request [***]; and

25


 

(iv) this Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right) shall not require Iambic to provide AbbVie with access to any other Information, materials or Third Party agreements except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right).

(d) [***] shall be [***] responsible for and shall bear all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of AbbVie and its Affiliates in connection with Research Plan Activities that AbbVie elects to assume and complete pursuant to this Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right), [***].

(e) Functionality of Secure Access Portal. Subject to Section 3.2.5 (Iambic Platform Technology Improvements), following AbbVie’s election to assume and complete any Research Plan Activities pursuant to Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right), AbbVie and its Affiliates shall have access through the Secure Access Portal to [***]; provided, for clarity, that the foregoing shall not require Iambic to [***].

3.2.5 Iambic Platform Technology Improvements. During the applicable Research Term, Iambic shall: (a) notify AbbVie in writing of any improvements, modifications, enhancements or updates to the Iambic Model [***]; (b) within [***] of the start of each Calendar Quarter, provide a report summarizing [***]; and (c) within [***] of such internal deployment, unless otherwise instructed by AbbVie in writing, [***].

3.2.6 Security.

(a) Information Security. In the event that AbbVie receives access to the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology through the Secure Access Portal to perform the Research Plan Activities in accordance with Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right), Iambic shall make the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology available in accordance with the data security requirements set out in Schedule 3.2.6(a) (Information Security).

(b) Data Breach Procedures. Iambic shall maintain a data breach plan in accordance with the criteria set forth in Schedule 3.2.6(b) (Data Breach Procedures) and shall implement the procedures required under such data breach plan on the occurrence of a data breach (as defined in such plan).

3.3 Target Substitution.

3.3.1 In General. For each Collaboration Program, at any time [***] under the applicable Research Plan for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall have the [***] right, in its sole discretion, to substitute the Collaboration Target for such Collaboration Program with another Target (a “Substitute Target”, and a “Substitution”) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.3.2 (Substitution Process); provided, that the proposed Substitute Target is not an Encumbered Target. For clarity, AbbVie shall have no right to effect a Substitution on or after [***] except as otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties.

3.3.2 Substitution Process. To substitute a Collaboration Target with a Substitute Target, AbbVie shall provide Iambic with written notice, [***], including identification of [***] (a “Substitution Inquiry”). Within [***] of AbbVie’s delivery of any such Substitution Inquiry, Iambic shall provide written notice to AbbVie confirming whether the proposed Target is Encumbered. If Iambic confirms the proposed Target is Encumbered, then such Substitution Inquiry shall be deemed withdrawn, and AbbVie shall retain its Substitution right with respect to the applicable Collaboration Program. If Iambic confirms the proposed Target is not Encumbered, then within [***] of receiving Iambic’s confirmation, AbbVie shall have the right to provide Iambic with written notice confirming the Substitution of the Collaboration Target with the proposed Substitute Target identified in the Substitution Inquiry (a “Substitution Notice”). If AbbVie does

26


 

not timely provide Iambic with such Substitution Notice, then the Substitution Inquiry shall be deemed withdrawn, and AbbVie shall retain its Substitution right with respect to the applicable Collaboration Program.

3.3.3 Effects of Substitution. If AbbVie timely provides Iambic with such Substitution Notice referenced in Section 3.3.2 (Substitution Process), then:

(a) [***];

(b) upon [***]: (i) a Substitution with respect to the applicable Collaboration Program shall be deemed to have occurred; (ii) the former Collaboration Target that has been substituted (“Former Collaboration Target”) shall no longer be considered to be a Collaboration Target for all purposes under this Agreement; (iii) the Substitute Target shall be deemed a “Collaboration Target” and, for the purposes of the applicable Collaboration Program, the Substitute Target shall be deemed “Target A” or “Target B”, as applicable; and (iv) [***] and the Research Plan for the Former Collaboration Target shall automatically terminate, and, for clarity, all of Iambic’s exclusivity obligations under Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity) shall immediately terminate with respect to such Former Collaboration Target as of the Substitution Effective Date;

(c) the Research Term for the new Collaboration Target shall continue until [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if [***] the Research Term with respect thereto shall expire upon [***];

(d) upon a Substitution, the License Option Period and the Applicable Expiration Date for the applicable Collaboration Program for such new Collaboration Target shall be determined solely by reference to Iambic’s deliveries of the applicable Information Reports and License Option Exercise Data Package under the new Research Plan; and

(e) all of the other provisions of this Agreement with respect to the applicable Collaboration Program (including with respect to Iambic’s performance of the corresponding Research Plan Activities and delivery of the Information Reports and License Option Exercise Data Package) shall apply to such new Collaboration Target and Research Plan.

3.3.4 Retention of Substitution Right. In the event that: (x) AbbVie timely provides Iambic with such Substitution Notice referenced in Section 3.3.2 (Substitution Process); and [***] then:

(a) a Substitution with respect to the applicable Collaboration Program shall not be deemed to have occurred;

(b) the existing Collaboration Target that was the subject of the proposed Substitution shall remain a Collaboration Target;

(c) AbbVie shall retain its Substitution right with respect to such Collaboration Program; and

(d) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, [***].

3.3.5 Target Substitution Fee. With respect to each Substitution, if a Substitution is deemed to have occurred for such Collaboration Program in accordance with Section 3.3.3(b) (Effects of Substitution), and AbbVie has delivered the applicable Substitution Notice [***] under the applicable Research Plan for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall pay Iambic a one (1)-time fee (the “Substitution Fee”) of [***]. For clarity, no Substitution Fee shall be payable if AbbVie delivers such Substitution Notice prior to [***]. Each Substitution Fee shall become due and payable within [***] after the date on which the Substitution

27


 

is deemed to have occurred for such Collaboration Program in accordance with Section 3.3.3(b) (Effects of Substitution).

3.4 Periodic Reports; Information Reports and License Option Exercise Data Package.

3.4.1 Periodic Reports. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, within [***] following [***], Iambic shall provide to the JGC and AbbVie: (a) a reasonably detailed written report in presentation format (e.g. PowerPoint), or other format to be agreed upon by the Parties, summarizing Iambic’s Research Plan Activities conducted during such [***], which may be the same as presented at the JGC meeting (“[***] Reports”); and (b) copies of any other written reports related to such Research Plan Activities (or results of analyses thereof) reasonably requested by AbbVie that have been generated in the performance of the Research Plan Activities for such Collaboration Program.

3.4.2 Information Reports; License Option Exercise Data Package. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, Iambic shall deliver to AbbVie, within [***] after the completion (for clarity, [***]) of: (a) all [***] in accordance with the applicable Research Plan [***] for such Collaboration Program; and (b) all [***] in accordance with the applicable Research Plan [***] for such Collaboration Program. Within [***] after the completion of all Research Plan Activities under a Collaboration Program (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the [***]) [***], Iambic shall deliver to AbbVie the License Option Exercise Data Package [***] for such Collaboration Program.

3.4.3 AbbVie Questions or Comments.

(a) If AbbVie has questions or comments with respect to a Licensed Compound, Licensed Product or any Research Plan Activities conducted by or on behalf of Iambic or any of its Affiliates, AbbVie shall have the right to submit such questions or comments in writing to Iambic (where possible, to Iambic’s Alliance Director) at any point during the Research Term (and to raise such questions during JGC meetings); provided that such questions or comments shall be reasonably related to the Research Plan Activities for the applicable Collaboration Program or any disclosures made in a [***] and AbbVie’s evaluation of such Collaboration Program. Iambic shall provide written responses addressing such questions or comments within [***] after receipt thereof (including during or following such meetings). Without limiting the foregoing, if AbbVie has questions or comments with respect to the Information disclosed in or omitted from an Information Report, a License Option Exercise Data Package, [***], then, in each case, AbbVie shall have the right to submit such questions or comments in writing to Iambic within [***] after receipt by AbbVie of such Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package [***] (as applicable), which questions or comments shall identify with reasonable specificity the Information believed to be missing, inaccurate, or otherwise requiring clarification.

(b) If: (i) AbbVie does not submit any questions or comments within the period set forth in Section 3.4.3(a) (AbbVie Questions or Comments.); (ii) such Information Report contains the Information set forth in [***] section or [***] section of the applicable Research Plan (as applicable), or such License Option Exercise Data Package contains the Information set forth in Schedule 1.153 (License Option Exercise Data Package), as applicable; and (iii) such Information is provided in a format that is set forth in the applicable Research Plan or otherwise reasonably acceptable to AbbVie, then such Information Report or License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] (as applicable), as initially submitted by Iambic, shall be deemed to be the final and complete Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] (as applicable) and Iambic’s obligation to perform [***], in each case, for the applicable Collaboration Program, shall be deemed complete.

28


 

(c) If AbbVie does submit any such questions or comments within such timeframe, then Iambic shall deliver a revised Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] (as applicable) to AbbVie and otherwise address the questions or comments raised by AbbVie within [***] after receipt by Iambic of such questions or comments, and, upon Iambic’s delivery of such revised Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] that [***], such Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] shall be deemed final and complete on the date that is [***] after such delivery, unless, prior to such date, AbbVie notifies Iambic in writing that one (1) or more of its original questions or comments have not been adequately addressed [***]. If AbbVie delivers such notice within such notice period, the Parties shall promptly meet and confer in good faith to resolve the matter. If the Parties resolve the matter within [***] after AbbVie’s notice (including by Iambic’s delivery of a further revised Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***], as applicable), then such Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] shall be deemed final and complete on the date of such resolution. If the Parties are unable to resolve the matter within such [***] period, either Party may submit the matter for resolution in accordance with Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution). Pending resolution of such matter, such Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] shall not be deemed final and complete. If the final resolution of such matter in accordance with Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution) results in the Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package [***] being deemed final and complete, such Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] shall be deemed final and complete on the date of such final resolution of such matter in accordance with Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution).

3.4.4 Initial Review Period. Subject to Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments), on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, AbbVie shall have: (a) [***] after the date Iambic provides the applicable final and complete Information Report [***] for such Collaboration Program, and (b) [***] after the date Iambic provides the final and complete License Option Exercise Data Package [***] for such Collaboration Program (the time period in each of clauses (a) and (b), as applicable, the “Initial Review Period”), in each case, to review such Information Report or License Option Exercise Data Package, as applicable, [***] for such Collaboration Program. For clarity, if AbbVie submits questions or comments with respect to the Information disclosed in or omitted from an Information Report, a License Option Exercise Data Package [***] in accordance with Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments), the applicable Initial Review Period shall not be deemed to commence until the earlier of (x) the date such Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] is deemed final and complete in accordance with Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments) and (y) the date that is [***] after AbbVie’s receipt of Iambic’s revised Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package [***] that [***], and in no event shall the commencement of the Initial Review Period be delayed under this Section 3.4.4 (Initial Review Period) by more than [***] in the aggregate with respect to any single Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package, [***]; provided, that, in the event the completeness of an Information Report, License Option Exercise Data Package [***] has been submitted for resolution in accordance with Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution) pursuant to Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments), the applicable Initial Review Period shall be tolled until such matter is resolved in accordance with Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution).

3.4.5 [***]

3.4.6 Limitations. Any questions or comments pertaining to an Information Report, a License Option Exercise Data Package, [***] submitted pursuant to Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments) shall be limited to: (a) requests for Information or clarification that is [***] for AbbVie to evaluate the applicable Information Report or License Option Exercise Data Package [***]; (b) help AbbVie make an informed decision regarding whether to exercise or extend the term of the applicable License Option; or (c) matters disclosed in [***]; provided, that Iambic shall not be required to [***].

29


 

3.5 Costs and Expenses for Research Plan Activities. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise), [***].

3.6 Manufacturing Prior to License Option Exercise. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, [***] subject to Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise), Iambic shall Manufacture (or cause to be Manufactured), [***], all Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products, comparators, co-administered agents, reagents (such as tetramers), and other materials in accordance with and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Research Plan to support the performance of the applicable Research Plan Activities. [***] for a given Collaboration Program, AbbVie may request that Iambic manufacture and supply reasonable additional quantities of some or all of the foregoing materials, as specified by AbbVie, that would be used by AbbVie in performing activities on or after the License Effective Date should such date occur. Upon such request, Iambic shall provide a quote (together with reasonable back-up documentation) for the cost of manufacturing such materials and an estimated timeline for the delivery of such materials. If AbbVie provides written confirmation that [***], Iambic shall manufacture and supply such quantities of materials to AbbVie on the specified timelines, and [***].

3.7 Regulatory Matters Prior to License Option Exercise. The Parties do not anticipate that any Regulatory Documentation will be submitted to or received from any Regulatory Authority with respect to any Collaboration Program prior to the corresponding License Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Party believes that Regulatory Documentation will be submitted to, or receives Regulatory Documentation from, a Regulatory Authority prior to the applicable License Effective Date, such Party shall notify the other Party thereof and the Parties shall discuss in good faith and agree on next steps with respect thereto.

3.8 Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, if, as of the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, Iambic has not completed all Research Plan Activities set forth in the applicable Research Plan, then, to the extent requested by AbbVie in writing within [***] after such License Effective Date, Iambic shall continue to perform, [***], such unfinished Research Plan Activities as of such License Effective Date, including, for clarity, the Manufacture of the materials described in Section 3.6 (Manufacturing Prior to License Option Exercise) (the “Unfinished Research Plan Activities”). For clarity, if AbbVie does not request that Iambic continue to perform any such Unfinished Research Plan Activities within such [***] period, Iambic shall have no further obligation to perform such activities, including, for clarity, any obligation to deliver any Information Report or the License Option Exercise Data Package that has not been delivered as of such License Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Iambic shall not be obligated to conduct any Unfinished Research Plan Activities that constitute [***] for such Collaboration Program (as applicable), unless [***], respectively, for such Collaboration Program that must necessarily occur prior to the conduct of such later-occurring Research Plan Activities.

Article 4
LICENSE OPTION

4.1 License Option Grant to AbbVie. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, Iambic hereby grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date an exclusive (including with regard to Iambic and its Affiliates) option to obtain the applicable Exclusive License (each, a “License Option”) for each Collaboration Program, exercisable by AbbVie in its sole discretion during the applicable License Option Period as set forth in Section 4.2 (Exercise and Extension of the License Option).

4.2 Exercise and Extension of the License Option. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, AbbVie shall have the right to exercise the License Option for a given Collaboration Program by delivering to Iambic an Exercise Notice at any time during the License Option Period for the applicable Collaboration Program (the delivery date of such Exercise Notice, the “Option Exercise Date”); provided, that, as a condition to retaining such License Option following [***] and extending

30


 

the right to exercise such License Option until the next Applicable Expiration Date for such Collaboration Program, [***].

4.3 Regulatory Clearances.

4.3.1 On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, [***], prior to the delivery to Iambic of the Exercise Notice for such Collaboration Program that the transaction to be consummated upon the exercise of the License Option requires AbbVie or Iambic to: (i) file, or cause to be filed, any documents to consummate the transactions contemplated in connection with the exercise of the License Option for such Collaboration Program; (ii) obtain any necessary actions or nonactions, waivers, consents, clearances, decisions, declarations, or approvals; or (iii) delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated in connection with the exercise of such License Option until the expiration or termination of waiting periods, in each case, pursuant to applicable Antitrust Law or Foreign Investment Law (in the case of (ii) and (iii), the “Option Regulatory Consents”), the Exercise Notice shall include a list of the Option Regulatory Consents [***] are necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated in connection with the exercise of such License Option, and delivery of such Exercise Notice shall constitute AbbVie’s commitment to complete the exercise of such License Option subject only (x) to obtaining those Option Regulatory Consents listed in the Exercise Notice within the Regulatory Review Period and (y) satisfaction (or waiver in AbbVie’s sole discretion) of the other Option Conditions Precedent. The “Regulatory Review Period” for a given License Option shall run for an initial [***] period commencing on the date that [***] delivers an Exercise Notice to [***] in accordance with Section 4.2 (Exercise and Extension of the License Option). Upon written notice to [***] prior to expiry of the initial Regulatory Review Period, [***] may extend the Regulatory Review Period, in each case, by [***], such that the total Regulatory Review Period shall in no event exceed [***] from the date on which AbbVie delivers an Exercise Notice.

(a) In furtherance of this Section 4.3.1 (Regulatory Clearances), and unless agreed otherwise by mutual consent, AbbVie and Iambic shall [***] prepare and file any filing required to obtain such Option Regulatory Consents [***] after delivery of the applicable Exercise Notice. Each Party will [***] cooperate with the other Party and furnish to the other Party, or its legal advisers, in accordance with any Applicable Law, any and all information required to prepare and submit any necessary filing(s) to be made pursuant to this Section 4.3.1 (Regulatory Clearances), including any additional requests for information from any Governmental Authority in connection with such filing(s). AbbVie and Iambic will promptly inform the other Party of any material oral communication with, and provide copies of material written communications with, any Governmental Authority regarding such filing. [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligations set forth in this Section 4.3.1(a) (Regulatory Clearances) shall apply for any submissions, filings, communications or requests from any Governmental Authority during or following the License Option Period to the extent related to obtaining the requisite Option Regulatory Consents.

(b) [***] shall be responsible for paying all filing fees in connection with any necessary filing(s) to be made pursuant to this Section 4.3.1 (Regulatory Clearances), and each Party shall be responsible for its costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any filing(s) made pursuant to this Section 4.3.1 (Regulatory Clearances).

4.3.2 AbbVie and Iambic shall each [***] resolve [***] any objections that may be asserted by any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions notified in any Option Regulatory Consent listed in an Exercise Notice and to consummate the License Option [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 4.3.2 (Regulatory Clearances) or otherwise in this Agreement shall require AbbVie or Iambic, in connection with any Option Regulatory Consent listed in the Exercise Notice, to propose, negotiate, effect or agree to: [***].

31


 

4.3.3 Each Party will [***] cooperate with the other Party and furnish to the other Party, or its legal advisers, in accordance with any Applicable Law, any and all information required to prepare and submit any necessary filing(s) to be made after obtaining any Option Regulatory Consents, including any additional requests for information from any Governmental Authority in connection with such filing(s).

4.4 Termination of License Option. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, the License Option for a given Collaboration Program shall automatically be deemed terminated and this Agreement shall terminate in its entirety with respect to such Collaboration Program if: (a) upon the expiration of the applicable License Option Period for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie has not delivered an Exercise Notice to Iambic pursuant to Section 4.2 (Exercise and Extension of the License Option) with respect thereto; or (b) prior to the expiration of the applicable License Option Period for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie has delivered an Exercise Notice pursuant to Section 4.3 (Regulatory Clearances), but this Agreement terminates with respect to such Collaboration Program pursuant to Section 12.4.4 (For Failure or Delay to Obtain Regulatory Clearance) or Section 12.4.5 (For Failure or Delay to Satisfy Option Conditions Precedent) prior to the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program. Upon the termination of both Collaboration Programs pursuant to this Section 4.4 (Termination of License Option), this Agreement shall automatically terminate in its entirety.

Article 5
ABBVIE EXPLOITATION POST-LICENSE EFFECTIVE DATE

5.1 In General.

5.1.1 Rights and Responsibilities. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, from and after the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie (itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees or its or their designees) shall, subject to Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise), Section 5.3 (Program Transition), Section 5.5 (Regulatory Matters after License Option Exercise) and Section 6.5.1 (Licenses Back), have the sole right and responsibility to Exploit the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory [***]; and subject to Section 3.6 (Manufacturing Prior to License Option Exercise) and Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise), be solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with the Exploitation of the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Territory. AbbVie shall perform, or cause to be performed, any and all of its activities under this Agreement in good scientific manner and in compliance with all Applicable Law, in each case, in all material respects.

5.1.2 Agreements with Third Parties. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, upon the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, at the request of AbbVie, Iambic shall assign to AbbVie any or all agreements with Third Party subcontractors [***], and if the consent of the applicable Third Party is required for such assignment, [***], and if any such agreements cannot be assigned to AbbVie, [***]. If any agreement with Third Party subcontractors pertains to both the applicable Collaboration Program and other Iambic activities outside the scope of such Collaboration Program, then: [***]. [***] shall be solely responsible for, and shall promptly reimburse [***] for, any fees, costs, or other consideration payable to a Third Party in connection with the foregoing; provided, that [***].

5.2 Diligence. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, from and after the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to [***] corresponding to such Collaboration Program [***]. Iambic acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to the foregoing: (a) [***]; (b) AbbVie shall have the right to satisfy its diligence obligations under this Section 5.2 (Diligence) through its Affiliates or Sublicensees or its or their designees;

32


 

and (c) nothing in this Section 5.2 (Diligence) is intended, or shall be construed, to require AbbVie to Develop a specific Licensed Compound or Licensed Product. [***].

5.3 Program Transition. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, upon AbbVie’s request from and after the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, Iambic shall promptly deliver to AbbVie, or, with respect to clause (b) below, make available to AbbVie: (a) all remaining Iambic Licensed Materials for such Collaboration Program [***] under the applicable Research Plan for such Collaboration Program; (b) access to (which access may be provided through a secure electronic data room or similar means, in lieu of physical or hard copies) copies of all documentary Iambic Licensed Know-How [***] for such Collaboration Program [***] other than any Iambic Platform Technology, any AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology or any Iambic Licensed Know-How that has been previously transferred and delivered to AbbVie; (c) all existing inventory of [***] under the applicable Research Plan for such Collaboration Program; and (d) all [***] generated in the performance of the Research Plan Activities for such Collaboration Program; in each case (a) through (d), to the extent [***] to Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products (other than Other Active Ingredients). All Iambic Licensed Materials and other materials, inventory, reagents, and samples delivered to AbbVie pursuant to this Section 5.3 (Program Transition) (collectively, the “Transferred Materials”) are transferred [***]. AbbVie shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, Sublicensees, and its and their designees to, use the Transferred Materials solely within the scope of, and in accordance with, AbbVie’s license under this Agreement, and shall not transfer or otherwise make available any Transferred Materials to any Third Party except as permitted under this Agreement.

5.4 Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology.

5.4.1 From and after the applicable License Effective Date for a Collaboration Program and during the remainder of the Term, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and (if any) permitted subcontractors to, maintain [***] (collectively, the “Retained Copy”).

5.4.2 Upon AbbVie’s written request, Iambic shall:

(a) provide AbbVie with [***], or Iambic personnel shall retrieve and make available to AbbVie [***] from, the Retained Copy solely to [***]; provided, that:

(i) Iambic may satisfy its obligations under this Section 5.4 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology) by providing a Third Party mutually agreed to by the Parties (each acting reasonably and in good faith) with [***], the Retained Copy for the purposes described in clause (a) of this Section 5.4.2 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology);

(ii) AbbVie’s (or such Third Party’s) access to, and retrieval of [***] from, the Retained Copy for the purposes described in clause (a) of this Section 5.4.2 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology) shall be provided [***], including that AbbVie or such Third Party shall have no right to [***];

(iii) to the extent any Information in the Retained Copy comprises, contains or would reveal [***] such Information shall be provided only to [***]; and

(iv) Iambic’s personnel (or approved Third Party subcontractors) shall maintain the Retained Copy on AbbVie’s behalf solely to [***]; and

(b) [***]. Iambic shall not [***].

33


 

5.4.3 Without limiting the foregoing, either Party may [***]. For clarity, AbbVie’s access to and use of the Retained Copy is subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in ‎Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure).

5.5 Regulatory Matters after License Option Exercise. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, the following shall apply:

5.5.1 In General. AbbVie shall have the sole right to prepare, obtain, and maintain the Drug Approval Applications (including the setting of the overall regulatory strategy therefor), all other Regulatory Approvals and other submissions, and to conduct communications with the Regulatory Authorities, for all applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Territory (which shall include filings of or with respect to INDs and other filings or communications with the Regulatory Authorities with respect to Development activities).

5.5.2 Ownership of Regulatory Documentation. All Regulatory Documentation (including all Trial Master Files, Regulatory Approvals, Product Labeling and INDs) relating to the applicable Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products in the Territory shall be owned by, and shall be the sole property and held in the name of, AbbVie or its Affiliate, Sublicensee or its or their designee.

5.5.3 Recalls. AbbVie shall have the sole right to determine and initiate all recalls, market suspensions or market withdrawals undertaken with respect to the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products, and AbbVie (itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees or its or their designees) shall be solely responsible for the execution thereof. Subject to Article 11 (Indemnity): (a) in the event and to the extent that a recall, market suspension, or market withdrawal resulted from a Party’s or its Affiliate’s breach of its obligations hereunder, or from such Party’s or its Affiliate’s negligence or willful misconduct, such Party shall bear the expense of such recall, market suspension, or market withdrawal; and (b) with respect to any recall, market suspension, or market withdrawal not covered by the foregoing clause (a), AbbVie shall be responsible for all costs of such recall, market suspension, or market withdrawal.

5.5.4 Inspections; Cooperation.

(a) Iambic shall promptly (and in no event later than [***] after becoming aware thereof, or such shorter period as may be required by Applicable Law or by the applicable Regulatory Authority) notify AbbVie of any inspection, audit, or inquiry of Iambic or any of its Affiliates or subcontractors conducted by any Regulatory Authority, and of any related findings, notices, or correspondence, in each case, to the extent relating to the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products, the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, or the activities conducted under this Agreement, and shall provide AbbVie with copies thereof promptly upon receipt; provided, that Iambic shall be permitted [***] any Confidential Information of a Third Party that Iambic is under a contractual or legal obligation to keep confidential; and [***].

(b) Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and permitted subcontractors to, reasonably cooperate with and support AbbVie, as may be reasonably requested by AbbVie, in connection with any matter involving a Regulatory Authority relating to the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products, or the activities conducted under this Agreement [***], by providing such Information, documents, access to relevant personnel, and other reasonable assistance as AbbVie may request (including as required by Applicable Law to obtain all Regulatory Approvals), [***], in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided, that any [***] the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology and all other Information or data provided pursuant to this Section 5.5.4 (Inspections; Cooperation) shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 5.4 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology), as applicable.

34


 

5.6 Records and Reports. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, following the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program: (a) AbbVie shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, maintain books and records pertaining to Development and Commercialization activities with respect to the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products conducted by or on behalf of AbbVie, in each case in accordance with AbbVie’s standard records retention policies; and (b) AbbVie shall provide to Iambic, on or before [***], [***] summary reports on [***] activities performed by or on behalf of AbbVie, its Affiliates or Sublicensees with respect to the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products [***] until [***].

5.7 Booking of Sales; Distribution. AbbVie (itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees or its or their designee(s)) shall have the sole right to invoice and book sales, establish all terms of sale (including pricing and discounts) and warehousing, and distribute Licensed Products in the Territory and to perform or cause to be performed all related services. AbbVie shall handle all order processing, invoicing, collection, distribution, and inventory management with respect to all Licensed Products in the Territory.

Article 6
GRANT OF RIGHTS

6.1 Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date.

6.1.1 Subject to Section 6.5.2 (Research Results; Iambic Platform Technology) and Section 6.5.3 (No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights), on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, Iambic (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) hereby grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date and during the applicable License Option Period for such Collaboration Program, an exclusive (other than with regard to Iambic and its Affiliates), royalty-free transferable license, with the right to sublicense in accordance with Section 6.3 (Sublicenses), under the Iambic Licensed Know-How and Iambic Licensed Patents, solely to Develop or Manufacture the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Territory in accordance with the applicable Research Plan pursuant to Article 3 (Collaboration Programs), and to perform the Research Plan Activities in accordance with Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right).

6.1.2 Subject to Section 6.5.2 (Research Results; Iambic Platform Technology) and Section 6.5.3 (No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights), on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, Iambic (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) hereby grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date an exclusive (including with regard to Iambic and its Affiliates), royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual, transferable, irrevocable license, with the right to sublicense in accordance with Section 6.3 (Sublicenses), under the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, to use the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology [***]; notwithstanding the foregoing, Iambic shall not be required [***].

6.2 Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date. Subject to Section 6.5.2 (Research Results; Iambic Platform Technology) and Section 6.5.3 (No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights), on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, subject to Section 6.6.3 (Third Party Access to Iambic Platform Technology), Iambic (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) hereby grants to AbbVie, effective as of the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program:

6.2.1 an exclusive (including with regard to Iambic and its Affiliates), royalty-bearing, transferable license, with the right to sublicense in accordance with Section 6.3 (Sublicenses), under the Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Licensed Patents, and Iambic’s interest in the Joint Know-How and Joint Patents, to Exploit the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, [***]; and

35


 

6.2.2 subject to Section 8.1.4 (Ownership of Corporate Names), an exclusive license, with the right to grant sublicenses in accordance with Section 6.3 (Sublicenses), to use Iambic’s Corporate Names solely as required by a Regulatory Authority to Exploit the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory (each such license and other rights set forth in Section 6.2.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date) and this Section 6.2.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date) with respect to a Collaboration Program, collectively, an “Exclusive License”).

[***]

6.3 Sublicenses. AbbVie shall have the right to grant sublicenses, through multiple tiers of Sublicensees, under the licenses granted in Section 6.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date) and Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date), to its Affiliates and other Persons; provided, that any such sublicenses shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and AbbVie shall remain liable for its obligations under this Agreement and for the performance of such obligations by such sublicensees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AbbVie shall have the right to grant sublicenses under the licenses granted in Section 6.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date) to Third Parties [***].

6.4 Distributorships. AbbVie shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to appoint its Affiliates, and AbbVie and its Affiliates shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to appoint any other Persons, in the Territory to Commercialize a Licensed Product (with or without packaging rights), in circumstances where the Person purchases its requirements of a Licensed Product from AbbVie or its Affiliates. Where AbbVie or its Affiliates appoint such a Person and such Person is not an Affiliate of AbbVie, that Person shall be a “Distributor” for purposes of this Agreement. The term “packaging rights” in this Section 6.4 (Distributorships) means the right for the Distributor to package Licensed Products supplied in unpackaged bulk form into individual ready-for-sale packs. No such Distributor appointment shall relieve AbbVie of any obligation hereunder, and any act or omission of its Distributors shall constitute the act or omission of AbbVie for all purposes hereunder.

6.5 Licenses Back and Retained Rights; No Implied Licenses.

6.5.1 Licenses Back. Subject to Section 6.5.3 (No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights), on the Effective Date, AbbVie hereby grants to Iambic, for each Collaboration Program:

(a) an irrevocable, perpetual (other than as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section 6.5.1 (Licenses Back), Section 12.7.1 (Alternative Remedy for AbbVie) or Section 12.8.2 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program)), non-exclusive, non-transferable (other than pursuant to Section 13.4 (Assignment)), royalty-free license, with the right to grant sublicenses solely to Third Party subcontractors as permitted under Section 3.2.2 (Subcontracting) or to Iambic’s Affiliates, under the Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Licensed Patents, and Joint IP, solely to: (i) Develop or Manufacture the applicable Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products in accordance with the applicable Research Plan pursuant to Article 3 (Collaboration Programs) and to perform Unfinished Research Plan Activities in accordance with Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise); (ii) perform Iambic’s obligations under Section 5.4 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology), Section 5.5.4 (Inspections; Cooperation), and Section 5.3 (Program Transition); (iii) prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintain any Patents as contemplated by Section 8.2 (Prosecution and Maintenance); (iv) cooperate in any enforcement action or defense as contemplated by Section 8.3 (Enforcement), Section 8.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions), and Section 8.6 (Product Trademarks); and (v) otherwise perform Iambic’s obligations under this Agreement to the extent such performance requires use of the Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Licensed Patents, or Joint IP;

36


 

(b) an irrevocable, perpetual (other than as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section 6.5.1 (Licenses Back), Section 12.7.1 (Alternative Remedy for AbbVie) or Section 12.8.2 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program)), non-exclusive, non-transferable (other than pursuant to Section 13.4 (Assignment)), royalty-free license, with the right to grant sublicenses solely to Third Party subcontractors as permitted under Section 3.2.2 (Subcontracting) or to Iambic’s Affiliates, under the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, solely as necessary to: (i) perform the applicable Research Plan Activities in accordance with Section 3.2 (Performance of Activities Under the Research Plans) or Unfinished Research Plan Activities in accordance with Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise); (ii) [***] in accordance with Section 3.2.5 (Iambic Platform Technology Improvements); (iii) maintain the Retained Copy [***] the Retained Copy in accordance with Section 5.4 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology); (iv) cooperate with AbbVie in connection with regulatory matters in accordance with Section 5.5.4 (Inspections; Cooperation); and (v) otherwise perform Iambic’s obligations under this Agreement to the extent such performance requires use of the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology; and

(c) an irrevocable, perpetual, non-exclusive, non-transferable (other than pursuant to Section 13.4 (Assignment)), royalty-free license, with the right to grant sublicenses (which shall solely be to Third Party subcontractors as permitted under Section 3.2.2 (Subcontracting) or to Iambic’s Affiliates prior to the early termination (but not expiration) of this Agreement with respect to the applicable Collaboration Program), under [***], solely to: (i) perform the applicable Research Plan Activities in accordance with the applicable Research Plan pursuant to Article 3 (Collaboration Programs) and to perform Unfinished Research Plan Activities in accordance with Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise); (ii) prepare and deliver the Information Reports and License Option Exercise Data Package for such Collaboration Program in accordance with Section 3.4 (Periodic Reports; Information Reports and License Option Exercise Data Package); and (iii) otherwise perform Iambic’s obligations under this Agreement to the extent such performance requires the use of [***].

The foregoing licenses under Section 6.5.1(a) (Licenses Back), Section 6.5.1(b) (Licenses Back) and Section 6.5.1(c) (Licenses Back) shall automatically terminate (x) with respect to the licenses granted for activities described in clauses (a)(i), (b)(i) and (c)(i) thereof, upon the completion of such Research Plan Activities or Unfinished Research Plan Activities for a given Collaboration Program, and, with respect to any Research Plan Activities that AbbVie elects to assume and complete in accordance with Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right), upon such election and (y) with respect to the license granted for activities described in clause (c)(ii) thereof, upon the delivery of the final and complete License Option Exercise Data Package for a given Collaboration Program.

6.5.2 Research Results; Iambic Platform Technology. Notwithstanding the Exclusive Licenses: (a) Iambic retains the right to [***]; (b) Iambic retains all rights to [***]; and (c) nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to restrict Iambic or its Affiliates from using, operating or otherwise Exploiting the Iambic Platform Technology for any purpose outside the scope of the licenses granted to AbbVie under Section 6.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date) and Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date) and Iambic’s exclusivity covenants under Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity), including making the Iambic Platform Technology available to Third Parties in accordance with Section 6.6.3 (Third Party Access to Iambic Platform Technology).

6.5.3 No Implied Licenses; Retained Rights.

(a) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Iambic grants no right or license, including any rights or licenses to the Iambic Licensed Know-How, the Iambic Licensed Patents, the Joint Patents, the Joint Know-How, the Iambic Corporate Names, or any other Patent or intellectual property rights not otherwise expressly granted in this Agreement, and Iambic retains all rights with respect thereto.

37


 

(b) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, AbbVie grants no right or license, including any rights or licenses to AbbVie’s interest in the AbbVie Patents, AbbVie Know-How, Joint IP, Regulatory Documentation, or any other Patent or intellectual property rights not otherwise expressly granted in this Agreement, and AbbVie retains all rights with respect thereto.

6.5.4 Confirmatory Patent License. Iambic shall, if requested to do so by AbbVie, promptly enter into confirmatory license agreements in the form or substantially the form reasonably requested by AbbVie for purposes of recording the licenses granted under this Agreement with such patent offices in the Territory as required by the applicable patent office or otherwise consistent with AbbVie’s patent practices with respect to the applicable patent office; provided, that the terms of such confirmatory license agreements shall be consistent with and of no greater scope than the license grant under this Agreement. Until the execution of any such confirmatory licenses, so far as may be legally possible, Iambic and AbbVie shall have the same rights in respect of the Iambic Licensed Patents and be under the same obligations to each other in all respects as those provided for in this Agreement.

6.6 Iambic Exclusivity.

6.6.1 In General. Subject to Section 6.6.2 (Iambic Counter-Screening, Research, and Modifications), Section 6.6.3 (Third Party Access to Iambic Platform Technology), Section 6.6.4‎ (Change in Control of Iambic) and Section 6.6.5 (Acquired Programs), on a Collaboration Target-by-Collaboration Target basis, [***], except for the performance of the Research Plan Activities in accordance with the Research Plans or as otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement, Iambic shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to: [***].

6.6.2 Iambic Counter-Screening, Research, and Modifications. Notwithstanding Section 6.6.1 (In General), Iambic and its Affiliates shall not be restricted from:

[***]

6.6.3 Third Party Access to Iambic Platform Technology.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 6.6.1 (In General), Iambic and its Affiliates may make the Iambic Platform Technology available to Third Parties without restriction as to any Target (including the Collaboration Targets); provided, that, in each case:

[***]

(b) In connection with any provision of access to Iambic Platform Technology to Third Parties as permitted under Section 6.6.3(a) (Third Party Access to Iambic Platform Technology), Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, ensure that all such activities: [***].

6.6.4 Change in Control of Iambic. Notwithstanding Section 6.6.1 (In General) and in addition to the rights of AbbVie set forth in Section 13.2.1 (Change in Control of Iambic), if, as a result of a Change in Control, Iambic or any of its Affiliates merges or consolidates with, or is acquired by, a Third Party (such Third Party, together with its Affiliates as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control, the “Acquiring Party”) that [***] is then engaged in activities that would otherwise constitute a breach of Iambic’s obligation under Section 6.6.1 (In General) (a “Competitive Program”), then [***] shall not constitute a breach of Section 6.6.1 (In General) by Iambic; provided, that: (a) [***]; (b) [***] any Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Licensed Patents, Iambic Licensed Materials, Joint Know-How, Joint Patents, AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology or Confidential Information of AbbVie from being utilized in connection with such Competitive Program; and (c) no personnel who [***]; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (A) senior management personnel of the Acquiring Party, in each case, that are [***] or (B) [***].

38


 

6.6.5 [***]. If, during the Term, Iambic or any of its Affiliates [***], then Iambic’s or its Affiliates’ conduct of activities solely in connection with [***], in each case solely in connection with, and during the period prior to completing, [***]; provided, that, within [***] after the consummation of such [***], Iambic notifies AbbVie in writing of such [***] and its election to either: (a) [***], in which case, within [***] after the consummation of [***] (or such longer period as the Parties may agree in writing), Iambic or the Acquired Party shall [***]; or (b) [***], in which case, within [***] after the consummation of [***] (or such longer period as the Parties may agree in writing), Iambic [***]; provided, further, that, during the period prior to completing [***], as applicable, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates [***] comply with the terms and conditions set forth in clauses (a) through (c) of Section 6.6.4 (Change in Control of Iambic) [***], mutatis mutandis, [***]. For clarity, (i) any agreement pursuant to which Iambic or its Affiliate [***], by virtue of this Section 6.6.5 [***] alone, be [***], and (ii) such [***] pursuant to Section 13.4.2 (Assignment). [***]

6.6.6 Acknowledgement. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that: (a) this Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity) has been negotiated by the Parties; (b) the time limitations on activities set forth in this Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity) are reasonable, valid and necessary in light of the Parties’ circumstances and necessary for the adequate protection of the activities under this Agreement; and (c) the other Party would not have entered into this Agreement without the protection afforded it by this Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity). If, notwithstanding the foregoing, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the restrictions set forth in this Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity) are too broad or otherwise unreasonable under Applicable Law, including with respect to duration, geographic scope or space, the court is hereby requested and authorized by the Parties to revise this Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity) to include the maximum restrictions allowable under Applicable Law; provided, for clarity, that in no event shall any such restriction be broader than what is set forth in this Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity).

6.7 Firewalling Assurances and Supplemental CDA.

6.7.1 In General. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Iambic shall enter into [***] a supplemental confidentiality and data segregation agreement with AbbVie in the form attached hereto as Schedule 6.7.1 (Supplemental CDA) (the “Supplemental CDA”).

6.7.2 Periodic Firewall Certifications. Upon AbbVie’s reasonable request during the Term (and no more frequently than once every [***] unless [***]), Iambic shall provide AbbVie with a written certification, signed by an authorized officer of Iambic, confirming: [***]. Additionally, Iambic shall establish and maintain [***] and, in the event Iambic becomes aware of a breach or suspected breach of the Supplemental CDA or the confidentiality and non-use obligations under Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure), Iambic shall promptly provide AbbVie with a copy of such [***].

6.7.3 Material Breach. Any material breach of [***] shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement for purposes of Section 12.3.1 (Material Breach).

6.8 In-License Agreements.

6.8.1 Pre-License Effective Date. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, prior to the applicable License Effective Date, each Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its sole cost and expense, to enter into any agreement with a Third Party related to Information, materials, Patents, or other intellectual or other property rights of such Third Party in a particular country or jurisdiction, and that are [***] to Exploit the applicable Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products (“Related Third Party IP”); provided, that, where Iambic enters into any such agreement (other than any [***]):

(a) if such Related Third Party IP is [***], then Iambic shall not enter into any agreement in connection therewith without AbbVie’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed; and

39


 

(b) if such Related Third Party IP is [***], then (A) Iambic shall [***] that any agreement executed in connection therewith is [***] in such country or other jurisdiction to the same extent as would apply under the applicable Exclusive License from and after the applicable License Effective Date; provided, that [***], and (B) Iambic shall provide AbbVie with a copy of such agreement [***]; provided, that Iambic shall have the right to redact portions of such agreement to the extent related to Iambic Platform Technology, AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology or such other compounds or products [***]; provided, further, that [***].

6.8.2 Post-License Effective Date. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the applicable License Effective Date, as between the Parties:

(a) AbbVie shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to negotiate and obtain a license or other right from any Third Party for AbbVie and its Affiliates and its and their Sublicensees to the extent [***], and, for clarity, AbbVie shall have the right to offset any license fees, milestones, royalties, or other payments that arise under any such license to the extent permitted under Section 7.8.3 (Reductions and Deductions) to the extent such license fees, milestones, royalties, or other payments [***]; and

(b) subject to the foregoing clause (a), Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to negotiate and obtain a license or other right from any Third Party with respect to Iambic Platform Technology or [***].

6.8.3 Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights. If Iambic or any of its Affiliates, after the Effective Date, becomes a party to a license, sublicense or other agreement, with the right to license or sublicense (as applicable), in respect of Related Third Party IP under Section 6.8.1(a) (Pre-License Effective Date) or Section 6.8.1(b) (Pre-License Effective Date), then Iambic shall inform AbbVie and shall provide AbbVie with a copy of such license, sublicense, or other agreement (“Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights”), which copy may be redacted of information not necessary for AbbVie to determine its rights and obligations under the Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights. If AbbVie notifies Iambic in writing within [***] after receipt of such copy that AbbVie wishes to receive, from and after the applicable License Effective Date, a license or sublicense (as applicable) under, and be subject to the rights and obligations of, the Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights as they apply to AbbVie and this Agreement, then: (a) [***]; and (b) upon such written agreement of the Parties, the Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights shall automatically become an In-License Agreement for the purposes of this Agreement and the Third Party Patents and Information licensed to Iambic thereunder shall be deemed to be Controlled by Iambic for the purposes of this Agreement and included in the Iambic Licensed Patents or Iambic Licensed Know-How (as applicable) licensed to AbbVie hereunder. In such event, AbbVie shall comply with [***]. For clarity, if AbbVie does not timely notify Iambic that it wishes to receive such license or sublicense (as applicable) or declines to receive such license or sublicense (as applicable), the Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights shall not become an In-License Agreement for purposes of this Agreement and the Third Party Patents and Information licensed to Iambic thereunder shall not be deemed to be Controlled by Iambic for purposes of this Agreement.

6.8.4 Existing In-License Agreements. Iambic shall be solely responsible for any license fees, milestones, royalties, or other payments owed to Third Parties under or in connection with any In-License Agreement existing as of the Effective Date (whether or not any such In-License Agreement is disclosed to AbbVie prior to the Effective Date).

6.9 Restriction on [***]. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, including the licenses and other rights granted to AbbVie under Section 6.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date) and Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date), but subject to the remainder of this Section 6.9 (Restriction on AI Model Training), AbbVie shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, [***]. For clarity, [***].

40


 

6.10 Additional Terms Relating to AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology. For clarity, the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology shall at all times be hosted, stored, trained and operated solely within Iambic’s secure, access-controlled environment. Except (a) to the extent otherwise required under Section 5.4 (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology) (i) to comply with Applicable Law, respond to any inquiry from any Regulatory Authority or any claim, suit, investigation, demand, or other legal proceeding, or in connection with the support as set forth in Section 5.4.2(a) (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology) or (ii) with respect to a Regulatory Authority or Governmental Authority for purposes of inspection, audit, or review of the Retained Copy as required for legal, compliance, or regulatory purposes as required by Applicable Law as set forth in Section 5.4.2(b) (Retention of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology) or (b) with respect to access of the Secure Access Portal solely as permitted in connection with AbbVie’s rights under Section 3.2.4 (AbbVie Step-In Right), Iambic shall not [***].

Article 7
PAYMENTS AND RECORDS

7.1 Upfront Payment. No later than [***] following the Effective Date, AbbVie shall pay Iambic a one (1)-time upfront amount equal to Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) in consideration of the License Options (the “Upfront Payment”).

7.2 Option Continuation Payments.

7.2.1 Option Continuation Payments Prior to Option Exercise. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, within [***] after: (a) AbbVie provides an Option Continuation Notice following the completion of the applicable [***]; or (b) if earlier, election by the JGC to proceed to [***], as applicable, AbbVie shall pay Iambic the corresponding one (1)-time payment amount (subject to the remainder of this Section 7.2 (Option Continuation Payments)) for such Collaboration Program set forth in the table below (each, an “Option Continuation Payment”).

Applicable Option Continuation Notice or JGC Election for Each Collaboration Program

Option Continuation Payment Amount

Delivery of Option Continuation Notice following [***] or, if earlier, election by the JGC to proceed to [***], in each case, for a given Collaboration Program

[***]

Delivery of Option Continuation Notice following completion of [***] or, if earlier, election by the JGC to proceed to [***], in each case, for a given Collaboration Program

[***]

7.2.2 Substitution Targets. In the event that AbbVie has exercised its right to replace a Collaboration Target with a Substitute Target and such Substitution has become effective pursuant to Section 3.3 (Target Substitution), then the Option Continuation Payments shall be payable with respect to such new Collaboration Target, regardless of whether one or both Option Continuation Payments were paid with respect to the Former Collaboration Target.

7.2.3 Unpaid Option Continuation Payments After Option Exercise. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, if AbbVie delivers an Exercise Notice for such Collaboration Program prior to having paid one or both of the Option Continuation Payments for such Collaboration Program set forth in Section 7.2.1 (Option Continuation Payments Prior to Option Exercise) and the License Effective Date occurs with respect thereto, then each such unpaid Option Continuation

41


 

Payment shall automatically convert into a one (1)-time milestone payment in the corresponding amount set forth in the table below, and AbbVie shall pay such one (1)-time milestone payment to Iambic in accordance with Section 7.7 (Notice, Invoices, and Payment of Milestone Payments) after the first achievement of the corresponding milestone event for the first applicable Licensed Product.

Milestone Event

Milestone Payment

[***] for a given Collaboration Program

[***]

[***] for a given Collaboration Program

[***]

7.2.4 Clarifications. For the avoidance of doubt:

(a) the [***] milestone payment described in the table in Section 7.2.3 (Unpaid Option Continuation Payments After Option Exercise) for a given Collaboration Program may only become due and payable if: (i) AbbVie delivers an Exercise Notice, and the corresponding License Effective Date occurs, prior to the completion of [***]; and (ii) Iambic or any of its Affiliates or AbbVie, any of its Affiliates, or any Sublicensee achieves such [***] milestone event thereafter;

(b) the [***] milestone payment described in the table in Section 7.2.3 (Unpaid Option Continuation Payments After Option Exercise) for a given Collaboration Program may only become due and payable if: (i) AbbVie delivers an Exercise Notice, and the corresponding License Effective Date occurs, prior to the completion of [***]; and (ii) Iambic or any of its Affiliates or AbbVie, any of its Affiliates, or any Sublicensee achieves the [***] milestone event thereafter; and

(c) subject to Section 7.2.2 (Substitution Targets), the maximum aggregate amount payable by AbbVie pursuant to this Section 7.2 (Option Continuation Payments) shall be, with respect to a Collaboration Program, [***].

7.3 Option Exercise Fees. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, in the event that AbbVie exercises the License Option for such Collaboration Program and the Exclusive License for such Collaboration Program goes into effect, AbbVie shall pay Iambic a one (1)-time payment of [***] (each, a “License Option Exercise Payment”) within [***] after the applicable License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program. For clarity, in no event shall the amount of License Option Exercise Payments made to Iambic under this Agreement exceed [***] in the aggregate.

7.4 [***]. Subject to Section 3.4.3 (AbbVie Questions or Comments), on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, AbbVie shall pay to Iambic a one (1)-time payment of [***] in the event that [***] for such Collaboration Program [***], or, if [***]. For clarity, in no event shall the amount of payments made to Iambic pursuant to this Section 7.4 ([***]) exceed [***] in the aggregate.

42


 

7.5 Development Milestones.

7.5.1 In General. In partial consideration of the rights granted by Iambic to AbbVie hereunder and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, if AbbVie exercises the License Option for such Collaboration Program and the corresponding License Effective Date occurs, AbbVie shall pay to Iambic the following one (1)-time milestone payments in accordance with Section 7.7 (Notice, Invoices, and Payment of Milestone Payments) after the corresponding milestone event is first achieved with respect to the first Licensed Product corresponding to such Collaboration Program as follows:

#

Milestone Event

Milestone Payment

1.

[***]

[***]

2.

[***]

[***]

3.

[***]

[***]

4.

[***]

[***]

5.

[***]

[***]

6.

[***]

[***]

7.

[***]

[***]

8.

[***]

[***]

7.5.2 Limitations. For clarity, each milestone payment in this Section 7.5 (Development Milestones) shall be payable only one time per each Collaboration Program, after first achievement of the corresponding milestone event with respect to the first Licensed Product corresponding to such Collaboration Program. No amounts shall be due for subsequent or repeated achievements of any milestone event with respect to the same Collaboration Program, whether for the same or a different Licensed Product. [***]. The maximum aggregate amount payable by AbbVie pursuant to this Section 7.5 (Development Milestones) shall be: (a) with respect to a given Collaboration Program, [***]; and (b) with respect to all Collaboration Programs, [***].

7.6 Sales-Based Milestones.

7.6.1 In General. In partial consideration of the license rights granted by Iambic to AbbVie hereunder, on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, if AbbVie exercises the License Option for such Collaboration Program and the corresponding License Effective Date occurs, AbbVie shall pay to Iambic the following one (1)-time milestone payments with respect to all Licensed Products

43


 

corresponding to such Collaboration Program in accordance with Section 7.7 (Notice, Invoices, and Payment of Milestone Payments) after AbbVie first achieves the corresponding milestone event:

 

#

Milestone Event

Milestone Payment

1.

[***]

[***]

2.

[***]

[***]

3.

[***]

[***]

4.

[***]

[***]

7.6.2 Limitations. For clarity, each milestone payment in this Section 7.6 (Sales-Based Milestones) shall be payable only one time, after first achievement of the corresponding milestone event. No amounts shall be due for subsequent or repeated achievements of any milestone event. For clarity, subject to the preceding sentence, in the event that in a given Calendar Year more than one sales-based milestone is achieved, AbbVie shall pay to Iambic a separate milestone payment with respect to each sales-based milestone that is achieved in such Calendar Year. The maximum aggregate amount payable by AbbVie pursuant to this Section 7.6 (Sales-Based Milestones) shall be: (a) with respect to all Licensed Products corresponding to a Collaboration Program, [***]; and (b) with respect to all Licensed Products, [***].

7.7 Notice, Invoices, and Payment of Milestone Payments. AbbVie shall provide Iambic with written notice of the achievement of each milestone event in Section 7.2.3 (Unpaid Option Continuation Payments After Option Exercise), Section 7.5 (Development Milestones) and Section 7.6 (Sales-Based Milestones) within [***] after such achievement. AbbVie shall make the milestone payment within [***] after receipt of a corresponding invoice from Iambic; provided, that no such invoice shall be submitted by Iambic prior to Iambic’s receipt of notice of the achievement of the applicable milestone event.

7.8 Royalties.

7.8.1 In General. Subject to Section 7.8.3 (Reductions and Deductions), on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, commencing upon the First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Product in a country or other jurisdiction in the Territory and until the expiration of the Royalty Term for such Licensed Product in such country or other jurisdiction, AbbVie shall pay to Iambic a tiered royalty on incremental aggregate Annual Net Sales of such Licensed Product sold by AbbVie, its Affiliates, or Sublicensees in the Territory for each Calendar Year based on the following:

Aggregate Worldwide Annual Net Sales of the Applicable Licensed Product

Royalty Rate

For that portion of Annual Net Sales of a Licensed Product in the Territory less than or equal to [***]

[***]

For that portion of Annual Net Sales of a Licensed Product in the Territory greater than [***] and less than or equal to [***]

[***]

44


 

Aggregate Worldwide Annual Net Sales of the Applicable Licensed Product

Royalty Rate

For that portion of Annual Net Sales of a Licensed Product in the Territory greater than [***] and less than or equal to [***]

[***]

For that portion of Annual Net Sales of a Licensed Product in the Territory greater than [***] and less than or equal to [***]

[***]

For that portion of Annual Net Sales of a Licensed Product in the Territory greater than [***]

[***]

7.8.2 Clarifications. AbbVie shall have no obligation to pay any royalty with respect to Net Sales of any Licensed Product in any country or other jurisdiction after the Royalty Term for such Licensed Product in such country or other jurisdiction has expired. For purposes of calculating royalties, [***].

7.8.3 Reductions and Deductions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Section 7.8 (Royalties):

(a) Valid Claim Expiration. If, and in such case from and after the date on which, there is no [***], then the royalty rates for such Licensed Product with respect to such country or jurisdiction shall be reduced by [***] of the applicable royalty rates set forth in this Section 7.8 (Royalties) in such country or other jurisdiction [***].

(b) Stacking IP. If AbbVie enters into an agreement with a Third Party, or with Iambic pursuant to Section 6.8.3 (Proposed Future In-Licensed Rights), after the Effective Date in order to obtain a license or right under or otherwise acquire a Patent or Information Controlled by such Third Party or Iambic that is:

(i) [***] in a given country or other jurisdiction and [***], then AbbVie shall be entitled to deduct from [***] with respect to that country or other jurisdiction (or reasonably apportioned to such country or other jurisdiction) [***] of [***]; or

(ii) [***] in a given country or other jurisdiction [***], then AbbVie shall be entitled to deduct from [***] with respect to that country or other jurisdiction (or reasonably apportioned to such country or other jurisdiction) [***] of [***].

[***]

(c) Generic Competition. If, in any country or other jurisdiction in the Territory during the Royalty Term in such country or other jurisdiction for a Licensed Product, [***] Generic Competition with respect to such Licensed Product in such country or other jurisdiction, the royalty rate for such Licensed Product with respect to such country or other jurisdiction shall [***] be reduced by [***] from the applicable rate(s) set forth in this Section 7.8 (Royalties) [***].

45


 

(d) Compulsory Licensing. If AbbVie grants a Compulsory Sublicense with respect to a Licensed Product in a given country or other jurisdiction, then the royalty rate for such Licensed Product with respect to such country or other jurisdiction shall thereafter be reduced by [***] from the applicable rates set forth in this Section 7.8 (Royalties) [***].

(e) [***]. If, during the Royalty Term for a Licensed Product, a given Licensed Product is [***], and AbbVie is required to [***], then the applicable royalty rates set forth in Section 7.8 (Royalties) [***] payable to Iambic for the Net Sales of such Licensed Product in the United States shall be reduced [***].

(f) Ceiling on Reductions and Deductions. In no event shall the reductions and deductions taken under [***] in the aggregate reduce any [***] payable to Iambic on any Licensed Products in any Calendar Quarter by greater than [***] of the amounts otherwise payable under [***] (without reduction or deduction) for such Licensed Product; provided, that [***].

7.9 Royalty Payments and Reports. AbbVie shall calculate royalties payable to Iambic pursuant to Section 7.8 (Royalties) at the end of [***], which amounts shall be converted to Dollars, in accordance with Section 7.11 (Mode of Payment; Offsets). Within [***] after the end of [***], AbbVie shall provide to Iambic a statement of (a) the amount of Net Sales of Licensed Products in each country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, as applicable, during the [***] and (b) a calculation of the amount of royalty payment due on such Net Sales for [***], including the total amount of any royalty reduction pursuant to Section 7.8.3 (Reductions and Deductions). AbbVie shall pay to Iambic the net royalty amounts owed to Iambic with respect to [***] within [***] after the end of [***].

7.10 Other Invoiced Amounts. If either Party (the “Invoicing Party”) is owed amounts by the other Party (the “Invoiced Party”) pursuant to this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 7.2.3 (Unpaid Option Continuation Payments After Option Exercise), Section 7.5 (Development Milestones), Section 7.6 (Sales-Based Milestones) and Section 7.9 (Royalty Payments and Reports), the Invoicing Party shall have the right to invoice the Invoiced Party for such amounts once per [***], which invoiced amounts shall be payable by the Invoiced Party within [***] after its receipt of such invoice.

7.11 Mode of Payment; Offsets. All payments to either Party under this Agreement shall be made by deposit of Dollars in the requisite amount to such bank account as the receiving Party may from time to time designate by notice to the paying Party. For the purpose of calculating any sums due under, or otherwise reimbursable pursuant to this Agreement (including the calculation of Net Sales expressed in currencies other than Dollars), a Party shall convert any amount expressed in a foreign currency into Dollar equivalents using [***]. Each Party shall have the right to offset any payment that is actually owed by the other Party but not timely paid to such Party against any payments owed by such first Party to such other Party, if any, under this Agreement. If any undisputed payment due to either Party under this Agreement is not paid on or prior to the date such amount is due, then such paying Party shall pay interest thereon (before and after any judgment) at an annual rate (but with interest accruing on a daily basis) of [***], calculated on the number of days such payment is overdue, or the maximum rate allowed by Applicable Law, whichever is lower, as adjusted from time to time on the first New York business day of [***].

7.12 Withholding Taxes. Where any sum due to be paid to either Party hereunder is or would otherwise be subject to any withholding or similar tax, the Parties shall cooperate with each other and use their commercially reasonable efforts to do all such acts and things and to sign all such documents as will enable them to secure any available exemption from, reduction in, or refund of such tax, including by taking advantage of any applicable double taxation agreement or treaty. The paying Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to inform the receiving Party of any such withholding or similar taxes and provide such Party a reasonable opportunity to provide forms, certificates, or other items necessary to reduce or eliminate any such withholding or similar taxes. In the event there is no applicable double taxation agreement or treaty or other

46


 

exemption from such withholding or similar tax, or if an applicable double taxation agreement or treaty or other exemption reduces but does not eliminate such withholding or similar tax, the payor shall remit such withholding or similar tax to the appropriate Governmental Authority, deduct the amount paid from the amount due to payee and secure and send to payee the best available evidence of the payment of such withholding or similar tax. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.12 (Withholding Taxes), any such amounts deducted by the payor in respect of such withholding or similar tax shall be treated as having been paid by the payor for purposes of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that as of the Effective Date the payments to Iambic under this Agreement are not subject to withholding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that if the paying Party (or its assignee, successor or transferee) is required by Applicable Law to withhold taxes in respect of any payment due under this Agreement, and if such withholding obligation arises or is increased solely as a result of an assignment, transfer or other disposition of some or all of its rights or obligations by the paying Party (or its assignee, successor or transferee), or a change in tax residency of the paying Party after the Effective Date (each, a “Withholding Tax Action”), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any such payment shall be increased to take into account such increased withholding taxes as may be necessary so that, after making all required withholdings (including any withholdings on additional amounts), the receiving Party (or its assignee, successor or transferee) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such Withholding Tax Action occurred; provided, that, (a) the paying Party will have no obligation to pay any such additional amounts if such increased withholding tax would not have been imposed but for (i) the assignment by the receiving Party of its rights under this Agreement, the assignment or transfer of any interest in the receiving Party, or any redomiciliation of the receiving Party or (ii) the failure by the receiving Party to comply with the requirements of this Section 7.12 (Withholding Taxes), and (b) to the extent that the receiving Party derives a tax benefit (including through the use of a foreign tax credit) determined on a with or without basis as a result of such additional withholding in the Calendar Year of payment or the [***] following such payment, the paying Party will have no obligation to pay such additional amounts or, if such amounts have already been paid to the receiving Party, the receiving Party shall return such amounts to the paying Party. The receiving Party shall take all commercially reasonable actions necessary to obtain any tax benefit (including the use of a foreign tax credit), with respect to such additional withholding taxes and to defend such benefit in a tax audit. Further, the amount of additional withholding tax shall be determined by taking into account the reduction in the rate of, or the elimination of, the withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty to which the receiving Party would be entitled had it claimed such benefit under the tax treaty; provided that the paying Party will give the receiving Party a reasonable opportunity to provide any forms, certificates, or other items necessary in order to claim such benefit. For purposes hereof, “tax benefit” means any refund or credit of taxes to be paid or reduction in the amount of taxes that otherwise would be owed by the receiving Party, in each case computed at the highest marginal tax rates applicable to the receiving Party. In the event that a Governmental Authority retroactively determines that a payment made by a Party to the other pursuant to this Agreement should have been subject to withholding or similar (or to additional withholding or similar) taxes, and such Party (the “Withholding Party”) remits such withholding or similar taxes to the Governmental Authority, including any interest and penalties that may be imposed thereon (together with the tax paid, the “Withholding Amount”), the Withholding Party shall have the right to: (a) offset the Withholding Amount against future payment obligations of the Withholding Party under this Agreement; (b) invoice the other Party for the Withholding Amount (which shall be payable by the other Party within [***] of its receipt of such invoice); or (c) pursue reimbursement of the Withholding Amount by any other available remedy. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide information or documentation requested by the other Party in such Party’s possession or reasonably available to such Party, at the expense of the requesting Party, reasonably necessary for purposes of seeking any exemption, deduction, credit or similar tax benefit with respect to any Licensed Product, Licensed Compound or the transactions described in this Agreement; provided, however, that no Party shall be required to share its tax returns or information such Party reasonably deems to be confidential with the other Party, and no Party shall be required to provide information already in the requesting Party’s possession or reasonably available to the requesting Party.

47


 

7.13 Indirect Taxes. All payments under this Agreement are exclusive of value added taxes, sales taxes, consumption taxes and other similar taxes (the “Indirect Taxes”). If any Indirect Taxes are chargeable in respect of any payments, the paying Party shall pay such Indirect Taxes at the applicable rate in respect of such payments following receipt, where applicable, of an Indirect Taxes invoice in the appropriate form issued by the receiving Party in respect of those payments. The Parties shall issue invoices for all amounts payable under this Agreement consistent with Indirect Tax requirements and irrespective of whether the sums may be netted for settlement purposes. If the Indirect Taxes originally paid or otherwise borne by the paying Party are in whole or in part subsequently determined not to have been chargeable, all necessary steps shall be taken by the receiving Party to receive a refund of these undue Indirect Taxes from the applicable Governmental Authority or other fiscal authority and any amount of undue Indirect Taxes repaid by such authority to the receiving Party shall be transferred to the paying Party within [***] of receipt.

7.14 Financial Records. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, keep complete and accurate books and records pertaining to, in the case of AbbVie, Net Sales of Licensed Products and, in the case of Iambic, actual expenditures with respect to its Research Plan Activities and Net Sales of Grantback Products where applicable in accordance with Section 12.10 (Reverse Royalty), in each case, in sufficient detail to calculate all amounts payable hereunder and to verify compliance with its payment obligations under this Agreement, including this Article 7 (Payments and Records). Such books and records shall be retained by such Party and its Affiliates until the later of: (a) [***] after the end of the period to which such books and records pertain; and (b) the expiration of the applicable tax statute of limitations (or any extensions thereof), or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law.

7.15 Audit. At the request of either Party, the other Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, permit an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing designated by the auditing Party and reasonably acceptable to the audited Party, at reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to audit the books and records maintained pursuant to Section 7.14 (Financial Records) to calculate all amounts payable hereunder and to verify compliance with its payment obligations under this Agreement, including under this Article 7 (Payments and Records). Such examinations may not: (a) be conducted for any [***] more than [***] after the end of such [***]; (b) be conducted more than once in any [***]; or (c) be repeated for any [***]. The accounting firm shall disclose only whether the reports are correct or not, and the specific details concerning any discrepancies. No other information shall be shared. Except as provided below, the cost of this audit shall be borne by the auditing Party, unless the audit reveals a variance of more than the greater of [***] from the reported amounts or [***], in which case the audited Party shall bear the cost of the audit. Unless disputed pursuant to Section 7.16 (Audit Dispute), if such audit concludes that: (x) additional amounts were owed by the audited Party, the audited Party shall pay the additional amounts; or (y) excess payments were made by the audited Party, the auditing Party shall reimburse such excess payments, in either case ((x) or (y)), within [***] after the date on which such audit is completed by the auditing Party. A Party wishing to dispute the audit pursuant to Section 7.16 (Audit Dispute) shall notify the other Party within [***] after the accounting firm delivers the audit’s findings.

7.16 Audit Dispute. In the event of a dispute with respect to any audit under Section 7.15 (Audit), Iambic and AbbVie shall work in good faith to resolve the disagreement. If the Parties do not reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any such dispute within [***] after one Party receives written notice of the audit dispute from the other Party, the dispute shall be submitted for resolution to a certified public accounting firm jointly selected by each Party’s certified public accountants or to such other Person as the Parties shall mutually agree (the “Audit Expert”). The decision of the Audit Expert shall be final and the costs of such audit determination, as well as of the initial audit, shall be borne between the Parties in such manner as the Audit Expert shall determine. No later than [***] after such decision and in accordance with such decision, the audited Party shall pay the additional amounts, or the auditing Party shall reimburse the excess payments, as applicable.

48


 

7.17 Confidentiality. The receiving Party shall treat all information subject to review under this Article 7 (Payments and Records) in accordance with the confidentiality provisions of Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure) and the Parties shall cause the Audit Expert to enter into a reasonably acceptable confidentiality agreement with the audited Party obligating such firm to retain all such financial information in confidence pursuant to such confidentiality agreement.

7.18 No Other Compensation. Each Party hereby agrees that the terms of this Agreement fully define all consideration, compensation and benefits, monetary or otherwise, to be paid, granted or delivered by one Party to the other Party in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. Neither Party previously has paid or entered into any other commitment to pay, whether orally or in writing, any of the other Party’s employees, directly or indirectly, any consideration, compensation or benefits, monetary or otherwise, in connection with the transaction contemplated herein.

7.19 No Limitation. Nothing contained in this Article 7 (Payments and Records) shall in any way limit either Party’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or to otherwise recover damages for breach of this Agreement.

7.20 Reimbursement for Cooperation and Support. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, AbbVie shall reimburse Iambic for its reasonable, verifiable, and documented (a) out-of-pocket costs paid to Third Parties (including permitted subcontractors) and (b) costs of Iambic’s (and its Affiliates’) personnel time calculated based on the product of the number of FTEs and the FTE Rate in excess of the applicable threshold set forth below, in each case, incurred by or on behalf of Iambic in providing any cooperation, assistance, or support to AbbVie required under: [***] in the aggregate for such Collaboration Program; and [***] in the aggregate for such Collaboration Program; provided, that this Section 7.20 (Reimbursement for Cooperation and Support) shall not apply to cooperation provided in connection with the defense or prosecution of a Third Party Claim under Article 11 (Indemnity), which shall instead be governed by the cost provisions set forth therein. Iambic shall provide AbbVie with reasonably detailed documentation supporting any amounts invoiced pursuant to this Section 7.20 (Reimbursement for Cooperation and Support), and any such amounts shall be invoiced and paid in accordance with Section 7.10 (Other Invoiced Amounts).

Article 8
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

8.1 Ownership of Intellectual Property.

8.1.1 Ownership of Technology. Subject to the license grants and other rights herein, as between the Parties, the determination of whether Patents and Information are conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed, or otherwise made by or on behalf of either Party under or in connection with this Agreement, including under any Research Plan (such Patents, “Arising Patents”, and collectively, the “Arising IP”) for the purpose of allocating proprietary rights therein (including Patent, Information, copyright, or other intellectual property rights) shall be made in accordance with Applicable Law in the United States (including applicable patent laws). Notwithstanding the foregoing or Section 8.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How), as between the Parties, Iambic shall own any Arising IP [***].

8.1.2 Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How. As between the Parties, the Parties shall each own an equal, undivided interest in the Joint Patents and the Joint Know-How (collectively, the “Joint IP”); for clarity, any such Know-How or Patents to the extent allocated to Iambic under Section 8.1.1 (Ownership of Technology), shall be solely owned by Iambic in accordance therewith and shall not constitute Joint Know-How, Joint Patents or Joint IP. Each Party shall promptly disclose to the other Party in writing, and shall cause its Affiliates, licensees and sublicensees to so disclose, the conception, discovery, development, making, or reduction to practice of any Joint IP. Subject to the licenses granted under Section 6.1 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date), Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective

49


 

Date), the payment and reporting obligations under Article 7 (Payments and Records), the confidentiality obligations hereunder, in the case of Iambic, its exclusivity obligations set forth in Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity) and, in the case of AbbVie, the restrictions set forth in Section 12.8.5 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program): (a) each Party shall have the right to practice, grant licenses under, and transfer any Joint IP; (b) neither Party shall have any obligation to account to the other for profits or to obtain any approval of the other Party to license or Exploit any Joint IP by reason of joint ownership thereof; and (c) each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the laws of any jurisdiction to require any such consent or accounting.

8.1.3 Assignment Obligation. Each Party hereby assigns to the other Party, without additional compensation, such right, title and interest in and to any intellectual property rights, as is necessary to fully effect the ownership of such other Party of such intellectual property rights provided in accordance with this Section 8.1 (Ownership of Intellectual Property). Each Party shall [***] cause all Persons who perform activities for such Party under this Agreement to assign (or, if such Party is unable to cause such Person to assign despite such Party’s using commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate such assignment, be under an obligation to assign; and if such Party is still unable to cause such Person to agree to be under an obligation to assign despite such Party’s using commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate such obligation, then provide a license under) their rights in any Information and inventions resulting therefrom to such Party, except where Applicable Law requires otherwise and except in the case of governmental or not-for-profit institutions which have standard policies against such an assignment (in which case a suitable license, or if such Party is unable to obtain such license despite such Party’s using commercially reasonable efforts, then a right to obtain such a license, shall be obtained). Each Party shall execute all papers and instruments, or require its employees or contractors to execute such papers and instruments, so as to: (a) effectuate the ownership of intellectual property set forth in this Section 8.1 (Ownership); (b) enable the other Party to apply for and to prosecute Patent applications; and (c) obtain and maintain any patent term extensions, supplementary protection certificates, and the like with respect to such Patents, in each case ((a), (b), and (c)), to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Consistent with this Agreement, each Party shall assist in any license, transfer or assignment registration processes with applicable governmental authorities that may be available for the protection of a Party’s interests in this Agreement.

8.1.4 Ownership of Corporate Names. As between the Parties, each Party shall retain all right, title and interest in and to its Corporate Names.

8.2 Prosecution and Maintenance.

8.2.1 Standstill on Certain Patent Filings Prior to License Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.2 (Prosecution and Maintenance), prior to the License Effective Date for a given Collaboration Program, neither Party shall, and each Party shall cause its Affiliates not to, prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, or maintain [***] without the other Party’s prior written consent.

8.2.2 Prosecution and Maintenance Prior to License Effective Date. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, prior to the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, subject to Section 8.2.1 (Standstill on Certain Patent Filings Prior to License Effective Date), Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, through the use of internal or outside counsel, to prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintain [***] in the Territory at Iambic’s sole cost and expense.

8.2.3 Prosecution and Maintenance of Iambic Licensed Patents On and After License Effective Date. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, the following terms and conditions of this Section 8.2.3 (Prosecution and Maintenance of Iambic Licensed Patents On and After License Effective Date) shall apply

50


 

with respect to the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintenance of the Iambic Licensed Patents with respect to such Collaboration Program in the Territory:

(a) Prosecution and Maintenance of Product Patents.

(i) AbbVie shall have [***], but not the obligation, to prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintain the Product Patents with respect to such Collaboration Program in the Territory, at AbbVie’s sole cost and expense. [***].

(ii) [***].

(b) Prosecution and Maintenance of Iambic Platform Patents. Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintain any Iambic Platform Patent in the Territory at Iambic’s sole cost and expense.

(c) Prosecution and Maintenance of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology. Neither Party shall, and each Party shall cause its Affiliates, not to, prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, or maintain any Patent that Covers AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology without the other Party’s prior written consent; provided, that this Section 8.2.3(c) (Prosecution and Maintenance of AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology) shall not prohibit Iambic from preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings or maintaining any [***].

(d) Prosecution and Maintenance of Other Iambic Arising Patents.

(i) Iambic shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintain [***] (“Other Iambic Arising Patents”) with respect to such Collaboration Program in the Territory, at Iambic’s sole cost and expense. Iambic shall keep AbbVie fully informed of all material steps with regard to any preparation, filing, prosecution, defense, or maintenance of such Other Iambic Arising Patents, including by providing AbbVie with a copy of material communications to and from any patent authority in the Territory regarding such Patents, and by providing AbbVie drafts of any material filings or responses to be made to such patent authorities in the Territory sufficiently in advance of submitting such filings or responses so as to allow for a reasonable opportunity for AbbVie to review and comment thereon. Iambic shall consider in good faith the requests and suggestions of AbbVie with respect to such Iambic drafts and with respect to strategies for filing and prosecuting such Patents in the Territory.

(ii) If Iambic decides not to prepare, file, prosecute, defend, or maintain any such Other Iambic Arising Patent in a country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, Iambic shall provide reasonable prior written notice to AbbVie of such intention (which notice shall, in any event, be given no later than [***] prior to the next deadline for any action that may be taken with respect to such Other Iambic Arising Patent in such country or other jurisdiction). AbbVie shall thereupon have the right, but not the obligation, to assume the control and direction of the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense and maintenance of such Other Iambic Arising Patent at its expense in such country or other jurisdiction; provided, that [***]. With respect to any such Patent for which AbbVie assumes such control and direction in accordance with the foregoing, Iambic shall reasonably cooperate with AbbVie in such country or other jurisdiction as provided under Section 8.2.7 (Cooperation).

8.2.4 Prosecution and Maintenance of Other Joint Patents. AbbVie shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintain [***] (“Other Joint Patents”), at AbbVie’s sole cost and expense. AbbVie shall keep Iambic fully informed of all steps with regard to the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense, and maintenance of any such Other Joint Patents, including by providing Iambic with a copy of material

51


 

communications to and from any patent authority in the Territory regarding such Other Joint Patents, and by providing Iambic drafts of any material filings or responses to be made to such patent authorities in the Territory sufficiently in advance of submitting such filings or responses so as to allow for a reasonable opportunity for Iambic to review and comment on any disclosure or claim of such Other Joint Patent. AbbVie shall consider in good faith the requests and suggestions of Iambic with respect to such AbbVie drafts and such subject matter and with respect to strategies for filing and prosecuting any such Other Joint Patents in the Territory. If AbbVie decides not to prepare, file, prosecute, defend, or maintain any such Other Joint Patent in a country or other jurisdiction in the Territory, AbbVie shall provide reasonable prior written notice to Iambic of such intention (which notice shall, in any event, be given no later than [***] prior to the next deadline for any action that may be taken with respect to such Other Joint Patent in such country or other jurisdiction). Iambic shall thereupon have the right, but not the obligation, to assume the control and direction of the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense and maintenance of such Other Joint Patent at its expense in such country or other jurisdiction. AbbVie shall reasonably cooperate with Iambic in such country or other jurisdiction as provided under Section 8.2.7 (Cooperation).

8.2.5 Prosecution and Maintenance of AbbVie Patents. AbbVie shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prepare, file, prosecute, defend in any oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintain the AbbVie Patents and all other Patents owned or otherwise Controlled by AbbVie or any of its Affiliates, at AbbVie’s sole cost and expense.

8.2.6 Prosecution and Maintenance of Excluded Compound Patents. In the event that Iambic discovers or otherwise becomes aware, following the filing of an Excluded Compound Patent, that [***], Iambic shall notify AbbVie within [***] thereof, and Iambic shall, [***] take all actions reasonably necessary in each jurisdiction in the Territory [***]. Upon any such [***], for all purposes under this Agreement: (a) [***]; and (b) [***].

8.2.7 Cooperation. The Parties agree to cooperate fully in the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense in oppositions or post-grant proceedings, and maintenance of Patents pursuant to this Section 8.2 (Prosecution and Maintenance). Such cooperation shall include:

(a) executing all papers and instruments, or requiring its employees or contractors to execute such papers and instruments, so as to: (i) effectuate the ownership of intellectual property set forth in Section 8.1.1 (Ownership of Technology) and Section 8.1.2 (Ownership of Joint Patents and Joint Know-How); (ii) enable the other Party to apply for and to prosecute Patent applications in the Territory; and (iii) obtain and maintain any patent term extensions, supplementary protection certificates, and the like with respect to such Patents in the Territory, in each case ((i), (ii), and (iii)), to the extent provided for in this Agreement;

(b) consistent with this Agreement, assisting in any license, transfer or assignment registration processes with applicable Governmental Authorities that may be available in the Territory for the protection of a Party’s interests in this Agreement;

(c) promptly informing the other Party of any matters coming to such Party’s attention that may materially affect the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense or maintenance of any such Patents in the Territory;

(d) without limitation to Section 8.2.7(a) (Cooperation), within [***] of transfer of Iambic’s responsibility for preparation, filing, prosecution, defense and maintenance of Product Patents as provided for upon the applicable License Effective Date pursuant to Section 8.2.3(a) (Prosecution and Maintenance of Product Patents), Iambic shall promptly deliver to AbbVie or its designee copies of all

52


 

necessary files related to such Product Patents and shall take all actions and execute all documents reasonably necessary for AbbVie to assume preparation, filing, prosecution, defense and maintenance; and

(e) [***] upon [***] shall provide or make available [***] the following records and materials maintained by or on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates or subcontractors, subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure): (i) [***]; (ii) [***]; (iii) [***]; and (iv) any other records or materials [***]; provided, that, to the extent any of the foregoing in clauses (i) through (iv) [***].

8.2.8 Patent Term Extension and Supplementary Protection Certificate. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall have the sole right to make decisions regarding patent term extensions, including supplementary protection certificates, pediatric exclusivity, and any other extensions that are now or become available in the future, wherever applicable, for the Product Patents and Other Joint Patents with respect to such Collaboration Program, in any country or other jurisdiction. AbbVie shall have the sole right to apply for, and Iambic shall have no right to apply for, any extension (including patent term extension, supplementary protection certificates, and pediatric exclusivity) with respect to any such Product Patents or Other Joint Patents in the Territory with respect to any applicable Licensed Compound or Licensed Product. Iambic shall provide prompt assistance, as requested by AbbVie, including by taking such action as patent holder as is required under any Applicable Law to obtain any such extension. AbbVie shall pay all expenses in regard to obtaining any such extension in the Territory.

8.2.9 UPC Opt-Out and Opt-In. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall have the sole right to make decisions regarding the Opt-Out or Opt-In under the Article 83(4) of the Agreement on a Unified Patent Court between the participating Member States of the European Union (2013/C 175/01), with respect to any Product Patents and Other Joint Patents with respect to such Collaboration Program, and pay all fees associated with such decisions. AbbVie shall provide Iambic with reasonable prior written notice of any such Opt-Out or Opt-In decision before submitting such Opt-Out or Opt-In. Iambic shall assist AbbVie in any submissions at AbbVie’s cost, including providing all necessary documents and making all necessary submissions as a Patent owner.

8.2.10 Patent Listings. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall have the sole right to make all filings with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory with respect to the Product Patents and Other Joint Patents with respect to the applicable Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products, including as required or allowed in: (a) the United States in the FDA’s Orange Book; and (b) outside the United States, under the national implementations of Article 10.1(a)(iii) of Directive 2001/EC/83 or other international equivalents. Iambic shall: (i) provide to AbbVie all Information, including a correct and complete list of relevant Iambic Licensed Patents Covering any such Licensed Compound or Licensed Product or otherwise necessary or useful to enable AbbVie to make such filings with Regulatory Authorities in the Territory with respect to such Patents; and (ii) cooperate with AbbVie’s reasonable requests in connection therewith, including meeting any submission deadlines, in each case ((i) and (ii)), to the extent required or permitted by Applicable Law.

8.3 Enforcement.

8.3.1 Notice. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of any alleged or threatened infringement or misappropriation of:

(a) Product IP (“Product Infringement”);

53


 

(b) [***] (“Other Iambic Arising IP” and “Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement”); or

(c) [***] (“Other Joint Arising IP” and “Other Joint Arising IP Infringement”).

in each case ((a) – (c)), by a Third Party in the Territory of which such Party becomes aware.

8.3.2 Product Infringement, Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement and Other Joint Arising IP Infringement Prior to License Effective Date. Subject to Section 8.3.8 (AbbVie IP), on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, prior to the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, Iambic shall have the first right to prosecute, including by means of any claim, suit or proceeding, any Product Infringement, Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement or Other Joint Arising IP Infringement, in each case, with respect to such Collaboration Program in the Territory at its sole expense, and Iambic shall retain control of the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding; provided, that [***] shall not apply with respect to the prosecution of any Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement to the extent the alleged infringement does not [***]. AbbVie shall have the right to join as a party to such claim, suit, or proceeding in the Territory and participate with its own counsel at its own expense; provided, that Iambic shall control the prosecution of such claim, suit, or proceeding. During any such claim, suit, or proceeding, Iambic shall keep AbbVie reasonably informed of all material developments in connection with such claim, suit or proceeding.

8.3.3 Product Infringement On and After License Effective Date. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie (including its designated Affiliates) shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, including by means of any claim, suit or proceeding, any Product Infringement with respect to such Collaboration Program in the Territory at its sole expense and AbbVie shall retain control of the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding.

8.3.4 Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement On and After License Effective Date.

(a) On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, Iambic shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, including by means of any claim, suit or proceeding, any Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement with respect to such Collaboration Program in the Territory at its sole expense and Iambic shall retain control of the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding. With respect to any such Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement that arises from a Competing Product, AbbVie shall have the right to join as a party to such claim, suit, or proceeding in the Territory and participate with its own counsel at its own expense; provided, that Iambic shall control the prosecution of such claim, suit, or proceeding. During any such claim, suit, or proceeding that arises from a Competing Product, Iambic shall keep AbbVie reasonably informed of all material developments in connection with such claim, suit or proceeding.

(b) If Iambic does not take commercially reasonable steps to prosecute such Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement [***]: (i) within [***] following the first notice provided above with respect to such alleged infringement; or (ii) provided such date occurs after the first such notice of infringement is provided, [***] before the time limit, if any, set forth in appropriate laws and regulations for filing of such actions, whichever comes first, then, upon written notice to Iambic, AbbVie may prosecute such Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement at its own expense. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, without AbbVie’s prior written consent, Iambic shall not initiate any proceedings relating to any Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement [***].

54


 

(c) Notwithstanding Section 8.3.11 (Recovery), any recovery realized as a result of prosecution of an Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement under this Section 8.3.4 (Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement On and After License Effective Date), whether by way of settlement or otherwise, shall be first allocated to reimburse the Parties for their costs and expenses in making such recovery (which amounts shall be allocated pro rata if insufficient to cover the totality of such expenses), and any remainder after such reimbursement shall be allocated as follows: (i) if Iambic controls the proceeding for an Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement [***]; (ii) if Iambic controls the proceeding for any other Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement, [***]; and (iii) if AbbVie controls the proceeding, [***]; provided, with respect to the foregoing clause (iii) only, that to the extent any award or settlement amount (whether by judgment or otherwise) is attributable to [***].

8.3.5 Other Joint Arising IP Infringement On and After License Effective Date.

(a) On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, including by means of any claim, suit or proceeding, any Other Joint Arising IP Infringement with respect to such Collaboration Program in the Territory at its sole expense and AbbVie shall retain control of the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding. With respect to any such Other Joint Arising IP Infringement, Iambic shall have the right to join as a party to such claim, suit, or proceeding in the Territory and participate with its own counsel at its own expense; provided, that AbbVie shall control the prosecution of such claim, suit, or proceeding. During any such claim, suit, or proceeding, AbbVie shall keep Iambic reasonably informed of all material developments in connection with such claim, suit or proceeding.

(b) If AbbVie does not take commercially reasonable steps to prosecute such Other Joint Arising IP Infringement: (i) within [***] following the first notice provided above with respect to such alleged infringement; or (ii) provided such date occurs after the first such notice of infringement is provided, [***] before the time limit, if any, set forth in appropriate laws and regulations for filing of such actions, whichever comes first, then, upon written notice to AbbVie, Iambic may prosecute such Other Joint Arising IP Infringement at its own expense. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, [***].

(c) Notwithstanding Section 8.3.11 (Recovery), any recovery realized as a result of prosecution of an Other Joint Arising IP Infringement under this Section 8.3.5 (Other Joint Arising IP Infringement On and After License Effective Date), whether by way of settlement or otherwise, shall be first allocated to reimburse the Parties for their costs and expenses in making such recovery (which amounts shall be allocated pro rata if insufficient to cover the totality of such expenses), and any remainder after such reimbursement shall be allocated as follows: (i) if AbbVie controls the proceeding [***], and (B) [***] shall be allocated [***]; and (ii) if Iambic controls the proceeding, [***].

8.3.6 Iambic Platform Technology. During the Term, Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any alleged or threatened infringement or misappropriation of Iambic Platform Technology in the Territory at its sole expense, and Iambic shall retain control of the prosecution and settlement of such claim, suit or proceeding.

8.3.7 AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology. During the Term, Iambic shall not initiate any prosecution (including by means of any suit, claim or proceeding) of any alleged or threatened infringement or misappropriation of any part of the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology that is not Covered by the Iambic Platform Technology without AbbVie’s prior written consent.

8.3.8 AbbVie IP. AbbVie shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any alleged or threatened infringement or misappropriation of: (a) Patents owned or otherwise Controlled by AbbVie or any of its Affiliates (including AbbVie Patents); or (b) Information owned or

55


 

otherwise Controlled by AbbVie or any of its Affiliates (including AbbVie Know-How), in each case, in the Territory at its sole expense and AbbVie shall retain control of the prosecution of such claim, suit or proceeding.

8.3.9 Generic Applicants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, AbbVie shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, manage and settle any litigation with respect to Generic Products and any proceedings associated therewith, including any invalidity, unpatentability or unenforceability challenges, oppositions, and post-grant proceedings in connection therewith. If Iambic receives a notice or a copy of an application submitted to the FDA or its foreign counterpart for a Generic Product, or any application seeking the approval, license, registration, or authorization of any Regulatory Authority therefor (a “Generic Application”) pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 355(b)(2)(A)(iv) or 21 U.S.C. § 355(j)(2)(A)(vii)(IV), or an equivalent under its foreign counterpart, whether or not such notice or copy is provided under any Applicable Law, or otherwise becomes aware that such a Generic Application has been submitted to a Regulatory Authority for a Drug Approval Application, Iambic shall, within [***], notify AbbVie and provide AbbVie copies of such notice or communication to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

8.3.10 Cooperation. The Parties agree to cooperate fully in any infringement action pursuant to this Section 8.3 (Enforcement), including any proceedings or litigation with respect to Generic Products or any application seeking the approval, license, registration, or authorization of any Regulatory Authority therefor. Where a Party brings such an action in accordance with this Section 8.3 (Enforcement), the other Party shall, where necessary, furnish a power of attorney solely for such purpose or join in, or be named as a necessary party to, such action. Unless otherwise set forth herein, the Party that manages any patent infringement litigation in accordance with this Section 8.3 (Enforcement) shall have the right to settle such claim; provided, that neither Party shall have the right to settle any patent infringement litigation under this Section 8.3 (Enforcement) in a manner that imposes any costs or liability on, or involves any admission by, the other Party, without the express written consent of such other Party. The Party commencing the litigation shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of all material developments during the course of the proceedings if doing so will not waive any privilege or violate any court order or Applicable Law.

8.3.11 Recovery. Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, subject to Section 8.3.4(c) (Other Iambic Arising IP Infringement On and After License Effective Date) and Section 8.3.5(c) (Other Joint Arising IP Infringement On and After License Effective Date), any recovery realized as a result of such prosecution described in this Section 8.3 (Enforcement), whether by way of settlement or otherwise, shall be first allocated to reimburse the Parties for their costs and expenses in making such recovery (which amounts shall be allocated pro rata if insufficient to cover the totality of such expenses). Any remainder after such reimbursement is made shall be [***].

8.4 Infringement Claims by Third Parties.

8.4.1 Prior to License Effective Date. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, prior to the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, the following provisions of this Section 8.4.1 (Prior to License Effective Date) shall apply with respect to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product with respect to such Collaboration Program:

(a) If the Exploitation of any such Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory pursuant to this Agreement results in, or may result in, any claim, suit, or proceeding by a Third Party alleging patent infringement by either Party (or its Affiliates or sublicensees) (a “Third Party Infringement Claim”), including any defense or counterclaim in connection with an infringement action initiated pursuant to Section 8.3 (Enforcement), the Party subject to the Third Party Infringement Claim shall promptly notify the other Party in writing.

56


 

(b) Subject to Article 11 (Indemnity), Iambic shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of any Third Party Infringement Claim at its own expense (but subject to deduction as provided below) using counsel of its own choice, and shall keep AbbVie fully informed of all material developments in connection with the defense of the Third Party Infringement Claim. The Parties shall consult and cooperate to determine a course of action with respect to any such proceeding in the Territory and Iambic shall consider in good faith all comments, requests and suggestions provided by AbbVie. AbbVie may participate in any such Third Party Infringement Claim with counsel of its choice at its own expense. If Iambic elects (in a written communication submitted to AbbVie within a reasonable amount of time after notice of the alleged patent infringement) not to defend or control the defense of such Third Party Infringement Claim, AbbVie may conduct and control the defense of any such Third Party Infringement Claim at its own expense.

(c) Each Party shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of all material developments in connection with any Third Party Infringement Claim. Any recoveries by a Party of any sanctions awarded to such Party and against a party asserting a claim being defended under this Section 8.4 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties) shall be applied as follows: [***].

8.4.2 On and After License Effective Date. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, the following provisions of this Section 8.4.2 (On and After License Effective Date) shall apply with respect to any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product with respect to such Collaboration Program:

(a) If the Exploitation of such Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory pursuant to this Agreement results in, or may result in, a Third Party Infringement Claim alleging patent infringement by AbbVie (or its Affiliates or Sublicensees), including any defense or counterclaim in connection with an infringement action initiated pursuant to Section 8.3 (Enforcement), AbbVie shall promptly notify Iambic thereof in writing.

(b) Subject to Article 11 (Indemnity), AbbVie shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of any Third Party Infringement Claim at its own expense (but subject to deduction as provided below) using counsel of its own choice.

(c) Each Party shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of all material developments in connection with any Third Party Infringement Claim. Any recoveries by a Party of any sanctions awarded to such Party and against a party asserting a claim being defended under this Section 8.4 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties) shall be applied as follows: [***].

8.5 Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions.

8.5.1 Notice. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of any alleged or threatened assertion of invalidity, unpatentability or unenforceability of any of the Product Patents by a Third Party, in each case, in the Territory and of which such Party becomes aware.

8.5.2 Iambic Licensed Patents.

(a) In General. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 8.5.2(b) (Product Patents On and After License Effective Date)), Iambic shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of the validity, patentability, and enforceability of the Iambic Licensed Patents at its own expense in the Territory, subject to the following exception:

57


 

(b) Product Patents On and After License Effective Date. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, on and after the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of the validity, patentability and enforceability of the Product Patents with respect to such Collaboration Program at its own expense in the Territory. If AbbVie elects not to defend or control such defense, or otherwise fails to initiate and maintain such defense, and, in either case, has not settled and is not actively pursuing settlement of such claim, suit, or proceeding, then Iambic may conduct and control the defense of such claim, suit, or proceeding at its own expense; provided, that [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties, [***].

8.5.3 Other Joint Patents. AbbVie shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of the validity, patentability and enforceability of the Other Joint Patents at its own expense in the Territory. If AbbVie elects not to defend or control such defense, or otherwise fails to initiate and maintain such defense, and, in either case, has not settled and is not actively pursuing settlement of such claim, suit, or proceeding, then, on and after the License Effective Date for the applicable Collaboration Program, and upon written notice to AbbVie, Iambic may conduct and control the defense of such claim, suit, or proceeding at its own expense; provided, that [***].

8.5.4 AbbVie Patents. AbbVie shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to defend and control the defense of the validity, patentability, and enforceability of the AbbVie Patents, at its own expense in the Territory.

8.5.5 Cooperation. Each Party shall assist and cooperate with the other Party as such other Party may reasonably request from time to time in connection with its activities set forth in this Section 8.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions), including by providing access to relevant documents and other evidence, and making its employees available at reasonable business hours. In connection with any such defense or claim or counterclaim, the controlling Party shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of material developments in such defense, claim, or counterclaim and consider in good faith any comments from the other Party and shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of any steps taken, and shall provide copies of all documents filed, in connection with such claim, suit or proceeding. In connection with the activities set forth in this Section 8.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions), each Party shall consult with the other Party as to the strategy for the defense of the Product Patents if doing so will not waive any privilege or violate any court order or Applicable Law. Unless otherwise set forth herein, the Party entitled to control such claim, suit, or proceeding in accordance with this Section 8.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) shall have the right to settle such claim, suit, or proceeding; provided, that the controlling Party shall not have the right to settle any claim, suit, or proceeding under this Section 8.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) in a manner that imposes any costs or liability on, or involves any admission by, the other Party, without the express written consent of such other Party.

8.6 Product Trademarks.

8.6.1 Ownership and Prosecution of Product Trademarks. AbbVie or its Affiliates shall own all right, title, and interest to the Product Trademarks in the Territory. AbbVie and its Affiliates shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to: (a) conduct the registration, prosecution, and maintenance of the Product Trademarks in the Territory; and (b) conduct the selection, registration, prosecution, and maintenance of any international nonproprietary name (INN) or other name, identifier or regulatory nomenclature for any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product. AbbVie or its Affiliates shall have the sole right and responsibility to apply for submission to the World Health Organization for the INN, and submission to the United States Adopted Names Council for the United States Adopted Name. All costs and expenses of registering, prosecuting, and maintaining the Product Trademarks shall be borne solely by AbbVie. Iambic shall provide all assistance and documents reasonably requested by AbbVie in support of its prosecution, registration, and maintenance of the Product Trademarks as may be reasonably necessary. Iambic

58


 

shall not, and shall not permit its Affiliates to: (i) use in their respective businesses, any Trademark that is confusingly similar to, misleading or deceptive with respect to or that dilutes any (or any part) of the Product Trademarks; and (ii) do any act which endangers, destroys, or similarly affects, in any material respect, the value of the goodwill pertaining to the Product Trademarks. Iambic shall not, and shall not permit its Affiliates to, attack, dispute, or contest the validity of or ownership of any Product Trademark anywhere in the Territory or any registrations issued or issuing with respect thereto.

8.6.2 Enforcement of Product Trademarks. AbbVie or its Affiliates shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to take such action as AbbVie deems necessary against a Third Party based on any alleged, threatened, or actual infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation of, or unfair trade practices or any other like offense relating to, the Product Trademarks by a Third Party in the Territory. AbbVie shall bear the costs and expenses relating to any enforcement action commenced pursuant to this Section 8.6.2 (Enforcement of Product Trademarks) and any settlements and judgments with respect thereto, and shall retain any damages or other amounts collected in connection therewith.

8.6.3 Third Party Claims. AbbVie or its Affiliates shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to defend against and settle any alleged, threatened, or actual claim by a Third Party that the use or registration of the Product Trademarks in the Territory infringes, dilutes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates any Trademark or other right of that Third Party or constitutes unfair trade practices or any other like offense, or any other claims as may be brought by a Third Party against a Party in connection with the use of the Product Trademarks with respect to a Licensed Product in the Territory. AbbVie shall bear the costs and expenses relating to any defense commenced pursuant to this Section 8.6.3 (Third Party Claims) and any settlements and judgments with respect thereto, and shall retain any damages or other amounts collected in connection therewith.

8.6.4 Cooperation. Each Party agrees to cooperate fully with the other Party with respect to any enforcement action or defense commenced pursuant to this Section 8.6 (Product Trademarks).

8.7 Inventor’s Remuneration. Each Party shall be solely responsible for any remuneration that may be due to such Party’s employees or agents that are inventors under any applicable inventor remuneration laws.

8.8 Common Interest. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, with regard to the prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and defense of Patents under this Article 8 (Intellectual Property), the interests of the Parties as collaborators and licensor or licensee are to, for their mutual benefit, obtain patent protection and plan patent defense against potential patentability or invalidity challenges or infringement activities by Third Parties, and as such, are aligned and are legal in nature. The Parties agree and acknowledge that they have not waived, and nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of, any legal privilege concerning Patents under this Article 8 (Intellectual Property), including privilege under the common interest doctrine and similar or related doctrines. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent a Party has a good faith belief that any information required to be disclosed by such Party to the other Party under this Article 8 (Intellectual Property) is protected by attorney-client privilege or any other applicable legal privilege or immunity, such Party shall not be required to disclose such information and the Parties shall in good faith cooperate to agree upon a procedure (which may include entering into a specific common interest agreement, disclosing such information on a “for counsel eyes only” basis or similar procedure) under which such information may be disclosed without waiving or breaching such privilege or immunity.

Article 9
CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE

9.1 General Confidentiality Obligations. At all times during the Term and for a period of [***] following termination or expiration of this Agreement in its entirety (except with respect to Confidential

59


 

Information that constitutes a trade secret as determined under Applicable Law, in which case the following obligation shall continue for so long as such Confidential Information continues to constitute a trade secret under Applicable Law), each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents to, keep confidential and not publish or otherwise disclose to a Third Party and not use, directly or indirectly, for any purpose, any Confidential Information furnished or otherwise made known to it, directly or indirectly, by the other Party or its Affiliates, except to the extent such disclosure or use is expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the receiving Party can demonstrate the following by documentation or other competent proof, the confidentiality and non-use obligations under this Section 9.1 (General Confidentiality Obligations) with respect to any Confidential Information shall not include any information that:

9.1.1 has been published by a Third Party or otherwise is or hereafter becomes part of the public domain by public use, publication, general knowledge or the like through no wrongful act, fault or negligence on the part of the receiving Party;

9.1.2 has been in the receiving Party’s or its Affiliates’ possession prior to disclosure by the disclosing Party without any obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information;

9.1.3 is subsequently received by the receiving Party or its Affiliates from a Third Party without confidentiality or use restriction with respect to such information and without breach of any agreement between such Third Party and the disclosing Party;

9.1.4 is generally made available to Third Parties by the disclosing Party or its Affiliates without restriction on disclosure; or

9.1.5 has been independently developed by or for the receiving Party without reference to, or use or disclosure of, the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

Specific aspects or details of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party merely because the Confidential Information is embraced by more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party. Further, any combination of Confidential Information shall not be considered in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party merely because individual elements of such Confidential Information are in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party unless the combination is in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.

[***]

9.2 Permitted Disclosures. Each Party may disclose Confidential Information to the extent that such disclosure is:

9.2.1 in the reasonable opinion of the receiving Party’s legal counsel, required to be disclosed pursuant to law, regulation or a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or other supra-national, federal, national, regional, state, provincial and local governmental body of competent jurisdiction, (including by reason of filing with securities regulators, but subject to Section 9.4 (Public Announcements)); provided, that: (a) the receiving Party shall first have given prompt written notice (and to the extent possible, at least [***]’ notice) to the disclosing Party and given the disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to take whatever action it deems necessary to protect its Confidential Information (for example, to quash such order or to obtain a protective order or confidential treatment requiring that the Confidential Information and documents that are the subject of such order be held in confidence by such court or governmental body or, if disclosed, be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued); and (b) in any event (whether or not

60


 

any protective order or other remedy is obtained, or the disclosing Party has otherwise waived compliance with the terms of this Section 9.2.1 (Permitted Disclosures)), the receiving Party shall furnish only that portion of Confidential Information which the receiving Party is advised by its counsel as being legally required to be disclosed;

9.2.2 made by or on behalf of the receiving Party to any Regulatory Authority as required in connection with any filing, application or request for any Regulatory Approval in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, that reasonable measures shall be taken to assure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information to the extent practicable and consistent with Applicable Law;

9.2.3 made by or on behalf of the receiving Party to a patent authority as may be reasonably necessary or useful for purposes of preparing, obtaining, defending or enforcing a Patent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, that: (a) reasonable measures shall be taken to assure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information, to the extent such protection is available; (b) AbbVie and its Affiliates shall not disclose any Confidential Information of Iambic that constitutes Iambic Platform Technology or AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology in the prosecution of any such Patent; and (c) Iambic and its Affiliates shall not disclose any Confidential Information of AbbVie in the prosecution of any such Patent;

9.2.4 made to its or its Affiliates’ financial and legal advisors who have a need to know such disclosing Party’s Confidential Information and are either under professional codes of conduct giving rise to expectations of confidentiality and non-use or under written agreements of confidentiality and non-use, in each case, at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Agreement; provided, that the receiving Party shall remain responsible and liable for any failure by such financial and legal advisors to treat such Confidential Information as required under this Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure);

9.2.5 if AbbVie is the receiving Party, made by AbbVie or its Affiliates or Sublicensees to its or their advisors, consultants, clinicians, vendors, service providers, contractors, existing or prospective collaboration partners, licensees, sublicensees, or other Third Parties as may be necessary or useful in connection with the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds, the Licensed Products, or otherwise in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of its rights as contemplated by this Agreement; provided, that such Persons shall be subject to obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such Confidential Information substantially similar to the obligations of confidentiality and non-use of the receiving Party pursuant to this Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure) [***]; or

9.2.6 if Iambic is the receiving Party, made by Iambic or its Affiliates to [***]; provided, that:

(a) such Persons shall be subject to obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such Confidential Information of AbbVie substantially similar to the obligations of confidentiality and non-use of Iambic pursuant to this Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure) [***]; and

(b) the Parties shall [***].

61


 

9.3 Use of Name. Except as expressly provided herein, neither Party shall mention or otherwise use the name, logo, or Trademark of the other Party or any of its Affiliates (or any abbreviation or adaptation thereof) in any publication, press release, marketing and promotional material, or other form of publicity without the prior written approval of such other Party in each instance. The restrictions imposed by this Section 9.3 (Use of Name) shall not prohibit either Party from making any disclosure identifying the other Party that, in the opinion of the disclosing Party’s counsel, is required by Applicable Law or the rules of any stock exchange on which securities of the disclosing Party are listed; provided, that such Party shall submit the proposed disclosure identifying the other Party in writing to the other Party as far in advance as reasonably practicable (and in no event less than [***] prior to the anticipated date of disclosure) so as to provide a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [***]; provided, that: [***].

9.4 Public Announcements.

9.4.1 Neither Party shall issue any public announcement, press release, or other public disclosure regarding this Agreement or its subject matter without the other Party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), except for any such disclosure that is, in the opinion of the disclosing Party’s counsel, required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing Party are listed (or to which an application for listing has been submitted). In the event a Party is, in the opinion of its counsel, required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which its securities are listed (or to which an application for listing has been submitted) to make such a public disclosure, such Party shall provide in writing: (a) the contents of the proposed disclosure; (b) the reasons that such disclosure is required by Applicable Law or such rules; and (c) the time and place of such disclosure, in each case as far in advance as reasonably practicable (and in no event less than [***] prior to the anticipated date of disclosure, or such shorter period as may be required by Applicable Law or such rules) so as to provide a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon. The Party proposing to make the disclosure shall consider in good faith any comments of the other Party related to such disclosure and shall incorporate such comments except to the extent that, in the opinion of the disclosing Party’s counsel, the relevant disclosure is required by Applicable Law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the securities of the disclosing Party are listed (or to which an application for listing has been submitted). If the other Party does not provide comments within such [***] period (or such shorter period as applicable), such disclosure shall be deemed approved.

9.4.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) AbbVie, its Sublicensees and its and their respective Affiliates shall have the right to publicly disclose information arising out of the Exploitation of Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products (including with respect to regulatory matters) regarding the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products; provided, that (i) such disclosure is subject to the provisions of this Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure) with respect to Iambic’s Confidential Information, and (ii) except as required by Applicable Law, AbbVie shall not use the name of Iambic (or insignia, or any contraction, abbreviation or adaptation thereof) without Iambic’s prior written permission; (b) Iambic and its Affiliates shall have the right to publicly disclose, without the prior written consent of AbbVie: (i) any information that has previously been approved by both Parties for public disclosure (including any information contained in a prior press release or public announcement approved pursuant to this Section 9.4 (Public Announcements) or Section 9.5 (Publications)), to the extent such information is repeated or referenced without material modification; and (c) the Parties have agreed upon the content of a press release, which will be issued substantially in the form attached hereto on Schedule 9.4 (Public Announcements), and the release of which the Parties will coordinate in order to accomplish such release promptly upon execution of this Agreement.

62


 

9.5 Publications.

9.5.1 The Parties acknowledge that scientific publications must be strictly monitored to prevent any adverse effect from premature publication of results of the Research Plan Activities and other activities undertaken in connection with the Exploitation of Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products hereunder. Accordingly, Iambic shall not publish, present, or otherwise disclose, and shall cause its Affiliates and subcontractors and its and their employees and agents not to disclose any material related to the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products without the prior written consent of AbbVie. For clarity, the foregoing restriction shall not apply with respect to any publication or public disclosure made by an Acquiring Party with respect to a Competitive Program that is conducted in accordance with the firewalling requirements set forth in Section 6.7 (Firewalling Assurances and Supplemental CDA) and which does not disclose AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, Product Know-How or Confidential Information of AbbVie.

9.5.2 If Iambic desires to seek AbbVie’s prior written consent to publish, present, or otherwise disclose any such material, Iambic shall provide AbbVie with drafts of the proposed abstracts, manuscripts, or summaries of presentations that cover such material, and AbbVie shall respond promptly through its designated representative and in any event no later than [***] after receipt of such proposed publication or presentation, and Iambic shall delay such proposed publication or presentation upon AbbVie’s request for a reasonable period (not to exceed [***]) to permit filings for patent protection and to otherwise address issues of Confidential Information or related competitive harm; provided, that, in all cases, [***].

9.5.3 On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, following the License Effective Date for such Collaboration Program, AbbVie shall not disclose any of Iambic’s Confidential Information in any publication, presentation, or other public disclosure without obtaining Iambic’s prior written consent; provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to any disclosure of Iambic’s Confidential Information that is required by Applicable Law or by a Regulatory Authority pursuant to Section 9.2.1 (Permitted Disclosures) or Section 9.2.2 (Permitted Disclosures). Subject to the foregoing, AbbVie shall be free to publicly disclose the results of, and information regarding, its Exploitation of Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products under this Agreement with respect to such Collaboration Program that do not contain or incorporate Iambic’s Confidential Information, in a manner consistent with Applicable Law and industry practices.

9.6 Return of Confidential Information. Upon the effective date of the termination (but not, for clarity, expiration) of this Agreement for any reason, either Party may request in writing, and the other Party shall either, with respect to Confidential Information (in the event of termination of this Agreement with respect to a given Collaboration Program but not in its entirety, solely to the extent relating specifically and exclusively to such Collaboration Program) to which such other Party does not retain relevant rights under the surviving provisions of this Agreement: (a) as soon as reasonably practicable, destroy all copies of such Confidential Information in the possession of the other Party or its Affiliates and confirm such destruction in writing to the requesting Party; or (b) as soon as reasonably practicable, deliver to the requesting Party, at the other Party’s expense, all copies of such Confidential Information in the possession of the other Party; provided, that the other Party shall be permitted to retain one (1) copy of such Confidential Information for the sole purpose of performing any continuing obligations hereunder, as required by Applicable Law, or for archival purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such other Party also shall be permitted to retain such additional copies of or any computer records or files containing such Confidential Information that have been created solely by such Party’s automatic archiving and back-up procedures, to the extent created and retained in a manner consistent with such other Party’s standard archiving and back-up procedures, but not for any other use or purpose, so long as such computer records and files are (i) maintained only on centralized storage servers (and not on personal computers or devices), and (ii) not generally accessible by the receiving Party’s employees, personnel and other representatives (other than its information technology specialists and legal team members responsible for post-Term compliance).

63


 

9.7 Survival. All Confidential Information shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement for the period set forth in Section 9.1 (General Confidentiality Obligations).

Article 10
REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES; COVENANTS

10.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties. Iambic and AbbVie each represents and warrants to the other Party, as of the Effective Date, as follows:

10.1.1 Organization. It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and has all requisite power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to execute, deliver, and perform its activities under this Agreement.

10.1.2 Authorization. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not violate: (a) such Party’s charter documents, bylaws, or other organizational documents; (b) in any material respect, any agreement, instrument, or contractual obligation to which such Party is bound; (c) any requirement of any Applicable Law; or (d) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination, or award of any court or governmental agency presently in effect applicable to such Party.

10.1.3 Binding Agreement. This Agreement is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and conditions, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, or other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditor rights, judicial principles affecting the availability of specific performance, and general principles of equity (whether enforceability is considered a proceeding at law or equity).

10.1.4 No Inconsistent Obligation. It is not under any obligation, contractual or otherwise, to any Person that conflicts with or is inconsistent in any material respect with the terms of this Agreement.

10.2 Additional Representations and Warranties of Iambic. Iambic further represents and warrants to AbbVie, as of: (a) the Effective Date, except as disclosed on Schedule 10.2 (Disclosures to Additional Representations and Warranties of Iambic); and (b) on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, [***], the “Bring-Down Date”), in each case (i) and (ii), except as disclosed in the applicable [***] delivered to AbbVie for such Collaboration Program on such Bring-Down Date, except [***]:

10.2.1 All Iambic Licensed Patents: (a) are subsisting and [***] are not (and with respect to Patent applications, upon issuance, would not be) [***], in whole or in part, (b) are being or have been (as applicable) diligently prosecuted in the respective patent offices in the Territory in accordance with Applicable Law, and (c) have been filed and maintained properly and correctly and all applicable fees have been paid on or before the due date for payment. In respect of the pending patent applications included in the Iambic Licensed Patents, Iambic and its Affiliates have presented all relevant references, documents, and information of which it and the inventors are aware to the relevant patent examiner at the relevant patent office. Each of the Iambic Licensed Patents [***] properly identifies each and every inventor of the claims thereof as determined in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Iambic Licensed Patent is issued or such application is pending.

10.2.2 There are no claims, judgments, or settlements against, or amounts with respect thereto, owed by Iambic or any of its Affiliates relating to the Iambic Licensed Patents, the Iambic Licensed Know-How, the Iambic Platform Technology or the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology. No claim or litigation has been brought or threatened in writing by any Person alleging that: (a) the Iambic Licensed Patents or the Iambic Licensed Know-How are invalid or unenforceable; or (b) the Iambic Licensed Patents,

64


 

the Iambic Licensed Know-How, the Iambic Platform Technology or AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, or the use, assigning, or licensing of the Iambic Licensed Patents, the Iambic Licensed Know-How, the Iambic Platform Technology, or the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, or the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products, as contemplated herein, [***]. [***] no Person (x) has infringed or is infringing or threatening to infringe any Iambic Licensed Patent or (y) has misappropriated or is misappropriating or threatening to misappropriate the Iambic Licensed Know-How, the Iambic Platform Technology or AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology.

10.2.3 (a) The conduct of the Research Plan Activities by or on behalf of Iambic [***] the conduct of the Research Plan Activities by or on behalf of Iambic [***], and (c) [***] AbbVie’s Exploitation of Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products to the extent arising out of or relating to the Licensed Compounds or the Iambic Licensed Patents, [***] Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Platform Technology, or AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, as contemplated herein, [***].

10.2.4 The conception, development, and reduction to practice of the Iambic Licensed Patents and Iambic Licensed Know-How have not constituted or involved the misappropriation of trade secrets or other rights or property of any Person (excluding, for clarity, any infringement or violation of any Patent, copyright or trademark right of any other Person).

10.2.5 Iambic is: (a) the sole and exclusive owner of the entire right, title and interest in the Iambic Licensed Patents listed on Schedule 1.117 (Iambic Licensed Patents), Part A.1 and the Iambic Licensed Know-How; (b) together with one or more Third Part(ies), the joint owner of the entire right, title and interest in the Iambic Licensed Patents listed on Schedule 1.117 (Iambic Licensed Patents), Part A.2 (together with the Iambic Licensed Patents described in the foregoing clause (a), the “Owned Patents”) and (c) the sole and exclusive licensee of the Iambic Licensed Patents listed on Schedule 1.117 (Iambic Licensed Patents), Part B (the “In-Licensed Patents”), if any, subject to valid and enforceable In-License Agreements, in each case ((a) – (c)), free of any encumbrance, lien, or claim of ownership by any Third Party. [***]. The Owned Patents and In-Licensed Patents represent all of the Iambic Licensed Patents.

10.2.6 (a) Schedule ‎1.115 (Iambic Licensed Know-How) sets forth a non-exhaustive list of the categories of all Iambic Licensed Know-How; (b) Schedule 1.116 (Iambic Licensed Materials) sets forth a list of the categories of Iambic Licensed Materials in existence as of the Effective Date, or Bring-Down Date, as applicable; and (c) Schedule 1.193 (Product IP) sets forth a non-exhaustive list of all Product Patents and the categories of Product Know-How.

10.2.7 Iambic has the right to use all Information and Patents necessary to conduct all Research Plan Activities for which it is responsible to perform [***]. The Iambic Licensed Patents and Iambic Licensed Know-How [***].

10.2.8 Schedule 1.122 (In-License Agreement) sets forth a true, complete, and correct list of all In-License Agreements. Neither Iambic nor its Affiliates has received or delivered a written notice of material breach under any In-License Agreement and each In-License Agreement is in full force and effect.

10.2.9 Neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates has previously entered into any agreement, whether written or oral, with respect to the assignment, transfer, license, conveyance or encumbrance of, or otherwise assigned, transferred, licensed, conveyed or encumbered its right, title, or interest in or to the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, the Collaboration Targets, the Licensed Compounds, or the Licensed Products (including by granting any covenant not to sue with respect thereto) or any Patent or other intellectual property or proprietary right or Information that [***], in each case, that is inconsistent with the rights and licenses granted to AbbVie under this Agreement.

65


 

10.2.10 [***].

10.2.11 [***].

10.2.12 Each Person who has or has had any rights in or to any Owned Patents or any Iambic Licensed Know-How, the Iambic Platform Technology or AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, in each case to the extent that it is owned by or purported to be owned by Iambic, has presently assigned pursuant to a written agreement its entire right, title, and interest in and to such Owned Patents, Iambic Licensed Know-How, the Iambic Platform Technology and the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology to Iambic. To Iambic’s Knowledge, no current officer, employee, agent, or consultant of Iambic or any of its Affiliates is in violation of any term of any such assignment or other agreement regarding the protection of such Patents or other intellectual property or proprietary information of Iambic or such Affiliate or of any employment contract or any other contractual obligation relating to the relationship of any such Person with Iambic [***].

10.2.13 Without limiting Section 8.1.3 (Assignment Obligation), all employees, consultants, and independent contractors of Iambic or any of its Affiliates who are or have been engaged in Research Plan Activities or other activities related to the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products, the Iambic Platform Technology or AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology are and will be, during the course of their employment or other engagement by Iambic or such Affiliate, obligated in writing to presently assign to Iambic or such Affiliate all right, title, and interest in and to any Information and inventions conceived, discovered, developed, or reduced to practice within the scope of such employment or engagement; provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to: (a) any agreement with a governmental, not-for-profit, or public institution that has a standard policy against such assignment, in which case Iambic has obtained, or shall [***] obtain, a suitable license (with the right to sublicense) sufficient to permit the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products as contemplated by this Agreement; or [***].

10.2.14 Iambic has obtained the right (including under any Patents and other intellectual property rights) to use all Information and all other materials developed or delivered by any Third Party under any agreements between Iambic and any such Third Party with respect to the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Products [***], Iambic Platform Technology [***] and AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, and Iambic has the rights under each such agreement to transfer such Information and other materials to AbbVie and its designees and to grant AbbVie the right to use such Information and other materials in the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds or the Licensed Products and practice of the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, in each case, as contemplated herein without restriction.

10.2.15 Iambic has implemented procedures designed to keep the Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Platform Technology and AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology confidential and only permit disclosure thereof to Third Parties under terms of confidentiality that comply in all material respects with its applicable obligations under this Agreement. [***] no material breach of such confidentiality has been committed by any Third Party.

10.2.16 [***].

10.2.17 To the extent not publicly available, Iambic has made available to AbbVie true, complete, and correct copies of: [***].

10.2.18 Neither Iambic nor any of its Affiliates, nor any of its or their respective officers or employees nor [***] any of its agents, in each case, which have been involved in any Research Plan Activities allocated to Iambic under the applicable Research Plan, has made an untrue statement of material fact or fraudulent statement to the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority, failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority, or committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement that could reasonably be expected to provide a basis for the FDA to invoke its

66


 

policy respecting “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities”, set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) and any analogous laws or policies in the Territory.

10.2.19 Except for service fees owed by Iambic or its Affiliates to contract research organizations or other contractors for contracted Development or Manufacturing services on behalf of Iambic or its Affiliates that have been made available to AbbVie, there are no amounts that will be required to be paid to a Third Party as a result of the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product that arises out of any agreement to which Iambic or any of its Affiliates is a party (other than In-License Agreements set forth on Schedule 1.122 (In-License Agreements)).

10.2.20 Iambic and its Affiliates have an internal compliance program under which Iambic (or its Affiliates’) employees are required to comply with all Applicable Law, including applicable local and international anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws and regulations.

10.2.21 Iambic and its Affiliates have complied and shall comply with all applicable local and international anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws and regulations.

10.2.22 Iambic’s and its Affiliates’ respective employees are trained, and will continue to be periodically trained, on the requirements of its compliance program and compliance with applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

10.2.23 [***].

10.2.24 [***].

10.2.25 There has been no written notice, complaint, claim, suit, proceeding, litigation, inquiry, audit, investigation, or other action by any Governmental Authority or other Person: [***].

10.2.26 [***].

10.2.27 [***]

10.2.28 As of the Effective Date, (a) the representations and warranties of Iambic in this Agreement, and (b) to Iambic’s Knowledge, the Information, documents and materials furnished to AbbVie in the digital data room established for purposes of this transaction through [***] and hosted at [***] connection with its period of diligence prior to the Effective Date, [***].

10.3 Additional Covenants of Iambic. On a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, Iambic agrees that, during the Term for such Collaboration Program, Iambic shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, and require any Third Party performing the Research Plan Activities for such Collaboration Program on its behalf to, with respect to such Collaboration Program:

10.3.1 not grant any license relating to the Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Licensed Patents, Iambic Platform Technology or AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology that will conflict with the rights or licenses granted or to be granted to AbbVie hereunder, including the License Options (including with respect to any Substitute Target that is the subject of a pending Substitution Notice);

10.3.2 (a) not assign, transfer, convey or encumber (including by granting any covenant not to sue) the Iambic Licensed Know-How, Iambic Licensed Patents, AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology, or Collaboration Targets, in a manner that is inconsistent with the rights and licenses granted to AbbVie hereunder; and (b) [***] that will cause the breach or termination of any In-License Agreement; and (c) without AbbVie’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), not

67


 

amend or otherwise modify or permit to be amended or modified, any In-License Agreement in any manner that would diminish the rights granted to AbbVie under this Agreement;

10.3.3 promptly provide AbbVie with notice of any alleged or actual material breach of any In-License Agreement with respect to which Iambic delivered or received written notice under such In-License Agreement;

10.3.4 update Schedule 1.115 (Iambic Licensed Know-How), Schedule 1.116 (Iambic Licensed Materials), Schedule 1.117 (Iambic Licensed Patents) (Part A and Part B), and Schedule 1.193 (Product IP) (a) [***];

10.3.5 [***];

10.3.6 obtain from each of its Affiliates, sublicensees, employees and agents who are participating in the Research Plan Activities on behalf of Iambic or who otherwise have access to any AbbVie Know-How or other Confidential Information of AbbVie, rights to any and all Information that is necessary or reasonably useful for the Exploitation of Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products, in each case, prior to the performance of or participation in such activities, such that AbbVie shall, by virtue of this Agreement, receive from Iambic, without payments beyond those required by Article 7 (Payments and Records), the licenses and other rights granted to AbbVie hereunder;

10.3.7 employ Persons with appropriate education and experience to conduct and to oversee the conduct of the Research Plan Activities allocated to Iambic under the Research Plan;

10.3.8 continue to maintain an internal compliance program under which employees of Iambic (or of its Affiliates’ performing activities under this Agreement) are required to comply with all applicable local and international anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws and regulations;

10.3.9 [***];

10.3.10 [***]; and

10.3.11 [***].

10.4 [***]

10.5 Debarment and Exclusion. Neither Iambic nor its Affiliates have ever been, are not currently, nor are they the subject of a proceeding that could lead to it or its Affiliates becoming a Debarred Entity, Excluded Entity or Convicted Entity and it and its Affiliates will not use in any capacity, in connection with the obligations to be performed under this Agreement, any person who is a Debarred Individual, Excluded Individual or a Convicted Individual. Iambic further covenants that if, during the Term, it or its Affiliates become a Debarred Entity, Excluded Entity or Convicted Entity, or listed on the FDA’s Disqualified/Restricted List or if any employee or agent performing any of its obligations hereunder becomes a Debarred Individual, Excluded Individual or a Convicted Individual, or added to the FDA’s Disqualified/Restricted List, Iambic shall immediately notify AbbVie and AbbVie shall have the option, at its sole discretion, to: (a) prohibit such Person from performing work under this Agreement; (b) terminate all work being performed or to be performed by Iambic pursuant to this Agreement; or (c) terminate this Agreement. This provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement. For purposes of this provision, the following definitions shall apply:

68


 

10.5.1 A “Debarred Individual” is an individual who has been debarred by the FDA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. §335a (a) or (b) from providing services in any capacity to a Person that has an approved or pending drug or biological product application.

10.5.2 A “Debarred Entity” is a corporation, partnership or association that has been debarred by the FDA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. §335a (a) or (b) from submitting or assisting in the submission of any abbreviated drug application, or a subsidiary or affiliate of such corporation, partnership or association.

10.5.3 An “Excluded Individual” or “Excluded Entity” is: (a) an individual or entity, as applicable, who has been excluded, debarred, suspended or is otherwise ineligible to participate in federal health care programs such as Medicare or Medicaid by the Office of the Inspector General (OIG/HHS) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; or (b) is an individual or entity, as applicable, who has been excluded, debarred, suspended or is otherwise ineligible to participate in federal procurement and non-procurement programs, including those produced by the U.S. General Services Administration (GSA).

10.5.4 A “Convicted Individual” or “Convicted Entity” is an individual or entity, as applicable, who has been convicted of a criminal offense that falls within the ambit of 21 U.S.C. §335a (a) or 42 U.S.C. §1320a – 7(a), but has not yet been excluded, debarred, suspended or otherwise declared ineligible.

10.5.5 “FDA’s Disqualified/Restricted List” is the list of clinical investigators restricted from receiving investigational drugs, biologics, or devices if the FDA has determined that the investigators have repeatedly or deliberately failed to comply with regulatory requirements for studies or have submitted false Information to the study sponsor or the FDA.

10.6 Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Compliance. Each Party and their respective controlled Affiliates: (a) have complied and shall comply with all Applicable Law governing bribery, money laundering, and other corrupt practices and behavior (including, as applicable, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act 2010); and (b) have not and shall not, directly or indirectly, offer, give, pay, promise to pay, or authorize the payment of any bribes, kickbacks, influence payments, or other unlawful or improper inducements to any Person in whatever form (including gifts, travel, entertainment, contributions, or anything else of value). AbbVie may immediately terminate this Agreement in its entirety on written notice to Iambic if AbbVie receives any information that it in good faith determines, in its sole discretion, to be evidence of an actual, alleged, possible or potential breach by Iambic or its Affiliates of any representation, warranty, or covenant provided in this Section 10.6 (Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Compliance). In the event of such termination, AbbVie shall have no liability to Iambic for any charges, fees, reimbursements, or other compensation or claims under this Agreement, including for services previously performed other than any payment obligation to Iambic that has accrued prior to such termination, including any payment obligations under Article 7 (Payments and Records).

10.7 Compliance with Applicable Law. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, and subcontractors performing activities under this Agreement to, comply with all Applicable Law in connection with the performance of its obligations and exercise of its rights under this Agreement, including in the conduct of any Research Plan Activities, Development, Manufacturing, and Commercialization activities hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party shall obtain and maintain all licenses, permits, authorizations, and approvals required under Applicable Law to perform its obligations under this Agreement (provided, that, for clarity, the foregoing shall not impose any obligation on AbbVie with respect to the Exploitation of the Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products).

69


 

10.8 [***]

10.9 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR GRANTS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OR EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE.

Article 11
INDEMNITY

11.1 Indemnification of Iambic. AbbVie shall indemnify Iambic, its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents (the “Iambic Indemnitees”) and defend and hold each of them harmless, from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, penalties, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) in connection with any and all suits, investigations, claims, or demands of Third Parties (collectively, “Third Party Claims”) incurred by or rendered against the Iambic Indemnitees arising from or occurring as a result of:

11.1.1 the breach by AbbVie or its Affiliates of this Agreement;

11.1.2 the conduct of any Research Plan Activities by or on behalf of AbbVie;

11.1.3 the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound or Licensed Product in the Territory from and after the applicable License Effective Date;

11.1.4 the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of AbbVie or its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents in performing its or their obligations under this Agreement; or

11.1.5 from and after delivery of the Transferred Materials in accordance with Section 5.3 (Program Transition), the receipt, use, handling, storage, or disposal of the Transferred Materials by or on behalf of AbbVie or any of its Affiliates, Sublicensees, or its or their designees;

except, in the case of Section 11.1.1 (Indemnification of Iambic) – Section 11.1.5 (Indemnification of Iambic), for those Losses for which Iambic, in whole or in part, has an obligation to indemnify AbbVie pursuant to Section 11.2 (Indemnification of AbbVie) hereof, as to which Losses each Party shall indemnify the other Party to the extent of their respective liability for such Losses.

11.2 Indemnification of AbbVie. Iambic shall indemnify AbbVie, its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents (the “AbbVie Indemnitees”), and defend and hold each of them harmless, from and against any and all Losses in connection with any and all Third Party Claims incurred by or rendered against the AbbVie Indemnitees arising from or occurring as a result of:

11.2.1 the breach by Iambic or its Affiliates of this Agreement or the Supplemental CDA;

11.2.2 the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Iambic or its Affiliates or its or their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents in performing its obligations under this Agreement;

70


 

11.2.3 the conduct of any Research Plan Activities by or on behalf of Iambic: (a) during the Term, prior to the applicable License Effective Date for the Collaboration Program with respect to such Research Plan Activities; or (b) on or after the applicable License Effective Date for the Collaboration Program with respect to such Research Plan Activities pursuant to Section 3.8 (Completion of Research Plan Activities after License Option Exercise); or

11.2.4 the Exploitation of any Licensed Compound, Licensed Product or Grantback Product following termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to the applicable terminated Collaboration Program, as the case may be;

except, in the case of Section 11.2.1 (Indemnification of AbbVie) – Section 11.2.4 (Indemnification of AbbVie) above, for those Losses for which AbbVie, in whole or in part, has an obligation to indemnify Iambic pursuant to Section 11.1 (Indemnification of Iambic) hereof, as to which Losses each Party shall indemnify the other to the extent of their respective liability for the Losses.

11.3 Notice of Claim. All indemnification claims in respect of a Party, its Affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall be made solely by such Party to this Agreement (the “Indemnified Party”). The Indemnified Party shall give the indemnifying Party prompt written notice (an “Indemnification Claim Notice”) of any Losses or discovery of fact upon which such Indemnified Party intends to base a request for indemnification under this Article 11 (Indemnity), but in no event shall the failure by an Indemnified Party to give notice of a Third Party Claim as provided in this Section 11.3 (Notice of Claim) relieve the indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement except to the extent the indemnifying Party will have been actually and materially prejudiced as a result of such failure or delay to give notice. Each Indemnification Claim Notice must contain a description of the Third Party Claim and the nature and amount of such Loss (to the extent that the nature and amount of such Loss is known at such time). The Indemnified Party shall furnish promptly to the indemnifying Party copies of all papers and official documents received in respect of any Losses and Third Party Claims.

11.4 Control of Defense.

11.4.1 In General. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.4 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties), Section 8.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions) and Section 8.6 (Product Trademarks), at its option, the indemnifying Party may assume the defense of any Third Party Claim by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party within [***] after the indemnifying Party’s receipt of an Indemnification Claim Notice. The assumption of the defense of a Third Party Claim by the indemnifying Party shall not be construed as an acknowledgment that the indemnifying Party is liable to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of the Third Party Claim, nor shall it constitute a waiver by the indemnifying Party of any defenses it may assert against the Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification. Upon assuming the defense of a Third Party Claim, the indemnifying Party may appoint as lead counsel in the defense of the Third Party Claim any legal counsel selected by the indemnifying Party which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party. In the event the indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the indemnifying Party (as further described in Section 11.4.4 (Cooperation)), at the indemnifying Party’s costs and expense (including by promptly delivering to the indemnifying Party all original notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party in connection with the Third Party Claim). Should the indemnifying Party assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, except as provided in Section 11.4.2 (Right to Participate in Defense), the indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the analysis, defense or settlement of the Third Party Claim unless specifically requested in writing by the indemnifying Party in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. If it is ultimately determined that the indemnifying Party is not obligated to indemnify, defend or hold harmless the Indemnified Party from and against the Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall reimburse the indemnifying Party for any losses incurred by the indemnifying Party in its defense of the Third Party Claim.

71


 

11.4.2 Right to Participate in Defense. Without limiting Section 11.4.1 (In General), any Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in, but not control, the defense of such Third Party Claim and to employ counsel of its choice for such purpose; provided, that such employment shall be at the Indemnified Party’s own expense unless: (a) the employment thereof, and the assumption by the indemnifying Party of such expense, has been specifically authorized by the indemnifying Party in writing; (b) the indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense and employ counsel in accordance with Section 11.4.1 (In General) (in which case the Indemnified Party shall control the defense); or (c) the interests of the Indemnified Party and the indemnifying Party with respect to such Third Party Claim are sufficiently adverse to prohibit the representation by the same counsel of both Parties under Applicable Law, ethical rules or equitable principles.

11.4.3 Settlement. With respect to any Losses (a) relating solely to the payment of money damages in connection with a Third Party Claim, (b) that do not result in the Indemnified Party (or its Indemnitees, as applicable) becoming subject to injunctive or other relief, (c) that do not require an admission of wrongdoing by the Indemnified Party (or its Indemnitees, as applicable), (d) that do not otherwise adversely affect the business of the Indemnified Party in any manner, and (e) as to which the indemnifying Party shall have acknowledged in writing the obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party hereunder, the indemnifying Party shall have the sole right to consent to the entry of any judgment, enter into any settlement or otherwise dispose of such Loss, on such terms as the indemnifying Party, in its sole discretion, shall deem appropriate. With respect to all other Losses in connection with Third Party Claims, where the indemnifying Party has assumed the defense of the Third Party Claim in accordance with Section 11.4.1 (In General), the indemnifying Party shall have authority to consent to the entry of any judgment, enter into any settlement or otherwise dispose of such Loss; provided, that it obtains the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If the indemnifying Party does not assume and conduct the defense of a Third Party Claim as provided above, the Indemnified Party may defend against such Third Party Claim. The Indemnified Party shall not admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or dispose of, any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement, compromise or other disposition of a Loss by an Indemnified Party that is reached without the written consent of the indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

11.4.4 Cooperation. Regardless of whether the indemnifying Party assumes the defense or prosecution of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall, and shall cause each indemnitee to, cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof and shall furnish such records, information and testimony, provide such witnesses and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith. Such cooperation shall include access during normal business hours afforded to the indemnifying Party to, and reasonable retention by the Indemnified Party of, records and information that are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and making Indemnified Parties and other employees and agents available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith.

11.4.5 Expenses. Unless as otherwise provided in this Article 11 (Indemnity), and subject to Section 8.4 (Infringement Claims by Third Parties), Section 8.5 (Invalidity or Unenforceability Defenses or Actions), and Section 8.6 (Product Trademarks), the reasonable and verifiable costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with any Third Party Claim shall be reimbursed on a Calendar Quarter basis in arrears by the indemnifying Party, without prejudice to the indemnifying Party’s right to contest the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification and subject to refund in the event the indemnifying Party is ultimately held not to be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party.

72


 

11.5 Special, Indirect, and Other Losses. EXCEPT: (A) FOR A PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR FRAUD; (B) FOR A PARTY’S BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 9 (CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE) [***]; AND (C) TO THE EXTENT ANY SUCH DAMAGES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID TO A THIRD PARTY AS PART OF A CLAIM FOR WHICH A PARTY PROVIDES INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS ARTICLE 11 (INDEMNITY), NEITHER PARTY NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS (WHETHER SUCH LOSS OF PROFITS IS DIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES) OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF STATUTORY DUTY OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE USE OF THE LICENSED COMPOUND OR LICENSED PRODUCT, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

11.6 Insurance.

11.6.1 In General. [***] shall obtain and carry in full force and effect the minimum insurance requirements set forth herein from an insurance company properly licensed to provide the required insurance. Such insurance shall: (a) be primary insurance with respect to [***] own participation under this Agreement; (b) be issued by a recognized insurer rated [***] (or its equivalent) or better, or an insurer pre-approved in writing by [***]; (c) list [***] as an additional insured thereunder; and (d) require [***]’ written notice to be given to [***] prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or material change thereof. [***] shall bear its own costs for obtaining and maintaining insurance with respect to [***] own participation under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [***].

11.6.2 Types and Minimum Limits. The types of insurance and minimum limits shall be:

[***]

[***] shall at all times maintain in force any insurance policy that is required by Applicable Law which may govern or have jurisdiction over any provision of this Agreement and at all times remain fully compliant with any such Applicable Law.

11.6.3 Certificates of Insurance. Upon request by [***] shall provide certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with the requirements of Section 11.6.2 (Types and Minimum Limits). The insurance policies shall be under an occurrence form, but if only a claims-made form is available to [***], then [***] shall continue to maintain such insurance after the expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of [***] following termination or expiration of this Agreement in its entirety.

Article 12
TERM AND TERMINATION

12.1 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance herewith, shall continue in full force as follows (such period, the “Term”):

12.1.1 on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, until the expiration of the License Option Period with respect thereto, if the License Option for such Collaboration Program has terminated in accordance with Section 4.4 (Termination of License Option); or

73


 

12.1.2 if AbbVie timely exercises its License Option with respect to one or more Collaboration Programs and the License Effective Date occurs with respect thereto, from and after the applicable License Effective Date and, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country or other jurisdiction-by-other jurisdiction basis, until the expiration of the Royalty Term for such Licensed Product in such country or other jurisdiction.

12.2 Effect of Expiration of the Term. If AbbVie exercises the applicable License Option with respect to a Collaboration Program within the applicable License Option Period, and this Agreement is not earlier terminated in accordance herewith, then, following the expiration of the Term, the rights grants in Section 6.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the License Effective Date) (which are not within the scope of any earlier termination of this Agreement in part), with respect to the applicable Licensed Product in the applicable country or other jurisdiction, shall become [***].

12.3 Termination for Material Breach.

12.3.1 Material Breach. If either Party (the “Non-Breaching Party”) believes that the other Party (the “Breaching Party”) has materially breached [***] under this Agreement, then the Non-Breaching Party may deliver notice of such material breach to the Breaching Party (a “Default Notice”). If the Breaching Party does not dispute that it has committed a material breach of [***] under this Agreement, then if the Breaching Party fails to cure such breach within ninety (90) days (or thirty (30) days with respect to any payment breach) after receipt of the Default Notice, or if such breach cannot be cured within such ninety (90) day period (or thirty (30) days with respect to any payment breach), the Non-Breaching Party may, at its election, terminate this Agreement in its entirety (or, if such breach is specific to a given Collaboration Program, with respect to such Collaboration Program) upon written notice to the Breaching Party. If the Breaching Party disputes that it has materially breached [***] under this Agreement, the Dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution). If, as a result of the application of such Dispute resolution procedures, the Breaching Party is determined to be in material breach of [***] under this Agreement (an “Adverse Ruling”), then if the Breaching Party fails to complete the actions specified by the Adverse Ruling to cure such material breach within ninety (90) days after such ruling, or if such breach cannot be cured within such ninety (90) day period, then the Non-Breaching Party may, at its election, terminate this Agreement in its entirety (or, if such breach is specific to a given Collaboration Program, with respect to such Collaboration Program) upon written notice to the Breaching Party.

12.3.2 Invocation of Termination for Material Breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that termination pursuant to this Section 12.3 (Termination for Material Breach) is a remedy to be invoked only if the breach is not: (a) cured in accordance with Section 12.3.1 (Material Breach) (including the timeframes set forth therein); [***].

12.3.3 Pre-Dispute Resolution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Party allegedly breaching this Agreement disputes in good faith the existence, materiality or failure to cure any such breach, and provides notice to the other Party of such Dispute within the applicable cure period, the other Party will not have the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.3.1 (Material Breach), unless and until the relevant Dispute has been resolved in favor of such other Party in accordance with Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution) and the breaching Party has not cured such breach within ninety (90) days after the resolution of such Dispute or, if such breach is a curable breach that cannot reasonably be cured within such ninety (90) day period and the breaching Party commences actions to cure such breach within such ninety (90) day period, the cure period [***].

74


 

12.4 Additional Termination Rights.

12.4.1 For Cause. AbbVie may terminate this Agreement, in its entirety, effective immediately upon written notice to Iambic pursuant to Section 10.5 (Debarment and Exclusion) or Section 10.6 (Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Compliance).

12.4.2 For Safety. AbbVie may terminate this Agreement, on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, effective immediately upon written notice to Iambic in the event of a Safety Issue.

12.4.3 For Convenience. AbbVie may terminate this Agreement: (a) in its entirety; or (b) on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, in each case, for any or no reason, upon [***]’ prior written notice to Iambic.

12.4.4 For Failure or Delay to Obtain Regulatory Clearance.

(a) AbbVie may, at its election, terminate this Agreement on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, effective immediately upon written notice to Iambic, if AbbVie has exercised the License Option for such Collaboration Program and [***]; or

(b) [***] may, at its election, terminate this Agreement on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis, effective immediately upon written notice to [***], if AbbVie has exercised the License Option for such Collaboration Program [***].

12.4.5 For Failure or Delay to Satisfy Option Conditions Precedent. AbbVie may terminate this Agreement on a Collaboration Program-by-Collaboration Program basis effective immediately upon written notice to Iambic if the Option Conditions Precedent have not been satisfied (or waived by AbbVie) within [***] of the Consents Date with respect to such Collaboration Program.

12.5 Termination for Insolvency. If either Party: (a) files for protection under bankruptcy or insolvency laws; (b) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (c) appoints or suffers appointment of a receiver or trustee over substantially all of its property that is not discharged within [***] after such filing; (d) proposes a written agreement of composition or extension of its debts; (e) proposes or is a party to any dissolution or liquidation; (f) files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency act or has any such petition filed against it that is not discharged within [***] of the filing thereof; or (g) admits in writing its inability generally to meet its obligations as they fall due in the general course, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement in its entirety effective immediately upon written notice to such Party.

12.6 Rights in Bankruptcy.

12.6.1 The Parties intend to take advantage of the protections of Section 365(n) (or any successor provision) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction (“Bankruptcy Code”) to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law. All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement, but only to the extent they constitute licenses of a right to “intellectual property” as defined in Section 101 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or in any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction (as the case may be), shall be deemed to be “intellectual property” for the purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction (as the case may be). The Parties shall retain and may fully exercise all of their rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction, including the right to obtain the intellectual property from another entity.

75


 

12.6.2 In the event of the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against either Party under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction, the Party that is not subject to such proceeding shall be entitled to a complete duplicate of (or complete access to, as appropriate) all such intellectual property (including all embodiments of such intellectual property), which, if not already in the non-subject Party’s possession, shall be promptly delivered to it upon the non-subject Party’s written request: (a) after commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding, unless the Party subject to such proceeding continues to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement; or (b) if not delivered pursuant to clause (a) above because the subject Party continues to perform its obligations, upon the rejection of this Agreement by or on behalf of the subject Party.

12.6.3 Unless and until the subject Party rejects this Agreement, the subject Party shall perform its obligations under this Agreement or provide the intellectual property (including all embodiments of such intellectual property) to the non-subject Party and shall not interfere with the rights of the non-subject Party to such intellectual property, including the right to obtain the intellectual property from another entity.

12.7 Alternative Remedy for AbbVie. If AbbVie has the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to a Collaboration Program pursuant to [***], subject to the notice, cure and dispute resolution procedures set forth therein and as such rights are permitted to be invoked as set forth in [***], then AbbVie may, in lieu of termination, elect (in its sole discretion) by written notice to Iambic any or all of the following remedies:

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

12.8 Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program. In the event of a termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to a Collaboration Program by either Party:

12.8.1 all rights and licenses other than the license to the AbbVie-Specific Iambic Technology pursuant to Section 6.1.2 (Grants to AbbVie on the Effective Date) granted by Iambic under this Agreement or with respect to such terminated Collaboration Program, as applicable, shall immediately terminate;

12.8.2 all rights and licenses granted by AbbVie under clauses (a)(i), (b)(i), (b)(ii), (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of Section 6.5.1 (Licenses Back) with respect to such terminated Collaboration Program, as applicable, shall immediately terminate; and

12.8.3 only if such termination is [***] and the applicable License Effective Date(s) have occurred prior to the effective date of such termination then, subject to Iambic’s written request to AbbVie, made within [***] following the effective date of such termination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith the terms of a Transition Agreement in accordance with Section 12.9 (Transition Agreement and Other Performance Obligations) for a period of up to [***] pursuant to which AbbVie would, if mutually agreed by the Parties, grant Iambic an exclusive or, at Iambic’s election, a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant multiple tiers of sublicenses, under the applicable AbbVie Grantback Patents and applicable AbbVie Grantback Know-How, and AbbVie’s rights under the applicable Joint Patents [***], in each case, solely to Exploit in the Territory [***] Grantback Product [***]; provided, that:

76


 

(a) [***];

(b) with respect to any Third Party agreement that is in existence as of the applicable effective date of termination relating to the applicable AbbVie Grantback Patents or applicable AbbVie Grantback Know-How: (i) AbbVie would, within [***] after such effective date of termination, notify Iambic in writing of the existence of such Third Party agreement and provide Iambic with a copy thereof (which copy may be redacted of information not necessary for Iambic to determine whether to request a license or sublicense thereunder and to determine its rights and obligations with respect thereto); (ii) if Iambic notifies AbbVie in writing that it wishes to negotiate for a license or sublicense (as applicable) under such Third Party agreement to the extent necessary to exercise any license that may be granted to Iambic under this Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), then Iambic would (A) make any payments (including royalties, milestones, and other amounts) payable by AbbVie or its Affiliates to Third Parties under such Third Party agreement that are triggered as a result of Iambic’s Exploitation of the applicable Grantback Product by making such payments directly to AbbVie, and, in each instance, Iambic would make the requisite payments to AbbVie and provide the necessary reporting information to AbbVie in sufficient time to enable AbbVie and its Affiliates to comply with their obligations under such Third Party agreement, and (B) comply with any other obligations included in such Third Party agreement that are applicable to the grant to Iambic of such license or sublicense or to the exercise thereof by Iambic or any of its Affiliates or its or their sublicensees; and (iii) if Iambic does not timely notify AbbVie that it wishes to be granted such license or sublicense, or declines to be granted such license or sublicense, then Iambic would have no rights under such Third Party agreement and no obligation to make any payments or comply with any other obligations described in the foregoing clause (ii);

(c) AbbVie would be responsible for paying or providing to any such Third Party any payments or reports made or provided by Iambic under this Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program); and

(d) for clarity, the foregoing license would not include the right to: [***];

12.8.4 only if this Agreement is terminated [***], then, subject to Iambic’s written request to AbbVie, made within [***] following the effective date of such termination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith, for a period of up to [***], the terms of the grant by AbbVie to Iambic of an exclusive or, at Iambic’s election, a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant multiple tiers of sublicenses, under AbbVie’s rights under the applicable Joint Patents [***], in each case, solely to Exploit in the Territory [***] Grantback Product under the applicable Collaboration Program [***], on the terms described in Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program). For purposes of any license granted pursuant to this Section 12.8.4 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), including the provisos set forth in clauses (a) through (c) thereof, shall apply mutatis mutandis, as though the applicable Licensed Compound or Licensed Product existing as of the effective date of such termination were a Grantback Product for such purposes. For clarity, AbbVie shall have no obligation to agree to grant any such license under AbbVie’s rights under the applicable Joint Patents; and

12.8.5 only if such termination is [***], then, following the effective date of such termination, [***].

12.9 Transition Agreement and Other Performance Obligations. In the event Iambic requests, within [***] following the effective date of termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to a Collaboration Program, as applicable, to negotiate the terms of any license to the extent contemplated in Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), then Iambic and AbbVie shall negotiate in good faith, for a period of up to [***], the terms and

77


 

conditions of a written transition agreement (the “Transition Agreement”) pursuant to which AbbVie and Iambic would effectuate and coordinate a smooth and efficient transition of relevant obligations and rights to Iambic as reasonably necessary for Iambic to exercise its licenses pursuant to Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program) with respect to the Grantback Products after termination of this Agreement (in its entirety or with respect to a Collaboration Program, as applicable) as and to the extent set forth in this Article 12 (Term and Termination); provided, that, for clarity, neither Party shall be obligated to enter into a Transition Agreement. Subject to mutual agreement by the Parties, the Transition Agreement may include provisions pursuant to which AbbVie would (and would cause its Affiliates to), where permitted by Applicable Law, [***] in the Territory and [***]. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.9 (Transition Agreement and Other Performance Obligations), AbbVie shall have no obligation to grant to Iambic any license or other right under Information, Regulatory Approvals or Regulatory Documentation Controlled by AbbVie, in each case, related to the Manufacture of Licensed Compounds or Licensed Products.

12.10 Reverse Royalty. If this Agreement is terminated in its entirety or with respect to one (1) or more Collaboration Programs, and in connection therewith, AbbVie grants to Iambic a grantback license pursuant to Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program) or Section 12.8.4 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), in consideration of the licenses granted and other consideration provided to Iambic pursuant to Section 12.8.3 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program) or Section 12.8.4 (Effects of Termination of this Agreement in the Entirety or with Respect to a Collaboration Program), Iambic shall pay AbbVie for each Grantback Product in each applicable country or other jurisdiction during the Reverse Royalty Term a royalty on annual Net Sales of such Grantback Product at a rate [***] (such royalty rate, the “Reverse Royalty Rate”).

12.11 Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, termination of this Agreement (in its entirety, or with respect to a Collaboration Program) in accordance with the provisions hereof shall not limit remedies that may otherwise be available in law or equity.

12.12 Accrued Rights; Surviving Obligations.

12.12.1 Termination or expiration of this Agreement (whether in its entirety or with respect to a Collaboration Program) for any reason shall be without prejudice to any rights that shall have accrued to the benefit of a Party prior to such termination or expiration. Such termination or expiration shall not relieve a Party from obligations that are expressly indicated to survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, [***] of this Agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason. If this Agreement is terminated with respect to a Collaboration Program but not in its entirety, then following such termination the foregoing provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to such terminated Collaboration Program (to the extent they would survive and apply in the event the Agreement expires or is terminated in its entirety), and all provisions not surviving in accordance with the foregoing shall terminate upon termination of this Agreement with respect to such terminated Collaboration Program and be of no further force and effect.

12.12.2 Notwithstanding the termination of AbbVie’s licenses and other rights under this Agreement, AbbVie shall have the right for up to [***] after the effective date of such termination to sell or otherwise dispose of all Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products then in its inventory and any in-progress inventory for which Manufacture has been commenced, in each case, to the extent [***], as though this Agreement had not terminated with respect to such terminated Collaboration Program; provided, that AbbVie shall continue to make payments on such sales or dispositions as provided in Article 7 (Payments and Records) (as if this Agreement had not terminated with respect to such terminated Collaboration Program). During the period AbbVie is continuing to sell or otherwise dispose of all Licensed Compounds and Licensed Products then in its inventory and any in-progress inventory in accordance with this Section 12.12.2 (Accrued Rights; Surviving Obligations), Iambic and its Affiliates and (sub)licensees hereby covenant not to sue AbbVie or its Affiliates or Sublicensees for any action arising out of such permitted sale or disposition.

78


 

Article 13
MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be held liable or responsible to the other Party or be deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement for failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement (other than such Party’s obligations to make any payment to the other Party under this Agreement) when such failure or delay is caused by or results from events beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing Party, including fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, embargoes, shortages, epidemics, pandemics, quarantines, war, acts of war (whether war be declared or not), terrorist acts, insurrections, riots, civil commotion, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disturbances (whether involving the workforce of the non-performing Party or of any other Person), acts of God or acts, omissions or delays in acting by any Governmental Authority (except to the extent such delay results from the breach by the non-performing Party or any of its Affiliates of any term or condition of this Agreement). The non-performing Party shall notify the other Party of such force majeure event within [***] after such occurrence by giving written notice to the other Party stating the nature of the event, its anticipated duration, and any action being taken to avoid or minimize its effect. The suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and no longer duration than is reasonably necessary and the non-performing Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance of its obligations as soon as practicable.

13.2 Change in Control of Iambic.

13.2.1 Iambic (or its successor) shall provide AbbVie with written notice of any Change in Control of Iambic within [***] following the closing date of such transaction to the extent that Iambic does not otherwise issue a press release and publicly announce such Change in Control of Iambic prior to the expiration of such [***] period.

13.2.2 In the event of a Change in Control of Iambic, Iambic shall comply with the terms of Section 6.5.4 (Confirmatory Patent License), [***].

13.2.3 Following any Change in Control of Iambic to an Acquiring Party that [***], no enforcement claim shall be filed, and no suit, action or proceeding shall be commenced, with respect to such Patents, [***]; provided, that such obligations shall not apply with respect to [***].

13.3 Export Control. This Agreement is made subject to any restrictions concerning the export of products or technical information from the United States or other countries that may be imposed on the Parties from time to time. Each Party agrees that it will not export, directly or indirectly, any technical information acquired from the other Party under this Agreement or any products using such technical information to a location or in a manner that at the time of export requires an export license or other governmental approval, without first obtaining the written consent to do so from the appropriate agency or other Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

13.4 Assignment.

13.4.1 Without the prior written consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, neither Party shall assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise; provided, that either Party may assign this Agreement in whole or in part (on a Collaboration Program basis) without the other Party’s consent to its Affiliate or to a successor, whether in a merger, sale of stock, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets to which this Agreement (or the relevant Collaboration Program, as applicable) relates. Any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of this Section 13.4 (Assignment) shall be void and of no effect. All validly assigned and delegated rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the successors and permitted assigns

79


 

of Iambic or AbbVie, as the case may be. The permitted assignee or transferee shall assume all applicable obligations of its assignor or transferor under this Agreement.

13.4.2 The rights to Information, materials, and intellectual property: (a) Controlled by a Third Party permitted assignee of a Party that were Controlled by such assignee or any of its Affiliates immediately prior to such assignment; or (b) Controlled by an Affiliate of a Party who becomes an Affiliate through any Change in Control of or acquisition by such Party that were Controlled by such Affiliate (and not such Party) immediately prior to such Change in Control or acquisition or that come into the Control of such Affiliate independent of this Agreement, in each case ((a) and (b)) other than as a result of a license or other grant of rights, covenant, or assignment by such Party or its Affiliates to, or for the benefit of, such Third Party, shall be automatically excluded from the rights licensed or granted to the other Party under this Agreement (the “Excluded Intellectual Property”). [***].

13.5 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under any present or future law, and if the rights or obligations of either Party under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision shall be fully severable, (b) this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom, and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid, and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and that most nearly implements the Parties’ original intentions. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Party hereby waives any provision of law that would render any provision hereof illegal, invalid, or unenforceable in any respect.

13.6 Governing Law and Service.

13.6.1 Governing Law. This Agreement and the performance, enforcement, breach and termination hereof shall be interpreted, governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, United States, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction; provided, that all questions concerning: (a) inventorship of Patents under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with Section 8.1.1 (Ownership of Technology); and (b) the construction or effect of Patents shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the country or other jurisdiction in which the particular Patent has been filed or granted, as the case may be. The Parties agree to exclude the application to this Agreement of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

13.6.2 Service. Each Party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail to its address set forth in Section 13.8.2 (Addresses for Notices) shall be effective service of process for any action, suit, or proceeding brought against it under this Agreement in any such court.

13.7 Dispute Resolution. Except for disputes resolved by the procedures set forth in Section 2.3.4 (Dispute Resolution) or Section 7.16 (Audit Dispute), if a dispute arises between the Parties out of, in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith (a “Dispute”), it shall be resolved pursuant to this Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution).

13.7.1 General. Any Dispute shall first be referred to the Senior Officers of the Parties, who shall confer in good faith on the resolution of the issue. Any final decision mutually agreed to by the Senior Officers shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties. If the Senior Officers do not agree on the resolution of any such Dispute within [***] to them, then, except as otherwise set forth in Section 13.7.2 (Intellectual Property Disputes), either Party shall have the right, by written notice to the other Party, to initiate

80


 

an alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”) proceeding pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 13.7.3 (ADR) for purposes of having the Dispute resolved.

13.7.2 Intellectual Property Disputes. If a Dispute arises with respect to the validity, scope, enforceability, inventorship or ownership of any Patent, Trademark, or other intellectual property rights, and such Dispute cannot be resolved in accordance with Section 13.7.1 (General), unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, such Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with Section ‎13.7.3 (ADR). [***].

13.7.3 ADR. Any ADR proceeding under this Agreement shall take place pursuant to the procedures set forth in Schedule 13.7.3 (ADR Procedures). Notwithstanding Section 13.6.1 (Governing Law), any ADR proceeding and the agreement to submit Disputes to ADR shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.

13.7.4 Adverse Ruling. Any determination pursuant to this Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution) that a Party is in material breach of its obligations hereunder shall specify a (non-exclusive) set of actions to be taken to cure such material breach, if feasible.

13.7.5 Interim Relief. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and without limiting Section 13.11 (Equitable Relief), nothing in this Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution) shall preclude either Party from seeking interim or provisional relief from any court of competent jurisdiction, including a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other interim equitable relief concerning a Dispute, if necessary to protect the interests of such Party. This Section 13.7.5 (Interim Relief) shall be specifically enforceable.

13.8 Notices.

13.8.1 Notice Requirements. Any notice, request, demand, waiver, consent, approval, or other communication permitted or required under this Agreement shall be in writing, shall refer specifically to this Agreement and shall be deemed given only if: (a) delivered by hand; (b) sent by facsimile or, for notices to Iambic, email transmission (with transmission confirmed); or (c) by internationally recognized overnight delivery service that maintains records of delivery, addressed to the Parties at their respective addresses specified in Section 13.8.2 (Address for Notice) or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given may have provided to the other Party in accordance with this Section 13.8.1 (Notice Requirements). Such notice shall be deemed to have been given as of the date delivered by hand or transmitted by facsimile (with transmission confirmed) or on the second Business Day (at the place of delivery) after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight delivery service. Any notice delivered by facsimile shall be confirmed by a hard copy delivered as soon as practicable thereafter. This Section 13.8.1 (Notice Requirements) is not intended to govern the day-to-day business communications necessary between the Parties in performing their obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

13.8.2 Addresses for Notice.

If to AbbVie, to:

[***]

[***]
Attention: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[***]
[***]
 

81


 

Attention: [***]
Facsimile: [***]

with an additional copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
Attention: [***]
Email: [***]

If to Iambic, to:

[***]

[***]

[***]

Attention: [***]
Email: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[***]

with an additional copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[***]

[***]

[***]

Attention: [***]
Email: [***]

13.9 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement, together with the Supplemental CDA, Research Plans, Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, sets forth and constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, promises, and representations, whether written or oral, with respect thereto are superseded hereby (including the CDA). Each Party confirms that it is not relying on any representations or warranties of the other Party except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. No amendment, modification, release, or discharge shall be binding upon the Parties unless in writing and duly executed by authorized representatives of both Parties.

13.10 English Language. This Agreement shall be written and executed in, and all other communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in, the English language. Any translation into any other language shall not be an official version thereof, and in the event of any conflict in interpretation between the English version and such translation, the English version shall control.

13.11 Equitable Relief. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions set forth in Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity), Article 8 (Intellectual Property), and Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the other Party and that such other Party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such restrictions, and that any breach or threatened breach of any provision of such Section or Articles may result in irreparable injury to such other Party for which there will be no adequate remedy at law. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of any

82


 

provision of such Section or Articles, the non-breaching Party shall be authorized and entitled to seek injunctive relief and specific performance, which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which such non-breaching Party may be entitled in law or equity. Both Parties agree to waive any requirement that the other Party: (a) post a bond or other security as a condition for obtaining any such relief; and (b) show irreparable harm, balancing of harms, consideration of the public interest, or inadequacy of monetary damages as a remedy. For clarity, and notwithstanding Section 13.7 (Dispute Resolution), either Party may seek injunctive relief, whether preliminary or permanent, and specific performance for a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement; provided, that the waivers set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall apply solely to a breach or threatened breach of Section 6.6 (Iambic Exclusivity), Article 8 (Intellectual Property), and Article 9 (Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure) and shall not apply to any other provision of this Agreement.

13.12 Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies. Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the Party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the Party waiving such term or condition. The waiver by either Party of any right hereunder or of the failure to perform or of a breach by the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or of any other breach or failure by such other Party whether of a similar nature or otherwise. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and do not exclude any other right or remedy provided by Applicable Law or otherwise available except as expressly set forth herein.

13.13 No Benefit to Third Parties. Except as provided in Article 11 (Indemnity), covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, and they shall not be construed as conferring any rights on any other Persons.

13.14 Further Assurance. Each Party shall duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts and things, including the filing of such assignments, agreements, documents, and instruments, as may be necessary or as the other Party may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement or to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes hereof, or to better assure and confirm unto such other Party its rights and remedies under this Agreement.

13.15 Relationship of the Parties. It is expressly agreed that Iambic, on the one hand, and AbbVie, on the other hand, shall be independent contractors and that the relationship between the Parties shall not constitute a partnership, joint venture, or agency, including for all tax purposes. Neither Iambic, on the one hand, nor AbbVie, on the other hand, shall have the authority to make any statements, representations, or commitments of any kind, or to take any action, which shall be binding on the other, without the prior written consent of the other Party to do so. All persons employed by a Party shall be employees of such Party and not of the other Party and all costs and obligations incurred by reason of any such employment shall be for the account and expense of such Party.

13.16 Performance by Affiliates. AbbVie may use one (1) or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations and duties hereunder and such AbbVie Affiliates are expressly granted certain rights herein; provided that each such Affiliate shall be bound by the corresponding obligations of AbbVie and, subject to an assignment to such Affiliate pursuant to Section 13.4 (Assignment), AbbVie shall remain liable hereunder for the prompt payment and performance of all their respective obligations hereunder.

13.17 Costs and Expenses. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement.

83


 

13.18 Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed by electronically transmitted signatures and such signatures shall be deemed to bind each Party hereto as if they were original signatures.

13.19 References. Unless otherwise specified, (a) references in this Agreement to any Article, Section or Schedule shall mean references to such Article, Section or Schedule of this Agreement, (b) references in any Section to any clause are references to such clause of such Section, and (c) references to any agreement, instrument, or other document in this Agreement refer to such agreement, instrument, or other document as originally executed or, if subsequently amended, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, as so amended, replaced, or supplemented and in effect at the relevant time of reference thereto.

13.20 Schedules. In the event of any inconsistencies between this Agreement and any schedules or other attachments hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

13.21 Construction. Except where the context otherwise requires, wherever used, the singular shall include the plural, the plural the singular, the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders and the word “or” is used in the inclusive sense (and/or). Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, unless otherwise specified, such number refers to calendar days. Any reference in this Agreement to any Applicable Law is to be construed as a reference to such Applicable Law as the same may have been or may from time-to-time hereafter be amended or re-enacted in accordance with any requirements with respect to such amendment or re-enactment. The captions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, describe, extend, or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision contained in this Agreement. The term “including,” “include,” or “includes” as used herein shall mean “including, but not limited to,” and shall not limit the generality of any description preceding such term. The language of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language mutually chosen by the Parties and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against either Party hereto. Each Party represents that it has been represented by legal counsel in connection with this Agreement and acknowledges that it has participated in the drafting hereof. In interpreting and applying the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Parties agree that no presumption will apply against the Party which drafted such terms and provisions.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

84


 

THIS AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED by the duly authorized representatives of the Parties as of the Effective Date.

 

IAMBIC THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

ABBVIE GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Miller

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan C. Clipper

Name:

Tom Miller

 

Name:

Jonathan C. Clipper

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

85


img118562613_0.jpg

Ernst & Young LLP

Suite 1600

4365 Executive Drive

San Diego CA 92121

Tel: +1 858 535 7200

ey.com

 

Exhibit 16.1

July 24, 2026

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

Commissioners:

We have read the statements contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. relating to the “change in accountants” and are in agreement with the statements contained in the first, third, fourth and fifth paragraphs on page 217 therein. We have no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant contained therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

 

Iambic Therapeutics UK Limited

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Iambic Therapeutics IRE Limited

 

Ireland

 


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated July 24, 2026, relating to the financial statements of Iambic Therapeutics, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Diego, California

September 21, 2026